i Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. VOLUME IX AUGUST, 1921-OCTOBER, 1921 PUBLISHED MONTHLT UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, u-ith members representing many societies interested in plants. BALTIMORE, U. S. A. WILLIAMS & WILKIXS COMPANY 1921 Copyright, 1921 Williams & VVilkins Company Baltimore, U. S. A. THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL {The Members of the Executive Committee for 1921 are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E. Livingston, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiologi- cal Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. *B. M. DuGGAR (Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Babnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution, Cold Spring Har- bor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *Forrest Shreve, Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. Mooers, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon. U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society' of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. At large. W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Ill \b Copyright, 1921 Williams & Wilkins Company Baltimore, U. S. A. THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL (The Members of the Executive Committee for 19!l are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E. Livingston, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiologi- cal Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. *B. M. DuGQAR (Chair 77} an of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnpgie Institution, Cold Spring Har- bor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *Forrest Shreve, Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. MooERS, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *DoNALD Reddick, Comell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon. U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Societj' of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. At large. W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Ill BOARD OF EDITORS AND ASSISTANT EDITORS FOR V0LU:ME IX Editor-in-Chief, J. R. Schramm Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mary R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Bibliography, Biography, and History. Neil E. Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Alfred GuNDERSEN, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S. Bryan, Uni- versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Raphael ZoN, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. Hofmann, U. S. Forest Service, Wind River Ejcperi- ment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. Kelly, Pennsyl- vania State College, State College, Penn- sylvania. Horticulture. J. H. Gourley, Ohio Agricul- tural Experiment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, H. E. Knowlton, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Marj'- land. — Assistant Editor, Sam F. Tre- lease. The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy, and Histology of Vascular Plants. E. W. Sinnott, Con- necticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Transeau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes. H. M. FiTZPATRiCK, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agri- cultural College, East Lansing, Michi- gan.— Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lansing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. — Assistant Edi- tor, E. N. Gathercoal, 701 South Wood Street, Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, F. M. Schertz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R, Schramm, Chairman, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York H. O. BUCKMAN W. H. Chandler A. J, Eames R. A. Emerson H. M. Fitzpatrick K. M.Wiegand R. S. Harris, Secretary R. Hosmer L. Knudson D. Reddick L. W. Sharp IV CONTENTS Societies Represented and the Members of the Board of Control Page iii Board of Editors and Assistant Editors for Volume IX Page iv Sections: Agronomy Entries 1-62, 577-647, 1101-1155 Bibliographj', Biography, and History Entries 63-93, 648-671, 11.56-1200 Botanical Education Entries 94-116, 672-682, 1201-1215 Cytology Entries 683-701, Page 188 Ecology and Plant Geography Page 16 Forest Botany and Forestry Entries 117-214, 702-728, 1216-1286 Genetics Entries 215-280, 729-778, 1287-1388 Horticulture Fruits and General Horticulture Entries 281-290, 779-842, 1389-1452 Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Entries 291-323, 843-849, 1453-1467 Vegetable Culture Entries 324-326, 850-854, 1468-1472 Horticulture Products Entries 327-330, 855-863, 1473-14S0 Morphologj'', Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants Entries 331-343, 864-874, 1481-1502 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae Page 52, 242 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes Entries 344-347, 875-879, 1503-1508 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes Fungi Entries 348-372, 880-886, 1509-1535 Lichens Entries 373, 1536-1538 Bacteria Entries 887, 1539-1540 Myxomycetes Entry 1541 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History Entries 374-388, 888-893, Page 252 Pathology Plant Disease Survey Entries 389-398, 894-907, 1542- 1548 The Pathogene Entries 399-401, 912-915 The Host Entries 402-405, 908-911, 1549-1.553 Descriptive Plant Pathology Entries 406-424, 916-948, 1554-1566 Eradication and Control Measures Entries 425-449, 949-961, 1567-1572 Miscellaneous (Technique, Cognate Researches, etc.) Entries 450-453, 962-965, 1573-1576 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy Entries 454-467, 966-995, 1577-1614 Physiology General Entry 468 Diffusion, Permeability, Adsorption Entries 469-472, 996-999, 1615-1616 Water Relations Entries 473-475, 1617 Mineral Nutrients Entries 476^88, 1000-1002, 1618-1623 Photosynthesis Entries 489-490, 1003-1005, 1624 Metabolism (General) Entries 491-500, 1006-1020, 1625-1629 Metabolism (Enzymes, Fermentation) Entries 505-509, 1027, 1630-1637 Metabolism (Respiration, Aeration) Entries 510, 1638-1640 Metabolism (Nitrogen Relations) Entries 501-504, 1021-1026 Organism as a Whole Entries 511-515, 1028-1035, 1641-1W2 Movements of Growth and Turgor Changes Entries 520-523, 1647, 1040-1041 Germination, Renewal of Activity Entrj' 524 Temperature Relations Entries 525, 1648 Radiant Energy Relations Entries 526-527, 1042-1043 Toxic Agents Entries 528-530, 1044-1045, 1649-1655 Electricity and Mechanical Agents Entry 531 Growth, Development, Reproduction Entries 516-519, 1036-1039, 1643-1646 VI CONTENTS Soil Science General Entries 532-558, 1046-1062, 1662-1673 Acidity and Liming Entries 1063-1067, 1656-1661 Peats Entries 1068-1072 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants Page 271 General Entries 1073-1080 Spermatophytes Entries 1081-1098 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications .Entries 559-576, 1099-1100, 1674r-16S3 Index to Authors' Names Appearing in Volume IX Page 273 Entry 38. Entry 90. Entry 225. Entry 234. Entry 330. Entry 373. Entry 592. Entry 630. Entry 708. Entry 1379. Entry 1383. Entry 1465. Entry 1473. Entry 1827. Entry 2126. ERRATA VOLUME VIII For Maternaers, F. F. read Matenaers, F. F. For Le Plastrier, G. M. read Le Plastrier, G. M. Follow the words flux (eighth line from end of abstract) and cross-breeding (last line of abstract) by quotation marks. For Brierly, W. B. read Brierley, W. B. For 391; read 392 : For Bixby, W. C. read Bixby, W. G. For Mooyen, A. M. read Nooyen, A. M. For Sherrard, L. C. read Sherrard, E. C. For Velli, Saverio read Belli, Saverio. For John N. Parker read John H. Parker. For Barber, C. H. read Barber, C. A. For Lapicdue, Louis read Lapicque, Louis. For N. C. Waterman read H. C. Waterman. For Bezssonof, N. read Bezssonoff, N. Note that Spondylocladium airovirens does not appear in the original paper. (Author's correction.) Authors' index. For Le Plastrier, G. M. read Le Plastrier, C. M. Vol. IX AUGUST, 1921 No. 1 ENTRIES 1-576 Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, with members representing many societies interested in plants. THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL (The Members of the Executive Committee for 19Z1 are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advaacement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E LiviNr.sTON, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davip, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiological Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New Y'ork. *B. M. DuGoAR {Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall .\. Howf., New Y^ork Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barxhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Katjffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *FoRREST Shreve, Dc-ert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. At W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, Xew Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchison, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. MooERs, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. Pv. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. JoxES, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *DoNALD Reddick, Comell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. 8. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, JNIacdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. No elections, large. Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. S. A. Entered as eecond-claes matter, November 9, 1918. at the post office at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act of March 3. 1879 Copjrright 1921, Williama & Wilkins Company Price, net postpaid, per volume ./S3.00, •|S3.12, United States, Mexico, Cuba Canada; S3. 25, Other Countries CONTENTS Agronomy 1-62 Bibliography, Biography and History 63-93 Botanical Education 94-116 Ecology and Plant Geography p. 16 Forest Botany and Forestry 117-214 Genetics 215-280 Horticulture 281-330 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algse p. 52 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 331-343 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes 344-347 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes 348-373 Paleobotanj' and Evolutionary History 374-388 Pathology 389-453 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 454-467 Physiology 468-531 Soil Science 532-558 Taxonomy of Vacular Plants p. 86 Micellaneous, Unclassified Publications 559-576 BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1921 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, J. R. SCHRAMM Cornell University, Ithaca, New York EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mart R. Burr, U. S; Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, DC. Bibliography, Biography and History. Neil E. Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, .\i,FRED GuNDERSEN, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S- Bbtan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowleb, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botanyand Forestry. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. HoFMANN, U. S. Fqrest Service, Wind River Ex- periment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. Gkokqe H. .Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. KiLLT, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania. Hortiftulture .)._ H. Gourlet, Ohio Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, H. E. Knowlton, West Virginia University, Morgan- town. West Virginia. Miscellnneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland. — Assistant Editor, Saji F. Tre- LEA8E, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants E. W. SiNNOTT, Connecticut Agricultural College Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E.N.Tbansbau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexandkb W. EvANS^ Yale University. New Haven, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes, H. M. Fitzpatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Bekrt, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing, Michigan. — Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lans- ing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Hebeb W. YouNGKEN, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. —Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathercoal, 701 South Wood St., Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B.M. Duqqar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. DoDOE, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, F. M. Schertz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry , Wash- ington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Greenman, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, Univeraity of Wyoming, Laiamie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R. Schramm, Chairman, Cornell Uui't ersity, Ithaca, New York H. O BuCKMAN W. H. Chandler A.J. Eames R. a. Emerson H. M. FrrzPATRiCK II. HOSMER L. Knudson D. Redoick L. W. Sharp K. M. Wieqand R. S. IlARlfts, Hecretarij BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furniBhinc abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Vol. IX AUGUST, 1921 ^^^'< No. 1 ENTRIES 1-576 - -.sTanic'^'- AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 104, HI, 113, 115, 230, 257, 272, 276, 277, 279, 284, 285, 426, 427, 436, 440, 441, 450, 452, 481, 483, 486, 524, 525, 528, 530, 532, 533, 540, 546, 552, 555, 562, 568, 569, 570, 574) 1. Anonymous. El abrojo grande. [Cocklebur] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 1: 10-12. 1920. — Xanthium sp. as a weed. — John A. Stevenson. 2. Anonymous. El maiz para semilla. Ventajes de la seleccion de las espigas. [Seed corn. Advantages of selecting ears.] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 1 : 295-300. 10 Jig. 1920. 3. Anonymous. Field experiments, 1920. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 21: 53-68. 1921. — Average results are presented of: Variety tests with barley, potatoes, mangels, oats, turnips, and wheat; fertilizer tests with potatoes, mangels, oats, and wheat; cultural tests with pota- toes; and weed-spraying tests in oats. Comparisons are made with previous year or years. — Donald Folsom. 4. Anonymous. La papa y su cultivo. [Potato culture.] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 1: 2-6. 1920. 5. Anonymous. Potatoes.^ — Varieties immune from black scab or wart disease. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 21: lOS-112. 1921. — Some immune varieties are satisfactory in regard to yield. Yield rate and immunity of a number of varieties are given. — Donald Folsom. 0. Anonymous. Report of the work of the seed propagation division for 1920. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 21: 38-52. Fig. I-4. 1921. — Results of pure-line culture and variety tests of wheat, oats, barley, and flax are described. Covered smut (Ustilago hordei) of barley was eliminated by steeping the seed for 10 minutes in a 5 per cent solution of formalin. — Donald Folsom. 7. Anonymous. The non-setting of the uba seed. South African Sugar Jour. 5: 131. 1921. — Success with cross pollinating flowers of sugar cane and raising of seed in Natal and Zululand cannot be expected with our present knowledge as the anthers ap'pear to have lost the power to open. The pollen is remarkably scanty in the anthers; such pollen grains as are present are irregular in size and devoid of starch whereas normal cane pollen is spherical and rich in starch. From these latter facts the conclusion is drawn that the pollen is sterile. — E. K. Tisdale. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 1 2 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 8. Anonymous. The R. A. S. field wheat competition. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 185-190. 1921. — Of 54 original competitors 24 voluntarily withdrew. Fields were scored according to trueness to type and purity, freedom from disease, evenness, cleanliness, condi- tion and appearance, and apparent yield. A field of Hard Federation sown May 6 on summer fallow at 45 pounds per acre with no fertilizer won first place. — L. R. Waldron. 9. Arnold, J. H. Farm practices in growing wheat. U. S. Dept. Agric. Yearbook 1919: 123-150. PI. 5, 20 maps. 1920. — A geographical presentation of farm practices in wheat growing in the U. S. A. The practices used in preparation of seed bed, sowing, harvesting and threshing, have a rather definite adjustment to areal factors of climate, soil, and topo- graphic features. Local variation in factors causes an adaptation of methods. Practices suitable for any given areal conditions cannot be transplanted unmodified to another area but helpful suggestions may be secured. — C. J. Shirk. 10. Beckman. Neuere Erfahrungen iiber Strohaufschliessung und Lupinenentbitterung» [New experiments in treating straw and in removing the bitter principle from lupines.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 145-146. 1921. — After a brief summary of the older attempts to treat straw to make of it a more digestible feed, the author describes his own method. The straw is treated with soda combined with hydrated lime. The process is carried on in a patented apparatus without artificial heat. This apparatus is described and an estimate of expenses given by an engineer, Baetke of Charlottenburg. Out of 100 kg. straw, SO kg. "Beckman straw" are obtained, with a starch value of 56 kg. The details of the quantities of soda and lime are not given but Baetke claims that at a total expense of 70 M. for raw material and labor a feed worth 275 M. may be secured. To the costs should be added the royalty for the use of the patent, which is fixed at 70 M. per head of cattle payable once (einmalige Abgabe). — -.4. J. Pieters. 11. Bippart, E. Erfahrungen in Ackerbau zur Uberwindung der Kriegschaden fiir Gross- und Kleinbetrieb. [Experiences in agriculture for overcoming war damages by large and small estates.] Landw. Hefte 44/45. 74 V-j 4 fiQ- 1920. — A series of agricultural essaj^s by an experienced farmer. The subjects discussed are as follows: 1. Agricultural production. Nutrition of plants and their ingredients. 2. The difficulties of managing sandy lands and how to overcome them. 3. The difficulties of cattle raising on sandy land. 4. The manage- ment of moor lands and the Rimpau-Cunrau system. 5. Practical agriculture on stiff soils. 6. What results have the scientific investigators secured as regards fallowing? 7. How can the nitrogen requirement of winter grain on stiff land be met without manuring? 8. Soil bacteria. 9. Management of stiff soils without livestock. 10. The art of agriculture. 11. Practical rotations with fallow, clover, and hoed crops. 12. How can tillage be conducted to bring about a restoration of a brisk and strong soil fermentation. 13. Conclusion. — C. V. Piper. 12. Bovell, J. R. Report on the Department of Agriculture, Barbados. Rept. Dept. Agric. Barbados 1917-1918: 51 p. 1920.^ — From a summary of the results of experiments with sugar- canes during the period 1910-18 it appears that B. H. 10 (12), Ba. 6032, and Ba. 7924 have maintained a high standard of yield and that the newer seedlings, such as B. S. F. 12 (45), B. S. F. 12 (34), B. S. F. 12 (27), and B. S. F. 12 (24), are deserving of extended trials under plantation conditions. The results of manurial experiments with sugar-cane were rendered of little value by the attacks of Diaprepes abbreviatus L. and Phytalus smithi Arrow. — Two series of experiments with cotton are reported: (1) An effort to improve Sea Island and certain indigenous and other varieties of cotton by the selection of the best formed plants giving heavy yields of good-quality lint; (2) by similar means to improve a number of hybrid cottons obtained from crossing improved varieties with indigenous cottons. — The Barbados cassava {Manihot utilissima) seedling No. 101 gave a mean return per acre of 11,026 lbs. over a 5-year period. Results of experiments with Xanthosomas and Colocasias prove that better returns are obtained when the former are planted from corms and the latter from cormels. Variety experiments with a number of legumes, yams, and three fodder plants are also reported. Figures are given for the sugar and cotton crops. — J. S. Dash. No. 1, August, 1921] AGRONOMY 3 13. Breakwell, E. Further reports on Shearman's clover. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 167. 1921. — Kew authorities announce plant to be Trifolium fragiferum var. Notes on its behavior are given. — L. R. Waldron. 14. Breakwell, E. Popular descriptions of grasses. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 191-19G. 3 fig. 1921. — Descriptive notes are given of Stipa setacea, S. scabra, Aristida Behriana, and A. leptopoda. Other species are mentioned. Seeds of the 2 Stipa species germinate 48 hours after rains. The 2 grasses start very early after dormancy and resist drought in summer which makes them valuable for dry-land pastures. — L. R. Waldron. 15. Brooks, A. J. Report on the Agricultural Department, St. Lucia. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. St. Lucia 1918-19. 32 p. 1920. — Notes are given on: Pyenostachys dawei, a handsome blue-flowered labiate from Uganda, Guayaquil cacao, now in great demand on the British market and of which seeds have been received for trial; Ilex paraguayensis, extensively used as a tea plant in Paraguay; and Nephelium lappaceum, which bears the Rambutam, — a favorite fruit of the Malayan Archipelago. — It was found that Dolichos hosei was easily propagated by cutting off a few rooting branches and establishing them in clay pots. Upland, or Hill, rice gave satisfactory results and should become an im- portant subsidiary crop. Maize of a St. Vincent strain yielded 3200 lbs. air-dried grain per acre. A large plot of the Gambia variety of ground nuts, gave a yield of 2643 lbs. cured nuts per acre. — Plant legislation includes measures to prevent the introduction of the mottling disease of sugarcanes, 'wither-tip' of lime trees caused by Gloeosporium limetticolum, and the red-ring disease of coconuts.^ — Progress of the following industries is reported on: Sugar, bay oil, rice, lime, coconut, bee-keeping, cacao, drugs, and spices. A list of the principal exports for the years 1916-18 inclusive is found on page 16. An account is also given of efforts to increase the quantity and improve the quality of locally-grown foodstuffs as a result of conditions imposed by the war. — J. S. Dash. 16. Bryce, H. Field experiments, 1920. Grafton experiment farm. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 168-170. 1921. — In the wheat variety trial the varieties yielded in order as follows: Canberra, Marshall's No. 3, Thew, and Hard Federation. — In the winter-fodder trial Sunrise oats mixed with vetches and mixed with field peas gave the best yields, followed by Guyra oats mixed with legumes. — In winter-fodder manurial trial, superphosphate at rate of 200 lbs. per acre gave largest net-increase return. — L. R. Waldron. 17. Burt, R. C. Flax in the United Provinces. Agric. Jour. India 15: 616-619. 1920.— It is stated that experiments made at the Cawnpore Experimental Farm proved that flax can be successfully grown in the canal-irrigated tracts of the United Provinces. Both English and Japanese seed grew well. — J. J. Skinner. IS. Chen, Chunjen C. [The Pedigreed Seed Co.] Hua-Shang-Sha-Chang-Lien-Ho- Hui-Ki-Kan [China Cotton Jour.] 2-: 245-250. 2 pi. 1921.— [Text in Chinese.] The organi- zation and management of the Pedigreed Seed Company, of Hartsville, South Carolina, are described. The method used by the company in cotton breeding is related at length with graph. — Chunjen C. Chen. 19. CoLLExs, A. E., ET AL. Sugar-cane experiment in the Leeward Islands. Report on experiments conducted in Antigua and St. Kitts-Nevis in the season 1918-19. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Sugar Exp. Leeward Islands 1918-19: 62 p. 1921.— In the 1st part the author reports on the varieties making the best yields for the period under review and also gives those varieties that made the best yields over periods of from 11 to 18 years. There- port covers trials in St. Kitts, Nevis, and Montserrat, and includes results secured from certain new seedlings. Part II gives conclusions drawn from manurial experiments. — /. S. Dash. 4 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 20. Cox, J. F. The Michigan plan for distributing improved crop varieties. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13 : 82-84. 1921. — The plan includes varietal testing, plant breeding, corn improve- ment, the provision of large increase fields, and the help of extension specialists and county agents. A crop improvement association and a farm bureau seed department also cooperate. — F. M. Schertz. 21. Cross, W. E. The distance apart in which cane rows should be planted, Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manufacturer 65: 233-235. / fig. 1920. — The 3-year results obtained in Tucimaan with cane planted in rows 0.9-2.5 m. apart agree in general with those secured at an earlier period in Louisiana, namely, the closer the rows, the greater the tonnage obtained per acre of sugar cane and sugar. Cane should be planted in rows as close together as will permit mechanical cultivation. — C. W. Edgerton. 22. Dawe, M. T. Columbian Pita fibre.— Part II. Tropic Life 17: 2-4. 1921.— The Pita fiber is of excellent quality and should sell readily for as much as henequen of Yucatan. Certain manufacturers of fiber products have offered to take the entire output of the "pitales" of Chiriguana for 3 years at the current market price of sisal. The chief drawback to the utili- zation of Pita fiber is the lack of machinery for efficient extraction of the fiber. It is estimated that 40 per cent of the fiber is lost by the present crude methods. A machine for extracting the fiber is being constructed in New York according to plans developed by the author. It is estimated an acre of land will support 5,000 Pita plants; each plant produces 30 leaves per year in 2 cuttings. A conservative estimate places the yield of dry fiber under improved me- chanical processes of extraction at 3,030 lbs. per acre. — H. N. Vinall. 23. Downing, R. G. Thick or thin seeding for wheat. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 205. 1921. — Recommendations are made as to proper rate of seeding. — L. R. Waldron. 24. Grimme, C. tjber einige Hiilsenfriichte aus der Levante und aus Kamerun. [Legu- minous plants from the Levante and Kamerun.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mittel 40: 37^1. 1920. 25. Guthrie, F. B. Analysis of Saltbush. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 207-210. 1921. — Ash analyses are given of Atriplex leptocarpxim {?), A, nummidaria, and Chenopodium triangular e as possible sources of potash. In the 2 species of Atriplex 40 per cent of the pure ash was composed of K2O. Notes are given on the value of saltbushes for fodder. Analysis shows them to compare favorably with standard fodders. — L. R. Waldron. 26. Guthrie, F. B., G. W. Norris, and J. G. Ward. The influence of atmospheric vari- ations on the weight of bagged wheat. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 200-202. 1921. — A bag of wheat was weighed daily for 2 years. Weight and absolute and relative humidity are shown graphically. Variations in weight of wheat, of lesser intensity, were found to corre- spond with variations in humidity. No coefficients are given and the data are not handled statistically. — L. R. Waldron. 27. IIarland, S. C. Manurial experiments with sea island cotton in St. Vincent in 1918-19, with some notes on the control of certain diseases by spraying. West Indian Bull. 18: 20-33. 1920. — Author draws the following conclusions: (1) Cotton responds markedly to applications of both artificial and organic manures after it has been grown on the same land for a number of years; (2) the size of the crop, leaving pests and diseases out of account, is limited chiefly by the supply of potash in the soil; (3) most cultivated lands of the colony show the rust dis- ease, locally known by the name of "red leaf," which is the characteristic sign of potash exhaustion; (4) phosphate is not to be recommended since the combination of this and potash gave inferior yields to potash alone; (5) cotton-seed meal alone is not to be recommended. The best practice would be to rotate sugar-cane with cotton, using cotton-seed meal and pen manure for the former, and for the latter an artificial fertilizer containing potash; (6) maturity is not affected by manurial treatment; (7) ratio of bolls to flowers is not affected by differ- ences in manurial treatment; (8) in St. Vincent there is great uniformity in the time at which No. 1, August, 19211 AGRONOMY 5 flowering and boiling begin, reach their maximum, and concUide. The bulk of the Ist crop is picked from the 21st to 24th week from sowing; (9) cotton stainers (Dysdercns spp.) being now under control, losses of crop are caused mainly by shedding of buds and bolls, and external- boll and soft-rot diseases. Experiments concerning shedding are not yet concluded. Spray- ing is useless in the control of external boll disease, but further experiments are needed to determine its effects on the soft-rot disease. — /. S. Dash. 2S. IIeidusciika, A., uvd J. Dkiningek. Beitrage zur Chemie der hochausgemahlenen Mehle und der daraus hergestellten Brote. [Chemistry of highly mealed flour and bread.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel 40: 161-191. 1920. 29. Henderson, G. S. Report of the Imperial Agriculturist. Sci. Kept. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 1919-20: 10-20. S pi. 1920. — The report includes details of crop rotation as practiced on the Institute farm; a summary of the results of jiermanent experiments; details of costs of operations with motorized agricultural implements; and breeding of cattle for milk produc- tion. The best results in cattle breeding have been obtained from crossing native Indian cows and Ayrshire bulls. One cow produced 7705 pounds of milk during a lactation period of 10 months. — Winfield Dudgeon. 30. Jackson, T. P. Report on the Agricultural Department, Antigua. Imi). Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. Antigua 1918-19: 39 p. 1920.— The author reports: (1) Work in gardens and observations on plants, the latter including notes on Artahotrys odoratissima, Myroxylon Pereiras, and Areca catechu; (2) work in nurseries and distribution of plants, with notes on Eucalyptus rostrata, a tree whose wood bids fair to replace foreign woods for railway sleepers; (3) plot experiments at the Botanic and Experiment Stations,^ — sweet-potato storage and varietal experiments. In the latter experiment, A12 yielded an average of 13,7C0 lbs. per acre after 3-years' trial; Light Red (yam) yielded an average of 20,-373 lbs. per acre. In experiments with Eddoes and Tannias, Tannia Yellow came first with an average yield of 4,280 lbs. per acre after 11 years of experiment; in the fodder experiments. Pearl Millet and Early Amber sugar corn tied for first place with yields of 24,000 lbs. per acre; (4) cotton selec- tion; (5) fungous pests and their control, with a note on Marasmius sacchari attacking sugar- cane; (6) progress in the sugar, cotton, lime, coconut, onion and corn industries; and (7) miscellaneous notes on silos and ensilage, reafforestation, plant legislation, etc. — J. S. Dash. 31. JuRiTZ, Chas. F. A South Australian vineyard soil. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 2: 137-140. 1921. — The author notes the geological origin of some tj'pical Aus- tralian vinej^ard soils and gives mechanical and chemical analyses of the soil from the Angas- ton vineyards 40 miles northeast of Adelaide, South Australia. — .4. J. Pieters. 32. Kerle, W. D. Farmers' experiment plots. Winter fodder varietj' trials, 1919-20. Upper north coast district. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 173-lSO. 5 fig. 102!.— Trials were carried out on 9 farms in this district. Yields were excellent due to favorable seasonal conditions. A trial showed that the lighter wheat seeding with field peas gave the largest forage yield. Generally wheat and peas gave better yields than wheat alone or oats alone. Oats alone yielded better than wheat alone. Yields of green forage in excess of 15 tons per acre were recorded. Phosphatic manures increased yields in all cases.— L. R. Waldron. 33. Leake, H. Martin. The Egyptian cotton problem. A report to the Eg3'ptian govern- ment. Agric. Jour. India 15: 485-501, 595-615. 1920, 16: 7-18. 1921.— A discussion of a plan of organization for encouraging the development of the cotton industry, and for dissemina- ting improved and pure seed. — J. J, Skinner. 34. Lemmermann, Otto, und Karl Eckl. Die Rentabilitat der Anwendung der kiinst- lichen Diingemittel bei den heutigen Preisen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Volksernahrung. [The profitableness of using artificial fertilizers at present prices and its meaning for the food supply.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 177-182. 1921.— A series of tables showing amounts and cost of fertilizers, yields, and values.— ^4. /. Pieters. 6 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 35. LtJHRiG. Ueber den Blausauregehalt des Phaseolus lunatus. [On the hydrocyanic acid content of Phaseolus lunatus.] Pharm. Zentralhalle 62: 95-97. 1921. — Twenty ship- ments of Rangoon beans were examined in which the amount of hydrocyanic acid ranged from 2.3 to 37.7 mg. in 100 g. of beans. This quantity of hydrocyanic acid is not detrimental to health, because practically all of it is lost by washing the beans, boiling in water and dis- carding the water. — H. Engelhardt. 36. Maiden, J. H. Spread of another bad weed. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 202. 1921.— Note is given on Gilia squarrosa, California stinkweed. — L. R. Waldron. 37. Matenaers, F. F. O. P. V. Silage. Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 184. 1921.— A note on oat-pea-vetch silage said to be very satisfactory in Nova Scotia. An average of 12 tons per acre green matter may be secured, and this has a higher dry weight than maize. — A. J. Pieters. 38. Matenaers, F. F. Praktische Erfahrungen rnit der Sonnenblumensilage. [Practical experience with sunflower silage.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 154. 1921.^ — A brief account of success with this silage in Iowa is copied from the St. Paul, Minnesota, "Deutschen Farmer." The sunflowers yielded 20 tons per acre against 10 tons of maize on similar land. In spite of some decay due to imperfect ensiling, cattle ate the silage as eagerly as the maize eilage; there was no apparent difference in the flow of milk. — A. J. Pieters. 39. MoFFET, S. Conseils practiques pour ameliorer la culture de la pomme de terre. [Practical advice to improve the cultivation of potatoes.] Bull. Sci. Pharm. 27: 638-G42. 1920. — Diseases of the potato are discussed and advice is given in regard to the selection of the tubers for propagation. — H. Engelhardt. 40. Moore, J. C. Report on the Agricultural Department, Grenada. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. Grenada 1918-19: 38 p. 1920. — Work of botanical interest falls under 4 heads: (1) Work in gardens and observations on plants, including a note on a guava (Indian White) yielding a fruit weighing 10 oz. and having a circumference of 10 in.; (2) plot and other experiments, with remarks on yam culture, corn storage, edible beans, and Sunn Hemp {Crotalaria juncea); (3) progress of industries, giving export figures, etc., of cacao, spices, cotton, and limes; (4) plant legislation. — J. S. Dash. 41. Moore, J. C. Report on the Agricultural Department, Grenada. April-December 1919. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. Grenada 1919: 21 p. 1921.— Plot experiments with Sunn Hemp {Crotalaria juncea) and with yam varieties {Momordica cochinchinensis) are recorded. The latter grew better from unshelled than from shelled seed. Onions can be successfully and profitably grown under Grenada conditions; experiments gave a yield of 3.38 tons of dried onions per acre. Full account is given of the status of the cacao, spice, sugar, cotton, coconut, and lime industries. — /. S. Dash. 42. Neidig, Ray E., Robert S. Snyder, and C. W. Hickman. Sunflower silage diges- tion experiment with cattle and sheep. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 881-888. 1921. — Feeding experi- ments and analyses of sunflower (Helianthus) silage indicate that it compares very favorably with maize silage. Where both maize and sunflowers can be grown, the selection of a silage crop depends upon comparative tonnage per acre and cost of production. — D. Reddick. 43. Pinnow, J. tJber den sauren Charakter des Mehles. [The acid character of flour.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel 40: 243-246. 1920. 44. Pitt, J. M. Farmers' experiment plots. Maize experiments, 1919-20. Central coast district. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 25-27. 1921. — Maize trials were conducted in cooperation with a number of farmers. With a favorable season, high yields were secured. Improved Yellow Dent, Yellow Horsetooth, Golden Nugget, Leaming, and Manning White No. 1, August, 1921] AGRONOMY 7 were the best yiclders. — In grcen-manurinp; trials, corn grown on land following field peas outyielded check plat, and this in turn outyicldcd maize following barley and vetches. Low yield of the corn was accounted for by the very heavy crop of barley and vetches. — L. R. Waldron. 45. Pridham, J. T. Trials of imported cereals. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 171- 172. 1921.— Notes are given on varieties of oats, wheat, and barley imported from U. S. A. and Canada. Of 4 oat varieties, O. A. C. 72, Sixty Day, Banner, and Fulghum, only the Fulghum was of promise. Of the wheat varieties Red Fife, Glyndon Fife, Red Rock, Kanred, Kharkov, Fultz, Marquis, Burbank, Super, Yeoman, and Fenman, none was found to be of promise and all were distinctly inferior to Hard Federation. Barley O. A. C, 21 is evidently worthy of further trial. — L. R. Waldron. 46. Reynolds, Mark H., W. R. Birks, and H. Bartlett. Farmers experiment plots. Wheat, oat and barley experiments, 1920. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 153-167. / fig. 1921. — In the northwestern district wheat experiments were carried out cooperatively on 15 farms; 15 varieties were involved, averaging about 7 varieties to the farm. Hard Federation and Canberra yielded well; Federation was most commonly attacked by stem rust. Experi- ments with barley and oats were only partially successful. — In the central western district trials were conducted on 9 farms, 12 varieties being used. Previous fallowing did not affect smut and take-all. Canberra, Hard Federation, and Yandilla King yielded well. Where a comparison was possible wheat for hay was outyielded by oats. The new oats variety, Sunrise, outyielded Algerian by 10 bushels. Results of manurial experiments were incon- clusive. In 2 cases out of 3 light wheat seeding gave best yields. — In the western district, trials were conducted on 13 farms, 14 varieties of wheat being used. Canberra, Federation, and Hard Federation yielded best. Guyra oats outyielded Sunrise in 2 cases out of 3. Manur- ial trials with superphosphate gave increased yields. Oats for hay gave j'ields equal to or better than those secured from wheat. Large yields of western district are ascribed to favora- ble weather conditions plus available plant food accumulated during the 2 dry years, 1918 and 1919.— L. R. Waldron. 47. RoBSON, W. Report on the Agricultural Department, Montserrat. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. Montserrat 1918-19: 52 p. 1920. — The following topics are reported on: (1) Work in the gardens and observations on plants, with notes on Caryocar nucifera, Tecoma spectnbilis, Corypha umbraculifera, Pithecolobium Unguis-cati (generally the most satisfactory of West Indian hedgeplants, but unfortunately a host of I'usciita sp.), and Triphasia aurantiola, which makes a very attractive and shapely hedge. (2) Recent plant importations, including notes on Canavalia gladiata, which has proved satisfactory as a green-manure cover crop and for planting between young lime trees, and Saccharum ciliare (yielding 20 tons of green matter per acre), which may be growm on waste lands and applied as a mulch for young lime trees. (3) Cotton experiments, including extensive notes on cotton breeding work and cotton manurial experiments. (4) Observations on the lime industry. Under this head are discussed the following principal environmental factors connected with the successful development of lime trees: The amount and distribution of the rainfall, — with which is associated the humidity of the atmosphere, — amount of exposure to prevailing winds, damage from scale insects, damage from root grubs, soil medium in which trees are grown, and the manurial requirements of the trees. (5) Sugarcane variety experiments. (6) Experiments with bay trees {Pimenta acris), giving quantities of leaves, results of distillations, etc. (7) Minor crops, including peas, beans, yams,^ — the latter when grown on stakes yielded 79 per cent more than when grown without stakes, — ground nuts, sweet potatoes, — the variety Red Bourbon yielding after 18 experiments an average of 13,034 lbs. per acre.^onions, papaws, Datura metel as a source of Scopolamine, and green manure crops. (8) Diseases, particularly a downy mildew of young lime seedlings which is easily controlled by applying Bordeaux mixture to the plants in the beds. (9) Export figures, etc., on the cotton, lime, sugar, papain, bay oil, and onion industries. (10) Plant legislation. — J. S. Dash. 8 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 48. Sands, W. N., et al. Report on the Agricultural Department St. Vincent. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. St. Vincent 1918-19: 39 p. 1920.— An account is given of manurial experiments with cotton (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 27) and with arrowroot. In the latter an average gain of no less than 241 per cent over non-manured plots was attained by mulching with Gliricidia prunings. This procedure gives better results than the use of chemical manures. — Certain hybrids of castor oil plant between a type known as Ricinus Gibsoni and a St. Vincent native, have given promising plants in F2, and a very prolific type was selected for culture in F3. Sown on April 25 on ridges 4 feet apart with 1 foot between the plants, this type flowered in 33 days from sowing. The whole was picked on Novem- ber 16, at which time the plot had yielded at the rate of 1000 lbs., or nearly 22 bushels per acre. — Recently amended plant legislation provides for the proper inspection and, if necessary, disinfection or destruction of imported plants. — Figures and other details are furnished of the cotton, starch, cacao, sugar, maize, coconut, ground nut, and pea industries. — J. S. Dash. 49. Sayer, Wynne. Report of the Secretary, Sugar Bureau. Sci. Rept. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 1919-20: 116-119. 1920. — An appendix to the Scientific Reports recounting the steps that led to the formation of a Sugar Bureau by the Government of India, and reporting progress in the collection of information about the sugar industry in India. — Winfield Dudgeon. 50. Shepherd, A. N., R. N. Makin, and J. M. Pitt. Farmer's experiment plots. Winter fodder variety trials, 1920. Murrumbridges irrigation areas. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 77-85. 1921.- — Trials were conducted in various districts with barley, wheat, and oats, alone and with vetches and peas. The addition of the legumes ordinarily increased the yields, and the oats seedings generally gave the highest yields. — L. R. Waldron. 51. Shepherd, F. R., and W. I. Howell. Report on the Agricultural Department, St. Kitts-Nevis. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. St. Kitts-Nevis 1918-19: 35 p. 1920. — Small plot experiments with economic crops, including corn, peanuts, cassava, hill rice, peas, sweet potatoes, yams, and onions, are recorded; also manurial experiments with cotton. For cotton, tables, and curves of flowering, shedding, and boiling are given. — Plant legislation in force in the Presidency is noted; it includes an ordinance prohibiting the exportation of nursery stock or plants to the U. S. A. without certificate from a recognized authority. — The sugar exports show a considerable decrease for the year, owing to drought, while the area in cotton, on account of prevailing high prices, has been remarkably increased. Results with truck crops in Nevis were not, on the whole, as satisfying as those obtained in St. Kitts.— J. S. Dash. 52. Stadler, L. J., AND C. A. Helm. Corn in Missouri, I. Corn varieties and their im- provement. Missouri Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 181. 51 p. 1921.^ — Variety tests of corn on 9 experiment fields and several hundred cooperative variety tests on farms in Missouri, are briefly reported. The practical value of various methods of corn improvement is discussed.— L. J. Stadler. 53. Stening, H. C. Gallipoli wheat under local conditions. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 184. 1921. — Yields are reported on this new wheat variety at Temora Experiment Farm. It ranked 4th when grown with 12 other varieties. It resists lodging and shelling. — L. R. Waldron. 54. Stevenson, L. Meadows and pastures. Agric. Jour. [British Columbia] 6: 40, 45. 1921. — Summary of an address to British Columbia DairjTnens' Convention. — J . W. Eastham. 55. Thatcher, L. E. Annual white sweet clover. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 31-32, 1 Jig. 1921. — A report on the tests of this legume as made at the Ohio station. It requires from 153 to 183 days to mature seed in Ohio and about 80 days intervene between seeding and blooming period. Earlier seeding varieties must be developed for Ohio condi- tions. The relative importance of this legume is as yet problematical. — R. C. Thomas. No. 1, August, 1921] AGRONOMY 9 56. Thorne, C. E. Thirty-eighth annual report of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station. Ohio. Agric. Exp. Sta. liull. 3o.S. 7-~Sl. 191'J.— In this report tiic director gives the work and publications of the various departments of the Station for the year 1918^19. — R. C. Thomas. 57. Thorne, C. E., and Gary W. Montgomeuy. County experiment farms in Ohio, Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 344. 22S-478. 1920.— An account is presented of the rotation and fertilizer experiments carried on at 9 sub-stations. The work reported includes: Drainage experiments at the Clermont County farm; variety tests of corn, oats, soybeans, and wheat at the Hamilton County farm; variety tests of silage corn at the Trumbull County farm; and at the Washington County farm special attention was paid to vegetable gardening, especially to utility work with cabbage, tomatoes, and sweet corn. The crops used in the various rotations were corn, oats, wheat, clover, soy beans, tobacco, potatoes, sugar beets, alfalfa. — R. C. Thomas. 58. TiCE, C. The potato in British Columbia. British Columbia Dept. Agric. Bull. 86, 75 p. ,78 fig. 1921. An information bulletin for growers. It contains a chapter on diseases. — J. W. Eastham. 59. TscHERMAK, Erich. Massnahmen zur Gewinnung grosserer Mengen vonMutterkom. [Measures for securing larger amounts of Ergot.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Gcs. 36: 184-185. 1921. — Owing to the high prices paid by dealers in drugs it has become profitable to save the ergot. The author points out that any condition tending to decrease or delay fertilization of the rye, increases the chances for the production of ergot, and he makes some practical sugges- tions to that end. — A. J. Pieters. 60. Venkatraman, T. S., and R. Thomas. The care and treatment of new sugarcane importations. Agric. Jour. India 16: 24-31. PI. 2-^. 1921.^ — The packing of cane pieces for shipment is described and the methods of preliminary germination and necessary precautions against ants are discussed.- — /. /. Skinner. 61. WiMMER, G. tJber den jetzigen Stand unserer Kenntnisse und Erfahrungen in der Tabakdiingung. [Concerning the present state of our knowledge and experience in tobacco fertilizing.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 166-167. 1921.— A general statement of cur- rent information. — A. J. Pieters. 62. Zade, Das Knaulgras. [Orchard grass.] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 305. 69 p. 1920. — Two species of Dactylis are recognized as occurring in middle Europe, D. glomerata L. and D. Aschersoniana Graebner; the author concerns himself with the former. Twelve varieties have been described but culture tests have shown that they are not constant. The botanical characters and morphology of the species are described, especially the inflorescence, of which several types are illustrated. Much space is devoted to a discussion of germination. Hand-gathered orchard-grass seed respond to a sudden and sharp fluctuation in temperature. This is not so much the case with seed that have been thrashed or sweated. In field practice not more than 20 per cent of the viable seed can be counted on to produce plants. Culture, feeding value, climatic adaptation, and fertilizers are discussed briefly. Seed production is treated at some length. It is said that for conditions in Germany the home-grown seed is best. In the chapter on breeding attention is called to the difficulty of obtaining a pure line, because no seed can be secured from single select plants by self-pollination. The author's method is. therefore, to start the breeding work with 2 selected plants as nearly alike morpho- losically and physiologically as possible. — A. J. Pieters. 10 BIBLIOGEAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY Neil E. Stevens, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 273, 456, 574) 63. Anontmous. B. E. Fernow. Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 375-380. 1920.— Resume of an article by Filibert Roth in Amer. Forestry (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 958) outlining the part played by Fernow in the forestry movement of America. — W. N. Spar hawk. 64. AxoNTMOus. Die Wittmack-feier der D. G. G. am Donnerstag, den 25. September 1919. [The Wittmack festival of the German horticultural society, Thursday, Sept. 25, 1919.] Gartenflora 68: 245-254. Portrait. 1919.^ — Speeches and observances in honor of the SOth anniversary of Ludwig Wittmack (born Sept. 26, 1839), with his response, giving a few items of personal history. — M. F. Warner. 65. Anonymous. [John Reader Jackson, 1837-1920.] Nature 106: 511. 1920.— Jackson published botanical articles in various journals, as well as Commercial Botany of the Nine- teenth Century (1890); he also edited Barton and Castle's British Flora Medica (1877). — 0. A. Stevens. 66. Anonymous. Prix et subventions attribues en 1920. Academie des Sciences, Paris. [Prizes and grants awarded in 1920 by the Paris Academy of Science.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171: 1202-1343. 1920. — A list of the awards is given and in connection with each a brief review of the scientific achievements of the recipient. The following are the botanists and the prizes which they received: August Chevalier, Fondation Tchihatchef; H. Herissey, Prix Jecker (shared with Gault); Albert Maublanc, Prix Desmazieres; Lucien Hauman-Merck, Prix de Coincy; Pierre See, honorable mention; Paul Bertrand, Prix Saintour. — C. H. Farr. 67. Anonymous. The organization of the Indian Botanical Society. Jour. Indian Bot. j9/l0. [2 p.] 1920 [1921]. — At the Nagpur meeting of the Indian Science Congress, January 1920, the Botany section decided to organize an Indian Botanical Society, with the encourage- ment of research as its primary aim. On December 14, 1920, the membership niunbered 71. The officers are: Winfield Dudgeon, President; W. Burns, Vice-President; Shiv Ram Kashyap, Secretary-Treasurer; and Birbal Sahni and K. Rangachari, Councillors. — Winfield Dudgeon. 68. Anonymous. Sir D. E. Hutchins. Nature 106: 540-541. 1920. — Hutchins died in New Zealand at the age of 70. His forestry work in India, South Africa, and Australia is noted. — 0. A. Stevens. 69. Abbay, Richard. Our orchards; letters to the East Anglian Daily Times, 1892-1920, with notes. 35 p. W. H. Harrison: Ipswich [1920]. — Hargrove's History of Knaresborough (17S9) says the original Ribston Pippin was raised from an apple brought from France, and that trees propagated from it were then to be found in nearly every orchard in the county. It was in 1709 that Sir Henry Goodricke, then owner of Ribston Hall, was traveling in Nor- mandy, and took home the pips of a fine apple, from one of which came the original tree. This was blown down about a hundred years ago, but a shoot from the old stump was still living, and bearing a few apples each year, as late as 1909. The Blenheim Orange originated as a seedling in the garden of a cottager named Kempster at Woodstock, about 1792, and for many years his name was locally associated with the apple. — M. F. Warner. 70. Beringer, G. M. The centenary of pharmaceutical education in America. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 93: 75-104. Illus. 1921. — A review of the progress of pharmaceutical education in America during the past hundred years. The organization and progress of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, founded on February 23, 1821, as the Philadelphia College of Apothe- caries, is described, and accounts are given of a nmnber of personages who aided in its develop- ment. The article is illustrated with portraits of some of these persons, together with photo- graphs of different buildings occupied by the college. — Anton Hogstad Jr. No. 1, August, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 11 71. Britten, James. Henry William Lett (1838-1920). Jour. Botany 59: 75-7G. 1921,— An account of the Irish botanist Canon Henry William Lett, born at Hillsborough in 1838, educated at Trinity College, Dublin, ordained in 1871, and after occupying various posts, rector of Aghaderg 34 years. His botanical work was mainly with mosses and hepatics. A list of his more important papers is given. — A'. M. Wiegand. 72. Britten, James. Thomas Walter (1740?-88) and his grass. Jour. Botany 59: 69-74. 1921. — A summary of materials regarding Walter's life and herbarium. His Flora Caroliniana (1788) was published by the elder John Frascr, who gives the fullest account of Walter's botanical work in his Short History of Agrostis Cornucopiae (1789). This was the Cornuco- ■piae perennans of Walter (now called Agrostis perennans), which he and Eraser attempted to exploit in Europe as a valuable agricultural grass. — K. M. Wiegand. 73. [Britten, James.] William Whitwell. .Jour. Botany 59: 84-85. 1921.— A brief account of the life and writings of Whitwell (1839-1920), who though not a critical botanist, was a careful observer and collector. His herbarium has been given to the Birmingham Museum. — K. M. Wiegand. 74. Carrier, Lyman. Dr. John Mitchell, naturalist, cartographer, and historian. Ann. Kept. Amer, Hist. Assoc. 1918: 199-219. 1921.— John Mitchell (died 1768) came to Virginia about 1700 and returned to England early in 1746. He wrote Dissertatio brevis de Principiis Botanicorum et Zoologorum (1738) and Nova Plantarum Genera Virginiensium (1741), which were published in Acta Academiae Naturae Curiosorum (1748). He corresponded with Lin- naeus, Collinson, Bartram (whom he visited in Pennsylvania), and other naturalists of his day. He wrote several other scientific papers, but his principal works were on American affairs. He made the best map of North America of colonial times, which was used by the peace council at the close of the Revolution. With it was published anonymously The Contest in America between Great Britain and France (1757), which, with The Present State of Great Britain and North America (1767), also issued anonymously, is definitely attributed to Mitchell in American Husbandry (London, 1775). Carrier proceeds to show that John Mitchell must also have been the author of An Account of the English Discoveries and Settlements in Amer- ica, in the revised edition of Harris' Collection of Voyages and Travels, vol. 2, 1748; also of A New and Complete History of the British Empire in America (1756), and, finally, of Ameri- can Husbandry, "By an American," which was published after Mitchell's death in 1775. — M. F. Warner. 75. Christ, Hermann. Der Briefwechsel der Easier Botaniker des 18. Jahrhunderts Achilles Mieg, Werner de La Chenal und Jacob Christoph Ramspeck mit Albrecht von Haller. [Correspondence of the 18th century Basel botanists Mieg, La Chenal. and Ramspeck with Haller.] Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel 21: 1-59. 1918. — A collection of 59 letters from Haller to Mieg, covering the period Nov., 1755, to Dec. 3, 1777, is in the library of the Univer- sity of Basel, while 27 of Mieg's own letters to Haller were published by the latter in his Epis- tolae ab Viris eruditis (Bern, 1773-75), vol. 4-6. The letters from Haller to La Chenal have been preserved in the Schonauer family, while those of La Chenal to Haller, covering the period 1759-1772, are included in the Epistolae vol. 3-6. These two groups of correspondence are rich in botanical interest, and have been abstracted with great thoroughness, with addi- tion of explanatory notes in regard to the plants and authorities mentioned. By way of in- troduction brief outlines are given of the life and principal publications of Mieg (1731-1769), La Chenal (1736-lSOO), and Ramspeck (born 1722). The latter was a pupil of Haller at Gott- ingen, but his letters between 1748 and 1756, included in the Epistolae vol. 1-4, offer only a few items of botanical importance. — M. F. Warner. 76. Christ, Hermann. Zur Geschichte des alten Gartens. V. [Contributions to the history of old-time gardens.] Easier Zeitschr. Gesch. u. Altertumsk. 17:370-385. 1918.— Continuing a series of papers in vol. 14-16 of the same journal (1915-17), the author discusses the origin and introduction in Switzerland of certain garden plants. He takes up Rosa centifolia and 12 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, several bulbs and ornamentals as noted by Clusius; North American plants introduced into Europe in the 17th century as noted by Barrelier; Vicia faba in Switzerland and South Gennany; notes on cultivated plants and their vernacular names from Zermatt; with other items supplementary to his previous papers. — M. F. Warner. 77. Gee, Wilson. South Carolina botanists: biography and bibliography. Bull. Univ. South Carolina 72. 52 p., portraits. 1918. — John Lawson (died 1712), Mark Catesby (about 1679-1749), Alexander Garden (about 1728-1791), William Bartram (1739-1823), Thomas Walter (about 1728-about 1788), John Drayton (1766-1822), John L. E. W. Shecut (1770-1836), James Macbride (1784-1817), Stephen Elliott (1771-1830), Henry W. Ravenel (1814-1887), Lewis R. Gibbes (1810-1894), Francis Peyre Porcher (born 1825), Joseph Hinson Mellichamp (1829-1903).— A' a7 E. Stevejis. 78. Hay, T. A rare work on alpines. Gard. Chron. Ill, 68: 285. 1920.— Practical Hints on the Culture and General Management of Alpine or Rock Plants, by James Lothian (Edin- burgh, W. H. Lizars, 1845), is probably the first book on this subject published in Great Britain, and contains an extensive and interesting catalogue of 17 pages of plants suitable for rock gardens.- — M. F, Warner. 79. H[ewitt], J. William Tyson. South African Jour. Nat. Hist. 2: 288-290. Portrait. 1920. — Tyson died at Grahamstown, April 14, 1920, in his 71st year. He collected the flora of South Africa for nearly 45 years, his material from East Griqualand, Pondoland, and Mur- raysburg being specially important. The most complete set of his plants is in the Cape Government herbarium. Tysonia, a genus of Boraginaceae, was dedicated to him by Dr. Bolus.— 71/. F. Warner. 80. Johnson, D. S. The Cinchona Station. Bot. Gaz. 69: 347-348. 1920.— This Jamai- can Station will be available for American botanists this year. Located at 5000-feet elevation on the southern slope of the Blue Mountains, its dry, sunny slope offers epiphytic and xerophy- tic varieties, while the moist northern slope produces liverworts, mosses, and ferns. — Botan- ists studying lowland plants have use of Hope Gardens and the seacoast produces vegetation of ecological interest. — E. A. Fenner. 81. LiNNE, Carl von. Caroli Linnaei Adonis stenbrohultensis, utgiven af Felix Bryk. 12 mo, 13-\-[28] p. Bjorck & Borjesson: Stockhohn, 1920.— See Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1434. 82. McCuBBiN, W. A. Abstracts of Canadian plant disease literature. Ann. Rept., Quebec Soc. Protection of Plants 11: 72-83. 1919. — A list, in alphabetical order by authors, of 220 articles on plant diseases published in Canadian bulletins or periodicals up to the end of 1918. A short explanatory note of the contents is given with each entry. — J. H. Fault. 83. Marquart, U. Jagdliche und forstliche Zustande in Wiirttemberg Lm 18. Jahrhun- dert. [Forest conditions in Wiirtemberg in the 18th century.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95: 263-206. 1919. — A brief sketch of the development of game propagation and forestry in Wiir- temberg during the ISth century. — Joseph S. Illick. 84. Paynk, C. H. Old French gardening books. Gard. Chron. Ill, 63: 215-216. 1918.— Many English books, usual!}' known only under the name of their translators, are actually of French origin; among others the following are identified: The Grete Herball with Le Grant Herbier en Francoys (1520?); Mascall, A Booke of the Arte and Maner how to Plant and Graffe all Sortes of Trees with Brossard, L'Art et Maniere de Semer P6pins et de Faire P6pinieres (1552); Surfict's Maison Rustique (1600) with that of Estienne; Evelyn's The French Gardiner with Le Jardinier Francois by Nicolas de Bonnefons; The Art of Pruning Fruit Trees (1685) with L'Art de Tailler les Arbres Fruitiers (1678) by Nicolas Venette; The Theory and Practice of Gardening (1712) by John James, with Dezallier d'Argenville, La No. 1, August, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 13 Theoric et la Pratique du Jardinage (1709); Fleetwood's Curiosities of Nature and Art in Husbandry and Cardening (1707) with the Curiositez de la Nature et de I'Art sur la V6g6ta- tion of the Abbe Vallemont (1705).— il/. /*.'. Warner. 85. Russell, E. J. [Prof. Italo Giglioli.] Nature 106: 573. 1920.— Obituary of this noted teacher and investigator in agriculture who died Oct. 1, 1920. — 0. A. Stevens. 86. Savelli, Martino. La vendita dell' erbario di Giuseppe Raddi. (The sale of Raddi's herbarium. Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. 1918: .VS. 1918.— Scojjc and condition of the herbarium were carefully investigated by Gaetano Baroni, head gardener of the Botanical Garden at Florence, and its purchase for the University of Pisa was urgently recommended by Savi. It comprised rare plants from Brazil and Madeira, with others from Australia, Cape of Good Hope, and the East Indies, which had been obtained by exchange from Brown, Sieber, Mayen, and other correspondents. It was also rich in groups and genera on which liaddi had specialized, such as grasses and cryptogams, Melastoma and Piper. It reached Pisa about March, 1830, and was incorporated by Savi with the University herbarium. About the same time, also, Raddi's Egyptian collections were received, the botanical portion being turned over to Savi for the herbarium, while the zoological portion was divided between the museums of Pisa and Florence. — M. F. Warner. 87. Senn, Gustave. Prof. Dr. Hermann Vochting. Verhandl. Naturf. Ges. Basel 30: 1-9. Portrait. 1919. — Vochting was born at Bromberg, Feb. 8, 1847, and trained as a gardener. Going as a young man to the botanical garden at Berlin he came under the influence of Professor Alexander Braun, which led him to study botany under Braun, Prings- heim, and Kny; he took his degree at Gottingen in 1873. The following year he became lecturer at Bonn, where he zealously carried on his investigation of morphological problems by the experimental method. As a result of the publication of his researches in Pfliiger's Archiv in 1877, he was called to the chair of botany at Basel in 1878, succeeding his friend Pfeffer, who had been called to Tubingen. In 1887 he was again called to succeed Pfeffer at the University of Tubingen, where he remained until his death, Nov. 24, 1917. His botanical work is summarized, and a list of 34 publications by him is appended. — M. F. Warner. 88. Sprague, T. a., and James Britten. The botany of the "Herald." (Bibliographical note. LXXXIII). Jour. Botany 59: 22-24. 1921.— The date of issue and limits of each of the 10 parts (1852-1857) has been worked out by Sprague for The Botany of the Voyage of H. M. S. 'Herald,' by Berthold Seeman. Britten has appended a list of the various botanists who assisted in the work, with their respective contributions. — K. M. Wiegand. 89. Vines, S. H., and Druce, G. C. An account of the herbarium of the University of Oxford, Part II. p. 21-55. Clarendon Press: Oxford, 1919.— Beside the additions to the her- barium, there is a list of collectors represented, often with dates of birth and death or other biographical information. — Neil E. Stevens. 90. Waters, C. E. More about early days of the American Fern Society. Amer. Fern Jour. 11: 10-19. 1921. 91. Watts, Francis. Tropical department of agriculture with special reference to the West Indies. West Indian Bull. 18: 101-133. 1920. — This paper, reproduced from the Journal of the Royal Societj' of Arts for Feb. 20 and 27, 1920, deals with the Imperial Department of Agriculture for the West Indies, and notably the evolution of the various agricultural insti- tutions from the smaller botanical gardens, and the part the larger institutions have played in the economic development of the colonies. Through the scientific study and development of already existing industries, such as sugar, and the fostering of others, such as cotton, a condition of depression has gradually given place to prosperity. Methods of study and con- trol of the pests and diseases attacking staple crops and the difficulties encountered are also fully dealt with. — J. S. Dash. 14 BOTANICAL EDUCATION [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 92. Wilson, James. Improved varieties and larger crops. Jour. Dept. Agric. Ireland 21: 18-25. 1921. — Account of European conditions from 1653 to the present. — Donald Folsom. 93. WfRiGHT], C. H. Dravpings of Indian plants. Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew. Bull. Misc. Inform. 1919: 207-208. 1919. — Kew has a set of about 600 drawings, most of which appear to have belonged to Claude Martin (1731-1800), officer of the East India Company and later major-general in the Bengal Army. Most of the plants are named by William Roxburgh, who received material for his Flora Indica from Martin, who lived at Lucknow 1776-1800. With this collection are other drawings of plants from the Caucasus or Northern Persia, probably made for Sir Gore Ouseley when ambassador to Persia 1810-1814. — M. F. Warner. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersen, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 70, 91, 132, 135, 157, 299, 335, 336, 350, 574) 94. Akontmotjs. [Rev. of: Babcock, E. B., and J. L. Collins. Genetics laboratory manual, xi + 56 p. McGraw-Hill Book Co.; New York; Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.: London, 1918.] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 171. 1919. 95. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Bower, F. O. Botany of the living plant, x -f 580 p., fig. 147. Macmillan & Co.: London, 1919.] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 348-349. 1919. 96. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Gager, C. S. A laboratory guide for general botany. 2nd ed., X + 206 p. P. Blakiston's Son & Co.: Philadelphia, 1919.] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 349. 1919. 97. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Neville, H. A. D., and L. F. Newman. A course of prac- tical chemistry for agricultural students. Vol. II, Part I. 122p. Cambridge University Press: 1919.] Sci. Prog. [London] 15: 142. 1920. 98. B., R. A. [Rev. of: Fritch, F. E., and E. J. Salisbury. An introduction to the structure and reproduction of plants. 8vo, viii + ^58 p., 2 pi., 225 fig. Bell & Sons: London, 1920.] Jour. Botany 59:82-83. 1921. 99. Barbey, a. Le Pare National Suisse. [The Swiss National Park.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 58: 353-356. 1920. — The Swiss National Park, comprising 14,000 hectares in the Engadine, was created through the efforts of the Swiss League for the Protection of Nature. Its purpose is not to serve as a mecca for tourists, but as a vast, open-air, scientific laboratory removed from the influence of man and devoted to the free development of vegetable and ani- mal life. Hunting, grazing, and lumbering are prohibited. A Commission of Scientific Study has been established to observe and record all manifestations of nature in the park and, with the aid of a corps of Swiss naturalists, to publish monographs on its geology, fauna, flora, climatology, etc. — S. T. Dana. 100. Beaumont, A. B. The introductory course in soils. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 79-81. 1921. — The paper is chiefly a discussion of the laboratory work of a course in soils. — F. M. Schertz. 101. Borgmann, W. Ausbau des forstlichen Hochschulunterrichts an der Universitat Giessen. [Expansion of the forestry course at the University of Giessen.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 17-18. 1921. — Sometime before the war it was proposed to combine the forest schools at Giessen, Tubingen, and Karlsruhe. The question arose again after the war, and the course at Tubingen was transferred to Freiburg (Baden), but the Hessian government decided to No. 1, August, 1921] BOTANICAL EDUCATION 15 keep the school at Giessen and to enlarge it considerably by establishing new chairs of applied biology, including forest botany, zoology, and soil science. The school will not confine its work to forestry alone, but will cover such subjects as plants and animals injurious to fields, orchards, and vineyards. — W. N. Sparhawk. 102. Caldwell, Otis W., W. L. EiKENnF:RRY, and Eahl R. Glenn. Elements of general science. Laboratory problems. 1S8 p. Ginn & Co.: Boston, 1920. — Directions for (J8 experi- ments, about one-fourth relating to plants, with questions and references. — A. Gundersen. 103. Caldwell, Otis W. Contribution of biological sciences to universal secondary education. School Sci. and Math. 21: 103-115. 1921. 104. Call, L. E. Prerequisites for agronomy subjects. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 49-53. 1921. — General botany and chemistry are regarded as prerequisites. — F. M. Schertz. 105. Dragendorff, G. Plant analysis: Qualitative and quantitative. English trans- lation from the German by Henry G. Greenish, xvi + 280 p., 11 fig. G. E. Stechert & Co.: New York, 1921. — This is an anastatic reprint of the English edition of 1883. The work con- cerns the methods and results of the chemical examination of plant tissues and plant products. Part one comprises 8 chapters on examination of moisture and ash, ethereal and fixed oils, wax, chlorophyll, resins, tannins, alkaloids, glucosides, mucilage, saponin, acids, sugars, amides, inulin, proteins, starch, lignin, cellulose, and many other substances. Tables show- ing (1) the percentage composition of the constituents of plants mentioned in the book, and (2) the composition of the more important components of plants arranged according to percentage of carbon are given. — C. S. Gager. 106. Dunn, S. T. [Rev. of: Bose, G. C. A manual of Indian botany. 8vo, xvi + 368 p., 8 pi. Blackie & Son: Bombay, London, and Glasgow.] Jour. Botany 59: 83-84. 1921. 107. Miller, M. F. The teaching of soils. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 71-78. 1921.— The paper sets forth the point of view of the members of the meeting of soil instructors held at Lexington, Kentucky. The college course in soils should carry 5 semester-hours credit and should be called "The Principles of Soil Management." Three lectures, 1 quiz and 1 laboratory period per week should be required. This course should be given in the sopho- more year and the prerequisites should include inorganic chemistry, geology, and physics. — F. M. Schertz. 108. Schmitt, Cornel. Botanische Schiiler-Ubungen nebst Resultaten. [Botanical ex- ercises for schools, with results.] 4th ed., 4^ p. F. P. Datterer & Co.: Freising, Germany, 1920. — Two hundred exercises with plants beginning with germination and growth. — A. Gundersen. 109. Shipley, A. E., et al. Report of the Tropical Agricultural College Committee. West Indian Bull. 18: 1-12. 1920.— This report, made by a committee of prominent scientists appointed by the Secretary of State for the Colonies, England, covers the various points in connection with the organization of a Tropical Agricultural College in the British West Indies. Topics discussed are desirability of establislmient, situation, incorporation, constitution, curriculum, sugar school, oil technology, financial arrangements, college buildings, etc. — J. S. Dash. 110. Sklawunos, C. G. Die Organization des Forstpersonals in Griechenland und dessen Ausbildung. [Organization and training of the forestry personnel in Greece.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 443^50. 1920.— The forest administration has been handicapped since its inception (1836) by the lack of trained personnel. Forest protection has been in charge of local police officials, and local financial officers issue cutting permits and conduct sales. The foresters (Oberforster) include provincial police officers, who are now required to have a 3-months' training in forestry, and some 30. professional foresters (out of a total of 105) who 16 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, have had a short training at various Austrian schools. — The first school of forestry was estab- lished in 1896 at Vytina and serves principally for training forest guards. A school forest of 16,000 hectares (chiefly Abies cephalonica) serves as a field for practical training. Two other similar schools are to be established, 1 in the Aleppo pine forest Chalandrion in Attica, the other in the hardwood forest Agyia, in the Mt. OljTnpus region.- — For training the adminis- trative personnel, the State sends a certain number of students each year to Austria. The law of 1917 provides for a higher forest school at Athens, to give a complete 4-year course. The curriculum is described. The number of students, fixed by the Minister of Agriculture, has so far been from 15 to 25 each year. — W. N. Sparhawk. 111. Slate, William L., Jr. The first college course in field crops. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 59-63. 1921. — Type, aims, content, and method of teaching the course are out- lined. Its relation to the sciences, to specialized courses in crops, to farm experience and high school agriculture are shown. The author would place the course in the freshman year and allow 3-5 hours credit. — F. M. Schertz. 112. Stevenson, W. H., and P. E. Brown. The teaching of soils in agricultural colleges. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 63-70. 1921.- — The authors advocate uniting all branches of soil instruction in one department. A 4-year agricultural course should include 4 or 5 courses in soils, such as: Soils, soil-fertility, manures and fertilizers, soil management and soil bacteri- ology. The laboratory work for these courses is also outlined. — F. M. Schertz. 113. Wagner. Neuordnung des forstlichea Unterrichts fur Wiirttemberg bezw. Siid- westdeutschland. [Suggestions for reorganization of forestry instruction in southwest Ger- many.] Allg. Forst.- u. Jagdzeitg. 1919: 245-251. 1919. — Of the numerous forest schools that were established in Germany only 9 remained in 1900, — 4 in North Germany and 5 in South Germany. Recently 2 more were abandoned, leaving only 7. Now Prof. Wagner, of the forestry faculty of the University of Tubingen, recommends a still further consolidation. The states of Wiirttemberg, Hesse, and Baden, instead of having separate forest schools, which must necessarily be small in size and inadequately equipped, should bring together all their instruction in forestry in one well-equipped school, and Prof. Wagner suggests that it would be located at Heidelberg, with Tubingen as a second choice. — Joseph S. Illick. 114. Weatherbt, C. a. What the Latin names mean-II. Amer. Fern Jour. 11: 25-27. 1921. — The article completes the list of specific names started in the Amer, Fern Jour. 10: 115-119. 1920.— F. C. Anderson. 115. Wentz, John B. The standardization of courses in field crops. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 52-59. 1921. — Colleges of the U. S. A. ofi'er 133 difi"erently named courses in field crops; these courses when classified as to ground numbered 47 and of these 47 only 20 are offered by more than one or two colleges. A table shows that great irregularity exists in the positions of the field crop courses in the college curricula. Another table shows that great variation is found in the number of hours devoted to the different courses by different colleges. Differ- ence in importance of some crops in different parts of the country accounts for some of the variation. — F. M. Schertz. 116. WoLK, P. C. VAN DER. De Botanische Tuin in Lissabon. [The Botanical Garden in Lisbon.] Aarde en haar Volkeren 57: 108-110. Fig. 1~4. 1921. ECOLOGY AND PLANT GEOGRAPHY H. C. CowLES, Editor Geo. D. Fuller, Assistaiit Editor (See in this issue Entries 79, 80, 127, 134, 141, 158, 196, 198, 199, 209, 345, 346, M7) No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTRY 17 FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor J. V. HoFMANN, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 30, 63, 83, 101, 110, 113, 306, 439, 452, 466) 117. Anonymous. Annual administration report of the Afforestation Division [United Provinces, India] for the financial year 1919-20. 28 p., 3 pi. (Jovernment Press: Allahabad, 1920. — The report covers the work of the United Provinces Forest Service in reclamation of land ruined by erosion following denudation. It is estimated that there are 8,000,000 acres of denuded or eroded waste land in the Province, of which 23,708 acres are under government control, and 4,08.3 acres are being actively afforested. The report considers the constitution of state forests; summary of works carried out; exploitation of areas under reclamation; history of afforestation in the United Provinces; a copy of the agreement made with owners of ravine waste land; final report on famine relief operations; and financial statements. The afforestation projects are designed to furnish reserve supplies of fodder and fuel, and to sta- bilize and reclaim eroding areas. Of the many trees and grasses that have been experimented with, Acacia arabica and Dalbergia sissoo are the most satisfactory trees, though Gmelina arborea, Tectona grandis, Holoptelea integrifolia, and certain bamboos show great promise. The cost of reclaiming and afforesting is about CO Rs. per acre. It has been found satisfactory to use reclamation projects to provide government relief for famine sufferers as all classes of labor can be employed, and the work can be closed at any time without being left incom- plete.— Winfield Dudgeon. 118. Anonymous. Ce que valent chenes et frenes sur pied. [Oak and ash stumpage prices.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte et Belfort 13 : 277-278. 1920. — Oak stump- age prices are now approximately 30 per cent higher than a year ago in the Vosges and Ilaute- Saone. The present stumpage price of oak can be determined roughly by doubling the diame- ter of the tree (in cm.) and subtracting 10 francs; of ash by doubling the diameter and adding 10 francs. Prices for both species are still increasing. — S. T. Dana. 119. Anonymous. Congres de 1920. [Congress of 1920.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comt6 et Belfort 13: 212-258. 1920. — The annual meeting of the forestry society of Franche-Comte and Belfort was held at Champagney, August 9-11, 1920. In addition to the usual banquet and general assembly, field excursions were made to a number of neighbor- ing forests. Separate abstracts are given of the speeches made and of the descriptions of the forests visited. — S. T. Dana. 120. Anonymous. Entwurf eines preussischen Gesetzes iiber Kahlschlage in Privatwald- ungen. [Proposed Prussian law regulating clear cutting in private forests.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 39-41. 1921.- — The proposed law forbids clear cutting of more than gV of the area of a forest unit, or excessive thinnings, without special permit. It applies to high forests, or similar forests, but not to coppice forests. All privately owned forests are subject to this law except those managed cooperatively, which are already provided for. This law is intended to prevent forest devastation, which is threatened, especially near the towns, until the pro- posed new law regarding forest culture can be passed and made effective. At present there is no legal way to prevent devastation of private forest lands in Prussia. Comments on the law, by Dr. Bertog, are appended. — W. N . Sparhawk. 121. Anonymous. Errichtung von Forsteinrichtungsanstalten in Preussen. [Estab- lishment of forest regulation office in Prussia.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 267-270. 1920. — The organization of a new working-plans ofhce in the Prussian state forest service is described which will put the work of regulating the cut in the hands of specialists, and will also save the treasury considerable money.- — W. N. Sparhawk. 18 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 122. Anonymous. Exportation des bois de feu et du charbon de bois. [Exportation of firewood and charcoal.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comt6 et Belfort 13: 258-260. 1920. — At its annual meeting in August, 1920, the forestry society of Franche-Comt6 and Bel- fort adopted a resolution asking the government to remove the prohibition on exports of firewood and charcoal because in eastern France available supplies were considerably in ex- cess of local needs. The assistant secretary of agriculture replied that while it was impossi- ble to alter present restrictions immediately because of the great need in France for fuel of all sorts, he would attempt to find a market for firewood and charcoal from this region, and that where production remained in excess of consumption he was inclined to look favorably upon permitting such exports as might appear justified. — S. T. Dana. 123. Anonymous. Studies in British forestry. Nature 106: 646-647. 1920. — Review of bulletins 1, 2, and 3 of the Forestry Commission and comments on the work of the com- mission.— 0. A. Stevens. 124. Anonymous. Voeux votes par les conseils generaux de la Haute-Saone et du Jura tendant a I'augmentation de la production du bois d'oeuvre. [Increasing the production of timber.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte et Belfort 13: 283-288. 1920.— The general councils of the departments of the Haute Saone and the Jura have expressed their desire to support the efi"orts of the forest service; to secure the submission to the forest regime and the reforestation of waste areas belonging to the communes; to increase the proportion of conifers in the mountains; and to convert the stands of broadleaf coppice in the plains into high forest by increasing the number of young reserves. The conservators of waters and forests in these 2 departments have expressed their approval of this program to increase the production of timber, and have issued instructions accordingly to the forest force.— 5. T. Dana. 125. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Boyd, J. Afforestation. 39 p. W. R. Chambers, Ltd.: London, 1918.] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 350. 1919. 126. Anonymous. Conifers. [Rev. of: Coltman-Rogers, Chas. Conifers and their characteristics, xiii + 333 p. John Murray: London, 1920.] Nature 106: 563. 1920. — Popular. Contains some errors, but is well printed and instructive. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 133.]— 0. A. Stevens. 127. Anderlind. Darstellung des Verhaltens der Holzarten zum Wasser. [Water re- lation of different forest trees.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 96: 29^0. 1920.— The concluding chapter of a consideration of the water relation of specific forest trees. The species considered are green Sitka spruce, green Douglas fir, Colorado blue spruce, and white spruce. These 4 species have been introduced extensively into Europe, but Douglas fir introduction surpasses all others. The experimental plots of this species comprise 365 acres in Prussia. — Joseph S. I Hick. 128. Arndt. Wie kann die heimische Holzproduktion ohne Vergrosserung der Wald- flache gehoben werden? [How to increase wood production without increasing forest area.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 89-94. 1920. — Compulsory cooperation of small woodland owners is recommended as a means of increasing wood production without increasing the area of forest land. — Joseph S. Illick. 129. Beekman, H. a. J. M. Economische gevolgtrekkingen voortr loeiende uit een analyse van den djati-opstand en van het djati-boschbedrijf op Java. [Economic conclusions derived from an analysis of djati growth and djati forest management in Java.] 166 p., tables 1-4: Wageningen, 1920. — A general account is given of the management of djati forests {Tectona grandis) in Java. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 130. BiEHLER. Kann man die Kiefer natiirlich verjiingen? [Can Scotch pine be regene- rated naturally?] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 96: 2-15. 1920.— The belief prevails among No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTEY 19 foresters that Scotch pine cannot be regenerated successfully by natural reproduction methods. Clear-cutting followed by planting is the rule. The author, by citing numerous experiments and results therefrom, makes the claim that natural regeneration of f^cotch pine is not only possible, but also practicable and to be recommended from an economic standpoint. The 2 principal factors upon which the successful natural regeneration of Scotch pine depends are soil condition and stand composition. — Joseph S. Illick. 131. BiOLLEY, H. Betrachtungen iiber die Forsteinrichtung in der Schweiz. [Obser- vations on forest improvement in Switzerland.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 40-4.5. 2 pi. 1921.^An answer to Dr. Flury in issues 9 and 10 of the "Jour. Forest. Suisse." The discussion is summed up under 4 heads: 1. "The relation of forest improvement and manage ment." These can not be separated since they are interdependent. The best management is accomplished by securing the best species, which can be done only through forest improve- ment. In order to favor any desirable species cuttings must be on a basis to secure young growth of that species, and in this both management and improvement are involved. 2. "The determination of the current increment." The current increment during decades or periods is not a sufficient basis for methods of management unless the records are continuous. The variation of growth during various periods makes the records of little value unless they are taken continuously. Increment based on volume and age is not considered sufficient to determine growth. 3. "Heyer's Formula." The formula has a far-reaching influence since it is accepted as a basis for finances, industry, and insurance. When all stands that have not passed middle age are omitted, § of the forest area is not considered in summing up the increment. The formula arrives at an average over long periods but does not give current increment. 4. "The concessions of Dr. Flury." Flury admits that the current increment is necessary in selection cutting, and Biolley inquires why the same principle is not applied to all forest stands whether the young stands are in mixture or in pure stands, and the cutting regulated accordingly. — /. F. Hofmann. 132. BouLGER, G. S. [Rev. of: Church, A. H. (1) Elementary notes on conifers. Bot. Mem. [Oxford] 8. 32 p. 1920; (2) Form-factors in Coniferae. Ibid. 9. 28 p. 1920.] Jour. Botany 59:81-82. 1921. 133. BouLGER, G. S. [Rev. of: Coltman-Rogers, Charles. Conifers and their char- acteristics, with illustrations, xiii + 333 p. John Murray: London, 1920.] Jour. Botany 59:27-29. 1921. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 12b.] 134. Bourquet. Les deboisements du Ballon d'Alsace. [Deforestation of the Ballon of Alsace.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comt6 et Belfort 13: 225-237. 1920.— The upper basin of the Savoreuse River reaching a maximum elevation of 1,242 m. on the Ballon of Alsace contains 1,250 hectares, of which 1,150 are covered with a mixed high forest of broad- leaf and conifer species. From 1916 to 1919 unusually heavy and intensive cuttings in these stands led to the deforestation of some 300 hectares and seriously disturbed normal forest conditions over large additional areas. These changes resulted during the winter of 1919- 1920 in unprecedented floods in the Savoreuse River the total direct damages amounting to 164,000 francs as against a maximum of 4,500 in any previous year. At the request of the local residents the state is now taking steps to establish zones in which reforestation is obliga- tory, under the laws of April 4, 1S82, and August 16, 1913, and also to purchase some 580 hec- tares in the 2 principal forests. — *S'. T. Dana. 135. Brunnhofer, A. vox. Verwaltungsrecht und Holzhandel^ — zwei Vorlesungen die an der Schweizer Techn. Hochschule gehalten werden soUten. [Administration and tim- ber sales — two subjects that should be taught in Switzerland.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 65-74, 100-106. 1921.— With a minimum of 7 semesters in college and U years practical experience required to pass the state examinations, the forester is not equipped to cope with the many phases of forestry and politics encountered on assuming the responsibility of a district of 4,000-13,000 hectares. — The public knows the forester only through political contact 20 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, and regards him as one who limits the activities of the people and dictates the forest policy as well as having police authority. These activities must be developed by experience and often work to the disadvantage of the inexperienced. The technical phases of forestry should also be emphasized, and the public should know that minor technical details often result in great savings to the community. With a thorough training in the handling of timber sales and the importance of technical administration, the forester is equipped to conduct the busi- ness of the forest, even in opposition of public sentiment because he knows the result will be for the common good. — In the second part special emphasis is placed on the importance of a knowledge of wood-using industries, logging, milling, and, above all, timber appraising. Uniformity in timber prices for all purposes and advertisement of prices is advocated. — J. V. Hofmann, 136. Cardot, E. La question sylvo-pastorale. [Forests and grazing.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 58: 323-329. 1920. — Individxial trees, and still more groups of trees, are beneficial to grazing in mountainous regions because they break the force of the winds, moderate extremes of temperature, increase the relative humidity of the air and the formation of dew, decrease evaporation, and favor the propagation of the best forage plants. Trees are also necessary in such regions for the production of both timber and fuel. Difference of opinion exists as to whether trees, either singly or in groups, are more beneficial when scattered through the grazing areas or when segregated into distinct stands confined to the more ex- posed and least favorable sites and not open to grazing. The author adheres strongly to the latter view, and believes that the use of forests for grazing is detrimental to the best development of both trees and forage. France has so far paid too little attention to this very important problem, often with disastrous results. — S. T. Dana. 137. [Christy, Miller.] "Wistman's Wood." Jour. Botany 59: 74-75. 1921.— This is a reprint of an article by Christy in Proc. Linn. Soc. It is an account of an ancient grove of gnarled trees of Quercus pedunculata, in Dartmoor. Many accounts of this wood have been written. Perhaps the earliest was that of Tristram Risdon just 3 centuries ago. — K. M. Wiegand. 138. Clerc, Jean. Foret communale de Champagney. [Communal forest of Champag- ney.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte et Belfort 13: 212-215. 1920.— The communal forest of Champagney has been managed consistently since 1824 as coppice under standards with a rotation of 28 years. That part of it known as Terre aux Saints is about 70 per cent oak and 30 per cent beech and other species. It was heavily overcut during the war but still has some fine reserves. — S. T. Dana. 139. CoLLEY, Reginald H. The effect of incipient decay on the mechanical properties of airplane timber. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 45. 1921.— Tests of sound and decaying wood of Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis Carr.) and Douglas fir (Pseudoisuga mucronata Sudw.) showed that incipient decay produced by Fomes pinicola, F. laricis, and Polyporus Schweinit- zii weakened the timbers very markedly, while pieces infected with Trametes pini were as strong or stronger than sound wood. — B. B. Higgins. 140. Coventry, B. O. Progress report of forest administration in the Jammu and Kash- mir State for 1917-1918. 77 p. Lahore, 1920. — The usual annual report is presented. At the close of the year the total of all classes of forests was 9,495 square miles of which 8,859 were demarcated. It is stated that natural regeneration in the coniferous forests is only fairly satisfactory but varies considerably in different localities. In the Chir pine forests natural regeneration is usually very prolific provided the forests are protected from fire. Natural regeneration of deodar is good in the Lolab forest but not so satisfactory in the forests of the Kishenganga valley. On bare hill sides natural regeneration of blue pine is very conspicuous. In the broad-leaved forests natural regeneration from coppice shoots is usually satisfactory provided the areas after being felled are protected against cattle. Formal statistical state- ments for the year are appended. — E. R. Hodson. No. 1, August, 1021] FORESTRY 21 141. CuniTT, G. E. S. Wood in the Federated Malay States. SI p., 4 maps. Government Press: Kuala Lumpur, 1920.- — The forests, their distribution, and, in the view of the author, the great necessity of their conservation arc discussed. — /. //. Burkill. 112. Dkmoulaine. Foret communale de Plancher-les-Mines. [Communal forest of Plancher-les-Mines.] Bull. Trimest. .Soc. Forest. Franche-doint^ et lielfort 13: 2.j;i-2.")5. 1920. — This forest, 37 per cent fir, 17 per cent spruce, 34 i)cr cent hcech, and 12 per cent other species, was managed until 1913 as a regular high forest with a rotation of 144 years. In 1913 steps were taken to convert it into a selection forest with the same rotation divided into 12 cycles of 12 years each. The annual yield is estimated at about 5 cubic meters per hectare. Previous cuttings of beech have been too heavy, and an effort should be made to maintain approximately the present proportion of this species. — S T. Dana. 143. Demorlaine. Foret domaniale de Saint-Antoine. [State forest of Saint-Antoine.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comt6 et Belfort 13: 255-258. 1920.— This, like most State forests, is at a higher elevation and further from the center of population than the ad- jacent communal forest. Composed of a mixed stand of broadleaf species and conifers, it is divided into 7 series with a rotation of 128 years. Five of these are treated as regular high forest, 1 as a protection forest, and 1 as an aesthetic forest. Silver fir reaches its optimum development here at an altitude of rOO-1,200 m. and 1 specimen has a circumference of 4.4 m., a height of 15 m. and a volume of 30 cubic m. Rather heavy cuttings were made during the war, but these were handled so skillfully that the forest is in excellent condition. — S. T. Dana. 144. DiBDRiCHs, A., UND L. Knour. Babassoniisee und deren 01. [Babasso nuts and their oil.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel 40: 152-153. 1920. 145. DiEDRicHS, A., UND L. Knorr. Das Samenol des Condoribaumes (Adenanthera pavonina L.). [Seed oil of Adenanthera pavonina.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mittel 40: 1.53-155. 1920. Mi). DiHM. Ein Nachteil der Fichtenlohrindengewinnung. [A disadvantage of spruce tanbark exploitation.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 399-401. 1920.^ — The shortage of tanning ma- terials in Germany during and subsequent to the war was partly met by the use of spruce bark. Trees cut during the w^inter must lie in the woods until May to be peeled, but this results in very serious attacks by borers, which greatly reduce the value of the wood. It will be necessary either to give up peeling winter-felled trees, or to find means to peel them earlier so that the wood will become dry before the first beetle broods emerge in March. — W . A". Sparhawk. 147. Eberts. Ergebnis der Harznutzung in einigen Staatsforsten des Regierungsbezirks Cassel im Jalir 1918. [Turpentining in state forests of Cassel in 1918.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagd- zeitg. 95: 20S-212. 1919. — The result of harvesting turpentine from Scotch pine and Norway spruce is presented. The expenditures and receipts are itemized. Scotch pine stands rang- ing in age from GO to 105 years produced a net yield from turpentine of 210 marks per acre, and a net profit of 1.75 marks per kg., while Norway spruce produced a net yield of only 1.40 marks per acre and 0.12 marks per kg. The net return from collecting "wild" turpentine from Norway spruce, that is, from trees barked by deer and other animals, was 0.49 mark per kg. The stud3' showed that frequent scraping of the bleeding surface increases the total j-ield. The surface should be scraped and sc:irred at least 5 times every 2 weeks, oftener if possible.— /ose/j/i S. Illick. 148. Eckstein, Karl. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Hausbocks, Hylotrupes bajulus L. [Identification of wood-destroying house beetle.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52 : 65-89. 1920. — A description of the life history, food habits, and damage of the wood-destroying beetle, Hylotrupes bajulus L. It attacks only coniferous wood and is common in building material. The larvae, which live from 3 to 11 years, perforate the wood with numerous channels and sometimes destroy it completely. — Joseph S. Illick. 22 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 149. Erdmann, F. Gedanken iiber Waldwertrechnung. [Forest valuation.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 146-166. 1920. — A critical disciission of soil value, growing stock value, sale value, expectation value, cost value, and other important subjects of forest valuation. A complete classified list of kinds of value used in forestry is given. — Joseph S. Illick. 150. EscHERiCH, K. Die Generationen des grossen braunen Riisselkafers (Hylobius abietis). [Generations of the large brown weevil.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 425-431. 1920. — Investigators in different regions have disagreed as to the length of generation of the weevil, some finding a period of 15 months from egg to imago (2-year generation), others 12 months (1-year generation), and others 3-5 months (2 generations per year). All 3 positions are sup- ported by reliable data. The difference appears to be due to climatic variations. — It is sug- gested that in regulated forests where the cutting is more or less concentrated in space and season the emergence of the beetles is likewise concentrated and more likely to prove harmful than where, as in a virgin stand, the beetles come out at various times through the year. — W. N. Spar hawk. 151. Falck. Wege zur Kultur der Morchel-Arten. [Methods of cultivating Morels.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52 : 312-323. 1920.^ — A plan to raise edible fungi by natural methods within the forest as a companion crop to the wood. — Joseph S. Illick. 152. Fankhauser, F. von. Aufforstung und Verbauung im Hochgebirge. [Afforestation and terracing in the high mountains.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 11-20. 1921. — The author takes exception to Marti's contention that the high-mountain meadows should be afforested. He states that some of the areas are above the commercial timber line and that the stocking of those areas with trees would cause an endless controversy with the grazing industry. If the mountain lakes were drained and the meadows stocked with forests the construction of numerous terraces and dams would be necessary. The cost of such construc- tion would be prohibitive and the upkeep high. The grass lands afford sufficient protection for ordinary rainfall and the excessive rainfall is rare as are also the cloudbursts or extraordi- nary showers in the mountains. Consequently the protection afforded at present is as good as can be provided. The construction of terraces or dams would not provide for the excep- tional and excessive rainfall, and the resultant damage and danger would be greater. — J. V. Hojmann. 153. FiNCKENSTEiN, FiNCK VON. Kiinstliche Diingung im Walde. [Artificial fertilizing in forests.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 342-345. 1920.^ — An experiment was started in 1913 in a 60-year old Scotch pine stand developed in an abandoned field. The area was classed as site-quality IV or V for Scotch pine. The object of the experiment was to determine the effect of artificial fertilizer. Some of the demarcated plots were treated with quicklime at the rate of 1780 lbs. per acre; others with carbonate of lime at the rate of 3660 lbs. per acre. At the end of 6 years the limed plots showed a cross-sectional growth of the stems about 6 per cent above that of the plots not limed. There was also a perceptible difference in the forest floor cover vegetation on the treated and untreated plots. — Joseph S. Illick. 154. Flurt, Philipp. Die Fortbildung des sachsischen Forsteinrichtungsverfahren. [The development of the methods of the forest institution of Saxony.] Naturwiss. Zeitschr. Forst- u. Landw. 18: 249-261. 1920.- — A brief, critical review of a few of the more important topics discussed in a recent publication (Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 71: 30-57, 72-89. 1920) under the above title by Dr. Martin. The author criticizes the Saxon method of regulating the ' yield by the use of inflexible yield tables rather than by careful measurements of the timber resources, and contends that forest management must be more or less elastic and not entirely scholastic. It must accommodate itself to all cultural changes, must protect the forest from over-utilization through calculations of the forest resources (capital) and yields based on safe and established principles, and must abandon the idea, rather firmly established in Saxony, that the "calipers" are an unnecessary implement. — /. Roeser. No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTRY 23 155. Greve. Vorschlage zur Geschaftsanweisung fiir preussische Staatsoberforster. (Duties of Prussian State Oberforsters.] Zcitsclir. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 129-140. 1920.— A comparative discussion of the duties of Prussian Oberforsters as set forth in the regulations of 1S70 and what should now be regarded as their complete line of work. — Joseph S. Illick. 156. GuRTU, S. K. Forests and irrigation: A plea for scientific preservation and growth of state forests and special cultures. Agric. Jour. India 16: 32-39. 1921. 157. GuYOT, Ch. Pour la personnalite civile de I'Ecole Nationale des Eaux et Forets. [Making the National School of Waters and Forests a civil body.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 58: 351-352. 1920. — The law of August 5, 1920, made the agricultural colleges of the country civil bodies ("persons"), and provided that in all their acts as such they should be represented by a director and administered by a council. These provisions should be extended to the National School of Waters and Forests, which is now nearly 100 years old and which could make good use of the rights and privileges accorded by such a status. — S. T. Dana. 158. Hauber. Der Riickgang der Vegetationsgrenzen in den Alpen und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Almwirtschaft. [The retreat of the vegetation limit in the Alps and its significance for the dairy industry.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 436-443. 1920.- — The retrogression of the upper limits of vegetation in the eastern Alps, and the decline or disappearance in many places of the dairy industry which formerly depended upon the high-mountain pastures, is due partly, perhaps, to climatic changes, but more to the acts of man. The cutting of alpine forests for timber, and the burning of brush-covered areas to improve pasturage, exposed the alpine meadows to the winds, with the result that grass and practically all other plant growth gradually disappeared. Overgrazing by cattle and, later, more serious overstocking with sheep, prevented reproduction of the trees, necessary to shelter the meadows, and also in- jured the forage cover, so that many areas which once supported abundant stock have become barren wastes. These conditions can be remedied only by establishing protective belts of brush and trees,— a long and costly task.^ — W. A. Sparhawk. 159. Heck. Kahlschlagwirtschaft am Hochgebirge. [Clearcutting methods on mountains.] AUg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95 : 260-263. 1919. — A critical discussion of the possibilities of natural regeneration on mountain slopes. The advantages and disadvantages are discussed. Several experimental cuttings are cited. — Joseph S. Illick. 160. Helbig, Maximilian. Zusammengefasste Ergebnisse der Karlsruher Stickstoflfdxing- ungsversuche mit Fichten, ihre Bewertung und Stellung zu fremden Versuchsergebnissen. [Results of nitrogen fertilizer experiments with spruce.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 262-267. 1920. — The results of experiments in fertilizing spruce nursery stock, 1907-1917, are summar- ized. Full fertilization (potash, basic slag, and nitrates) applied to 2-year transplants produced greater height growth than partial fertilization (nitrates only) or no fertilization; and the effect persisted, although to a lesser degree, with another application of the fertilizers when the trees were transplanted at 4 years of age. On the other hand, fertilized transplants, set out in the open without fertilizer when 4 years old, grew more slowly than those not fertilized in the nursery bed, and at the end of the 8th year had lost their early gains and were shorter than the partially or unfertilized ones. Relative weight of root-sj'stem was less in the completely fertilized plants, but needle weights were about the same. The foliage of fertilized plants was of a deeper green color but apparently no healthier than that of the others. Transplanting reduced the height growth of both fertilized and unfertilized plants. The conclusion is reached that fertilization of young spruce with nitrates alone is not profitable, but that complete fertilization is advantageous in cases where tall planting stock is desired at an early age. — The author's results do not entirely agree with those of Moller and Albert.— IF. A^ Sparhawk. 161. Hielscher. Zur natiirlichen Verjiingung. [Concerning natural regeneration.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 2-3. 1921. — Arguments for and against the use of natural reproduc- 24 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, tion are discussed with particular reference to a spruce forest in the Culm district (west Prussia). — W. A^ Sparhawk. 162. HiLF. Die Holzversorgung der Tiirkei und ihr Einfiuss auf die Kriegsfiihrung. [Wood supply of Turkey and its influence on the world war.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 346-3C0. 1920. — A record of observations on the forest conditions of Turkey taken on the expe- dition of General von Falkenhayn to Palestine in 1917-18. The conclusion is reached that the failure of the expedition is to be attributed entirely to the lack of an adequate wood supply. Railroad engines had to be fired with wood. A 6-hour run required that the tender be reloaded 3 times, each tender load costing 3,000 marks. When green wood was used it was impossible to keep up enough steam to cross steep grades. The entire region covered by the expedition was poorly forested. Lemon, orange, and olive groves dotted moist and warm places, and here and there near Jewish settlements Eucalyptus plantations occurred, which were established in the belief that the trees would keep away mosquitoes. The author suggests that Turkey and adjoining countries offer a fertile field for future forestry work. — Joseph S. Illick. 163. Holland. Aus der Praxis der Forsteinrichtung in Wxirttemberg. [Forest organiza- tion in Wiirttemberg.] Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 72: 14-44. 1920.— A critical discussion of some of the principles of forest organization used in forest practices of Wiirttemberg. Rota- tion, final and intermediate cuttings, felling budgets, compartments and subcompartments, yield, and reserve fund are among the subjects discussed. The first decade (1917-1926) of working plans for 1913-1936 are considered.— Josep/i S. Illick. 164. HoLTEN, Jtjst. Alter und Zuwachs-Untersuchungen alter Eichen in lollandischen Waidem. [Age and increment studies of old oaks in the forests of the island of LoUand.] Nat- urwiss. Zeitschr. Forst- u. Landw. 18: 261-270. 1 fig. 1920. — A few of the giant oaks, which occur in scattered stands on the island, are described, the largest having a circumference of 900 cm. The particular type is confined to low, moist, stiff clay soils; the external features are not inherited, but are the result of favorable location and physical conditions. From a number of measurements, the author secured a diameter-increment curve from which he con- structed 2 tables showing increment and age for various diameters. He also determined the basal areal increment and from it derived the rule that the basal areal increment remains constant above a diameter of approximately 100 cm., above which diameter-height growth ceases, and the size of the crown (total leaf area) remains constant. The greatest age deter- mined (from a tree that fell in 1915) was 1059 years. — J. Roeser. 165. Htjffel, G. Emploi de tracteurs a chenilles dans les exploitations forestieres. [Use of caterpillar tractors in forest exploitations.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 59: 40—42. 1921.— Experi- ments in the forest of Haguenau (Bas-Rhin) showed that a small, 35-horsepower caterpillar tractor weighing 660 pounds can easily climb slopes of 35-40 per cent and cross swamps, ditches, and small streams. It maneuvers readily in pole stands and does little or no damage to the soil, but is destructive to seedlings in areas under regeneration. The tractor is able to haul easily 3 pine logs with a total volume of more than 140 cubic feet, but is not recommended for extracting stumps. It fells 120-year Scotch pine at the rate of 350 cubic feet of timber and 1.5-2 cords of stump wood per hour, but is not satisfactory for felling hardwoods. It is not of interest in regions where logging is easy and not expensive, but can be used to ad- vantage for removing logs in mountainous country without good roads or in other regions difficult of access or where team transportation is costly. Its usefulness in felling coniferous trees is limited to cases where it is desired to extract the stumps, as is usually the case, and then only when the labor of woodcutters is particularly expensive. — S. T. Dana. 166. HuNziKER, W. Entgipfelung judger Wiesstannen durch die Waldwiihlmus (Hypodeus glareolus Wagn.) [Topping of young white fir by the forest mouse (Hypodeus glareolus Wagn.).] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 97-100. / pi. 1921. — Damage by cutting of terminal buds had been noted in various localities for several years and had been attributed to squirrels, jays, cross-bills, or deer. The typical damage (near Argau) of clean-cut tips and branches No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTRY 25 of young growth at 0.5-G m. above ground cast suspicion on the mouse, known to be a good climber. — Burrows and trails were common under the injured trees, but few cut tips could be found. Direct observations and trapping in the trees demonstrated the above named mouse to be the cause of the damage. — J. V. Ilofmann. 167. Jacob, W. R. Le G. Report on forest administration in the Andamans for 1918-19. 4S p. Calcutta, 1920. — The usual annual report with summarized statistical data. There is included a condensed statement covering the preceding 5-year period. In the South Di- vision the surplus at the close of the j^ear was 552,598 Rs., or 5G.8 per cent of the revehues. This amount is offset by a deficit of 1(>9,G77 Rs. in the North Division, as the latter was organized during the year and timber extraction was not begun. A survey on 2-inch scale of the remain- der of the forests of the North and Middle Andamans is required immediately, as timber utilization is about to begin. Considerable damage was done to rubber trees and seedlings in nurseries by heavy winds in June, 1918. Development of the forests, especially those of the North Andaman, necessitates a great increase in the staff, as regeneration of areas follow- ing clear cutting will require a large amount of trained supervision. — E. R. Hodson. 168. JucHT. Naturverjiingung im Diirrnbucherforst. [Natural reproduction.] Forst- wiss. Centralbl. 42: 402—404. 1920. — This pine and spruce forest (in Bavaria) had been man- aged on a system of clear cutting foUow-ed by artificial seeding; results were not satisfactory. In 1911 natural regeneration was decided on and secured by using a modification of Wagxeb's border-cutting method, and preparing the soil in advance of the preparatory cutting by re- moving most of the living soil cover as well as some of the dead litter in case much of the latter was present. — W. N. Sparhawk. 169. JuNACK. Weder Bodenreinertragswirtschaft noch Waldreinertragswirtschaft. [Soil rent and forest rent.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 166-168. 1920.— A review of the forest-rent and soil-rent controversy.- — Joseph S. Illick. 170. Katzer. Grundlinien einer neuen Forst-Wirtschaftsphilosophie. [A new forestry point of view.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 96: 16-17. 1920. — The author discusses some of the fundamental principles of forestry and presents a rational scheme of coordinating all branches of forestry. — Joseph S. Illick. ♦171. Kent, H. T. M. Report on the results of mechanical tests carried out on some Mala- yan timbers. 9 p. Government Press: Kuala Lumpur, 1920. — Dry weight, elastic limit, modulus of elasticity, and modulus of rupture of the timbers of 55 species of Malayan trees. — /. H. Burkill. 172. Kindle, E.M. Mackenzie River driftwood. Geog. Rev. 11:50-53. 1921.— Driftwood is a familiar feature on the shores of arctic America. Dr. Fredrik Ingvarson (Die Triebhol- zer auf dem EUesmere-Land, Rcpt. of the second Norwegian Arctic Expedition in the Fram, 1898-1902, Vol. 3, No. 24, p. 1-57, Christiania, 1911) recognizes 3 main sources of drift- wood: (1) the Yenisei and Lena rivers of Siberia, (2) the St. Lawrence, and (3) the coast of Norway. He does not mention the Mackenzie river, which Kindle considers second only to the Siberian rivers as a source of arctic coast driftwood. The ^Mackenzie river, although a great carrier of driftwood, is not itself a great producer. The supply comes mainly from its western tributaries, of which the Gravel and the Peele contribute large quantities; but the great bulk comes from the Liard river. In 1919 the vanguard of the main volume of the Liard driftwood reached Old Fort Good Hope on the lower Mackenzie about July 13. The writer reports that the immense volume of this floating mass of forest debris greatly exceeded anything previousl}^ seen or imagined. In general it formed a nearly continuous mass \ mile or more in width and in this closely packed condition occupied about 4 days in passing a given point. Spruce and poplar comprise the great bulk of the ?*Iackenzie driftwood. "Here indeed is a mammoth supply of pulpwood delivered at tidewater, cutting and transpor- tation free, that merits the consideration of an}' enterprising paper company which can 26 FOKESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, solve the commercial problem of transportation around the Alaskan coast." This vast contribution of driftwood eventually comes to rest chiefly on the coast of arctic America and the islands west of Greenland. A recent explorer reports finding fuelwood abundant 200-300 miles on either side of the Mackenzie River delta. — E. R. Hodson. 173. Kreutzer, E. Reinertragslehre und Honlingertheorie. [The theory of net rentals and Honlinger's theory (for forest valuation).] Oesterreich. Forst.-u. Jagd. Zeitg. 38: 35-36. 1920. — The 2 theories are discussed and it is shown how Honlinger attempts by mere juggling of equations to prove the correctness of his method. The author concludes that both theories are incorrect; the 1st because it does not allow for all the elements which go to make up the forest capital, and confuses costs of management and costs of maintenance in its formula; the 2nd because it is based on a false formula for soil value, due to the conception that the net yield represents rental on the soil capital only rather than on the whole forest capital. — W. N. Sparhawk. 174. KuNKELE. Die Umwandlung der reinen Kiefernbestande im Pfalzerwald. [Con- version of pure pine stands.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 2S1-292. 1920. — The forests of the Palatinate cover about 150,000 hectares. In the 16th century they were composed mainly of oak and beech, with small amounts of pine, fir, and other broad-leaved species; now pine occupies more than half the area. The pine is shorter than in other parts of Germany and does not grow in such dense stands; therefore, it is desirable, in order to maintain good soil conditions and to increase the yield of wood per hectare, to mix other tolerant species with the pine. The present time is particularly favorable for making this change, because the abnormal demand for timbers and fuel wood allows extensive silvicultural operations in the stands of pole size. Methods for accomplishing the desired result in various sorts of pole stands, as well as in mature stands, are described. — W. N. Sparhawk. 175. Langdon, Ladema M. Identification of mahoganies. [Rev. of: Dixon, H. H. Mahogany, the recognition of some of the different kinds by their microscopic characteristics. Notes Bot. School Trinity Coll. Dublin 3 : 3-58. 23 pi. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2017).] Bot. Gaz. 69: 189-190. 1920. 176. Leete, F. A. Report on forest administration in Burma for year ended June 30, 1919. 315 p. Rangoon, 1920. — ^An annual report with statistical data, including also a review of the preceding quinquennium. The past 5 years have witnessed a growing interest in silvi- cultural problems. Whereas, previously, the mixed and uneven-aged character of the forests was held to make it impossible to break away from the diffused method of working known as the "selection system," it is today generally recognized that there are immense practical possibilities in artificial regeneration, and that it need no longer be confined to small areas in a few specially favorable localities. The size of the areas clear-cut in any one place need simply to be limited bj^ the amount of ground that can by covered with young forest growth by artificial means. This makes possible profitable use of mechanical methods of extraction of timber to a far greater extent than could have been hoped for with the old diiTused method of working,- — a great step forward in the development of Burma's forests. "Utilization" also is undergoing great expansion. The industrial activity in India, caused by the war, has attracted the attention of many to the commercial potentialities of Burma's forest pro- ducts. The paper pulp industry is at last progressing, many tanning materials are under investigation, and wood distillation is receiving attention. Some results have been obtained in box-making, indicating successful use of ply^vood for the purpose. Plans are being drawn up for the organization of a Forest Research Institute for the province. A modern drying kiln has been ordered from America to aid in the solution of the numerous problems connected with seasoning. The all-important problem of the mechanical extraction of timber from the forests has recently been studied in America, where such extraction is most highly developed, by the Chief Conservator, and an American forest engineer has just arrived in Burma to assist in advising on extraction methods. Two new Conservatorships, — one for research and one for utilization,^ — have just been created. At the close of the year the total area of reserved No. 1, August, I'JLM] FORESTRY 27 forests was 29,330 square miles, and of unclassed forests 110,820 square miles. To some extent the expansion of forest revenue will depend on the amount of revenue which the government is able to put back into the forests. But, although the percentage of surplus to gross revenue is higher in Bu.rma than in any province in India, forest revenue cannot be devoted exclusively to expenditures on forest development since it must be prorated in accordance with the needs of all lines of the government's work. The area under approved working plans is 10,855 square miles, and 18,425 square miles are unprovided for. In the future such plans will be based on the new system of concentrated exploitation and regeneration as shown by the revised Tharrawaddy working plan. In India, extraction roads tapping previously inaccessible forests, even when constructed at high cost, have proved exceedingly profitable. During the last few years the advanced cost of elephants has made it impossible to use the animals for the extraction of timber, except teak and possibly pyinkado {Xylia dolabriformis) . The future regeneration of the bamboo forests of Burma must be by artificial methods as natural regenera- tion is too uncertain and requires the retention of seed bearers. "It may be taken as an axiom that no natural product can permanently withstand a heavy artificial demand without arti- ficial assistance to aid it in reproduction and development."— £". R. Hodson. 177. LuDWiG. Ein Forstdiingungsversuch in einer verheideten Fichtenpfianzung. [An experiment in forest fertilizing in a heath plantation of Norway spruce.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: -12-51. 1920. — An experiment established in 1914 in a 15-year-old stand of Xonvay spruce to determine the effect of mowing the heath plants, grubbing the surface soil, applica- tion of commercial fertilizer, inter-cropping of white alder, perennial lupine, and Spartium scoparium, and soil coverings with branches and broom. The experimental plot (390 X 520 feet) was located within a 30-acre plantation set out in 1903 using 4-year-old transplants spaced 4X4 feet. The entire plot was sub-divided into 48 quadrants (65 X 65 feet). The preliminary results show that the application of fertilizer alone neither stimulates growth nor suppresses the heath. An acceleration of growth was noted only where the physical condi- tion of the soil was improved simultaneously with the application of the fertilizer. — Joseph S. Illick. 178. Marc. La foret domaniale d'Abrechwiller au cours du XIX® siecle. [The national forest of Abrechwiller during the nineteenth century.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 58: 317-322, 345-350. 1920. — The forest of Abrechwiller, comprising some 3,570 hectares of nearly pure silver fir in the Basses-Vosges, was ceded to the state by the princes of Linanges in 1801 by the treaty of Lun^ville. Heavily encumbered by rights of user, comparatively inaccessible, and almost without roads or other means of transportation aside from drivable streams, its management was unusually difficult. The first real working plan for the forest was prepared in 1858. Under this, rights of user were practically canceled, the reforestation of openings was secured rapidly by artificial seeding of Scotch pine and natural seeding of silver fir, and the entire stand was treated as high forest with a rotation of 120 years.— The Germans, after the annexation of Alsace-Lorraine in 1870, followed the same plan, and in addition pushed vigorously the construction of roads and trails and even of a logging railroad. In 1815, how- ever, they made modifications which display certain features characteristic of German forest management throughout Alsace-Lorraine. These include (1) a unit of management that is administrative rather than economic, with nothing comparable to the French series; (2) a very flexible management which aims to treat each stand in accordance with its particular needs, but which tends to split the forest into an infinite number of parcels and subparcels; and (3) the absence of fixed rules of exploitation and the giving of a comparatively free rein to local forest officers. — During the past 20 years faulty reproduction cuttings and the super- abundance of deer, which are very destructive of fir seedlings, have resulted in an almost complete lack of natural regeneration. To remedy this situation large areas of Norway spruce have been planted in spite of the fact that spruce is not well adapted to the site. Further- more, complicated and confused methods, unaccompanied by any clear-cut plan of manage- ment, have led to the creation of such an infinite nmnber of small heterogeneous parcels that the present forest resembles a "harlequin's cloak." In short, while the forest has undoub- tedly increased in value during the 19th century, it has been reduced to a state of profound disorder from which it must now be rescued by the skill of the French foresters. — 5. T. Dana. 28 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 179. Martin. Das Streben nach Gleichheit und Ungleichheit in der Forstwirtschaft. [Striving for and against uniformity in forestry.] Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 72: 45-Gl. 1920.— A comparative discussion of the methods of regeneration, both artificial and natural, used in Germany. The basic principles and objectives of many standard methods are given, and the actual results attained by each method are cited. Large unit management and small unit management, and even-aged and uneven-aged stands are compared. Some foresters favor uniformity within stands and differences between stands, while others prefer a mixed condition within stands. The author believes that there is good in both principles, that un- necessary variety should be avoided, and that undue effort should not be put forth to attain uniformity in stands. — Joseph S. Illick. 180. ]\Iartin. Das Verhalten von Kiefern-Buchen-Mischbestanden in okonomischer Hinsicht, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die forstlichen Verhaltnisse Sachsens. [Mixed stands of Scotch pine and beech in Saxony.] Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 71: 2G9-2S2, 299-318. 1920.— Beech was originally common in the forests of Saxony. Through the use of clear-cutting methods and specializing in Norway spruce production, most of the beech has been eliminated. Recent studies show conclusively that it is desirable to bring back the beech. Mixed stands of Scotch pine and beech have advantages over pure stands of Norway spruce. They satisfy more fully the desire of forest owners, are less subject to damage by destructive agents, and keep the soil in a better productive condition. — Joseph S. Illick. 181. Martix. Die Bedeutung J. H. von Thueas fiir die Forstwirtschaft. [Forestry work of J. H. von Thuens.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95: 99-10f>, 131-137, 157-172. 1919.— A criti- cal review of the most important research works of J. H. von Thuens, who was not a profes- sional forester but who developed many original ideas along forestry lines and collected an enormous amount of valuable information, based chiefly upon forest experiments. Among the topics considered are land classification, wages, rate of interest, the relation of increment and growing space, and forest and stand yield. Results of sowing and planting Norway spruce are discussed and supported by several tables. The effect of different grades of thin- ning on Scotch pine is also discussed, and the yield of beech and oak in different site-quali- ties is given. A critical review of the subject of rotation and its influence upon yield is con- sidered. The basic factors and conclusions on many important economic forest problems are reviewed in detail. — Joseph S. Illick. 182. Martin. Foret domaniale de Cherimont. [State forest of Cherimont.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comtc et Belfort 13: 250-253. 1920. — This forest, 50 per cent beech, 20 per cent oak, 15 per cent hornbeam, and 15 per cent other species, was formerly- managed as coppice under standards w'ith a rotation of 30 years. In 1800 its conversion into high forest was decided on and a working plan prepared. The new rotation was set at 120 years with 4 periods of 30 years each and preceded by a transition period of the same length. Some underplanting of silver fir is now being done with a view to increasing the proportion of conifers. — S. T. Dana. 183. Martin. 1st die Herabsetzung der Umtriebzeit und die Verminderung des Holz- vorrats in den sachsischen Staatsforsten zulassig? [Is the lowering of the rotation and the corresponding reduction of growing stock in the state forests of Saxony admissible?] Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 71: 287-297. 1920.- — The percentage of forest stands over 100 years old in Germany is 15.4, in Prussia 15.4, in Bavaria 21.0, in Wiirttemberg 11.7, and in Saxony 3.6. The present rotation in Saxony is only 85-90 years; in other states it is higher. To lower the rotation still further is not to be recommended for economic and silvicultural reasons. If the cut must be increased it may be done by making heavier thinnings and by clear-cutting undesirable siAnds.^ Joseph S. Illick. 184. Meissner. Versuche zur Hebung von Fohren und Fichtenkriippelkulturen. [At- tempts to improve stunted pine and spruce plantations.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 315-329. 1920. — The arrested development of pine and spruce stands, common in certain parts of the No. 1, August, 1021] FORESTRY 29 Upper Palatinate, is attributed to plant and animal enemies, principally the heather, — v/hich temporarily suppresses the young trees,— l)lif!;ht, and various leaf-rollers. Various methods of improving soil conditions have been tried in order to keej) down the heather and enable the trees to resist the other enemies. The best results were obtained by grubbing out the heather, or by sowing broom, larch, or possibly Pinus slrobus among the young trees. No benefit resulted from loosening the soil by blasting, from application of various fertilizers, from intersowing of lupine, jntch j)ino, or jack pine, or from modifying the silvicultural system bo as to give the advance reproduction a start over the heather.- — 11'. A'. Sparhawk. 185. MoLDENHAWER, K. Enskinnet Jernbane. [Monorail.] Dansk Skovforenings Tids- skr. 6: 10-25. Fig. S. 1021.— Kevie^v of article in Dutch by Professor Tk Wechel. A de- scription of a monorail for transporting logs from the woods. It consists of 1 ordinary rail laid on posts set in the ground; a wheel running on this rail carries a balanced carrier of logs on each side of the rail line. This method is in general use in. Java. Its advantages are that it is cheaply constructed, does not require wide clearings or bridges, the grade is obtained by having posts longer or shorter according to the lay of the ground, and logs are readily carried over rough groimd and across creeks, roads, and natural depressions. The speed of the loads can be controlled by a brake.#-/. A. Larsen. 186. MoLLER. Kiefer-Dauerwaldwirtschaft. [A continuous method of handling Scotch pine.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 4-41. 1920.- — Twenty-nine years of experimenting (1SS4-1913) on the forest of Barenthor near Dobritz shows conclusively that an individual selection tree method or a small group selection method of natural regeneration of Scotch pine gives better results than any clear-cutting method. The new method improved the site- quality from an average of site-quality 4 to an average of site-quality 11, and brought about an increase in increment, yield, and growing stock. The author states that clear-cutting methods are unnatural and interfere with the stability of the forest organism. Individual stem and small group selection methods maintain a natural forest condition and insure the highest possible increment per cent with the highest possible and most valuable growing stock, and therefore with the best possible forest management. — Joseph S. Illick. 187. MtJLLER. Forstliche Mitteilungen aus dem preussischen Soiling. [Forestry facts from Soiling, Prussia.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 247-262. 1920.— Chapters 6 and 7 of a continued article on forestry in Soiling. Norway spruce stands are discussed. Estab- lishment of stands by seeding have been successful and economical. Planting of seedlings costs 140 marks per hectare while successful establishment by seeding costs only 78 marks. Mound planting is recommended for clear-cut areas of hardwoods.- — Joseph S. Illick. 188. MtJLLER. Gedanken iiber die Barenthorener Wirtschaft. [Thoughts about forest management on the Barenthor forest.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 296-301. 1920. — A review of Oberforstmeister Moller's conclusion concerning the natural regeneration of Scotch pine in comparison with results of artificial regeneration.- — Joseph S. Illick. 189. Neumeister. Nonnengefahr fiir Sachsen. [Danger of Nun moth in Saxony.] Thar- ander Forst. Jahrb. 72: 62-64. 1920.^ — The Nonne, or nun moth, did considerable damage to forest trees in Saxony in 1906 and 1912. In 1920 it appeared again in such large numbers in several forest districts bordering Bohemia that special steps must be taken to hold it in check.' — Joseph S. Illick. 190. Parchmann, W. Die Smaliansche Formal fiir Inhaltsberechnung von Stammen und die Beurteilung derselben durch einige seiner Zeitgenossen. [Estimating tree volume by Smalian formula.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95: 109-111. 1919. — A critical discussion of the academic and practical advantages and disadvantages of Smalian's formula for computing the volume of tree stems. — Joseph S. Illick. 30 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 191. Passler, Johannes. Die Bedeutung des Eichenholzes in gerberischen Beziehung und die daraus hergestellten Eichenholzausziige. [Oak v/ood and oak wood extract in the tan- ning industry.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42 : 241-249, 306-314. 1920.— Production of tannin from oak wood began about 1883 in Slavonia and Croatia, developed later in France and North America, and during the war was tried in Germany. Results of analyses are given which show that the tannin content increases with age of the tree, and is greatest in the lowest part of the bole. Sapwood contains very little tannin; the greatest amount is in the outer layers of heartwood. Young trees (under 20 years) contain too little tannin to be worked profitably. Tannin content of at least 5 per cent (air-dry weight, moisture content 14.5 per cent) is ne- cessary for profitable operation, but the amount present varies from about 1 per cent in young sprouts, to 13 per cent, rarely exceeding 9 per cent. — The method of making the extract is described, and compositions of various extracts are given. Oak wood extract, which is differ- ent from oak bark extract, is very similar to chestnut wood extract, and gives about the same results. It is generally used in combination with chestnut, quebracho, or spruce extract. — W. N. Sparhawk. 192. Rattinger, K. Die Holzvorrate der Pacifischen Nordwestkiiste mit besonderer Beriicksichtigung von Britisch-Columbien und des siidlichen Kieferngebietes der Vereinigten Staaten. [The wood resources of the Pacific Northwest.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 293-305, 360-374. 1920. — The forest regions of Canada are described in some detail, and more par- ticularly the Pacific Northwest. For the latter region, including both northwestern U. S. A. and British Columbia, the stands of timber, annual cut, and possible cut, are discussed. The markets for the 2 parts of the region are compared, showing that of the northwest coast woods supplied to countries bordering on the Atlantic Ocean, the United States furnishes f, while it supplies | of the exports to countries bordering on the Pacific (excluding California). The Pacific Northwest and the southerfi yellow pine regions are compared with respect to amounts of standing timber, annual cut, and annual growth, and the conclusion is drawn that southern pine will soon cease to be a serious competitor of the northwestern woods. — W. N. Sparhawk. ' 193. Raux, Marcel. Le calcul de la perte de valeur d'avenir et la question des reparations forestieres. [Calculation of the loss of future value and the question of forest reparations.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 59: 1-10. 1921. — Official instructions for determining the reparations due from Germany as a result of forest destruction in France provide for including in the estimated damage the loss of future value in the case of trees or stands destroyed prior to the normal age of exploitation. A simple method of determining this loss without the use of com- pound interest formulas is as follows: Estimate the volume, and from this the value, of the tree on the basis of its diameter in 1914 and of its normal diameter at maturity (assumed to be 40 cm.). The difference between these values gives the gross loss in future value; and this gross loss divided by the ratio between the value at maturity and the value in 1914, gives the net loss. While this method avoids any determination of the 2 unknowns, — rate of interest and number of years to maturity, — in the usual compound interest formula, it gives precisely the same result, since the ratio between the value at maturity and in 1914, — , is equal to 1.0 pn for the diameter selected. It is inaccurate to use a single rate of interest as applying to the yield of a tree or stand throughout its life since the rate varies greatly according to such factors as age, size, and estimated maturity. Thus by the method just described, assiuning that a tree increases 5 cm. in diameter every 10 years and that its diameter at maturity is 40 cm., the future yield in the case of oak is found to vary from 66 per cent for trees 15 cm. in diameter to 3 per cent for those 35 cm. in diameter. To illustrate the importance of including the loss of future value in reparation calculations, a tj'pical case is cited in which this value amounted to 30 per cent of the value of the high forest and to 62 per cent of the value of the young reserves. — S. T. Dana. 194. Rebel. Schlagruhe und Riisselkafer. [Suspension of cutting and weevils.] Forst- wiss. Centralbl. 42: 335-336. 1920. — Comments on a recent article by Scheidter (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 146). — W. N. Sparhawk. No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTRY 31 195. Reuter, M. Die Waldweider. [Forest grazing.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 96: 40-45. 1920. — As a consequence of the feed shortage during the i)eriod of the war, as was also the case in the dry summers of 1893 and 1911, there was a marked increase in forest grazing. The author enumerates the damage to forest growth by grazing animals, and the effect of the latter upon other destructive agents. It is the author's belief that forest grazing will again be reduced to a minimum when normal economic conditions are restored. — Joseph iS. Illick. 196. RuBNER, K. Baumkronenform und Schattenfestigkeit. [Crown form and tolerance.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 249-258. 1920. — Mayr's law, that a given species needs less light in a warmer climate and more light in a cool climate, is not entirely true. Several trees, notably Scotch pine, spruce, larch, and oaks, increase in tolerance eastward and northward from western Germany, and are also more tolerant at the higher elevations than on the plains. There appears to be a fairly constant relationship between tolerance and form of crown, not only for the species mentioned but also for others, such as the birch, aspen, and Austrian pine. Toward East Prussia and western Russia the crowns become narrower, the trees stand closer together, their boles are more cylindrical, and height growth is more rapid. Moreover, in contrast to conditions prevailing in western Germany, natural reproduction is abundant under the shade of the old stands. — W. N. Sparhawk. 197. RuBNER, K. Die Krisen am Holzmarkt. [Crises in the timber market.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42 : 353-360, 405-415. 1920. — The author discusses the relation of the timber market to general economic conditions, and traces the fluctuations in timber imports and in timber prices in the important German states, in relation to cycles of general prosperity and depres- sion. This relationship began with the development of a world trade in timber, in the 1860 decade. Timber has certain advantages over coal, iron, or wheat as an indicator of economic conditions, because coal and iron production and prices, being manipulated by syndicates, do not respond readily to changes in the ratio of demand to supplj', while wheat production and prices depend very largely on crop conditions and to some degree upon the tariff. Tim- ber does not have to be marketed if conditions are unfavorable except in certain cases, such as forced cuttings due to wind or other damage. — W. N . Sparhawk. 198. RuBNER, K. [Rev. of: Bjorkenheim. Beitrage zur Kenntnis einiger Waldtypen in den Fichtenwaldungen des deutschen Mittelgebirges. [Studies of forest types in the spruce forests of central Germany.] Helsingfors, 1917.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 457-463. 1920. — Bjorkenheim, working along the same lines as Cajander, presents the results of studies of more than 200 spruce stands in the mountain forests of central Germany. He classifies the stands on the basis of the characteristic predominant plants in the surface vegetation {Oxalis, Oxalis-Myrtillus, Aira, Myrtillus, Calamagrostis). This vegetation, being a resultant of the various site factors, is a very good index of the wood-producing power of the site, as the author shows by correlating height, diameter, and basal area growth of the spruce with the sub-types described. These different sub-types call for different silvicultural treat- ment.— Rubner says that such conclusions are more applicable to the extensive virgin forests of Finland, northern Scandinavia, and northern Russia, than to the artificial forests of Ger- many where the natural vegetation has been greatly modified by neighboring cultivation of meadows and agricultural crops. Bjorkenheim's studies were made in the less disturbed mountain forests. Such studies of the forest vegetation are decidedly worth while because of the new points of view they afford, even though such positive results as those of Cajander and Bjorkenheim cannot usually be expected. — IF. A'. Sparhaivk. 199. ScHADELiN, W. VON. Beitrage zum Kapital Spatfrost, [Contributions to the dis- cussion of late frosts.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 71: 329-344. 4 pl- 1920. — Late frosts are common in the higher elevations of Switzerland in the region between the Jura and the Alps, and have a noticeable effect on the forests. An area of about ISO m. by 110 m. at an elevation of 559 to 581 m., was clear-cut. The natural reproduction was seriously frost injured due to the cold air drainage whereas the timber protected the young growth under it. Planted 32 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, stock of white pine was also frost injured. A small amount of larch seed was sown and a few trees survived. These are being crowded out by the hardwoods. Hardwood coppice was seriously injured by late frosts. Shoots 3 m. high and of the diameter of a cane were killed. The deepest portions of the area suffered the greatest damage. Heavy frosts occurred as late as June 6 in 1918. It is recommended that the dangerous places be planted with hardy coni- fers and that they be planted densely in order to provide for possible loss. Some species apparently become more frost hardy, although most of them recover rapidly if the late frosts are at intervals sufficiently long apart. — The species concerned are arranged in order of frost hardiness. The least frost resistant are the walnut, ash, beech, fir, oak, and spruce; medium resistant are the native oak, maple, hornbeam, and elm; the hardy trees are the white pine and the Scotch pine. — J . V. Hofmann. 200. ScHAEFFER. Un essal de futaie jardinee feuille. [A trial of broadleaf selection forest.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comte et Belfort 13: 239-247. 1 fig. 1920.— While coppice under standards is undoubtedly the most widely used method of treatment in France, it has long been recognized that it falls far short of producing the maximum amount of timber. The classic method of converting such stands into high forest is too slow, too complicated, and involves too great a sacrifice of present returns to be practicable. A more feasible method, which is already virtually in use in many places, is to establish by relatively frequent improvement cuttings a selection high forest in which the number of trees is inversely proportional to their diameter. This method, with cuttings about every 15 years, makes it possible to favor the most promising seedlings and saplings, to remove mature trees most advantageously, and to establish a high forest with a good yield of timber without sacrifice of present revenue. Conditions vary so widely that no set rules for applying the method can be laid down, and a thorough knowledge of silviculture is necessary to use it to advan- tage.— iS. T. Dana. 201. ScHiiPFER. [Rev. of: Reuss, Hermann. Der Forsthaushalt aufgelost in seine praktischen Einzelverrichtungen auf dem Gebiet der Wirtschaft und Verwaltung. Leipzig und Wien, 1918.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 272-273. 1920.— The particular purpose of this book is to acquaint forest owners with the general principles of forest management, and it is written in such a way as to be readily comprehended by persons who have no technical training in forestry. — IF. A', Sparhawk. 202. ScHWAPPACH. Der Reichsforstwirtschaftsrat und das forstliche Vereinswesen. [National forestry departments and forestry associations.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 140- 146. 1920. — A discussion of the scope and results of work of national departments of forestry and forestry associations, including the German forestry association and local associations. — Joseph S. Illick. 203. SiEFERT UND Helbig. Weitere Ergebnisse der Stickstoffdiingungsversuche mit 2- und 4-jahrigen Fichten. [Fertilizer experiments with spruce transplants.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 258-261. 1920.— Results of further observations (1914-1917) on the height growth of spruce transplants, some unfertilized and others treated in 1909 with various fertilizers are presented. The plants to which nitrate fertilizers had been applied showed more rapid growth during the first few years, but by 1917 had been almost overtaken by the unfertilized ones, whose actual and percentage growth was at that time considerably greater. — IT'. A''. Sparhawk. 204. Stephani. Forstliche Vereine. [Forestry associations.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95: 205-208. 1919.— A suggestive discussion of forestry associations and societies. The need for such associations is outlined, and 3 distinct kinds of associations are recommended: (1) Associations for the promotion of forestry; (2) associations which uphold the interest of forest property owners; (3) associations of forest officers. — Joseph S. Illick. 205. Stolp, W. Impregneeren van hout. [Impregnation of timber.] De Natuur 41: 69-72. Fig. I-4. 1921. — A general account is given of the impregnation of wood by various agents under normal and high pressure, as practiced in the Netherlands. — /. C. Th. Uphof. No. 1, August, 1921] FORESTRY 33 200. Thkbeljaiir. Kiefem-Dauerwaldwirtschaft. [Continuous method of handling Scotch pine.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 2S9-29G. 1920. — A critical discussion of the posi- tion taken by Oberforstmeister Moller in recommending the natural regeneration of Scotch pine by a method which he terms continuous forest management. — Joseph S. Illick. 207. Vanselow. Von der Spessarteiche. [The Spessart oak.] T'orstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 345-353. 1920.— The Spessart oak is the most valuable product of German forestry. Its wood is in great demand for furniture and brings extremely high prices,— ^95(10 marks per cubic meter in 1920 for 1st class material, and 0995 marks per cubic meter for all grades, as compared with 82 marks in 1901. Being grown on a rotation of from 200 to almost 500 years, the trees are exceptionally large and straight, with boles clear of branches for 20 to 25 meters and with a diameter of from 2 to 4 feet. The oak is usually started in pure stands, and under- planted with beech after it is about 100 years old. Another method is to start both oak and beech at the same time. Each method has certain advantages and disadvantages, but both have shown that beech is absolutely essential for the best development of the oak when grown on such long rotations. Silvicultural treatment of the stands is discussed in some detail. — W. N. Sparhawk. 208. Vater. Der Kalkgehalt des Bodens und die Buche. [Lime content of soil and beech.] Tharander Forst. Jahrb. 71: 319-329. 1920. — Beech requires more lime than fir, spruce, or pine. Schroder found that a pure stand of beech on an average site requires annually 41.7 kg. per acre, while fir requires only 33.5, spruce 28.4, and pine lO.G kg. Only a portion of the lime absorbed goes into the wood; most of it goes into the leaves and with their fall and decomposition again becomes available. Of all the principal European forest trees the beech most completely checks the leaching out of the soil. It is a protector of the soil, and lime will stimulate its growth. — Joseph S. Illick. 209. Whitford, H.N. The Patagonian forests. [Rev. of : Rothkugel, Max. Los Bosques Patagonicos. Buenos Aires, 1916.] Geog. Hev. 11: 141. 1921. 210. WiLBRAND, R. Wald und Rente. [The forest and income.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagd- zeitg. 95: 197-200. 1919.- — A discussion of the real goal of municipal forests, and a technical discussion of various forms of forest management and forest income. Financial considera- tion must not overshadow other important and essential factors. The city of Diisseldorf bought from the state of Prussia a tract of forest land, for which 2,000 marks per acre were paid for the soil alone and an additional amount for the growing stock. It is estimated that the best financial return that can be hoped for is about 0.75 per cent on the capital invested. The city of Giessen in Hessen bought city forest land for 1184 marks per acre, of which only 230 marks was figured for the soil value. In spite of the high price paid for the land, the pur- chases are justified fully by the indirect benefits, which the author believes should be given greater weight than the financial consideration. In an appended short review Dr. Wimmen- auer concurs with most of the author's conclusions. — Joseph S. Illick. 211. WiLBRAND. Waldrechnung und Weltrechnung. [Forest finance and world finance.) Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52: 337-342. 1920. — A general discussion of the influence of the rate of exchange, rise in price, and other economic factors on forest finance and general world finance. The article shows the effect of compound interest calculations in normal times and compares the period of the war and since the war with pre-war prices and conditions. — Joseph S. Illick. 212. Wimmer. [Rev. of: Rubner, Konrad. Die Bewegung der Holzpreise in Deutsch- land vom Begihn des Weltholzhandels bis zum Welt-Krieg. (Movement of timber prices in Germany.) Neudamm, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 453-456. 1920. — A very compre- hensive and detailed study, with diagrams and tables, of timber prices in all of the German states for which such figures are available for the period 1875-1914. Economic laws governing the formation of timber prices are discussed, and the relation between such prices and the general economic situation is shown.^TI'. N. Sparhawk. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 1 34 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 213. WiTZGALL, L. Der Langenbrander Schirmkeilschlag von Forstmeister Dr. Eberhard und der Wagnersche Blendersaumschlag in Gaildorf. [The Langenbrand shelterwood wedge cutting and Wagner's selection strip cutting.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 42: 431-436. 1920. — A discussion and comparison of these 2 silvicultural methods, both of which aim to establish the new stand by means of natural reproduction. — W. N. Spai-hawk. 214. ZwiLLiNG, C. La conversion des taillis sous futaie du departement de la Moselle en haute futaie. [Conversion of coppice under standards into high forest in the department of Moselle.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 59: 33-39. 1921.— In 1830 the French forest administration began the conversion into high forest of a part of the 32,600 hectares of broadleaf national forests in the department of Moselle. These had previously been managed as coppice under standards, as are most of the communal and private forests today. The rotation of the cop- pice was reduced from 25 or 35 to 20 years and the number of reserves was gradually increased during successive cuttings so as to form a selection high forest. The work was continued by the Germans after the annexation of Alsace-Lorraine, but in 1882, as a result of decreased prices for fuel wood, they made the mistake of undertaking the conversion of all the national forests. This resulted in failure on the thin, clayey soils not suited to the production of broad- leaf high forests. Another later mistake, which was, however, soon rectified, was the applica- tion of a rigid diameter limit, sometimes with disastrous results. Aside from this the forests under conversion were in general well cared for. Thinnings as well as reproduction cuttings were used in effecting the conversion and were carried out in the lower as well as the upper story. Double high forests were often established in which the rotation of the upper story, usually oak, was twice that of the lower story, usually beech, with both of which natural regeneration was comparatively easy. The execution of the various cuttings was greatly facilitated by the fact that under the German administration the logging was done by the government, which, because of its direct interest in the results, was able to handle the work more effectively than private operators. — S. T. Dana. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor James P. Kelly, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 2, 6, 7, 12, 18, 29, 30, 47, 48, 52, 62, 92, 94, 164, 286, 305, 316, 319, 331, 338, 339, 342, 382, 402, 452, 453) 215. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Babcock, E. B., and R. E. Clausen. Genetics in rela- tion to agriculture. 15 X 23 cm., xx -f- 675 p., 4 colored pi., 239 fig. McGraw-Hill Book Co.: New York, 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 210, 220, 244; 2, Entry 233; 3, Entry 446).] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 169-171. 1919. 210. Anonymous. Heredity and social fitness. [Rev. of: Key, Wilhelmine E. Heredity and social fitness; a study of differential mating in a Pennsylvania family. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 29fi. 102 p., 2 folded diagrams. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 239).{ Nature 106: 360-361. 1920. 217. Arey, Leslie B. On monozygotic human twins. [Abstract.] Anat. Rec. 21: 44. 1921. — Two specimens of early monozygotic human twins, each case unique of its kind, are presented. The first comprises 2 embryos, each 12.3 mm. long, contained within a single amnion and chorion; except for some shrinkage of the entire specimen, the embryos are nor- mal. Each possesses its own umbilical cord and yolk-stalk; the latter are inserted separately on a common yolk-sac. This furnishes for the first time direct proof of the origin of human identical twins from a single ovum. The second specimen is of normal monochorionic twin embryos, each lying within its own amnion. One member of the pair (11.5 mm. in length) has a normal yolk-stalk and sac (4.5 X 6 mm.); the other individual (12 mm. long) lacks these structures completely, as gross and microscopic examination prove. Certain inferences are No. 1, August, 1921] GENETICS 35 suggested: (1) Human monozygotic twins do not result from the separation of blastomeres or blastomere clusters at the earliest stages of cleavage, but from a later fission of the inner cell mass. (2) Nevertheless, the human ovum appears to be rather rigid or determinate in its development; at least, in this case one embryo received all the j'olk-sac formative cells. (3) The yolk-sac is not necessary for growth or dilTercntiation; in fact the twin individual lacking a yolk-sac is slightly the larger, while the correlation of menstrual age and body size coincides with the norm. (4) The j'olk-sac and stalk are not prerequisite to vasculogenesis; here w^as performed, as perfectly as ever may be expected, a natural experiment of ablation which demonstrates the independence of the embryo from such angioblastic ingrowths. — Leslie B. Arey. 218. Banta, a. I\I., and Mary Gover. Analysis of the sexual modifications of an ap- pendage in sex-intergrade Daphnia longispina. [Abstract.] Anat. Rec. 17: 348-349. 1920. — A detailed analysis of one of the appendages, the first leg, which is subject to wide modifi- cation in secondary sex characteristics in sex-intergrade strains of Daphnia longispina brings out the following facts: (1) Every detail of this appendage which is subject to sexual modi- fication is also subject to intermediate development in sex-intergrade individuals; (2) the intermediate development of any portion of this appendage may represent any condition from a just distinguishable modification from that characteristic of the normal female to a condition approaching the normal male condition; (3) the different portions of the same individual appendage may show a range from fully female to moderately male in character, or from an intermediate condition to a fully male condition; (4) there is usually, however, a certain amount of correlation between the amount of maleness and femaleness manifest in the different portions of the same appendage, although this correlation is not sufficient to enable one to make a safe prediction from the amount of maleness manifest in one portion as to the condition of the other sexually modified portions of the same individual appendage. — A. M. Banta and Mary Gover. 219. Burger, 0. F. Variations in Colletotrichum gloeosporoides. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 723-73G. PI. 86. 1921. — The fungus, Colletotrichum gloeosporoides Penz., as found in Cali- fornia, is a species composed of many strains. Forty-six isolations were studied and placed in 5 different groups based on mycelial growth and nature of spore production. Since char- acteristics of some cultures changed, a reclassification frequently became necessary. The various strains also differed in the modal length of the spores regardless of the group. The growth characteristics and size of spores varied with the media on which the strains were grown. In certain cultures the author considered that mutations arose.- — W. H. Burkholder. 220. Burns, W. Some aspects of plant genetics. Proc. Seventh Indian Sci. Congress 1920: 88-109. 1921.— Presidential address before the Botany Section of the Indian Science Congress at Nagpur, India, January, 1920. Also published in the Agric. Jour. India [see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 868]. — Winfield Dudgeon. 221. C, J. C. Een Botanische Puzzle. [A botanical puzzle.] De Natuur 41: 39-40. 4 fig. 1921. ^Mr. J. K. Budde, the curator of the Botanical Garden of Utrecht, found a mon- strosity in a pear. From its outward appearance, the fruit is composed of different divisions, following one another. The fruit had not developed seed. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 222. CzAjA, A. Th. [German rev. of: Fleischer, Max. Uber die Entwicklung der Zwergmannchen aus sexuell differenzierten Sporen bei den Laubmoosen. (Development of dwarf males from sexually differentiated spores of the mosses.) Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 84-92. / pi. 1920.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 250-251. 1921. 223. Dahlgren, K. V. Ossian. Nedarvning av heterostyli. [On heredity of heterostyly.] Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 15: 166. 1921.— Lecture given in the botanical section of the Natural Science Societj- of students in Uppsala, Nov. 11, 1919. In Fagopyrum esculentum the bre- vistyled form is normally homozygous, and the longistyled one heterozygous. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 36 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 224. Dahlgren, K. V. Ossian. Pelargonium-chimar. [A Pelargonium chimera.] Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 15: 171. 1921. — Lecture given in the botanical section of the Natural Science Society of Uppsala, Sept. 28, 1920. In a Pelargonium chimera in the botanical garden in Uppsala a shoot was found which had the green and the chlorophyll-defective parts of tissue interchanged. — K, V. Ossian Dahlgren. 225. Dahlgren, K. V. Ossian. Sjalfsteriliteten hos Lysimachia nummularia. [On self-sterility of Lysimachia nunmiularia.] Svensk. Bot. Tidskr. 15: 164. 1921. — Lecture given in the botanical section of the Natural Science Society of students in Uppsala, April 29, 1911. Pollination between individuals from different countries caused fructification. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 226. Daniel, Lucien. Reactions antagonistiques et role du bourrelet chez les plantes grefifees. [Antagonistic reactions and the role of the fusion layer in vegetable grafts.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 170: 1512-1515. 1920.^ — Every true graft leads to the formation of a fusion layer at the union of stock and scion. This layer modifies conduction and establishes an antagonism between the parts, without which the grafts would be unable to live. As a result, the stock and scion are in different biological states. An examination of grafts has shown that there may be a passage of certain substances and a retention of others at the layer, or either a passage or retention of the same reserve product. These translocations of sub- stances, with the resulting changes in biological states, have caused many unusual variations, particularly in the mode of development of the restorative parts. Adventitious roots or branches which develop may be of the true nature of stock or scion, or may in exceptional cases form graft hybrids. Various types of behavior of these restorative growths, both of roots and branches, are described. — A. C. Eraser. 227. Ernst, A. [German rev. of: Hoar, C. S. Sterility as the result of hybridization and the condition of pollen in Rubus. Bot. Gaz. 62: 370-388. 3 pi. 1916.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 260. 1921. 228. Grier, N. M. Notes on Hemerocallis, II. Torreya 21: 12-13. 1921.— The writer presents the results of a series of experiments made in 1917 on Hemerocallis fulva, to deter- mine whether the plant sets seed. Four groups of experiments were conducted: (1) Fertili- zation of the flowers with their own pollen; (2) fertilization with pollen from the same clump of day-lilies; (3) fertilization with pollen from a far-removed clump; (4) fertilization with pollen from H. flava. The results were in all cases negative. No mature seeds were ever found. — J. C. Nelson. 229. Harder, R. [German rev. of: (1) Sperlich, Adolf. Die Fahigkeit der Liniener- haltung (phyletische Potenz), ein auf die Nachkommenschaft von Saisonspflanzen mit festem Rhythmus ungleichmassig iibergehender Faktor. (Capacity to maintain lines (phyletic potency), a factor distributed irregularly to the offspring of plants with fixed seasonal rhythm.) Sitzungs- ber. Akad. Wiss. Wien 128: 379. 1919.— (2) Idem. tJber den Einfluss des Quellungszeit- punktes, von Treibmitteln und des Lichtes auf die Samenkeimung von Alectorolophus hirsutus All.; Charakterisierung der Samenruhe. (On the influence of the time of application of forcing- agents and of light on the germination of seeds of Alectorolophus hirsutus. Characterization of seed rest.) Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien 128: 477. 1919.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 264-266. 1921.— [See also Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 3412.] 230. Hector, G. P. Report of the Imperial Economic Botanist. Sci. Rept. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 1919-20: 46-57. 1920. — Tests of varieties of wheat developed at Pusa are continued for yield, strength of straw, and rust resistance.— Wilt in Indigofera tinctoria (indigo) is found to be due to poor root development brought on by water-logging. New root and nodule for- mation begins in April, and proceeds slowly till the monsoon begins, and is then rapid. Java indigo is being improved by mass selection, as plants under bags do not produce seeds. — Linum usitatissiminn (flax) is self-pollinated; breeding and selection are in progress. Breeding No. 1, August, 1921] GENETICS 37 and selection are in progress on Nicotiana lahacum and A^. rustica (tobacco), Cicer arietinum (gram), IJibiscns cannabinus (patwa), Carihamns tinctorius (safflower), Dioscorea spp. (yam.), and Oryza saliva (rice). — Chlorosis in Corchorus (jute) is believed to be hereditary; "The facts tend to show that it is possibly a case of maternal inheritance, the disease being passed on through the cytoplasm of the egg- cell." A form of chlorosis common in Cajanus indicus (arhar) apparently behaves siniilarl3\- — A program of work for 1920-21, and a list of publica- tions for the year are given. — Winfield Dudgeon. 231. IIiusciT. [German rev. of: Tschekmak, A. vox. Uber das verschiedene Ergebnis reziproker Kreuzung von Hiihnerrassen und iiber dessen Bedeutung fiir die Vererbungslehre. (Theorie der Anlagenschwachung oder Genasthenie.) (On the dififerent results of reciprocal crossing of races of domestic fowl and on their significance for the theory of heredity. Theory of weakening of the genes or genasthenia.) Biol. Zentralbl. 37: 217-277. May, 1917.] Arch. Rassen- u. Gesellschaftsbiol. 13: 309-310. 1921. 232. HoFSTEN, Nils von. Modern arftlighetslara. [Modern genetics.] Svenska siills- kapets for Rashygien skriftserie III-IV. H X 22 cm., 60 p., 23 fig. P. A. Norstedts & Soners forlag: Stockholm, 1920. — A popular essay on some important results. — K. V. Ossian Dahloren. 233. HoLMBERG, Otto, R. Anteckningar till nya skandinaviska floran. [Notes to a new Scandinavian flora.] — Bot. Notiser 1920: 161-166. 1920. — Some Equisetum hybrids are criti- cally discussed. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 234. Johansson, K. Was ist unter dem Namen Ulmus montana With. var. nitida Fr. zu ver- stehen. [What is to be understood under the name Ulmus montana With. var. nitida Fr.] Bot. Notiser 1921: 71-73. 2 fig. 1921. — A diagnosis and description of the bastard Ulmus foliacea Gilib X glabra are given. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 235. JoHNSONj James. Inheritance of disease resistance to Thielavia basicola. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 49. 1921. — Study of crosses between susceptible and resistant varieties have shown that inheritance of resistance, in this instance, does not follow a simple Mendelian ratio. — B. B. Higgins. 236. Jones, D. F. A parafiine ruler for drawing curves. Science 51: 245. 1920. — Points of desired curve are plotted on paper, placed over smooth board, and slender nails driven in at each point. Flexible strip of whalebone, metal, or bristol-board is bent around nails to fit curve, and held upright by other nails. This furnishes mould for parafiine cast of curve. — Merle C. Coulter. 237. JoxES, Sarah V. H., and James E. Rouse. The relation of age of dam to observed fecundity in domesticated animals. Jour. Dairy Sci. 3: 260-290. 4 fig. July, 1920.— Data are presented on beef cattle (Hereford and Aberdeen Angus) and sheep (Wisconsin Station flock) to prove that increasing the age of the dam up to a certain limit increases the occurrence of multiple births. Literature is cited to support this conclusion in other species.— The records for the Hereford and Aberdeen Angus breeds are taken from the herd books including the first 42 volumes for the Hereford and the first 26 volumes for the Aberdeen Angus. They show, aside from the major thesis, that 4.52 Hereford births per 1000 of herd-book records and 4.11 Aberdeen Angus births per 1000 of herd-book records are twins. A total of only 7 triplets and 1 quadruplet are recorded in either breed. — In sheep the multiple births per 1000 are 582.91 with 40.20 of these triplets.— /o/m 11'. Gowen. 238. K., J. [Rev. of: Steinach, E. Verjiingung durch experimentelle Neubelebung der alternden Pubertatsdriise. (Rejuvenation through experimental revitalization of the sen- ile sex glands.) 68 p., 9 pi. Julius Springer: Berlin, 1920.] Endocrinology 5:238. 1921. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 258.] 38 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 239 Key, Wilhelmine E. Heredity and social fitness; a study of differential mating in a Pennsylvania family. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 29G. 102 p., 2 folded diagrams. 1920.— Object of the investigation was twofold: "First, to determine the mode of evolution of the various lines of a great network with reference to traits which have direct bearing on social efficiency; second, to study the variation in the grade of these traits and the relation of this variation to the types of mating." The study is based on 1,822 individuals constituting 2 family networks of western Pennsylvania chiefly descended from 2 pairs of German immi- grants of more than a centur}' ago. There is given about 70 pages of detailed family history with characterizations of individuals and accompanied by 2 complete pedigree charts. Seven lines of descent or strains are made out which show diverse types of evolution, some to in- creased social efficiency and others to differing forms of degeneracy but each related to the type of marriage selection involved.- — An attempt is made to express the distribution of certain traits in terms of Mendelian inheritance. Calculating ability is shown to behave as the expression of Mendelian dominance. "The assumption of a unit-character of varying potency, or better, of a number of determiners which behave in unit-like fashion, would appear to explain the phenomenon of inheritance for calculating ability as observed in these net- works " Aggressiveness and perseverance are less satisfactorily shown to segregate in ac- cordance with Mendel's law for presence or absence of determiners in the germ-plasm — : The several lines are compared statistically with reference to: (1) Social efficiency, showing; striking divergence; (2) fecundity, v/hich shows a noticeable drop in later generations of all lines, but no more striking in the socially efficient lines than in the degenerate lines; (3) sur- vival increases relatively in the socially efficient lines and decreases in the degenerate lines; (4) differential migration, the more efficient migrating. Comparison of environmental op- portunities with inherent tendencies seems to indicate the greater potency of the latter. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 216.] — Howard J. Banker. 2-40. Kniep, H. [German rev. of: Hertwig, Oscar. Allgemeine Biologic. (General biology.) 5th improved and enlarged ed., 8 vo, xvi -f- 800 p. Gustav Fischer: Jena, 1920.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 173-174. 1921. 241. KoTTTJR, G. L. Cross-fertilization and sterility in cotton. Agric. Jour. India 16: 52-59. 1921. — Adaptations of cotton flower to both self- and cross-pollination are described and predominance of self-fertilization noted. Vicinism amounting to 6 per cent was observed when 2 easily distinguishable strains were grown side by side at Dharwar, India. Occurrence of several manifestations of sterility, notably empty anthers and abortive ovules, was observed in naturally pollinated stocks of Indian cottons; controlled self-fertilization during 6 genera- tions did not increase these nor the rate of boll-shedding .^ — T. H. Kearney. 242. Kristofferson, Karl B. Undersbkning av Fi och F2 generationerna av en spon- tan bastard mellan vitkal och gronkal (mit deutschen Resume). [Investigation of Fi and Fj generations of a spontaneous hybrid between white cabbage and green cabbage (with a sum- mary in German).] Sveriges Utsadesf. Tidskr. 1921: 31-52. 8/?^. 1921.— The hybrid vi-as very intermediate. The leaves of the parent plants had a green midrib, which, however, in white cabbage became light red in the autumn. Fi has a dark red violet color. In Fa a segre- gation into dark red violet, light red violet, and green nerves takes place according to the ratio 9:3:4. Many characters show a continuous segregation in F2 with the qualities of the parents as extremes. As to other characters the segregation was transgressive. Chloro- phyll varieties were observed. In spite of the fact that Fo included nearly 14000 individ- uals no plants similar to the grandparents were obtained. Some Fo plants resembled old seedsmen's varieties of cabbage. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 243. L6cAiLLON, A. Sur les changements qu'on observe dans la reproduction et le d6vel- oppement des Bombyx pol3rvoltins de Chine lors-qu'ils sont transportes et eleves en France. [On the changes observed in the reproduction and development of poljrvoltine Bombyx of China when they are raised in France.] Compt. Pond. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 529-531. Mar., 1919.— The author observes that under the climatic conditions of France, Chinese polyvoltin silk- No. 1, August, 1921] GENETICS 39 worms become in course of time (30 years or so) bivoltins with a tendency to univoltinism. After bivoltinism is seemingly ostablishctl certain batches of cp^gs showed irregularity of development producing both univoltins and bivoltins, the former being winter eggs, the latter producing a second series of eggs, — summer eggs, — namely, accidental trivoltins. The latter could be reared only by artificially raising the temperature. Hence under direct influence of climate, number of generations can be reduced or multiplied as case may be. — Isabel McCroflcen. 244. Lehmann. [German rev. of: Rateson, W., and Ida Sutton. Double flowers and sex linkage in Begonia. Jour. Genetics 8: 199-207. PI. 8. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 208).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13 : 2G2-263. 1921. 245. Lehmann. [German rev. of: Heribekt-Nilsson, Nils. Zuwachsgeschwindig- keit der Pollenschlauche und gestorte Mendelzahlen bei Oenothera Lamarckiana. (Rate of growth in pollen-tubes and deranged Mendelian ratios in Oenothera Lamarckiana.) Hereditas 1: A\-(Sl.lfig. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. G, Entry 16S9;7, Entry ICOI).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 99-102. 1921. 246. Lehmann, E. [German rev. of: Ishikawa, M. Studies on the embryo sac and fertilization in Oenothera. Ann. Bot. 32: 279-317. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 1, Entries 482, 979, 980). 1 Zeitschr. Bot. 13 : 97-99. 1921. 247. Lehmann. [German rev. of: Kanda, M. Field and laboratory studies of Verbena. Bot. Gaz. 69: 54-71. 4 pL, 26 fig. 1920.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 2(32. 1921. 248. Lehmann. [German rev. of: Stout, A. B. Intersexes in Plantago lanceolata, Bot. Gaz. 68: 109-133. PI. 12-13. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1517).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 261. 1921. 249. Linhart, George A. A simplified method for the statistical interpretation of experi- mental data. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. 6: 6S2-6S4. 1920. — Data now in press are cited as show- ing that all the types of frequency curves thus far published, excepting those having a zero class, conform to the mathematical expression y -K-' — = e 2/c \ rrio/ when m denotes the numerical value of any measurement, vxo the value of the mean, e the base of natural logarithms, y any frequency, and ?/o a frequency of the probability of a deviation zero. From this equation, formulae for the mean, standard deviation, etc., are derived. — John W. Gowen. 250. Lotka, a. J. Evolution and irreversibility. Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 403-417. 1920. — Author's simamary follows: "It has been pointed out by biologists that organic evolu- tion is an irreversible process. Physicists also have spoken of the second law of thermo- dynamics broadly as the law of evolution. In inorganic physical systems irreversible proc- esses are attended with a decrease in certain functions of the variables defining the state of the system. In the case of organic systems we have not, in general, any such definite criteria for irreversibility or for equilibrium. In the present contribution a broad formulation of evolution, organic or otherwise, is presented in analytical form. From this it is shown that, for certain cases, functions of the variables X and the parameters P defining the state of the system, and of the coefficients a defining its characteristic properties, can be indicated, which have the property, in the neighborhood of stable equilibrium, of diminishing in the (irreversi- ble) process of the evolution of the system, and of assuming a minimum when stable equili'")- rium is established. In these cases, therefore, it is possible to define in exact terms the direction of evolution, whereas the descriptions ordinarily given of this direction (passage from lower to higher, from simpler to more complex forms, etc.) are vague or inaccurate." — R. E. Clausen. 40 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 251. LuNDBORG, H. Svenska folktyper, bildgalleri ordaat efter rasbiologiska principer och med en orienterande oversikt. [Swedish types, portrait gallery arranged on race-biological principles and with a short general survey.] 33 X 51 cm., 236 p., 6 colored tables. 1920. — On pages 5-12 Swedish folk and race-types are treated and pages 233-235 contain a chapter on "The study of Swedish folk-types, an important part of family and native-place studies." The other pages contain a portrait gallery, generally with 4 figures on each page. The ma- terial is disposed in the following groups: (1) Lapponians, (2) Norrbotton-Finns and Finnish types among the Swedish population in Sweden and in parts of Finland with Swedish inhab- itants; (3) pure northern types and Swedish mixed types in Sweden, Finland, and at Runo; (4) descendants of Walloons in Sweden; (5) Swedish Jews; (6) Gypsies; (7) vagabonds, crimi- nals and such; (8) as an appendix photos are given of a number of foreigners who have been living in Sweden for a shorter or longer time but have been punished or expelled because of vagabondage or criminality. Some of these have left descendants in Sweden. — K. V. Ossian Dahlgren. 252. MacBride, E. W. The inheritance of acquired characters. Sci. Prog. [London] 15:392-405. Jan. 1921. — An argumentforLamarckian factor in evolution, based upon a variety of considerations. There is a lack of evidence to support Weismann's insistence upon separa- tion of "germ-plasm" from "soma-plasm" in ontogeny. All nuclei produced by division of egg nucleus are potentially alike; what undergoes differentiation is not nucleus but cyto- plasm.-— The mutations appearing in cultures of Mendelians "practically all represent defic- iencies and pathological aberrations totally unlike the marks which separate natural species from one another." Experimental studies of selection in pure lines indicate that selection alone, when the environment remains constant, is powerless to effect evolution. Inheritance of effects of use and disuse appears as the only alternative. — Arguments from palaeontology and embryology are cited in favor of Lamarckian view, an example of the second being the inheritance of curvature of abdomen of hermit-crab, even if latter is prevented from finding a spiral shell. Considerable space is devoted to Kammerer's experiments, which the author does not consider discredited by attacks of Bateson and others. Experiments of Guyer and Smith are likewise stressed, and much significance is attached to the latter's suggestion that the degenerating eyes may themselves originate anti-bodies which in turn affect the germ-cells. If this view is accepted, says MacBride, the cardinal principle of the theory of the inheritability of acquired characters is conceded. — F. B. Sumner. 253. Mann, Harold H. Variation in the flower of Jasminum malabaricum Wight. Jour. Linnean Soc. London Bot. 45: 155-158. 1920.^ — Author reports observations on variability of calyx and corolla and on degree of correlation between numbers of their lobes. Corolla lobes ranged from 5 to 12 with average of 7.75 lobes and coefficient of variability of 12.2 per cent. Calyx teeth ranged from 4 to 8 with average of 5.52 lobes and coefficient of variability of 3.52 per cent. No relationship was observed between calyx-lobe number and position on branch. Different plants may show different modal values. There was only a very slight tendency for number of corolla lobes to increase as number of calyx lobes increased, and vice versa, since coefficient of correlation was only -1- .1148. — James P. Kelly. 254. Marshall, Lucile. Contributions of the plant breeder to the vegetable garden. Amer. Bot. 27: 8-17. 1921. — A brief account of 23 vegetables responding to the methods of plant and seed breeders in their effort to improve vegetable seeds. — S. P. Nichols. 255. Matthaei, R. [German rev. of: Goldschmidt, Richard. Mechanismus und Physiologie der Geschlechtsbestimmung. (The mechanism and physiology of sex determina- tion.) 251 p., 113 fig. Gebriider Borntriiger: Berlin, 1920.] Zeitschr. Allg. Physiol. 19: 52-53. 1921. 256. Matthaei, R. [German rev. of: Ruzicka, Vladislav. Restitution und Vererbung. Experimenteller kritischer und synthetischer Beitrag zur Frage des Determinationsproblems. (Restitution and heredity. Experimental critical and synthetic contribution to the problem of determination.) Vortr. u. Aufsiitze iiber Entwicklungsmech. Org. 23. 69 p. 1919.] Zeitschr. Allg. Physiol. 19: 48-49. 1921. No. 1, August, 1921] GENETICS 41 257. Matthaei, R. [German rev. of: Stpunacii, E. Verjiingung durch experimentelle Neubelebung der alternden Pubertats-Driise. (Rejuvenation through experimental revitali- zation of the senile sex glands.) Arch. Entwicklungsmech. 46: 557-019. 9 pL, 7 fig. 1920.] Zeitschr. Allg. Physiol. 19: 50-52. 1921. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 238.] 258. Matthaei, R. [German rev. of: DOrken, Bernard. Versuche iiber die Erb- lichkeit des in farbigem Lichte erworbenen Farbenkleides der Puppen von Pieris brassicae. (Studies on the inheritance of the coloration induced in the pupae of Pieris brassicae by colored light.) Nachrichten K. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen 1919.] Zeitschr. Allg. Physiol. 19: 49-50. 1921. 259. MiLOJEVic, BoRivoJE Dim. Sur le protoplasma generatif chez Gregarina cuneata. [On the generative protoplasm of Gregarina cuneata.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 84: 99-100. 1921. — Encysted Gregarina cuneata normally possess 2 nuclei, the behavior of which the author follows through the sexual cycle. Karyosomes lose their staining capacity and the nuclei increase in size. Around the nuclei is formed a hyaline and a verj' dense area which the author interprets as generative protoplasm. Hyaline area is formed by the fusion of the walls of cytoplasmic alveoli, the latter disappearing; this begins near wall of primary nuclei and extends outward. As the above appears the nuclei disintegrate and, in connec- tion with the karyosome, the primary generative nucleus appears. This nucleus leaves the karyosome (the remains) and passes into the hyaline area. It is only there that it divides and gives rise by way of mitosis to all the other generative nuclei, the future nuclei of the gametes. This hyaline area, crammed with little vesicular nuclei, becomes peripheral in the cyst. The author thinks cytoplasm plays role in heredity because differentiated at the same time as generative nucleus. — C. L. Parmenter. 260. Moss6ri, V. M. Note sur la purification et 1 'amelioration des cotons egyptiens. [Purification and improvement of Egyptian cottons.] Bull. Agric. Algerie-Tunisie-Maroo. Ser. II, 27: 6-10. 1921. — Causes of deterioration of Egyptian cotton are discussed and a plan outlined for improvement by selection. — T. H. Kearney. 261. Nilsson-Ehle, H. Multiple allelomorphe und Komplexmutationen belm Weizen. (XJntersuchungen iiber Speltoidmutationen behn Weizen II.) [Multiple allelomorphism and complex mutations in wheat (studies on speltoid mutations in wheat II). Hereditas 1: 277- 311. 1920. — Several multiple allelomorphs in wheat are discussed, (a) Glume characters, — pubescent, half-pubescent, and glabrous. Pubescence is dominant over half-pubescence and glabrousness, and half-pubescence over glabrousness, with F2 segregating 3:1 in each case, (b) Spike characters, — beardless, half-bearded, and bearded. The last 2 types originated from the 1st through complex mutation and linkage. Beardlessness is dominant over the other 2, and half-bearded over bearded; segregation, 3:1 in Fj. (c) Speltoid mutations, — normal type, beardless speltoid, and bearded speltoid. This multiple allelomorphism is brought about by complex mutation, i.e., a simultaneous mutative change in several Mendelian genes, being true mutations in fact. The bearded speltoid arises through complex mutation from the normal type, but the genes in question are closely linked, and therefore the possible re- combinations,— the bearded normal and beardless speltoid, — seldom appear in the progeny of heterozygotes. A dense eared suh-compacttmi type arises in such progeny somewhat more frequently. Compa^him factor is interpreted as less closely linked to other mutated factors. At least 3 genes are assumed to mutate at the same time. The author adds a theo- retical discussion of nature of complex mutations and their relationships to pleiotropy, domi- nant and recessive characters, presence and absence theorj^ and evolution.— C E. Leighty. 262. Nutting, C. C. The relation of Mendelism and the mutation theory to natural selec- tion. Science 53: 129-131. 1921. — The author aims to show that modern studies of genetics have left the natural selection theory practically as it was left by Darwin. His contentions may be summarized in 2 of his sentences: "Just as Mendelism has to do with the mechanism and not the fact of heredity, so the mutation theory deals with the nature and not the fact of variations. Neither, in my opinion, has any implication that is antagonistic to the theory of natural selection." — F. B. Sumner. 42 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 2C3. Oppenheim, J. D. De erfelijkheid van het vrueg of laat bloeien bij erwten. [In- heritance of early and late flowering in peas. Mededeel. Ver. Bevord. Wetenschap. Teelt 10. 5 p. 1921. — The node at which individuals of a certain pure line start flowering is strikingly constant, though often fluctuating within 3 nodes. Other pure lines produce their first flower always at a certain node. Early-flowering varieties, such as Extra Early Pilot-pea, start at the Sth node, Sutton's Emerald Gem at 9th to 10th, Senator 10th to 11th. The later-flow- ering varieties such as Pois Ture, begin at the 17th to 19th and the Blue-flowering pea at the 18th to 19th node. — In crosses, the F2 splits to early and late, the late being dominant in Fi. — /. C. Th. Uphof. 2G4. Papanicolaou, Geokge N. Developmental competition in its relationship to the sex ratio. [Abstract.] Anat. Pec. 21: 76. 1921.^ — The average sex ratio in a stock of 3472 guinea-pigs is 10G.54 when the individuals born in all litters are considered. On comparing the ratios from different-sized litters great discrepancies are found. In litters of 1 the sex ratio is 112.58; in litters of 2, 112.07; in litters of 3, 97.95; in litters of 4, 108.73; and in litters of 5, 141.02. These variations may be explained on the following principles derived from a careful analysis of the developmental conditions in guinea-pigs: 1. There is a competition between developing germ-cells and embryos in the ovary and the uterus. 2. In the compe- tition males have some advantage over the females. 3. Competition is higher in the larger litters (by a litter is meant the number of co-developing germ-cells and embryos). 4. In litters consisting of embrj^os of the same sex competition is higher than in mixed litters. 5. The competition is stronger among females than among males. — In agreement with these statements there is a higher percentage of complete elimination of large litters consisting chiefly of females than of any other large litters. This elimination produces the high sex ratio for the litters of 4 and 5. The originally large litters in which the subsequent elimina- tion is partial result in births of 1 and 2. Elimination being more severe on the female mem- bers causes the production of a higher sex ratio than occurs among individuals produced in litters of 3. Litters of 3 have the lowest sex ratio and approach nearest an expected condition, having suffered little or no prenatal mortality. This explanation is supported by a study of more than 100 litters with early partial absorptions which gave the high sex ratio of 123.37. — George N. Papanicolaou. 2G5. Pearson, Karl. On the probable errors of frequency constants. Biometrika 13: 113-132. 1920.^ — This editorial treats of the probable errors of constants supposed to be de- termined by a knowledge of the ranges in which certain proportions of the frequency lie. For- mulae are derived for the standard deviations and correlations of the errors in any lengths measured along the a;-axis as determined by the frequency of the corresponding ranges. Cor- relations of errors are calculated for various combinations of median, quartile, and decile when determined from grades and from moments. These are compared to show the relative errors of each method. The best method to determine the median and quartile divisions from ranks is indicated. Similar formulae are presented for the cases where the data are grouped into broad categories.^ — John W. Gowen. 26G. Pearson, Karl. The fundamental problem of practical statistics, Biometrika 13: 1-lC. 2 diagrams. 1920. — The fundamental problem of statistics is, "An 'event' has oc- curred p times out ol p -\- q = n trials, where we have no a priori knowledge of the frequency of the event in the total population of occurrences. What is the probability of its occurring r times in a further r + s = m trials." — Prefacing his remarks with the interesting historical background, the author shows that it is sufficient to assume any continuous distribution in order to reach Bates's theorem, the fundamental basis of statistics. — He then proceeds to expand and develop Bayes's theorem showing that the Gaussian is applicable only under the special condition that n, p, q, and ?« are large. Under other conditions the skew frequency curves of types I or III give better results. Attention is called to the problem: Can the incomplete /3 function be expressed even approximately in terms of a limited number of incomplete T functions? John W. Gowen. No. 1, August, 1921] GENETICS 43 267. P^ZARD, Albert. Facteur modificateur de la croissance normale et la loi de com- pensation. [The modifying factor of the law of normal increase and the law of compensation.] Conipt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 169: 997-1000. I919.-Pullets were found by IIou.s.s.\y and the author to experience an interruption in growth some weeks prior to commencement of laying, the growth curve dipping downward, but subsequently rising to same level as if no such interruption liad occurred. Author found, in 3 individuals tested, that growth was uninterrupted if ovariectomy was performed some time before the depression of the growth curve would normally have occurred. — F. B. Sumner. 2GS. Plate, L. [German rev. of: Adametz, L. Studien iiber die Mendelsche Verer- bung der wichtigsten Rassenmerkmale der Karakulschafe bei Reinzucht und Kreuzung mit Rambouillets. (Studies on the Mendelian characters of the Karakul sheep in pure breeding and in crosses with Rambouillets.) 258 p., 16 pi. Borntraeger: Berlin, 1917.] Arch. Ilas- sen- u. Gesellschaftsbiol. 13: 30C-309. 1921. 269. Ragioxieri, A. Brassica crosses. Card. Chron. 68: CO. 1920. — Author describes hybrids resulting from crosses between Chinese cabbage, Pe-tsai, and other Brassicas. The work was done at Castello, Italy. It is pointed out that Pe-tsai has good qualities which the plant breeder should not overlook. It grows rapidly, produces many tender leaves in large firm heads, and is of good flavor. In a number of the crosses of this with other Brassicas, no fertile seed resulted. Where good seeds were obtained, the Fi plants showed great vigor. Fi plants from crosses with the white turnip {B. rapa) were vigorous and without sign of a bulb. The tendencies to produce a bulb and an entire leaf were both recessive, and both characters appeared in F2 in the Mendelian ratio. The bulbs in the 2nd generation showed a great variety of shapes. It was demonstrated that there is a great sexual affinity between B. rapa and B. chinensis var. Pe-tsai, and a very weak one between the latter and B. ole- racea. — ^4. C. Eraser. 270. Rasmuson, Hans. Die Hauptergebnisse von einigen genetischen Versuchen mit verschiedenen Formen von Tropaeolum, Clarkia und Impatiens. [The chief results of some genetical studies with different forms of Tropaeolum, Clarkia, and Impatiens.] Hereditas 1: 270-276. 1920. — A preliminary paper without data. Dark green color of leaves in Tro- paeolum majus is determined by 2 factors. If either is recessive, color is probably green. Green color is dominant to yellow-green and both to variegated. Variegation in flowers is dominant to self color and dark color to light. Investigations were made of the behavior of purple, dark yellow, light yellow, and yellow variegated color in Tropaeolum; purple, purplish-red, lachs-red, and white color in Clarkia elegans; purple, purplish-red, white, and purple with white edge in Clarkia pidchella; blue, blue-red, red, pink, white, and white var- iegated in Impatiens balsamina. In Tropaeolum sharp monohybrid segregation was found between nana and normal types, but in Impatiens F2 generation shows intermediate forms. — M. Demerec. 271. Renner, O. [German rev. of : (1) Forsaith, C. C. Pollen sterility in relation to the geographical distribution of some Onagraceae. Bot. Gaz. 62:406-487. 1916; and (2) Cole, R. D. Imperfection of pollen and mutability in the genus Rosa. Bot. Gaz. 63: 110-123. 1917.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13:96-97. 1921. 272. Strampelli, N. Genealogia del frumento Carlotta Strampelli. [Genealogy of the grain Carlotta Strampelli.] Atti R. Accad. Lincei. Roma Rend. CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat. 27: 131-135. Fig. I-4. 1918. — "Carlotta Strampelli" wheat was originated by the author by selection from the progeny of a hybrid made in 190^1 or 1905 between Rieti and Massy. The work was done in connection with extensive experiments made to produce high-\-ielding vari- eties adapted to climate and soil of central and northern Italy, resistant to rust, and with tall straw yet not liable to lodge. This selection, fulfilling the requirements, was named in 1914 and exhibited in Rome. Grown 4 j-ears since then in various provinces of northern Italy it averaged about 5.5 quintals per hectare (8j bushels per acre) more than other varieties. — At least 100,000 hectares were sown in 1918. Further increase in acreage sown to the variety is anticipated. — C. E. Leighty. 44 GENETICS [BOT. AbsTS., VoL. IX, 273. Thiem. [German rev. of; Haeckel, Ernst, Hugo Eisig, und Karl Hescheler. Aus dem Leben und Wirken von Arnold Lang. (From the life and activities of Arnold Lang.) G. Fischer: Jena, 1916.] Arch. Rassen- u. Gesellschaftsbiol. 13: 311. 1921. 274. Thomson, J. Arthur. [French rev. of: Doncaster, L. An introduction to the study of cytology. 15 X 23 cm., xiv + 280 p., 24 pL, 31 fig. Cambridge Univ. Press: England, 1920.] Scientia 29: 233-234. 1921. [See also Bot. Absts. 7, Entries 722, 723, 842.] 275. Thomson, J. Arthur. [French rev. of: Morgan, T. H. The physical basis of heredity. 14 X 21 cm., 300 p., 117 fig. J. B. Lippincott Co.: Philadelphia, 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 422; 7, Entry 938).] Scientia 29: 235-236. 1921. 276. ViEiLLARD, P. Note sur la selection des riz par la constitution delignees pures et sur les hybridations des riz. [Note on the selection of rice by the constitution of pure lines and on the hybridization of rice.] Bull. Agric. Inst. Sci. Saigon 2: 11-15. 1920.— The methods of rice breeding in use at Tjikeumeuh near Buitenzorg (Java) are outlined. There are the usual pure line and hybridization methods commonly employed by those engaged in work on the self-fertilized cereals. The best of the pure lines have been increased and tested on a large scale, showing increased yield and other desirable characters. Selections from hybrids between "Skriviman Kati" and "Carolina" combine the good characters of the parents. — C. E. Leighty. 277. ViGiANi, D. Sulla selezione del frumento "Gentil Rosso." [Upon the selection of the wheat "Gentil Rosso." Staz. Sperim. Agrarie Ital. 52: 5-13. 1919.- — Report on breed- ing work done at Vegni Institute (Italy) on the wheat "Gentil Rosso," which is one of the important varieties in Tuscany and other parts of northern Italy. It has been determined by tests that this variety as commonly cultivated is less rust resistant and more liable to lodge, especially on rich land, than certain other varieties, but is productive, well developed, and early-maturing. Mass selection by the author resulted in increasing the yields over the vari- ety as ordinarily grown. By means of pure-line breeding a strain has been developed which is considered superior to Gentil Rosso; it possesses all the good characters of the latter and none of its defects.- — C. E. Leighty. 278. Vrijburg, B. Fokkerij in Indie op meer wetenschappelijke basis. [Breeding in India on a more scientific basis.] Mededeel. Ver. Bevord. Wetenschap. Teelt 12. 12 p., 2 pi. 1921. — A general outline of breeding animals in Dutch East India is given.- — /. C. Th. Uphof. 279. Waldron, L. R. Inheritance of rust resistance in a family derived from a cross between durum and common wheat. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 147. 24 P-, 2 fig. 1921. — From cross between Kubanka, an amber durum, and Power Fife, a hard red spring wheat of common type, certain plants of common type showed evidence of heterozygous condition relative to resistance toward stem rust {Puccinia graminis). Resistance (or sus- ceptibility) was found to be intermediate and evidently due to more than 1 factor. Theoret- ical ratios based on 2-factor hypothesis agreed fairly well with actual results. Degree of resistance in certain segregates was as much or more pronounced as in resistant Kubanka parent. It is suggested that the heterozygote arose as result of simultaneous crossing over engaging 2 pairs of chromosomes. Resistant wheat has less technical value than either parent. — L. R. Waldron. 280. Wright, Sew^all. Correlation and causation. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 557-585. 16 fig. Jan. 3, 1921. — Formulae arc derived to measure the direct influence of one variable on another assuming that the direct influence of the given variable on the other can be measured by the standard deviation remaining in the effect after all other extraneous influences are eliminated. The expression (ta.x is used for the standard deviation of X due to A. Path No. 1, August, 1921] HORTICULTURE 45 coefficient for the path from A to X is defined as the ratio of the standard deviation of X due to A divided by the total standard deviation of X. Px.A = The deviation of X directly caused by a unit deviation of A is Px.A ("a "a The coefficient of determination of X hy A, 'dX.A' measures the fraction of complete deter- mination for which factor A is directly responsible in a given system of factors. — These for- mulae are developed and illustrated for systems of independent causes, chains of causes, non-additive factors, non-linear relations, effects of common causes and systems of correlated causes. Their relation to multiple correlation is shown and general formulae are developed. Illustrative material is given on birth weight of guinea-pigs and on transpiration of plants. — ■ John W. Gowen. HORTICULTURE J. H. GouRLEY, Editor H. E. Knowlton, Assistant Editor FRUITS AND GENERAL HORTICULTURE (See also in this issue Entries 3, 12, 15, 30, 40, 47, 48, 50, 57, 69, 76, 78, 160, 221, 242, 255, 263, 339, 415, 425, 428, 430, 432, 434, 435, 444, 445, 446, 447, 465, 498, 524, 530, 552) 281. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Fletcher, S. W. The strawberry in North America: history, origin, botany, and breeding, xiv -f- 234 V- Macmillan Co.: New York, 1917.] Sci. Prog. [London] 14: 350. 1919. 282. Ballou, F. H. An orchard tragedy. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 9- 11. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — The article contains a discussion concerning tillage-cover-crop versus grass mulch practice in a hillside orchard as based upon tests upon hilly land in southern Ohio. In spite of careful cultural work the tillage-cover-crop section was in deplorable condition at the end of the test. Orchardists are adopting the mulching method because it results in equally generous fruit production, is less expensive, less difficult, and less dangerous. — R. C. Thomas. 283. Ballou, F. H. Ensee apple. An Ohio variety coming into prominence. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 12-13. 1921. — Origin, similarity to the Rome Beauty, and mer- its of the Ensee apple are discussed. — R. C. Thomas. 284. Brown, G. G. The orchard-fertility problem. Agric. Jour. [British Columbia] S: 326, 354-355; 6: 20-21. 1921. — This report summarizes the results of orchard fertilizer ex- periments in other stations and compares them with results obtained by the Oregon Agricul- tural experiment station. Special emphasis is placed upon the use of alfalfa as a permanent shade crop and the effect of chemical manures, especially nitrate, on the growth of alfalfa. It emphasises the fact that legumes used as cover crops do not need added nitrogen, but rather are harmed by it; and that the growing of a legume, with possibly the addition of some acid phosphate and potash, may prove to be a good system for maintaining orchard fertility. — A. F. Barss. 285. H., T. A. [Rev. of: Newland, H. Osmun. The planting, cultivation and expression of cocoanuts, kernels, cocoa, and edible vegetable oils and seeds of commerce. A practical handbook for planters, financiers, scientists and others, vi + 111 p., 11 pi. Charles Griffin 46 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, and Co.: London, 1919.] Nature 106: 564. 1920. — The author has attempted too much in a small space and has not used it to best advantage. — 0. A. Stevens. 286. Haseman, L. Federal and state laws regulating the propagation and distribution of nursery stock. Missouri Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 99. £4 V- 1920. 287. Manuel, H. L. "Yema" budding of the vine. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 197-199. 8 fig. 1921. — Budding is done Avhen sap is flowing, but after period of greatest vigor of growtli in order to produce a good callus. Buds are inserted 1 inch above level of soil; the bud is then covered well with soil and unmounded in spring when bud is ready to expand. An excellent callus forms during dormancy .^ — L. R. Waldron. 288. Morel, F. Vignes de jardins et raisins de table. [Garden vines and table grapes.] Rev. Hort. 93: 228. 1921. — Somewhat detailed descriptions are given of a number of seed- ings of cold- or disease-resistant grapes, and their general adaptability is discussed. — E. J. Kraus. 289. Stahl, J. H. Recent development in small fruits. Agric. Jour. [British Columbia] 6: 46-48. 2 fig. 1921. — An address given at the annual meeting of Western Horticulturists, Vernon, British Columbia. — J. W. Eastham. 290. Thayer, Paul. Characteristics of peach varieties. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 3-S. 1921. — The relative time of picking the earlier varieties is fixed. Sixty- four varieties are discussed according to time of picking, flavor, size, color, and susceptibility to disease. Mayflower, Victor, Japan Blood Dwarf, Amsden, June Elberta, Early Rose, Greensboro, McNeil's Earlj^, Admiral Dewey, Triumph, Waddell, Eureka, Champion, Smock, and Lemon Free are included in the list. — R. C. Thomas. FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE 291. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Webster, A. D. London trees: an account of the trees that succeed in London, with descriptive account of each species and notes on their compara- tive value and cultivation. With guide to where the finest London trees may be seen. 8 vo, xii -\- 218 -p., 32 pi. Swarthmore Press: London.] Jour. Botany 59: 79-81. 1921. 292. Barnhart, J. H. Jeffersonia diphylla. Addisonia 5: 31, 32. PI. 176 {colored). 1920. — A description and the botanical history of the plant, which is native of eastern U. S. A., is given. It is worthy of a place in the floAver garden. — T . J. Fitzpatrick. 293. BoYNTOx, Kenneth R. Diplotaxis tenuifolia. Addisonia 5: 3, 4. PL 162 (colored). 1920. — The wall-rocket, of the mustard family, a native of Europe, is of possible value in a flower garden because of the pleasing combination of the pale green foliage and light yellow flowers. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 294. BoYNTON, Kenneth R. Lilium henryi. Addisonia 4: 65, 66. PI. 153 {colored). 1919. — This lily is a native of central China, introduced into cultivation in 1898. — T. J. Fitz- patrick. 295. Boynton, Kenneth R. Platycodon grandiflorum. Addisonia 5: 13, 14. PI. 167 {colored). 1920. — The Japanese bellflower, native of eastern Asia. It was introduced into the botanic garden at Vienna in 1775 and later into England. This perennial blooms during the summer and early fall and is a satisfactory permanent feature of the flower garden. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 296. Boynton, Kenneth R. Poinsettia heterophylla. Addisonia 4: 77, 78. PI. 159 {colored). 1919. — An annual ornamental herb, native of central and western U. S. A., intro- duced into cultivation in about 1885. — 7\ J. Fitzpatrick. No. 1, August, 1921] HORTICULTURE 47 297. Britton, Elizabeth G. Adlumia fungosa. Addisonia 5: 21, 22. PL 171 (colored). 1920. — The climbing fumitory is native of northeastern U. S. A. and Canada. It grows readilj' from seed and its ornamental flowers make it a valuable addition to the flower garden. — T. J. F'itzpatrick. 298. Britton, N. L. Cephalanthus occidentalis. Addisonia 5: 17, IS. PI. 169 (colored). 1920. — This button-bush is of wide distribution in North America. It prefers wet soil or swamps and is not readily transplanted except when young, and then only to places similar to its native habitat. — T. J. Fiizpatrick. 299. BuRKiLL, I. II. Annual report of the Director of Gardens for the year 1919. 5 p. Gov- ernment Press: Singapore, 1921. — An administration report upon the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, and the Waterfall Gardens, Penang. — I. H. Burkill. 300. Clement, G. Pyramides japonaises de chrysan themes. [Japanese pyramidal chry- santhemums.] Rev. Hort. 93: 220-228. Fig. 59. 1921.— Methods of culture and a list of varieties best adapted to the training in this manner are given.^ — E. J. Kraus. 301. GiiEASON, H. A. Dracocephalum speciosum. Addisonia 5:27, 28. PI. 174 (colored). 1920. — An ornamental mint, native of the northern Mississippi valley. It has been in cul- tivation since 1825. — T. J. Fiizpatrick. 302. Gleason, H. A. Vernonia crinita. Addisonia 5: 11, 12. PI. 166 (colored). 1920.— This ironweed is a native of the Ozark region of the U. S. A. It is too large and coarse for the small flower garden, but it may be naturalized to advantage in poor soils along walls, fences, in strips fronting scrub or dry woods, in open places and clearings. When established it main- tains itself and does not become a pest. — T. J. Fiizpatrick. 303. Labroy, O. Bougainvillea glabra et B. spectabilis. Notes du Bresil. [Bougain- villea glabra and B. spectabilis. Notes from Brazil.] Rev. Hort. 93: 229-230. 1921.— Com- parative descriptive notes and cultural suggestions are presented. — E. J. Kraus. 304. Lesourd, W. Dahlias simples "Etoile Digoinaise." [Single dahlias "Etoile Digoi- naise."] Rev. Hort. 93: 232-233. Fig. 60-61. 1921.— The progenitor of this race of single dahlias was discovered by a Mr. L. Martin of Dijon 16 years ago. Since that time the present type has been selected and perfected in a number of colors. The flowers are star shaped, each petal has the edges of the outer two-thirds rolled in toward the center line, and since the back of the petal is of a difTerent color than the face the effect is striking. It is well adapted for cutting and decorative purposes. There are a number of named varieties. — E. J. Kraus. 305. Maron, C. Cattleya Rutilant. Rev. Hort. 93: 230. 1 pl (colored). 1921.— This variety, which produces intensely colored, medium sized flowers of a purple crimson color, is the result of a cross between Cattleya Maroni=(C.velutina X C. aurea) and C. vigeriana = (C. aurea X C. labiata). Of special interest is the fact that the flowers are of medium size, although three-fourths of the ancestry possessed large flowers. — E. J. Kraus. 30C). Moutte, V. La lavande. [The lavender.] Rev. Eaux et Forets 59: 11-18. 1921.— In the mountains of southeastern France lavender is a product of considerable importance to foresters. During recent years prices for essence of lavender have risen so greatly that artificial cultivation has been undertaken. Yields vary from 5 kg. of essence, — worth 150 francs per kg., — in uncared for natural stands, to 24 kg. per hectare in highly cultivated areas. France's total estimated production in 1912 was 60,000 kg., with England as its only serious competitor. The growing and harvesting of lavender provides a considerable industrj'^ on lands otherwise unsuitable for cultivation, and it is an open question whether settlement in the mountains should not be encouraged by setting apart for this purpose certain of the better areas in the reforestation zones. — S. T. Dana. 48 HORTICULTURE [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 307. Nash, George V. Amygdalus davidiana. Addisonia 5: 9, 10. PL 165 (colored). 1920. — This peach was discovered in 1867 by Abb^ David near Pekin, China, and later intro- duced by him into England. The ornamental flowers, appearing early, produce fruit of no value. The tree may prove of value for grafting stock. — T. J. Fitzpairick. 308. Nash, George V. Aphalandra nitens. Addisonia 5: 23, 24. PL 172 {colored). 1920. — A highly ornamental plant of the Acanthus family, native of Columbia. It was intro- duced into England in 1867. It is readily propagated by cuttings and thrives under green- house cultivation. — T. J . Fitzpatrick. 309. Nash, George V. Benzoin aestivale. Addisonia 5: 15, 16. PL 168 (colored). 1920. — This spice-bush of the laurel family is a native of northeastern U. S. A. and Ontario. It is well adapted to the winter garden in low damp situations. The bright yellow flowers appear in early spring before the leaves and the bright red fruit in August and September. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 310. Nash, George V. Bryophyllum crenatum. Addisonia 4: 63. PL 152 (colored). 1919. — A native of central Madagascar and a succulent of easy culture. — T.J. Fitzpatrick. 311. Nash, George V. Bulbophyllum grandiflorum. Addisonia 4: 71, 72. PZ. i56 (colored). 1919. — A large-flowered ornamental plant from New Guinea, recently receiving attention from culturists. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 312. Nash, George V. Corylopsis spicata. Addisonia 5: 19, 20. PL 170 (colored). 1920. — This shrub belongs to the witch-hazel family and is a native of southern Japan. The flowers and leaves are highly ornamental. Propagation may be effected by seed or by layer- ing.— T. J . Fitzpatrick. 313. Nash, George V. Crataegus calpodendron. Addisonia 4: 67, 68. PL 15 Jt (colored). 1919. — This decorative pear thorn is a native of the eastern U. S. A. It is the Crataegus tomentosa of authors. As the red fruit persists until the following spring the plant is desir- able as an ornamental shrub. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 314. Nash, George V. Elaeagnus multifiora. Addisonia 4: 69, 70. PL 155 (colored). 1919. — A much-branched shrub, native of China and Japan, with highly ornamental flowers and fruit. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 315. Nash, George V. Euonymus patens. Addisonia 4: 75. PL 158 (colored). 1919. — A shrub of decorative value, native of central China. It was introduced into the U. S. A. by George H. Hall in 18G0.— T. J. Fitzpatrick. 316. Nash, George V. Rosa "Dr. Van Fleet." Addisonia 5: 7, 8. PL 16^ (colored). 1920.— This garden hybrid was produced in 1907 by pollinating with a hybrid between Rosa wichuraiana and R. safrano. This rose is a climber with shining leaves and flesh-pink flowers, and is much admired. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 317. Nash, George V. Viburnum dilatatum. Addisonia 5: 1, 2. PL 161 (colored). 1920. — A highly ornamental Viburnum, native of China and Japan, introduced into England about 1875, and since widely cultivated. — T. J . Fitzpatrick. 318. Proschowsky, R. Au sujet de fruits comestibles de Chamaerops humilis et d'autres palmiers rustiques. [Concerning edible fruits of Chamaerops humilis and other hardy palms.] Rev. Hort. 93: 230-231. 1921. — Several species have produced individuals having edible fruit of fair quality. These include Chamaerops humilis L.; Phoenix canariensis Hort. var edulis; and Bulia capitata Beccari vars. pulposa and pygmaea. Other genera which should be examined for possible valuable selections are Sabal, Erythea, and Brahea. — E. J. Kraus. No. 1, August, 1921] HORTICULTURE 49 319. Sands, W. N. Bougainvillaeas. Imp. Dei)t. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. St. Vincent 1918-19: 1-2. 1920. — The following varieties of Bougainvillaea are under cultiva- tion: B. glabra (light magenta), B. Sanderiana (magenta), B. spectabilis var. laterita (terra- cotta), and B. var. "Mrs. Butt" (crimson). Artificial crosses of these lead to the opinion "that the magenta color in the bracts is dominant over crimson and terra-cotta reds as all hybrids raised in the W. I., so far as known, in which a magenta-bracted species or variety was one of the parents, have produced magenta-coloured bracts." The period between pollination of flowers and ripening of seed is about 30 days, and the seed, which resemble grains of wheat, germinate in about 10 days in partially sterilized soil. Seedlings are rather difficult to raise. — J. S. Dash. 320. Small, John K, Hydrangea quercifoHa. Addisoni!i5-'29, SO. PI. 175 (colored). 1920. — An ornamental shrub, native of Georgia, Florida, Alabama, and Mississippi. It has been in cultivation for over a century in the U. S. A. and England. It is hardy at least 1000 miles north of its natural habitat. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 321. Small, John K. Leucothoe catesbaei. Addisonia 4: 61, 62, PI. 151 {colored). 1919. — An evergreen shrub, native of the southern Appalachians and adjacent highlands. This dog-laurel was early introduced into European gardens and is now widely cultivated as an ornamental shrub. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 322. Small, John K. Pieris floribunda. Addisonia 5: 5, 6. PI. 163 {colored). 1920.— A mountain fetter-bush, native of the southern Alleghanies, evergreen, highly ornamental, introduced into England in 1811. This shrub is easy of cultivation, grows rapidly, and is hardy far north of its natural range. — T. J . Fitzpatrick. 323. Watson, Elba E. Corylus rostrata. Addisonia 5: 25, 26. PI. 173 {colored). 1920. — The beaked hazel-nut is a native of North America. It is of value because of the edible fruit, a small nut. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. VEGETABLE CULTURE 324. Keil, J. B. The gardener and the seedsman. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 14-15. 1921. — A few essential considerations should be kept in mind when selecting vegetable seeds. A scale for rating seedsmen is given. — R. C. Thomas. 325. Rosa, J. T., Jr. Sweet potato culture in Missouri. Missouri Agric. Exp. Sta. Giro. 103. 12 p. 1921. 326. SosA, H. A. La mandioca. [Cassava.] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 1: 33G-338. 1920. — The culture of cassava {Manihot sp.) is discussed. — John A. Stevenson. HORTICULTURE PRODUCTS 327. Mach, F., und M. Fischler. Die Zusammensetzung der Moste des Jahres 1919 in Baden. [Musts of 1919 in Baden.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel 40: 72-77. 1920. 328. Marcailhou d'Aymeric, A. Analyse dun vin de palmier ou "laghmi" du Sud- Tunisien. [Analysis of a palm-wine or "laghmi" of southern Tunis.] Jour. Pharm. et Chimie 23:272-273. 1921. — The wine has a sp. gr. of 1.0295 and contains 2 per cent of glycerin, 3 of gum, 7 of mineral matter, and, after allowing it to stand for about 1 week, 4.5 per cent of alcohol by weight. The wine is obtained by puncturing the palms of the oasis Gfabes. It flows at the rate of 7-8 1. per day for 1 month. The puncture is closed with vegetable mat- ter or dirt and the tree regains its normal appearance after 1 year. The wine is consumed by the natives very frequently immediately after collecting, even before fermentation has started. — H. Engelhardt. 50 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 329. ScHELLBACH, H., undFr. BoDiNUS. Ubcr Vanillin-Erzeugnissc. [Vanilla products.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel 40: 34-37. 1920. 330. Stern, J. Moste des Jahres 1919 aus den Weinbaugebieten der Nahe, des Glaus, des Rheintales unterhalb des Rheingaues, des Rheingaues, des Rheins, Mains und der Lahn. [Musts of 1919 in the Rhine valley, etc.] Zeitschr. Untersuch. Nahruugs- u. Genussmittel 40: 78-80. L920. IVIORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. SiNNOTT, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 62, 175, 226, 380, 405, 453) 331. Balasubramanyam, M. Variegation in certain cultivated plants. Jour. Indian Bot. 1 : 325-329. PI. 3. 1920. — From an examination of leaf structure of cultivated ornamen- tal plants with variegated leaves, the author concludes that there are 3 kinds of mesophyll in the leaf — palisade above, spongy below, and a distinct type between. Variegations are due to varying amounts or complete absence of chlorophyll in these 3 layers. — Winfield Dudgeon. 332. BucHHOLZ, John T. Polyembryony among Abietineae. Bot. Gaz. 69: 153-167. 15 fig. 1920. — Not all Abietineae show a complete separation of the 4 primary embryos, as is characteristic of Pinus. The cleavages separating the 8 embryos are the free nuclear divisions of the proembryo. In Picea and other forms without cleavage polyembryony, cell divisions homologous with those in Pinus occur in the proembryo. The Abietineae embryos may be arranged in an intergrading series, with Pinus at one end and Pseudotsuga at the other, on the basis of the occurrence of cleavage polyembryony, rosette embryos, and the apical cell; the rosette embryos and their vestiges, the rosette cells, are gradually elimina- ted from Pinus to Pseudotsuga. Cleavage polyembryony, rosette embryos, and the apical cell mark a primitive type of embryo development. The embryo development of this group shows how the apical cell was lost in the evolution of the Abietineae. On the basis of embryogeny Pseudotsuga is unique and clearly entitled to generic rank. — H. C. Conies. 333. BuGNON, P. Causes du parcours transversal des faisceaux libero-ligneiuc aux noeuds des Graminees. [The cause of the transverse course of the fibrovascular bundles at the nodes of grasses.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171 : 673-675. Fig. 1-3. 1920. — A continuation of a study reported in a recent number of this journal (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry lOGO). The change in direction of the bundles at the nodes is attributed to lack of space or necessary tissue, and to the readiness with which transverse bundles can be formed at this level. — C. H. Farr. 334. BuscALioNi, L. Sui tricomi delle Felci con particolare riguardo alle Parafisi. [On the trichomes of ferns with particular regard to the paraphyses.] Alalpighia 28: 545-554. 1920. — The article completes a study of the structure and function of fern paraphyses. The peculiar structure of these organs in different species of ferns suggests their use as a basis for comparison in systematic study. Paraphj^ses function as a means of protection to the sporan- gia, either mechanically or by reason of substances contained in them, and possibly serve also in regulating the dissemination of spores. — Edith K. Cash. 335. Church, A. H. Elementary notes on the reproduction of angiosperms. Bot. Mem. [Oxford] 4. 23 p. 1919. — These are notes apparently used by the author in connection with some of his courses in botany. — J. S. Cooley. 336. Church, A. H. Elementary notes on structural botany. Bot. Mem. [Oxford] 4. 27 p. 1919. — These are notes used by the author in connection with some of his courses in botany. — /. S. Cooley. No. 1, August, 1921] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS 51 337. CiiuncH, A. II. On the interpretation of phenomena of phyllotaxis. Bet. Mem. [Oxford] 6. 68 p. 1920. — Fibonacci phyllotaxis, as a phase of plant symmetry, is reduced to a condition of centric, axial growth-extension, combined with the outthrust in rythmic sequence of somatic protrusions in the transverse plane. To maintain the older inherent centric organization, the Fibonacci angle, 137° 30' 2S", must be approximated every time, though the range of error may be considerable in the individual units. Actual measure- ments show that the general plan keeps very fairly adjusted in such divergent types as Quinqueloculina, Cystoseira, Polytrichum, and Sempervivum. Taking the general progression of Fibonacci phyllotaxis as the expression of an archaic method of initiating one lateral ex- tension of the soma at a time, from a growth center or a differentiated growing point, the more fundamental and primary relations of living plasma, established once and for all, even in the plankton-phase, may remain predominant throughout all future phases of progression. All primary problems of stem and root, leaf and branch, members and tissues, cells and space- form, are to be sought far behind the comparatively modern and wholly secondary subaerial environment in which we find ourselves in the more familiar vegetation of the land. — F. V. Rand. 338. Merriman, Mabel L. The receptacle of Achillea millefolium L. Torreya 21 : 21-24. Fig. 1-5. 1921. — The receptacle of Achillea is usually described as flat or convex, but specimens from the vicinity of New York City examined in October, 1919, showed a conical or oblong head. Further study in 1920 showed that while heads with flat receptacles bore an average of 12 flowers per head, the conical heads had from 23 to 27. The projection of the tubular beyond the ray-flowers, which is less than 1 mm. in the flat heads, was as much as 11 mm. in the conical forms. In some cases ray-flowers were interspersed with the tubular flowers on the elongated receptacle. Further experiments are suggested to determine whether in these elongated receptacles we have mutating characters or reversions. It is suggested that soil-content and seasonal conditions may have some influence. — /. C. Nelson. 339. Pratag, S. H. Some observations on the inflorescence and flowers of the grape. Agric. Jour. India 16: 60-64. PL 8-9. 1921. 340. St. John, Harold. A freak sweet clover. Rhodora 23: 25-26. 1921. — A description of a teratological specimen of Ulelilotus alba from Goldendale, Washington, characterized by an inflorescence with branching pedicels, which thus formed a panicle instead of the usual simple spike. In addition the pistil was foliaceous with 2 or 3 ovules borne on each of the slightly adnate edges. — James P. Poole. 341. VuiLLEMiN, Paul. Les aberrations de la symetrie florale. [Various types of floral symmetry.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 35-39. 1921. — The author distinguishes 3 main types of floral form: Asymmetric, spiromorphic, and symmetric. The last named may be either actinomorphic or zygomorphic. Actinomorphosis refers to the substitution of the actinomorphic for the zygomorphic or the asymmetric; and zygomorphosis to the substitution of the zygomorphic for the actinomorphic or the asymmetric. Actinomorphosis is equivalent to some of the cases which have been called peloric, but not to all. The condition of zj^gomor- phosis has not in the past been much studied. These types may vary in the plane of symmetry and in the configuration, position, or number of the floral parts. They may be exogenous or endogenous, the latter presenting either sjmanthj^ or paranthy. The paper includes a de- scription of these types as they are found in Tropaeolum majus. — C. H. Farr. 342. Weatherwax, Paul. Position of scutellum and homology of coleoptile in maize. Bot. Gaz. 69: 179-182. 11 fig. 1920. — The evidences derived from the structure and develop- ment of the maize embryo, including that of the ligule-less mutant, favor the idea that the coleoptile is the homologue of a foliage leaf, and that the cotyledon is a lateral organ. — Paul Weathencax. 52 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, BRYOPHYTES [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 343. WissELiNGH, C. VAN. Bijdragen tot de kennis van de zaadhuid. Tiende bijdrage. Over de zaadhuid van Reseda luteola L., Parnassia palustris L., Viola odorata L., Daphne mez- ereum L., Eleagnus edulis Siebold, Aucuba japonica Thunb. en Pirola rotundifolia L. [Contribu- tions to a knowledge of the seed coat. Tenth contribution.] Pharm. Weekbl. 58: 298-308, 326-342. PI. 2, fig. 22. 1921. — In continuation of the author's previous studies [see Bot. Absts. 3, Entries 2453, 2809; 8, Entries 444, 445], the ovules of the above species are described, particular attention being paid to the structure and development of the integuments in the ovule and to the changes which they undergo as the ovule ripens into the seed. Cuticles and cork layers are especially studied. — H. Engelhardt. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF ALGAE E, N. Transeau, Editor (See in this issue Entry 373) MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF BRYOPHYTES Alexander W. Evans, Editor 344. Church, A. H. Thallassiophyta and the subaerial transmigration. Bot. Mem. [Oxford] 3. 95 -p. 1919.— See Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 2007. 345. DisMiER, G. Notes sur les Fissidens serrulatus Brid. et Fissidens polyphyllus Wils [Notes on Fissidens serrulatus and F. polyphyllus.] Rev. Bryologique 47: 54-56. 1920. — The geographical distribution and differential characters of Fissidens serrulatus and F. 'poly- phyllus are discussed, emphasis being laid on certain anatomical features first pointed out by BoTTiNi. So far as France is concerned the distribution of F. serrzdatus is essentially Mediterranean, while that of F. polyphyllus is exclusively oceanic. — A. W. Evans. 346. Herzog, Th. Beitrage zur Bryogeographie Siidosteuropas. [Contributions to the bryogeography of southeastern Europe.] Krypt.Forsch. Bayer. Bot. Ges. Miinchen 4:274-298. 1919. — The author participated with a German unit in military operations in the Balkans during the late war. As opportunity offered he made bryological observations and collections. The paper is divided into 2 parts, of which the 1st deals with Macedonia and the 2nd with the Transylvanian Alps of the Rumanian border. Lists of mosses and hepatics are given, together with a discussion of points of geographical and ecological interest. The Macedonian flora is primarily Mediterranean, that of the Rumanian mountains northern. As new species (both from the Cherna bend region of Macedonia) appear Orthotrichum insidiosum and Mielichhoferia paradoxa, the latter supposedly a relict of an ancient tropical or subtropical flora. — A. LeRoy Andrews. 347. PoTiER de la Varde, R. Contribution a la fiore bryologique du Kikouyou (Afrique orientale anglaise). [Contribution to the bryological flora of Kikuyu (British East Africa).] Rev. Bryologigue 47: 49-54. 6 fig. 1920. — This report is based on a collection made by J. Soul in the vicinity of Nairobi, during the years 1912 and 1913. The species listed number 29, full data regarding localities being given under each. The following species are described as new and figured: Anomobryum sulcatum Th6r. & P. de la V., Bryum Soulii Th6r. & P. de la v., Hylophila acuminata Broth. & P. de la V., Philonotis Soulii P. de la V., and Tortella Therioti Broth. & P. de la V. Two new varieties are likewise described and the capsule of Lindbergia patentifolia Dixon, hitherto unknown, is figured. — A. W. Evans. No. 1, August, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 53 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, LICHENS, BACTERIA, AND MYXOMYCETES H. M. FiTZPATKiCK, Editor FUNGI (See also in this issue Entries 151, 219, 492, 515, and those in the section Pathology) 348. Anonymous. Auskunft iiber Speisepilze. [Information concerning edible fungi.] Naturwiss. Zeitschr. Forst- u. Landw. 18: 278-279. 1920. — Agaricus melleus, well known in Germany as a serious enemy of soft woods, is described with reference to its life-history, morphology, edibility, etc. The edible qualities and food possibilities of the species are emphasized; a recipe for cooking is given. — /. Roeser. 349. Chipp, T. F. A list of the fungi of the Malay Peninsula. Gardens Bull. Straits Settlements 2: 311-418. 1920. — A complete list of the known fungi of the Peninsula with localities and hosts. — 7. H. Burkill. 350. Church, A. H. Elementary notes on the morphology of fungi. Bot. Mem. [Oxford] 7. 29 p. 1920. — These are notes apparently used by the author in connection with some of his courses in botany. — J. S. Cooley. 351. Clayley, Dorothy M. Some observations on the life-history of Nectria galligena Bres. Ann. Botany 35: 79-92. PI. 4, 5., fig. l-?5. 1921, — A study of the morphology and cultural characters of a fungus isolated from an apple canker in Britain. The writer agrees with Weese that the Nectria which has been shown to form definite cankers on beech and other trees, and which has been discussed in literature under the name Nectria ditissima Tul., should be called N . galligena Bres. This fungus grew well and completed its life-history on a starch medium containing 1 per cent glycerine. All stages of the fungus, — microspores, macrospores, and perithecia,' — develop normally on potato slants with 1 per cent glj'cerine, the latter being the only medium found on which the fungus developed perithecia. Pycnidia were found on bark but no mature pycnidia were seen in pure culture on artificial media. There is thus insufficient proof that pycnidia occur in the life-history of N . galligena. — Several ascogonia occur in the young perithecium; these degenerate and disappear before the forma- tion of the asci. The ascogenous hyphae, from which the asci develop, arise de novo from cells at the base of the perithecium, the nuclei of which have the same characteristics as the nuclei of the ascogonia. The further development of the perithecium could not be followed. — W. P. Eraser. 352. Garrett, A. 0. Smuts and rusts of Utah — IV. Mycologia 13: 101-110. 1921.— The paper includes discussions of 5 smuts and 45 rusts. Hilaria Jamesii is reported as a new host for Ustilago Hypodytes (Schlecht.) Fries, and Lepidiiim perjoliatum and culivated Tro- paeolum as new hosts for Puccinia subnitens Dietel. — H. R. Rosen. 353. Gloyer, W. O. Septoria leaf blight on the China aster. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 50-51. 1921. — A new disease of China aster {CalHstephus chinensis) has been under obser- vation in New York State since 1915. The leaves are spotted and finally killed by Septoria Callistephi n. sp. — B. B. Higgins. 354. Grove, W. B. Mycological notes.— V. Jour. Botany 59: 13-17. 1921.— The new combination Boydia insculpta (Oud.) Grove is made, it being shown that several species supposed by various authors to be distinct are really forms of the same species. A collection of undoubted Puccinia Peucedani-parisiensis (DC.) Lindr. from Britain is discussed. Notes are included on some fresh collections of Phomopsis ahietina Grove. [See also Bot, Absts. 8, Entry 1294.]— A'. M. Wiegand. 54 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 355. GuiART, J. Considerations sur le mycetome, a propos d'un cas nouveau. [Considera- tions upon mycetomes with reference to a new case.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. Paris 83: 277- 278. 1920. — In a mycetome with white grains of the Aspergillus type a thin pigment layer was found which leads the author to conclude that this is a step in the transition from the white-grained to dark-grained type, and that accordingly the genera Indiella and Madurella are the same fungus in respectively the white-grain and dark-grain stage of development of the mycetome. — E. A. Bessey. 356. HoRNE, Arthur S. Diagnoses of fungi from spotted apples. Jour. Botany 58: 238-242. 1920. — The new genus Polyopeus is described, and a synopsis of the 4 species included is given. The genus is referred to the Hyphomycetes. The following new species and varie- ties are given: Pleospora poviorum, Fuckelia botryoidea, Coniothyrium cydoniae Brun. var. mail, C. convolutum, Alternaria po7mcola, and Sclerotium stellatum. — K. M. Wiegand. 357. MuRRiLL, W. A. A new bolete from Porto Rico. Mycologia 13: 60-61. 1921. — A species with pale, ellipsoidal spores is described as Gyroporvs Earlei sp.nov. — H. R. Rosen. 358. MuRRiLL, W. A. Light-colored resupinate polypores — III. Mycologia 13: 83-100. 1921. — A continuation of studies previously reported (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 460). In this paper rose-colored, lilac, red and purple species of Porta are described. Among the 26 species treated, the following are new: Fo)-m aZ6i?-osea, P.subundata, P . subincarnata (Peck), P, Dodgei, P. Bracei, and P. subbadia. — H. R. Rosen. 359. MuRRiLL, W. A. Two species of Fuscoporia. Mycologia 13: 119. 1921. — Two new combinations are made based on dark-colored species previously included in Poria. They are Fuscoporia tenerrima (Berk. & Rav.), and F.nebulosa (Berk. & Curt.). — H. R. Rosen. 360. MuRRiLL, W. A. A double mushroom. Mycologia 13: 119-122. Fig. 1-3. 1921.— A peculiar carpophore of Agaricus campestris is described in which there are 2 sets of gills as well as 2 stems. An appearance is given such as would exist if the caps of 2 mushrooms occur- ring side by side had entirely grown together and the stronger mushroom had lifted the other into the air. Comparable abnormalities in other gill-fungi are noted. — H. R. Rosen. 361. MuRRiLL, W. A. The genus Tinctoporia. Mycologia 13: 122-123. 1921.— Three new combinations are made and the forms described. Tinctoporia aurantiotingens (Ellis & Macbr.) Murrill becomes T. albocincta (Cooke & Masse) comb. nov. on the basis of prior- ity; the other new combinations are T. graphica (Bres.) based on Poria graphica, and T. Fuligo (Berk. & Br.), based on Polyporus {Poria) Fuligo. — H. R. Rosen. 362. Pennell, Francis W. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 13: 126-128. 1921. 363. PuTTEMANS, A. Glocosporium Bombacis, n. sp. Bull. Soc. Path. Veg. France 7: 74-75. 1920. — The above fungus found on Bomax (Pachyra) insignis in the vicinity of Sao Paulo, Brazil, is described and its effect upon the host indicated. Bordeaux mixture is suggested as a control measure. — C. L. Shear. 364. Reinking, Otto A. Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philippines and their hosts I. Philippine Jour. Sci. 15: 479-490. 1919. [See also the 3 following entries.] 365. Reinking, Otto A. Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philippines and their hosts II. Philippine Jour. Sci. 16: 107-179. 1920. — Identification of the higher Basidiomycetes col- lected on Mount Maquiling and in the vicinity of Los Baiios, Laguana Province, Luzon, in Mindanao, and in Sulu, with special reference to the host plants. [See also the preceding entry and the 2 following ones.] — Albert. R. Sweetser. No. 1, August, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 55 366. Reinking, Otto A. Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philippines and their hosts III. Philippine Jour. Sci. 16: 527-537. 1920. [See also the following entry and tlie2 pre- ceding ones.] 367. Reinking, Otto A. Higher Basidiomycetes from the Philippines and their hosts IV. Philippine Jour. Sci. 17: 363-37-1. 1920. [See also the o preceding entries.] 368. Seaver, Fred J. Photographs and descriptions of cup-fungi — IX. North American species of Discina. Mycologia 13: 07-71. PL 4- 1921. — The genus /Jiscina is described and is interpreted as including large cup-fungi which have appendiculate spores. Four species are recognized and described, including D. apiculata (Cooke) Seaver, comb, nov., and D. convoluta Seaver, sp. nov. — //. R. Rosen. 369. Speare, a. T. Massospora cicadina Peck — a fungus parasite of the periodical cicada. Mycologia 13: 72-82. PI. 5-6. 1921. — An extensive mycological study of the fungus, including both the conidial and resting spore stages. It is shown to belong to the Ento- mophthorales. — H. R. Rosen. 370. Stone, R. E. Leaf scorch or mollisiose of strawberry. [Abstract.] Phj^topathol- ogy 11 : 44. 1921. — A leaf disease of strawberries, serious in certain parts of Ontario, Canada, is due to Marssonina Potentillae. This fungus has been proved to be the conidial stage of Mollisia Earliana (E, & E.) Sacc. — B. B. Higgins. 371. Weiss, Harry B., and Erdman West. Additional fungous insects and their hosts. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington [D. C] 34:59-62. 1921. — A list of insects found on various fungi is given. — J. C. Oilman. 372. WoRMALD, H. On the occurrence in Britain of the ascigerous stage of a "brown-rot" fungus. Ann. Botany 35: 125-135. PI. 6-7, fig. 1-9. 1921.— The author describes a Sclerotinia found on mummified plums. Cultures from single ascospores gave conidia of the Monilia cinerea type. The spores agreed in size with those produced in culture from conidia taken from plums naturally infected with M. cinerea. Inoculations on plum flowers and fruit and cherry fruit with conidia obtained from cultures gave infection, while inoculations on apple flowers were not followed by invasion of the flowering spurs. Inoculations with a strain of Manilla isolated from a dead flowering spur of apple gave ready invasion of the flowering axis. The fungus is referred to Sclerotinia cinerea (Bon.) Schroter. The author also compares the brown-rot Sclerotinias and concludes that the Monilia strain obtained from North America is very similar to the gray Monilia common in Britain, but differs from the latter in its mode of growth in culture. Strains of Monilia from plum obtained in France and Holland proved similar in form to those in Britain. The American Sclerotinia appears, therefore, to be a distinct species, or at least a form culturally distinct from the European Monilia cinerea Bon. The Sclerotinias occurring on apricots and cherries in Europe show no essential morphological dilferences. Further study is needed to determine whether they are culturally or biologically distinct. — W. P. Eraser. LICHENS 373. Church, A. H. The lichen as transmigrant. Jour. Botany 59: 7-13, 40-46. 1921.— In a previous paper (see Bot. Absts. S, Entry 477) the author has suggested that lichens, or at least the fungous part, have arisen from algal ancestors. In the present paper it is pointed out that the intrusion of algal gonidia is not an unusual phenomenon, as the intrusion of photosynthetic as well as non-photosynthetic bodies occurs in a great many aquatic animals and plants. Many examples are given. It is the fungus which must be considered in phy- logeny. Instead of flagellated zooids, the ancestors of the Ascomycetes probably had an open hymenium with asci discharging their spores by hydrostatic tension; the perithecium is more recent. Numerous small ascocarps, as in most lichens, is a more primitive condition than 56 PALEOBOTANY [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, a single large cup, as in Peziza. It is among the lichen-forming Ascomycetes that the most prominent suggestion of vestigial sexual organs occurs. Though curiously parallel, the Florideae and the lichens have no direct connection. The higher algae present a firm cortical layer resistant to intrusion and therefore the gonidia of lichens did not intrude during life in the open sea but probably in pools. It may be suggested that fungal hyphae represent the internal heterotropic portion of a seaweed with the cortical photosynthetic layers lost because of lack of oxygen. The complex soma of higher fungi simply represents the "skinned" soma of a complex alga, hence the striking similarities in reproduction. The algae of the lichen gonidia have penetrated later into the denuded algal soma; in this connection the attachment of unicellular algae to denuded seaweeds in pools is noted. The lack of sufficient oxygen for respiration at night in pools probably led to the death of the cortical layer, and probably to migration to subaerial ("splash") habitats. The first stage of migration to the land is shown by seaweeds living above the surface, but within the region of "splash." Lack of nitrogen and water keep the lichen thallus small after emergence. Resistance to drought is not characteristic of lichens, occurring also in some algae and fungi. Lichens are probably the oldest surviving race of land plants. It remains to show the course of evolution in the reproductive processes. The lichens and fungi are evidently polyphyletic. — K. M. Wiegand. PALEOBOTANY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY E. W. Beery, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 332, 339, 373, 512) •> 374. Arber, Agnes. Water plants: a study of aquatic angiosperms. xvi + 436 p 171 fig. Cambridge Univ. Press. 31s. 6d. 1920. — The book contains mucli of intert&t from the standpoint of phylogeny and evolution. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 380.] — E. W. Berry. 375. Berry, Edward W. A Potamogeton from the Upper Cretaceous. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 420^423, Fig. 1-8. 1921. — A very characteristic Potamogeton, P. perryi, is described from the Ripley formation, late Upper Cretaceous, of western Tennessee. — E. W. Berry. 376. Carpentier, Alfred. Decouverte du genre Plinthiotheca Zeiller dans le West- phalien du nord de la France. [Discovery of the genus Plinthiotheca Zeiller in the Westphalian of northern France.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 814-815. 1921. — This form, described originally from Heraclee, Asia Minor, is recorded from Pas-de-Calais. It is interpreted as a microsporophyll, elliptical in form and about 11 X 21 mm, in size, with one surface covered with microsporangia. It is considered to represent the microsporophyll of either Ldnop- teris obliqua or N europteris gigantea. — E. W. Berry. 377. Chudeau, R., etP. H. Fritel. Quelques bois silicifies du Sahara. [Several silici- fied woods from the Sahara.] Bull. Soc. Geol. France 20: 202-207. Fig. 1. 1920.— The general occurrence and varied age of sandstones with silicified wood throughout northern Africa are discussed. Three specimens of wood from the Sahara sandstone are described which are referred to the recently proposed form genus Mesemhryoxylon Seward, and are considered as probably of Cretaceous age. — E. W. Berry. 378. Coleman, A. P. Paleobotany and the earth's early history. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 315-319. 1921, — A criticism, from the standpoint of physical geology, of Knowlton's thesis of uniform geologic climates under the influence of terrestrial heat. — E. W . Berry. 379. Depape, G. Sur la presence du Juglans cinerea L. fossilis Bronn dans la fiore plai- sancienne de Saint-Marcel-d' Ardeche. [On the presence of Juglans cinerea L. in the Plio- cene of Saint-Marcel-d' Ardeche.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171: 865-866. 1920. No. 1, August, 1921] PALEOBOTANY 57 380. GuppY, H. B. Evolution of water plants. [Rev. of: Arber, Agnes. Water plants : a study of aquatic angiosperms. xvi + 436 p. University Press: Cambridge, 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 374).] Nature 106:402-463, 1920. 381. Fritel, p. H. Sur I'existence de I'Oeillette (Papaver somniferum var nigrum DC.) en Provence, a I'epoque quaternaire. [On the existence of the poppy in the Pleistocene of Pro- vence.] Bull. Soc. G(5ol. France 20: 207-208. Fig. 1. 1920.— A well preserved capsule of a poppy from Aygalades, Bouches-du-Rhone, contained in a tuff of middle Pleistocene age is described and figured. — E. W. Berry. 382. Janet, Chas. Considerations sur I'etre vivant. Premiere partis. Resume prelimi- naire de la constitution del'orthobionte. [Considerations on the living being. Part one, Prelimi- nary resume of the organization of the orthobiont.] 80 p., 1 pi. Beauvais. 1920. — Study of ontogenj' shows tliat all life springs from a single initial form — a phj^to-zoo-fiagellate, extra- terrestrial in origin. Primordial assemblages of cells are called "merismes." Cells are of two kinds, — plano-plastids (flagellated) and aplano-plastids (non-flagellated), one form lead- ing to the other. The primitive cell is eventually imperishable. A merisme consisting of a sporadic swarm with its derivative, the filament (of Ulothrix), and to transformations of that filament, is given the name "plethea." The first cell is a proplastid; cells in process of division are ontoplastids; products of division forming the merisme are teleplasts. Tele- plasts are eventually imperishable (gonidia) and are apt to develop into new merismes. Plano- plastids of the plethea may develop into a new merisme, the blastea, a spherical sheet formed of a single layer of cells. The type of this process is furnished by the ontogeny of the blastea of Volvox, stages of which are seen in the development of Algae, Bryophyta, Pteridophyta, and Anthophyta. The blastea of the phyto-zoo-flagellate may be considered as being repre- sented by the blasteas of the phyto-flagellates, the Chlorophyceae, and the zoo-flagellates. Its proplastid is a planoplastid transformed by conditions into an aplanoplastid. There is a pletheoblasteen alternation in the primitive living form: (1) Alternation of plethea and blastea, resulting in piano-spores; (2) intercalary alternations of plethea and blastea, result- ing in piano-spores; (3) male and female gametes; (4) parthenogenesis where there is failure of conjugation. Development that has its birth with the zygote disappears with the death of its merismes or terminates in a new zygote constituting a "holobiont." A line of merismes leading directly from an initial zygote to a first new zygote is an "orthobiont," which may be simple or double (with parthenogenetic alternation). The orthobiont is the essential ele- ment of phyletic lines. Phyto-flagellates and zoo-flagellates considered without regard to the divergences of the phyla differ merely in the mode of nutrition. The Volvocaceae are purely blastean chlorophytes in which occurs the differentiation into vegetative and sexual cells. In the unbranched Chlorophyceae, Ulothrix (a purely gonidial form) is directly derived from a chlorophyllian phyto-flagellate. The Chlorophyceae are pletheoblastean in nature. Departing from Ulothrix a differentiation of this state leads by way of the branched Chlorophyceae to the proto-archegoniate ancestor of the primitive eu-archegoniate, whence are directly derived the related groups, Bryophyta and Pteridophyta. The gymnosperms, or astigmates, are derived from a heterosporous pteridophyte of the extinct group of Cycado- filices. The angiosperms, or stigmates, are derived either from a pteridophyte of the Cyca- dofilices group related to that from which the gymnosperms originated, or from a primitive gymnosperm. — The primitive animal, the zoo-flagellate, or protozoan, is an orthobiont, simple or exceptionally double (parthenogenesis). The somatic animal, or metazoan, is derived from an ancestral zoo-flagellate with a simple orthobiont. The orthobiont of the insect, which is taken as a type, comprises an initial blastea plus alternation of plethea and blastea, plus blastea. The zygote develops into a blastea which in the very beginning differ- entiates into (1) soma and (2) a gonidium of the orthobiontic value of a spore. The germ is the product and direct descendant of the spore or primordial germinal cell which constitutes the single and precocious gonidium of the initial blastea. — Winifred Goldring. 58 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 383. Reynolds, S. H. The lithological succession of the carboniferous limestone (Avonian) in the Avon Section at Clifton, Bristol. [Abstract.] Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 7: 255-256. 1921. — Among other things regarding the rocks of the Avon Section the author saj^s that the 3 Modiola phases (calcareous-Iagoon phases) of Kn, C2-S2, and the top of S2 recognized by Dixon in Gower, are represented in the Avon Section, and that with them are constantly associated calcareous algae. The upper S2 Zone is largely algal in origin, the Cotham-Mar- ble-like layers consisting of Mitcheldeania or Spongostroma. The former is the most per- sistent calcareous alga, ranging from the base of the section to the top of S2. OrUmella is characteristic of the K beds. Solenopora is also found here. Spongiosti'oma is the prevalent organism in many of the calcite-mudstones of C2 and S. Girvmiella is found in Di, and Aph- ralysia in C2 and S. The "Seminula-pisolite" structure of Vaughan proves to be of algal origin. [From author's abstract of a paper read at the meeting of the Geological Society.] — H. H. Cluvi. 384. ScHiTCHERT, C. Evolution of geologic climates. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 320-324. 1921. — Knowlton's conclusions that climate in the past was uniform and mild is criticized, and it is concluded that "throughout its history the earth has had temperature zones, varying from an intensity as marked as that of today to almost complete absence, so that the greater part of the earth had an almost uniformly mild climate, without winter." — E. W. Berry. 385. Stevens, Neil E. Two petrified palms from interior North America. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 431-443. Fig. 1-16. 1921. — Pahnoxylon cheyennense is described in detail from the Pierre Cretaceous of South Dakota, and Palmoxj/lon cannoni from the lower part of the Den- ver formation (Eocene) of Colorado. — E. W. Berry. 386. T., H. H. [Rev. of: Scott, D. H. Studies in fossil botany. Vol. 1, Srd ed., 8vo., 4S4 p., 190 fig. A. & C. Black: London, 1920.] Jour. Botany 59: 53-55. 1921. 387. Twenhofel, W. H. The Comanchean and Dakota strata of Kansas. Amer. Jour. Sci. 49: 281-297. 1920. — The paper contains a number of references to the Dakota flora. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 388. WiELAND, G. R. Paleobotany as viewed by two geologists. Science 53: 437-439. 1921. — A note on geological climates. — E. W. Berry. PATHOLOGY G. H. Coons, Editor C. W. Bennett, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 5, 6, 15, 27, 30, 39, 40, 46, 47, 48, 50, 58, 82, 91, 139, 230, 235, 288, 349, 352, 353, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 370, 529, 530) PLANT DISEASE SURVEY; REPORT OF OCCURRENCE AND SEVERITY 389. Anonymous. Report on the prevalence of some pests and diseases in the West Indies during 1918. West Indian Bull. 18 : 34-CO. 1920. — A compilation from the reports of the prin- cipal agricultural officers in each of the colonies under the auspices of the Imperial Depart- ment of Agriculture. The degree of prevalence of the various diseases attacking local crops is given with suitable notes. — J. S. Dash. 390. Butler, E. J. Report of the Imperial Mycologist. Sci. Kept. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa 1919-20: 58-67. 1920. — The report is a statement of progress in a number of lines of investigation. In "black band" of jute {Corchorus olitorius and C. capsularis), caused by Diplodia Corchori Syd., red-stemmed varieties are found to be slightly less susceptible than others; treatment of seed with fungicides is of little value, as the spores are not disseminated No. 1, August, 1921] PATHOLOGY 59 along with seed to any appreciable extent. — Spraying was continued in orchards in Kumaon (outer Himalayas). — Identification of, and inoculation experiments in, Fusarium, Ilelmin- thosporium, Acrotheciwn, and Rhizoctonia diseases of cereals is in progress. — Rot in stored potatoes appears to be due to excessive temperature, and not primarily to fungous inva- sions.— A root rot of cotton (Gossyjniwi) appears to be associated with some unknown soil conditions. — A fungous flora of India is in preparation. "The total number of recorded species is probably under 2000, which is certainly not one-fourth of those that exist." — The report closes with a program for work in 1920-21, and a list of publications for the 3^ear. — Winfield Dudgeon. 391. NowELL, W. A disease of coco-nut. Imp. Dept. Agric. West Indies Rept. Agric. Dept. St. Lucia 1918-19: 7. 1920. — Diseased specimens when received by the author were in bad condition; nevertheless a phycomycete resembling Pyihivrn or Phyto]>hthora was much in evidence on the central shoot and unexpanded leaflets. Because of parasitic habits of this group, this organism is suspected of having etiological relationships. Question arises whether this fungus is related to Pythium pabnivorvm, the bud-rot organism of the East recently suspected of causing coconut disease in Jamaica. Fructifications in the St. Lucia fungus are round or nearly so, and resemble the zoosporangia of Pythium deBaryanum more than do the pear-shaped Phytophthora-like sporangi of Pythium palmivorum and the Jamaica species. Further investigation is needed. Meanwhile, Bordeaux or Burgundy mixture, preferably with milk or resin soap to increase adhesion, is recommended for controlling the disease. — J. S. Dash. 392. ScHMiTZ, Henry. Observations on some common and important diseases of the rhododendron. Phytopathology 10: 273-278. 11 pi. 1920.— The important diseases of the rhododendron on the Pacific coast are summarized as follows: Sporocyhe azaleae, Melampsor- opsis piperiana, witches' brooms, white leaf, Lophodermium rhododendri, Coccomyces dentatus, Coryneum rhododendri, Sphaerella rhododendri, Pestalozzia guepini, and Cryptostictis sp. The symptoms of all these diseases are described and control measures are suggested for some. — Ruth G. Bitterman. 393. Schneider, Georg. Der Kartoffelkrebs, eine eigenartige neue Kartoffelkrankheit in Deutschland. [The potato wart, a peculiar new potato disease in Germany.] 8 p., 5 fig. P. Parey : Berlin, 1918. — (Mitteil. K. Marine-Intendantur, Wilhelmshaven.) — A circular for the practical gardener and farmer giving the history' and distribution of the potato wart dis- ease in Germany, and an account of the life history of the pathogene. Emphasis is placed on the fact that this disease may become a serious factor in field potato culture although it is now restricted to home gardens in industrial centers where continuous potato culture is practiced and field sanitation unknown. Recommendations for preventing its further spread are given and the experience of England with the potato wart disease is cited as a warning to Germany. — The spread of initial infection is thought to be due to penetration of the deeper- lying tissues by swarm-spores liberated in the superficial tissue layers. The finding of sporangia in the base of an epidermal hair is reported. — F. Weiss. 394. Taylor, H. V. The distribution of wart disease. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 27: 733-738, 863-867. 1920. 395. Taylor, H. V. The distribution of wart disease. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 27 : 946-953. 1921 . 396. VoGLiNO, P., E V. BoNGiNi. Malattie riscontrate nel mese di Dicembre. [Diseases observed in December.] Pubbl. Mens. R. Osservatorio Fitopatol. Torino 1: 2-3. 1919.— The list of diseases includes apricot gummosis, Polyporus igniarius on cherry, Botrytis cinerea and Gymnosporangium tremelloides on apple, Fusicladium pirinum on pear, Bacillus ampelopsorae on grape, Sclerotinia libertiana on carrot, lettuce bacteriosis, and Phytophthora infestans on potato. — Edith K. Cash. 60 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 397. VoGLiNO, p., E V. BoNGiNi. Malattie riscontrate nel mese di Gennaio. [Diseases observed in January.] Pubbl. Mens. R. Osservatorio Fitopatol. Torino. 2: 2-3. 1919. — The following fungous and bacterial diseases are mentioned: Clasterosporium carpophilum on apricot, cherry, and almond, mulberry root-rot, Septoria limonuyn on lemon, Botrytiscinerea on apple, peach gummosis, »Sep 7«4 F2 = (1) (M1M2) (MM,) (2) (M1M2) (^3^4) (3) as Fi (4) (wima) {msmi) The following combination is lacking: (miTOa) (M3M4) These combinations are barred out: (M1M2) (m3M4), and (M1M2) (Mmd There is repulsion between groups (mimz) and (M3M4), that is, a coupling of groups (M3M4) and (M1M2), but not vice versa. Limiting "wild-form" (wf) to the coupled character pair brittle-fully-bearded and "cultivated-form" (cf) to non-brittle-weakly-bearded, then the method of inheritance is as follows, agreeing with the barley-glume type: No. 2, September, 1921] GENETICS 123 Pi cf X wf ; Fi intermediate (in general the non-brittleness of cf dominant) F, F, wf i Intermediate I 9 Constant 4 segregate, wf : I : cf = 4 : 9 : 3 2 segregate, I : wf = 3:1 2 segregate, I : cf => 3 : 1 1 constant of 3 2 segregate, cf : wf = 3 : 1 1 constant This is explained on a bi-factorial basis on presence and absence theory as "wild-form" (A BAB) and "cultivated-form" (abab), or on association-dissociation difference in relation to 3 mutually present factors, where "wild-form" is A'^B'^C and "cultivated-form" is aIbIC.— C. E. Leighty. 771. VooTHERR, Karl. tJber die theoretischen Grundlagen des VariabilitSts- und Deszendenzproblems. [On the theoretical fundamentals of the problems of variation and de- scent.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 19: 39-72. 1918. — In his introduction the author claims that whereas empirically great progress has been made with experiments in which species of animals have been modified into others by changing external conditions, the theory is still backward, and the strife between the Lamarckians and Darwinists is con- tinued with the old blunted weapons. He is greatly impressed by Tower's classical experi- ments on the production of new species of potato beetles by experimental conditions and by Kammerer's work on Alytes, which he thinks prove the possibility of evolution in organisms. Both in inorganic objects and in organisms atypical and typical forms can be distinguished. Typically formed natural objects do not follow external influences but internal laws There are no completely typical natural obj ects. The real task of the naturalist is to find the typical among what happens. — Variation can be caused by changes in external conditions or can be also combined with a change in the internal plant. The author calls these 2 kinds of variation homotypical and heterotypical. — The causes for all variations are changes in the environment. The lines according to which the phylogenetic development will proceed are potentially de- termined and unchangeable. — According to Vogtherr it is illogical to demand that the changed character shall continue after the conditions which caused them have changed back to the original ones. Putting the organisms back into normal conditions is a second experiment on heredity, and a change of the characters back to normal constitutes a second, additional proof, not a refutation. There is no reason to expect that heterotypical variation will be irreversible. The author introduces a "vital force" (Lebenskraft). This vital force reacts upon external conditions. That part of the paper in which the author defines his standpoint as not being quite that of either Driesch, Kant, or Schopenhauer should be read in the original. — The cause of physical things can never be psychical. It is fundamentally impossi- ble to find a scientific explanation of the harmony which we observe in organisms, because the organizing principles are the forces of the organic nature. This harmony is not historically developed, but it has always existed and will exist eternally. — A. L. Hagedoorn. 772. Waardenburq, P. J. [Dutch rev. of: Behr. Die Heredodegeneration der Makula. (Heredodegeneration of the macula.) Klin, Alonatsbl. Augenheilk. 65: 4G5. 1920.] Genetica 3:88-91. 1921. 773. Waardenburg, P. J. [Dutch rev. of: Briggs, H. H. Hereditary congenital ptosis with report of 64 cases conforming to the Mendelian rule of dominance. Amer. Jour. Oph- thalmol. 1919:408. 1919.] Genetica 3: 65-GG. 1921. 774. Waardenburg, P. J. [Dutch rev. of: Fleischer, Bruno. tJber myotonische Dystrophia mit Katarakt. (Myotonic dj'strophia and cataract.) Arch. Ophthalmol. 96: 91-133.1918.] Genetica 3: 91-96. 1921. 775. Waardenburg, P. J. [Dutch rev. of: Traquair, H. M. Hereditary glioma of the retina. British Jour. Ophthalmol. Jan., 1919.] Genetica 3: 81. 1921. BOTANICAIi ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 2 124 HORTICULTURE [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 776. Westerbeek vanEerten, J. B. [Dutch rev. of: Westerbeek van Eerten, J. B. arts te Hummelo. Eugenetiek, historischcritisch over-zicht. (Eugenics, a historical critical review.) S07 p. A. A. von Deutekom: Utrecht, 1920.] Genetica 3 : 81-88. 1921. 777. Wettstein, F. von. Kiinstliche haploide Parthenogenese bei Vaucheria und die geschlechtliche Tendenz ihrer Keimzellen. [Artificial haploid parthenogenesis in Vaucheria and the sexual tendency of its germ cells.) Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 260-266. Fig. 1-S. 1920. — Antheridia were removed at a very early stage of development; later, when the oogon- ivmi had reached its full size and was cut off by a partition wall, but before opening, it was pricked with a fine needle or with a thin, sharp glass capillary tube. To prevent the oozing out of the cell contents, each operation was performed in a plasmolyzing solution (3 per cent KNO3) ; after about 2 minutes the plant was returned to the normal nutrient solution. Of numerous oogonia of Vaucheria hamata (Vauch.) DC. thus treated, 3 grew out into filaments; 1 of these filaments died while still short; the other 2 were separated from the parent plant, and each deve' oped into a plant of typical form which, like the mother plant, bore both an- theridia and oogonia. — Of a considerable number of antheridia similarly wounded, 2 developed into filaments, 1 of which survived to become likewise a typical monoecious plant. — Of V . sessilis (Vauch.) DC., 1 oogonium was induced to regenerate, with similar results. — These experiments are considered as supporting the notion of Correns that both sexual potentiali- ties are present in the cells of both monoecious and dioecious plants, whether haploid or dip- loid, and that the development of either sex organ results from the action of factors which inhibit the expression of the opposite potentiality, either in the plant as a whole (dioecism) or in a particular part of the plant (monoecism). In the present case, the regenerating organs contained only the sexual nuclei, which in each case, therefore, must carry both sexual poten- tialities.— C. E. Allen. 778. WiTscHi. [German rev. of: Lebedinsky, N. G. Darwins geschlechtliche Zucht- wahl und ihre arterhaltende Bedeutung. (Darwin's sexual selection and its significance for the maintenance of species.) Habilitationsvortrag Univ. Basel. 31 -p. Helbing Lich- tenhahn: Basel, 1918. Idem. Geschlechtsdimorphismus und Sexualselektion. (Sex dimor- phism and sexual selection.) Verh. Naturf. Ges. Basel 30: 1919.] Biol. Zentralbl. 40: 571-573. 1920. HORTICULTURE J. H. GouRLEY, Editor H. E. Knowlton, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 590, 604, 606, 625, 662, 666, 667, 729, 898, 910, 932, 948, 954, 960, 1020, 1038, 1070, 1093, 1094) FRUITS AND GENERAL HORTICULTURE 779. Anonymous. Culturas intercalares entre os coqueiros. [Crops for interplanting between coconuts.] Bol. Agric. [Nova Goa, Portuguese East India] 1 : 210-212. 1919. — Minor crops are listed which can be cultivated between the rows in coconut plantations, including those that may be grown during the first 5 years before the coconuts are in bearing and those that may be grown after that time. Sweet potatoes, coffee, millet, bananas, cassava, tomatoes, peppers, eggplants, and other vegetables are recommended. Various leguminous cover crops will also prove beneficial. — John A. Stevenson. 780. Anonymous. Posifac do coco-semente no solo. [Position of the seed coconut in the ground.] Bol. Agric. [Nova Goa, Portuguese East India] 1:212-214. 1919. — An experi- ment was carried out to ascertain the proper position for planting coconuts. One lot was placed vertically with the germ end up, a 2nd lot in the reverse position, a 3rd lot horizontal with the germ end slightly depressed, a 4th lot horizontal, and a 5th lot the reverse of the 3rd. It was found that coconuts in the 3rd and 4th positions germinated best. — John A. Stevenson. No. 2, September, 1921] HORTICULTURE 125 781. Anonymous. Sobre a floragao da mangueiro. [The blooming of the mango.] Bol. Agric. [Nova Goa, Portuguese East India] 1: 207-210. 1919. — The causes of non-flowering in the mango (Mangifera indica) are discussed, inchiding excessive heat and hiimidity, insects, and overproduction the previous year. Remedies for certain of these conditions are outlined. — John A. Stevenson. 782. Anonymous. Two new raspberries. Jour. Pomol. 1 : 243. 2 pi. 1920. — Two promis- ing new varieties of red raspberry are described, the Pyne's Royal and the Park Lane, both originated by Mr. Pyne of Topsham, Devon, and introduced in 1912 and 1913. — L. //. MacDaniels. 783. Allen, W. J. Fruit trees that have been blown over. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 292. 1921. — The article discusses the handling of such trees. — L. R. Wcddron. 784. Anthony, R. D. Has the orchard survey a place on the research program? Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 174-178. 1920 [1921]. — This paper discusses the manner in which a pomological survey, dealing chiefly with apples, was conducted in Pennsylvania. The author concludes that, inasmuch as the survey brought the College and Station staff into close contact with actual field conditions in the state, the staff was thereby in a much better position to plan and conduct its research work so as to be of the greatest value to the state. This would not have been possible without the intimate knowledge of the problems which were brought out by the survey. — H. W. Rickey. 785. Auchter, E. C. A preliminary report on apple and pear breeding in Maryland. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 19-32. 1920 [1921]. — This is a preliminary report covering the in- vestigations in apple and pear breeding during the past 15 years. The pear crosses are mainly between Keiffer and other standard varieties. In most of the apple crosses one or both parents were from early varieties. Since many of the pear and apple seedlings have not fruited, a detailed study has been made only of the results secured from the 1907 early-apple crosses. The varieties intercrossed have been chiefly Early Ripe, Yellow Transparent, Williams, Red June, Astrachan, and Early Harvest. Seeds have also been secured from these varieties when open pollinated. The results show that certain crosses set fruit better than others; that more seeds per apple were produced from some crosses; that the percentage of germina- tion varied considerably, and that in certain crosses a greater percentage of seedlings died, whether from poor environmental conditions or weak constitutional vigor. There is a sugges- tion that the factor, or factors, for long length of apples is dominant over the factor, or factors, for shorter length, those for red color over those for yellow color, and those for acid or sub- acid flavor over those for mild sub-acid or sweet flavor. The fruit of seedlings has about the same ripening period as that of their parents. Of the 166 crossed seedlings, 24 appear to be promising, of the 90 seedlings produced from open pollinated fruit, only 2 are promising. Williams seems to be a good variety for early-apple breeding. Of the cross, Williams X Transparent, one seedling, ripening as early as the earliest Transparents, is very promising. — E. C. Auchter. 786. Balme, Juan. El kaki. [The kaki] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 505-507. S fig. 1920. — The possibilities of the culture of the kaki, or Japanese persimmon, in Mexico are discussed. Several varieties are described. — John A. Stevenson. 787. Balme, Juan. El porvenir de las frutas tropicales. El coco y el datil. [The future of tropical fruits. The coconut and the date.] Rev. Agric. [^lexico] 5: 579-5S1. 3 fig. 1920. — The possibilities of growing the date and coconut commercially in Mexico are discussed. — John A. Stevenson. 788. Balme, Juan. La viticulture en Mexico. [Viticulture in Mexico.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] S : 581-583. 2 fig. 1920. — In order to encourage the grape growing industry in Mexico, the Department of Agriculture has decided to distribute a million plants of selected varie- ties. For comparative purposes, statistics of the California industry are given. — John A. Stevenson. 126 HORTICULTUEE [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 789. Barker, B. T. P., and G. T. Spinks. Fruit breeding investigations at Long Ashton. Jour. Pomol. 1 : 224-234. 1920. — A large number of crosses were made between different varie- ties of apples, pears, plums, cherries, currants, gooseberries, and strawberries. The purpose of the work was to produce varieties with definite combinations of characters by using known parents, and to ascertain to what extent the offspring would resemble the different parents. Most of the tree-fruit seedlings have not yet come into bearing, so no conclusions can be drawn. — Seedlings from the seeds of the same apple in a given cross resemble each other in fruit characters more closely than these from different fruits of the same cross. — The results of raspberry breeding are unsatisfactory because nearly all the hybrids produce very few blossoms. — L. H. MacDaniels. 790. Barnett, R. J. Terminology of orchard soil management methods. Proc. Amer. Soc, Hort. Sci. 17: 172-174. 1920 [1921].— The stated purpose of the article is the dis- cussion of definitely fixing the terminology and orthography of pomological literature. For illustration, a list of terms descriptive of various orchard soil management methods with their orthography and definitions is submitted. — H. W. Rickey. 791. Barss, H. P. Success in spraying. Better Fruit 15*: 3-4. 1921. — Though spraying has reached its highest development in the Pacific Northwest, there are certain pertinent facts that the grower must keep in mind in order to be successful: (1) Spraying is not a cure but a prevention; (2) timeliness of application is essential; (3) the work must be thorough (iron sulphate [copperas] may be used as an indicator) ; (4) a particular spray must be used for a particular disease or pest; (5) spraying is cmnulative in effect; (6) economy of spraying is measured not by the amount of spray saved but by the degree of prevention secured. — A. E. Murneek. 792. Beach, S. A. Fruit breeding in the Northwest and its significance in horticultural development. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 13-19. 1920 [1921]. — The author discusses fruit breeding in the upper Mississippi Valley and Great Plains regions where most of the standard fruits have failed because of inability to withstand the climatic extremes. In the more favored areas, a few standard varieties of apples and some cherries are grown, but prac- tically no standard varieties of plums, sweet cherries, peaches, quinces, pears, and other orchard fruits. — The obstacles to success in fruit breeding are many, one of the most important being the lack of hardiness of the most desirable types. Barring the crab apple, the Hibernal and others of its type appear to be superior in hardiness. One problem is to determine to what extent hardiness in the apple and crab apple can be segregated and recombined with other desirable characters, and what varieties can best be depended upon as parents to transmit these characters. Late-keeping winter apples must be developed for the region. There are several good summer and early autumn varieties which are either crab hybrids or of the Russian group. It is thought that in time many hardy varieties will be developed for this region, and that there is a great future for both amateur and commercial fruit growing in the section. — E. C. Auchter, 793. Beekhuis, H. A. Handling the peach crop. Associated Grower 1^: 7,42. 1920. — Well matured, uninjured, and properly treated peaches yield the best dried product. — E. L. Overholser. 794. BoNCQUET, P. A. The dieback of Emperor grapes. Associated Grower 1^: 9, 42, 43, 48. 1920. — Occasionally vines remain dormant, not growing in the spring. If they do develop, their growth remains incomplete and the leaves undersized. This behavior is at- tributed to lack of carbohydrate supply. — E. L. Overholser. 795. Bonnet, L. O. The Dizmar grape. Associated Grower V: 24-25, 42. 1920.— The berry is large, almost ellipsoidal in shape, has neutral flavor, thin skin, and crisp texture. The bunch is large, ovoid elongated, and loose, and the vine is vigorous with long spreading canes. It is a good shipping grape, grows well on soils adapted to the Muscat, and will bear profitable crops if pruned long. — E. L. Overholser. No. 2, September, 1921] HORTICULTURE 127 790. Brady, J. Protecting orchards from frost with smudge-pots. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 25G. 1921. — The article briefly describe.9 the method used in California. — L. R. Waldron. 797. Brown, G. G. Fertilizer for orchard and bush fruits. Better Fruit 15'': S, 2.3-25. 1921. — The writer recommends the following fertilizing program based on observations and e.xperiments performed at the Hood River Branch Experiment Station : No fertilizer should be used for young trees if the ground is clean cultivated and new growth is ample; otherwise 5-1 lb. of nitrate of soda per tree. When trees are commencing to bear, but show poor vegeta- tive growth, 2 pounds of nitrate per tree may be advisable. In old orchards nitrate of soda may be of great value, excepting where alfalfa or clover is grown and plowed in; the latter will furnish enough nitrogen to supply the needs of the tree. When alfalfa has "run out," clean cultivation may be practiced for 1 or 2 years followed by new seeding of alfalfa. A small amount of nitrate of soda may be added to advantage during the 1st year after seeding to alfalfa or clover. — For strawberries the writer recommends a complete fertilizer made up as follows: Nitrate of soda 800 lbs., superphosphateSOO lbs., beet char 400 lbs. — A. E. Murneek. 798. Brown, W. S. The December freeze — some lessons from it. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 9-14. Fig. I-4. 1921. — This article consists of notes in- dicating the relative behavior and resistance of varieties of fruit trees to winter freezes, some methods of treatment of winter-injured trees, and cultural advice on possible means of preventing such injury. — E. J. Kraus. 799. Buntard, Edward A. The history of paradise stocks. Jour. Pomol. 1: 166-176. 1920. — This is an endeavor to straighten out the confused botanical relationships of the differ- ent types of paradise stocks. The history of the various types is traced from the time of Theophrastus. — L. H. MacDaniels. 800. Chomley, F. G., and J. Arthur. Some experiences with fruit under irrigation. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 273-276. 1921.— Methods of irrigation and culture are given; also notes on varieties, and spraying to combat disease. — L. R. Waldron. 801. CoiT, J. E. Mechanical theory of splitting figs. Associated Grower Vi 30-31. 1920. — Transpiration is suddenly stopped by a drop in temperature and the roots continue to supply water to the figs, bursting them. If this hypothesis is correct the best general pre\'en- tion would be the application of uniform moisture. Fermentation is caused by infection with yeasts. If the fig is well sugared, yeast will do no harm. Fermentation by yeasts in- vites other destructive fungi, such as blue molds, black smut, and dry rot. — E. L. Overholser. 802. Condit, I. J. California fig soil and fertilizers. .Associated Grower V: 18-10. 1920. — Although very resistant to alkali, it is inadvisable to plant figs on soil containing more than 0.03 per cent total salt. A high water table acts detrimentally on the fig crop, reduces leaf surface, and retards the normal activities of the tree. — E. L. Overholser. 803. Condit, I. J. Getting the people acquainted with the great American fig. Associated Grower 1^: 18, 35. 1920. — The Kadota fig tree is resistant to unfavorable moisture conditions, and a rank grower when given an abundant water supply. The 1st crop consists of much larger sized fruit than the 2nd, the latter, however, being much better for preserving and canning purposes. Caprification affects the fruit of the Kadota more noticeably than it does most other common figs. The value of caprification depends upon ultimate use to which the fruit is to be put; thus, caprified figs though better for drying are not so desirable for canning. Being very adaptable to soil and climate conditions, the Kadota is propagated over a wide range of territory. — E. L. Overholser. 804. Condit, I. J. Points on practical culture of figs. Associated Grower 1-: 0, 46. 1920. — Caprification is now recognized as a necessity in the production of Smyrna figs. Three capri fig trees must be planted for every 100 Calimj'rna trees. The female Blastophaga can 128 HOETICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, enter when the figs are less than f inch in diameter; the flowers of such figs are presumably receptive to pollen. FVom that stage until the figs reach about 1 inch in diameter they may be entered by insects and caprified. Capri figs are ready to pick as soon as the male insects issue freely from the gall flowers. The most popular varieties of caprifigs are Stanford and Roeding No. 3. — E. L. Overholser. 805. CoNDiT, I. J. Summer pruning of the fig. Associated Grower 1^: 28-30. 1920. — Certain varieties, like the Mission and Adriatic, respond profitably to early summer pruning. Summer pruning not only favors a desirable crop but also accentuates the growth of the main framework of the tree; thus the amount of succulent growth is greatly reduced and better protection is afforded against winter frosts. — E. L. Overholser. 806. Cradwick, W. Cocoa. Jour. Jamaica Agric. Soc. 25: 52-57. 1921. — The author presents a discussion of cacao growing under Jamaican conditions, including cultural direc- tions, shading, pruning, and the proper time for picking. — John A. Stevenson. 807. Crandall, C. S. An experience in self-fertilization of the peach. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 33-37. 1920 [1921]. — Investigations were made concerning the self-fertility of seedling peach trees of known parentage, some of which were grown in the orchard and others in the greenhouse under more or less controlled conditions. Some buds were emasculated and hand pollinated while others were covered without emasculation or hand pollination. By the former method, as practiced in the orchard, 6.38 flowers were required to produce one seedling tree; by the latter, 20.5 to produce one seedling tree growing in the orchard. This reduced number was due to lack of fertilization, undeveloped embryos, and poor germination of seed. The work done under glass was less successful from the standpoint of surviving seedlings since each required the pollination of 7.24 flowers. It is probable that this difference is due to defi- cient nutrition of the trees grown in tubs. — E. C. Auchter. 80S. Crane, M. B. The raising of fruit trees from seed. Jour. Pomol. 1: 210-216. 2 fig. 1920. — An account is presented of the methods used in raising fruit-tree seedlings at the John Innes Horticultural Institution, Merton, England. Seeds of stone fruits are removed from fruits and stratified at once in sterilized sand or soil. They are kept all winter in a moist condition in cold frames with full exposure to frost. Early the following year the seeds are removed from the shells and planted in boxes in a cool greenhouse. — Apple seeds are removed from the fruits in the fall and sown directly in the germination flats in cold frames. When germination starts, the flats are taken into the cool greenhouse. — Plum and apple seeds kept dry till late in the winter will not germinate until the following year. Seedlings usually fruited the 6th year from seed. Buds from 2-year old seedlings budded on other stock flowered in 6 years from bud (8 years in all). — L. H. MacDaniels. 809. Cruess, W. V. Rain damage insurance. Associated Grower 1^: 3, 19, 36. 1920. — For obtaining a high yield of superior evaporated grapes the writer emphasizes the importance of using well ripened fruit. The installation and use of evaporators is considered an economy. [For details see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1176.] — E. L. Overholser. 810. Durham, Herbert E. The recognition of fruit. II. Some systems concerning apples and pears. Jour, Pomol. 1: 177-187. 1920. — To date no very satisfactory classification of varieties of apples and pears has been made by which the varietal name of an unknown specimen can be determined. It is in fact doubtful if any such classification can be made on account of the great variation within a variety. A number of such classifications have been proposed; several of these are outlined briefly while that of Truelle is given at length. — L. H. Mac- Daniels. 811. Fairchild, David. La papaya injer tada como arbol frutal anual. [The grafted papaya as an annual fruit tree.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 433-437. S fig. 1920. — The possibilities of the grafted papaya (Carica papaya) as an annual fruit crop are discussed. Directions for making the grafts and general cultural directions are given. — John A. Stevenson. No. 2, September, 1921] HORTICULTURE 129 812. Fantini, N. Varies sistemas de poda. [Pruning systems.] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 2: 11-1(). 13 fig. 1921. — Popular. — John A. Stevenson. 813. Hartman, H. Depth of planting in relation to tree growth. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Kept. 3: 47-48. 11 fig. 1921. — Young trees of Esopus and Gra- venstein apples, d'Anjou peara, and Italian prunes were set at varying depths, ranging from that at which the tree grew in the nursery to 27 inches below that depth. After 4 years there were no striking differences in size and vigor of tops or diameter of trunks. In all cases of deep planting the tendency of growth of the original roots was toward the surface of the soil. The pear trees developed no roots above the graft, the apple trees developed a few though they were of no real importance, whereas the prune trees developed many, but they did not corre- spond in amount to the development of the tops of the trees. — E. J . Kraus. 814. Harvey, E. M. Summer pruning of young apple trees. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 20-26. PI. 1-2. 1921. — From experiments designed to test the effect of various combinations of winter and summer pruning and involving 1100 young Rome and Gano apple trees, it appeared that all types of summer pruning allowed less tree growth than winter pruning only; fruit-spur formation was not increased, and the amount of fruit harvested in the case of summer-pruned trees was less than that from those winter-pruned only. Summer-pruning practices must be regulated in accordance with varietal behavior. — E. J . Kraus, 815. Harvey, E. M., and A. E. Murneek. Some relations of growth and bearing of fruit trees to orchard practices. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 15-19. Fig. 5. 1921. — Undefoliated spurs of apple trees were able to form abundant fruit buds and to set a good crop of fruit, while the reverse was true for defoliated spurs. The latter con- tained relatively more nitrogen and less carbohydrate than the undefoliated spurs. Certain effects of some orchard practices are analyzed on the basis of how they may affect the carbohy- drate-nitrogen relationships in the trees. — E. J. Kraus. 816. Hedrick, U. p. Pedigreed nursery stock. Jour. Pomol. 1: 155-160. 1920.— Ex- perience at the New York State Experiment Station and extensive reference to the horti- cultural literature lead to the conclusion that varieties of fruits have not been, and cannot be, improved by bud selection. It is nurture, not nature, that produces the variation in varieties. The present practices in the propagation of fruit trees are justified by the precedents of cen- turies. The practical difficulties in growing trees from selected buds are almost insuperable, and the burden of proof is upon those who advocate growing pedigreed trees. The author is dealing entirely with deciduous fruits. — L. H. MacDaniels. 817. Hodsoll, H. E. p. Manuring fruit trees for continuous crop production. Jour. Pomol. 1 : 217-223. 1920. — After 4 years' experience with different varieties of apples and other fruit, the writer concludes that it is entirely practicable to produce heavy crops each year by proper use of manures. A "special soluble organic manure" applied in August assures abundant flower-bud formation. This is followed in the winter by a dressing of "lasting organic manure" such as hoof meal, meat and bone meal, or similar materials. This insures sufficient vigor in the tree to support the blossoms and hold the crop. Fruitfulness results when the proportion of elaborated food to mineral nutrients is high. The reverse condition causes vegetative growth only. No data are given. — L. H. MacDaniels. 818. HoppERT, E. H. Extension work in fruit growing in Nebraska. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 91-94. 1920 [1921). — The article deals with the extension work in home apple orcharding in Nebraska. The chief problems considered are proper care of bearing orchards and the correct planting and caring for new home orchards. In the extension work, pruning and spraying demonstrations are given, demonstration orchards are selected, meetings are held, timely articles are written, and exhibits are held at the various county fairs. — H. IF. Richey. 130 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 819. Howard, F. K. Training young vines. Associated Grower P: 10. 1920. — The single trunk system of training and forming a comparatively high head gives the best results over a long period of years. Permanent stakes are placed at planting time, and, when suffi- cient growth develops, the strongest and best shoot is tied to the stake. All others are removed except one, — to be used in case of damage to the main branch. — E. L. Overholser. 820. Kelley, W. p. Present status of alkali. Associated Grower P: 11-12, 38, 1920.— Citrus trees and walnuts are especially sensitive to soil salinity. Water rich in salts and a high irrigation water table are the chief factors causing soil alkalinity. The spread of alkali by the latter method may be avoided by (1) lining or cementing the canals at the outset, and (2) by using better methods of distributing the water, especially by applying less water at a time. Drainage, especially if it be accompanied by flooding, is a reasonably successful means of removing white alkali from soil. Leaching the excess of salts out of the soil and at the same time maintaining chemical and physical conditions favorable to crop growth remains a problem. — E. L. Overholser . 821. Melander, a. L. The relation of beekeeping to fruit growing. Amer. Bee Jour. 61: 138-139. 1921. — A popular discussion of the advantages of the cross-pollination of fruit trees. For this purpose no insect is so valuable as the honeybee. Many orchardmen pay $5 per colony for the use of bees during the blooming period of fruit trees. — /. H. Lovell. 822. MuRNEEK, A. E. "Pedigreed" trees— where do we stand? Better Fruit 15^: 13-15, 15': 6-8. 1921. — Since bud selection for propagating purposes has become of great economic importance with citrus fruits in California, the writer raises the question of its value and prac- ticability with deciduous trees in the Pacific Northwest. Reviewing the work of several ex- periment stations where bud selection experiments have given negative results, the author concludes that selected or "pedigreed" stocks of deciduous trees are no better than ordinary trees — at least in the light of our present knowledge. — A. E. Murneek. 823. Murneek, A. E, Stock influence on scion — in regard to top grafting. Better Fruit 15^: 3^, 34r-36, 1921. — There are many ways in which the scion may be modified by the stock. The following have been considered in detail: (1) Form and size of the plant, (2) vigor of growth, (3) health, (4) hardiness, (5) productivity and precocity, (6) time of blossoming and maturing of fruit, and (7) longevity. The indirect influence of the stock on the scion, as expressed in changes of character of the fruit, may be as follows: (1) Modification of color, (2) change in size, and (3) changes in eating and keeping quality. — A. E. Murneek. 824. Murneek, A. E. The storage of Bose pears. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Kept. 3: 27-32. Fig. 6-7. 1921. — Time of picking does not materially influence storage quality, except that fruit picked very early must be partially ripened under more humid conditions and for a longer period than fruit picked later. Fruit may be kept for 3 months or longer by the following storage procedure: Delay 10 to 15 days, car temperature 12 to 15 days, then cold storage. Delayed fruit should be held at 60-70 per cent humidity. Both relatively high temperature with low humidity and low temperature with high humidity are harmful to proper ripening. — E. J. Kraus. 825. Nichols, H. E. New interest in Iowa home orchards. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 87-91. 1920 [1921]. — The article discusses the manner in which spraying demonstra- tions for the home orchard have developed during the past 10 years. It explains the organiza- tion and states the success of spray rings under the direction of the County Agent and the Extension Horticulturist with the cooperation of the Iowa Fruit Growers' Association. Fig- ures are given showing the growth of the movement, the average cost of spraying, and the returns. — H. W. Richey. 826. Overholser, E. L. Fruit exhibits and fruit judging. Associated Grower 1': 28^30. 1920. — Emphasis is laid on condition, uniformity, color, size, and form, — the 5 main No. 2, September, 1921] ' HORTICULTURE 131 factors in determining the standard of exhibition fruit. Other necessary details to be borne in mind by the farmer in selecting and exhibiting products, so as to obtain the most satisfac- tory results, are outlined. — F. deVilliers. 827. OvERnoLSER, E. L. The nectarine belongs to the peach family. Associated Grower H": 27, 35. 1920. 828. Roberts, R. H. Studies in biennial fruiting. Jour. Pomol. 1: 197-202. 1920.— Extracts reprinted verbatim from Proc. Amer. Pomol. Soc. 1Q17: 28-33. 1918 (.see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 990).— L. H. MacDaniels. 829. Schmidt, R. Care of old grafted trees and vines. Associated Grower 1'': 7, 44. 1920. 830. Schmidt, R. How to wire limbs bent by fruit. Associated Grower 1'': 7. 1920. 831. Schmidt, R. Summer pruning in raisin vineyards. Associated Grower 1-: 10. 1920. — As the plant requires an abundance of leaf surface to make a satisfactory growth, summer pruning should be mild. However, some pruning during the growing season is bene- ficial esi)ecially in 1- and 2-year old plants. — E. L. Overholser. 832. Schuster, C. E. Cherry breeding. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 42-A3. 1921. — Seedlings of the Bing, Lambert, and Napoleon varieties have proved self sterile but set good crops when open to insect pollination. Resistance to gummosis is variable. A large number produce fruit of excellent quality. The season of maturity is variable, as is also the texture of the flesh; some are suitable for fresh shipment, others for canning. — E. J. Kraus. 833. Schuster, C. E. Pollination of the Ettersburg No. 121 strawberry. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 44-46. Fig. 9-10. 1921.— The fruit of this variety is very solid, borne on stiff upright stalks, and suitable for canning. All evidence indicates that it is self-fertile and cross pollination does not increase the yield. About 13 per cent of the sec- ondary blossoms mature into fruits, whereas practically all of the primary blossoms mature. Since each plant produces a total of 150-600 blossoms, and of these from 50-54 per cent are considered as primary, normally as many fruits are set as can be matured to good size. — E. J. Kraus. 834. Smart, W. A. Control of moss and lichens in the orchard. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 172-173. Fig. 49. 1921.— A late fall or winter spray of Bordeaux mixture, 6-6-50, or of lime-sulphur, 1-8, sufficient to saturate the growths will destroy moss and lichens. — E. J. Kraus. 835. Snyder, E. A year's work with Zante currants. Associated Grower 1'': 26-27. 1920. — Panariti is the main variety of "currants" grown. Ringing has been demonstrated to be a good, as well as a necessary, practice. For drying, the fruit should be fully mature. — E. L. Overholser. 836. Snyder, E. Grafting over old vines. Associated Grower l^: 5, 43. 1920. 837. Snyder, E. Timely hints on ringing the Panariti. Associated Grower 1-: 6. 1920. — Ringing is best practiced during the blooming period. Preferably each cane should be ringed separately, making 2 cuts l-\ inch apart as close to the base of the cane as possible, and completely removing the bark between the incisions. The resulting clusters are heavier, more compact, and more uniform. — E. L. Overholser. 838. Taylor, R. H. Next year's peach crop depends on care of trees. Associated Grower 18; 5-6. 1920. 132 HORTICULTURE [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 839. Thomas, Owen. Forgotten or discarded grapes. Jour. Pomol. 1: 161-165. 1920.- The author discusses the quality and characters of a number of varieties of grapes, especially those grown in England about 1830. — L. H. MacDaniels. 840. Wellington, Richard. Grape varieties that produce seedlings of superior merit. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 37-40. 1920 [1921].— The report deals with about 11,000 grape seedlings grown at the New York Agricultural Experiment Station, and obtained from -37 variety crosses, 38 varieties by seedling crosses, 9 seedling crosses, 163 variety self-fertiliza- tions, 50 seedling self-fertilizations, and a few species crosses. The number of plants in each cross or self-fertilization varied from 1 to over 500. — The author concludes that only 1 individ- ual out of each 1000 will be worthy of perpetuating. The crosses gave proportionately more desirable seedlings than the selfed varieties. Most of the varieties used proved to be poor parents but a few produced a remarkably large number of excellent seedlings. A table is included of the variety crosses and selfed varieties, showing the percentage and number of vines set and number and per cent selected for propagation. The most desirable crosses are Governor Ross X Mills, Mills X (Winchess X Diamond) . Triumph X Mills, and Winchell X Diamond. Mills has been the leading grape for producing high quality. Diamond pro- duced good quality and Winchell proved of exceptional value in introducing earliness without impairing quality. The author concludes that to produce desirable seedling grapes, Vitis vinifera species or derivatives of this species must be depended on for quality and V. labrusca, V. vuljnna, and other American species for hardiness. More certain results will be obtained by crossing rather than selfing and in using varieties that are known to produce superior progeny. — H. W. Richey. 841. Whitten, J. C. Thinning peaches makes better fruit. Associated Grower 1': 4. 1920. 842. Wilcox, L. P. Fertilizer experiments with fruits. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 49-51. 1921. — Applications of oj-S lbs. of nitrate of soda to the soil under each of a number of old Italian prune trees 1 month before blooming resulted in increased growth and increased number and size of fruits. The time required to dry the fruit was not increased. Applications of the same material at the rate of 250 lbs. per acre to red raspberries at the time the new canes were about 3 inches tall resulted in more and larger canes per plant, and an increased yield of fruits of larger size and better color. There was severe killing of the new canes, which continued to grow into the fall and winter. — E. J, Kraus. FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE 843. AusT, F. A. A state program for landscape extension. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 54-60. 1920 [1921]. — The relation of landscape extension to the sciences is briery touched upon. Man's need for natural beauty, and the usefulness and beauty of his natural surround- ings are discussed. Landscape extension is defined as "The development of the appreciation and the furthering of the practice of the fundamental principles of the art of landscape design, by the citi/ens of every community." The designer must study the life about him in order to interpret it to the community which he serves. His duty is to teach the public the best in landscape art and to demonstrate the value of professional assistance. "The main function of landscape extension is education." The leaders must cooperate with existing organiza- tions and agencies in order to avoid du7)lication of effort. The extension program should in- clude: (1) Research in landscape problems, (2) demonstration, (3) lecture work, (4) publica- tion, (5) follow-up work. Types of demonstrational work found effective in Wisconsin are listed and the paper closes with a discussion of the state extension program. — W. R. Ballard. 844. Balme, Juan. Lirio del valle o muguet. [Lily of the valley.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] S: 430-432. 4 fig- 1920. — A popular account of the methods used in growing the lily of the valley in the U. S. A. and Europe. — John A. Stevenson. No. 2, September, 1921] HORTICULTURE 133 845. DoMiNGUEZ, Ignacio. EI cultivo de las plantas florales ornamentales (Cultivation of ornamentals.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 434-437. 1919. 846. McCall, F. E. Farmstead planting. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 64-69. 1920 [1921]. — The author asserts that the field service of the agricultural colleges can as well be directed toward making country life more beautiful and enjoyable as toward making farming more profitable. Pleasant home surroundings have real value in the development of contented patriotic citizens. — The prairie sections require treatment adajjted to the unusual conditions. In South Dakota the aim of the extension workers has been to combine beauty with utility and convenience. The Northern Great Plains have limitations in plant growth which must be recognized. In the planting of trees and shrubs 3 points should be observed as follows: (1) Thorough preparation of the soil, (2) the proper choice of plant materials, and (3) cultiva- tion until plants are well established. General garden literature does not furnish reliable information for the prairie worker. Farmstead planning as practiced in South Dakota in- cludes all those features which contribute to outward convenience and ornamentation. Sug- gestions under the heads of (1) the farmstead in general, (2) the house, and (3) out-buildings and lots, are given as to special features which should be considered in farmstead planning. — Suggestions are also given for the planting and care of trees and shrubs and a list of ornamen- tals for South Dakota conditions is appended. — W. R. Ballard. 847. Waugh, F. a. Extension work in landscape gardening. Proc. Amer, Soc. Hort- Sci. 17: 60-64. 1920 [1921]. — The distinction is made between the practical art of growing plants and the art of landscape design. The extension worker in landscape gardening should have in mind as his objectives: (1) The inculcation of a love and reverence for the native land- scape, (2) the securing of public reservations of various forms, (3) the extension of the knowledge of landscape gardening, (4) the promotion of the development of better farm-home surround- ings, (5) the promotion of similar development in towns and cities, (6) the promotion of the development of community equipment, the last being considered the most important field. The farm home furnishes the best point of first attack. The rural school grounds, country playgrounds, country roads, country parks and picnic grounds, state parks and similar large projects, grounds of public institutions and public cemeteries are all legitimate fields of operation. Four principal methods of work are suggested, as follows: (1) Practical or in- spirational lectures, (2) publications, (3) organization of clubs and competitions, and (4) professional assistance. The 4th method is the most effective but should be accompanied by the other 3.— Tf . R. Ballard. 848. Wilson, E. H. The "Indian Azaleas" at Magnolia Gardens. Jour. Arnold Arbore- tum 2: 159-160. 1921. — Mention is made of the most interesting and important species and forms of the collection of Indian Azaleas at Magnolia Gardens, established about 1850 near Charleston, South Carolina. — Alfred Rehder. 849. Yeager, A. F. Shelterbelts for North Dakota. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Div. Circ. 43. 7 p., 8 fig. 1921. — The circular contains a list of the best varieties of trees and shrubs and gives methods of planting and care. — L. R. Waldron. VEGETABLE CULTURE 850. Balme, Juan. La alcachofa. [The artichoke.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 517. 1919. — The author gives brief cultural directions for the globe artichoke {Cynara scolymus). — John A. Stevenson. 851. Bouquet, A. G. B. Factors affecting production and marketing of broccoli. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Ilept. 3 : 36-39. Fig. S. 1921 . — There is a marked varia- tion in strains, some including cabbage and kale crosses. Greater care in seed production is urged. — E. J. Kraus. 134 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 852. Bouquet, A. G. B. Factors affecting shrinkage and condition of broccoli. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3 : 40^1. 1921. — The shrinkage of heads is very much greater if the latter are cut at any time after prime condition. It is preferable even to cut the heads immature rather than when they show signs of curd separation. — E. J. Kraus. 853. Bouquet, A. G. B. Vegetable greenhouse crops in relation to the use of the green- house for one season. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 33-35. 1921. — The author gives suggestions on crops wliich can be produced in the autumn. — E. J. Kraus. 854. Pitt, J. M. Farmers' experiment plots. Onion trials on the Manning river. 1920- 21. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 261-264. 2 fig. 1921.— The total onion acreage for New South Wales for 1919 was only 335. Yields ran from 2.5 to 4.5 tons per acre. The crop is marketed from November to IMay and the price secured approximates $300 per acre. Seed- lings were transplanted into the field in July (winter) and the harvest ran from November to January. Most varieties responded very favorably to irrigation. The maximum yield was secured from White Early Barletta, which gave 7.6 tons per acre. — L. R. Waldron. HORTICULTURE-PRODUCTS 855. Christie, A. W. Dried, evaporated or dehydrated? Associated Grower 1^: 20, 21. 1920. — The term "dried" is applied to all fruits and vegetables preserved by the removal of moisture, irrespective of the method of removal. To the class dried by artificial heat, the names "evaporated" and " dehydrated" are applied, as distinct from "sun-dried." — E. L. Overholser. 856. Cruess, W. v., and A. W, Christie. Revised specifications of University Farm evaporator. Associated Grower V: 8, 40, 41. 1920. 857. Gaj6n, Carlos. Las rosas para perfumeria.-Su historia. [History of rose growing for perfume] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 351-358. 13 fig. 1919. — A popular account of the grow- ing of roses for perfume as it is carried on in Spain, Bulgaria, Algeria, India, and France. — John A. Stevenson. 858. Giffen, W. M. Analysis of federal findings in the raisin situation. Associated Grower r: 4-5, 46. 1920. 859. JuRiTZ, Chas. F. Apricot kernel oil and its congeners. South African Jour. Indust. 3: 1052-1057. 1920. — Descriptions are given of the oils obtained from almond, apricot, and peach pits, with a table showing the composition of apricot-kernel oil as well as the following constants: Specific gravity, saponification value, acid value, refractive index at 40°C., and iodine value. — A. J. Pieters. 860. Legrand, J. F. El achiote. [Annatto (Bixa orellana).] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 441-442. 1 fig. 1920. — Reprinted from Rev. Agric. Puerto Rico.- — John A. Stevenson. 881. Schmidt, R. Handling the peach crop. Associated Grower 1^: 7, 43. 1920. — Trees should not be shaken to obtain peaches for drying. Many of the peaches thus collected are relatively green, have a low sugar content, and yield a poor product; they also lose 10 per cent more in weight than an equal weight of mature peaches. — E. L. Overholser. 862. Schmidt, R. Sugar content testing for raisins. Associated Grower 1^: 9, 44. 1920. — The author recommends the saccharometer as the most convenient instrument for sugar content determinations. The results are sufficiently accurate for ordinary practical purposes provided the necessary temperature corrections are made. — E. L. Overholser. 863. Wiegand, E. H. Some investigations on prune drying. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 52-57. Fig. 12-15. 1921. — Drying is hastened by dipping the fruit in boiling water or lye solution. A high humidity of the drying air has a tendency to open the pores of the skin and prevent charring. High humidity accompanied by rapid air movement increased the rate of drying, slow movement decreased the rate. — E. J . Kraus. No. 2, September, 1921] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS 135 MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. SiNNOTT, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 639, 730, 755, 892, 916, 984, 1077) 864. Anonymous. [National Herbarium, Sydney, exhibit.] Proc. Linn. See. New South Wales 44: 820-821. 1919 [1920].— Note on the exhibit of specimens from the National Herbarium, Sydney, and elsewhere, showing synanthy and syncarpy. — Eloise Gerry. 865. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Arber, Agnes. The leaves of the irids and the phyllode theory. (Paper read before Sect. K of the British Assoc. Adv. Sci., August, 1920.)] Jour. Indian Bot. 2 : 58-59. 1921. 866. Dunn, Grace A. Note on the histology of grain roots. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8 : 207-211. Fig. 4- 1921. — Characteristic openings were observed in the root cortex of Zea mays and Triticum vulgare when grown in water culture. In wheat these openings always appeared whether the culture solution was well or poorly balanced and under a wide range of tempera- tures. Wheat roots grown in sand or soil, however, showed no such openings. In corn, similar results were obtained in the winter, but in summer, when the temperature was high and growth rapid, fast-growing roots in sand and in soil also showed large openings. It is suggested that the openings appear when the oxygen supply is deficient, as it is likely to be in water culture and in all cases where growth is very vigorous and rapid. — E. W. Sinnott. 867. Fritsch, Karl. tJber den Begriff der Anisokotylie. [On the concept of anisocotyly.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: G9-73. 1920. — The term anisocotyly was proposed by the author in 1904 for the characteristic behavior of the cotyledons of seedlings of certain members of the Gesneriaceae, particularly of the genus Streptocarpus. In these plants, and according to the author in none of the plants of other families in connection with which the term has since been used, 1 of the 2 cotyledons, which are approximately equal in size in the seed, develops into a foliage leaf while the other stops growing very soon after germination. He believes that in other cases where the term has been used in reference to unequal size of the cotyledons this inequality exists in the embryo before germination and is due to the cotyledons being bent in the seed or otherwise arranged so that the development of one is mechanically hindered. This condition exists in species of Gnetum; in certain genera of the Cruciferae, IMoraceae, Phytolaccaceae, Nyctaginaceae, Capparidaceae, Malpighiaceae, Dipter- ocarpaceae, Cactaceae, and Melastomaceae; and in some species of Thunbergia and Coreopsis. Cases such as that of Ranunculus ficaria, where a single cotyledon is formed by the growing together of 2, have nothing to do with anisocotyly. He reiterates, on the basis of observations of J. Brunnthaler in South Africa, his formerly expressed belief that true anisocotyly, as found there in species of Streptocarpus, is connected with the habit which these plants have of growing upon precipitous slopes. — R. M. Ilolman. 868. McDouGALL, W. B. Thick-walled root hairs of Gleditsia and related genera. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 171-175. Fig. S. 1921. — Root hairs of Gleditsia triacanthos become thick- walled and brown within a few days after they are produced. They persist as long as does the root epidermis. These root hairs are regarded by the author as xerophytic structures, per- sisting from a time when the species grew under xerophj'tic conditions. Trees with these root hairs have neither bacterial nodules nor mycorrhiza. Gymnocladus and Cercis some- times have thick-walled brown root-hairs, but not as characteristically as does Gleditsia.^ E. W. Sinnott. 869. McNair, James B. The morphology and anatomy of Rhus diversiloba. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 179-191. PI. 2. 1921. — The morphology and anatomy of the leaf, stem, root, and flower of this species are described in detail. — E. W . Sinnott. 136 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 870. Meyer, Fritz JuRGEN. Das Leitungssystem von Equisetum arvense. [The conduct- ing system of Equisetum arvense,] Jahrb. V/iss. Bot. 59: 263-286. Fig. 1-7. 1919.— The author describes the structure and arrangement of all the elements at the node of the aerial sterile stem, the relative positions of protoxylem and meta.xylem strands and of the phloem as they pass through the nodal wood ; the method of insertion of the leaf and branch traces; the relative positions of the carinal holes in successive internodes and the arrangement of the conducting bundles to conform to these; the path of the conducting system through the nodes and internodes of the rhizome, tuber, leaf of the rhizome, secondary roots, branch roots, sterile stem and its branches and leaves, and the fertile stem and its leaves and cone; the connection between the parts of the system in passing from one organ to another, and the size of the xylem strands both in micromillimeters and in number of tracheids. He discusses the variations in bundle size in different regions of the plant; and the function, size, and formation of the carinal hole. — J . P. Poole. 871. MoBius, M. Die Entstehung der schwarzen Farbung bei den Pfianzen. [The origin of black coloration in plants.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 252-2G0. 1920. — The author calls attention to the fact that black coloration in plants is generally not the result of the presence of a truly black pigment but of blue, red, or brown colored substances which, as well as cer- tain histological factors, may produce the same optical effect as would a black pigment. He then presents a classification of the causes of black coloration. Under each of the many headings and subheadings notes are given, and plants are named which illustrate the par- ticular sort of coloration under discussion. — R. M . Holman. 872. Neger, F W., UND Th. KuPKA. Beitrage zurKenntnisdesBauesundderWirkungs- weise der Lentizellen. I. [Contributions to a knowledge of the structure of lenticels and of the manner in which they function.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges .38:141-149. Fig. 1-6. 1920. — This paper is concerned with the lenticels of conifers, particularly Larix, Pseudolarix, Cedrus, and Chamaecyparis. The tissues which may be found in lenticels of conifers are classified by the authors as: (1) "Choriphelloid," making up the greater part of the lenticels and loose in texture with large intercellular spaces; (2) "Porenkork," strips consisting of a few layers of compact brownish cells generally containing small crystals and with very short radial diame- ter; (3) "Sklerophelloid," lens-shaped groups of compact cells with strongly thickened walls; and (4) fragments of the primary cortex. A key to the commoner species oi Larix is given, based on the anatomy of the lenticels, and also a similar key by which Cedrus Libani, C. atlantica, and C. Deodara may be distinguished. Of the 5 species of Chamaecyparis, C.pisifera alone lacks lenticels. The other species of the genus, as well as Thuja and Juniper us, and presumably most other Cupressineae, have lenticels of a new type. The center of the lenticel in these forms consists of a large mass of compact "Porenkork," the cells of which are filled with dark brown contents. Exposure of stems to dilute ammonia gas and subsequent examination of the cortical tissue underneath the lenticel for evidence of injury to the living tissue shows that the central mass of "Porenkork" is impermeable to the gas, which, however, finds easy entrance through thin walled cells without brown contents which lie on either side of the "Porenkork" mass. — R. M. Holman. 873. Oakley, R. A., and Morgan W. Evans. Rooting stems in timothy. Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 173-178. PI. 39-40. 1921. — There are 2 distinct types of underground rooting stems of Phleuia pratense. One type develops when the shoot that produces the new plant is covered with soil early in its growth. In such cases, some of the short internodes at the base of the shoot elongate, thereby pushing the shoot to the surface of the soil. Roots spring from the nodes between these elongated internodes. The other type develops when growing culms are covered with soil. Buds that sometimes form on the culms of such plants frequently develop into shoots and ultimately into independent plants. In this case the culm becomes an underground rooting stem. — Aerial rooting stems in timothy are not common in the United States. They may be formed when weak or decumbent plants come in contact with the soil. This character is not of varietal significance. No. 2, September, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, BRYOPHYTES 137 There are proposed for the types of rooting stems found, especially in grasses, the follow- ing terms: Determinate and indeterminate rhizomen, determinate and indeterminate stolons. — D. Reddick. 874. Sciii'^RHOFF, P. N. Der Embryosack von Tussilago Farfara. [The embryo sac of Tussilago Farfara.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 217-219. Fuj. I. 1920.— It is the micro- lO'lar megaspore which develops into the embryo sac in this plant. Preparations of mature embryo sacs showed G 2-nucleate antipodals, or 0 4-nucleate, or 12 2-nucleate, so that in most cases 24 antipodal nuclei were present. Although in some Compositae in which the micropy- lar megaspore develops into the embryo sac the other .3 megaspores take part in the develop- ment of the antipodal tissue, that is not the case in Tussilago Farfara. The author calls attention to the apparent sj'stematic significance of the development of the chalazal or of the micropylar megaspore into the embryo sac in different tribes of the Compositae. — R. M. Holman. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF BRYOPHYTES Alexander W. Evans, Editor (See also in this issue Entry 663) 875. CoRBiERE, L., ET E. Jahandiez. Muscinees du Departement du Var. [Bryophytes of the department of the Var (France).] Ann. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulon 4 (Suppl.): 1-G3. 1921.— The present report on the bryophytes of the department of the Var is dedicated to the late Lieut. M. MoxjRET, upon whose collections it is largely based. After citing the earlier works which deal with the region in question, the authors enumerate 248 mosses and 51 hepatics, omitting certain records about which the evidence seems to be insufficient. Each species is accompanied by full data regarding stations and collectors, and many critical notes are inter- polated, those dealing with Fissidens Moureti Corb. and Grimmia Pitardi Corb. being partic- ularly full. The following new varietal names or combinations are proposed: Cephaloziella Turneri var. dentata (Raddi) Douin, based on Jungermannia dentata Raddi in part ; Fabronia pusilla var. nervosa Theriot, based on F. Schimperiana Br. eur. not De Not.; and Trichosto- vium hrackydonlixim var. unguicu latum (Philib.) Corb. & Jahand., based on Hymenostomum unguiculatum Philib. and including Weisia Alberti Corb. as a synonym. — A. W. Evans. 876. Fleischer, Max. Uber die Entwicklung der Zwergmannchen aus sexuell diflferen- zierten Sporen bei den Laubmoosen. [Development of dwarf males from sexually differentiated spores in the mosses.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 84-92. PL 2 (colored), 1 fig. 1920. — The author worked particularly on the following 3 species; Macromitrium Blumei, Schlothei- mia Koningsbergeri, and Trismegistia Brauniana. In all 3 species he found that the male plants were always dwarf and epiphytic on the female plants. A morphological difference thus exists between male and female plants. Evidence was abundant that the dwarf male plants developed from a primary protonema, that is, had their origin in spores which lodged on the vegetative portions of the female plants. In the Macromitrium and the Schlotheimia spores of different sizes were found, and the larger spores, containing the greater supply of food, gave rise apparently to the dwarf plants. In Trismegistia Brauniana dwarf female plants, as well as dwarf male plants, were found on normal female plants. The dwarf female plants, however, were too young to show archegonia and would probably have developed into normal female plants. These various observations lead the author to conclude that the protonemata of these 3 species are dioecious and that heterospory (sexual differentiation) exists in the spores. — H. Bergfried. 877. Fleischer, Max, und Leopold Loeske. Iconographia bryologica universalis. — Abbildungen von Moosen aus alien Erdteilen nach Originalzeichnungen sowie aus bryologischen Werken. Serie I: Auswahl von Abbildungen aus Loeske: "Die Laubmoose Europas." [Uni- versal bryological iconography. Illustrations of mosses from all parts of the earth according 138 MORPHOLOGY AND T.^XONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, to original drawings or from bryological works. Series I : Selection of illustrations from Loe- ske's "Mosses of Europe." 40 pi. Max Lande: Berlin-Schoneberg, 1918. — The present fascicle is the initial number of a series in which it is planned to illustrate a wide selection of mosses. The 40 plates were all drawn from European specimens and represent SO species belonging to 36 genera. The figures were mostly prepared by P. Janzen and show individual plants, leaves, and capsules, as well as numerous anatomical details. In connection with each plate, full data are supplied regarding the figures, and the sources of the specimens used in the preparation of the drawings are likewise definitely given. Otherwise there is no de- scriptive text. — A. W. Evans. 878. HoLziNGER, John M. Notes [on Physcomitrium pygmaeum]. Bryologist 24: 26-27. 1921. — The article consists of 2 notes supplementary to a paper by Elizabeth G. Britton. The 1st note states that Physcomitriwn pygmaeum is probably autoicous and adds details regarding spores; the 2nd note records a new station in Minnesota, based on material collected by J. H. Sandberg, and establishes definitely the autoicous inflorescence of the species. — E. B. Chamberlain. 879. PoTTiER, Jacques. Recherches sur le developpement de la feuille des mousses. [Studies on the development of the leaf in mosses.] 25 X 61 cm., viii + 144- P-, 32 pi. Impri- merie Durand: Chartres, 1920. — The author first gives a critical account of the work pre- viously done on the development of moss leaves, beginning with an article by Morren, which appeared in 1840. His own investigations were made on serial microtome sections, and in several cases reconstructions of young leaves in plastiline were prepared. The mosses studied included the following species, representing various natural groups: Andreaea crassi- nervia, A. angustata, Mnium undulatum, M. punctatum, Funaria hygrometrica, Dicranum scoparium, Atrichum undulatum, Barbula ruralis, and Leucobryum glaucum. Andreaea crass inervia and Mnium undulatum are described and figured in great detail, and plastiline models of leaves in various stages of development are shown in photographic reproduction. The other species are treated more briefly. As a result of his studies the author draws the following conclusions: (1) A moss leaf grows by means of an initial cell only at the beginning of its development; (2) the region of active cell division, in the course of the ontogeny of the leaf, is shifted from the apex to the base; (3) the apex is differentiated very early; (4) in certain species of ylndreaeawithcostate leaves, the initial cell sometimes shows 2 cutting faces, as in the more highly evolved mosses; (5) m Mnium punctatum, the leaf-margins are not compar- able with the nerve in their development; (6) groups of "st6nocystes" (auxiliary cells) in the nerve do not always originate in the same way; (7) Leucobryum glaucum shows an asymmetry in its leaves, agreeing in this respect with the other mosses. — A. W . Evans. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, LICHENS, BACTERIA, AND MYXOMYCETES H. M. FiTZPATRiCK, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 653, 980, 1030, and those in the section Pathology) FUNGI 880. Beeli, M. Note sur le genre Meliola Fr. Especes et varietes nouvelles recoltees au Congo. [Rote on the genus Meliola Fr. New species and varieties collected in the Congo.] Bull. Jard. Bot. Etat [Bruxelles] 7 : 89-160. 1920. — A general synopsis of the species of Meliola based on morphological characters and host relationships is given. A number of new species and new varieties are described. A new genus, Meliolinopsis, is founded for species with cylindrical, persistent, 8-spored asci, the type species being given as M. megalospora (Rehm) Beeli. The 2 genera, Meliola and Meliolinopsis, are recognized, the former being subdivided into the sub-genera Meliolina, Irene, and Meliolaste. An analytical key to genera and sub- genera is given. — Henri Micheels. No. 2, September, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 139 881. Dana, B. F. Two new species of Sclerotinia. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 106. 1921. — Sclerotinia demissn n. sp. attacks leaves, twigs and fruits of Prunus virginiana. Sclerotinia gregaria n. sp. attacks the leaves and fruits of Amclanchier cusickii. — B. B. Higgins. 882, DoiDGE, Ethel IM. Some changes in nomenclature of South African Ascomycetes. South African Jour. Nat. Hist. 2: 39^1. 1920. — xV number of changes in the nomenclature of South African Ascomycetes have been rendered necessary by the appearance of the recent work of Theissen and Sydow. Thirteen new combinations resulting from the transfer of spe- cies from Meliola to Irene are here given. — E. M. Doidge. 8S3. Gerhardt, Karl. tJber das Auftreten der Schlauchfriichte von Oidium Tuckeri am Weinstock. [On the appearance of ascocarps of Oidium Tuckeri on grapevines.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 15G-15S. 1920. — In October and November, 1919, the author found perithecia of Uncinula necator on old plants of grape in the Jena botanical garden. This is only the 2nd reported occurrence of the ascocarps in Germany. The author describes the perithecia and reports attempts, as yet unsuccessful, to germinate the ascospores. He attrib- utes the production of the perithecia to the unusually abrupt fall in temperature in the vi- cinity of Jena in the middle of October 1919. Their absence from green leaves, relative scar- city on red leaves, and abundance on yellow fallen leaves in which no anthocyanin had been formed suggested a disturbance of transfer of material in the leaf resulting from the sudden depression of the temperature as the cause of the production of the ascocarps. — R. M. Holman. 884. HoHNEL, Franz von. tJber Pseudopeziza, Pyrenopeziza, Ephelina, und Spilopodia. [On Pseudopeziza, Pyrenopeziza, EpheUna, and Spilopodia.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 96-101. 1920. — The author discusses the synonymy and relationships of these genera. He considers the genus Pyrenopeziza to be made up in part of overwintered forms of Pseudo- peziza. The remaining species of the genus Pyrenopeziza he assigns to the genus Excipula. — R. M. Holman. 885. HoHNEL, Franz von. tJber die Gattung Phlyctaena Desmazieres. [On the genus Phlyctaena Desmazieres.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 102-110. 1920.— The author states that 2 fungi, in his opinion generically distinct, were described as the type of this genus under the name Phlyctaena vagahunda. One of these grew on the stem of Psoralea bituminosa, the other on that of Tamus communis. Inasmuch as the fungus on Tamus has typical pycni- dia, in contradiction to Desmazieres' generic description, and since the fungus on Psoralea was described as having false perithecia formed only by the blackened epidermis, the writer concludes that the fungus on Psoralea is the type species of the genus. The form growing upon Tamus he considers identical with Ascochyta caulium Libert, and concludes on the basis of characteristics indicating its close affinity to Rhabdospora that it must be called R. caulium (Lib.) v. H., at least until a critical investigation of the genus Rhabdospora is undertaken. The synonymy of other published species of Phlyctaena is also discussed. — R. M. Holman. 886. HoHNEL, Franz von. tJber Botryosphaeria, Epiphyma und Pilgeriella. [On Bot- ryosphaeria, Epiphj'ma, and Pilgeriella.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 111-116. 1920.— The author discusses the synonymy and relationships of a number of species of the genera named. He states that Gibberella Sacc. 1877 is the same as Botryosphaeria Ces. et de Not. 1863, that according to the laws of nomenclature the species of Gibberella must be placed in Botryosphae- ria Ces. et de Not., and that for the species of the genus Botryosphaeria Sacc. the name Mel- anovs Nitschke 18G9 must be employed. The author denies the sharp distinction which Theissen assumes in the development of the nucleus of the Pseudosphaeriaceae, Sphaeriales, and Dothideales. Botryosphaeria Sacc. 1877 he considers a genus of the Dothideaceae. Botryosphaeria Dothidea (Moug.) Ces. et de Not. he places in Catacauma as C. Dothidea (Moug.) V. H. The author's Botryosphaeria Molluginis, which was placed by Theissen and Sydow (Ann. Mycologici 13: 297. 1915) in the genus Amerodothis, he now, on the basis of further study, places in Dothidella as D. Periclymeni (Fckl.) var. Molluginis v. H. or Dothi- 140 PALEOBOTANY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, della Molluginis v. H. ; and Botryosphaeria anceps v. H. he transfers provisionally to Wall- rothiella. He questions whether the new genus Epiphyma established by Theissen for the fungus last mentioned is sufficiently distinct from Wallrothiella and states that in any event it is not one of the Pseudosphaeriaceae. Pilgeriella peris porioides P. Henn., though superfi- cial in its growth, he considers a typical member of the Pseudosphaeriaceae. — R. M. Holman. BACTERIA 8S7. Jennison, Harry Milliken. BaciUus atrosepticus van Hall the cause of the black- leg disease of Irish potatoes. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 104. 1921. — A comparative study of subcultures from Bacillus atrosepticus van Hall, B. phytophthorus Appel, B. soloni- saperus Harrison, B. melanogenus Pethybridge and Murphy, and of the potato blackleg organism isolated from diseased potatoes in various parts of the United States, show that they are all the same organism. Because of priority Bacillus atrosepticus van Hall is retained as the proper name for the organism. — B. B. Higgins. PALEOBOTANY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY Edward W. Berry, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 668, 769, 1100) 888. Berry, Edward W. A palm nut from the Miocene of the Canal Zone. Proc. U. S. Nation. Mus. 59:21-22. Fig. 3. 1921. — The author describes the nuts of /rmrh^es Fowg/iam, a new species, from the Miocene Gatun formation of the Panama Canal Zone. — E. W. Berry. 889. Berry, Edward W. Tertiary fossil plants from Costa Rica. Proc. U. S. Nation. Mus. 59: 169-185. PI. 22-27. 1921. — In addition to Heliconia sp., Hieronymia lehnianni, Buettneria cinnamomifolia, and Nectandra areolata, the author describes the following new species from the Miocene of Costa Rica: Piperites cordatus, P. quinqueco status, Ficus tal- amancana, Anona costaricana, Inga sheroliensis, Goeppertia tertia^ia, Nectandra woodringi, and Phyllites costaricensis. — E. W. Berry. 890. Berry, Edward W. [Rev. of: Arber, E. A. N. Devonian floras. 100 p., 47 fig. University Press: Cambridge, 1921 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 2086).] Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 514-515. 1921. 891. Sahni, B. Petrified plant remains from the Queensland Mesozoic and Tertiary formations. Queensland Geol. Surv. Publ. 2'"'7. 4^ P-, 5 pi., 10 fig. 1020. — This paper gives the results of a study of large collections of petrified woods from the Triassic, Jurassic, and Tertiary of Queensland. The 2 petrified fern stems described by Kidston and Gwynnb Vaitghan as Osmundites gibbiana and 0. dunlopi from the Jurassic of Otago, New Zealand, ai'e recorded from the Jurass'c Walloon series of Queensland. The following new species of coniferophyte woods are described: Cedroxylon brisbanense from the Triassic Ipswich series; Cupressinoxylon walkomi. C. dunstani, and Mesembrioxylon sewardi from the Jurassic Walloon series; and M. fusiforme and M. fluviale from the Tertiary. The genus Mesembrioxylon is a recent proposal of Seward for woods from the Jurassic to the Tertiary which resemble Podo- carpus and Phyllocladus, but of uncertain botanical affinity. Two different species of dicoty- ledonous woods are described from the Tertiary, Pataloxylon scalariform and P. porosum; the genus is new, and no hint as to its botanical affinity is given. — E. W. Berry. 892. Wieland, G. R Monocarpy and pseudomonocarpy in the cycadeoids. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8 : 218-230. PI. 4,fig.l. 1921 . — The author discusses, with illustrations, the monocarpic habit or the production of fruit once in a normal lifetime. This habit is confined at present to angiosperms. He suggests that certain of the Cretaceous cycadeoids were also monocarpic, since specimens have been found in which great numbers of cones, all apparently of the same age, are borne over the whole trunk, indicating that the plant had entered its single reproduc- No. 2, September, 1921] PATHOLOGY 141 tive period. A case of "pseudomonocarpy" is cited in Pinus attenuata, where the mature cones do not drop off but are embedded in the trunk and often do not shed their seeds till the tree dies. The author also calls attention to the xerophyllous characters of the cycadeoids, as shown particularly by the dense masses of scaly ramentum with which the stems and leaves are covered. lie believes that the early Cretaceous climate, under which they throve, was a rather dry and cool one. — E. W . Sinnolt. 893. Yabe, H., and S. Endo. Discovery of stems of a Calamites from the Paleozoic of Japan. Sci. Kept. Tohoku Imp. Univ. (Geology) 5^: 93-95. PI. 15, fig. 7-8. 1921.— A detailed description and illustration of a calamite of the Arthropitys type from the marine Chichibu formation (upper Paleozoic) of Japan is presented. — E. W. Berry. PATHOLOGY G. H. Coons, Editor C. W. Bennett, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 612, 639, 644, 653, 735, 791, 794, 832, 881, 887) PLANT DISEASE SURVEY (REPORTS OF DISEASE OCCURRENCE AND SEVERITY) 894. Anonymous. Mosaic disease of canes. Jour. Jamaica Agric. Soc. 24: 313-314. 1920. — A report of the occurrence of the mosaic (mottling) disease of sugar cane in Jamaica is given. Governmental regulations providing for the eradication of the disease are also given. — John A. Stevenson. 895. Anonymous. Plaga blanca de las cebollas. [White disease of onions.] Rev. Agric, [Mexico] 5: 601-602. 1 fig. 1920. — A disease of onions due to Fusarium sp. has caused losses to growers near Ciudad Victoria, Tamaulipas, Mexico. — John A. Stevenson. 896. Byars, L. p. Notes on the citrus-root nematode, Tylenchulus semipenetrans Cobb. Phytopathology 11: 90-94. Fig. 1. 1921. — Examination of trees in all the principal Citrus growing sections of Florida indicates that the nematode disease of Citrus trees occurs in only 3 isolated localities, namely, Glen St. Mary, Gainesville, and Brooksville. Tests of the hot water treatment for infested seedlings indicate that it may be developed into a feasible method of control. — B. B. Higgins. 897. Garrett, A. O. Septoria Negundinis Ellis & Ev. in Zion National Park. Phyto- pathology 11: 100. 1921. 898. Heald, F. D. Some new hosts for the Rhizoctonia disease. [Abstract.] Phyto- pathology 11: 105. 1921. — Rhizoctonia has been found attacking strawberries {Fragaria sp.) and wild onions {Allium sp.). — B. B. Higgins. 899. Heald, F. D. The skin spot (Oospora pustulans) of the Irish potato. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 104-105. 1921. — In a car load of potatoes shipped from British Columbia 95 per cent showed lesions of this disease. — B. B. Higgins. 900. Jennison, Harry Milliken. Observations upon the bacterial blight of field and garden peas in Montana. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 104. 1921. — A very serious disease of field and garden peas (Pisum sativum L.) is produced by Pseudomonas pisi Sack. Dis- semination is thought to be due largely to contaminated seed. — B. B. Higgins. 901. Madariaga, a. Plagas y enfermedades del maiz. [Diseases and pests of com.) Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 449-455. 1919. — The rust {Puccinia) and smut {Ustilago maydis) of Indian corn are discussed. — John A. Stevenson. 142 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 902. Medalla, M. G., and G. M. Reyes. Fiji disease of sugar cane. Philippine Farmer 7: 3, 5. 1921. — The paper presents a discussion of Fiji disease to the sugar cane growers of the Philippines. The disease is described and its recent introduction into the Philippines de- monstrated. According to the authors it is at present confined to the Islands of Mindoro and Luzon, The organism (suspected of being of protozoan nature) discovered by Dr. H. L. Lyon is constantly associated with the disease. Control attempts in the Philippines have been undertaken based upon: (1) A domestic quarantine of the affected provinces; (2) the distribution of resistant varieties in provinces where the disease occurs; and (3) selection of disease-free seed on affected plantations. — H. Atherton Lee. 903. Melchers, L. E. Physoderma (zeae-maydis?) in Kansas. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 131-132. 1920. — The presence of this fungus in Kansas on Zea mays is noted; pertinent characteristics are given. — F. C. Gates. 904. Melchees, L. E. Plant disease report for Kansas, 1917. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 132-138. 1920. — The paper contains a brief report of the distribution and severity of 25 cereal diseases, 11 vegetable diseases, 16 fruit diseases, and winter injury. — F. C. Gates. 905. RamIrez, Roman. Viruela del algodon. [Cotton rust.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 461. S fig. 1920. — Cotton rust caused by Aecidium gossypii E. & E. has caused losses to growers in Coahuila and Duranga, Mexico. — John A. Stevenson. 906. SiMONETTO, MoiSES. NuBvas orientaciones en sanidad vegetal. [New situations in plant pathology.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 349-356. ^ fig. 1920.— In part 1 of the paper are discussed the dangers of the importation of plant diseases and the preventive measures that may be taken. A floating fumigation building is suggested and described. In part 2 reference is made to a convention on plant sanitation held in Washington on Decem- ber 20, 1920. In part 3 an outline is presented of urgently needed investigation on the con- comitant causes of the mosaic of sugar-cane. In part 4 it is pointed out that in some cases mosaic disease has caused losses reaching 50 per cent and is thus a real danger to Cuban sugar- cane growers. One focus of infection located at the Mercedes plantation is said to have been controlled. — F. M. Blodgett. 907. Trujillo Pelufpo, Agustin. Desarrollo de las enfermedades criptogamicas en las vifiedos durante el presente afio. [Fungous diseases in the v'neyards during the present year.) Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 2: 43-46. Sfig. 1921. — Powdery mildew (Ot'dzum), anthrac- nose (Gloeosporiitm) , and downy mildew (Plasmopara) have caused heavy losses due in part to weather conditions (high humidity) but to a larger extent to the failure of the growers to spray at the right time and in a careful manner. — John A. Stevenson. THE HOST (RESISTANCE; SUSCEPTIBILITY; MORBID ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY) 908. HuRD, Annie May. Seed-coat injury and viability of seeds of wheat and barley as factors in susceptibility to molds and fungicides. Jour. Agric. Res. 2V: 99-122. PI. 1S-2S. 1921. — An unbroken seed coat affords protection against attack of living seeds by Penicillium sp. or Rhizopus nigricans either in damp storage, in the soil, or in blotter germinations; but infection may occur on such seeds if germination is retarded by means of low temperature. By means of artificial injuries, it is found that injury over the endosperm results fatally when either organism is present and under any 1 of the 3 conditions mentioned, while an injury over the embryo is not at all detrimental. Seeds that are dead or weakened from any cause are at- tacked by these fungi even though the seed coat is intact. These fungi do not affect seeds when the temperature is 10°C. or lower and Penicillium sp. requires an atmospheric humidity of 80 per cent. Aspergillus sp. grows on wheat at a humidity of 70 per cent. — Seeds mechani- cally injured and exposed to copper sulphate solution [3 per cent] are injured in 5 minutes when the break is over the embryo and in 1 hour if the break is over the endosperm. — The dam- No. 2, Septembek, 1921 J PATHOLOGY 143 age that will be done to seed wheat by copper-sulphate treatment and by saprophytic fungi can be predicted by examination of the phj'sical condition of the seed for mechanical injury and the locationof the injuries. Machine thrashing usually breaks seed coats of wheat directly over the radicle. Turkestan barley and varieties of similar structural type are broken at the hilum either in machine or hand thrashing and barley seed is more easily injured than wheat seed. — Perfect wheat seed is injured by exposure to saturated copper sulphate solution for G hours or more, indicating that the seed coat is not completely semipermeable. — D. Reddich. 909. KoRSTiAN, Clarence F., Carl Hartley, Lyle F. Watts, and Glenn G. Hahn. A chlorosis of conifers corrected by spraying with ferrous sulphate. Jour. Agric. Res. 2P: 153- 171. ^ fig. 1921. — All coniferous species groAvnin a nursery in Idaho are affected with chlorosis. With chlvirosis is as-^ooiatcd poor growth of roots, stems and leaves, failure to form terminal buds, and susceptibility to winter injury. Excessive soil moisture does not seem to be a factor in producing a chlorotic condition. The soils on which chlorosis of conifers oc- curs all contain considerable amounts of carbonate and have been formed in part from lime- stone. The water supply at one nursery contains much calcium bicarbonate. No correla- tion could be found between occurrences of chlorosis and the amount of calcium or of carbonate present. Chlorosis in western yellow pine, Pinus ponderosa, and jack pine, P. banksiana, has been definitely corrected by spraying the plants at 10-day intervals with 1 per cent ferrous sulphate. Douglas fir, Pseudotsuga taxifoHa, gave similar but less decisive results. Sul- phate of iron of 2 per cent strength is injurious. — The literature on chlorosis is reviewed and a bibliography of 24 titles appended. — D. Reddich. 910. Lee, H. Atherton. The increase in resistance to citrus canker with the advance in maturity of citrus trees. Phytopathology 11 : 70-73. 1921 . — On the evidence obtained through extensive field observations, the hypothesis is advanced that as citrus trees advance in ma- turity there is a gradual increase in their resistance to citrus canker. Citrus trees of the more resistance species. Citrus nobilis, C. mitis, etc., often show great susceptibility to canker when^oung while more mature trees are practically free from injury. This is apparently true also, to a less noticeable extent, of the more susceptible species. — B. B. Higgins. 911 . ScH affnit, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Brennfieckenkrankheit der Bohnen. [Inves- tigations on anthracnose of beans.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 199-201. 1921. — Bean varieties resistant and susceptible to anthracnose were grown with various fertilizers, especial- ly those supplying an excess of nitrogen. The plants as well as controls were inoculated with the anthracnose organism, but no appreciable change in relative resistance was found as a result of the fertilizer applications. Greater diastase and protease content was found in the susceptible than in the resistant varieties. — Wilber Brotherton, Jr. THE PATHOGENE (BIOLOGY; INFECTION PHENOMENA; DISPERSAL) 912. BuRKHOLDER, WALTER H. The bacterial blight of bean: a systemic disease. Phyto- pathology 11: 61-69. 1921. — The bean blight organism {Bacterium phaseoli) may infest the vascular system of the bean {Phaseohis vulgaris) plant, with or without the production of surface lesions and symptoms of bean blight as generally noted. The bacteria in the cotyle- dons of plants from infected seed may enter the vessels and pass down into the stem of the young plants. The symptoms produced by this vascular invasion appear to depend, in some way, on environmental conditions. The plants may wilt at once, lesions may appear on the stems and leaves, or the plants may show incipient wilting or dwarfing without the appear- ance of definite lesions. The seeds are often invaded through the vessels without the pro- duction of lesions on either the seed coat or the pod. — This systemic infection does not produce the greatest amount of damage, but it is of importance in seed selection. It also acts as an important source of infection for the peculiar epidemics of blight which appear in late summer. — B, B. Higgins. 144 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 913. Heald, F. D. Relation of spore load to the per cent of stinking smut (Tilletia tritici). [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 103-104. 1921. — The per cent produced is approximately proportional to the number of smut spores per grain of wheat until the maximum is reached, between 65,000 and 100,000 per grain. — B. B. Higgins. 914. Heinricher, E. Arceuthobitmi Oyxcedri (DC.) M. Bieb auf Cupressus. [Arceu- thobium Oxycedri (DC.) M, Bieb on Cupressus.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 220-223. 1920. — This paper is a report of experiments carried out with the intention of testing the ability of the organism named to attack Pinus silvestris, Cupressus pendula, and Chamaecyparis pisifera. Positive results were secured with Cupressus spp. only. Since only 1 out of 67 seeds sown on the cypress developed into a plant on that host the author does not consider the nega- tive results with Chamaecyparis as conclusive evidence of the parasite's inability to use the latter as a host. — R. M. Holman. 915. Morse, W. J. The transference of the potato late blight by insects. Phytopathology 11: 94-96. 1921. — A case is noted where the spores of the potato late blight fungus {Phy- tophthora infestans) were apparently carried 150 yards by flea beetles (Epitrix cucumeris). — B. B. Higgins. DESCRIPTIVE PLANT PATHOLOGY 916. Anonymous. Degeneracion de la papa y manera de evitarla. [Degeneration of the potato and means of preventing it.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 415-421. 6 fig. 1919. — Degenera- tion of potato varieties is due partly to Phytophthora infestans and other fungi and partly to unknown causes. The tendency of certain varieties toward degeneration, expressed by low yields, spindling sprouts and related phenomena, is often allied with smooth, shallow- eyed tubers. A lack of diastase in tlie tubers and poor fibro-vascular development also mark this condition. — John A. Stevenson. 917. Anonymotjs. Report on Pe-byu-gale disease and the application of measures to check its spread, 1918-19. Appendix to Ann. Kept. Agric. Sta., Agric. Chem., Agric. Eng., Asst. Bot. Northern Circle, and Asst. Entomol. Burma 1918-1919: 95-99. 1 map. 1920.— This is a sclerotial disease on Pe-byu-gale (Phaseolus lunatus L.) reported as exceedingly destructive over localized areas near Mandalay, Burma. Despite burning badly infected fields, and rota- tion of crops, the disease is spreading. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 941.] — Winfield Dudgeon. 918. Barss, H. p. Bean blight and bean mosaic. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 192-196. Fig. 56-59. 1921. — Notes and recommendations are given rela- tive to the occurrence and control of blight, probably caused by Bacterium phaseoli, and of mosaic. The variety Berrendo from Mexico shows no symptoms of mosaic even when arti- ficially inoculated, yet after inoculation it may transmit the disease to other varieties. — E. J. Kraus. 919. Barss, H. P. Physiological disorders of developing fruits. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 159-166. Fig. U-47. 1921.— The following are assumed to be due to a lack of adjustment between water needs and water supply: (1) Shriveling of grapes; (2) drouth spot, cork, blister, punk, and bitter pit of apple; (3) black end of pears and of walnuts; (4) gum spot of prunes; and (5) internal browning of potato. — E. J. Kraus. 920. Bianchi, Angel T. Enfermedades de la papa. [Potato diseases.] Defensa Agric. [Uruguay] 2: 31-32. 1921. — Phytophthora infestans, Fusariutn solani (dry rot), and Bacillus amylobacter (wet rot) are considered. — John A. Stevenson. 921. Bryon, May K. A bacterial budrot of cannas. Jour. Agric. Res. 2V: 143-152. PI. 31-38. 1921. — The disease is essentially one of young tissue and moist conditions in Canna indica. The lesions vary from small spots to brown irregular areas extending several cen- timeters along the leaf blade. Young shoots are often killed, the flower buds blighted, and No. 2, September, 1921J PATHOLOGY 145 the stalks decayed. The disease is known only from Washington, D. C, and Urbana, Illinois. The cause of the disease is Bacterium cannae n. sp., group number 211. 3333023. Cultural and other biological characters are presented in detail. Infection takes place through sto- mates and spreads through the intercellular spaces of the parenchyma of leaf blade, petiole, and stalk. Overcrowding and overwatering of young plants in the hothouse seem to be predisposing factors. Avoidance of these conditions is at present the only known means of controlling the disease. — D. Reddick. 922. Gardner, Max W., and James B. Kendrick. Bacterial spot of tomato. Jour. Agric. Kes. 2V: 123-150. PI. 2^-28, 1921. — Bacterial spot of tomato [Lyropersicnm] is widely distributed in North America. It is a typical spot disease of fruit, stem, and leaf. It occurs on practically all varieties of tomatoes and also on pepper [Capsicum]. Infection of potato foliage has been secured. The disease is caused by Bacterium exitiosum n. sp., group number 211. 3332513. Cultural and other biological characters are described in detail. The organism produces no acid or gas with carbohydrates, is highly sensitive to sunlight, very resistant to desiccation, and has its limit of acid toleration at Ph5. — Infection of foliage is stomatal and is readily secured by atomizer inoculations; fruit infections occur only through wounds. Mature fruits are not infected and this is attributed to high aciditv. The organism overwin- ters on the surface of seed and is thus disseminated. Disinfection of seed in mercuric chloride, 1 to 3000, for 5 minutes is safe and effective for control. — The paper is a monographic treatise. — D. Reddick. 923. Gentner, Georg. Eine Bakteriose der Gerste. [A bacteriosis of barley.] Cen- tralbl. Bakt. II. Abt. 50: 428-441. Fig. 2. 1920. — A monographic treatise on a bacterial dis- ease of barley, occasionally fovmd on wheat and rye. The disease is characterized by the appearance of brown spots on the nodes and upper internodes. The leaves of diseased plants are covered with brown blotches or dots, the upper ones becoming prematurely yellow and dry. The disease is further characterized by the production of poorly filled heads with prematurely filled kernels. The glumes may become split. In extreme cases, the kernels may show longitudinal rifts extending deep into the endosperm. The disease is caused by Bacillus cerealium n. sp., described as follows: Short, motile rod, 1.5-3 X 0.6-0.8^, with 1-2 polar flagella; spore forming, aerobic, non-liquefying, red-pigment producing on media. The bacillus is capable of dissolving the middle lamella, starch grains, and cell walls in the interior of the kernel, but not in the hull. It does not dissolve cellulose of filter paper, nor does it rot potato or carrot. The cleavage products and the pigment produced are dextrin-like. The disease is most common in dry seasons. The organism persists in the soil and in the grain, which under conditions of moist storage maj' become seriouslj^ infested. — Anthony Berg. 924. Heald, F. D. Moldy core of Stayman Winesap, [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 105. 1921. — Several species of fungi have been found producing a moldy growth in the core of apples having an open calyx; but of these only species of Penicillium and of AUernaria produced a decay of the fruit. — B. B. Higgins. 925. HoTSON, J. W. A new species of Exobasidium. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: lOvi. 1921. — A new, as yet unnamed, species of Exohasidium attacks the 5'oung branches of Vaccinium parvifolium. — B. B. Higgins. 920. Jagger, Ivan C. Bacterial leafspot disease of celery. .Tour. Agric. Res. 21: 185- 188. PL JfG-I^l. 1921. — The disease is practically confined to leaf blades of celery [.4. pi urn graveolens] and is known from New York and Michigan. The lesions are distinguishable from those of Septoria leaf blight only by the absence of pycnidia. The cause of the disease is Pscudomonas apii n. sp., group number 211. 2322033. Cultural and other biological charac- ters are presented in condensed form. — Field experiments show that the disease may be controlled by suitable applications of Bordeaux mixture, 1 per cent, but that lime-sulphur solution, 1:25, is not effective. — D. Reddick. 146 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 927. Lehman, S. G. Soft rot of pepper fruits. Phytopathology 11: 85-87. 1021.— A hitherto unknown rot of sweet pepper (Capsicum annuumvaT.grossum) fruit is described. It appears first as a small water-soaked spot at the blossom end. The infected area enlarges rapidly, becomes lighter in color and soft, and after a period of 4 or 5 days involves the entire fruit. The causal organism is a phycomycete which seems to be identical with Pythium de Baryanum. — B. B. Higgins. 928. McKat, M. B. Blossom-end rot of tomatoes. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3 : 185-186. Fig. 52. 1921. — The relation of the disease to water supply, and suggestions for its control are given. — E. J. Kraus. 929. McKay, M. B. Mosaic disease of tomatoes. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 179-1S4. PI. H, jig. 51-52 1921. — Effects of the disease on foliage and fruit are described. General discussion, notes on occurrence in Oregon, and suggestions for control are presented. — E. J. Kraus. 930. McKay, M. B. Western yellow tomato blight. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 174-178. Fig. 50. 1921. — Both Fusarium and Rhizoctonia appear to be associated with the disease, though the former seems to be the more common and impor- tant. There are no resistant varieties, but such are being sought. Occurrence and means for decreasing losses are discussed. — E. J. Kraus. 931. Miles, L. E. The mosaic disease of sugar cane in Mississippi in 1920. Mississippi Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 191. 12 p., 1 fig. 1920. — A brief history of the disease is given, its symp- toms, and distribution over the state; quarantine and control measures are also mentioned. — H. B. Brown. 932. Neal, D. C. Diseases of the sweet potato in Mississippi and their control. Mis- sissippi Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 190. 16 p., 12 fig. 1920. — In an illustrated popular bulletin, the author discusses the economic importance of the most common sweet potato diseases, their symptoms, causes, control measures, and distribution over the state. A short bibliogra- phy is appended. — H. B. Brown. 933. Pritchard, F. J., and W. S. Porte. Collar-rot of tomato. Jour. Agric. Res. 21: 179-184. PI. U-^5. 1921. — This disease of tomato (Lycopersicum) takes the form of a rot- ting and girdling of the stem of young plants at the surface of the soil. It is essentially a dis- ease of the seed-bed and occurs in Maryland, New Jersey and Delaware. The disease is caused by Veriicillium lycopersici n. sp.; a technical description is presented. — Infection experiments were made with this fungus in comparison with Macrosporium solani and Rhizoctonia solani. All 3 organisms produce a girdling of stems of seedling tomatoes when applied to the unin- jured stems or when mixed with the potting soil. R. solani often fails to infect and the lesions are superficial. Trials with potato (Solanum tuberosum) and with horse nettle {S. carolinense) show that these plants are also hosts for the 3 organisms with typical collar rot development, but, as with tomato, Rhizoctonia solani is weakly parasitic. — D. Reddick. 934. Ramirez, Ram6n. Enfermedad en los naranjos de Turicato, Michoacan. [An orange disease in Turicato, Michoacan.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 547. 1 fig. 1920. — A rot of oranges due to Penicillium sp., Aspergillus sp. and other molds following initial injury by insects is described. — John A. Stevenson. 935. Ramirez, Ram6.v. Enfermedad de los pinos de Guadalajara. [A pine disease in Guadalajara.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 601. 1 fig. 1920. — A disease of the twigs of Pinus sp. due to Schizotrichuvi sp. is described briefly. — John A. Stevenson. 936. Ritzema Bos, J. Myn proefveldje by het Instituut voor Phytopathologie van 1906 tot 1920. [My experiment field at the Phytopathological Institute during the period 1906-1920.] Tijdschr. Plantenz. 27: 29-44. 1921. — In this work the results obtained upon various phy- No. 2, September, 1921 J PATHOLOGY 147 topathological subjects are summarized: (1) Recovery of diseased plants after transplanting to the experiment field; (2) soil sickness; (3) production of sclerotia of Claviceps purpurea in large quantities; (4) ergot of rye in relation to grasses; (5) use of chemicals as fungicides and insecticides; (G) control of celery leaf spot {Sepioria apii) with Bordeaux mixture. — D. Alanasoff. 937. Rosen, H. R. Further observations on a bacterial root and stalk rot of field com. Phytopathology 11: 71-79. Fig. t-4- 1921. — In continuing work formerly reported [see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 2742] field observations and inoculations have shown that 17 varieties of field corn and 1 of sweet corn are suscejitible to this disease. The latter is characterized by localized rotting of the roots and lower nodes of the stalk, and by spots on the blades, sheaths, and husks. The organism has been obtained in 15 isolations from the various types of lesions; and similar lesions have been reproduced by inoculations with pure cultures of the organism, which is as yet unnamed. — B. B. Higgins. 93S. ScHULTZ, E. S., AND DoNALD FoLSOM. Leafroll, net-necrosis, and spindling-sprout of the Irish potato. Jour. Agric. Res. 21: 47-SO. PI. 1-12. 1921. — The symptoms, geographi- cal distribution, and economic importance of leafroll are briefly discussed. The disease is found to be consistently carried over winter in the tubers. It can be transmitted by means of grafts, using either parts of diseased tubers or scions from diseased plants. The plants show leafroll sjTiiptoms about 1 month after inoculation as well as in their progeny. Obser- vations made in the field and in the greenhouse indicate that aphids are agents of transmission. Experiments with caged plants in the field and in the greenhouse show that aphids are able to transmit leafroll. Two tuber units were inoculated in the field with Myzus persicae, both developing symptoms of leafroll, and showing leafroll in a large percentage of their progeny. Eight plants were inoculated with aphids in the greenhouse and all developed leafroll, while checks grown from the same tubers remained healthy even though some of them were fed upon by non-virulent aphids. An experiment on overwintering in the soil gave negative results. Tubers showing net-necrosis almost invariably produce leafroll plants, although leafroll plants only occasionally produce net-necrosis tubers. Net-necrosis often fails to appear in the progeny of tubers affected with it. The development of net-necrosis by leafroll tubers seems to depend on the variety, time of infection, and other factors not now understood. Net-necrosis is one of the causes of spindling sprout. Experiments with rogueing indicate that this method of control will be effective in northeastern Maine under proper conditions. Leafroll appears to spread less readily than mosaic. — K. H. Fernow. 939. Stevens, F. L. Foot-rot of wheat. Science 51: 517-518. 1920. — From evidence gathered from a study of the foot-rot disease the author presents the following facts as fully established. The fungus was isolated from lesions in practically every one of several hundred attempts, and no other species of fungus or other parasite was constantly present. The lesions were always penetrated and occupied by a fungus mycelium that agrees in general char- acter with the fungus in question, and the diseased stems, when placed in humid surroundings, became covered with spores of the fungus. The fungus when inoculated from pure cultures as spores, mycelium, or infected wheat tissue produced disease indistinguishable from foot- rot. Wheat planted in soil with an inoculum of this fungus developed typical foot-rot. The fungus in question is a typical Helminthosporium. This foot-rot found in Illinois should be recognized as a disease quite distinct from all others of similar type that have been pre- viously described. It is clearly soil-borne and probably also seed-borne. — A. H. Chivers. 940. Taubenhaus, J. J. A study of the black and the yellow mold of ear corn. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 270. 38 p., 10 fig. 1920.— The annual loss in Texas from black and yellow molds, Aspergillus niger and A. flavus, is estimated at 5,718,333 bushels. The same molds attack broom corn and stored onions. The black mold is the more destructive to corn. — Tests indicated that while Aspergillus niger is found on peanuts, cotton bolls, cowpeas, onions, pomegranates, Irish potatoes, squashes, broom corn, and ear corn, physiological species do 148 PATHOLOGY [Bot. Absts., Vol. IX, not exist. Aspergillus niger can invade the ear only during the milky stage and when it haa been injured by the ear worm. Tests show that infected ears should not be used as seed stock. — L. Pace. 941. Thompstone, E., and A. M. Sawyer. Report on the work of the Botanical Section, Northern Circle. Ann. Rept. Agric. Sta., Agric. Chem., Agric. Eng., Bot. Northern Circle, and Asst. Entomol. Burma 1918-1919: 93-95. 1920. — Progress is reported in investigation of a destructive sclerotial disease of Phaseolus lunatus [see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 917] ; cotton breed- ing; and other experimental work. — W infield Dudgeon. 942. Walker, J. C. Onion smudge. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 685-721. PL 80-85. 1921.— Smudge occurs only on the scales and neck of the bulb of Alliu7n cepa. The causal organism is Colletotrichum circinans (Berk.) Voglino, heretofore generally known as Vermicularia circinans Berkeley. The fungus is pathogenic upon the scales of mature bulbs, but does not attack actively growing parts of the plant with the exception of young seedlings, upon which it sometimes produces "damping off." The fungus overwinters as stromata in infected scales. Conidia are sensitive to desiccation except when remaining in waxy masses on the host; in this latter condition a small percentage remain viable for a considerable period. Abundant rainfall, together with a mean soil-temperature range between 20 and 30°C., favor the rapid development of the disease in the field ; hot dry weather in midsummer checks its development. Artificial drying of "sets" immediately following harvest also checks the disease but is not as yet recommended as a general practice. — H. W. Dye. 943. Walker, J. C. Rust of onion followed by a secondary parasite. Phytopathology 11: 87-90. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — A species of Botrytis has been found attacking the leaves and seed stems of the top onion {Allium cepa var. bulbellifera) . It enters the host plant always through lesions produced by a rust, apparently Puccinia asparagi. — The identity of the Botrytis has not yet been determined. — B. B. Higgins. 944. Weir, James R. Poljrporus dryadeus (Pers.) Fr. on conifers in the Northwest. Phytopathology 11: 99. 1921. 945. Zeller, S. M. A Cytospora canker of apple and another "die-back" fungus of interest. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 105. 1921. 946. Zeller, S. M. A spur blight of pear caused by Botrytis. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 105. 1921. 947. Zeller, S. M. Heart-rot of prune and peach in Oregon. [Abstract.] Phytopath- ology 11: 105. 1921. — In western Oregon the greater percentage of heart-rot in peach {Arnygdalus persica) and prune {Prunus domestica) trees is due to Trametes carnea. Lenzites sepiaria and Fames pinicola also cause some heart-rot in these trees. — B. B. Higgins. 948. Zeller, S. M. Wood decay in orchard trees in Oregon. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 132-138. Fig. 35-37. 1921.— The organisms causing most serious decay of cherry wood are Irpex lacteus, Polystictus versicolor, and P. hirsutus ; of apple and pear wood P. versicolor; and of prune wood Trametes carnea, Lenzites sepiaria. Fames pinicola, Stereum hirsutum, and others. Of trees having large pruning wounds a survey showed 97 per cent to be decayed. Painting of the wounds with Bordeaux paste, and about the edges with a mixture of asphalt and paraffin, is recommended. Copper nails or tacks driven into the wound will supplement the antiseptic action of the Bordeaux paste. — E. J . Kraus. ERADICATION AND CONTROL MEASURES 949. Barss, H. p. Cylindrosporium leaf-spot of prune and cherry. Oregon. Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3 : 15(3-158. Fig. 42-43. 1921.— Control is effected by spray- No. i;, Septembek, 1921] PATHOLOGY 149 ing with Bordeaux mixture (4-4-50) on May 1 and at intervals of 3 or 4 weeks thereafter until dry weather is permanently established. — E. J. Kraus. 950. Barss, H. p. Grain smuts and their control. Oregon. Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 197-202. Fig. 60-63. 1921.— General description and methods of control are given. — E. J. Kraus. 951. Barss, H. P. Onion smut control. Oregon. Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 187-191. Fig. 5-^-55. 1921. — Experiments with, and recommendations concerning, the use of formaldehyde during seeding are given. — E. J . Kraus. 952. Barss, H. P. Peach leaf-curl control. Oregon. Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 145-151. PI. 12-13. 1921. — Notes are given on comparative effectiveness of several sprays containing copper, sulphur, or coal tar derivatives, and the time of applica- tion of spray. Thorough spraying with Bordeaux mixture (C-6-50) any time between December 1 and the first part of February resulted in almost perfect control. — E. J . Kraus. 953. Barss, H. P., and W. A. Smart. Notes on tests with fungicides. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 167-171. Fig. 4S. 1921. — The discussion relates to (1) preliminary tests with late summer sprays for apple-tree anthracnose, (2) sugar as a stabilizer for Bordeaux mixture, (3) iron sulphide, an effective aid to thoroughness in spraying, (4) dry-lime-sulphur vs. ordinary liquid lime-sulphur. Experimental data are briefly pre- sented.— E. J. Kraus. 954. Brock, W. S., and W, A. Ruth. Judging a spray by its chemical content. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 105-lOG. 1920 [1921]. — The authors point out that a spray material should not be judged solely by its chemical content as such important properties as solubility, rate of decomposition, adhesiveness, absorption of components of the spray or its decomposi- tion products, the effect of light, heat, and moisture upon the material and upon the relation of the material to the plant and to the fungus to be controlled may be ignored. Although the Sherwin-Williams Company recommends a dilution for their dry lime-sulphur which yields a spray containing less sulphur than is present in a liquid lime-sulphur generally ac- cepted as controlling apple fungi and San Jos6 scale, the recommended concentration has been found successful in Hlinois during 5 years for controlling apple fungi and in 2 localities for 2 years in controlling San Jos6 scale. For dependable results repeated field trials in the immediate vicinity seem to be necessary. — H. W. Richey. 955. Geschwind. Die in den Schwarzkiefernsaatkampen des Karstes auftretenden schadlichen Insekten und Pilze sowie die Mittel zu ihrer Abwehr. [Insects and fungi in the Austrian pine nurseries of the Karst region and the means of combating them.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u. Jagd Zeitg. 39 : 29-30. 1920. — The chief insect enemies of Austrian pine {Finns austriaca) in the nurseries of the Karst region on the east Adriatic coast are discussed as well as the needle cast disease {Lophodermium pinastri) and the root decay caused by Fusoma parasiticum (Fusarium blasticola) . There are well known ways of combating all of these pests but the author considers only the effect of laying sods, grass side down, between the drills in the seed beds. The system of laying these sods was developed primarily as a means of protection against high winds and drying effects and also as a means of adding humus to the soil. The method has proved of considerable help in checking insect attack. The activity of the root-decaying fungus seems to depend upon air stagnation. The sods allow a much greater circulation of air over the seed beds than when they are protected from drying out by lattice frames or leafy branches spread over the beds. — F. S. Baker. 956. Holmes, E. M. The silver-leaf disease fungus. Pharm. Jour. 106: 31-32. 1921.— Stereum purpureum, proved by Percival to be the cause of the silver-leaf disease of the plum tree and the Portugal laurel, is described by the author, and directions are given for collecting and burning the fungus, which matures during the late winter and early spring. 150 PATHOLOGY [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, The fungus spores attack the trees where the bark is cracked and where gum often exudes from -wounds. Probably the best way to prevent attack is to apply pine tar to every crack or abrasion of the bark. It is also suggested that an antiseptic resin, such as a combination of formaldehj^de with a resinous base, might be devised as a more sightly remedy. — E. N . Gather coal. 957. Mackie, W. W., and F. N. Briggs. Fungicidal dusts for control of smuts. Science 52: 540. 1920. — It has been demonstrated recently that the commonly accepted standard smut treatments with either copper sulphate or formaldehyde are frequently injurious, either producing poor germination or weakening the seedling. Formaldehyde injury seems more severe with wheat when plantings are made in dry soil. Injury from copper sulphate treatments are greater with wheat mechanically injured, as in the threshing process. As an improved method, dust applications of copper sulphate are recommended. Little Club wheat was dusted with spores of Tilletia tritici at the rate of 1 part smut spores to 750 parts of seed by weight, and treated by standard formulas as well as by the dust method. Dehy- drated copper sulphate mixed with equal parts of calcium hydrate, at the rate of 2 ounces per bushel, controlled smut without injury to germination. — A. H. Chivers. 958. Owens, C. E. Gooseberry mildew control. Oregon Agric. Exp. Sta. Crop Pest and Hort. Rept. 3: 152-155. Fig. 39-41. 1921. — Complete control may be obtained by 3 applications of lime-sulphur spray. The 1st of these at a dilution of 1-25, put on when the leaves are emerging from the buds, is most important; the 2nd (1-45) should be put on just before blooming, the 3rd (1-50) just after blooming. — E. J. Kraus. 959. ScoFiELD, C. S. Cotton root rot in the San Antonio rotations. Jour. Agric. Res. 2P: 117-125. 1921. — Records are presented covering 8 years on the occurrence of root rot of cotton [caused by Phymatochitrium omnivorum] in experimental plots in Texas involving continuous cropping and rotations with various crops of 2, 3, and 4 years respectively. The data indicate that "the control of root rot is not to be found through any ordinary system of crop rotation or of tillage methods." — D. Reddick. 960. Snapp, Oliver I., and Leslie Pierce. Experiments in dusting and spraying peaches for the control of curculio, brown rot, and scab. Mississippi Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 195. 8p., 1 fig. 1920. — Liquid sprays gave slightly better results than dust but required more labor in applying. Dust (lead arsenate 10 per cent, lime 10 per cent, and sulphur 80 per cent) applied on April 22, May 11, and June 12 controlled brown rot and scab eiTectively but did not control the curculio, as 19.8 per cent of the fruit produced was wormy. — H. B. Brown. 961. ZuNDEL, George L. Preliminary experiments on injury to wheat from seed treatment in "Washington. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 103. 1921. — Both copper sulphate solution (l pound to 5 gallons) and formaldehyde solution (1 to 40) injured seed wheat. The injury was greatly reduced when such treatment was followed by dipping the seed 3-5 minutes in lime solution. — B. B. Higgins. MISCELLANEOUS (TECHNIQUE, COGNATE RESEARCHES) 962. G., C. G. [Rev. of: Chittenden, F. J. The garden doctor: plants in health and disease, x + 154 p. Country Life: London; Chas. Scribner's Sons: New York, 1920.] Nature 107: 40. 1921. 963. Hesler, L. R. [Rev. of: Smith, Erwin F. An introduction to bacterial diseases of plants. XXX + 688 p., 453 fig. W. B. Saunders Co.: Philadelphia and London, 1920.] Phytopathology 11: 107-108. 1921. 964. Orton, C. R. Lightning injury to potato and cabbage. Phytopathology 11: 96-98. Fig. 1. 1921. No. 2, September, 1921] PHARMACOGNOSY 151 9G5. Rathbun, Annie E. Methods of direct inoculation with damping-off fungi. Phy- topathology 11: S0-S3. Fig. 1-3. 1921. — In order to overcome some of the uncertainties encountered in testing the susccptibilitj' of plants to damping-off fungi by placing the organ- ism in the soil, methods of direct inoculation have been devised. By these methods the organ- ism, growing on culture media, is brought into direct contact with the stem, root, or whatever part of the plant seems most desirable for the test. — B. B. Iliggins. PHARMACOGNOSY AND PHARMACEUTICAL BOTANY Heber W. Youngken, Editor E. N. Gathercoal, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 633, 658, 661, 664, 728, 936, 956.) 966. Balme, Juan. Cultivo de la adormidera blanca. [Poppy cultivation.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 428-429. 1919. — Brief cultural directions for Papaver somniferum candidum are given, including methods of harvesting the product and the yields to be expected. — John A. Stevenson. 967. Bliss, A. R. Report on alkaloids. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 416-420. 1921. — The report deals with strychnine, quinine, physostigmine, hyoscyamine, and others. — F. M. Schertz. 968. Buschmann, E. Untersuchungen iiber die chemischen Bestandteile von Bulbus Scillae. [Chemical constituents of Bulbus Scillae.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 79-86. 1919. 969. Dehrs, V. Contribution k I'etude du Quebracho rouge. [Contribution to the study of red quebracho.] Bull. Sci. Pharm. 28: 48-54. 1921. — The paper, which is an abstract of B. Galarza's paper from the "L'Institut de Botanique et de Pharmacologie de la Faculty des Sciences Medicales de Buenos Aires," No. 32, 1915, gives a very detailed account of the collecting of the wood of red quebracho (Schinopi^is Lorcnzii and S. BaUnsae), its physical and chemical properties, and its use. — H. Engelhardt. 970. Dehrs, V. Etude des Aspidospermees. [Study of the aspidospermae.] Bull. Sci. Pharm. 28: 54-61. 1921. — A discussion of Edwin Rothlin's paper, "a contribution to the study of the Aspidospermae," from the Institute de botanica y farmacologia de Buenos Aires. It deals with the botanical, microscopical, pharmacological, and chemical studies of Aspido- sperma quebracho bianco and Aspidosperma peroba. — H. Engelhardt. 971. Dieterle, H. Xanthosterin, ein krystallinischer Korper aus der Rinde von Xan- thoxylum Budrunga DC. [Xanthosterin, a crystalline body from the bark of Xanthoxylum Budrunga.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 260-203. 1919. 972. Ferenez, a. Ueber das Kardobenediktenkrautol. (Cnicus Benedictus L.) [Oil of blessed thistle.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 180-190. 1919.— The oil contains 89.80 per cent unsaturated or fluid fatty acids and 3.68 per cent saturated or solid fatty acids. Analysis of the former gave 74 per cent oleic acid and 26 per cent linoleic acid; of the latter 40 per cent stearic acid and 60 per cent palmitic acid. Specific gravity of Cwtcws Benedictus oil (15°C.) is 0.9262, acid number 1.2, refraction index 1.47178. Other physical and chemical constants are given, and details of separation of the fatty acids. — H. G. Barbour 973. FocKE, C. Zur kiinftigen physiologischen Einstellung der offizinellen Digitalisblatter. [Physiological testing of digitalis.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 270-2S8. 1919. — This discussion appears to be of local interest for Germany. — //. G. Barbour. 974. Friedrichs, O. von. Ueber einige Inhaltsstoffe der Altheev/urzel. [Some constitu- ents of Althaea root.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 288-298. 1919. — The content in fatty oil is 152 PHAEMACOGNOSY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1.7 per cent. The latter consists of glycerides of palmitic and oleic acids, also of butyric acid and phytosterin; probably also a high molecular oxy-acid. — The odor of the root is carried by a constituent of unknown composition, non-volatile with steam, soluble in ether but not in petroleum ether. — A lecithin, containing palmitic and oleic acids and choline, is present. The sugar is chiefly cane sugar (10.2 per cent); the invert-sugar content was 0.78 per cent. The gummy portion contains numerous polysaccharides, 64 per cent consisting of glycosan. Galactose is not present (as formerly held), but another saccharocolloid, which yields d-galac- tose on hydrolysis, is present. — H. G. Barbour. 975. Gadamer, J. Zur Kenntnis der Chelidonium-Alkaloide. [Chelidonium alkaloids.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 298-303. 1919. — Studies in stereo-isomerism are presented — H. G. Barbour. 976. Grant, E. H. Report on balsams and gums. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 421. 1921. — A method is given for the determination of crude fiber in Karaya gum. — F. M. Schertz. 977. Greenish, Henry G., and Constance E. Pearson. A new source of santonin. Pharm. Jour. 106: 2-3. 1921. — Artemisia brevifolia, found abundantly in western Thibet, at an altitude of 9,000-14,000 ft., and in northern India from Kashmir to Kumaon at a some- what lower altitude, yields at least 1 per cent of santonin. As far as is at present known, santonin is not widely distributed in the genus Artemisia. Apart from A. maritima var. Stechmanniana Besser, the unexpanded flower-heads of which constitute commercial santonica and contain from 2 to 3 per cent of santonin, it has been found only in A. gallica. — E. N. Gathercoal. 978. Harrison, C. W. The pharmacopoeial assay for alcohols in santal oil extended to include the true acetyl value. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 425-427. 1921. — The method as submitted gives the ratio of the saponification number of the acetylated oil to the acetyl value, and when expressed as santalol furnishes a significant figure for detecting adulterations. — F. M. Schertz. 979. Heiduschka, A., und Iv. Luft. Das fette Gel der Samen der Nachtkerze (Oenothera biennis) und iiber eine neue Linolensaure. [Fatty oil of evening primrose seed and a new linoleic acid.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 33-69. 1919. — In 100 gm. of the oil of evening primrose seed the following constituents, expressed in grams, were found: 7-linoleic acid 2.21, a-linoleic acid 33.65, ;8-linoleic acid 26.67, oleic acid 25.77, palmitic acid and high molecular acids 5.22, caproic acid 0.78, unsaponifiable constituents 2.27. 7-linoleic acid was not previously described; its hexabrom derivative has a melting point of 195-196°C. — H. G. Barbour. 980. Hermann, E. Ein neuer Giftpilz. [A new poisonous fungus.] Pharm. Zentralhalle 61: 511-513. 1920. — Two cases of poisoning could be traced to the eating of a fungus which at first was considered as Inocybe frumentacea or I. sambucina but later was determined by Romell as I. lateraria. The fungus is extremely poisonous, patients dying within 2 hours after previously suffering from vertigo, burning pain in the urinary tract, vomiting, and blindness. Persons who have not eaten a fatal amount of the fungus become blind, but regain eyesight within 24 hours. A detailed description of the structural characteristics of the fungus is given. — H. Engelhardt. 981. Holdermann, R. Kirschlorbeerwasser und eine kiinstliche Darstellungsweise fur Aq. Amygdalarum amararum. [Cherry laurel water, and an artificial preparation of water of bitter almonds.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 69-71. 1921. 982. Luther, J. B. The Turner reaction for gurjun balsam. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 422-424. 1921. — A report is presented on the Turner reaction as applied to imports of copaiba to test for the presence of gurjun balsam as an adulterant. — F. M. Schertz. 983. McCutcheon, Alexander. Cascara sagrada (Rhamnus Purshianus DC.) grown in Scotland. Pharm. Jour. 106: 72-73. 1921. — An account is given of the growth of Rhamnui No. 2, September, 1921] PH ARM ACOG NOSY 153 Purshianus seedlings, planted some years ago in East Lothian, Scotland. The plants have not developed into trees, but retain rather the bushy habit of growth. They are now about 9 feet high. Some 2 years ago bark was peeled from a number of branches, dried, and made into the official fluid extract. The latter possessed the full therapeutic value of the best North American Cascara sagrada. It would be quite feasible to grow and harvest this drug in Scotland. — E. N. Gathercoal. 984. McNair, James B. A study of Rhus diversiloba with special reference to its toxicity. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 127-146. PI. 1, fig. 2. 1921. — The author discusses the taxonomy of this species, particularly its relationship to R. toxicodendron, and outlines the distribution of the species. — The fresh sap emulsion secreted by the resin canals is apparently the only portion of the plant which causes poisoning of the skin (dermatitis). Those parts of the plant which do not possess canals, — the anthers, pollen, xylem, epidermis, cork cells, and trichomes, — are therefore non-toxic. The virulency of the plant in its different growth stages is dis- cussed.— E. W. Sinnott. 985. Marsh, C. Dwight, A. B. Clawson, and W. W. Eggleston. Baccharis pteronioi- des as a poisonous plant of the Southwest. Jour. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc. 57: 430-434. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — Suspicion has been thrown on Baccharis ■pteronioides as a possible cause of some losses of live stock in the Southwest [U. S. A.]. Feeding experiments have shown the plant to be poisonous to sheep, and it may be presumed that it will affect cattle in a similar way. A short description of the plant is given. — C. D. Marsh. 986. Pammel, L. H. Equisetosis or horsetail poisoning. Vet. Med. 16: 43. 1921. — A report is made of a case of horse poisoning, with additional data, mostly from Pammel's manual. — C. D. Marsh. 987. Pammel, L. H. Some forms of lima beans poisonous. Vet. Med. 16: 45. 1921. — A distinction is made between lima beans, some varieties of which are poisonous, and butter beans, which are not poisonous. — C. D. Marsh. 988. Pammel, L. H. Three-flowered nightshade poisonous. Vet. Med. 16:46-47. 1921. — An account is given of the fatal poisoning of 2 horses, with details of the symptoms and autopsy findings. — C. D. Marsh. 989. Pammel, L. H. Will frosted Sudan grass produce poisoning? Amer. Jour. Vet. Med. 15: 27. 1920. — In reply to this query the author briefly discusses the subject. — C. D. Marsh. 990. RamIrez, Roman. Drimys mexicana Sesse et Moc. Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 426. 1 fig. 1919. — The cultivation of Drimys mexicana Sess^ et Moc, the bark of which is used for medicine, is discussed. — John A. Stevenson. 991. Spokes, Ray E. American styrax. Jour. Amer. Pharm. Assoc. 9: 1055-1060. 1920. — A study of American styrax collected in the vicinity of Atlanta. The American styrax was found to be of firmer consistency than the South American product, in this respect re- sembling European styrax. The author reports the following analyses: U. S. p. STANDARD Incineration residue Acid value Undissolved residue. Cinnamic acid (free) Resin esters Styrol (a) (b) (c) per cent per cent per cent 1.4 1.4 1.4 35.0 39.0 37.0 3.0 3.5 3.6 12.07 13.84 13.75 34.1 35.5 1.1 1.6 Not more than 1 per cent Not more than 86 Not less than 56 Not more than 2.5 per cent Saponification value Not more than 2.30 Not less than 170 154 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, The author was unable to isolate styresinol in a seemingly pure state. The volatile oil (1.5-2.0 per cent) obtained by steam distillation has been identified as styrol, CeHsCH: CHj a phenyl substitution product of ethylene and identical to that obtained from Oriental spe- cies ; it has a boiling point of 145°C., sp. gr. of 0.070, and is dextrorotatory 16° 30". The author was unable to isolate styrogenin, a white amorphous bodj'', reported to be present in styrax. Methods of collection and range of distribution are given, the latter according to the author extending from Connecticut to southeastern Missouri, south to Tampa Bay, Florida, through Arkansas and Oklahoma to Texas, and then south to Mexico. It is stated that the outlook for larger use of American styrax seems encouraging. — Anton Hogstad Jr. 992. ViEHOEVER, Arno. Report on medicinal plants. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 409-415. 1921. — The report concerns itself with new sources of supplies or proper substi- tutes for drugs not now obtainable; value of volume-weight determinations in the analysis of crude drugs and spices; value of micro-sublimation in the analysis of plant products; the condition of domestic and imported drugs. — F. M. Schertz. 993. Wallis, T. E. Analytical microscopy. Pharm. Jour. 106: 48-50. Fig. 1. 1921.— The concluding paper of this series presents counting methods, illustrated by the Lycopodium spores and the maize starch procedure, and the preparation of crude fiber for counting. — E. N. Gathercoal. 994. WiNTERSTEiN, E., UNO A. Weinhagen. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Arekaalkaloide : Ueber Guvacin und Isoguvacin. [Areca alkaloids: Guvacin and isoguvacin. Arch, der Pharm. 257: 1-12. 1919. — Chemical isolation of two isomeric bases, C6H9NO2, guvacin and isoguvacin, from the strongly concentrated mother liquid of arecolin. Guvacin is said to be A' tetrahydronicotinic acid. Isoguvacin is possibly a pyrrol derivative. — H. G. Barbour. 995. Zornig-Basel, H. Beitrage zur Pharmakogeographie. [Pharmaco-geography.] Arch, der Pharm. 257: 129-144. 1919. — An extensive catalogue of commercial products of African and neighboring colonies is presented. Political ownership of these colonies seems to be based on the status in 1913. — H. G. Barbour. PHYSIOLOGY B. M. DiTGGAR, Editor Carroll W. Dodge, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 599, 610, 634, 686, 694, 700, 794, 801, 815, 817, 824, 866, 871, 872, 883, 908, 909, 911, 919, 928, 964, 974, 975, 1068, 1071) DIFFUSION, PERMEABILITY, ADSORPTION 996. Fitting, Hans. Untersuchungen iiber die Aufnahme und iiber anomale osmotische Koeffizienten von Glyzerin und Harnstoff. [Investigations relative to the absorption and the abnormal osmotic coefficients of glycerine and urea.] Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 59: 1-170. 1919. 997. Knudson, L., and S. Ginsburg. Suggestions with respect to the measurement of osmotic pressure. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 164-170. Fig. 1. 1921. — The osmotic concentration of the leaf cells of Zebrina pendula and Iresine Herbstii was determined both by the cryoscopic and the plasmolytic methods. A piston cylinder for the expression of the cell sap is described. The experiment shows that a pressure of 50,000 lbs. yields a more concentrated sap than does one of 10,000 lbs. The method of freezing the tissue was not found to affect the results greatly. Considerable differences were observed in the osmotic pressure when determined by the plasmolytic and by the cryoscopic methods, the latter giving in every case a higher figure. — E. W. Sinnott. No. 2, September, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 155 998. KoLKWiTZ, R. Die kiinstliche Zelle. [An artificial cell.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 13G-140. Fig. 1. 1920. — The author describes the construction of a new device by which water absorption by osmosis, artificial turgor pressure, and secretion of water as the result of high turgescence may be easily demonstrated. The apparatus consists of (a) a por- tion which is similar in form to the expanded part of a thistle tube and of about 100 cc. capac- ity, (b) a glass stopcock, and (c) an approximately cylindrical portion of about 5 cc. capacity into which a tube with an internal diameter of several mm. may be fixed by means of a stopper. The 3 parts of the apparatus are of glass and made in 1 piece. The stopcock con- nects the narrower end of member "a" with "c," and is so bored that by proper adjustment the chamber of "a" may be made to communicate with the chamber of "c." Either "a" or "c" may be placed in communication with the atmosphere, or the entrance to both chambers may be closed. An animal membrane is stretched across the large open end of "a," and in the demonstration of water secretion the open end of "c" is closed with parchment paper or some vegetable membrane. Directions for the use of the apparatus are given. — R. M. Holman. 999. Rudolfs, W. Effect of salt solutions having definite osmotic concentration upon absorption by seeds. Soil Sci. 11:277-293. 2 fig. 1921. — The influence of single salt solutions, varying from 0.001 to 7.0 atmospheres, of calcium nitrate, potassium carbonate, magnesium sulphate, potassium dihydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, and sodium nitrate upon water absorption by seeds was determined. Seeds of wheat, corn, watermelon, buckwheat, Canada field pea, white lupine, soybeans, rape, and alfalfa were used. There is a marked difference in the absorbing power of seeds of different species. The highest rates were found in alfalfa, the lowest in corn. Average absorption rates show a linear rela- tion to the osmotic concentration of the solutions, decreasing with increase in concentration except in dilute solutions. The retardation of absorption is accomplished by osmotic action. Low concentrations have a stimulating effect upon the absorption of some seeds but not upon that of others. — W . J . Robbins. MINERAL NUTRIENTS 1000. Haenseler, C. M. The effect of salt proportions and concentration on the growth of Aspergillus niger. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 147-163. Fig. 6. 1921. — Aspergillus niger was grown on 3-salt solutions of 3 different total concentrations (0.5, 2.1, and 4.2 atmospheres) and in the presence of sugar. For each total concentration, al! possible combinations ob- tainable by varying the partial concentration of each salt by increments of yo of the total concentration were made. In certain cases the salts were kept constant and the concentra- tion of the sugar was changed. When the salt proportions were the same, an increase in total concentration gave an increase in the yield of the fungus (dry weight). The partial concen- trations of KH2PO4 and MgS04 were varied within wide limits without in any way affecting the yields. Yield is approximately proportional to the amount of NO3 present, whether this amount is the result of changes in total or partial concentration. Beyond a certain point, the concentration of sugar is the limiting factor in growth. When salt concentrations and proportions are constant, yield is nearly proportional to the sugar concentration of the nutri- ent solution. — E. W.Sinnott. 1001. Mitchell, J, H. Report on inorganic plant constituents. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 391-394. 1921. — Methods are reported for determining calcium, magnesium, and manganese in the presence of large amounts of phosphorus. The method is adapted for use with certain seeds, cereals, and legumes. — F. M. Schertz. 1002. True, Rodney H. The function of calcium in the nutrition of seedlings. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 91-107. 1921. — The results were obtained by growing seedlings in lab- oratory cultures. Pure water represents a partial ionic vacuum to roots of plants and tends to establish an equilibrium with the cell contents by the withdrawal of ions from the plant. Injurious action results and is not fully overcome by any pair of ions (salt) tested, but is very BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 2 156 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, largely overcome by salts yielding the Ca"*""*" ion, to a much less degree by those yielding the Mg"^"*" ion, and very slightly or not at all by those yielding theK+orNa+ions. The calcium salts absorbed most abundantly are CaCl2, CaCOs, and Ca(N03)2. Absorption of electro- lytes is increased by an increase in the number of kinds of nutrient ions present in the solution. When accompanied by Ca"*"*" ions, the K+ ions — neglected when offered in simple solutions — are absorbed. As the variety of ions present in the solution is increased, the importance of rather sharply marked proportional relations becomes distinctly less than in the simpler solutions. The most striking single chemical condition of the solution is the presence of a certain minimal quantity of Ca"^"*" ions. A certain minimal quantity of Ca"^"^ ions seems to be necessary to secure the normal absorption of the other required ions present in the soil solution. Ca ions evidently make "physiologically available" the other nutrient materials contained in the soil solution. The basis, then, for an understanding of special service per- formed by the Ca"^~^ ion is doubtless to be sought in the physiology of the cell. — F. M. Sckertz. PHOTOSYNTHESIS 1003. Stern, Kurt. Untersuchungen iiber Fluorescenz und Zustand des Chlorophylls in lebenden Zellen. [The fluorescence of chlorophyll, and its condition in living cells.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 28-35. 1920. — By means of the spectroscope the author has studied the fluorescence of living cells of Chlorella suspended in water and of solutions of chlorophyll in various lipoids. Since fluorescence was observed in the suspension of living cells and n the solutions in lipoids, but never in the colloidal solutions in water, even when various substances were added which might be conceived of as rendering chlorophyll in colloidal solution in the chloroplast fluorescent, he concludes that in the intact green cell the chlorophyll is in true solution in a lipoid. He states further that the process of assimilation of carbon dioxide goes on partly in a lipoid, partly in a hydroid phase. Surface active substances alter the bounding surfaces of both phases and thus hinder or stop assimilation. — R. M. Holman. 1004. Weber, Friedl. Notiz zur Kohlensaureassimilation von Neottia. [Carbonic acid assunilation by Neottia.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 233-242. 1920.— The author reviews the literature relating to the ability of the brown, also chlorophyll-containing, chro- matophores in the cells of the inflorescence of the saprophytic orchid, N eottianidus avis, to assimilate carbon dioxide. Interest in the question has been renewed since Wilschke's discovery that the green pigment in question contains only a-chlorophyll and none of the 6-component of ordinary chlorophyll. The negative results of Willstatter and Stoll are not considered conclusive by the author of the present paper. — The author found that the starch, which has long been known to be present in the cells of the brown inflorescence, does not disappear when the shoots are kept in the dark for many days; and that plants which have not been exposed to light at any time during their development, aH ough strikingly etiolated and without either chlorophyll or the characteristic brown coloration, are never- theless rich in starch. Neottia chromatophores are without that ability to reduce silver salts in darkness which Molisch found in the chloroplasts of all the phanerogams which he in- vestigated, though weak in the case of green orchids and absent in certain diatoms and in Hydrurus. These 2 last mentioned groups, according to Wilschke, lack the chlorophyll component h. The author's attempts to determine by Engelmann's bacterial method whether oxygen was liberated by illuminated tissue containing chromatophores were not successful. Positive results were secured by the use of reduced indigo carmine solution, but the author believes the question not yet conclusively answered. — R. M. Holman. 1005. Willstatter, Richard, und Arthur Stoll. Untersuchungen iiber die Assimila- tion der Kohlensaure. [Investigations of the assimilation of carbon dioxide.] 448 -p. Julius Springer: Berlin, 1918. — A collection of seven papers: I. The constant chlorophyll-content during photosynthesis. The chlorophyll content of leaves is 0.15 - 0.35 gm. per 100 gm. fresh weight; 0.6 - 1.2 gm. per 100 gm. dry weight, and 0.3 - 0.7 gm. per sq. m. leaf surface. The carotinoids are 0.07 - 0.20 per cent of the dry weight, or 0.03 - 0.07 gm. per sq. m. Normal plants show a constant relation between the chlorophyll components a and b, designated No. 2, September, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 157 a Q - equal to an average of 2.9 =^ 0.5 — O.G. Under natural conditions this relation is not dis- b c turbed during photosynthesis. The relation of the 2 carotinoids, Q - = O.GO =*= 0.1, also shows X but slight variation during photosynthesis. Detailed directions are given for the analytical r , , , , 1, rr,. • chlorophyll ^ a+b determination of the chlorophyll components. The quotient : — — =Q vanes carotinoid c+x greatly in different leaves and during the year. In autumn the chlorophyll components de- c a crease while the carotinoids remain, Q - varies irregularly, but Q - remains about constant. X b a a+b After long continued photosynthesis, 22 — 67 hours, Q - and Q were but very slightly c ° ^^^ changed, while Q - was shifted in favor of the xanthophyll. An increase in the rate of res- ^ a c piration by raising the temperature to 30 — 37°C. had no effect on Q - andO - . Photosyn- a thesis at 37 — 45°C. had no effect on the chlorophyll content, but Q - was lowered. During b very active photosynthesis, that is, at 30 — 32°C., 5 percent COj, and light more intense than sunlight, after 6 hours no change in the chlorophyll content was observed. — II. The relation between photo synthetic activity and the chlorophyll content of leaves. The complex apparatus and methods used are described, based upon differential determination of CO 2 absorbed in KOH bulbs and weighed. Cut leaves were used and a metal filament electric lamp as the source of the light. "Assimilationszahl" is taken as a measure of photosynthesis and defined as grams of CO2 fixed per hour per gram of chlorophyll. This varies with the species and with age of leaf used. For 1 molecule of chlorophyll old autumnal leaves of Ampe/opsts quin- quefolia fixed 18 molecules CO2 and young autumnal leaves of the same plant 164 molecules; in the summer, leaves of Sambucus nigra fixed 135 molecules CO2, Sambucus nigra var. aurea 2463; etiolated leaves of Phaseolus vulgaris fixed 2736 molecules CO2. Experiments with leaves in early spring indicate that the development of pigments and of the photosynthetic machine are not parallel and it is concluded that photosynthesis is dependent not only upon chlorophyll but also upon an internal factor which precedes chlorophyll in the development of the leaf. When yellow autumnal leaves are brought under experimental conditions of maximal photosynthesis (25°C., 5 per cent CO2, 48,000 M. C. S.) their activity on the basis of chlorophyll content is about the same as the normal leaf, for the activity of the internal factor has been reduced to about the same extent as the chlorophyll content. The "Assimila- tionszahl" of the skins of fruits is about the same as that of leaves. The absolute value of the photosynthetic rate is about the same for normal leaves and leaves of varieties poor in chlorophyll, and in the case of Ulmus, on the basis of leaf area, the leaves low in chlorophyll have the highest rates. With advancing season chlorophyll content increases while rate of photosynthesis decreases. In the yellow varieties the carotinoids are not higher in actual amount but only in proportion to the chlorophyll. That these yellow pigments play no direct role in photosynthesis is shown by the fact that when the violet rays, which are absorbed only by the carotinoids, are removed by means of a potassium bichromate filter, no reduction in the rate was observed. By filtering the light through 1 leaf of Cucurbita pepo, the photo- synthetic rate of the same species was reduced to 1/20 of that without the filter, and filtered through 2 leaves the rate was zero. A comparative study of etiolated and normal leaves showed remarkably high photosynthesis rates for the former. Etiolated leaves exposed to the light (3-48 hours showed rates which in absolute values were higher than those of normal leaves. Etiolated leaves which had developed but 3-6 per cent of the normal chlorophyll content were able to fix completely their respiration C02. Chlorotic leaves exhibit a very weak photosynthetic activity. Anthocyanin seems to be without influence on photosynthe- sis. The parasite Neoitia nidus avis was found to contain chlorophyll, but even at 30°C. and with 5 per cent CO2 it carried on no photosynthesis. A comparative study, with leaves rich and poor in chlorophyll, of the effects of variations in temperature and light intensity revealed a decided disproportionality between chlorophyll content and photosynthetic 158 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, activity and led to the conclusion that in this process there are 2 variable factors: (a) the green pigment, and (b) a factor associated with the protoplasmic activity. The temperature coefficient depends upon the nature of the leaf and is probably variable for different species. Leaves poor in chlorophyll are more dependent upon variations in the light intensity while those rich in chlorophyll show greater variations with temperature. — III. The absorption of carbon dioxide by the unilluminated leaf. Leaves absorb CO 2 from a 10 per cent gas mixture. The absorption is independent of the pigment content. The leaf sub- stance absorbs more CO2 than the water in the leaf. The difference between the absorption by water and by the leaf substance is greater with decreasing partial pressure of CO2. Leaves which have been killed and dried and then moistened again absorb CO2 as do living leaves. The old statement that lecithin absorbs large quantities of CO2 was found to be entirely erroneous. — IV. The behavior of chlorophyll toward carbon dioxide. Chlorophyll in organic solvents does not react with CO2, but in colloidal aqueous solutions reaction takes place. CO2 is absorbed and given off again when the partial pressure of the CO2 is reduced. It is suggested that there is formed a combination of chlorophyll with performic acid or formalde- hydperoxide which then splits off O2. The absorption spectra of colloidal solutions of chloro- phyll and of leaves are very similar. At 0°C. the addition of CO2 to chlorophyll is most effec- tive and decomposition into phaeophytin and MgCOs is lower. The aqueous colloidal solu- tions were allowed to absorb CO2 and the amounts thus absorbed were determined by (a) passing C02-free air through the solution and determining the CO2 liberated, (b) taking up in ether and determining the Mg content, (c) adding alcohol to make an 80 per cent solution and drawing off the gas. Each method shows that the CO2 produces a certain amount of decomposition of chlorophyll. The decomposition of aqueous colloidal chlorophyll solutions can be greatly diminished by the addition of MgCOs, and to a lesser degree by the addition of CaCOs. These substances as well as gelatin also decrease the rate of addition of COj to chlorophyll. Glycocoll, glucose, and starch exhibit no protective action. — V. The constant photo synthetic coefficient during augmented photosynthesis. The value of the CO photosynthetic coefficient, -pr-, for oxalic acid as the first reduction product = 4; for formic O2 acid = 2; for glycollic acid = 1.33 for formaldehyde = 1. The difficulty of separating pho- tosynthetic from respiratory activity has made accurate determination of the photosynthetic coefficient impossible. By sufficiently increasing photosynthetic activity, with high CO2 content of air (5 per cent) and intense illumination, the inaccuracies incident to determining the respiratory activity become negligible in the determination of the photosynthetic coeffi- cient. In experiments lasting 1-6 hours at 10-35°C. the coefficient was found to equal 1 con- stantly. In succulents, Opuntia, the coefficient equals 0.44 at first and after continued illu- mination reaches 0.85. — VI. The dependence of photosynthesis upon small quantities of oxygen. Removal of O2 from the atmosphere greatly influences photosynthetic activity. Some species (Pelargonium zonale) lose the power to fix CO2 when kept in an atmosphere of about 0.01 per cent O2 and do not regain it in the presence of O2. Other species, for example. Cyclamen beropalum, show slight photosynthesis in such an atmosphere, the rate increasing slowly with continued exposure. The longer the exposure to an 02-free atmosphere, the lower is the photo- synthesis and the more incomplete is the recovery of the leaf. — VII. Investigations on the intermediate steps in photosynthesis. This is a critical discussion of the experiments of others on the formation of CH2O in the leaf and with chlorophyll preparations. Schryver's experiments were repeated with pure preparations of chlorophyll and no CH2O was found. Colloidal chlorophyll solutions do not take up CH2O. The experiments of Usher and Priest- ly and of Chodat and Schweitzer were repeated with pure colloidal chlorophyll preparations and with and without catalase; CH2O was never found. Chlorophyll is relatively stable towards O2 in the light; the first steps in photooxidation do not yield aldehydes nor lower peroxides. These latter substances found by other workers are products of the photooxida- tion of impurities accompanying the chlorophyll. — H. A. Spoehr. No. 2, September, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 159 METABOLISM (GENERAL) lOOR. Anderson, R. J. Acerin: the globulin of maple seed (Acer saccharinum). Jour. Biol. Chem. 46^: xxxvi. 1921. — The jirincipa! protein of the majjle seed has been isolated and purified. The name acerin is proposed. It was not obtained in crystalline form, but separated on dialysis in small globular particles. Purified acerin is a nearly white, heavy powder which on combustion leaves no weighable ash. — G. B. Rigg. 1007. Clowes, G. H. A., and E. Bachman. A volatile sperm-stimulating substance derived from marine eggs. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46^: xxxi. 1921. 1008. Colin, M. H. L'lnuline chez les vegetaux, genese et transformation. [Formation and transformation of inulin in plants.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 31 : 75-80, 179-195, 229-250, 277-286. 1919. — A method for the separation of inulin from the other carbohydrates is given. Inulin is formed by the condensation of sugars in the tissues of the root and stem, both glucose and fructose serving as materials for its formation, although hydrolysis yields, of course, only levulose. In the plants studied by the author, inulin appears in special members, as in the fleshy roots of dahlia, and in the subterranean stems of the tuberous sunflower. The tuber- cules of dahlia at the beginning of their development are rich in saccharose. In some of the plants studied inulin is replaced, at the time of rapid growth, by substances hydrolyzed with extract of yeast. In other cases saccharose appears in such quantities as cause the sap to become dextrorotary. — In the roots and tubercules of some of these plants is found an enzyme which is similar to sucrase of the yeast. It hydrolyzes not only saccharose, but also levulosans of low molecular weight. — J . M. Brannon. 1009. Cook, F. C. Composition of tubers, skins and sprouts of three varieties of potatoes. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 623-635. 1921. — Chemical analyses are furnished of the 3 varieties Rural New Yorker, Green Mountain, and Irish Cobbler. — D. Reddick. 1010. Ellis, N. R., H. Steenbock, and E. B. Hart. Some observations on the stability of the antiscorbutic vitamine and its behavior to various treatments. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 367-380. 1921. 1011. Felton, L. D. a colorimetric method for determining the hydrogen ion concentra- tion of small amounts of fluid. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 299-305. 1921. 1012. Freudenberg, Karl. Neuere Ergebnisse auf dem Gebiete der Gerbstoff-For- schung. [Results of recent investigations on tannin.] Naturwissenschaften 8: 903-907. 1920. — This is a presentation of the recent studies of Fischer and others on the chemistry of the complicated group of tannic substances. The term tannin covers a large range of sub- stances for which it is difficult to give any general characterization. Freudenberg classifies the tannins into 4 groups, (a) ester tannic substances, (b) catechin and its tannins, (c) tannins of the oak, and (d) ellagentannins. — Orton L. Clark. 1013. Jorissen, a. Recherches sur !a cyanogenese. Une reaction de I'acide citrique. [Investigations on cyanogenesis ; a reaction of citric acid.] Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique, CI. Sci. 1919: 731-737. 1919. — The author has recently shown that hydrocyanic acid is rapidly formed, in the cold, when very dilute aqueous solutions of citric acid are exposed to difYuse light in the presence of traces of iron compounds and of nitric acid. The reaction occurs under conditions comparable with those in the living cell. — He now gives further precise indi- cations upon this topic of cyanogenesis and also indications concerning the identification of citric acid. — Henri Micheels. 1014. Menaul, p. Note on the formation of hydrocyanic acid in plants. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 297. 1921. — Experimental results indicate that prussic acid may be formed in plants by the action of formaldehyde on nitrates. — G. B. Rigg. 160 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1015. Nestler, A. Zur Kenntnis des Rhinanthocyans. [Rhinanthocyan.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 117-121. 1920. — The author gives an account of various methods which he employed in extracting and splitting the glucoside, rhinanthin, which is responsible for the production of so-called blue bread from flour made from grain which contains seeds of Alectoro- lophns hirsutiis, Melampijrum arvense, and other rhinanthin-containing seeds. In the author's experiments the glucoside was secured from the former of the 2 plants ment'oned. The blue color of the alcohol-hydrochloric acid extract of the seeds, which is due to the splitting by the acid of the rhinanthin into rhinanthocyan and sugar, changes to orange red or red brown upon addition of potassium or sodium hydroxide. The blue color does not return after sub- sequent addition of acid. Hydrochloric acid splits the rhinanthin more effectively than sulphuric acid, and the decomposition is also brought about by oxalic, citric, lactic, and acetic acids. In the case of blue-bread production, lactic acid rather than acetic acid is responsible for the splitting, since the acetic acid is relatively weak in its ability to bring about the reac- tion. Good extraction media are 70 percent alcohol plus 5 per cent hydrochloric acid, hot alcohol, and hydrochloric acid in distilled water. The colored solution of rhinanthocyan, however secured, undergoes alteration on standing. The color secured by extraction of the seeds with a medium containing acid, and also the green color of chloroform shaken with the colored extract, disappear when these liquids are passed through the ultrafilter of Wolfgang Ostwald. — R. M. Holman. 1016. Peterson, W. H., and Helen Churchill. The carbohydrate content of the navy bean. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc. 43: 1180-1185. 1921. — The completeness of the digestion of the carbohydrates of legumes by malt diastase is enhanced by fine grinding. Such interfering substances as cellulose or protein are broken up and starch is exposed to the action of the enzyme. The authors found the iodine test extremely sensitive to small amounts of starch, but they also conclude that substances other than starch might give the iodine test. — /. M. Brannon. 1017. Peterson, W. H., E. B. Fred, and J. H. Verhulst. The destruction of pentosans in the formation of silage. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 329-338. 1921. — The corn fodder examined contained an average of 21.8 per cent of pentosans. During fermentation some of the pento- sans were destroyed. Pentoses or other furfural-yielding substances, soluble in water, were present in the silage throughout the fermentation. The production of these substances is probably due to the action of microorganisms. — G. B. Rigg. 1018. Shaffer, P. A., and A. F. Hartmann. The iodometric determination of copper and its use in sugar analysis. I. Equilibria in the reaction between copper sulphate and potassium iodide. II. Methods for the determination of reducing sugars in blood, urine, milk and other solutions. Jour. Biol. Chem. 45: 349-3G4, 365-390. 1921. 1019. Shaw, R. H., and P. A. Wright. A comparative study of the composition of the sun- flower and corn plants at different stages of growth. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 787-792. 1921. — Chemical composition of sunflower (Helianthus) and corn {Zea mays) at the silage stage differs principally in the amount and character of the carbohydrates. Tables of analyses are given showing total protein, albuminoid protein, reducing sugars, non-reducing sugars, and starch at several different stages of development. — D. Reddick. 1020. Tottingham, W. E., R. H. Roberts, and S. Lepkovsky. Hemicellulose of apple wood. Jour. Biol. Chem. 45: 407-414. 1921. — Analysis of apple wood from fruiting branches shows a high content of the acid-hydrolyzable material commonly designated as hemicellulose. The alcohol-soluble fraction resulting from partial hydrolysis of this material has been found to contain large amounts of xylose and glucose, with a little galactose. It is suggested that this hydrolyzable material forms a reserve source of carbohydrate in the metabolism of the apple tree. — G. B. Rigg. No. 2, September, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 161 METABOLISM (NITROGEN RELATIONS) 1021. Beijerixck,M. W. Chemosynthesebijdenitrificatiemetzv/anelalsenergie. [Chemo- synthesis and denitrification with sulphur as a source of energy.] Verslag. K. Akad. Weten- schappen Amsterdam 29: 845-85C. 1920. 1022. Brewster, J. F. The use of edestin in determining the proteolytic acitivity of pepsin. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 119-127. 1921. — A method for the preparation of standard edestin from hemp seed is given, and also a method for the assay of pepsin based on the use of this standard preparation. — G. B. Rigg. 1023. CoHN, E. J. A physicochemical method of characterizing proteins. II. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46*: iii-iv. 1921. — Glutenin and serum globulin are precipitated as undissociated mole- cules at their isoelectric point. Experimental evidence suggests that there is a physicochemi- cal basis for our present classification of simple proteins. — G. B. Rigg. 1024. Johns, C. O., and C. E. P. Gersdorff. The proteins of the tomato seed, Solanum esculentum. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46*: xxvi. 1921. — A 4 per cent aqueous solution of sodium chloride extracts the maximiun amount of protein. Two globulins, both high in sulphur, were found. — G. B. Rigg. 1025. Johns, C. 0., and H. C. Waterman. Conphaseolin: a new globulin from the navy bean. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46*: xliv. 1921. 1026. Miller, Harry G. Distribution of nitrogen in the alfalfa seed. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc. 43: 906-914. 1921. METABOLISM (ENZYMES, FERMENTATION) 1027. Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson, and J. A. Anderson. The relation of lactic acid bacteria to corn silage. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 319-327. 1921. — Organisms of the Lactobacillus pentoaceticus type play an important part in the chemical changes produced. They are present throughout the fermentation, and in the last stages are the predominant type. Organ- isms of the Bacillus lactis acidi type persist and act only during the first days of the fermenta- tion. The production of alcohol is undoubtedly due in part to the action of the pentose- fermenting type. — G. B. Rigg. ORGANISM AS A WHOLE 1028. Dale, H. H. The biological significance of anaphylaxis. Proc. Iloy. Soc. London 3.91:126-147. 1920. 1029. Funk, Georg. Ueber das Verhalten der Oscillatoria amphibia Ag. im Kolonie- Verband. [The behavior of Oscillatoria amphibia Ag. in colony-union.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 267-274. Fig. 1. 1920. — The author explains methods of obtaining relatively pure cultures of the organism for experimentation. He observes the movements due to causes residing within the organisms themselves when the cultures are placed, in varying quantities, in Petri dishes and in glass tubes filled, sealed, and laid horizontally. He also reports their behavior when stimulated by external agencies, for example, light, heat, and electricity. Further experimentation is in progress with a view^ to determining the causes of reactions. — N. L. Gardner. 1030. JosHiA, N, V. Studies on the root nodule organism of the leguminous plants. Mem. Dept. Agric. India Bact. Ser. 1: 247-276. 1920. — The cross inoculation experiments made indicate that there is only a single species of the legume nodule organism, when nitrogen fixation and stimulation are taken as the criteria Where inoculation did not lead to nodule formation the plants were still found to derive benefit from the nitrogen fixed by the micro- organism. The root-nodule organism was found to exert a beneficial influence on gramina- 162 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, ceous as well as leguminous plants. Benefit was derived by plants in a pot when the micro- organism was grown in a porous cylinder placed in the center of the pot. Inoculation with Azotobacter gives similar results to those obtained with the nodule organism when the latter does not bring about nodule formation. — /. /. Skinner. 1031. MacDonald, Margaret, and E. V. McCollum. The cultivation of yeast in solu- tions of purified nutrients. Jour. Biol. Chem. 45: 307-311. 1921. — Experiments indicate that yeast either grows in the absence of any special growth-promoting substance or that it synthesizes the substance to meet its own needs. — G. B. Rigg. 1032. Nelson, V. E., E. I. Fulmer, and Ruth Cessna. The nutritional requirements of yeast. III. The synthesis of water-soluble B by yeast. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 77-81. 1921. — Yeast can synthesize water-soluble B. — G. B. Rigg. 1033. Pearl, Raymond. The biology of death. II. Conditions of cellular immortality. Sci. Monthly 12 : 321-335. Fig. 1-6. 1921. — The work of Jacques Loeb on artificial partheno- genesis, Frank R. Lillie's work on fertilization, Leo Loeb's successful cultures of somatic cells and tissues outside of the body, Harrison and Burrow's improved technique in this same field, and Carrel's work with adult tissue of mammals, actual growth and development of new cells and new individuals in vitro secured by H. V. Wilson, Dr. and Mrs. W. H. Lewis's discovery that growth takes place in tissues outside of the body in inorganic solu- tions, Carrel's success in keeping cells alive longer than the normal life of these (with the promise of indefinite continuation of the same), — these all lead to the conclusion that the essential tissues of the metazoan body are potentially immortal. Senescence is to be regarded as an attribute of the multicellular body as a whole and not a primary attribute of the physiological economy of cells as such. It shows that purely cytological methods are not suitable for inves- tigating causes of senescence. — L. Pace. 1034. Pearl, Ratmond. The biology of death. Sci. Monthly 12: 444-447. 1921.— This article continues the discussion of this subject, giving tables showing chances of life or death of different periods, and ages of the individual, with an analysis of these data. — L. Pace. 1035. Williams, R. J. Vitamines and yeast growth. Jour. Biol. Chem. 46: 113-118. 1921. — Bakers' yeast and brewers' yeast were used. The growth of each is stimulated more by its own extract than by that of the other. This is interpreted to mean that there is some specificity in growth stimulants, but not necessarily 2 totally different substances stimulating the growth of the 2 varieties. Some results present the possibility that the antiscorbutic vitamine, as a secondary factor, may stimulate yeast growth. — G. B. Rigg. GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT, REPRODUCTION 1036. Brannon, J. M. A simple method for growing plants. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 176-178. Fig. 1. 1921. — The author has grown plants successfully when completely immersed in sterilized and sealed culture solutions containing sugar and mineral salts. Flax, alfalfa, corn, peas, and timothy may be readily grown iU this way and thrive better than in agar or in the ordinary water culture. The author points out the particular advantage of this method when plants are to be grown in the dark. — E. W . Sinnott. 1037. Harris, J. A., and H. S. Reed. Inter-periodic correlation in the analysis of growth. Biol. Bull. [Woods Hole] 40: 243-258. 2 fig. 1921.— From a series of data collected by one of the authors the attempt is made to illustrate the application of inter-periodic correlation coefficients to the problem of growth. In the discussion the following terms are used and defined. Growth stage is the time at whicli a series of organisms is measured. Growth period is the time elapsing between the sth and the s+nth growth stage, and the growth increment is the increase in size during such period. The relative growth increment No. 2, Septembeu, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 163 is the ratio of the growth increment to the absolute size of the individual at a given stage. Three problems were under consideration, namely: (1) The correlation between the absolute size of an organism at its several periods of development; (2) the correlation between the growth increments of the organism during the several growth periods; (3) the correlation be- tween the absolute size of the organism at given stages of development and subsequent growth increments. A discussion of each problem follows. Helianthus plants were used for study. The general results show that the actual size of an individual at any stage of development is closely correlated with its size at other closely correlated stages of development but rapidly diminishes as the growth stages become widely separated. Also the ultimate size of an organ- ism is onlj' slightly determined by its initial size. The correlation between successive growth increments is positive in sign and has the general average of .501. The correlation for incre- ments of weekly periods separated by an interval of 1 week is about .225. The correlation between growth increments more widely separated is on the average negative in sign. Plants which grow rapidlj'' during a certain stage of development will grow more rapidly during a closely associated period, but widely separated periods have little or no relationship between the growth increments. The growth increment is positively correlated with its size at an im- mediately preceding stage. In the early stages the growth increments of 2 or 3 subsequent periods during the early stages of growth are positively correlated with the initial size of the organism. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 1038. Reed, Howard S. Growth and sap concentration. Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 81-98. 7 fig. 1921. — Material for the investigation consisted of walnut (Juglans) and apr cot (Pru- nus armeniaca) trees, both in their 2nd year of growth, and of new shoots of orange {Citrus). — The 2 variables, growth and concentration of sap, vary in opposite directions. As the season advances the concentration of sap increases and, in apricot, continues to increase after active growth ceases. This is largely a matter of the accumulation of solutes, although diminished absorption of water may be responsible in part. Addition of water to the soil usually results in a diminution of sap concentration. This is the only one of the external factors considered that seems to affect concentration. Sap concentration of shoots on heavily pruned trees is lower than that of shoots from unpruned trees. A concentration gradient exists in the shoots, the concentration of sap at the t ps being greater than at the base of shoots. Low concentrations of sap in the shoot as a whole appear o be associated with abundant water intake and rapid vegetative growth, while higher concentrations are associa- ted with slow growth and fruit-bud formation. Summer pruning of fruit trees is not only unnecessary but may be detrimental. — D. Reddick. 1039. ScHtJEPP, Otto. tJber Form und Darstellung der Wachstimiskurven. [The form and representation of growth curves.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 193-199. 1920. MOVEMENTS OF GROWTH AND TURGOR CHANGES 1040. Oehlkers, Friedrich. Zur reizphysiologischen Analyse der post-fioralenKriimmun- gen des Bliitenstiels von Tropaeolum majus. [An analysis of the post-floral curvatures of the peduncle of Tropaeolum majus.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 79-S3. 1920. — This is a pre- liminary report. The curvatures in question begin about 12 hours after the pollination of the protandrous flowers. First, the apical zone of the peduncle, beginning just below the ovary, bends through about 90°. The second curvature, in a 3-5 cm. zone, below the region of the first curvature, occurs within the next 24 hours; and this curvature may amount to as much as 270°, generally lessened somewhat by a slight counter reaction. Finally, about the time of the ripening of the seeds, a short zone at the base and in the axil of the subtending leaf curves in the same direction as the above. By e.xperiments with peduncles detached from the plant and subjected to unilateral illumination, by rotation upon the clinostat, and by retention in the dark room, the author has attempted to find an explanation for the first 2 curvatures and for the variations which sometimes occur in the reactions of plants growing outdoors. His principal conclusions are that the post-floral curvatures represent a combined sensitive reaction which can be accounted for only on the basis of a change of 164 SOIL SCIENCE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, tonus, which does not depend on the fertilization of the flower. Fertilization is related to the reaction only in that it induces renewed growth. The reactions are geotropically positive and phototropically negative, they are dorsiventral, and dissimilar curvatures result from the stimulus of gravity or light alone. The normal curvature is the resultant of the geotropic and the phototropic reactions. The striking over-curvature is due to the fact that the post- floral growth progresses from the free end to the fixed base and the curvature does not displace the zone which is still capable of growth and reaction from the position of stimulation. The counter reaction is slight because the growth period is short and the reaction time very long. — R. M. Holman. 1041. ZoLLiKOFEB, Clara. Ucber die tropistische Wirkung von totem Licht auf Dun- kelpflanzen von Avena sativa. [Tropic action of red light on etiolated plants of Avena sativa.] Verslag. K. Akad. Wetenschappen Amsterdam 29: 551-558. 1 fig. 1920. — Experiments were conducted in a darkroom under the influence of a 100 candle-power light, surrounded by very dark ruby glass which was spectroscopically tested, the room having a constant temperature of 22.5°C. and a moisture content of 55 to 60 per cent. All reactions showed a remarkable uniformity at any definite light intensity. The lowest light intensity at which any observ- able phototropic action occurred was between 15 and 30 M. C. S. — /. C Th. Uphof. RADIANT ENERGY RELATIONS 1042. DisHOEK, A. F. C. van. Gevoeligheid voor licht van + en — stammen van Phycomy- ces nitens. [Light sensitiveness of "plus" and "minus" strains of Phycomyces nitens.] Verslag. K. Akad. Wetenschappen Amsterdam 29: 667-669. 1920. — In phototropic experiments with Phycomyces nitens the various strains do not give the same results. With one-sided illumination the sporophores of the minus strains were strongly directed toward the light, the plus strain slightly. Other observations as to light sensitiveness are given. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 1043. Meyer, Fritz J. Die Licht Physiologie der Pfianzen. [The light physiology of plants.] Naturwissenschaften 8: 842-851. 5 fig. 1920. — This is a critical presentation of the results of important papers of recent years dealing with (a) light and germination, (b) light and growth, (c) light and assimilation, (d) the lethal effect of ultraviolet rays, and (e) light and plant movements. — 0. L. Clark, TOXIC AGENTS 1044. Atwood, W. M. Physiological studies of the effects of formaldehyde on wheat. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 103. 1921. 1045. Seeliger, Rud. tJber einige physiologische Wirkungen des Osmium tetroxyds. [Some physiological effects of osmium tetroxide.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38 : 176-184. 1920. — Grains of wheat kept for 8 hours in ^ to j per cent solutions of osmium tetroxide sub- sequently showed 100 per cent germination. Some germinated even after similar treatment with 1 per cent solution. The harmful effect of the tetroxide was evident in the slower ger- mination of the wheat, in the slower growth of the seedlings, and in a permanent dwarfing of the plants. — R. M. Holman. SOIL SCIENCE J. J. Skinner, Editor F. M. Schertz, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 585, 588, 589, 590, 595, 596, 604, 605, 606, 616, 620, 638, 682, 790, 820, 1030) GENERAL 1046. BouYoucos, George. The amount of unfree water in soils at different moisture contents. Soil Sci. 11: 255-259. 1921. — By the use of the dilatometer the amount of unfree No. 2, September, 1921] SOIL SCIENCE 165 water in 12 soils at 5 or 6 difTerent water contents was determined. The amount of unfree water in a given soil does not vary with the water content but appears to remain constant. — W. J. Robbins. 1047. Gardner, Willard, and John H. Widtsor. The movement of soil moisture. Soil Sci. 11: 215-232. H fig- 1921. — A mathematical discussion of the movement of water through soil. — W . J . Robbins. 1048. Guthrie, F. B., A. A. Ramsey, R. M. Petrie, and F. J. Stokes. List of fertili- zers in New South Wales. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 277-284. 1921.— A list is given showing the composition of fertilizers on the market. — L. R. Waldron. 1049. Howard, Albert. Investigaciones recentes sobre o arejamento dos solos. [Re- cent investigations on the aeration of soils.] Bol. Agric. (Nova Goa, Portuguese East India] 1: 254-264. 1919. — Translation of a paper given before the Indian Congress of Science, 1919. — John A. Stevenso7i. 1050. JuRiTZ, Chas. F. Calciiun cyanamide. Its agricultural use as a fertilizer. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 1 : 765-7(59. 1920. — A discussion of calcium cyanamide is presented, including manufacture and agricultural uses. A review of the literature show- ing its comparative value and cautions to be observed in its use is given. — Lyman Carrier. 1051. JuRiTZ, Chas. F. Wheat straw and its value to the land. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 1: 712-717. 1920. — The disposal of wheat straw in the various districts of the South African Union is discussed. The value of the material as a fertilizer s discussed, and chemical analyses are given. The utilization of all wheat straw as fertilizer is recommend- ed, by applying either directly to the soil or indirectly by feeding to animals, or using as a litter and then applying the manure to the land. — Lyman Carrier. 1052. Kazakov, a. Znachenie Viatskikh fosforitnykh zalezhei v dele podniatiia zem- ledeliia v Rossii. [Importance of the Viatka phosphate deposits.] Narodnoe Khoziaistvo [Moscow] 1920: 66-68. 1920. — A systematic survey of the last 2 years has shown that the Viatka phosphate deposits, from a commercial point of view, are superior even to the world- famous South Carolina deposits. While being equal to the latter in its quality and in condi- tions of exploitation, the Viatka or Kama layer is twice as thick as the Carolina layer. There are enormous quantities of cheap fuel (wood) in the vicinity and it is the only deposit in Euro- pean Russia that permits exploitation by the open method with an extensive application of powerful machinery. — M. Shapovalov. 1053. Keen, B. A. The physical investigation of soil. Sci. Prog. [London] IS: 574-5S9. 1921. — A general review of the subject of soil physics together with its relation to agriculture is given under the following heads: (1) The dimensions of the individual particles and the manner of their arrangement, (2) soil moisture, (3) soil temperature, and (4) soil atmo- sphere.— J. L. Weimer. 1054. LiPMAN, C. B. Report on soils. Jour. Assoc. OfEcial Agric. Chem. 4: 388-389. 1921. — A report is presented of progress in determining phosphorus in soils. — F. M. Schertz. 1055. McCall, a. G. The effect of manure-sulphur composts upon the solubility of the potassium of greensand. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 375-376. 1921. — The potassium of greensand was made water soluble through sulphofication, the most effective compost containing sulphur and manure in equal amounts. When part of the manure was replaced by soil, sulphofication was reduced and consequently less potash was rendered water-soluble; while if all of the manure was replaced by soil only a very small amount of potash was found in the water extract. A greater total amount of water-soluble potash was recovered in the composts containing high-potassium greensand, but a greater percentage of total potassium 166 SOIL SCIENCE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, was liberated from the low-potassium greensand. In composts containing manure the total amounts of potash recovered in the water extracts varied from 9.1 to a maximum of 41.3 per cent of the total initial amount present. — F. M. Schertz. 1056. McCooL, M. M., and L. C. Whiting. Some studies on the rate of formation of soluble substances in several organic soils. Soil Sci. 11: 233-247. 4- fig- 1921. — By means of the freezing point method the rate of formaton of soluble material was determined in 7 organic soils under different moisture and temperature conditions and at different depths. At any given moisture content, higher temperatures tend to bring more material into solution and lower temperatures decrease the rate of formation. In general, the ability to yield solu- ble materials decreased regularly from the surface to the water-table. The zone of weathering and the region of greatest activity closely coincide. — W. J. Robbins. 1057. MacIntire, W. H., and C. A. Mooers. A pitless lysimeter equipment. Soil Sci. 11:207-213. PI. 1-3, fig. 1. 1921. — A lysimeter system not requiring a concrete enclosure and costing $500 for a 12-unit system is figured and described. It consists essentially of a pair of cylindrical iron tanks, the inner of which holds the soil. Arrangements are made for removing the leachings from the outer tank by means of a pump. — W. J. Robbins. 1058. MacIntire, W. H., F. J. Gray, and W. M. Shaw. The non-biological oxidation of elemental sulphur in quartz media. Soil Sci. 11:249-259. 1921. — Elemental sulphur will oxidize upon moist contact with relatively pure quartz under both aerobic and CO2 anaerobic conditions. Metallic iron depresses the oxidation, limonite accelerates it. Several carbon- ates under aerobic conditions increase the oxidation. Elemental sulphur may be oxidized to sulphates in a silicious medium solely by chemical reactions. — W. J. Robbins. 1059. Peterson, Alvah. Some soil fumigation experiments with paradichlorobenzene for the control of the peach tree borer, Sanninoidea exitosa Say. Soil Sci. 11: 305-319. PL 1, Ifig. 1921. — If the soil temperature is 55-G0°F. and the soil not too wet, f to 1 oz. of para- dichlorobenzene will kill 90-100 per cent of the peach-tree borers. It can be safely applied to trees 6 years of age or older. It should be placed in a narrow band about the base of the tree approximately 2 inches from the trunk. The material should be covered with several shovels of soil. — W . J . Robbins. 1060. RosT, Clayton O., and Frederick J. Alway. Minnesota glacial soil studies I. A comparison of soils on the late Wisconsin and lowan drifts. Soil Sci. 11: 161-205. PI. 1-S, 7 fig. 1921. — A comparison was made of the physical and chemical composition of 3 soil types occurring on 2 adjacent drifts of similar original till but of different geologic age. No distinct differences between the 2 drifts were found in texture, or content of silicon, alumi- num, potassium, sodium, magnesium, non-carbonate lime, nitrogen, or organic carbon. The soils on the older drift are considerably richer in phosphoric acid and contain appreciably more iron and titanium. It would appear that the only distinct influence which the greater age of the lowan drift has been able to exert upon the soils developed upon it is confined to the leaching out of carbonates to a greater depth and an enrichment of the surface layers in phosphoric acid. — W. J. Robbins. 1061. Stewart, Guy R. The effect of continuous cropping upon the major soil nutrients. Soil Sci. 11 : 321-323. 1921. — Two sets of soils in containers holding ISOO lbs., 1 set very simi- lar and consisting of 6 clay loams, the other dissimilar and consisting of 7 fine sandy loams, have been cropped continuously for G seasons. The average decrease in crop yield amounts to 35.2 per cent for the straw and 34.4 per cent for the grain. In 5 of the 7 sandy loams there has been a reduction of 30 per cent or more of the soluble phosphates while only 2 of the clay loams have begun to show a decrease. Determinations before the soils were planted showed that the fine sandy loams contained 0.05-0.09 per cent, the silty clay 0.13-0.18 per cent of total nitrogen. At the close of 1919 all the soils, both planted and fallow, showed a reduction of 14r-3S per cent of their original total nitrogen content. — W. J. Robbins. No. 2, September, 1921] SOIL SCIENCE 167 10G2. Wyant, Zae Nortiiuup. A comparison of the technic recommended by various authors 'or quantitative bacteriological analysis of soil. Soil Sci. 11 : 29.^303 1921. — A study of the literature and analysis of the methods found there for the quantitative bacteriological analysis of soil are presented. — W. J. Robbins. LIME STUDIES 1063. Hartwell, Burt L. Need for lime as indicated by relative toxicity of acid soil conditions to different crops. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: lOS-112. 1921. — The kind of plant to be grown determines, more than any other factor, the amount of lime to apply to the soil. — F. M. Schertz, 1064. MacIntire, W. H. Report on the lime absorption coefficient of soils. Jour. Assoc. Official Agric. Chem. 4: 389-390. 1921. — The author recommends the Jones method, as fol- lows: To 5.6 gm. of soil add 0.5 gm. of calcium acetate (tested reagent), place in a mortar and mix; add water to make a fairly stiff paste. Pestle for 20 seconds, add .30 cc. of water, and continue the mixing for 30 seconds. Wash into a 200 cc. flask and keep the bulk down to about ICO cc. Let stand, with occasional shaking, for 15 minutes. Make up to a bulk of 200 CO., mix, and filter through a dry filter. Discard the first 10-15 cc, which may be cloudy; a Biichner funnel is recommended for filtering. Titrate 100 cc. of the clear filtrate, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, with N/lO NaOH. This reading multiplied by 2 gives the number of cc. of N/lO alkali required to neutralize the acetic acid in 200 cc. of the solution. This figure times the factor 1.8 times 1000 indicates the pounds of CaO required per 2,000,000 pounds of soil. — F. M. Schertz. 1065. Piper, C. V. The symposium on liming. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13:89-90. 1921. — A brief synopsis of definitely known facts and the more or less controversial problems in regard to the agricultural use of lime. — F. M. Schertz. 1066. Schollenberger, C. J. Lime requirements and reaction of lime materials with soil. Soil Sci. 11 : 261-276. 1921. — Various lime materials were mixed with soil in undrained pots and at intervals the residual carbonate, accumulated nitrate, and lime requirement were determined. Caustic lime was most reactive followed by precipitated calcium carbon- ate and "dicalcium silicate"; high-calcium limestone, calcite, and magnesite; natural carbonate dolomite; and blast furnace slag. The interaction of soil constituents and calcium carbonate is sufiiciently regular and quantitative to show the lime requirement based upon the reaction. The preparation of the sample, temperature, and time allowed for the determination are of considerable importance. Heating is not undesirable in a perfect lime-requirement test. — W. J. Robbins. 1067. Worth, F. G., and Po Saw Maung. Absorption of lime by soils. Mem. Dept. Agric. India Chem. Ser. 5: 157-171. 1919. — The lime-absorbing power of a number of local soils was studied by the addition of a measured amount of calcium bicarbonate to a weighed amount of soil, the mixture digested for 6 hours, then filtered and titrated. A theoretical discussion of the results is given. — J. J. Skinner. PEAT 1068. AiTER, P. A. Stjbramania. The gasses of swamp rice soils. Part V. A methane- oxidizing bacterium from rice soils. Mem. Dept. Agric. India Chem. Ser. 5: 173-lSO. 1920. — The oxidation of methane in paddy rice soils is caused by the bacterium B. fluorescens lique- faciens. Organic matter interferes with the bacterium; the oxidation proceeds in purely mineral media. — /. J. Skinner. 1069. Alway, F. J. Experimental work on Minnesota peat soils. Jour. Amer. Peat Soc. 14: 40-47. 1921. 1070. Beattie, J. H. Truck growing on muck in the Kankakee marsh of northern Indiana. Jour. Amer. Peat Soc. 14: 32-39. 1921. — Onions, cabbage, and celery were grown. Applica- 168 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, tions of nitrate of soda, tankage, acid phosphate, and lime had very little effect. The applica- tion of potash salts, particularly muriate, and manure gave marked increases. — G. B. Rigg. 1071. BoTTOMLET, W. B. Treatment of peat. Jour. Amer. Peat Soc. 14: 56. 1921. — Canadian patent 206,416 covers a method of producing auxinomes (growth-promoting sub- stances) in peat. — G. B. Rigg. 1072. Harrison, W. H. The gases of swamp rice soils, part VI. Carbon dioxide and hydro- gen in relation to rice soils. Mem. Dept. Agric. India Chem. Ser.5: 181-194. 1920. — Carbon dioxide and H do not exist in association in paddy rice soils. Carbon dioxide is apparently reduced by H as fast as .t is formed, resulting in the formation of marsh gas and organic matter. This reaction is said to be an important factor in the conservation of the oxygen, which remains available for root aeration. — J. J. Skinner. TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS J. M. Greenman, Editor E. B. Payson, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 848, 874, 984) GENERAL 1073. Britton, N. L. Investigations of the flora of northern South America. Science 53: 29. 1921. — In 1918 a cooperative effort was made by the New York Botanical Garden, the United States National Museum, and the Gray Herbarium to investigate the botany and plant products of northern South America. The investigation has made good progress through the study of specimens already obtained in Dutch and British Guiana, Trinidad, Tobago, Venezuela, Curagao, Colombia, and Ecuador. This undertaking has been furthered by the heartiest cooperation on the part of leading men in the countries concerned. A wealth of material hitherto unknown to science has already been identified, and many facts are being added to our knowledge of the flora and its geographic distribution. — A. H. Chivers. 1074. Hu, HsiEN Su. The botanical names of Chekiang plants.] Ko-Hsueh [Science- Publ. Chinese Sci. Soc] 6: 70-101. 1921. — A list of botanical names for 302 species of vascular plants collected in the province of Chekiang is presented with the equivalent Chinese names in characters. The name of the locality where each plant was collected is also indicated in the list. — Chunjcn C. Chen. 1075. Nakai, Takenoshin. Notulae ad Plantas Japoniae et Koreae, XXIII. [Notes on the plants of Japan and Korea XXIII.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 34: 141-158. 1920.— Two new genera, Crepidiastrum (Compositae) and ParaLxeris (Compositae), and the following new species, varieties, and combinations are made: Dryopteris oligophlebia var. lasiocarpa (Hayata) and D. purpurascens (Blume), Eria bidentata, Eulophia Toyoshimae, Stachyurus Matsuzakii, Stellera rosea, Crepidiastrum amerisiophyllum (Nakai), C. grandicoUum (Koidzumi), C. Keis- keanum (Maximowicz), C. koshunense (Hayata), C. lanceolatum (Houttuyn), C. lanceolatum forma typicum (Makino), C. lanceolatum var. latifolium (Nakai), C. linguaefolium (A. Gray), C. Quercus (L6veill6 & Vaniot), C. taiicanianum (Nakai), Ixeris longirostra (Hayata), /. Matsumurae (Makino), /. microcephala (Nakai), 7. nipponica (Nakai), I sonchifolia (Bunge), /. sororia (Miquel), Puraixeris chelidoniifolia (Makino), P. denticulata (Houttuyn), P. den- ticulata forma typica (Maximowicz), P. denticulata forma pinnatipartita (Makino), P. den- ticulato-platyphylla (Makino), P. Yoshinoi (Nakai). — Roxana Stinchfield Ferris. 1076. Pennell, Francis W. "Unrecorded" genera of Rafinesque^I. Autikon Botani- kon (1840). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 48: 89-96. 1921.— Certain of the papers by Rafinesque were not seen by the bibliographers who compiled the Index Kewensis; for example, his papers No. 2, September, 1021 1 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 160 in the American Montlily Magazine and his Autikon Botanikon. A list is here given of some 83 new genera published in the Autikon, naming the type species and the aQinities of each genus. — F. A. Mum. 1077. PoRsiLD, Morten P. The structure and biology of arctic flowering plants. 14. Lilia- les. Meddel. ora Gronland 37: 345-357. Fi(j. 1-8. 1020. — Notes are given concerning the dis- tribution of several liliaceous arctic plants. Three species of Tofieldia are treated in detail with remarks on anatomy, morphology, and ecology. — E. B. Paijson. 107S. R., A. B. The Cambridge British Flora. [Rev, of: Moss, C. E. The Cambridge British Flora. Vol. iii. Portu'acaceae to Fumariaceae. xvi + 200 p., vi + 191 pi. University Press: Cambridge, 1020.] Nature 106: 337-338. 1020. — Since the previous volume, the editor has left England and the artist has died. Increased cost of production has necessitated rais- ing the price to nearly 3 times that of the original. Notes by Moss on arrangement, limita- tions of families, etc., are of considerable interest, though sometimes difficult of appreciation by the ordinary student, who may consider the elevation of Actaea and Paeonia to the rank of families as puzzling and unnecessary. [See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 2232.] — 0. A. Stevens. 1070. Salisbury, E. J. [Rev. of: Bews, J. W. The grasses and grasslands of South Africa, iv + 161 p., 24 fig., 1 map. P. Davis & Sons, Ltd.: Pietermaritzburg, 1018. Sci. Prog. [London] 13: 675-676. 1010. 1080. Sargeaunt, John. The trees, shrubs, and plants of Virgil. Small 8vo., vii -f- 149 p. B. H. Blackwell: Oxford, 1020. — The author has commented on the numerous plants to which reference is made in the works of Virgil and associated with them present day scien- tific botanical names. — J. M. Greenman. SPERMATOPHYTES 1081. Anonymous. Novitates africanae. Ann. Bolus Herb. 3: 1-14. PI. 1-2. 1020.— This article contains descriptions of new species by various authors. The following is a list of species described: Diosma Marlothii Dummer, Barosnia Bathii Duromer, Lebeckia elongata Hutchinson, Dolichos Pearsonii Hutchinson, Caesalpinia Pearsonii L. Bolus, Mesem- brianthemum caespitosum L. Bolus, M. Strubeniae L. Bolus, M. purpureostylus L. Bolus, Geigeria pilifera Hutchinson, Helickrysum viscidissimum Hutchinson, Plumbago Pearsonii L. Bolus, Solanum rigescentoides Hutchinson, Clerodendron Teaguei Hutchinson, Homeria iilacina L. Bolus, //. bifida L. Bolus, H. speciosa L. Bolus, Watsonia Galpinii L. Bolus, Antho- lyza Watsonius (Thunb.) L. Bolus, A. Guthriei L. Bolus, A. Sladeniana Pole-Evans, Apicra rubiflora L. Bolus, and Agapanthus Walshii L. Bolus. — E. P. Phillips. 1082. Arthur, J. C. New combinations for phanerogamic names. Torreya21: 11-12, 1021. — Nine new combinations are proposed for names of plants cited as hosts for various species of Uredinales, viz.: Cnidoscolus urens (L.) and Adenoropium angustifolium (Griseb.), both transferred from Jatropha; Vincetoxicum bifidum (Hemsl.), V. erianthum (Decaisne) and V. uniflorum (HBK.), from Gonolobus; Sphaeralcea arcuata (Greene) from Malvastrum,; S . fasciculata (Nutt.) from Malva; Madronella viridis (Jepson) from Monardella; Coleosanthus megalodontus (Greenm.) from Brickellia. — /. C. Nelson. 1083. Blake, S. F. Neomillspaughia, a new genus of Polygonaceae, with remarks on re- lated genera. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 48: 77-88. PI. 1. 1021.— A key is given to the follow- ing genera: Brunnichia, Antigonon, Gymnopodium, Neomillspaughia gen. nov., and Podo- pterus. Gymnopodium antigonoides (Robinson) Blake and G. ovatifolium (Robinson) Blake, N eomillsj.aughia paniculata (Donn. Sm.) Blake, and A', emarginata (H. Gross) Blake are given as new combinations, and Podopterus guatevialensis Blake is described as a new species. — P. A. Munz. 1084. Bolus, L. Notes on Compositae. Jour. Bot. Soc. South Africa 6: 0-11. 1020. 170 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1085. Beitton, Nathaniel Lord. Descriptions of Cuban plants new to science. Mem. Torrey Bet. Club 16: 57-118. 1920. — New genera and species of flowering plants of Cuba are here published by the author and cooperating specialists. Unless otherwise indicated Dr, Britton is the author of the new names enumerated in the following list: Paspalum Rocanum Fr. Leon, P. Edmondi Fr. Leon, P. acutifolium Fr. Leon, Cyperus camaguerjensis, C. Under- woodii, Eleocharis Shaferi, E. minutissima, Fimhristylis ophiticola, Hymenocallis praticola Britton & Wilson, Vanilla savannarum, Peperomia similis, P. cueroensis, P. sumideroensis, P.carnosa, P.sevillensis, P.trinitensis, P.neglecta, P . siguaneana, P. dementis, P.hullata, Por- tulaca cubensis Britton & Wilson, Hyperbaena acutifola, H. littoralis, Xylopia Roigii P.Wilson, Persea Shaferi P. Wilson, Cassia benitoensis Britton & Wilson, Caesalpinia subglauca, C. myabensis, C. Hornei, Harpalyce macrocarpa Britton & Wilson, H. villosa Britton & Wilson, Eembicidium Rydberg n. gen. of Leguminosae, B. cubense Rydberg, Notodon cayensis Britton & Wilson, A^. savannarum Britton & Wilson, Canizaresia n. gen. of Leguminosae, C. cubensis (Piscidia cubensis Urban), Bradburya lobata Britton & Wilson, Erythrina venosa Britton & Wilson, Phaseolus savannarum Britton & Wilson, Erythroxylon Roigii Britton & Wilson, E. coriaceum Britton & Wilson, Elaphrium Shaferi Britton & Wilson, Bunchosia Leonis Britton & Wilson, Andrachne cuneifolia, Ramsdenia n. gen. of Euphorbiaceae, R. excisa (Phyllanthus excisus Urban), R. incrustata (Phyllanthus incrustatus Urban), Orbicularia scopulorum, 0. foveolata, Roigia n. gen. of Euphorbiaceae, R. comosa (Phyllanthus comosus Urban), Conami ovalifolia, Dimorphocladium n. gen. of Euphorbiaceae, D. formosum (Phyll- anthus formosus Urban), Phyllanthiis Selbyi Britton & Wilson. P. dimorpMis Britton & Wilson, Croton cueroensis Britton & Wilson, Argythamnia cubensis Britton & Wilson, Lasiocroton gracilis Britton & Wilson, L. cordifolius Britton & Wilson, Pera longipes Britton & Wilson, P. pallidifolia Britton & Wilson, Sapimn cubense Britton & Wilson, Acalypha Hutchinsonii, Cyrilla cubensis P. Wilson, Ilex Shaferi Britton & Wilson, /. dementis Britton & Wilson, Salacia nipensis, Sarcomphalus cubensis, Rhamnidium oblongifolium Britton & Wilson, R. orbiculatum Britton & Wilson, R. Rocanum Britton & Wilson, Cissus Torreana Britton & Wilson, Malache calcicola, Maga cubensis Britton & Wilson, Melochia savannarum, M. nipensis, O^iratea affinis, O. Roigii, Marcgravia calcicola, Haemocharis benitoensis Britton & Wilson, Rheedia brevipes, Clusia callosa Britton & Wilson, Hypericum ophiticola, Myroxylon rhombi- folium Britton & Wilson, Lunania subcoriacea Britton & Wilson, L. elongata, Daphnopsis oblongifolia Britton & Wilson, Psidium nummxdarioides Britton & Wilson, P. navasense Britton & Wilson, P. bullatum Britton & Wilson, P. ophiticola Britton & Wilson, P. saxicola Britton & Wilson, Calyptranthes dementis Britton & Wilson, C. Caroli Britton & Wilson, C. clarensis Britton & Wilson, Eugenia Cowellii Britton & Wilson, E. cabanasensis Britton & Wilson, E. moensis Britton & Wilson, E. havanensis Britton & Wilson, E. varia Britton & Wilson, E. Earlei Britton & Wilson, E. Rocana Britton & Wilson, E. clarensis Britton & Wil- son, E. anafensis Britton & Wilson, E. ignota Britton & Wilson, E. Bakeri Britton & Wilson, Tamonea moensis, Calycogonium saxicola Britton & Wilson, Pachyanthus dementis P. Wilson, P. mantuensis Britton & Wilson, Ossaea Shaferi Britton & Wilson, 0. navasensis Britton & Wilson, O. nipensis Britton & Wilson, Kalmiella simulata Britton & Wilson, Rauwolfia lineari- folia Britton & Wilson, Echites minima Britton & Wilson, Exogonium incertum, Nama cubana P. Wilson, Varronia Shaferi, Bourreria Taylori, Rochefortia stellata Britton & Wilson, R. cubensis Britton & Wilson, Duranta arida Britton & Wilson, Callicarpa Shaferi Britton & Wilson, C. Wrightii Britton & Wilson, C. cuneifolia Britton & Wilson, C nipensis Britton & Wilson, Vitex dementis Britton & Wilson, Pseudocarpidium Shaferi, Clerodendrum ana- fense Britton & Wilson, C. camaffueyense Britton & Wilson, Salvia scabrata Britton A' Wilson. S. cubensis Britton & Wilson, Hyptis Shaferi, H. rivularis, Physalis ignota. Solarium moense Britton & Wilson, Cesirum Wrightianum P. Wilson. C. Taylori Britton & Wilson. C. pinetorum. Brunfelsia Shaferi Britton & Wilson, B. clarensis Britton & Wilson, Cheilophyllum Pennell n. gen. of Scrophulariaceae, C. radicans Pennell (Stemodia radicans Griseb.), Silvinula Pennell n. gen. of Scrophulariaceae, S. humifusa Pennell (Herpestis humifusa Griseb.), Caconapea stemodioides Pennell, C. decumbens Pennell (Herpestis decumbens Fernald), Naiadothrix Pennell n. gen. of Scrophulariaceae, N. longipes Pennell, N. reflexa Pennell (Herpestis re- flexa Benth.), N. myriophylloides Pennell (Herpestis myriophylloides Benth.), Encopella No. 2, Skptember, 1921] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 171 Pernell n. gen. of Scrophulariaceae, E. teninjolia Pennell (Enropa tentnfolia Griseb.), Anisan- theiina Pennell n. gen. of Sciophulariaceae, A. hispidula Pennell {Gerardia hispidula Mart.), Tahchuia camagucyensis Britton & Wilson, T. savnnnarum, T. Cowellii, Cotema Britton & Wilson n. gen. of Bignoniaceae, C. spiralis Britton & Wilson (Tecoma spiralis Wright), C. iroodfrcdeusis, C. apindata, C. holguinensis, Gesneria yamuriensis Britton & Wilson, G. nipensis Britton & Wilson, G. clarensis Britton & Wilson, Pinguicula lignicola Barnhart, P. henedicta Barnhart, Utricularia mixta Barnhart, Tubijlora Shaferi P. Wilson, Machaeonia 1)1 inuti folia Britton & Wilson, Scolosanthus lucidus, Psychotria Clemeniis, P. bermejalensis, P. vioensis Britton & Wilson, P. toensis Britton & Wilson, Miiracarpum Fortunii Britton & Wilson, Aster Leonis, Gutidlachia apiculata Britton & Blake, G. fuliosa Britton & Blake, G. cubana Britton & Blake, Erigeron Taylori Britton & Wilson, E. Earlei Britton & Wilson, Borrichia cubana Britton & Blake, Spilanthes vwnlana Britton & Blake, Chaptalia compto- nioides Britton & Wilson, C, Shaferi Britton & Wilson, and C. Rocana Britton & Wilson. — J. M. Greenman. 10S6. Chase, Agnes. The Linnaean concept of pearl millet. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 41- 49. 1921. — Owing to the confusion of names for pearl millet, the author has made a careful analysts of the Linnaean names involved in the problem. To bring order out of this confusion, she recommends rejection of the names Panicum americanum and P. cynosuroides; and sug- gests appropriate restrictions for the names Panicum alopecnroides, P. glaucum, and Holcus spicatus. She believes that pearl millet furnishes a good example of the "Linnaean concept of species," so frequentlj^ urged by botanists who are not systematists. — E. W. Sinnott. 1087. Coulter, J. M. I^ew genera. [Rev. of : (1) Nakai, Takenoshin. Genus novum Oleacearum in Corea media inventum. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 33: 153-154. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 2386) ; (2) Pennell, F. W. A brief conspectus of the species of Kneiffia, with the char- acterization of a new allied genus. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 46: 363-373. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 2390).] Bot. Gaz. 69: 98. 1920. 1088. DuMMER, R. A. A further contribution to our knowledge of the genus Agathosma, Willd., containing descriptions of 23 new species and 3 new varieties. Ann. Bolus Herb. 3: 44-62. 1920. — The new species and varieties, all from South Africa, described in the present paper are: Agathosma humilis Sond. var. capitata, A. stilbeoides, A. Foleyana, A. scaberula, A. krakadouwensis, A. tulbaghensis, A. decora, A. decora var. Buchu, A. decora var. pseudo- hybrida, A. Sonderiana, A. Marlothii, A. Keetii, A. perplexa, A. Pillansiana, A. craspedota E. Mey. var. eglandulosa, A. Pattisonae, A. utilis, A. mucronulata Sond. var. Rudolphii, A. Tugivelliae. A. Pkillipsii, A.riversdalcnsis, A. formosissima, A. cedrimontana, A. Bodkinii, A. gracilipetala, A. bicolor, A. paludosa, and A. muizenbergensis var. planitiensis. — J. M. Greenman. 1089. DuMMER, R. A. A note on, and a description of, four new species and two new varie- ties of the genus Adenandra, Willd. Ann. Bolus Herb. 3: 40^3. 1920. — The plants described in this article are all from the Cape Province of South Africa; they are: Adenandra Fryii, A. caledonensis, A. viscida E. & Z. var. ciliata, A. Pottaii, A. biseriata Meyer var. gracilior, and A. Guthriei. — J. M. Greenman. 1090. Kudo, Yushun. Prunellopsis, Labiatae genus novum. [Prunellopsis, new genus of Labiatae.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 34: 181-184. 1920. — A new genus, Prunellopsis, allied to Prunella and Dracocephalum, is described from Japan with one species, P. prunelliformis Kudo. — Roxana Stinchfield Ferris. 1091. Maiden, J. H. A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus. Vol. V. Part 3. P. 71-101, pi. 176-179. William Applegate Gullick: Sydney, 1920.— The present part contains descriptions, critical notes, and illustrations of the following species: E. ficifolia F. v. M., E. calophylla R. Br., E. hamaetoxylon Maiden, E. macidata Hook., E. Mooreana (Fitzgerald) Maiden, E. approximans Maiden, and E. Stou-ardi Maiden. — Ibid. Part 4. P. 103-131, pi. lSO-183. February, 1921. This part treats the following species: Eucalyptus perfoliata 172 UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, R. Br., E. piychocarpa F. v. M., E. si7niUs Maiden, E. lirata (Fitzgerald) Maiden n. sp., E. Baileyana F. v. M., E. Lane-Poolei Maiden, E. Ewartiana Maiden, E. Bakeri Maiden, E. JacksoniMaiden, and E. eremophila Maiden .—Ibid . Part 5. P. 133-160, pi. 184-187, 1921. This part continues with a similar treatment of Eucalyptus erythrocorys F. v. M., E. tetrodonta F. V. M., E. odontocarpa F. v. M., E. capitellata Smith, E. Camfieldi Maiden, E. Blaxlandi Maiden & Cambage, and E. N ormantonensis Maiden & Cambage. — /. M. Greenman. 1092. Maiden, J. H. The forest flora of New South Wales. Vol. VII. Part 5. P. 155- £37., pi. 224-247, 12 photographic illustrations. William Applegate GuUick: Sydney, 1920. — Six species are elaborated in this part, namely, Archontophoenix Cunninghamiana Wendl. & Drude, Eucalyptus dumosa A. Cunn., Acacia rigens K. Cvlxvo.., A. Havilandi Maiden, Ere- mophila Mitchelli F. v. M., and E. Sturtii R. Br. Each species is accompanied by a detailed description, one or more illustrations, and pertinent notes. An appendix contains a chapter on ''Insects and Timber Trees." — J. M. Greenman. 1093. MiYosHi, Manabu. Untersuchungen iiber Japanische Kirschen, I. [Investiga- tions of Japanese cherries, I.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 34: 159-177. 1920. — The synonyiny and re- lationships of the true and false equinoctial cherries (species blooming at the spring equinox) are discussed. One new species, Prunus sacra, and numerous new forms are named and several new names are proposed. — Roxana Stinchfield Ferris. 1094. MiYosHi, Manabu. Weitere Mitteilungen iiber die Hangekastanie. [Further contributions concerning the weeping chestnut.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 34: 1S5-1S6. 1920. — The author states that specimens of the weeping chestnut, Castanea puhinervis C. Schn. var. pendula Miyos., grown from seed show the characteristic weeping form, indicating that the variety is fixed. Additional distributional notes are given. — Roxana Stinchfield Ferris. 1095. Phillips, E. P. The genus Borbonia Linn. (Leguminosae). South African Jour. Sci. 16: 397-410. PI. S4-3S, and map. 1920. — The author gives a synoptical revision of Borbonia, recognizing 15 species and several varieties. The following are described as new: B. lanceolata L. var. robusta, B. lanceolata L. var. villosa, B. undulata Thunb. var. ciliata, and B. multiflora. — /. M. Greenman. 1096. Phillips, E. P. Three notev/orthy species of plants from South Africa. South African Jour. Sci. 16: 429-431. PI. 39. 1920. — Critical notes are recorded on Protea rhodan- tha Hook, f ., Kniphofia Northiae Baker, and Euphoria Monteira Hook. f. — J. M. Greenman. 1097. PiLLAN.s, N. S. Stapeliae. Jour. Bot. Soc. South Africa 6: 5-6. 1920. 1098. Wordsworth, R., J. Hutchinson, F. Bolus, and L. Bolus. Flowering plants collected in South-West Africa by the Percy Sladen Memorial Expedition, 1915-16. Ann. Bolus Herb. 3: l.j-37. 1920. — An annotated list is presented of the flov.^ering plants collected on the expedition mentioned in the title. No new species are recorded. — /. M. Greenman. MISCELLANEOUS, UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS B. E. Livingston, Editor S. F. Trelease, Assistant Editor 1099. RamIrez, Roman. Asclepiadea hulera. [A rubber plant of the Asclepiadaceae.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 4: 508-509. 1 fig. 1919. — A brief description is given of Cryptostegia madagascariensis, a plant yielding low-grade rubber. — John A. Stevenson. 1100. Strand, E. [Rev. of: Schmidt, H. Geschichte der Entwicklungslehre. (History of the theory of development.) 549 p. Alfred Kroner: Leipzig, 1918.] Arch. Naturgesch. Abt. A. 86 : 184. 1020 [1921]. — The author presents a consideration of the history of the evolution- ary concept; its bearing on cosmology, chemistry, geology, and anthropology, as well as on biology; its relation to the theory of special creation; and its effect upon philosophical thought. — C. E. Allen. INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS The purpose of Botanical Abstracts is to supply complete citations and analytical abstracts of all papers dealing with botanical subjects, wherever published, just as soon as possible after they appear. Every effort is made to present complete and correct citations with abstracts of original work, of all papers and reviews, appearing alter January 1, 1919, As an adequate index of progress, I^otanical Abstracts is of use to the intelligent grower, field agent and inspector, extension worker, teacher and investigator. The international scope of the work should appeal especially to those workers who have restricted library facili- ties. It is hoped that the classification by subjects will prove to be a great aid even to those having access to large libraries, while the topical index should serve a most useful purpose to every one interested in plants. The service of Botanical Abstracts is planned for botanists and all workers with plants, throughout the world. All botanical workers connected with Botanical Abstracts in any way receive as compensation for their services only the satisfaction that comes from par- ticipation in a large cooperative movement for the advancement of the science. Although the physical exigencies of the enterprise have made it practically necessary that the actual work of preparing the issues be largely done within a relatively short distance from the i)lace of publication, this does not imply that the cooperation is not needed of residents of countries other than the United States and Canada; many collaborators and abstractors reside in other countries. It is physically necessary that the burden of the work and the finding of funds for clerical assistance, etc., should rest largely on North American workers, but the field covered is international and the results are available to all. The Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts, Incorporated, has charge of publication. The board is a democratic organization made up of members elected from many societies, as is shown on the first cover page. Each society elects, in its own way, two representa- tives, each for a period of four years. One new member is elected each biennium (beginning January 1, 1921) to replace the representative who retires. In the list on the first cover page, the member first named in each group is to serve till January 1, 1925; the second member in each group is to serve till January 1, 1923. Members are not eligible for immediate reelection. The Executive Committee of the Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts consists of five members, elected annually by the Board. It has charge of ad interim affairs not involving matters of general policy. Its membership is shown by the asterisks in the list on the first cover page. The chairman of the Committee for 1921 is B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. The Board of Editors of Botanical Abstracts consists of an Editor-in-Chief and Editors for Sections, as shown on the second cover page. The Editors are elected annually bj'^ the Board of Control. Assistant Editors may be appointed by the Editors. Editors for Sections, with the aid of Assistant Editors for Sections, are responsible for editing the material of their respective sections as this is supplied by the Bibliography Committee (from the Collaborators and other Abstractors), and also for citations and abstracts of non-periodical literature. The Editor-in-Chief, with the approval of the Board of Editors, is responsible for the general make-up of the issues, for the final compilations of the author and subject indexes, and for such other details as are left to him by the Editors for Sections. The Bibliography Committee of Botanical Abstracts, the membership of which is shown on the second cover page, is appointed annually by the Executive Committee of the Board of Control. The Bibliography Committee is charged with the responsibility of arranging for the prompt citing and abstracting of serial botanical literature. In performing this function, the Committee assigns to individual Collaborators the complete responsibility for furnishing the abstracts of all botanical papers in a specified serial publication, or in a limited number of serials. The Committee is further charged with the dutj'^ of maintaining an accurate record, through a system of reports furnished currently by the Collaborators, of the state of abstract- ing in each serial publication. This record enables the Committee to detect and correct delinquencies in the work of abstracting and to keep the work up to date. The number of assigned serials will eventually exceed 2000, for each of v.-hich a record of the state of ab- INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, Continued stracting will be maintained in the oflBce of the Bibliography Committee. Readers are earnestly requested to aid the Bibliography Committee by bringing to its attention any serial publications that are not being properly represented in Botanical Abstracts. The chair- man of the Committee for 1921 is J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Collaborators of Botanical Abstracts. A large number of botanical workers in all parts of the world have volunteered to assume complete responsibility for securing citations and abstracts from one or more serial publications as assigned to them by the Bibliography Committee. This corps of voluntary workers (called Collaborators) really constitutes the basis of the service rendered by Botanical Abstracts. Through their work it is made certain that serial publications are promptly entered. A list of the names of Collaborators is published once a year in Botanical Abstracts. It is desirable that a considerable reserve list of collaborators be maintained, in order to allow for necessary changes, and additional collaborators are therefore earnestly solicited. Abstractors for Botanical Abstracts. Collaborators frequently prepare abstracts themselves, and are thus Abstractors, but they also arrange for others to prepare them. Every abstract is signed by the Abstractor who prepares it, but entries by citation alone are not signed. The Collaborators are responsible for these citations. There are many volun- tary contributors to the enterprise besides the Collaborators. The Printing and Circulation of Botanical Abstracts is in the hands of the Publishers, according to the terms of a definite contract between them and the Board of Control. All other matters are directly in the hands of the Board of Control. Correspondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers or their agents; other matters should be referred to the Chairman of the Board of Control, to the Chairman of the Bibliography Com- mittee, or to the Editor-in-Chief. Readers of Botanical Abstracts are earnestly requested to make careful note of any errors that occur in the journal, with their corrections, and to send these notes to the Editor- in-Chief. If all will cooperate in this it will be possible to supply a page of corrigenda with each volume. Botanical Abstracts is published monthlj'. Each volume contains about 300 pages. No claims are allowed for copies lost in the mails unless such claims are received within 30 days (90 days for places outside of the United States and Canada) of the date of issue. Price per volume, net, postpaid: $3.00, United States and dependencies; $3.12, Canada; $3.25, other countries. The current volumes are IX and X. Foreign subscriptions to the current volume accepted at par of exchange. Back volumes, Volumes III to VIII, inclusive, can be supplied. Volumes I and II are out of print. Foreign subscriptions to the back volumes accepted at the current rate oj exchange. Subscriptions are received at the following addresses, for the respective countries: United States of North America and dependencies; Mexico; Cuba: Williams &Wilkins Company, Publishers of Scientific Journals and Books, Mount Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore. Argentina and Uruguay: Beutelspacher y Cia., Sarmiento 815, Buenos Aires. Australia: Stirling & Co., 317 Collins St., Melbourne. Belgium: Henri Lamertin, 58 Rue Coudenberg, Bruxelles. The British Empire, except Australia and Canada: Order from any British bookseller or order direct from the Publishers. Canada: Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., 87 Queen Street, East Toronto. Denmark: H. Hagerup's Boghandel, Gothersgade 30, Kjobenhavn. France: Emile Bougault, 48 Rue des Ecoles, Paris. Germany: R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin N.W,, 6. Holland: Scheltema & Holkema, Rokin 74-76, Amsterdam. Japan and Korea: Maruzen Company, Ltd. (Maruzen-Kabushiki-Kaisha), 11-16 Nihon- baski Tori-Sanchome, Tokyo; Fukuoka, Osaka, Kyoto, and Sendai, Japan. Spain: Ruiz Hermanos, Plaza de Santa Ana 13, Madrid. This number contains Title Page, Contents, and Authors' Index for Volume IX Vol. IX OCTOBER, 1921 No. 3 ENTRIES 1101-1683 BOTANICAL Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, with members representing many societies interested in plants THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL {The Members oi the Executive Committee for Wtl are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E. LiviNosTON, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. ♦B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiological Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. •B, M. DuonAR {Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barnhart, New Y^ork Botanical Garden, New Y'ork City. Botanical Society of America, Mycologlcal Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. •Forrest Shreve, Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. At W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchison, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. MooERs, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *DoNALD Reddick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, Univers.ty of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. large. Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. S. A. Entered as second-claes matter, November 9, 1918, at the post office at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Aet of March 8, 1879 Copyright 1922, Williams & Wilkins Company Price, net postpaid, per volume ($3.00, United States, Mexico, Cuba |$3.12, Canada; $3.25, Other Countries CONTENTS Agronomy 1101-1155 Bibliography, Biography and History 1156-1200 Botanical Education 1201-1215 Cytology p. 188 Forest Botany and Forestry 1216-1286 Genetics 1287-1388 Horticulture 1389-1480 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 1481-1502 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae p. 242 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes 1503-1508 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes 1509-1541 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History p. 252 Pathology 1542-1576 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 1577-1614 Physiology 1615-1655 Soil Science 1656-1673 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants p. 271 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications 1674-1683 BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1921 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, J. R. SCHRAMM Cornell University, Ithaca, New iTork EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agrooomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mart R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D.C. Bibliography, Biography and History. Neil E. Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Alfred Gundersen, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S Bryan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illvpois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry, Raphael Zon, U.S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. HoFMANN, U. S. Forest Service, Wind River Ex- periment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. Kellt, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania. Horticulture. J. H. Gourlet, Ohio Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, H. E. Kno^ylton, West Virginia University, Morgan- town, West Virginia. . Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland. — Assistant Editor, Sam F. Tre- LEASE, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants, E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricidtural College, Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N-Tbanseav, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexandeb W. Evans. Yale University. New Haven. Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. H. M. Fitzpatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolution^ History. Edward W. Berrt, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing, Michigan. — Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lans- ing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Heber W. YouNGKEN, Philadelphia College of Pharmacj' and Science,Philadelphia,Pennsylvania.— Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathebcoal, 701 South Wood St., Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Duogar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, F. M. Scrertz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Wash- ington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Gbeenman, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri.— Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R. ScBRAMM, Chairman, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York H. O. BUCKMAN R. HOSMER W. H. Chandler L. Knudson A. J. Eaubb D. Reddick R. A. Emerson L. W. Sharp H. M. FrrcPATRiCK K. M.Wiboand R. S. HARifts, S4eretary BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief •*'^>v».«;^'v, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Vol. IX OCTOBER, 1921 No. 3 ENTRIES 1101-1683 AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1160, 1324, 1333, 1338, 1386, 1428, 1472, 1558, 1560, 1571, 1611, 1619, 1620, 1621, 1645, 1666, 1677, 1682.) 1101. Anonymous. Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations Annual Rept. II. 20th Annual Report of the Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations. 1920. Australian Sugar Jour. 12 : 651-655. 1921. — The report covers the period to the end of Oct., 1920. — Experiments with subsoiling as compared with ordinary farm cultivation for sugar cane gave results in favor of subsoiling. Results of experiments on 3 crops subsoiled showed an increase of 9.8 tons of cane and 1.53 tons of cane sugar over the amount obtained from 3 crops with ordinary cultivation. With regard to varieties of the Queensland seedlings planted last year at the Mackay Station, Q. 813 and Q. 1092 germinate and grow quickly, while Q. 970, H. Q. 458, and Q. 1121 are fairly good; Q. 1098 is a later-maturing variety. — E. K. Tisdale. 1102. Anonymous. Crop rotation and mixed farming. (Summary of lecture by the Chief Agriculturist to the Midlands Farmers Association.) Rhodesia Agric. Jour. 18: 167-173. 4- pi. 1921. — Attention is called to the fact that a system of crop rotations must he established in Rhodesia before permanent agricultural stability can be achieved. — E. M. Doidge. 1103. Anonymous. Field Assistant's Report. Extract from Murray, J. C. Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations Annual Report II. 20th Annual Report of the Bureau of Sugar Experi- ment Stations. 1920. Australian Sugar Jour. 12: 655-657. 1921. — The report deals with the growth of varieties of sugar cane in the Cairns District of Australia. Badila has given the most satisfactory results; Green Goru (24B) grows well. A small quantity of "Pompey" recently introduced bj' the C. R. S. Co. is promising, judging by its healthy erect appearance and vigorous stool. Shahjahanpur is doing well. This variety is a good striker, has a good root sj'stem, stools well, grows in an erect manner, has a high sugar content, and a high resistance to frost. — E. K. Tisdale. 1104. Anonymous. Le soja. [Soybeans.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 151-186. Fig. 23-32. 1920. In the cotton and maize-growing districts soybean is the best annual legume to cultivate, being a fodder plant of great value. The food value of the hay and beans and the methods of cultivating and harvesting the crop are discussed. It is recommended that for hay soybeans and cowpeas be planted together. — E. M. Doidge. ; 173 BOTAJnCAI, ABSTRACTS, TOt. IX, NO. 3 174 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1105. Anonymous. Potato Majestic. Gard. Chron. 69: 129. Fig. 57. 1921.— This is a comparatively new variety, popular, a heavy yielder, white, and immune to the wart disease. It often yields 34 tons per acre. The heaviest tuber weighed 11 pounds and 15 ounces. — P. L. Richer. 1106. Anonymous, School experiment plots at Yass. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 342. 1921. — This is a brief note on cereal trials conducted at Yass. — L. R. Waldron. 1107. Annett, H.E. Someexperience with poppy growers in the United Provinces. Agric. Jour. India 16: 19-23. 1921. — Annett having found that the opium obtained from successive lancings of poppy capsules at intervals of 2 or 3 days showed a progressive decrease in morphine content, the Government of Bengal offered a reward to cultivators bringing opium in 2 portions, one the product of the 1st lancings, the other that of successive lancings. Two years' experience showed that the opium purporting to represent the 1st lancings was lower in morphine than there was reason to expect. An investigation showed that only 54 per cent of the cultivators lived up to their obligations, the remainder through dishonesty or careless- ness having failed to keep separate the opium from the 1st lancings. — W. W. Stockberger. 1108. BiEREi. Die Bedeutung der Griindiingung im landv/irtschaftlichen Betriebe im AUgemeinen und fiir den Kartoffelbau im Besonderen. [The importance of green manuring in the system of agriculture in general and for potato culture in particular.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 67-68. 1921. — Green manuring is considered indispensable for the increase in yields of potatoes. Depending on environmental conditions and the character of soil, green manuring may be introduced in the rotation either as a main crop, or as a stubble crop, or as an undercrop. The same conditions should determine the selection of the legume to be sown. Lupine, serradella (for lighter soils), and yellow clover (for heavier soils) are considered among the most important. — M. Shapovalov. 1109. Blair, A. W., and B. E. Brown. The influence of fertilizers containing borax on the yield of potatoes and corn. Season 1920. Soil Sci. 11: 369-383. PI. 1-4 . 1921.— Borax in quantities from 1 to 400 pounds per acre and mixed with a fertilizer containing cottonseed meal, acid phosphate, and muriate of potash was applied to corn and potatoes in 3 ways. The borax was drilled in the furrow 2 or 3 weeks before planting, drilled in at the time of planting, or broadcast at the time of planting. For potatoes with the 1st method 50 pounds of borax per acre had little or no effect ; 100 pounds reduced the yield § ; and 400 pounds produced a failure. With the 2nd method 30 pounds caused a drop in yield and 50 pounds reduced it to J. With the 3rd method 50 pounds decreased the yield slightly. For corn with the 1st method germination was reduced with 20 pounds per acre, as little as 5 or 10 pounds reducing it with the 2nd and 3rd methods. Using the 1st method a depression of yield was produced by 100 pounds per acre but none by 50 pounds; with the 2nd and 3rd methods 50 pounds reduced the yield to j. — W. J. Robbins. 1110. Bkeakwell, E. Progress report on farmers' grass plots. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 364. 1921. — Brief notes are given on Phalaris bulbosa, Pennisetum longistylum, and on other grasses of lesser importance grown atDorrigo and Hargreaves. — L. R. Waldron. 1111. Bressel, Kurt. Erfahrungen im Anbau von Friihkartoffeln in der Borde. [Experi- ences in raising early potatoes.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 75. 1921. — The advisability of chang- ing seed potatoes annually, or at least bi-ennially, is emphasized, and a few suggestions as to their care and culture are given. — M. Shapovalov. 1112. Chung, H. L. Report of the Agronomy Division. Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Rept. 1919 : 44-49. PL 5-6. 1920. — Guam and Cuban corn varieties have been under test, producing respectively 52.5 and 30.4 bushels per acre; both are resistant to the leaf hopper. An interest- ing mutant in Early Refugee beans is noted. Reports on experimental work with sweet potatoes, field turnips, dryland taro, pigeon peas, cassava, edible canna, field beets, field carrots, Irish potatoes, annual white sweet clover, alfalfa, and various grasses are included. — J . M. Westgaie. No. 3, October, 1921] ' AGRONOMY 175 1113. CoMPTON, R. II., AND J. W. Mathews. The cultivation of buchu. Jour. Dept. Agric. South Africa 2 : 223-228. 3 fig. 1921.— The climate of the winter-rain belt is naturally suited to the requirements of buchu; the plant is propagated by seed and "dry" cultivation is practiced. Directions are given for harvesting and marketing buchu, and the yield of resin and oil from various species of Barosma is compared. — E. M. Doidge. 1114. CzuBER, E. Beziehung zwischea Parzellengrosse und Fehler der Einzelbeobachtung bei Felderversuchen. [Relation between size of plats and error in detached observations in field experiments.] Zeitschr. Landw. Versuchsw. Deutschosterreich 23: GI-68. 1920. — The results of a series of plat experiments, in which the yields of rye, oats, potatoes, and rape were reported upon by W. Vageler in Jour. Landw. for 1919, page 97, are discussed. The present writer takes Vageler's data and by a different mathematical treatment obtains differ- ent results for the ratio of percentage of error to size of plats. His methods are given in detail. — John W. Roberts. 1115. Downing, R. G. Trials of canary seed. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 308. 1921. — Trials were conducted with Phalaris canariensis (?) on 4 experimental farms with fairly satisfactory results. At Cowra 730 pounds of seed per acre were secured. — L. R. Waldron. 1116. EcKENBRECHER, C. Anbauversuche der Deutschen Kartoflfel-Kultur-Station im Jahre 1920. [Cultural studies of the German potato-culture station in 1920.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 74-75. With colored pi. 1921. — German varieties of potatoes (21) were studied with respect to tuber yields, starch content, and starch yields. The highest tuber-yielding variety (Bliicher) appeared to be also the highest starch-yielding variety and, in general, a great deal more parallelism exists between the high total yields and the high starch yields than between either of these 2 and the starch content. — M. Shapovalov. 1117. Galang, F. G. Yam culture. Philippine Agric. Rev. 13: 63-72, PL 3. 1920.— Cultural directions and yield data are given for various species of Dioscorea, especially D. alata and D. esculenta (D. aculeata). — E. D. Merrill. 1118. Gaylord, F. C. More and better potatoes. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17:99-102. 1920 [1921]. — Striking results have been obtained following an organized effort in Indiana to demonstrate to the growers the best methods of handling the potato crop. The average in- crease in production in 1919 of 12 demonstration fields was about 25 per cent. — H. A. Jones. 1119. Ghesquiere, Jean. Rapport concernant les machines pour la traitement des semences de coton centre les teignes. [Report on machinery for the treatment of cotton seed against moths.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 147-150. 1920. 1120. GoFP, R. A. Report of the Glenwood Substation. Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Rept. 1919: 68-73. 1920. — At the Glenwood Substation experiments were conducted with Irish potatoes, sweet potatoes, Maui red beans, dryland taro, licorice roots, poha (Physalis spp.), alfalfa, sweet clover, corn sorghum, edible canna, cassava, pigeon peas, and grasses. — /. M. Westgate. 1121. Heinze, B. Der erfolgreiche Anbau der Oelbohne in unserem eigenen Lande. [The successful cultivation of the soybean in our own land.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41 : 59-60. 1921. — The author calls attention to the importance of the soybean as a food for man and animals and argues for the possibility of its successful culture in Germany. — John W. Roberts. 1122. Hiltner, L. tjber die Impfung der Futter- und Zuckerriiben. [Inoculation of feed and sugar beets.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 243. 1921.— A brief discussion is pre- sented of the conclusions reached concerning the value of some German bacterial preparations to non-leguminous plants, with special reference to an inoculating material obtained from soils exceptionally w^ell adapted to the growing of beets. In very limited experiments beets 176 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, treated with this preparation produced crops exceeding those from the untreated plots by as much as 26.7 per cent. It is stated that the treatment of non-legumes with cultures of bac- teria is still in the experimental stage. — Lewis T. Leonard. 1123. IsiDRO, R. A. Comparative culture of upland and lowland rice with special reference to cost of production and distribution of income. Philippine Agric. 8: 213-233. 1920. — The general conclusions are that lowland culture gives a higher yield than upland culture, but the cost per unit area is higher. — E. D. Merrill. 1124. K [enoter], L. A. [Rev. of: Chilcott, E. C, and John S. Cole. Sub-soiling, deep tilling and soil dynamiting in the Great Plains. Jour. Agric. Res. 14: 481-521. 1918.] Jour. Indian Bot. 2 : 92. 1921 . 1125. Kiesselbach, T. A., and F. D. Keim. The regional adaptation of corn in Nebraska. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull. 19. 64 p., 13 fig. 1921. — The general mor- phological characters of the plant and the histological structure of the leaf were studied for corn types known to be acclimated to various regional areas of Nebraska. Adaptation of corn to divergent climatic conditions consists in a morphological rather than in a histological reaction. While some of the vegetative characters, such as total leaf area and plant weight, may differ as much as 300 per cent, in the case of native types growing in the more adverse as compared with the most favored parts of the state, no important histological leaf characters exhibited a difference of more than 15 per cent. — The actual hereditary difference (apart from environmental effects) between types adapted to favorable and to unfavorable climatic con- ditions may be brought out by comparing both in the same environment under favorable conditions. When eastern and western Nebraska corn were grown comparably at the Nebraska Experiment Station in Lancaster County, western Nebraska corn was much reduced in plant size, leaf area, and dry matter. Plants from seed of both sources were rather similar as to leaf thickness, epidermal and cuticular thickness, relative number of vascular bundles, number of Btomata per unit leaf area, and size of stomata. It is concluded that adaptation of corn to a region of moisture shortage consists chiefly in the reduction of vegetative development and consequent reduction in the amount of water used by the individual plant. Comparative yield tests of corn from various sources indicate that, in general, native seed is superior to imported seed, though it is possible to introduce seed from a distance which gives entirely satisfactory results. — T. A. Kiesselbach. 1126. Koch, Pieter. Curing of Turkish tobacco. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 2: 409^21. Fig. 1-7. 1921. — The author discusses the best methods of handling Turkish tobacco in the Western Province of South Africa. Ripening, harvesting, and curing are treated in separate paragraphs. There are 3 stages of curing: 1st, wilting in a wilting room; 2nd, drying in the sun; and 3rd, fermentation. Each stage is described in detail. — E. M. Doidge. 1127. Kraxjss, F. G. Report of the Extension Division. Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Rept. 1919: 56-67. PL 9-10. 1920. — At the Haiku Demonstration and Experimental Farm variety tests and breeding work with numerous varieties of diversified crops were conducted. One thousand acres of pigeon peas were planted as a result of the Haiku demonstrations. — J, M. Westgate. 1128. Lang, E. Die betriebswirtschaftliche Stellung des Kartoffelbaues unter den gegen- wartigen Verhaltnissen. [Economic organization of the potato industry under present con- ditions.] lUus. Landw. Zeitg. 41 : G5-67. 1921. — Owing to the impossibility of increasing the area for potato culture, it is imperative to produce more on a given area. In this connection, the importance of extensive use of farm machinery, better organization and utilization of labor, proper fertilization, and the use of good seed are discussed. — M. Shapovalov. No. 3, October, 1921] AGRONOMY 177 1129. Lansdell, K. A. A South African gum. (Combretumerythrophyllum Burch.) Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 1: S34-S37. 1920. — This plant, growing in the neighbor- hood of Pretoria, produces a gum which promises to be as valuable in tanning as Gum Tra- gacanth. Description of the tree with illustrations and copy of a report on the gum by the Imperial Institute are given. — E. M. Doidge. 1130. Lansdell, K. A. Pappea capensis seed. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 1: 760-764. 1 pi. 1920. — It was found that whole seed of Pappea capensis yield 47.8 per cent of oil and the decorticated kernels 73.5 per cent. The oil is of a non-drying type suitable for soap making or use as a lubricant. The chemical analysis of the meal after the oil is expressed shows a slight inferiority to cotton seed meal. No feeding tests of the meal were conducted. An illustration and description of the plant are given. — E. M. Doidge. 1131. Leplae, E. La culture du coton au Congo beige (1915-1919). [Cotton culture in Belgian Congo, 1915-1919.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 80-106. Fig. 19-22. 1920.— This ia an account of the establishment and extension of cotton culture during the period under review. The natives of Maniema, Sankuru, and Kasai have adopted cotton as a staple crop; the sale of cotton produces a considerable revenue and the acreage under cotton increases rapidly. The natives planted 45 hectares in 1916, 800 in 1917, 1000 in 1918, and 2000 in 1920. Of the varieties tested Triumph Big Boll and Simpkins have given the best results. — E. M. Doidge. 1132. Mainw AIRING, C. Maize for export, with notes on grades and grading. Rhodesia Agric. Jour. 18: 174-178. 1 fig. 1921. — Grades for export maize in the Union of South Africa, Portuguese East Africa, and Southern Rhodesia are given. Special advice is given as to con- dition and quality of bags, and general advice with reference to exporting. — E. M. Doidge. 1133. Mason, T. G. Nep. Agric. News [Barbados] 20: 22. 1921.— After tracing the life history of the lint hair, as given by Balls, the author concludes that the prospects of reducing "nepiness" are not promising under ordinary conditions, the only feasible suggestion being that of growing a strain of cotton similar to that isolated in St. Vincent by Dr. Harlan d, and characterized by a low rate of boll-shedding. If this were planted so that maximum boll-production occurred in the drier months, the deposit of secondary cellulose might be expected to proceed uniformly. Success would seem to depend on the recognition and elimina- tion of strains forming an abnormal number of flabby fibers. — /. S. Dash. 1134. Mason, T. G. The water factor in crop production. Agric. News [Barbados] 19: 355. 1921. — The2 main points discussed by the author are (l)^electing plants adapted to local conditions, and (2) adjusting the water factor of the environment to the needs of the plant. CertaiiU cultural methods are referred to, — dust mulch, the use of a trash mulch for sugar- cane, and wider spacing of certain crops, such as maize. — J. S. Dash. 1135. Melle, Henry A., and Sydney M. Stent. Fodder and pasture grasses of South Africa. 1. Sudangrass. (Sorghum sudanense Stapf.) Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 2: 425-433. 4 fig- 1921. — Sudan grass is closely related to the kafir, broom, and sweet sor- ghums, but yields superior hay; 3 or 4 cuttings can be obtained under favorable conditions. The yields vary from 2 to 8 tons of hay per acre. Sudan grass grows well in districts suitable for kafir corn and is recommended for cultivation in areas where it is too hot and dry for the successful growing of teff. — E. M. Doidge. 1136. MtJNTER, F. Sonnenblumen und Helianthi und Mais als Silagemasse. [Sunflowers, Helianthi, and maize as silage.] Illus.Landw. Zeitg. 41:44. 1921. — The author reports chemi- cal analyses of dried sunflower, Helianthi, and maize at various stages in their development. The Helianthi were highest in albumen content, but the latter decreased in all the plants as they approached maturity. When the Helianthi are harvested late for silage they should be mixed with leguminous plants. In general, the sunflowers should be cut at any time between 178 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, the beginning of full bloom and seed in the "milk" stage. Maize should be harvested shortly before the grains are mature, because of the increase in nitrogeu-free extracts and fats at that stage. — John W. Roberta. 1137. PAGiriRiG.\N, D. B. Tobacco growing in the Philippines. Bur. Agric. Philippine Islands Bull. 34. 26 p., 9 pi. 1919. — A popular treatise on the subject with special reference to Philippine conditions. — E. D. Merrill. 113S. Parish, E. Wheat and its cultivation. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 2: 322-332. 1921. — Extracts are presented from Bull. 22, Dept. Agric. Victoria, Australia, with notes concerning the applicability of wheat growing in South Africa, with special refer- ence to the southwestern wheat areas of the Cape. — E. M. Doidge. 1139. Pate, W. F., and R. Y. Winters. Spacing cotton on North Carolina soils. North Carolina Agric. Ext. Serv. Circ. 112. 7 p. 1921. — Tests extending over a series of years show that best yields of cotton in several localities of North Carolina were secured from 3§- foot rows with 16 inches — in 1 locality 12 — between hills. — F. A. Wolf. 1140. Pethybridge, George H. Is it possible to distinguish the seeds of wild white clover from those of ordinary white clover by chemical means during a germination test. Econ. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. 2: 24S-25S. 1919. — As the seed obtained from wild white clover produces much longer-lived stands than that obtained from cultivated white clover and commands a higher price, an effort was made to determine whether adulteration of the former with the latter could be detected. Seedlings from wild stock from different sources were found generally to give off HCN in sufficient quantity for detection by the picric acid test; those from ordinary stock obtained from England generally gave off much less or none at all. However, some of the ordinary clover seed imported from Canada and America gave off HCN in germinating, making the HCN test of value chiefly where negative results were obtained, indicating adulteration with acyanophoric ordinary seed; and of little value where the wild seed is adulterated with cyanophoric American or Canadian ordinary seed. — Charles Drechsler. 1141. Rasmussen, H. J. Fodringssporgsmaalet. [Questions on feeding.] Tidsskr. Landokonomi 1921'': 142-162. 1921. — A lecture in which Danish farmers are urged (1) to raise more feed at home, especially timothy and alfalfa, so as to eliminate as far as possible the importation of animal feed ; (2) to build silos and feed ensilage in the same manner as American farmers. The results of feeding experiments by Armsby of the Pennsylvania State College are quoted. — Albert A. Hansen. 1142.'Rosenfeld, Arthur H. Saving money with frozen cane. Internat. Sugar Jour. 23: 31G-319. 1921. — After a killing freeze in northern Argentina, the frozen cane was used as a mulch between alternate rows of Ist-year stubble, — following the principle of using trash in the Cuban cane fields; a saving of labor and money resulted. In the unirrigated sections, the mulched fields produced slightly better yields than the regularly cultivated ones. — C. Rumbold. 1143. RtJMKER, UND R. Leidner. Sommerweizenanbauversuche. [Culture experiments with summer wheat.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 58-59. 1921. — A report is presented of plat experiments for the testing of different varieties in Bornstedt (1919) and Emerslebn (1920). The results are given in tabular form and include time of heading, time of blooming, resistance to rust and smut, length and thickness of heads, color of grains, weight of 100 grains, and yield. — John W. Roberts. 1144. Shepherd, A. N. Farmers' experiment plots. Potato trials, 1920. Murrumbidgee irrigation areas. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 309-312. 1921. — Four settlers cooperated in conducting trials, 7 varieties being grown. Up-to-Date produced the largest yields. Mineral fertilizers increased the net returns, in one case by $140 per acre. — L. R. Waldron. No. 3, October, 1921] AGRONOMY 179 1145. Snkll, Karl. Das Kartoffelsorten Archiv des Forschungs-Institutes fiir Kartoffel- bau. [Potato-variety records of the institute for investigations in potato culture.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41 : 74. 1 colored -pi., 1 fig. 1921. — A system of photographic records of charac- teristic features of various varieties has been perfected and gives very satisfactory results as a substitute for fresh specimens. — M. Shapovalov. 1140. Stumpel, E. Verdoppelung der Kartoffelernten durch starke Stickstoffdiingung. [Doubling potato yields by heavy nitrogenous fertilization.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41 : flO. 1921, — Attention is drawn to the advantages of using commercial fertilizers and lime for potato fields. — .1/. Shapovalov. 1147. Thompson, 0. A. Twelfth to eighteenth annual reports Edgeley Sub-station, 1914- 1920. North Dakota Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 145. 44 P-> 1 fid- 1921. — Yields are presented of 24 varieties of spring wheat for 190S-191G and for 10 varieties for 1920. The 1920 yields varied greatly due to attacks of stem rust. The new rust-resistant variety of common wheat, Kota, greatly outyielded all other common varieties and was exceeded only by Monad, Acme, and "D-5," — rust-resistant durums. Flax variety yields are given for 1912-1916; but little varia- tion is shown. The oat variety Siberian White, and the barley variety Oderbrucker. have been consistent high yielders. — In a comparative trial of forage crops extending over 12 years, brome-grass (Bromus inermis) yielded on an average 1.36 tons, alfalfa 1.04 tons, common red clover 0.5S tons, and maize 1.98 tons per acre. Foxtail millets yielded an annual average of about 2.5 tons of hay for 5 years. Notes are given on field peas, sweet clover, slender wheat- grass {Agropyron tenerum), and rape. — Early Ohio and Early Six Weeks are said to be the best-yielding potato varieties. Notes are given on potato culture. — In a trial covering 6 years, oats were seeded at 10 different rates, from 3 to 12 pecks per acre. The highest net yield was secured from the 8-peck rate. In a similar trial with barley the 6-peck rate gave the highest net yield. Similar trials were conducted for both common and durum wheats for a period of 7 years with rates from 2 to 11 pecks per acre. With durum wheat the largest net yield was secured from the 7-peck rate, closely approached by that of the 5-peck rate. With common wheat the largest net yield resulted from sowing 8 pecks per acre, but seedings of 5, 6, and 7 pecks gave only slightly lower yields. — Early fall plowing produced better yields in continuous wheat culture trials than later fall plowing. All spring methods, on the average, outyielded all the fall methods, in preparing ground for continuous wheat culture, by 3.2 bushels per acre. — In continuous cropping experiments with common and durum w^heats, oats, and barley, plowing 6 inches deep gave yields as good or better than those secured from 6-inch plowing accompanied by subsoiling alone or subsoiling and packing. Subsoiling was done every 4th year. — Yields of grain are given for wheat, oats, and barley, and fodder of maize when grown under methods of (1) continuous cropping and (2) alternate cropping with clean summer tillage. Yields of wheat were increased by 14 per cent under alternate clean summer tillage. Increased barley yield was but slightly better on the clean summer tillage. Yields of oats were increased 52 per cent by alternate tillage. An absolute loss of maize fodder resulted w^hen grown on clean summer tillage, the cleanly cultivated soil seeming to have an inhibitory effect upon maize yields. — When wheat or oats followed fallow in a rotation the increase in yield, compared with that secured from these crops following small grain in rotation, w^s not over 20 per cent. — Averaging the results of 13 years, little or no advantage was secured in plowing under a green manure crop of winter rye, field peas, or sweet clover preparatory to growing wheat or oats, in comparison to the same crops grown after clean summer fallow. In a 4-year rotation where wheat followed a clean-cultivated, manured svunmer fallow, the increase in yields of wheat compared with unmanured trials was 1 .8 bushels per acre, or 11 per cent. The increased yield of fodder of the succeeding maize crop was 877 pounds, or 25 per cent, and the increase in yield of the next succeeding oat crop 8.2 bushels, or 24 per cent. In similar rotations, in which, however, oats followed manured fallow, the increases in yield were: Oats, 1.3 bushels, or 3 per cent; maize fodder, 967 pounds, or 28 per cent; and wheat, 1.7 bushels, or 10 per cent. These results are the averages of 12 years. — In a series of 3-year rotations, wheat and barley jielded more following maize than when fol- lowing clean summer tillage (average of 14 years' results). Oats yielded 4.9 bushels, or 12 180 AGEONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, per cent, more after fallow than after maize. As an average of results for 13 years, oats following small grain yielded 4.9 bushels, or 13 per cent, more than when following sod crops, — alfalfa, smooth brome-grass, and clover; the lowest yield followed alfalfa. Wheat, oats, and barley following maize yielded more than when following small grains. — In a comparison of disking versus plowing maize ground as a preparation for wheat and oats, the results for an average of 14 years were slightly in favor of the disked ground. — In fertilizer experiments with wheat, oats, barley, and maize, using manure and mineral fertilizers, distinct positive results were secured only with maize. Progress data are presented upon experiments designed to maintain soil productivity on the Edgeley loam. — Notes are given on suitable trees and methods of tree planting, especially with relation to farmsteads. Suitable varieties of apples, plxmas, and small fruits are indicated. — L. R. Waldron. 1148. Walters, J. A. T. Winter wheat. Results of co-operative experiments 1921. Rhodesia Agric. Jour. 18: 181-183. 1 pi. 1921. — A summary is presented of reports of ex- periments with 4 varieties of winter wheat, namely. Early Gluyas, Florence, Black Persian, and Yellow Cross; results are given for both irrigated and unirrigated lands. — E. M. Doidge. 1149. Wester, P. J. Cultural directions for field crops and vegetables. Philippine Agric. Rev. 13: 80-88. PL 1-7. 1920. — Brief notes are given on the general cultivation of vegetables and field crops, such as ragi, rape, sembu, and sunflowers, with tabulated direc- tions for planting. — E. D. Merrill. 1150. Wester, P. J. Notes on adlay. Philippine Agric. Rev. 13:217-222. PI.I-4. 1920. — The author strongly urges the more extensive cultivation and utilization of Coix lachryma- jobi Linn. var. mayuen Stapf, a variety of the common Job's tears with soft, thin, involucre instead of the very hard one in the typical form. This has been cultivated for many centuries by the more backward peoples in the Indo-Malayan region. — E. D. Merrill. 1151. Whittet, J. N, A promising introduction. Kikuyu grass (Pennisetum longistylum Hochst.). Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 313-322. 5 fig. 1921.— Reports from 10 experi- ments with this grass are briefly stated. The grass holds out much promise for Australian conditions. Cultural notes and an analysis are given. A test shows the grass to be favorable for milk production. — In a palatability test with 14 grass species, Kikuyu grass ranked 3rd, Bromus inermis 1st, Phleum pratense 6th, Poa pratensislth, and Boutelouaoligostachya 13th. — L. R. Waldron. 1152. Williams, C. B. I. Fertilizers for crops commonly grown in North Carolina. Bull. North Carolina Dept. Agric. 1921: IS p. May, 1921. — Recommendations are given of the kind and amount of commercial fertilizer to be used for cotton, cereals, tobacco, and leguminous crops in the coastal plain. Piedmont, and mountain sections of North Carolina. — F. A. Wolf. 1153. Williams, C. B. Report of the Division of Agronomy. Ann. Rept. North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta. 43: 15-31. 1920 [1921]. — A general statement is presented covering the in- vestigations in soil fertility at the several test farms, tests with nitrate of soda on cotton in the Piedmont section, fertilizer tests with wheat in the mountain section, and results of seed selection with soybean, cotton, wheat, and corn. — F. A. Wolf. 1154. Zielstorff, W. Uber Haferdiingungsversuche mit fallenden Phosphorsaiiregaben. [Fertilizer experiments on oats, using decreasing quantities of phosphoric acid.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 213-215. 1921. — Field experiments were carried out at Polenshof and Ludwigswalde; also pot experiments with soils from these fields. Though neither field reacted in any way to phosphoric acid, a decided need for this ingredient was shown in the pot experiments; this may have been due to a deficiency in rainfall during the summer months. There was also lack of agreement between the field and pot experiments as regards potash, for which no explanation appears. Further experiments are necessary to furnish an explana- tion.— Albert R. Merz. No. 3, October, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY ISl 1155. ZooK, L. L. Winter wheat seed-bed preparation. Nebraska Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 178. 16 p., 1 fig. 1921. — Results are reported from the North Platte Nebraska Exp. Substa. secured during 8 years, 1912-1919, from packed and unpacked soil plowed at various depths. On 4 plats plowed at each of 4 depths (3, 7, 10, and 14 inches) for 8 years: (1) The highest yields were secured from the intermediate depths of plowing; (2) the lowest average yield was secured from plowing 3 inches deep; (3) the increase in yield from 7-inch plowing over that secured from 3-inch plowing was sufficient to justify plowing at the greater depth; (4) the yields from plowing 7 and 10 inches deep were practically the same, — no advantage was gained from plowing at a depth greater than 7 inches; (5) the 14-inch, or very deep, plowing produced the lowest yields of any except the 3-inch plowing; (6) the depth of plowing had no appreciable effect upon the storage or use of soil moisture; (7) higher yields were secured from early than from late fall plowing, but the differences were not great; (8) better yields followed packing. Deep tillage experiments conducted by the U. S. Dept. Agric. in 12 states showed the practice to be unprofitable at all stations. — T. A. Kiesselbach. BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND HISTORY Neil E. Stevens, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1244, 1280, 1281, 1311, 1447, 1592, 1606, 1683) 1156. Anonymous. In commemoration of the centenary of the birth of Sir William Mac- leay. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales 45: 218-219. 1920.— William Macleay (1820-1891) came to Australia in 1839 with his cousin, William Sharp Macleay (1792-1865). In memory of the scientific usefulness and influence of the family, exhibits of relics and portraits were shown and memorials prepared. The Macleay collections are now in the possession of the University of Sydney. — Eloise Gerry. 1157. Anonymous. John Goodyer and Lobel. Card. Chron. 69: 157-158. 1921. — Manu- scripts were exhibited by Dr. R. T. GtJNTHEE at a recent meeting of the Linnean Society of London which were bequeathed to Magdalen College by John Goodyer with his botanical library in 1664. These include his own translations of Theophrastus and Dioscorides, the latter said to have never been undertaken by any other scholar. One volume contains a long list of grasses with synonyms and short descriptions copied from Lobel's MSS. (now lost?) ; an index of plants in Goodyer's hand, an index to Gerard's Herbal (1597) and Stonehouse's Catalogue of plants in his garden at Darfield in 1640. The loose papers comprise part of the MS. for Lobel's projected Stirpium Illustrationes, now bound in 3 parts, the 1st containing descriptions of 223 species of grasses. Selections from this by How were printed in 1655. Two other volumes contain synonyms of plants used by Goodyer, and a small fern and moss collection. The miscellaneous papers include dated descriptions by Goodyer of some 90 new or rare species, and lists of plants from the gardens of William Coys in Essex in 1616. Good- yer's notes also show that Mr. "Coel," Lobel's son-in-law, was identical with Master James Cole, London merchant, mentioned by Gerard. Lobel had another son-in-law, Ludovicus Myreus, a London apothecary referred to by Clusius in his Exotica. — P. L. Richer. 1158. Anonymous. Mr. Joseph Cheal, V. M. H. Card. Chron. 69: 170. Portrait. 1921. — Cheal is specially interested in fruit growing and is a leading spirit in the National Dahlia Society. — P. L. Richer. 1159. Anonymous. Mr. Kingdon Ward. Card. Chron. 69: 122. Portrait. 1921.— A brief notice is presented of Ward's work as botanical explorer in China and announcement of a new expedition to Szechuan and Yunnan. — P. L. Richer. 1160. Anonymous. Origin of the Uba cane. Noel Deerr's opinion versus local account. South African Sugar Jour. 5: 187, 189. 1921.— Deerr's article (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 16), which is here quoted entire, concludes that the Uba came to Natal, by way of Mauritius, from 182 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, Brazil, whence it received its name from "Vuba," used in Brazil for sugar cane as early as 1650; but the local story reaffirms its Indian origin. About 30 years ago sugar cane varieties from Egypt, Louisiana, Mauritius, West Indies, and India w^ere planted on the Reunion estate of Mr. de Pass, near Durban, Natal. The last box to arrive was left underneath the bins in the mill until the tops were almost dead, but, when planted, 2 of them grew and flourished, and eventually a variety was clearly established. On the label attached to the cane tops only 3 letters could be found, which were deciphered as "Uba," but there was no doubt that these tops came from Poona, and it is assumed that the last letters of this word were misread as "Uba." This is the local account as given by George Wade, overseer of the mill, 5 years after the finding of the cane tops. — E. K. Tisdale. 1161. Anonymous. Sir Frederick W. Moore, V. M. H. Gard. Chron. 69: 158. Portrait. 1921. — A biographical sketch is given of the keeper of the Royal Botanical Gardens, Glasnevin, Dublin, in which position he was preceded by his father, David Moore, who took charge in 1835 and held the position for 41 years. The son has now been there 41^ years. — P. L. Richer. 1162. Anonymous. The drug business in Colonial times. Pharm. Era 53: 199-200. 1920. — Gleanings from newspaper advertisements of the ISth century, with reproduction of one by G. Duykinck of New York, August 3, 1769. — I^eil E. Stevens. 1163. Arbek, Agnes. Plants and flowers in Chinese poetry. Gard. Chron. 69: 163. 1921. — References are given to recent translations of Chinese poetry by H. A. Giles (1898) and A. D, Waley (1918 and 1919).— P. L. Richer. i 1164. Beille, Lucien. Un botaniste bordelais. Leonce Motelay 1830-1917. [Leonce Motelay, 1830-1917, a Bordelais botanist.] Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 70: 493-509. Portrait. 1917-18 [1920?]. — Motelay was a member of the Linnean Society of Bordeaux for more than 60 years and contributed many papers to its publications, the monograph of Isoetes by Motelay and Vendries, presented in 1879, being of special note. His herbarium, consisting of a general collection and flora of the Gironde, was presented to the city of Bordeaux in 1906. — M. F. Warner. 1165. Biers, Paul. L'herbier tricolore de Bory de Saint-Vincent. [The tricolored her- barium of Bory de Saint-Vincent.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 26: 429-431. 1920.— The tradition that Bory, like Bosc and other liberal botanists, used red, white, and blue papers in his herbarium as a protest against the restoration of the white flag of the monarchy in France, receives confirmation in the discovery of a portfolio of sheets in the 3 colors, some of them showing the impression of algae, among the remainders of the herbarium of Bornet, who possessed Bory's entire collection of algae; also of blue wrappers containing single red sheets evidently identical with a red mount found with one of Bory's fungi. — M. F. Warner. 1166. [Britten, James.] Magnus Spence. Jour. Botany 57: 293. 1919. — Spence died at St. Ola, Orkney, Aug. 20, 1919, aged 66. He was a teacher, long headmaster at Deerness, who published the Flora Orcadensis (1914), and had special knowledge of the marine algae of the Orkneys. — ISieil E. Stevens. 1167. [Britten, James.] William Black [i.e., Brack] Boyd. Jour. Botany 56: 221-222. 1918. — Boyd died Mar. 6, 1918, in his 88th year. He was one of the best-known Scottish ama- teur gardeners, greatly interested in alpines, and had one of the finest collections in the United Kingdom. He collected a number of very rare Scottish plants. — Neil E. Stevens. 1168. [Britten, James.] William Frederick Miller. Jour. Botany 56: 221. 1918.— Miller was born Sept. 18, 1834, the onljf son of William Miller the well known engraver, and was himself in the business of engraving and color printing. He communicated to the Journal of Botany many notes on rare Scottish plants from his vacation rambles, and later, when he retired from business and removed to Somersetshire, notes on plants of that county. He died Apr, 28, 1918.— A' ci7 E. Stevens. No. 3, October, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 183 1169. Camus, Feenand. Documents pour servir a I'histoire de la botanique dans I'Ouest de la France. I. Une lettre inedite de Franfois Bonamy. [Documents relating to the history of botany in the west of France. I. An unpublished letter of Francois Bonamy.] liuli. See. Sci. Nat. Quest France III, 5: 31-51. 1915-19 [1920?].— A letter found in the Bomet-Thuret cryptogaraic collection at the Paris Natural History Museum, transmitting to A. L. de Jussieu specimens of Ephedra, is occasion for notes on Bonamy's Florae Nannetensis Prodromus (1782) and its Addenda (17S5), with a few personal data in regard to the author. — M. F. Warner. 1170. Chhistt, Miller. Wistman's wood on Dartmoor. Country Life [London] 49: 812 — 813. Illus. 1921. — This is a unique bit of woodland in the heart of Devon, established in a heap of angular masses of granite, and stretching along the steep side of the valley of the East Dart for perhaps 400 yards, nowhere over 100 yards wide. With the exception of 3 or 4 bushes of mountain ash, it consists of oaks, all apparently Quercus pedunculata. Though of great age, they are amazingly dwarfed and stunted, their average height being about 10 feet, the highest not over 15, while in girth the average is 40-60 inches, and 1 tree measured 78. They are in vigorous condition, producing acorns, and a number of young trees are found among them. There is a remarkable epiphytic growth of mosses, lichens, and polypody, possible only on trees of great age and in an exceedingly moist climate, there being an average rainfall possibly exceeding SO inches. The wood was described by Tristram Risdon 300 years ago exactly as it exists today, and although the tradition that it is entered in the Domesday Book is unsupported, records indicate that some of the trees are well over 500 years old, and the wood itself far older. It has figured in most of the writings on local history and topography, also in the stories of Eden Phillpotts. Its name probably indicates that a "wistman," or "wiseman," an ancient holy man or hermit, once dwelt in it. — M. F. Warner. 1171. DocTERS VAN Leetjwen, W. M. In memoriam Dr. S. H. Koorders. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III, 2: 237-241. Portrait. 1920.— Dr. Koorders died in November 1919, after more than 35 years in the forest service of the Dutch East Indies. The value of his botanical work for the colonies, and especially for the Buitenzorg Garden, which he enriched by the addition of over 40,000 herbarium specimens, is noted; also his more important publica- tions on the forest flora of Java and other works on the colonial flora. A few notes are added from a more extended biography by E. H. B. Brascamp, in Tectona 13: 378-504. 1920. — M. F. Warner. 1172. Druce, G. C. Edward Morgan's Hortus Siccus. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1919) 5: 722-724. 1920.— Among the Ashmole MSS. in the Bodleian Library at Oxford are three folio volumes entitled: Hortus Siccus sive Collectio Plantarum ab ipso Eduardo Morgano Facta Ordine Alphabetico, bis Mille Circiter Plantarima Species Exhibens. This collection, which appears to have been begun in 1672, is probably that of the Edward Morgan who lived at Bodesclan, now Bodysgallan, in Wales, who accompanied Thomas Johnson on his expedition into North Wales in 1639. — G. Claridge Druce. 1173. [Druce, G. C] Ferdinand Bauer and his landscape drawings. Bot. Soc. and Ex- change Club British Isles Rept. (1917) 5 : 143-144. 1918. — A collection of water colors by this botanical artist (1760-1829) is noted with brief details of his life. — G. Claridge Druce. 1174. [Druce, G. C] John RadclifEe, Bishop of London, as botanist. Bot. Soc. and Ex- change Club British Isles Rept. (1917) 5 : 142. 1918.— A copy of Sibthorp's Flora Oxoniensis, which was bought by Sir William Osier in 1917, contains numerous MS. notes on plants of Ewelme in Oxfordshire. These have been traced to Bishop Radcliffe (1749-1S2S), and indicate that he had an excellent knowledge of botany. — G. Claridge Druce. 1175. [Druce, G. C] Obituaries. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1917) 5: 86-93. 1918.— Obituary notices of the following are included: Sarah M. Baker (died 1917?); Robert Braithwaite (1824-1917); Walter Butt (1850?-1917) ; Charles Thomas Druery (1843-1917); Edward Evans (1846-1917); William Foggitt (1835-1917); Alan Gordon 184 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, Harper (1889-1917); Ruth Holden (1890-1917); Samuel Margerison (1857-1917); George Ed- ward Massee (1850-1917) ; John Platts (1852-1917) ; Harry Sanderson (1871-1917) ; Worthington G. Smith (1835-1917).— G. Claridge Druce. 1176. [Druce, G. C] Obituaries. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1918) 5: 349-365. 1919. — Brief biographical notices of the following: John Amphlett (died 1918) by Carleton Rea; James E. Bagnall (1830-1918); Clarence Bicknell (1842-1918) by J. \Y. White; William Brack Boyd (1831-1918); Edward Fry (1827-1918); Joseph John Geake (1890-1918); Charles Baylis Green (died 1918) by I. M. Roper; Reginald Philip Gregory (1879-1918); Edward Walter Hunnybun (1&48-1918); Ernest David Marquand (1848-1918); T. W. Martyn (died 1918); William Frederick Miller (1834-1918); John Mitchinson (1833- 1918); Ethel Sargant (1863-1918) by Beatrice Taylor.— G. Claridge Druce. 1177. [Druce, G. C] Obituaries. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1919) 5: 618-634. 1920. — The following biographical notices are included: Robert Chapman Davie (1887-1919); James M'Andrew (1836-1917); Edward Shearburn Marshall (1858-1919) by F. J. Hanbury; William Osier (1849-1919); Samuel Lister Petty (died 1919); Charles Lan- celot Shadwell (1840-1919); Frederick John Smith (1853-1919); Magnus Spence (1853-1919); James William Helenus Trail (1851-1919) ; William Tuckwell (1829-1919) ; Cosslett Herbert Waddell (1858-1919); Anthony Wallis (died 1919); George Stephen West (1876-1919). Brief mention is also made of the following: Casimir de Candolle; Prof. Cogniaux; W. G. Farlow; F. Ducane Godman (died 1919); John Hopkinson (died 1919); A. E. Lechmere; Hector Leveille; James Sawyer (died 1919); Henri Sudre (1862-1918).— G. Claridge Druce. 1178. [Druce, G. C] Robert Dick, of Thurso. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1918) 5: 417. 1919. 1179. [Druce, G. C] The dates of publication of Curtis's "Flora Londinensis." Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1918) 5: 412-414. 1919. — A note supplementing those of W. A. Clark, and Jackson and Pryor in Journal of Botany (1895 and 1881 respectively) by giving dates for the first 10 parts of the 6th fascicle (1791-98), covering 54 species. No. Ixi-Ixvi were issued before the end of 1791, Ixvii-lxx before the end of 1794; Ixxi probably appeared in 1795, while Ixxii did not come out until about 1798. — G. Claridge Druce. 1180. [Druce, G.C.] [Rev. of : Harvey Gibson, R. J. Outlinesof the history of botany. via + 274 V- A. & C. Black: London, 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 1596).] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. (1919) 5: 594-596. 1920. 1181. Gravis, Augusts. La morphologic vegetale. [Plant morphology.] Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique CI. Sci. 1920: 624-665. 1920 [1921].— There are presented: A history of plant morphology; progress achieved; importance of the problems presented and the efforts to solve them. The author gives a synoptical table of this history. — Henri Micheels. 1182. Hoffman, G. N. Mt. Lebanon medicine makers — the Shakers. Pharm. Era S3: 197-198, 229-231. 4 fig. 1920. — Their medicinal preparations from native plants, begun as early as 1825, at one time amounted to 75 tons per year. They devised the vacuum process of distillation about 1830, and cultivated drug plants at an early date. The growing and sale of garden seeds was another important industry. — Neil E. Stevens. 1183. J[ackson], B. D. James William Helenus Trail. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 4^51. 1921.— A sketch of the life and work of Professor Trail (1851-1919), of Aberdeen, is given. — M. F. Warner. 1184. J[ackson], B. D. John Hopkinson. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 43^5. 1921.— John Hopkinson (1844-1919), actively engaged in business as a piano manufacturer, gave his leisure to scientific pursuits, and for years specially studied graptolites. At the age of 15 he began his herbarium, which in later life he gave to the St. Albans local museum. He was a No. 3, October, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 185 member of numerous scientific societies and one of the founders of the Watford, afterwards Hertfordshire, Natural History Society, of which he was an active officer until his death. — M. F. Warner. 11S5. [Jackson, B. D.] Methods of botanical illustration during four centuries. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 7-9. 1921. — A lecture on illustration, covering: (1) Surface design, including the "block books" and the fine woodcuts of early herbals; (2) copper plate — etch- ing and engraving; (3) reproduction by chemical agency such as photography, lithography, and the like. — M. F. Warner. 1186. J[ackson], B. D. Prof. George Stephen West. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 52-53. 1921. — Prof. West (1S7G-191S) of Birmingham, the leading authority upon freshwater algae of the United Kingdom, was the son of the prominent algologist William West, with whom he jointly published many works, also writing independently many papers and 2 books in his special subject: British P'reshwater Algae (1904), and Algae (1916). — M. F. Warner. 1187. J[ackson], B. D, Rev. Edward Shearburn Marshall. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 45-46. 1921. — A brief sketch is given of the life and botanical work of E. S. Marshall (1858-1918).—.!/. F. Warner. 1188. J[acksox], B. D. William James Tutcher. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 51-52. 1921. — Tutcher was born 1SG7 and died in March, 1920. He was Superintendent of the Botani- cal and Forestry Department of Hongkong, where he had spent nearly 30 years, giving much time to botanical exploration. In 1912 he collaborated with S. T. Dunn in the publication of the Flora of Kwantung and Hongkong. — M. F. Warner. 1189. Kronfeld, E. M. Sagenpflanzen und Pflanzensagen. [Legendary plants and plant lore.] 96 p., 23 fig. Theod. Thomas: Leipzig, [1919.]— The book includes popular legends and literary associations of plants in connection with wars and deeds of heroism. — Neil E. Stevens. 1190. Malte, M. O. James Melville Macoun, C. M. G. Canadian Field Nat. 34: 38- 40. Portrait. 1920. — Macoun was born in Belleville, Ontario, in 1862, the son of Professor John Macoun; he died January S, 1920. The present article brings out especially Macoun's work as a field naturalist and explorer. — M. F. Warner. 1191. Mariboe, Carl. Leopold Helweg. Tidsskr. Land0konomi 1920: 388-393. For' trait. 1920. — Leopold Hans Andreas Helweg was born in Copenhagen March 2, 1851, and died August 6, 1920. In 1886 he became director of the investigations on root crops of the Danish society for the improvement of cultivated plants; when the experimental work was taken over by the government in 1893, Helweg continued as director until his death. He wrote many articles for agricultural papers, and a monograph of the varieties of carrot. From 1886 to 1901 he was editor of Gartner-Tidende; he edited the Nordisk lUustreret Havebrugsleksikon (Scandinavian illustrated gardners' dictionary), and in 1895 published a work on plant forcing. — M. F. Warner. 1192. R[endle], a. B. William Robert Carver. Jour. Botany 56: 334-335. 1918.— Carver (1860-1918) was for many years departmental clerk in the cryptogamic section of the Department of Botany of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), and had an extensive knowledge of seaweeds. — Neil E. Stevens. 1193. RiCALTOX, James. Famous and interesting trees. Amer. Forestry 27: 216-224. 10 fig. 1920. — Banyan trees (Ficus religiosa or Ficus indica), the olive, rubber trees, and others are described. — Chas. H, Otis. 1194. Salmon, C. E. Anthony Wallis. Jour. Botany 57: 347-348. 1919.— Wallis (1879- 1919) was inspector in the Education Department. While at Cambridge he compiled The 186 BOTANICAL EDUCATION [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, Flora of the Cambridge District for Marr's Natural History of Cambridgeshire, and later com- municated new localities and rare plants to Druce's Flora of Cambridgeshire. — Neil E. Stevens. 1195. Smith, A. L. William Gilson Farlow. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132 : 38-39. 1921.— A brief sketch of Prof. Farlow (1844-1919), commenting on his cordial relations with British botanists, is presented. — M. F. Warner. 1196. Steele, J. G. History of the California College of Pharmacy. Pacific Pharm. 12: 78-79, 100-104, 129-131, 151-157, 179-182. 1918. 1197. Sturmer, J. W. 1820— A bit of history. Western Druggist 42: 110-112. 1920.— A comparison of apothecaries of today with those of one hundred years ago is made. — C. M. Sterling. 1198. Velu, H. Les fleurs — leur role social. [The function of flowers in society.] Bull. Soc. Hort. Maroc 8: 50-59. 1920. — The significance of exhibitions and floral feasts and the possibilities of Morocco as a source of medicinal and perfume plants are discussed, with extracts from the legendary and literary lore of flowers. — M. F. Warner. 1199. Vines, S. H. Simon Schwendener. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 132: 47-49. 1921.— Schwendener was born February 10, 1829, and died May 10, 1919. He began his university course at Geneva under Alphonse de CandoUe, and graduated at Zurich under Oswald Heer in 185G. Coming into relations with Naegeli, Schwendener turned his attention to the micro- scopical anatomy of plants. His "contribution to the right understanding of Lichens is his first claim to remembrance as a botanist. His second claim is that he founded and prosecuted to some extent, the study of physiological anatomy." In 1879 he became professor of botany at Berlin, where he remained to the end of his life, and inspired a number of his students to research in physiological anatomy. — M. F. Warner. 1200. YuRiN Vassil, p. K sud'be Tingutinskogo s.-kh. uchastka v sviazi s vozrozhdeniem sel'skogo khozialstva na iugo-vostoke Rossii. [The fate of the Tingutinski experimental grounds.] Narodnoe Khozialstvo [Moscow] 1920:69-70. 1920. — Some very important work, particularly on irrigation, was carried on in the pre-war period on the Tingutinski agricultural grounds, in the former province of Saratov, comprising some 5416 acres. These are now in a lamentable condition due to the circumstances of the civil war. However, measures already have been taken for their reconstruction, and great developments in the future are expected. — M. Shapovalov. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersen, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1244, 1393, 1395 1607) 1201. Albttrtis, S. S. How school children study trees. Amer. Forestry 27: 291-298. 14 fig. 1921. 1202. Beard, J. G. The business of teaching. Druggists Circ. 65: 123-126. 1921.— The author discusses the importance of more and better educational training, and continued scientific research in pharmacy. — C. M. Sterling. 1203. BoHMER, J. G. Landbrukshoiskolens skogbruksavdeling. [Forestry division of the agricultural high school, Norway.] Tidsskr. Skogbruk 29:73-78. 1921. — Revised curric- ulum, in forestry, according to the law of July 23, 1919, is presented for the 3-year course at the Norwegian School of Agriculture. — J. A. Larsen. No. 3, October, 1921] BOTANICAL EDUCATION 187 1204. BoRGMANN, \V. Ausbau des forstlichen Hochschulunterrlchts an der Hessischen Landesuniversitat Giessen. [Expansion of academic forestry course at the University of Giessen.] Fortwiss. Centralbl. 43: 02-09. 1921. — Even before the war the movement wa:S inaugurated to combine the forest schools of Tubingen, Giessen, and Karlsruhe in 1 school at Heidelberg. Since the war, this plan has been abandoned, but Wiirttembcrg and Haden have combined their courses, given at Freiburg. This location is not convenient for Hesse, and it has been decided to maintain and enlarge the course at Giessen. The article appeals form oral and material support from all interested persons and organizations. — W, A'. Sparhau-k. 1205. Cooper, Zada INT. Report of the committee to investigate "short term," corre- spondence, summer, and other similar courses. Pacific Pharm. 12: 207-272. 1919. 1206. Fabricitjs. [Rev. of: Linsbauer, Karl. Wiesner, Julius. Elemente der wissenschaftlichen Botanik. I Band. Anatomie und Physiologic der Pflanzen. 6th ed., 412 p., 303 fig. Alfred Holder: Berlin and Leipzig, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 75-77. 1921. — The present is an entirely revised edition. Fabricius expresses the wish that botanists pay a little more attention to trees instead of confining their discussions and illustrations almost entirelj' to crop or weed plants. For instance, the discussion of the influence of light upon seed germination in Ranunculus, Allium, or Pinguicula, could have been illustrated just as well with results of research on forest-tree seeds. — W. N .Sparhawk. 1207. Gathercoal, E. N. Bacteriology in pharmacy colleges. Druggists Circ. 64: 171- 172. 1920. 1208. Gravis, A. Elements de morphologic vegetale. [Elements of vegetable mor- phology.] 16 X 26 cm., 204 P-, S2 pi. H. Vaillant-Carmanne: Lidge, 1920.— This text book is intended for use in a course in plant morphology based on the study of representative types. It comprises 3 main parts. The 1st, "Notions of Cytology," deals with cells — their structure, physiological responses, and origin by division. In the 2nd part, "Principal Types of Vege- table Organization," representative types of the great plant groups are taken up with reference to their organs of vegetation, asexual propagation, sexual reproduction, and spore production. This part includes also a synthetic survey of the evolution of the plant kingdom. In the 3rd part, "Study of Angiospermous Plants," the organography, anatomy, and classification of flowering plants are considered in somewhat greater detail. The book is illustrated with 32 plates of diagrammatic figures. An unusual feature is a collection of quotations from the writings of eminent men on the subjects of science, scientific method, study, etc. — L. W. Sharp. 1209. Hepler, J. R. Teaching systematic olericulture. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17:169-172. 1920 [1921]. — The method of study and presentation of a college course in systematic vegetable gardening is discussed. — H. A. Jones. 1210. RuDD, WoRTLEY F. Bactcriology in the two year course. Druggists Circ. 65: 127-128. 1921. — Arguments are presented in favor of a short course in bacteriology intended to enable pharmacists to take a more active part in various public health activities. — C. M. Sierli7ig. 1211. Schneider, Albert. A full-time four-year college of pharmacy course. Pacific Pharm. 12 : 185-188. 1918. — An outline of studies is presented for a full 4-year course in phar- macy and suggestions on teaching methods and equipment of teachers. — C. M. Sterling. 1212. ScHUPFER. [Rev. of: Kollner, F. Forstwirtschaft. S4 p-, 26 fig. PaulParey: Berlin, 1921.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 189-190. 1921.— This is a brief elementary forestry textbook for the use of agricultural schools. Schiipfer points out several misstatements. — W. N. Sparhawk. 188 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1213. SvESSENGUTH, Karl. [Rev. of: Kraepelin, Karl. Einfiihrung in die Biologie. (Introduction to biology.) ^th ed. B. G. Teubner: Leipzig and Berlin, 1919.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 73-74. 1921. — A most excellent and well illustrated textbook for the higher schools, as well as for self-instruction. The physiological side has been emphasized more than in previous editions, and chapters on heredity, genetics, and other subjects have been added. — W. N. Sparhaivk. 1214. SvESSENGUTH, Karl. [Rev. of: Miehe, H. Allgemeine Biologie. (General biology.) Vol. 130 of the series, "Aus Natur und Geisteswelt."] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43:74-75. 1921. 1215. Wells, B. W. A method of teaching the evolution of the land plants. Torreya 21: 45-47. 1 pi. 1921. — The comparative method constitutes the only vital approach to the story of plant evolution. The types must be brought together so that they can be automati- cally compared. The plate, which is the work of a freshman student, illustrates how this may be done graphically. The life cycles are drawn concentrically, the lowest in the center. The significant stages are marked out by radii. Each circle is filled in by the student as he finishes his study of the type. All the evolutionary changes in a given structure are seen by following its radius outward. — J. C. Nelson. CYTOLOGY Gilbert M. Smith, Editor George S. Bryan, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 1296, 1297 1298, 1300, 1370, 1515) FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor J. H. Hofmann, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1193, 1203, 1204, 1212, 1547, 1559, 1561, 1565, 1601, 1602, 1677, 1682) 1216. Anonymous. Das Reichsforstgesetz. [The forest law for the German Empire.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 37-39. 1921. — This is the text of the proposed Imperial forest law formulated by the Imperial Forestry Council (Reichsforstwirtschaftsrat) in September, 1920. It is designed to make the practice of forestry compulsory on all forest lands in the empire, re- gardless of ownership. Administration of the laws, as well as the details of the laws them- selves, are left for the most part to the individual states. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1217. Anonymous. Forestry in relation to agriculture. Agric. News [Barbados] 20: 34. 1921. — The author discusses the differences between forestry and agriculture, pointing out where the two overlap. Forestry in tropical America, now and for some time to come, should proceed only on lines of organization, survey, and judicious cutting, and to a lesser degree along those of reafforestation, mensuration, high finance, and working plans. — J. S. Dash. 1218. Anonymous. Indberetning om det Norske skogvesen. [Report of the Norwegian Forest Service.] Indeberet. Norske Skogv. 1919: 1-130. 1921.— A very complete and comprehensive report of the Director for the calendar year 1919 is presented, setting forth all forest activities in the different districts. The net receipt was 4,624,685 kroner; the total cut 378,918,325 cubic meters; there were 108 forest fires which covered about 200 hectares and caused a damage of 21,446 kroner. The personnel consists of 3 inspectors, 2 assessors, 24 assistants and 504 rangers or "Vogtere." The service planted 552,977 trees. — J. A. Larsen. No. 3, OcTOBEn, 1921] FORESTRY 189 1219. Anonymous. Lieferung von Waldsamen an die Entente. [Delivery of forest seeds to the Entente.] Deiitsch. Forstzcitg. 36: 220. 1921. — Ccnnany is rcciuired to deliver to the Entente ccuntries stocks of forest-tree seeds and plants over a period of some 10 years. In the spring of 1921 the deliveries to France, Belgium, and Italy aggregate 6700 kgr. of pine seed and 2100 kgr. of spruce seed, besides considerable quantities of ash seed. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1220. Anonymous. Lumber used in the motor vehicle industry. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3:274-275. 1921. 1221. Anonymous. Satzung des Verbandes "Bayerische Waldversicherung." [Consti- tution of the association "Bavarian Forest Insurance."] Forstwiss.Centralbl. 43: 31-37. 1921. — The text of the constitution is given. — W. A". Sparharvk. 1222. Anonymous. Steigerung des Ertrages der deutschen Waldungen. [Increasing the yield of German forests.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 125-126. 1921. — The suggestion, made at the Brussels financial conference, that the production of German forests could be increased, is impossible of fulfillment, because Germany lost 1.5 million hectares of forest by the peace treaty and is already cutting as much as the annual growth, or more. In 1912, 47.8 million cubic meters of timber were cut, § of which was construction material (Nutzholz); the remain- ing forests cannot yield more than 40 million cubic meters without diminishing the forest capital. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1223. Anonymous. The forest reserves of Trinidad and Tobago. Agric. News [Barbados] 19:374. 1920. — A report by C. S. Rogers, Conservator of Forests, is discussed. The policy of the Government is to reserve certain areas for (a) the protection of the water supply, the preservation of favorable climatic influences, and the maintenance of suitable breeding places for the bird and insect friends of agriculture; and (b) the production of timber and other forest products necessary for the welfare of the community. — J. S. Dash. 1224. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Coppet, IM. de, und A. Henne. Allgemeine Orientierung iiber Kriegswirtschaftliche Massnahmen betreffend Waldwirtschaft, Nutzungen, und Holz- verkehr 1914-1919. (Wartime measures dealing with forest management, utilization, and timber trade.) Bern, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 78-79. 1921. — The book recounts wartime regulations in Switzerland and their effect on Swiss forests and economic life. The war changed Switzerland from a wood-importing country to a wood-exporter, but in 1920 she again became an importer. In 1914 imports of wood exceeded exports by 20,230,000 francs, while in 1918 exports led by 117,970,000 francs. In 1913 the net import, in volume, of timber, lumber, and firewood amounted to 557,513 cubic meters, while in 1916, the year of greatest export (by volume), the net export was 883,689 cubic meters. — TT'. N. Sparhawk. 1225. BiLLWiLLER, R. tJber die Fohnsturmkatastrophe vom 4/5 Januar 1919 im Berner Oberland. [The catastrophe caused by the southerly winds of Janxiary 4 and 5, 1919, in the higher altitudes of the Bern region.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 2-11. 1 viap. 1921. — A contribution by Billwiller and observations by Von Greyerz are presented. The damage done by this storm was greater than any recorded for more than a decade. The damaged timber was about 90 per cent uprooted and 10 per cent broken, and was thrown in all directions in some localities and in a northeasterly direction in others. A total of 807,550 cubic meters was windthrown, and about 200 hectares were reduced to the non-productive state. — J . V. Hofmann. 1226. CiESLAR, A. tJber die Erntezeit der Friichte der gemeinen Esche (Fraxinus excelsior L.). [Concerning the time for collecting seed of the common ash (Fraxinus excelsior).] Cen- tralbl. Gesam. Forstw. 46: 90-100. 1920. — Despite many years of silvicultural experience with ash, there is still comparatively little known regarding the best time and methods of collecting, storing, and planting the seed. In nature, ash seed does not generally germinate until the 2nd year. The author experimented to ascertain chiefly whether it could not be germinated the Istyear after ripening. Seed was collected Sept. 17, Nov. 17, Jan. 8, and Feb. 28. 190 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, That gathered on the first 2 dates was handled by 3 methods : (1) Sowing immediately in seed beds; (2) storing in moist sand until sowed in the spring; (3) hanging up in bags in the store house until sowed in the spring. The seed gathered in January was handled by the 2 last- mentioned methods and that gathered in February only by the last method. In the 1st spring (1918) germination took place and plants developed only from the September seed that had been either sowed directly or stored in sand. In all other cases germination did not take place until the 2nd spring (1919), when all the remaining classes of seed germinated, the percentage of germination increasing the later the date of collecting the seed. — R. H. Weidman. 1227. Dahl, A. L. Some special uses of redwood. Sci. Amer. 124:286,297. 4 fig. 1921. 1228. Dock, H. Die Stereophotogrammetrie und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Forstwirtschaft. [Stereophotogrammetry and its application in forest management.] Centralbl. Gesam. Forstw. 46: 65-90. 1920. — The author discusses in detail the phototopographic method of surveying, including a discussion of the theory of the method, description of the instruments, and an illustration of the use of the method on an actual area. The essential field instrument is the phototheodolite and the office instruments are the stereokomparator and the stereoautograph. The last is a drafting instrument of complicated mechanism and is evidently a more recent development and refinement in the oflBce work of the camera surveying method. The author is an engineer and the article is purely in the domain of engineering. — R. H. Weidman. 1229. Eckstein, Fritz. Ueber die Lebensweise von Thanasimus (Clerus) formicarius Latr. [Notes on the life history of Thanasimus (Clerus) formicarius Latr.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 57-62. 1921. — But little has been written concerning the life history of this insect, which is generally considered to be of great importance as an enemy of the bark beetles, especially Myelophilus piniperda. This paper outlines the life cycle of the beetle (approxi- mately 1 year), and compares it with that of Myelophilus. The increase is not very rapid, since the female lays only 20 or 30 eggs, and the larvae develop more slowly than those of Myelophilus or the other bark beetles (M. minor, Hylastes ater, Tomicus typographus, and others). The latter reproduce much more rapidly. It is concluded that Clerus is of com- paratively little importance in combating the bark beetles, although it helps to keep their numbers in check. — W . N . Sparhawk. 1230. Ehrhorn, E. M. Report of the Chief Plant Inspector. Rept. Bd. Commissioners Agric. and Forest. Hawaii 1919-1920: 75-85. PI. 16-22. 1921. — Packages containing plants and plant products to the nimaber of 579,207 were inspected for insect and fungous diseases. Presence of citrus canker {Psudomonas citri) in Honolulu is reported. — J. M. Westgate. 1231. Endres. Die Bayerische Waldversicherung. [Bavarian forest insurance.] Forst- wiss. Centralbl. 43: 1-6. 1921. — The new forest insurance association, formed in Bavaria in 1920, embodies some new principles which it is hoped will make insurance of forests more practicable. Private individuals, as such, cannot insure their forests ; they must do so through the medium of their communes or through associations. The business is limited to fire insur- ance at first, but it is planned later to cover losses by insects, diseases, wind, etc. Insurance applies to the entire forest property in Bavaria of each owner who takes out a policy, and premiums are determined on a flat area basis, regardless of species or age of stand. Indemni- ties are limited to a value of not to exceed 1000 marks per hectare, unless the owner has paid extra premium for a higher insurance. The insurance association has adopted another feature to encourage forest loans. It contracts with the lender to protect him against losses due either to fire or to felling of timber contrary to agreement by the owner, and thereby makes his loan much more secure. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1232. Endres. [Rev. of: Engler, Arnold. Untersuchungen iiber den Einfiuss des Waldes auf den Stand der Gewasser. (Influence of forest cover on water supplies.) Mitteil. Schweiz. Zentralanst. Forst. Versuchsw. 12: 1-626. 58 fig. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 710).] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 114-119. 1921.— Endres outlines Engler's results on the 2 areas No. 3, October, 1921] FORESTRY 191 (Sperbelgraben and Rappengraben), and points out several weak points in the way the project was carried out; for instance, (1) the 2 areas were in several respects not entirely comparable, and (2) the lack of satisfactory records of the actual amount of precipitation on the experimental areas. He does not feel entirely convinced by Engler's figures, but be- lieves that no amount of exact measurement can absolutely solve the question of the relation between forests and water. — 11'. N . Sparhawk. 1233. Fabricitjs. [Rev. of: Bertog, Hermann. Die Beschaffung des Kiefernsamens insbesondere seine Selbstgewinnung. [The gathering of pine seed.] 124 P-, 8 fig. J. Neumann: Ncudamm, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 71-72. 1921. — This book, based on the results of research by Cieslar, Schott, Engler, Kienitz, Haack, and Dengler, is written especially for private foresters and forest owners. It brings out very clearly the desirability of collecting one's own seed, instead of relying on seedsmen, both because of the uncertainty as to origin of commercial seed, and because such seed may have been handled in such a way as to seriously affect its quality. Figures are given to show that self-collected seed costs much less than that obtained from dealers. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1234. Fabricius. [Rev. of: Borgmann, Wilhelm. Die Begriindung und Erziehung von Holzbestanden. [Formation and tending of timber stands.] 215 p., 35 fig. Paul Parey: Berlin, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 27-29. 1921.— The book is not a text book on silvi- culture, but is an excellent popular treatise for the use of forest owners who are not technically trained in forestry. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1235. Fabricius. [Rev. of: Solla, R. E. Holzgev/achse zur Winterszeit, Anleitung zum Bestimmen entlaubter Holzgewachse. [Woody plants in v/inter. Guide for the identi- fication of woody plants in the absence of their leaves.] 42 p., 50 fig. Theodor Fischer: Frei- burg i. Br., 1920.] Forstwiss Centralbl. 43: 79. 1921. — The book is simple and usable, and contains keys for the identification of 56 species of deciduous trees and SO species of shrubs of central and southern Europe. — W . N . Sparhawk, 1236. Fabricius. [Rev. of: Wiebecke, von. Der Dauerwald in 16 Fragen und Ant- worten fiir den Gebrauch im Walde. (The "continuous forest.") Stettin.] Forstwiss Centralbl. 43 : 195-198. 1921. — Von Wiebecke's "Dauerwald" is the same silvicultural system as that used by von Kalitsch in Barenthorn. In spite of all the claims made for it, Fabricius points out that it has certain disadvantages as compared with the clear cutting systems, and that it is essentially only a selection system under a new name. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1237. Fabricius. [Rev. of: Wild a, Hermann. Das Holz, Aufbau, Eigenschaften und Verwendung. (Wood, its structure, properties, and use.) 154 p., 109 fig. Walter de Gruyter & Co.: Berlin and Leipzig, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 190-191. 1921.— This book at- tempts to give in a form adapted for popular use all the essential facts about wood and its uses. In attempting to condense the material, the author has sacrificed much in the way of completeness and accuracy, especially on the scientific side. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1238. Fries, Thore C. E. Bjorkskogsgransens hojdlage inom TromsS Amt. [Upper limit of birch in Tromso district, Norway.] Tiddsskr. Skogbr. 29: 48-72, 1921. — An examina- tion of the causes in the variation of the upper limit of birch, Betula odorata, at the northern limit of its distribution. — J. A. Larsen. 1239. Frost, S. Forestry from the air. Amer. Forestry 27: 27S-2S0. 2 fig. 1921.— The author concerns himself with the use of airplanes in forest mapping, reconnaissance, and other operations in a Canadian forest.— CAas. //. Otis. 1240. GoossENS, ^I. Notes sur un peuplement de parasoliers aux environs de Ganda- Sundi. [Note on a parasol tree association in the neighborhood of Ganda-Sundi.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 74-79. Fig. 17-18. 1920. — The parasol tree {Musanga Smilhii) grows very 192 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, readily in forest clearings and abandoned plantations. It has been recommended as a shade tree for cacao plantations but has not proved suitable. Several other uses are suggested; it is particularly suitable as raw material for the manufacture of paper, and would probably prove remunerative if cultivated for this purpose. — E. M. Doidge. 1241. Harreh, Fr. Harzgewinnung in Amerika. [Resin production in America.] Forst- wiss. Centralbl. 43 : 130-137. 1921. — The methods of harvesting and distilling resin in Florida are briefly described, with old statistics of production and exports of turpentine and rosin. It is concluded that the U. S. A. will in a short time be unable to more than supply its own requirements. Germany could theoretically supply her own needs for turpentine and pine oil, but not for rosin, if the question of cost were left out of consideration. Unless substitutes can be derived from coal tar distillation, rosin supplies must be sought in other countries, especially the tropics. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1242. Hees. Klasseneinteilung des Nadel-Stammholzes. [Classification of conifer logs.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 199. 1921. — Softwoods, like hardwoods, should be classified according to diameters instead of by the total cubic volume of the piece, regardless of size. With the present system, short thick sticks suitable for lumber are often classed with long slender ones suitable only for mine props. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1243. Heiberg, Axel. Det Norske Skogselskap. [The Norwegian forestry association.] Tidsskr.Skogbr. 28: 187-200. Pl.lO. 1920.— The author sums up the results of an inspection trip of the forest plantations on the west coast of Norway near Stavanger and Bergen. These plantations are up to 50 years old and consist of Norway spruce, Scotch pine, Douglas fir, noble fir, oak, and birch. The soil is generally excellent for reforestation and the local senti- ment in favor of this work very good, thanks to the energetic leadership of a few men. Private owners are required by law to cut accordm^ to the State's dictum and to replant denuded tracts. — /. A, Larsen. 1244. HoHENADL, W. Das Versuchswesen und das wirtschaftliche Prinzip in der Forst- wirtschaft. [Research and the economic principle in forest practice.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 50-57, 84-100, 137-151. 1921. — In view of the recent suggestion that forest research in Bavaria be divorced from the forest schools and provided for in a separate state research insti- tute, the author reviews briefly the development of forest research in Bavaria. When first organized under the leadership of Ganghofer in 1875, it was independent of the schools, and the economic purpose was emphasized, namely, to determine scientific principles and to devise ways for applying them in forest practice, with the object of insuring a continuous production of maximum values with a minimum of outlay. The reorganization in 1882 transferred re- search to the forest department of the University of Munich, where it has since remained, and provided for a combination of the purely research objective with training in scientific forestry. To again set research apart by itself would surely not help to secure the application of its findings in actual forest practice, for even now many of the principles evolved by research are far from being assimilated by the practitioners. Forestry has not kept pace with other industries in improving its technique and organization of work to meet changing conditions, but has practically stood still. The author reviews the development of industry from the phase of the individual handworker to the present-day phase of large factory units with divi- sion of labor and dependence on the engineer or technician, not only for developing mechanical methods and processes but also for scientifically organizing the work and personnel. All such engineering work is based very largely on mathematical research, — cost accounting, time studies, measurements of various sorts. Forestry has lagged behind because of the forms of ownership of forests: small peasant owners; state and communes not interested solely in the most profitable management; and large private owners whose management is guided by tradi- tion or by a desire to maintain game preserves. Foresters themselves have been very con- servative and slow to adopt new ideas. — The chief problems for forestry research are problems of measurement (of trees, stands, forest sites and site factors), and of the correlation of these measurements with different conditions of growth or different methods of management. No. 3, October, 1921] FORESTRY 193 These studies are necessary in addition to fundamental research, because tine long period re- quired to grow timber and the great diversity of conditions require the gradual accumulation of the results of actual experience by many investigators, and their results must be expressed in the same terms and must be comparable. The investigator must work in the forest and in closest touch with practitioners, because it is as important that the scientific principles be applied in actual practice as it is to discover the principles. It is desirable that the research institu- tion be responsible for the economic management of a demonstration forest, since this will help to keep science and practice closely tied together. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1245. Holm, C. J. Et Forsog med fremmede Lovtraer. [Experiments with exotic decidu- ous trees.] Forst. Forsogsv. Danmark 5: 293-300. 1920. — Experimental plantations were begun on Seeland, Denmark, in 1912. The species most extensively tried were Quercus rubra, Q. palustris, and Betula odorata. Tests were also made of Quercus coccinea, Betula lutea, D. Maximounczii, Acer hegundo, Fraxinus americana, Ceridiphyllum japonicum, Acanthopanax ricinifolium, and Alhizzia Julibrissin. The precipitation approaches 2 inches per month in June, July, and August; April has 8 and May 1 days of frost. The results are discouraging. The oaks suffered heavily from spring frost and are practically all dead; Betula lutea, Acer Negundo, and Fraxinus americana are failures, but Betula odorata and B. Maximowiczii are very promising. — J. A. Larsen. 1246. HoNLiNGER, H. Zum Methodenstreit in der forstlichenStatik. [On the controversy over methods of forest statics.] Centralbl. Gesam. Forstw. 46: 100-111, 144-151. 1920.— The author concerns himself chiefly with a refutation of Dr. Neubauer's conception of the theory of highest interest on capital value of the forest (Reinertragslehre), which appeared in the above journal for 1918. The forest finance and mathematics of valuation formulae are analyzed in detail to prove the author's position. — R. H. Weidman. 1247. HuTTANUS. Waldverwxistung. [Forest destruction.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 157, 159. 1921. — Most of the forests near Cologne are in private hands, and practically all are being laid waste, with no provision for a future stand. Only strict state control of cuttings can save what remains. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1248. JoLTET, A. Repeuplement artificiel dans une station de friche aprds exploitation & blanc 6toc d'un peuplement de pin noir. [Artificial reforestation after clear cutting of black pine.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Forest. Franche-Comt6 et Belfort 13 : 273-277. 1920.— Black pine is better adapted than any other species to thin-soiled, calcareous wastes at low altitudes in eastern and northeastern France. Natural regeneration is, however, very difficult, and aritificial regeneration after each rotation very expensive. It is therefore suggested that clear cuttings, which are usually resorted to, be followed by the planting of Douglas fir (green variety), hornbeam, and black locust, with an occasional sj'camore maple. Planting holes should be made in rows 1.5 m. apart each way. A Douglas fir should be planted in every 6th hole in every 6th row, — about 120 per hectare. In each of the other holes should be planted a tuft of 4 trees composed of 2 hornbeams and 2 locusts. A stand of this sort is well adapted to the site and will perpetuate itself indefinitely by a combination of sprouts and seedlings. — S. T. Dana. 1249. JuDD, C. S. Report of the Superintendent of Forestry. Rept. Bd. Commissioners Agric. and Forest. Hawaii 1919-1920: 19-45. PL 1-12. 1921.— Emphasis is laid on the neces- sity of forest protection and forest extension (total of 71,641 trees of 37 species transplanted to 11 forest reserves throughout the Islands); methods of reducing fire menace; and Arbor Day activities. — /. M. Westgate. 1250. KiERULF, T. Fra en skogtur i Normandie og litt om de Franske bogeskoge. [A trip to Normandy and a little about the French beech forests.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 29: 10-22. PL 1-7., fig. 1. 1921. — The author presents a description of a 10,607 hectare beech and oak forest at Lyons, near Rouen, France, including silviculture and management. — /. A. Larsen. 194 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1251. KoBATASHi, J, Paper making in Japan. Amer. Forestry 27: 320-321. 2 jig. 1921. 1252. KtJNKELE. Hilfstafel zur Zuwachserhebung. [Graphic chart for determining incre- ment.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43:81-83. Chart 1. 1921. — A chart giving the per cent of incre- ment of basal area, height, volume, and value of individual trees, is illustrated and discussed briefly. The determination of growth per cent of individual trees is particularly important now that silviculture is turning strongly toward the selection system. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1253. KuRTH. Fichtensaat oder -pfianzung? [Spruce seeding or planting?] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 147. 1921. — Spruce stands grown from plantations do not, because of compara- tively wide spacing, produce long slender poles, especially bean poles, which are in great demand. Therefore about 10 per cent of the area restocked with spruce each year should be seeded instead of planted. — W. N. Sparhawk. 12.54. L. [Rev. of: Achtekrath, Helmut. Deutsche Rohholzwirtschaft wahrend des Krieges und in der Ubergangszeit. (German timber supply during the war and in the transition period.) Frankfort.] Forstwiss Centralbl. 43: 29-30. 1921. — Achterrath discusses the tim- ber situation before the war, measures adopted to insure supplies for the army and civil use during the war, and the outlook for the future, with especial reference to future sources of imports. — IF. A''. Sparhawk. 1255. LoNGViLLE, A. Logging by electricity. Sci. Amer. 124: 285. 2 fig. 1921. 1256. Mahood, S. A., andEloiseGerry. The production of American storax. Druggists Circ. 65: 3-5. Fig. 1-7. 1921. — Experiments were carried on to find a supply of storax to take the place of Asiatic storax which was shut off by the World War. Collections of material fpr investigation were made from Liquidambar styraciflua growing near Elliott City, Louisiana, from June 10 to Nov. 14. Methods of tapping the trees and collecting the gum are described. Chemical analyses show that American storax compares very favorably with that of Asiatic origin. A microscopic examination of the wood shows that the storax is produced in the wood formed after the tree has been wounded. The yield of storax is in proportion to the number and size of the ducts thus developed. — C. M. Sterling. 1257. Miller, E. E. Black locust reclaims washed lands. Amer. Forestry 27: 252-253, 264. 4 fig. 1921. 1258. Munch, Ernst. Naturwissenschaftliche Grundlagen der Kiefernharznutzung. [Scientific bases of production of pine resin.] Arbeit. Biol. Reichsanstalt Land- u. Forstw. 10: 1-140. 20 fig. 1919. — The scarcity of naval stores in Germany during the war led to the utilization of the resin of Pinus sylvestris as a new industry, Miinch attempts to place the technique of tapping on a scientific basis. The careful study comprises the following points: Microscopic structure of the resin duct; distribution and number of ducts with relation to width of annual ring; structure of the system of ducts throughout the bole; physiology and mechanics of the formation and flow of resin upon tapping; formation and role of pathological ducts; influence of climate, site, age, crown development of tree, method of tapping, and intervals between tapping on yield. The yield may vary up to 400 per cent. The possible yield per hectare per year is 1000-1250 kgr. — E. P. Meinecke. 1259. Neumann. Die Kief er-Dauerwaldwirtschaft. [The continuous management system with pine.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 189-193. 1921. — The author has visited the Barenthorn forest in Anhalt, where von Kalitsch has developed an original and highly successful method of silviculture. Stands are thinned every year, sometimes twice a year, beginning at 25 or 30 years of age, until about 10 seed trees per hectare are left. Logs are dragged out by horses, so as to loosen the soil and favor reproduction ; because of the density of the latter, it does not matter that some seedlings are destroyed in removing the seed trees. All leaf litter and twigs are left on the ground to protect and enrich the soil. This method has resulted in most No. 3, October, 1921 | FORESTRY 195 excellent and thrifty reproduction of pine, has favored the increase in proportion of desirable hardwoods, such as beech, and has also resulted in a much more rapid height-growth of the pine than that in the neighboring forests managed by the old clear-cutting system. The method requires much more intensive work and can only be applied by technically trained foresters. By the use of this method vonKalitsch has increased the annual yield of his forest from 2.2 to 6.3 cubic meters per hectare. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1200. Opland, Evenbx J. Herredsskogmesterinstitutionen og dens betydning for et rationalt skogbruk. [The oflBce of Herred Forester and its relation to a rational forest utiliza- tion.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 28: 210-21S. 1920.— The author lays stress on the fact that Norway will always receive much revenue from her forests, that the surest way of safeguarding the for- ests is by educating the people and by accumulating fundamental knowledge. Until this is assured there must be Government regulation and supervision, for which the office of Herred Forester has been instituted. It is the function of this office to supervise law enforcement, to insure that only properly informed persons prescribe the cuttings, that capable men are put in charge, and that the proper kind of information is gathered. About one-half of the country has now accepted this measure. — J. A. Larsen. 1261. Oppermaxn. A. Tilvirkning og anvendelse af Dansk Gavntrae. [Sawing and utili- zation of Danish woods.] Forst. Forsogsv. Danmark 5: 301-342. Fig.l. 1920. — The object of the investigation was to determine how dimensions, shape, and structure affect the amount and quality of the yield. To this end the different parts of the tree were selected in order to determine the sizes and the amounts which may be sawed out for stock to be used for staves, implement handles, shoe bottoms, wagons, etc.; also for lumber of different descriptions. The results of the investigations are given in great detail in tabular form. — /. A. Larsen. 1262. Orre, S. Blinkning i Namdalen. [Marking in Namdalen.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 28:246-256. PI. 5. 1920. — The author describes the results of early marking in the northern- most forests in Norway, and points out the bad results from unscientific marking. The forests are chiefly of spruce {Picea excelsa) and birch (Betula odorata). — /. A. Larsen. 1263. Pack, A. N. Wooden shingles or substitutes. Amer. Forestry 27: 231-237. IS fig. 1921. 12C4. Ramelow, a. D. Nutzungen des Waldes unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung der mit forstlichem Nebenbetriebe verbundenen landwirtschaftlichen Betriebe. [Uses of the forest with special regard to the relation between farm and forest management.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 34-35. 1921. — The author gives a brief popular discussion of the utilization of the farm forest or wood-lot. Cut trees may be used for carriage poles, mine-timbers, sleepers, barrels, paper, poles, and facines; certain parts may be used for fire-wood and for local repairs. The forested tract may be used for pasture. Leafy twigs of poplars, aspens, willows, horn- beams, and other broad leaved trees, except alders, may be dried and used as fodder in winter, or the twigs only may be clipped off in winter and saved. Dried leaves, especially those of beech, may be used as bedding for animals. It is desirable to remove some of the beech leaves as they are usually so abundant as to interfere with reproduction. — Johi W. Roberts. 1265. Rave. Forderungen zum Forstkulturgesetz. [Need for forest law.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 52 : 302-305. 1920.— The need for increasing forest production suggests the enactment of laws governing the management of forest land. All forests which do not show a satisfactory volume and value production should be placed under state supervision. The plan points toward the socialization of forests. The basis for the recommendation is the average yield per acre for 1913 of 187.4 cubic feet on State forests as against 89.3 in private forests. — Joseph S. Illick. 1266. Riemexschneider. Die Holhspatenpfianzung bei der Fichte und der Hallimasch- pilz. [Planting spruce v,'ith hollow spade and the "Hallimasch" fungus.] Deutsch. Forst- 196 FOBESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, zeitg. 36: 165. 1921. — With this method of planting, losses due to the fungus Agaricus melleus are very much more serious than with the method of planting in prepared spots. The latter method also results in thriftier plants and more rapid height-growth, therefore is cheaper in the long run even though the first cost is greater. Douglas fir is most resistant to the fungus, followed by larch, white fir, pine, and spruce. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1267. RuBNER. Die Spatfroste und die Verbreitungsgrenzen unserer Waldbaume. [Late spring frosts and limits of distribution of forest trees.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 41-49, 100- 114. 1921. — The distribution of tree species is governed, with few exceptions, by their climatic and edaphic requirements and by their ability to compete with other species, depending on their tolerance, rate of growth, and longevity. No one factor can be designated as the deci- sive one, but, in the author's opinion, ability of a species to withstand late spring frosts is frequently of more importance than most other factors. The relative frost-hardiness of differ- ent trees depends upon the inherent hardiness of the species, upon the time when new growth begins, upon the ability to put out new shoots in case the first ones are killed, and also upon the form of the stand in which they occur. Topography is a very important factor because with it varies the probability of frosts, the period of new growth of a given species, and the amount of snowfall and its duration. Late frosts are the decisive factor governing both the horizontal and vertical distribution of a number of native and introduced species of central Europe. The distribution of Scotch pine, fir, spruce, birch, pedunculate and sessile oaks, ash, lindens, hornbeam, maple, and others is discussed. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1268. RuDEN, IvAR. Picea pungens. Dens anvendelighet i vort skogbruk. [Picea pun- gens and its suitability for use in Norwegian forestry.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 29: 39-47. 1921. — The Colorado blue spruce plantations in Norway show promise that the species will help solve the problem of extending the timberline northward and upward where native trees do not thrive. It may also be used to advantage on the poorer wind-swept sites near the coast. The plantations are now from 13 to 20 years old and are everywhere on precarious sites superior to the other species. — J. A. Larsen. 1269. S[CHtJPFER]. Die Nadelholzwalder der Welt und die Aussichten der Holzwarenin- dustrie. [The coniferous forests of the world and the outlook for wood manufacturing indus- tries.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43 : 152-154. 1921. — Modern civilization, more than any previous one, depends on timber supplies. Wood, and especially coniferous wood, has become one of the great staple articles of world trade. Conifer forests are largely confined to the northern hemisphere, and the greatest areas are in the Scandinavian region and in North America, the great eastern white-pine forests of the latter being exhausted. The Canadian forests are extensive but very poorly stocked, due to forest fires. The southern pine forests are enor- mous, but are being cut very rapidly. Within a short period, British Columbia will be the greatest center of the world's lumber industry, and the American Pacific coast will be the only serious competitor of Finland and Sweden. Suggestions that Siberia will become an impor- tant factor should not be taken seriously. Austria-Hungary is not a factor and much of Euro- pean Russia's large forests are economically inaccessible. The conclusion is that the world's supplies of economically exploitable softwoods are much more limited than has been generally believed and that it is necessary not only^to exploit what remains but also to grow more. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1270. ScHUPFER. [Rev. of: Schwappach, Adam. Mitteilungen aus den forstlichen Versuchswesen Preussens. Untersuchungen iiber die Zuwachsleistungen von Eichenhoch- waldbestanden in Preussen. Zweiter Teil. (1906-1919). (Grov/th of oak stands in Prussia.) J, Neumann: Neudamm, 1920.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 192-194. 1921.— Schwappach's oak yield tables of 1905 were based on single measurements of a large number of sample plots of various ages, and therefore give only approximate values. Since then the plots have been remeasured, and curves constructed on the basis of the actual growth on them. The new height curves rise considerably above the old ones, but the basal area and volume curves do not because, with the silvicultural methods best adapted to oak, No. 3, October, 1921] FORESTRY 197 — light thinnings in youth, followed by heavier ones, — the basal area increases very little after about the 100th year. The volume curves of 1920 at the 200-\'ear point are considerably below those of 1905, due principally to the fact that a much greater volume is removed in thinnings than was shown by tiie earlier curves. The total increment, including thinnings, is not very different. The value-increment is probably considerably greater with the heavy thinnings. The question as to the most effective kind and density of understory under the oak is not yet answered. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1271. Seeholzer. Die Naturverjiingung auf den Juraboden der Oberpfalz. [Natural reproduction on the Jura of upper Palatinate.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 6-18. 1921. — In this region, natural reproduction ismuch safer and more certain in producing a valuable stand than artificial reproduction, either by seeding or planting. The climate is rather dry, periods of drought are not uncommon, and the soil dries out and heats very quickly if exposed to the sun. It is necessary, therefore, to use a silvicultural system which will conserve moisture and at the same time prevent undue root competition between seedlings or between seedlings and old trees. The system used must also favor abundant seed reproduction, must maintain the soil in such condition that seeds will germinate and the seedlings establish themselves, and must retain the mixed form of stand, — spruce with from 10 to 50 per cent of beech, fir, and pine, according to local conditions. These requirements are best met by the selection system, occasionally using the strip selection method, and being careful to keep openings rather small. Cuttings should in most cases proceed regularly from the north side of the stand toward the south, in order to conserve moisture. Since the application of the system varies with each variation in local conditions, it requires a very intensive control by a trained forester. — W. N . Sparhawk. 1272. Sim, T. R. Timber trees for commercial culture. Further species that have been tried in South Africa. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 161-165. 1921. 1273. Sim, T. R. Tree planting for the farm. I. Selecting the site for the plantation. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 218-223. 1921. 1274. Skoien, Olaf. Antal aar paa sidste Cm. [The number of years' growth on the last centimeter of radius.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 28: 223-227. 1920. — Mistakes and errors which result from the use of Schneider's formula are pointed out. Measurements on rapidly growing trees will give a very short period as compared with the slower growing trees and those on poor sites. Irregularities in the periodic growth are thereby overlooked and the arithmetical means of the number of years in the last centimeter on the radius for trees in the same diameter class introduce other errors. The use of the distance for each ten years' growth overcomes these difficulties. — J. A. Larsen. 1275. Stang, Thomas. Vest-Amerikanske traeslag for Norges Skogbruk. [West Ameri- can trees for use in Norway.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 28: 257-277. PI. 1-8., fig. 1-3. 1920. 1276. Vanderyst, Hyac. Contributions a I'etude du palmier a huile au Congo beige: 5=. La recolte des produits de lElaeis. [Contributions to the study of the oil palm in Belgian Congo: 5. The collection of the products of Elaeis.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 22-36. Fig. 5-8. 1920. — Elaeis is one of the most useful trees of the Congo. The natives collect the sap, w^hich by spontaneous fermentation is transformed into a more or less alcoholic drink known as Malafu, or palm wine; the leaves are used for basket work and the fruits furnish oils of great value. The methods employed by the natives in collecting these products are discussed, and the danger incurred by them of contracting sleeping sickness. — E. M. Doidge. 1277. Vaxderyst, Hyac. Contributions k letude du palmier a huile au Congo beige: 6=. Le tronc ou stipe de TElaeis. [Contributions to the study of the oil palm in Belgian Congo: 6. The trunk of Elaeis.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11:37-53. Fig. 9-12. 1920.— In the neigh- borhood of the mission at Leverville the trunk of Elaeis attains an average diameter of 33.6 198 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, cm., which is in excess of the average diameter assigned to it by other writers; the maximum observed was 36.7 and the minimum 28.8 cm. A diameter less than 25 cm. has not been obser- ved. Other things being equal, Elaeis develops better and more vigorously on a pronounced slope than on a slight slope or on flat ground. — E. M. Doidge. 1278. Vendelmans, H. Making a forest to order. Sci. Amer. 124: 232, 240. 4 fid- 1921. — A method of forestry by preculture, as practiced in Europe, is described. The method consists of preparing the land, improving and appropriating it to the intended tree planting, which is then executed at the lowest possible cost. It aims to destroy the natural vegeta- tion, to break up and aerate the soil and insure drainage, to improve the soil and add to its mineral content by applying lime and chemicals, to improve further its physical condition by increasing the power for retaining water, to enrich it with available nitrogen and with a bacterial flora by using green manures, and to make the agricultural crop which follows the green manure pay for the expenses and provide an appropriate medium in which to plant at small cost with the maximum percentage of growth. — Chas. H. Otis. 1279. ViKHAMMER, P. Granfro i Troms Fylke. [Spruce (Picea excelsa) seed in the Troms district.] Tidsskr. Skogbr. 28: 218-220. 1920.— Tests were made of the number of seed per cone, germination per cent, and number of young trees per cone of Norv/ay spruce at the northern limit of its distribution (09° 21' north latitude in Norway). There were from 85 to 164 seeds per cone, a germination of from 5.7 to 34.2 per cent, and from 0 to 10 plants per cone. — /. A. Larsen. 1280. Weber, Heinrich. Die deutsche Holzbewirtschaftung wahrend des Weltkrieges. [Handling of German wood supply during the World War.] Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 95: 89-99. 1919. — A complete review of the German wood supply situation during the World War is presented. Germany has been a wood-importing country since 1870. At the outbreak of the war 15 million cubic meters of wood were imported to meet the demands of industries. The German forests in 1913 produced 28.66 million cubic meters of work wood, the consump- tion of work wood being 43 million. The imported wood came from Russia (52.5 per cent) Austria-Hungary (27.6 per cent), Norway and Sweden (7.3 per cent), U. S. A. (7.1 per cent), and Finland (3.1 per cent). The enemy blockade was so complete and effective that practi- cally all importation ceased. It became necessary to meet all demands from the forests at home and in occupied territory. This compulsory transfer of operations meant a complete reorganization of the wood-supply equipment. In order to meet the situation, there was created a division of raw material in the Department of War. This suflSced for the first 2 years of the war when most of the wood was obtained from the enemj^ forests in occupied terri- tory. Much wood was obtained from the territory occupied by the army of the East. In the siunmer of 1916 a marked change took place in the conduct of the war. Excessive demands came from all sides for many different forest products. The situation became so critical that a central organization had to be created. Soon it was divided into 2 sections, and by 1917 there were 7 separate sections each with a distinct line of work. Three periods of development in satisfying the wood-supply of the German army are recognized, (1) from the beginning of the war to the spring of 1916, (2) from the spring of 1916 to December 1910, and (3) from December 1910 to the end of the war. Special modifications of cutting and logging methods were ordered and in spite of the heavy drain upon the forests the latter remain in a fairly good condition. — Joseph S. Illick, 1281. Webster, A. D. Brown oak timber. Gard. Chron. 69: 164. 1921.— This is a strictly English product confined to the midland and eastern counties. The best timber has been sent to America for thin veneers, 30-40 to the inch, on account of its great value. The dining room of the White House at Washington is entirely panelled with it. The cause of the change in color from white to a rich brown or chestnut is uncertain but is generally ascribed to certain properties in the soil. The use of the wood for panelling has been known from early Tudor times, although only since William the Stadholder came from Holland in 1685 has the most decorative method of wall panelling been adopted. Previous to that time J\o. 3, OcTOBEit, 1921 J GENETICS 199 and up to the Jacobean period panels were small. The best English examples of the early use of this timber are found in the Royal Chapel and Banqueting Hall in the Tower of London, St. PaiU's Cathedral (from Welveck in 1G95), and the Cloister of Durham Cathedral. — P. L. Richer. 1282. Webster, A. D. Lumbering in British Columbia. Card. Chron. 69: 12G. 1921.— A report of a 3-weeks' visit to the lumbering camps is presented, including a brief description of the camps and operating and transportation methods. — P. L. Richer, 1283. Whitford, H. N. ';• Tropical forests. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 267-270. 1921. 1284. Wild, A. D. Wie der Nordsaumplenterschlag sich von selbst einf iihrte und sonstiges aus dem Revier Zabem. [How the north-border-selection cutting originated and other notes from the Zabern district.] Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 161-172. 1 -pi. 1921. — Wild discusses the history of the forests of the Zabern district, which are composed of a considerable variety of stands, including oak, beech, fir, spruce, and pine, pure and in various mixtures. Various silvicultural methods are used, but dilTerent forms of selection cutting, with natural reproduc- tion, predominate. — W . N . Sparhaioh. 1285. WiMMER. [Rev. of: Rebmann. Der Anbau von Walnussbaumen und amerika- nischen Nussbaimiarten im Walde. (Growing walnut trees and American nut trees in the forest.) 68 p., 4 fig. J. Neumann: Neudamm, 1920.) Forstwiss. Centralbl. 43: 191-192. 1920. — This is a very thorough and careful treatise on the cultivation of JugUms rcgia, J. nigra, J. cinerea, Carya alba, C. porcina, and C. tomentosa by a forester who has studied these species for decades. — W. N. Sparhawk. 1286. Zeller. Ansichten iiber Buchenverjiingungen. [Notes on reproduction of beech.] Deutsch. Forstzeitg. 36: 140-142. 1921. — The author's experience indicates that cuttings in beech forests can be made every year, without reference to the occurrence of moist years, and that satisfactory beech reproduction will follow in due time. He believes that young beech seedlings do not need overhead shade, — that they are more thrifty without it. — W. N. Sparhawk. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor James P. Kelly, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1112, 1125, 1127, 1153, 1176, 1392, 1405, 1410, 1424, 1468, 1553, 1646) 1287. Anonymous. Ratio of sires and dams. U. S. Dept. Agric. Weekly News Letter 8: 8. 1920. — A tabulation of more than 200,000 head of stock kept for breeding purposes on more than 2000 representative farms gave the following average number of females to each male: Cattle 18.9, horses 16.9, swine 11.-5, sheep 37, goats 26.6, chickens 23.3, other poultry (geese, ducks, turkeys) 8.5. — Sewall Wright. 12S8. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Chevalier, A. Sur I'origine des pommiers k cidre cul- tives en Normandie et en Bretagne. (On the origin of cider apples cultivated in Nor- mandy and Brittany.) Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171: 521-523. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 377; 9, Entry 1311).] Card. Chron. 68: 223. 1920. 1289. Anonymous. Dwarf maize. [Rev. of: Kempton, J. H. A brachytic variation in maize. U. S. Dept. Agric. Bull. 925. 38 p., 19 pi., 8 fig. 1921 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1923) .] Gard. Chron. 69: 254. 1921. 1290. Akerman, a. Untersuchungen iiber Bastarde zwischen Epilobium hirsutum und Epilobium montanum. [Investigations on hybrids between Epilobitmi hirsutum and Epilobium 200 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, montanum.] Hereditas 2: 99-112. S fig. 1921. — Hybrids between species of Epilobium have been reported as occurring among wild plants and are frequently referred to in system- atic literature. In such cases it is difficult to determine, from field observations, what the parent species are in particular cases. Artificially controlled hybrids have been produced between E. hirsutum X E. montanum by Compton. Lehmann has produced hybrids by cross- ing E. parviflorum with 3 other species. Reciprocal crosses were different in a number of characters. When E. -parviflorum was used as female parent the hybrid was quite sterile, no good pollen being produced, while the reciprocal cross produced about 50 per cent good pollen and some mature seed. There were other reciprocal differences. In the Fz generation obtained from E. palustre X E. parviflorum a large range of independently segregating charac- ters was obtained. The author made reciprocal crosses between E. hirsutum and E. mon- tanum. Plants of the parent species were grown simultaneously. At the flowering stage the E. montanum plants were 60-70 cm. tall while the adjacent Fi hybrids were dwarfs, about \-\ as tall and considerably smaller than the smaller parent. The hybrids in other respects were a reproduction of the E. montanum plants, with no evidence of the E. hirsutum parent. The adjacent parent species grew and flowered normally while the dwarf Fi plants failed to produce flowers. Now and then Fi plants more robust than the others appeared, on which the buds reached a higher stage of development than was generally the case. Compton, report- ing on this cross, noted the same peculiarities. The reciprocal cross, E. montanum X E. hirsutum, produced Fi plants of the more vigorous, robust type only. Of the 1919 cultures some of the potted plants were placed in the shade of a tree to prevent too rapid loss of mois- ture. The stems of these plants grew much more rapidly than the remainder left in the open garden. A more nearly normal development ensued and a few flowers opened, on which the petals were larger than those on the parent. Following this, specimens of hybrids and parents were placed in the north window of the laboratory where the hybrids developed much more rapidly than those left in the garden. The flowers opened completely, the petals resembling those of E. hirsutum. In 1920 this experiment was repeated with the same results. The author was unable under these conditions to distinguish reciprocal hybrids. Excessive and scant water supply to shaded plants and to plants in sunlight did not alter the results, indicat- ing that the better development of the shaded hybrids was due to reduced illumination. Back- crosses of these Fi plants to the parents produced abundant seed, which, however, produced only a few seedlings, many of which were weak and soon died as was true of some in the Fj, E. palustre X E. parviflorum, reported by Lehmann. Approximately 100 plants of the back- cross remained alive and showed a large range of variations and character combinations which does not indicate close linkage of genes. Attempts to find a bacterium as the cause for the dwarfing in Fi gave negative results. Results show a distinct difference between the E. montanum X E. hirsutum hybrid produced artificially and the wild form of Epilobium sup- posed to be the field hybrid between these 2 species. — J. L. Collins. 1291. Alderman, W. H. Experimental work on self-sterility of the apple. Proc. Amer. See. Hort. Sci. 14: 94-101. 1917 [1918].— The investigation was begun in 1912. Previous investigation in apple pollination and sterility consisted mainly in studies of bloom clusters enclosed in paper sacks and, for cross-fertilization, emasculation had usually been practiced. Four possible sources of error enter into such tests: (1) Temperature and humidity conditions within paper sacks are abnormal; (2) individual flowers or clusters of flowers were studied without regard to the remainder of the tree; (3) emasculation may produce a decidedly ab- normal condition; (4) it has not been shown that pollen from other trees of the same variety may not prove effective even though a single flower or single tree is self-sterile within itself. To eliminate these possible sources of error whole trees were enclosed in cheese-cloth or muslin frames. — The temperature was less variable within the muslin-covered frames than without, being 1-2 degrees higher at night and 2-4 degrees lower on bright days; on cloudy days there was very little difference. The humidity was slightly higher within the frames. In a com- parison between muslin-covered frames and paper bags, the latter gave the better results. A summary of 3 years' work with Rome Beauty, York Imperial, and Wagener using pollen from another tree of the same variety shows no advantage over the use of pollen from the same tree. No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 201 Normally, not as large a percentage of blooms set fruit in Rome Beauty as in Wagener or York Imperial. Under orchard conditions the set in Rome Beauty is 4.46 per cent, whereas in York Imperial it is 7.87 and in Wagener 8.50. — The relative sterility of 2 varieties may not be judged by a direct comparison of the percentage of fruit set on each, but rather by a compari- son of such set of fruit to the normal set of the variety. In the same way the efficiency of a mutual pollenizer may not be judged by a direct comparison of its effects upon 2 varieties, but rather by a comparison to the normal set of each. While none of the varieties given in the table are entirely self-sterile, they are greatly benefited by cross-fertilization. For Rome Beauty the percentage of set was increased 3J times, York Imperial 14 times, and Wage- ner 7 times. The size of individual fruits was increased by crossing; for Rome Beauty the increase over the size of self-pollinated friiits was 27.8 per cent, and for York Imperial 42.7 per cent. In 1914 and 1915 tests the set of fruit from emasculated buds was more than double that from buds not emasculated. Leaving calyx and corolla intact, removing corolla only, or removing both calyx and corolla appeared to make no difference in the results. The prob- able explanation of increased activity in emasculated blooms may be found in the protection it affords against superabundant pollination by the blooms' own pollen. Probably self- pollination frequently occurs naturally before artificial cross-pollination is brought about. Tubes of foreign pollen must then compete with tubes of the flowers' own pollen, with the result that chances of cross-fertilization are lessened. — A table of seed production shows that there are from 2 to 6 times as many seeds in the crossed fruits as in the selfed ones. — The possible presence of toxic secretions from stigmas was investigated, over 200 tests being made in which pollen of several varieties was germinated in stigmatic extracts from the same variety or other varieties. No toxic action was discovered. Thus it is evident that sterility is not a result of inhibition of pollen germination by toxins. — In a 1915 test of the value of cross- fertilization 6 hives of bees were placed in a section of a Rome Beauty orchard, and blooming branches of other varieties were fastened upright in pails of water suspended in the trees; 16 trees were observed. At some distance 16 similar trees were used as a check. The bee section produced more than twice as much fruit as did the check section, indicating clearly the value of bees in an orchard. The bee plat more thoroughly self-fertilized than the rest of the orchard would probably have shown some gain, but it is believed that the gain was due pri- marily to the cross-fertilization that must have taken place. — C. S. Crandall. 1292. Altenburg, Edgar. Interference in Primula sinensis. Amer. Nat. 55: 78-80. 1921. — Upon recalculating the linkage data presented in a former paper (Genetics 1: 354- 366. 1916), the writer finds, bj'- correcting an error of calculation, that thej"^ indicate inter- ference of about the same degree as found in Drosophila. Only plants with red stigmas were used in this calculation. The total crossing over in the 2 regions was 11.2 and 36.6 per cent; observed double crossovers, 2.9 per cent; coincidence, 2.9-j-4.1, or 0.7; total number of indi- viduals, 1876. — E. G. Anderson. 1293. AucHTER, E. C, Apreliminary report on apple and pear breeding in Maryland. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 19-32. 1920 [1921]. — Pear crosses were made in 1905 and in each succeeding year, except 1915, to and including 1917. The aggregate of seedlings grown was 1368, representing 10 of the 12 years. Ten varieties appear as parents in 28 crosses represent- ing 17 parental combinations. Kieffer was the female parent in 10 crosses, for which 5 varie- ties supplied pollen, and served as the male parent in 8 crosses on 4 varieties. The report of results is deferred pending fruiting of the seedlings. — Apple crosses were made in each of the 12 years 1906-1917. Sixteen crosses of 1910-1911 yielded no seedlings. The 827 seedlings grown represent 22 varieties used as parents in 17 combinations in 45 crosses. This report considers 166 seedlings, from the crosses of early apples in 1907, that have fruited; they repre- sent 11 parental combinations. A table gives, for each group, flowers pollinated, fruits picked, seed production, seedlings transplanted, number fruited, number dead, and number not yet fruited. It appears that 2940 pollinations gave 334 fruits, — 11.36 per cent of the pollinations successful. The average seed content was 4.57. Germination of seeds of the different groups ranged from 0 per cent for 5 seeds from the cross Early Ripe X Williams, to 92.73 per cent for 202 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, the cross Williams X Early Ripe. The average percentage of germination for all groups was 47.31. Of the 493 seedlings, 459, or 93.1 per cent, were permanently planted and of these 425 are living at the end of the 13th year; they represent S6.2 per cent of the germinations and 92.6 per cent of the seedlings permanently planted. — A 2nd table gives details of fruit descriptions, showing distribution as to form, size, color, flavor, and season. Regarding shape and length, illustrations are drawn from the table showing "that it was not so much a matter of either parent transmitting most of its characters, but that rather certain factors or characters in certain varieties were the dominant ones and were transmitted regardless of which parent the certain variety happened to be." Critical study of color transmission is deferred, "but in general it can be seen that the factor or factors which carry color (red, pink, or carmine) are dominant over the factor or factors carrying yellow." "In this case again the fact that red color seems to be dominant, appears to be more important and significant than the question of whether the male or female parent is the more prepotent in this respect." Of 19 seedlings from 2 yellow parents, — Yellow Transparent X Early Ripe, — 1 bore a red-striped fruit and 1 a solid red fruit indicating that the parents, one or both, are heteroz3'gous for color. — None of the parent varieties bear sweet fruits, but several seedlings with sweet fruits appear in several crosses. "These are not very numerous, however, and probably the factors carrying sweet- ness are recessive. In nearly every case there are higher percentages of acid to sub-acid fruits than there are of mild sub-acid or nearly sweet. This holds again regardless of which parent is the male or female and suggests that the factor or factors which carry acid or sub- acid are dominant over those carrying mild sub-acid or nearly sweet flavor." — "The range of the ripening period did not extend over two weeks on either side of the ripening period of the parents and, in general, most of the seedlings of a certain cross ripened during the same period as the parents." — Of the 166 seedlings 24, from 6 crosses, are recorded as very promising, and 11 additional ones, from 3 of these crosses, are reserved for further testing. The very promis- ing seedlings are: Yellow Transparent X Williams, 6 of 29; Yellow Transparent X Red June, 2 of 14; Yellow Transparent X Early Ripe, 1 of 19; Williams X Early Ripe, 4 of 35; Williams X Yellow Transparent, 10 of 51; and Early Ripe X Yellow Transparent, 1 of 13. — In 1907 seedlings from open-pollinated fruits were grown as follows: From Yellow Transparent 148, Williams 89, and Earlj^ Ripe 9. Ninety of these had fruited and 1 each from Yellow Trans- parent and Williams were recorded as promising. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 785.] — C. S. Crandall. 1294. Babcock, E. B. Bud selection and the frequency of mutations. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17:40-44. 1920 [1921]. Bud variations in horticultural plants are discussed and it is pointed out that very little is known concerning the frequency of their occurrence. Both species and varieties, however, are known to differ in regard to the frequency with which bud mutations occur, and therefore it may be expected that more variations will occur in certain fruit trees lUce the citrus than in the deciduous fruits. Examples are given of plants which produce frequent mutations and of those which produce few or no mutations; the bearing of the Drosophila investigations on the subject of bud mutations is briefly discussed. In closing the writer discusses the tendency of nurserymen to advertise stock grown from known high producers without experimental proof as to their superiority, and advocates the carrying on of more experimental work in this field. — Richard Wellington. 1295. Babcock, E. B., and J. L. Collins. Interspecific hybrids in Crepis. I. Crepis capillaris (L.) Wallr. X C. tectorum L. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. 6: 670-673. 1920.— Crepis tectorum has 4 pairs of chromosomes, while C capillaris has 3 pairs; the Fi hybrids have 7 chromosomes. Forty of these hybrids were raised as seedlings. None produced true leaves, but they remained for months in the cotjdedonary stage before perishing; the tissues were found to be in a chaotic condition. — John Belling. 1296. Baltzer. [German rev. of : Hertwig, Paula. Abweichende Form der Partheno- genese bei einer Mutation von Rhabditis pellio. Eine experimentelle cytologische Untersuch- ung. (Aberrant form of parthenogenesis in a mutation of Rhabditis pellio. An experimental cytological study.) Arch. Mikrosk. Anat. 94: 303-337. 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb 25: 254-255. 1921. No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 203 1297. Raltzer. [Cicrman rov. of: IIkrtwio, Paula. Haploide und diploide Partheno- genese. (Haploid and diploid parthenogenesis.) Biol. Centralhl. 40: ll.')-]74. 1020 (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1695).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 180-lSl. 1921. 1298. Baltzer. [German rev. of : Levy, Fritz. Die Kernverhaltnisse beiparthenogene- tischen Froschen, Ein Beitrag zur Physiologie und Pathologic der Zelle. (The nuclear rela- tions in parthenogenetic frogs. A contribution to the physiology and pathology of the cell.) Sitzungsber. Preiiss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1920:417-425. 1920.) Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 1S1-1S2. 1921. 1299. Barker, E. E. Relacion existente entre el cruzamiento de plantas y la agricultura. [The relation existing between crossing of plants and agriculture.] Rev. Agric. Puerto Rico 5: 4-12. 1920. — A brief sketch is presented of the development of genetics and its practical application to plant breeding problems with suggestions for specific application to Porto Rican problems. — E. E. Barker. 1300. Bateson, W. Genetic segregation. Amer. Nat. 55: 5-19. 1921. — There is a large group of cases in plants in which the reduction division cannot be coincident with segrega- tion.— (1) In Malihiola, all the pollen-grains of the double-throwing singles carry the factor for double, while some of the egg-cells have the factor for single, others the factor for double. The same is the case, mutatis mutandis, with the factors for white and cream petals. The pollen-grains are uniformly sound. — (2) A comparable difference between pollen and egg- cells has been demonstrated in Oenotheras, though here there are many empty pollen-grairis. — (3) In Cam.panula carpatica, all the pollen-grains of a certain hermaphrodite plant, heterozy- gous for blue flower, carry the factor for femaleness; and more of them carry also the factor for white flower. The pollen-grains are sound. — (4) In heterozygous single Petunias, all the pollen-grains carry the dominant factor for singleness; the pollen-grains are sound. — (5) Begonia Davisii is a wild form with single flowers. All the pollen-grains carry the factor for double flowers. Thepollengivesalldoubles when used on double varieties; single is dominant. These pollen-grains are sound. — (G) A recessive strain of Linum iisitalissimum, from a cross, had anthers with only occasionally a few good pollen-grains. Pollinated from 3 other varieties of flax, only recessives were produced. Thus these 3 flaxes were heterozygous for the factor in question, and all their pollen bore the recessive factor. — (7) A difference in the linkage value for the microspores and megaspores of Pritmda sinensis is due to somatic segregation. — (8) The production of certain periclinal chimeras is due to somatic segregation. — (9) In crosses of rogue peas with the normal forms, the factors peculiar to the normal form are left behind in the lower parts of the Fi plants, the upper parts being pure rogue. — (10) In Funaria hygro- metrica, from the perigonial leaves around the antheridia, plants bearing only antheridia were regenerated; while regenerations from leaves surrounding the archegonia produced monoecious plants only. Thus somatic segregation can occur even in a haploid form. — (11) A variegated Adiantum capillus-Veneris produced only green prothallia. The young ferns raised from these prothallia were green, white, or variegated. Hence somatic segregation must have occurred in the haploid tissue of the prothallia. — John Belling. 1301. Baur, E. [German rev. of: Hagem, Oscar. Arvelighets-Forskning. En over- sigt over nyere resultater. (Genetical investigation. A review of new results.) 317 p. Ashe- houg & Cie.: Kristiania, 1919.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 254. 1921. 1302. Batjb, E. [German rev. of : Kronacher, C. Allgemeine Tierzucht. Zweite Abteilung. Fortpflanzung-Variation und Selektion-Vererbung. Zweite, vermehrte und durchgearbeitete Aufiage. (General animal breeding. 2nd part. Reproduction-variation and selection-heredity. Second enlarged and completely revised edition.) Parey: Berlin, 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 176. 1921. 1303. Baub, E. [German rev. of: Reinke, J. Kritik der Abstammungslehre. (Critique of the evolution theory.) 183 p. Johann Ambrosius Barth: Leipzig, 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 178-179. 1921. 204 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1304. Beach, S. A. Fruit breeding in the northwest and its significance in horticultural development. Proc. Amer. See. Hort. Sci. 17: 13-19. 1920 [1921]. A general discussion is presented. — J. P. Shelton. 1305. Bemmelen, J. F. van. Das Farbenmuster der mimetischen Schmetterlinge. [The color pattern of mimetic butterflies.] Zool. Anzeiger 52: 269-277. 1921. — The author says that one should be unprejudiced by the "mimicry hypothesis." Each group of animals must be considered by itself from the point of view of comparative morphology. The same evolu- tionary tendencies underlie evanescence or modification of color pattern in different families and this produces forms with superficial resemblances. The more usual character in a group is not necessarily the more ancestral; the 2 genera of monotremes are not derived from other mammals. Narrow "mimetic" wing and body occurs in several different families of butter- flies, showing that hereditary fundaments for this character are present in all. "Mimicry" once appearing may be of survival value, but natural selection is not a creative force. The loss of tails in females of Papilio is atavistic, for ancestral Lepidoptera have no tails. Fe- males are more primitive although English writers regard "mimetic" females of P. dardanus as departures from the ancestral type produced by natural selection to resemble Danaids of the particular region in which they occur. Sex differences are not fundamentally different from other types of variation within species. — P. W. Whiting. 1306. Breitenbecher, J. K. The genetic evidence of a multiple (triple) allelomorph system in Bruchus and its relation to sex-limited inheritance. Genetics 6: 65-90. 1921. — The author finds 4 types of the "four-spotted cowpea-weevil," Bruchus maculatus, Fabr., distinguished in the females by the body-colors, on the elytra and elsewhere, of red, black, white, and tan. In males, the color distinctions are not sufficiently marked to make the separation by the eye practicable in genetic experiments. Tan, which in females is the usual color of the wild beetles, is, in general, the color of all males. Sex-linked inheritance is not shown; on the other hand, sex-limited inheritance is as just explained. The "mutants," as the author terms all but the tan type of female, have frequently been found in cultures from various parts of the U. S. A. Each type is described. Each color is determined by a gene allelomorphic to each of the other color-genes, making a multiple allelomorphic group of 4. This is demonstrated by 69 different matings, producing over 100,000 individuals. The order of dominance is red (dominant to all), black, white, tan; order of greatest fertility and vigor, black, red, tan, white; order of greatest size, black, tan, red, white. "There is a marked varia- tion as regards color. . . .For the whites may approach the blacks and the reds may verge on the whites as well as on the tans." — John S. Dexter. 1307. Buchanan, J. Arthur. The Meadelianism of migraine. Med. Rec. 98:807-808. 1920. — Heredity is defined in the Mendelian sense as applied to a disease and it is shown that migraine conforms to the definition. The material for the study was obtained at the Mayo Clinic and included 127 families with a total of 808 children. When both parents are migrain- ous all the children have migraine. When neither parent is migrainous but is of migrainous stock or if 1 parent only is migrainous, migraine appears among the children approximately in the ratio of 1:3. "There is no medication known that will alter" the course of the disease; "it is a distinct part of the patient's economy." — Howard J. Banker. 1308. BuRCH, D. S. Pure-bred sires lead rapidly to improvement in female stock. Jour. Heredity 12: 45-48. Fig. 32-34. 1921.— The author describes results of the "Better sires — better stock" campaign of the Department of Agriculture [U. S. A.]. There has been a distinct increase in the ownership of pure-bred females among those enrolled in the cam- paign.— Sewall Wright. 1309. Burgefp, H. Sexualitat und Parasitismus bei Mucorineen. [Sexuality and par- asitism in the Mucorineae.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 318-328. 1921. — The author reviews his previous work on the Mucor parasite Chaetocladium, in which he showed the gall cell to be a mixture of protoplasm and nuclei of parasite and host, and in which he suggested that the No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 205 parasitism of Chaetocladium was related to the sexual process and had arisen as an attempt at hybridization. New data in support of this view are furnished by the Alueor parasite Parasitella simplex, of which the author has isolated the (+) and (-) races and obtained the zygospores. The formation of the gall cell is essentially similar to the process in Chae- tocladium, except that in Parasitella the gall cell formed by a mixture of protoplasm of parasite and host becomes a storage organ in the form of a thick-walled body resembling an azygospore. Both (-I-) and (-) races of Parasitella parasitize both (+) and (-) races of most Mucor species, such as Rhizopus nigricans, Mucor Mucedo, and M. heimalis. Parasitella (+), however, parasitizes only the (-) race of Absidia glauca, and Parasitella (-) only the (+) race of this Absidia. A (-) race of Chaetocladium parasitizes only the (+) race of the same Absidia while parasitizing both (+) and (-) races of Rhizopus and Mucor. It is concluded that the hypothetical sexual substance which distinguishes the (+) and (-) mycelia of Absidia is in this case identical with the substance which induces parasitism; and that the parasitism of Chaetocladium and Parasitella is sex-limited in respect to Absidia glauca, but is not sex-limited in respect to Rhizopus and other genera. From the foregoing and from the fact that the (+) and (-) races of Rhizopus show imperfect hybridization reactions with the opposite sexes of Absidia it is further concluded that Rhizopus and Absidia possess like sexual complements but that iEWzopMS has a special complement in addition which completes the sexual and para- sitic complements of Parasitella (+) and Parasitella (-) and brings them into activity. — A. F. Blakeslee. 1310. Castle, W. E. A new type of inheritance. [Rev. of: Schmidt, Johs. Racial investigations. IV. The genetic behavior of a secondary sexual character. Compt. Rend. Trav. Carlsberg Lab. W: 1-21. Color pi. 1-5. 1920.] Science 53: 339-342. 1921. 1311. Chevalier, A. Sur I'origine des pommiers ^ cidre cultiv(5s en Normandie et en Bretagne. '[On the origin of cider apples cultivated in Normandy and Brittany.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171 : 521-523. 1920. — For northwest France there have been described 500 to 1000 varieties of cider apples. The origin of these apples is not well known. It wag formerly held that there was but a single Linnaean species, Mains communis, which included all cultivated crabs and apples, but excluded the Malus of eastern Asia and North America, which are very different species. — It appears necessary to divide Malus communis into 4 ele- mentary species, capable of hybridizing among themselves and producing many fertile races which are sources of cultivated varieties. These species are Malus acerba Merat, M. dasy- phylla Borkh., M. praecox Borkh. (these 2 are often united as M. pumila Mill.), and M. pruni' folia. — The species M. acerba Merat (1815) includes apples growing spontaneously in the forests of nearly all of Europe. It had previously been designated under the name M. spinosa Rous- sel, Fl. Calvados (1806) and as M. sylvesiris. Miller Gard. Diet. (1759). It is this last and oldest name that should be preserved. — All French authors have erroneously assigned the origin of cider apples to M. acerba and of table apples to M. dasyphylla. Examination of many varieties of cider apples, cultivated in the west, proves that none of them agreed with M. acerba, but they should be referred, like the varieties of our gardens, to M. dasyphylla, a species introduced from Spain. The explorer G. Capus discovered M. dasyphylla, occurring spon- taneous in forests in Armenia and Turkestan, in 1881. Its culture extended from remote antiquity throughout the borders of the Mediterranean Basin and to-day it is found subspon- taneous in forests of Sicily and of Spain. The author observed it under similar conditions in the department of Alpes-Maritimes approaching an altitude of 3000 feet. — This species, represented in its native home by many races {M. ynitis, M. astracanica, M. N eidzwetzkayana, etc.) has been the point of departure of edible varieties cultivated in Egypt under the 19th dynasty (Joret). — M. praecox is only another paradise or Saint-Jean apple used as a stock for dwarfing garden varieties. It came originally from the southeast in Russia and Asia Minor and appears to have been carried to Europe at the time of the Crusades. M. pruni- folia originated in central Asia and its culture has spread on the one hand towards Russia and Siberia and on the other towards China and Japan. — The 4 species cited and their diverse races, still not well known, transformed by culture and by hybridizing among them- selves in various degrees, have supplied the very numerous kinds of cultivated apples. [See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 377; 9, Entry 1288.]— C. S. Crandall. BOTANICU. ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 3 206 GENETICS [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, 1312. Child, C. jM. Studies on the dynamics of morphogenesis and inheritance in ex- perimental reproduction, XI. Physiological factors in the development of the Planarian head. Jour. Exp. Zool. 33: 409-433. S3 fig. 1921.— Form of head, sense organs, and ganglia in regenerating Planaria depend on position of cut, physiological gradients, and other things, as well as heredity. What is inherited is a group of potentialities, certain ones of which are realized. Environment affects development through differential inhibitions. Normal devel- opment is imiform because conditions are uniform. Alterations initiated quantitatively produce qualitatively different results in morphology and physiology. — A. Franklin Shull. 1313. Classen, K. Vererbung von Krankheiten und Krankheitsanlagen durch mehrere Generationen. [Heredity of diseases and of disease tendencies during several generations.] Arch. Rassen.- u. Gesellschaftsbiol. 13: 31-36. 1918. — A case of hereditary nervous weakness is reported which expresses itself through various grades of weaknesses and scoliosis of the vertebral column up to hereditary cerebellar ataxy. Anatomical symptoms consist in marked weakness and tremor of the limbs and facial muscles, and atrophy of the cerebellum. It does not begin before 50 years of age. The author gives considerable pedigree of the family showing the occurrence of various degrees of the disturbance. He suggests that modern experimental methods will explain the pedigree but does not venture a more detailed state- ment.— C. C. Little. 1314. CoRRENS, C. Individuen und Individualstoffe. [Individuals and individual sub- stances.] Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges. Frankfurt a. M. 47: 65-60. 1919. — Inhibitive sub- stances responsible for self-sterility, failure of tissue transplantation, and substances respon- sible for individual odors are not necessarily due to the existence of individual substances. The conception of individual substances, in the sense of chemical materials peculiar to an individual and not connected with heredity, is inconsistent with modern studies of genetics. Individuality is the expression of a particular combination of heritable units acting in a par- ticular environment. — R. E. Clausen. 1315. Cbandall, C. S. An experience in self-fertilization of the peach. Proc. Amer. See. Hort. Sci. 17: 33-37. 1920 [1921]. — Peach blossoms under control were subjected to 2 treatments: (1) Blossoms without apparent imperfections were pollinated, after emascula- tion, with pollen from the same tree; (2) blossoms were covered, without previous emascula- tion or hand-pollination. The trees used were seedlings from various crosses. Of 1207 hand- pollinated blossoms 36.2 per cent set fruits, of which 4.5 per cent had undeveloped embryos, and from which 43.25 per cent furnished trees for the orchard (1 tree to 6.3S flowers). Of 1230 covered buds not hand-pollinated 15.68 per cent set fruit, of which 31.41 per cent fur- nished trees for the orchard (1 tree to 20.5 buds). Individual variations are given, ranging from 11.68 to 61.42 per cent of blossoms setting fruits from hand-pollinations. Germinations ranged from 0 to 95.45 per cent. In the greenhouse 30 per cent of hand-pollinated blossoms yielded fruit, of which about 32 per cent had undeveloped embryos. From 1955 blossoms pollinated in 1915-1919 inclusive, 647 fruits were obtained (33.7 per cent) of which 441 (68.2 per cent) had developed embryos and from which 28 trees were obtained, furnishing 1 tree to 70 flowers. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 807.] — C. H. Connors. 1316. Crow, J. W. Breeding method with horticultural plants. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 19-24. 1919 [1920]. — The author classifies plants for breeding according to method of propagation into the 3 major divisions with various subdivisions; examples are given of each. The principles of evolution as well as of plant breeding concerned in the work are noted; likewise the importance of mutations and subsequent pedigree tests. Lettuce has been found to be completely self-fertilized and celery nearly so. The author's work with onions shows that more progress can be made by selfing. Choice stalks are grown under glass and these are later hand-pollinated. It is noted that much of the disappointment experienced by breeders in the past has been due to the use of material carrying undesirable characters. Selfing is suggested as a means of purifying strains, subsequently crossing the purified strains to get desired combinations. — Many of the most important breeding problems depend on com- No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 207 biuing vigor, or constitution, with other desirable characters, such as texture, size, color, and aroma. ''It seems to be the fact that, in general, plants inherit type and constitution more largely from the mother than from the pollen parent." This conclusion is based on exten- sive work with strawberries. In practice the aim "is to get the individual which combines in fullest measure the constitution of one parent and the finer qualities of the other." In general these 2 qualities are not usually found united in the same individual. The author has evidence which suggests the desirability of using the higher quality plant as the ovule parent and the robust one as pollen parent since it is probable that "by this method it is possi- ble to eliminate a very much larger percentage of seedlings in the first two or three years." On the other hand, if a robust plant is used as mother, a larger percentage of seedlings of robust constitution is obtained, which require years of time in testing. This method is sug- gested in hybridizing roses and fruits where hardiness is a desirable factor. — Regarding the inheritance of disease resistance, the generally accepted belief is noted that the difference in virulence of different strains of organisms may be equal to or greater than the difference in resistance of the cultivated plants; but the possibility is suggested of incorporating disease resistance of some varieties, in which it is general, into other varieties in which it is absent. The author also suggests the substitution of the word "isolation" for the commonly used term "selection," because the former term more nearly describes what is really practiced in improvement work. [See also Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 115.] — C E. Myers. 1317. Curtis, Robert S. The fundamentals of livestock judging and selection. 14 X 20.5 cm., 464- P; 190 fig. Lea & Febiger: Philadelphia, 1920. — A text-book of livestock judg- ing; first edition appeared in 1915. — Seivall Wright. 1318. Cutting, E. M. Heterothallism and similar phenomena. New Phytol. 20: 10-16. 1921. — The author reviews a number of papers pertinent to the subject of heterothallism, notably those of Blakeslee, Burgeff, Atkinson, Gruber, and Burger, on various Mucor- ine^fungi. Similar phenomena observed by Clinton and by Murphy in Phytophthora spp., by FiTZPATRiCK in Eocronartium, by Kniep and Bensuade in various Basidiomycetes; by Edqerton in Glomerella; and by Taubenhaus in Sclerotium Rolfsii are mentioned and discussed. — Charles Drechsler. 1319. Czuber, E. tJber Funktionen voa Variablen, zwischen welchen Korrelationen bestehen. [Functions of variables between which correlations exist.] Metron 1: 53-61. 1920. — The author extends Pearson's formulae for the mean and standard deviation of an index to the general case, expressing the mean and standard deviation of any function in terms of the means, standard deviations and coefficients of correlation of its arguments. If F=/(Xi, Xj, . . .Z») N M = --EiV)=f+h [fnCTi' + fz2a^■' + . . . +/„«o-„»] where / = / (Mi, M^, . . . M„), Mi being the mean of Xi, etc. -'1 sr^> h = dll/l' ' bM; > ' o-.» = /iVi2 +/2=crj2 4. _ . +/nV„« + 2fif.,(Ti in the geometric! subspecies 0. autumnata is IS mm., in O. filigrammaria 16 mm. (81 and 91 indi- viduals respectively). Arranged in groups based on 0.5 mm. differences, the larger species has its mode in "Class 10" ; the smaller in "Class 0." Both Fi and F2 hybrids are intermediate, with modes in "Class 7" (means, 10 mm. and 16.8.5 mm.). Fi parents of mean size gave Fj showing no increased, but rather lessened, variability, that is, with 4.9 as the coeflScient of variation as compared with 5.1. F3 from unselected and mixed Fj parents tends to resemblg F2 in size with slightly increased variability (especially true of ? 9 ), both in certain indi- viduals showing intermediate coloration and in others constituting a peculiar group of segre- gates as to color. Back-crosses similarly lend no support to the multiple-factor hypothesis, fluctuating about means intermediate between those of the 2 pure types (that is, 16.5 mm. — 17.5 mm. in back-crosses, as compared with 16 mm. — 18.1 mm. in pure types) and within narrow ranges. A comparative study of the 6 6 of the various families under consideration corroborated the conclusions drawn from the examination of the 6 6 . — The results are "op- posed to the multiple-factor theory of size determination unless it be granted that such factors do not segregate pure in gametogenesis but rather enter the Fi gametes in an average or contaminated condition." — /. H . Gerould. 1341. Hartwell, Burt L. Thirty-first annual report of the Director of the Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull. Rhode Island State Coll. 14: 57-65. 1919.— "The inheritable character to laj' large eggs is not joined with high annual production; but a high percentage increase in egg-weight, usually during April and September, does appear to be associated with high annual production in numbers, at least for the first year." — Reciprocal crosses between heavy Cornish fowl and light-weight Hamburgs are reported as having been made in 1918 but results are not given. — William A. Lippincott. 1342. Kelley, F. J. Substitutes for the words homozygous and heterozygous. Science 50: 458-460. 1919. — The common non-technical substitutes, pure, pure-bred, impure, mixed, hybrid, mongrel, cross-bred, are descriptive of origin. Mendel himself used "con- stant" in the sense of homozygous. This term is not subject to the above objection, and inconstant maj' suitably be used for heterozygous. — John Belling. 1343. Knibbs, G. H. The theory of large population-aggregates. Metron 1: 113-125. 1920. — The tendency of population to increase in geometrical progression may be modified by other factors coming into operation. The rate of increase is affected by the natural resources of the country, by technical skill, and by the standard of living. The possible density of population is limited. The curve T = k t """* is suggested to describe the increase and ultimate decrease of population. Pressure of population produces war. — John Rice Miner. 1344. Knight, L. I. Physiological aspects of self-sterility of the apple. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 14: 101-105. 1917 [191S]. — In self-pollinated Rome Beauty apples the pollen germinates properly, so that self-sterility is not due to pollen sterility. Asparagin present on the style does not retard growth; it has an accelerating effect in artificial cultures of pollen. The maximum growth of Rome Beauty pollen tubes in artificial cultures exceeded the length required to reach from the stigma to the egg when Rome Beauty flowers are self-pollinated. The maximum length of 10 mm. was attained by about 5 per cent of the tubes in 2 days, the required length for Rome Beauty styles being 7 mm. Pollen is not sensitive to excess mois- ture since Rome Beauty pollen germinates well in distilled water. No mechanical obstruc- tion to the growth of pollen tubes was found. When Rome Beauty was pollinated with Jonathan, the pollen tubes traversed the length of the style in 48 hours whereas tubes from Beauty pollen were still growing in the style at the end of 120 hours when kept at a moderate temperature; at higher temperatures, 80-90° F., 24 hours only were required to traverse the style in selfed Rome Beauty. At the end of 120 hours the egg cell begins to disintegrate, inhibiting fertilization. The relatively slow rate of growth of Rome Beauty pollen tubes in Rome Beauty stylar tissue is suggested as an important factor in the self-sterility of that 214 - GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, variety, egg disintegration beginning before fertilization can take place. More rapid tube growth at higher temperature may explain self-fertility under certain climatic conditions in varieties which are usually self-sterile. — /. P. Shelton. 1345. Lathoitwers, V. Variations speltoides dans desligneespuresdeFromentet dans une population d'Epeautre. [Speltoid variations in pure lines of wheat and in a population of einkorn.] Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot. Belgique 54:218-223. 1921.— In 1919 in 2 pure lines belonging to different varieties of wheat, under observation since 1913, 2 aberrant plants were found, having the same aspect as those described by Nilsson-Ehle of Svalof under the name "spel- toid mutations." The author studied the 2nd generation of these, besides an aberrant plant in a "population" of einkorn. His observations did not permit him to draw any definitive conclusion. He hopes that the 3rd generation will demonstrate whether mutation or spon- taneous hybridization has occurred. — Henri Micheels. 1346. LiLLiE, Frank R. Studies of fertilization. IX. On the question of superposition of fertilization on parthenogenesis in Strongylocentrotus purpuratus. Biol. Bull. 40: 23-31. 1921. — In a series of carefully controlled experiments, the author shows that eggs of Strongylo- centrotus purpuratus, which have formed membranes as a result of treatment with butyric acid, are usually incapable of fertilization with sperm even though the membranes are de- stroyed by shaking immediately after they have been formed; exceptions (1-5 per cent) are explained by the assumption that the reaction after treatment with butyric acid is incomplete. The membrane reaction following butyric acid is the same as that following insemination; this is shown by similarity of the membranes formed in the 2 cases, and by the fact that the rate of formation is the same. — Bertram G. Smith. 1347. LiNDSTROM, E. W. Concerning the inheritance of green and yellow pigments in maize seedlings. Genetics 6: 91-110. 1921. — The author analyzes the inheritance of 3 colors in the seedling leaves of maize. These colors are known as white, virescent, and yellow, and the factor pairs are designated Ww, Vv, and LI. These 3 leaf-color factors are found to be independent in inheritance and in addition the LI factor pair for yellow leaves is found to be closely linked with the Rr factor pair for the aleurone color of the seeds. There is but 1.6 per cent of crossing over between the LI and Rr factors. — /. H. Kempton. 1348. LoTSY, J. P. Oenothera-proeven in 1919. [Oenothera experiments in 1919.] Genet- ica 2: 385-399. 1 pi., 3 fig. 1920. 1349. Love, James Kerr. The origin of sporadic congenital deafness. Jour. Laryngol. Rhinol. and Otol. 35: 263-270. 1920. — The paper undertakes to show that "sporadic congenital deafness is hereditary and that such heredity is Mendelian." The subject is discussed theo- retically, and cases are cited to show that the deafness behaves as a Mendelian recessive. A chart of "The Ayrshire Family" gives a concrete illustration and shows 5 affected generations descended from a common ancestor 3 generations further back. The family is Scotch but has branches in America and Australia. — Howard J. Banker. 1350. MacDonald. Arthur. Scots and Scottish influence in Congress. Metron 1: 140-155. 1920. — A brief description is presented of the racial constitution of the Scotch and their characteristics emphasizing especially their "independence, persistence, and zeal for education," fearlessness, and family feeling. These qualities are illustrated by the perfor- mances of Scotch immigrants to the U. S. A. and the many Scotch political leaders in American history. Then follows a statistical analysis of the Senate of the 62nd Congress of the U. S. A. and its legislative work shoAving the leadershij) of the Scotch constituency. The paper closes with a comment on the decreasing number of great statesmen, attributing this to the increase in complexity of the environment through social inheritance "while our inherited natures remain unchanged;" "social heredity has outrun germinal heredity." — Howard J. Banker. 1351. March AL, E. Recherches sur les variations numeriques des chromosomes dans la serie vegetale. [Studies on the numerical variations of the chromosomes in plants.] Mem. No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 215 Acad. Roy. BelgiqueCl. Sci. Ser. II.4: 1-108. 4 pi., U fig- 1920.— This work, describing the results of the author's cytological stiidies on Campamda and the Compositae Ligulifiores, is largely a critical review of the chromosome number reported for the various groups of the plant kingdom. He concludes that there is no absolute relation between chromosome number and plant complexity (taxonomic position), but that there appears to be a suggestive relation between the chromosome number of plants nearly related, that is, plants within a taxonomic group may possess chromosome numbers that may be arranged in geometrical or arithmetical progression, indicating, possibly, a common ancestry which has given rise to the new forms through chromosomal mutations of one kind or another. The usual methods by which the chromosome number may be permanently modified are discussed. The volume and the dimen- sions of chromosomes are very briefly considered. That markedly difierent plant forms may possess chromosome complexes alike as far as number is concerned is intelligible to the author in the light of the different physiological effects produced by bacteria morphologically similar. — Robert T. Hance. 1352. MiNOURA, Tadachika. a study of testis and ovary grafts on the hen's egg and their effects on the embryo. Jour. Exp. Zool. 33: 1-61. 10 pi. 1921. — Following the grafting of pieces of ovary (or testes) upon the embryonic membranes of developing chickens, deviations from the normal in the reproductive systems of the hosts were observed in some instances, pointing toward the production of hormones by the engrafted gonad capable of modifying the development of the primary sex organs along the lines suggested by Lillie in accounting for the free-martins. — H. D. Goodale. 1353. MiYAZAWA, B. Studies of inheritance in the Japanese Convolvulus. Part II. Jour. Genetics 11: 1-15. 1 colored pi. 1921. — The previous article states that yellow-leaved plants never bear dark red flowers, but recently the author has obtained a yellow-leaved race with dark red flowers. Various crosses are described with data, and the streaking on solid colored flowers and the correlations of leaf and flower colors are noted. The observations are interpreted on a factorial basis. G = gene for green color in leaf; D = dark red flower color when the accompanying G is homozygous; B = blue color; M = modifier of tone of flower color both in homozygous and heterozygous condition. Summary: (1) Light magenta color in Fi is produced when both G and D are in heterozygous condition and bluing gene B and modifying gene M are brought in from parent A. (2) Reciprocal hybrids are similar to each other in all respects. (3) D produces dark red colors when G is present in homozygous condition but dark red (magenta and scarlet) when G is heterozygous or absent. Such an interrelation between G and D is found only in hybrids between plants A and B and does not exist in other hybrids though C has colors closely related to those of B. (4) The fact that D has such a char- acter is seen from results in which all 3 families of offspring of a hybrid which is green, white and yellow, and deep scarlet, respectively, produced dark red colors. (5) The effects of B are not manifested in individuals which are in the homozygous condition with respect to G. (6) Magenta color appears in plants which have the constitution DB, either Gg or gg being present at the same time. On the contrary, scarlet appears only in plants which are in condi- tion Db. (7) White appears in individuals when D is absent and then G, B, and M may be in any condition. (S) Interrelations between D and M are as follows: DdM = light color; DD = medium color; DDmm and Ddmm = deep color. (9) Magenta color is dominant over scarlet and dark red, and scarlet dominant over dark red. (10) There may exist homozygous plants with respect to flower color with medium and deep tones of magenta, scarlet, and dark red, but the authors have found no individuals with light tones of these colors. — E. E. Barker. 1354. MoHR, Otto L. A case of hereditary brachyphalangy utilized as evidence in forensic medicine. Hereditas 2 : 290-298. 10 fig. 1921 .—The publication deals with a paternity case in which the author had to give an opinion as medical expert. The man upon whom an illegit- imate child had been fathered denied the parentage. It w-as found that he suffered from a pronounced case of a dominant hereditary brachyphalangy affecting the 2nd row of phalanges on the II-IV fingers and toes; thumbs were normal but the basal phalanx of big toes was shortened. The child's hands and feet exhibited an exactly similar malformation. Com- 216 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, parison of the radiographs revealed an absolute correspondence, even in details between the man's and the child's type of brachyphalangy. The possibility of the mother being acquainted with other brachyphalangious men could be excluded, and the conclusion given in the case was positive. The man, according to the judgment passed, was found to be the father of the child mentioned. — Otto L. Mohr. 1355. Mohr, Otto L. En arvelig misdannelse som bevismiddel i en farsskapssak. [A hereditary malformation as evidence in a paternity case.] Tidsskr. Norske Laegefor. 40: 521-529. 6 fig. 1920. — A short account is presented of the case mentioned in the preceding abstract. — Otto L. Mohr. 1356. Moore, Carl R. On the physiological properties of the gonads as controllers of somatic and psychical characteristics. III. Artificial hermaphroditism in rats. Jour. Exp. Zool. 33: 129-171. 15 fig. 1921. — Grafts of an ovary (or testis) into a hemicastrated animal of the opposite sex were successfully made (persisting at least 85 months) without evidence of deleterious influence on the host's somatic or psychical characteristics, nor was there evidence of an antagonism between the 2 unlike gonads. — H. D. Goodale. 1357. MoRisHiMA, Kan-Ichiro. Variations in typhoid bacilli. Jour, Bacteriol. 6: 275-323. 1921. — Alterations induced in the fermentation of arabinose, dulcitol, glycerol, inosite, raffinose, rhamnose, salicin, and xylose, as well as alterations occurring in artificial environment in reference to the production of acid and alkali, in agglutination, and the forma- tion of "daughter colonies," should be regarded as variants and not as deVriesian "mutations." — Andreiv I. Dawson. 135S. Nachtsheim, Hans, Die Bestimmung des Geschlechtes bei Dinophilus. [The determination of sex in Dinophilus.] Sitzungsber. Ges. Morphol. Physiol. Munchen 1919: 46-53. 1920. 1359. Nachtsheim, [German rev, of: Morgan, Thomas Hunt. The physical basis of heredity. U X 21 cm., 800 p., 117 fig. J. B. Lippincott Co.: Philadelphia, 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 422; 7, Entry 938).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 176-178. 1921. 1360. Nilsson-Ehle, [German rev. of: Fruwirth, C, Th. Roemer, und E, von Tschermak, Handbuch der landwirtschaftlichen Pflanzenziichtung. 4. Die Ziichtung der vier Hauptgetreidearten und der Zuckerriibe. (Handbook of agricultural plant breeding. 4. Breeding of the four chief cereals and the sugar beet.) 3rd ed., 8 vo., xv + 504 P-, 42 fig. Paul Parey: Berlin, 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1081).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 175-176. 1921. 1361. [Palmer, E, F.] Report of the Ontario Horticultural Experiment Station, Vineland Station, Ontario. 1918: 1-40. 1919.— The "Plant Breeding Report" occurs on pages 9-21, and is devoted mainly to the progress of fruit and vegetable breeding projects. A few Early Crawford peach seedlings which had fruited were apparently worthless, while a Leamington self-fertilized seedling showed much promise. Seedlings of Rubus occidentalis and Gregg (black raspberry) came so true to type that it is deemed feasible to propagate black- caps by seed. Slight variations were noted in the degree of thorniness, habit of fruiting, and size and quality of the fruit in 410 seedlings of Rnbus strigosis (wild red raspberry). All seed- lings, 140 in number, of Rubus occidentalis (wild black) X Rubus strigosis (wild red) possessed characters of both species and bore purple fruits; while 230 plants of the reciprocal cross possessed wild red raspberry foliage and thornier canes than the red raspberry and bore red fruits that were drier and firmer than the wild red. Seedlings, 152 in number, of Gregg X Cuthbert (red raspberry) gave 117 intermediate purple-fruited types, 28 black caps, and 7 red raspberries, or an approximate ratio of 1 red to 4 blacks to 16 purples. The purples varied in thorniness from very thorny to almost smooth, while the black caps resembled the Gregg and the red the Cuthbert as regards thorniness. The reciprocal cross, Cuthbert X Gregg No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 217 gave all red raspberries. Crosses were also made between Cuthbert and blackberry, logan- berry and raspberry, currant and gooseberry, and European and American gooseberry. The report closes with a statement of the objects sought in breeding corn, cucumbers, egg plant, peppers, garden peas, potatoes, and tomatoes. — R. Wellington. 1362. Pease, M. S. German lev. of: Stakman, E. C, J. H. Parker, and F. J. PiEMEisEL. Can biologic forms of stem rust on wheat change rapidly enough to interfere with breeding for rust resistance? Jour. Agric. Res. 14: 111-124. 5 pi. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 500; 2, Entry 397).] Zeitschr, Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 179-180. 1921. 1363. PfizARD, A. Numerical law of regression of certain secondary sex characters. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 3: 271-283. 8 fig. 1921. — The rate at which the comb of a castrated cock shrinks is expressed by a parabola having the formula L = I + ^ C {O-ty, where L is final length of comb, C a constant for each individual, t? duration of shrinkage, / length of comb at some particular time, t. It was also noted that C t? is nearly constant. — //. D. Goodale. 1364. Pickett, B. S. Correlations between fruit and foliage in strawberries. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 14: 56-59. 1917 [1918]. — A summary of the relationship between (1) the average weight o" berries and average area of leaflets, (2) the total production of fruit and total area of the foliage, (3) the number of leaves and the number of berries, is presented for 900 seedlings, the progeny of crosses of 17 varieties of strawberries. The correlation between (1) number of leaves and berries was .4792 =*= 0.0022, (2) average area of the leaflets and average weight of fruit 0.28904 =»= 0.00456, and (3) total area of foliage and total weight of fruit 0.7503 =*= 0.0012, It was concluded that it was not practical to use these correla- tions as a basis of eliminating strawberry seedlings. — W. D. Valleau. 1365. PuNNETT, R. C., AND P. G. Bailey. Genetic studies in poultry. III. Hen-feathered cocks. Jour. Genetics 11: 37-57. PI. 7-11, 2 fig. 1921. — The authors accept for the present Morgan's theory that hen-feathering in the cock is due to the presence of luteal cells. They regard hen-feathering in cocks to be the result of a single factor, which, however, is distinct from the one that produces the normal hen plumage. The former is transmitted equally to both sexes, the latter only to females. The factor producing hen-feathering in males is dominant, but intermediate forms occur among heterozygotes. These, in their 1st year's plumage, may resemble very closely normal males, but in the succeeding moult take on almost entirely the plumage of the hen-feathered males. — H. G. May. 1366. Rasmuson, Hans. Beitrage zu einer genetischen Analyse zweier Godetia-Arten und ihre Bastarde. [Contribution to a genetical analysis of two Godetia species and their hybrids.] Hereditas 2: 143-289. 1 pi., 29 fig. 1921. — Results are described of varietal and specific crosses in Godetia Whiineyi and G. amoena. The work was begun in 1917 with commer- cial seed. The procedure involved crosses between types of unknown genotype. Parental plants were selfed in each case. In the event of segregation of selfed plants their progeny was further tested during the next 2 seasons. The progeny of crosses was also carried through to Fa and in some cases to F3. The number of differential characters is considerable and some of the phenotypes are highly modifiable, making their separation uncertain. The populations were in general small. The interspecific hybrids were almost completely sterile, though enough Fj plants were secured in some cases to show that the genes behave in the same manner as in varietal crosses. For these reasons the author's conclusions are put forward in some cases with caution. The characters studied were color, size, and doubleness of corolla, color and shape of leaves, and habit of growth of plant. Heritable differences were demonstrated for all these characters and a factorial analysis proposed for the following: (1) G. Whitneyi. (a) aa plants have yellow-margined petals ; (b) B plants in the absence of other dominant color genes have pale violet-colored petals; (c) C in place of B gives rose varying to nearly white; (d) D alone has no effect, but with B or C produces lilac; (e) E produces red petals; (f) F with E gives red with light-margined petals but alone has no effect; (g) G produces a red spot in the middle of the petal; (h) H enlarges the set but alone is without effect; (i) / gives, 218 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, probably with B only, rose-lilac. (2) In G. Whitneyi it was shown that aa plants have smaller corollas, though it is probable that other genes are also concerned in corolla length. (3) Segregation was shown in this species, but the factors were not definitely determined for light and dark green leaves, long narrow versus short broad leaves, and low dense growth habit versus taller lax type. The latter is probably a simple genetic difference due to gene R. (4) Linkage relations suggest that the B, E, and G allelomorphic pairs are in the same chromosome pair. The crossover percentage for the B and E pair was figured at 14.3 per cent. C and F genes are thought also to be linked but in a 2nd chromosome pair. (5) In G. amoena a pure variety was found with a large spot on the petals not reaching to the base ("Querfleck"), and another with a small basal spot. Types with both spots when self ed gave 1 "querfleck:" 2 double-spot: 1 basal spot. Both types of spots give 3:1 ratio with unspotted Whitneyi varieties. The author suggests either multiple allelomorphism or close linkage, preferring for the present the latter. (6) Double is dominant to single (gene U) but is influenced in G. amoena by factor L ox K concerned with spotting. Basal-spot flowers {Lg Lg) are more double than double-spotted ones (Lg IG) and these more double than "querfleck" {IG IG). (7) No Oenothera-li^e phenomena were found and interspecific crosses behaved like varietal ones in respect to flower color, doubleness of flower, and growth form of plant, at least in so far as the small progenies permit a decision. — Leonas L. Burlingame. 1367. Rasmuson, Hans. On some hybridization experiments with varieties of Collinsia species. Hereditas 1 : 178-185. 1 fig. 1920. — A white-flowered variety of Collinsia bicolor was crossed Vv^th the normal type having lilac on the under lip and being whitish on the upper. Fi plants were lilac, and in F2 segregation of 9 lilac to 7 white was observed. Green stem was recessive to red, and the F2 ratio was approximately 9 red : 3 slightlj' tinged with red : 4 green. An A factor is assumed which produces white flowers and red-tinged stem, and a B factor which causes white flowers and green stem. AB gives lilac flowers and red stem, and ab gives white flowers and green stem. A variegated plant of C. tincioria crossed with the self- colored type gave 3 self to 1 variegated in F2. One-fourth of the variegated plants were yellow and non-viable. A gene, I, is postulated which increases the amount of green in variegated plants. The yellow plants are assumed to be ii. Spots on the upper lip of the flower of C. tinctoria proved to be a simple Mendelian dominant condition. — A. C. Eraser. 1368. Ratjm. Weissbliihender Rotklee eine umschlagende Sippe?" [White-fiowering red clover, an "ever-sporting variety?"] Zeitschr. Pflanzenziicht. 8: 73-77. 1921. — Seeds of open-pollinated white-flowering heads of red clover produced 0.8 per cent white-flowering plants, presumed to have arisen through geitonogamy, produced seed unguarded but geograph- ically isolated. Of 200 offspring only 11, or 5 per cent, came white. Seed from 48 red- flowered plants descended from white-flowered plants produced white-flowered plants in only 19 of the 48 families to the extent of 41 white to 231 red. Some intermediacy was evidenced by flower color. The author believes that the data warrant the conclusion that white-flower- mg red clover is an ever-sporting form comparable in some ways to four- and five-leaved ever-sporting strains of red clover. The problem is considered of economic importance. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 1329.]— L. R. Waldron. 1369. Regan, W. M. Breeding experiments with dairy cattle. New Jersey Dept. Agric. Bull. 24. 323-326. 1920. — The author describes breeding experiments now in progress, the object of which is to determine the value of inbreeding, line-breeding, and out-breeding in improving dairy cattle. It is also planned to attack the questions of "nicking" and inheri- tance of milk secretion. — E. Roberts. 1370. Rhodes, Robert Clinton. Binary fission in Collodictyon triciliatum Carter. Univ. California Publ. Zool. 19: 201-274. PI. 7-U, 4 fig. 1919.— The author presents a detailed account of Collodictyon triciliatum, free-living flagellate reproducing solely bj' binary fission. An extended discussion is given of its affinities based on the form of mitosis, of which full descriptive account is given. — R. E. Clausen. No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 219 1371. Robertson, Elizabeth. Notes on breeding for increase of milk in dairy cattle. Jour. Genetics 11 : 79-90. 1921. — A study was made of tiie methods of breeding Kerry cattle in relation to increase in milk and fat production. The conclusion was reached that milk and fat are increased by inbreeding to a male relationship and decreased by breeding to a female relationship. By male relationship the author means "the mating of a bull with a cow which is so related to him that their first common ancestor is a bull." If the first common ancestor is a cow it is called a female relationship. — E. Roberts. 1372. SciiiEM.\NN, E. [German rev. of: (1) Correns, C. Die geschlechtliche Tendenz der Keimzellen gemischtgeschlechtiger Pflanzen. (Sex tendency of germ-cells in plants of mixed sex.) Zeitschr. Bot. 12: 49-GO. 2 fig. 1920 (see Dot. Absts. 8, Entry 1066). (2) Wettsteix, F. vox. Kiinstliche haploide Parthenogenese bei Vaucheria und die geschlecht- liche Tendenz ihrer Keimzellen. (Artificial haploid parthenogenesis in Vaucheria and the sexual tendency of the germ-cells.) Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 260-266. 2 fig. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 777).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 25: 255-256. 1921. 1373. Slocum, Rob. R. Standard varieties of chickens. II. The Mediterranean and con- tinental classes. U. S. Dept. Agric. Farmers' Bull. 898. 27 p., 22 fig. 1920.— The author gives simple descriptions based on the American Standards of perfection, but does not go into as great detail. The bulletin is intended for the use of small poultrymen and farmers who keep some poultry. Under the Mediterranean classes are described the Leghorns, Minorcas, Anconas, Spanish, and Blue Andalusian; under the continental classes, the Campines. — H. G. May. 1374. Small, James. The origin and development of the Compositae. Chap. XI. The origin of the Compositae. New Phytol. 18: 65-89. Fig. ^1-55. 1919. — Theories of evolution are discussed under the following headings: Natural selection, mutations, orthogenesis, epharmosis, isolation, and differentiation. The author concludes that "In evolution by orthogenetic saltation, with epharmosis and elimination of the unfit, — we have the best of Darwinism, neo-Lamarckism, neo-vitalism, Mendelism, and the mutation theory." Ortho- genetic saltation is looked upon as determining the inner constitution of a species, the expres- sion of that constitution being modified by epharmosis. Mendelian segregation is stated as having most evidence to support it as an originating cause of a large number of taxonomic species or even genera. The Lobelioideae are considered to be the ancestral group from which Compositae have been derived. A picture is given of the transformation of a tropical, arbo- rescent species of Siphocampylvs to an Andean species with all the essential characters of a Senecio. [See also Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 1142.] — T. H. Goodspeed. 1375. Stieve, H. Verjiingung durch experimentelle Neubelebung der alternden Puber- tatsdriise, von E. Steinach. [Rejuvenation through experimental revitalization of senile sex glands, of E. Steinach.] Naturwissenschaften 8: 643-645. 1920. — Stieve points out the need of caution in accepting Steinach's results, calling attention to certain contradictory evidence. — H. D. Goodale. 1376. Tschermak, Erich vox. Beitrage zur VervoUkommnung der Technik der Bastar- dierungsziichtung der vier Hauptgetreidearten. [Contributions to the perfection of the tech- nique of hybridization in the four chief species of cereals.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenziicht. 8: 1-13. 7 fig. 1921, — This paper describes the physical conditions of the spikelets of rye, wheat, barlej', and oats at the season of flow-ering. The author gives in some detail the technique used in making cross-pollinations within each sort and the climatic conditions necessary to success. — F. P. Bussell. 1377. Tufts, W. P. Selection of deciduous fruits. Univ. California Jour. Agric. 6: 14. 15, 2S, 29, 30. 1920. — Practically all deciduous fruits are said to be benefited by cross- pollination. Apples, almonds, cherries, figs, filberts, nectarines, peaches, pears, and plums maj' be divided into self-sterile and self-fertile groups. Varieties of deciduous fruits best suited to California conditions are recommended. — T. E. Gatij, Jr. 220 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1378. Ubisch, G. von. Anwendung der Vererbungsgesetze auf die Kulturpfianzen. [Application of laws of heredity to cultivated plants.] Naturwissenschaf ten 8: 293-299. 1920. — The application of laws of heredity to improvement of cultivated plants is discussed. The author points out the intimate interrelations of theory and practice. The term Mendelian character is used in a special sense to refer to character differences between individuals and races. Difficulties are met with which are dependent upon the effect of environment on the development of characters, existence of complex factor relations in what appear to be simple character contrasts, and the occurrence of linkage phenomena. Linkage is especially impor- tant in practical work because it may greatly increase the difficulty of securing desired combi- nations of factors. Correlations are physiological and should not be confused with linkage phenomena, which depend upon the location of factors in the same chromosome. — Intelligent plant breeding must take account of biological relations in different plants, particularly fea- tures connected with blooming and setting of seed. When plants are propagated vegetatively seed constancy is not necessary, and a highly heterozygous condition maj'^ be desirable on account of its stimulating effect. Different treatments are accorded seed plants depending on whether they are self-fertilized, cross-fertilized, or self-sterile. Genetic analysis is most readily accomplished in a self-fertilized plant, and illustrative details are given for wheat, oats, and barley. Rye is mostly self-sterile, consequently breeding to an absolutely homozy- gous condition is impossible. In potatoes self-sterility, low fertility, and degeneration follow- ing self-fertilization are hindrances to success in breeding, but statements in the literature cannot be accepted without reservations. There is a possibility of attaining immunity to disease by crossing with wild species. Degeneration in potatoes should be a subject for future solution. In sugar beets genetic analysis is particularly difficult because of the influence of external conditions. The aim of sugar beet breeding is to combine high sugar content with high weight, a very difficult task because both characters are determined by a series of multiple factors. The sugar beet may be crossed with other beet derivatives. — The possibility of improvement depends upon genetic diversity of species; good characters of whole series of forms may then be gradually combined in one. The origin of germinal diversity is not well understood. The idea of gradual change under the effect of environmental conditions conflicts with present conceptions of the nature of the gene and of changes in it. Fortuitous mutation with subsequent selection of favorable mutations may account for progress, but even so-called mutations may often be cases of complex segregations. Reversion to wild type on crossing is an instance of complex factor interaction, of great theoretical interest because it permits of phylogenetic deductions. Advance in knowledge continually widens the circle of phenom- ena subjected to genetic experimentation. — R. E. Clausen. 1379. Vincent, C. C. Results of pollination studies at Idaho University. Better Fruit 14^: 11-15. 3 fig. 1920. — One of the first problems in apple orchard pollination is the detec- tion of varieties inclined to be unfruitful when planted alone. Self-sterility is not a constant character; hence fertility of commercial varieties must be tested locally. Of 50 varieties tested, 18 were found to be self-sterile, 7 self-fertile, and 25 partially self-fertile. In this fruit among varieties of apples, when blossoms are exposed to insect visitation, counts were made on certain branches at flowering time and final counts on June 15 of "fruits set." The percentages for the 4 varieties Wagener, Grimes, Rome, and Jonathan ranged from 46.7 to 76 with an average of 63.6; no counts were made at time of harvest. Had harvest counts been made the author estimates a 50 per cent reduction in percentages, bringing the normal set of fruit to approximately 31.8 per cent. If, under favorable conditions, 31.8 per cent constitutes a normal set of fruit when 2 or more varieties are planted together, the majority of varieties tested for self-fertility would not be productive if planted each by itself in large blocks. Two methods of determining self-sterility were tested: 1st, enclosing unopened blos- soms in paper sacks, and 2nd, erecting tents of cheese-cloth over individual trees. The results showed very little difference between the 2 methods. Thermometer readings, within and without the cheese-cloth cages, showed that temperature differences under the 2 conditions were very slight. Seed production is less in self-fertilized fruits than in cross-pollinated fruits. A large number of domestic commercial varieties of apples are self-sterile, and those No. 3, October, 1921] GENETICS 221 that are apparently fertile, or partially so, produce fruits inferior in size to those set under natural conditions. Cross-pollination experiments are necessary to determine the best pollin- izers for any commercial variety. A test of 9 varieties in 16 crossesshows a wide variation in results; the percentage ranging from 0 for Grimes X Gravenstein and Wagener X Gravenstein, to 35 for Spitzcnburg X Grimes, and 34.5 for Newtown X Jonathan. — In selecting a pollinizer the following points require consideration: 1st, mutual affinity is necessary between varieties planted together; 2nd, the 2 varieties must bloom at approximately the same time; and, 3rd, the varieties should be good pollen-producers. — For existing orchards, grafting over (at least 1 tree in 10) of a variety deficient in pollen production with a variety producing abun- dant pollen, is suggested. One hive of bees to the acre, especially during the blooming period, would unquestionably increase the normal set of fruit. [See also Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1164.]— C. S. Crandall. 1380. Watson, J. A. S. A Mendelian experiment with Aberdeen-Angus and West High- land cattle. Jour. Genetics 11: 59-67. PI. 12. 1921. — Coat, conformation, horns, and color were included in the investigation. No definite information was obtained concerning coat and conformation. Polled and horned characters form a simple Mendelian pair. In the female, the polled condition is completely dominant while in heterozygous males the devel- opment of horns is sometimes but not always completely suppressed. — Black and red are allelomorphic, black being dominant. The relation of dun to black and red is not clear. Different hypotheses are discussed. — E. Roberts. 1381. Whipple, O. B. Methods in pure-line selection work with potatoes. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 14: 34-38. 1917 [1918]. — A general discussion is presented. — J. P. Shelton. 1382. Wkiedt, Chr. Albinisme i hester. Borket, hvitborket og gule. [Albinism in horses. Three types of dun involving the albino factor.] Tidsskr. Norske Landbr. 1918: 396-406. 1918. — Albino horses are not mentioned in the earlier publications on the inheri- tance of coat color in horses. In the 2 Norwegian breeds of horses, the Gudbrandsdalians and the Fjords, albino individuals sometimes occur. In the present publication it is demon- strated that several types of dun are the heterozygotes of the albino factor. Three such types of dun are recorded. In the 1st case the albino factor reduces the brown or bay color to a type of dim called "borket." In this type of dun the same black markings as those of brown and bay are found. The not-black color is a golden yellow, especially in the summer. The second type, in Norway termed "gul" (yellow), is the heterozygote of albino and chestnut. These individuals lack the black markings, but the skin is pigmented and the hairs are of the same golden yellow color as in the 1st type. In the 3rd type, termed "hvitborket," the al- bino factor is in combination with a dominant dilution factor which reduces brown and bay to a type of dun called "blak." "Blak" is the same type of color as the one found in the Pre- valsky horse. "Hvitborket" hairs have the same black points as bay, but the rest of the hair has a very faded yellow, nearly white, color. — The data presented show a clear-cut segrega- tion of albinos in both the "borket" and the "hvitborket" crosses. "Borket" X "borket" gave 2 brown or bay, 7 "borket," and 2 albinos. Different authors are cited, their data all showing the same kind of segregation. "Hvitborket" X "hvitborket" gave 6 "blak," 2 brown or bay, 18 "hvitborket," and 16 albinos. Brown or bay X albino gave 10 "borket." "Blak" X albino gave 8 "hvitborket." The back-cross "borket" X brown or bay gave 119 "borket," 7 "gul" (yellow), 143 brown or bay, and 7 chestnut. The back-cross "hvitborket" X "blak" gave 25 "hvitborket," 29 "blak," 1 "r0blak" (chestnut reduced by the dilution factor), and 1 brown or bay. The data concerning "gul" are scarce. A single cross of albino X chestnut gave "gul." "Borket" X chestnut gave 7 "borket," 4 "gul," and 1 chestnut. "Gul" (yellow) X brown or bay gave 6 "borket," 2 "gul," 9 brown or bay, and 1 chestnut. The mating albino X albino has in Beberbeck given albinos without exception in 200 cases. — The albino color in horses behaves nearly in the same way as does albino in guinea-pigs. Individuals are found which have some pigment on ears, mane, and tail. — Otto L. Mohr. 1383. W[right], S[ewall]. [Rev. of: Castle, W. E. Genetics and eugenics. 27id ed., 15.5 X 23.5 cm., 395 p., 7 pi., 155 fig. Harvard Univ. Press: Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 1734).] Jour. Heredity 12: 71. 1921. 222 - GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1384. Wright, Sewall. [Rev. of; Child, Charles Manning. The origin and develop- ment of the nervous system. 296 p., 70 fig. Univ. of Chicago Press: Chicago, 1921.] Jour. Heredity 12: 72-75. 1921. — The author points out that Child's book has wider interest than might be inferred from the title, as it deals with some of the most fundamental problems of biology. He criticises the author for making no attempt to bring the facts of genetics into relation to his theory, and for apparently looking on the cell "as an organization in a particu- lar kind of matter determined merely by a surface-interior gradient in relation to external conditions," overlooking the well-established facts of cytology and the genetical evidence for the individuality of the unit factors. The reviewer sees no incompatibility between "the genetical and cytological conception of the cell as an association of independent or- ganisms, living in a relatively large, less specialized mass of protoplasm and controlling the behavior of the whole in response, of course, to external stimuli, .... [and] a simple mechanism of heredity and a simple physiological conception of development such as that offered by Child."— Geo. H. Shull. 1385. Yamaguchi, Y. Kurtze Mitteilung iiber die Beziehung der Aufbliihzeit und des Sitzes der Bliite am Rispenaste zum Korngewichte des Reises. [Concerning the time of blossoming and the flower position on the branch to the grain-weight of rice.] Bot. Mag. Tokyo 34: 136-139. 1 fig. 1920. — The paper is preliminary to a fuller one to be published in Vol. 1, Heft 4, 1919, of Berichte des Ohara Instituts fiir Landwirtschaftliche Forschungen [see following entry.] — Leonas L. Burlinga?ne. 1386. Yamaguchi, Y. tJber die Beziehung der Aufbliihzeit und des Sitzes der Bliite am Rispenaste zum Korngewichte des Reises. [The relation between the time of flowering and the position on the panicle to the weight of the rice seed.] Ber. Ohara Inst. Landw. Forsch. 1: 451-517. 25 fig. 1919. — The flowers on the apical branch of the rice panicle are the first to open. The flowers on a single branch open in a definite but not serial order. The order in which they open on the individual branches was 1, (7), 6, 5, 4, 8, 3, 11, 2, 15, . . The branches of the panicle blossom in characteristic basipetal order. This characteris- tic regularity may be assumed to have a significant relationship to other characters, such as the weight of the seed. — The heaviest seed (both in the entire panicle and in the separate branch) usually develops from flowers opening on the 2nd, 3rd, or later day. The coefficient of correlation between time of flowering and weight of seed ranges from — .660 to —.192 in 3 varieties studied. A somewhat greater negative correlation was found between weight of glume and time of flowering. Intercomparisons of branches on a panicle showed that the heaviest seeds developed from flowers which opened simultaneously but nevertheless came from flowers which were the first to open on their respective branches. — The heaviest seed is usually the 3rd, 4th, 5th, or 6th from the apex of the panicle branch. On the contrary, the heaviest glume is found on the 1st, 5th, or Gth seed from the branch apex. The average seed weight for the different positions decreases with the progress of the time of blossoming. It may be assumed that there is some definite relationship between the weight of a seed and its position on the branch. The heaviest, liglitest, and intermediate seeds generally harmonize closely with the time their respective flowers opened. — The coeflficients of the correlation be- tween position and weight of unhulled seeds range from — .397 to — .659. Since these correla- tions are somewhat greater than those between the actual blooming time and the seed weight, it is necessary to consider that the ordinal position of the flower on the branch may exert an equal, or greater, influence upon seed weight than the actual blooming period. The investi- gation shows that the weight of the chaff and the course of blossoming are very closely corre- lated. In contrast, the correlation is less between the blossoming time and the seed weight. This may be due to something which hinders the development of the apical seed of each branch of the panicle. Factors which determine the seed weight are not easy to define, at least in the rice plant. — H. S. Reed. 1387. Yearsley, Macleod. Can acquired deafness lead to congenital deafness? Jour. Laryngol. Rhinol. and Otol. 35: 270-271. 1920. — An account is presented with chart of "an instance in which a family with a history of acquired deafness produced offspring that were No. 3, October, 1921] HORTICULTURE 223 born deaf. It is important to note that the deafness was probably otosclerosis and, there- fore, of hereditary character." — Howard J . Banker. 1388. ZiMMERMANN, Walter. [German rev. of: Goldschmidt, Richard. Mechanis- mus und Physiologic der Geschlechtsbestimmung. [The mechanism and physiology of sex determination.] 251 p., 113 fig. Gebriider Borntracger: Berlin, 1920.1 Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 407-410. 1921. HORTICULTURE J. H. Goitrlet, Editor H. E. KxowLTON, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1147, 1198, 1209, 1291, 1293, 1294, 1314, 1315, 1316, 1322, 1332, 1338, 1361, 1364, 1379, 1543, 1546, 1550, 1585, 1595, 1677, 1682) FRUITS AND GENERAL HORTICULTURE 1389. AxoNTMOTJS. A successful (cacao and coconut) plantation in Trinidad. Agric. News [Barbados] 19: 249. 1920.— An article in the Port-of-Spain Gazette, July 29, 1920, giving an account of a visit to cacao and coconut estates belonging to Mr. G. G. Brown is abstracted. Of interest is the fact that a system of drastic root pruning, carried out during forking operations, was of great benefit to the cacao fields. — /. S. Dash. 1390. AxoxTMOus. The green lime trade of Dominica. Agric. News [Barbados] 19: 265. 1920. — A new line of trade is being opened up with Mobile, Alabama, 3576 barrels and 747 boxes of fresh limes having been already shipped. It appears this market favors boxes to barrels, which are in vogue for the New York market, and material has been received for making 20,000 standard boxes of 2 cubic feet each. — /. *S. Dash. 1391. Alderman, W. H. The horticultural importance of plant associations. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 261-2G6. 1920 [1921]. — A review is presented of the recent work on the influence of one crop on another. The saggestion is made that further work should be conducted with orchard plants to determine the relations of toxicity and plant food require- ments.— E. C. Auchter. 1392. Babcock, E. B. Bud selection and the frequency of mutations. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 40-44. 1920 [1921]. — The problem of bud selection as a means of increasing yields in deciduous fruits is discussed. Although some nurserj'men are attempting to select their propagating buds from high-yielding parent trees, it is pointed out that the resulting trees can then be offered only as first-class stock of the variety, but nothing more until it has been proved b\' performance tests of the budded progeny that the character of high yield is actually transmitted. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 1294.] — E. C. Auchter. 1393. Beach, F. H. Pruning schools in Ohio. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 70-73. 1920 [1921]. — Pruning schools are rapidly taking the place of pruning demonstrations in Ohio. In 1919, 2 schools, with an attendance of 35, were held in Lawrence County. In 1920, 28 schools, with an attendance of 532, were held in 8 counties. Marked results have been secured. — E. C. Auchter. 1394. Belleford, M. V. Note sur la culture du cacao a I'lle de San Thome. [Notes on cacao culture in the Island of San Thome.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11 : 67-73. 1920. — Notes on the geography, soil and climatic conditions of the island of San Thome are followed by a brief discussion of cacao culture. Three parasites of the cacao tree are mentioned, Phijtoph- ihorafaberi, Heliothrips rubrocincta, and Lasiodiplodiacacaoicola, and methods of control sug- gested. Statistics are given regarding exportation from the island for the years 1902-1916. Two of the chief plantations, "Porto Allegre" in southern San Thom^ and "Rio do Ouro" in the north, are described in some detail. — Henri Micheels. 224 . HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, 1395. BioLETTi, Frederic T. Permanent demonstration vineyards in California. Proc. Amer. See. Hort. Sci. 17: 73-79. 1920 [1921]. — The author presents an outline of the methods used to carry practical information to the growers. Details of the working arrangement with the owners of vineyards are noted. — H. W . Richey. 1396. Blair, W. S. Fruit growing in Nova Scotia. Proc. Amer. Pomol. Soc. 35: 157- 161. 1917 [1919]. — The principal fruit districts are confined to the counties of Kings, Anapo- lis, and Hants, where a total of over 30,000 acres of apples are planted. Most of the crop pro- duced is exported each year. There are 130 apple warehouses throughout the fruit section, 40 of these are owned by companies which have aflBliated, forming the United Fruit Companies of Nova Scotia Limited. This company purchases most of the spray materials, fertilizers, seeds, etc., for the different members. Spraying is carefully done. Bearing orchards are valued at $500 per acre. The cost of producing apples before 1917 was estimated at $1.75 per barrel. Most of the crop is packed in barrels, and inspectors enforce a good standard. Varieties most commonly grown are Gravenstein, Ribston, Blenheim, Tompkins King, North- ern Spy, Stark, and Ben Davis. — E. C. Auchter. 1397. Brierley, W. G., and W. H. Kenety. Blueberry culture in Minnesota — a report of progress. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 243-249. 1920 [1921]. — This paper reports work done chiefly with selected plants of the "lowbush" blueberry, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum. Since the swamp lowbush blueberry, V. canadense, blooms and ripens its fruit a little later, this species has been used for the past 2 seasons. V. corymbosum has not been able to with- stand the severe winters, but more seedlings and hybrids have recently been obtained from Dr. F. V. Coville for further trial. It was found that 1-year old rooted shoots furnished the best propagation material. A table is included showing the effect of different cultural treat- ments upon the stand and vigor of plants. After 3 years trial only 3 treatments, cultivating, cultivating and shading, and the 2-inch peat mulching, were retained. Manure proved to be detrimental, probably due to its alkaline nature. As regards effect on vigor and yield it appears that cultivating and peat mulching are about equally satisfactory. The number of berries in the clusters on the cultivated plots was greater than on other plots, and considerably greater than on plants grown in the wild state. The benefits derived from cultivation appear to be greater than those from efforts to renovate wild plantings. — H. W. Richey. 1398. Chandler, W. H. Some responses of bush fruits to fertilizers. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 201-204. 1920 [1921]. — About ^'^ acre each of American gooseberries, currants, American red raspberries, black raspberries, and blackberries was planted in 1914. At the beginning applications were made at the rate of 100 pounds of potassium chloride, 400 of acid phosphate, and 200 of sodium nitrate per acre. As the plants grew the applications were gradually increased until in 1920 the plots received treatments equivalent to 300 pounds of potassium chloride, 600 of acid phosphate, and 350 of sodium nitrate per acre. Where manure, tankage, or dried blood was used, amounts were applied furnishing approximately the amount of nitrogen applied to a plot receiving sodium nitrate. — In comparison with corn, planted in a portion of the gooseberry and currant plots where the berry plants were removed, the evidence seemed conclusive that gooseberries showed no response to phosphorus. Since the soil wes so poorly adapted to blackberries and red and black raspberries, it was not possi- ble to determine whether or not any of them would respond to phosphorus though certainly none responded strikingly. — In plots of black raspberries and red raspberries receiving nitro- gen, the total cane growth was respectively 1.004 and 1.87 times that of plots receiving no nitrogen; the blackberries showed no measurable response. The application of nitrogen benefited the red raspberry much less in yield than in growth, possibly because the variety used (Cuthbert) suckers very readily. — The currants made no measurable response to any element. Gooseberries responded to nitrogen and possibly to potassium, the response to manure being greater than to complete mineral fertilizers. In the case of the Cuthbert rasp- berry, the response to sodium nitrate seemed to be greater than to an equal amount of nitrogen in manure, tankage, or dried blood. — //. W. Richey. No. 3, October, 1921] HORTICULTURE 225 1399. Church, F. A, Safeguarding the ripe olive. Pharm. Era 53: 293-294. 2 fig. 1920. — An account is given of the laws regulating the packing of ripe olives in California, following several fatal cases of poisoning. — C. M. Sterling. 1400. Clark, T. W. Methods of testing cacao beans. Agric. News [Barbados] 19: 254- 255. 1920. — The article discusses the methods of testing and the demands of buyers, Indicat- ing how a bean best suited to the latter is produced. In this connection information is given enabling the planter to make tests for himself and thus secure an indication of the value of his product. — /. S. Dash. 1401. Colby, A. S. Pruning notes on blackberry varieties. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 241-242. 1920 [1921].' — A brief discussion is given of the general pruning of black- berries in Illinois. Tests were made with 11 varieties in duplicate rows, the laterals in 1 row being headed back severely whereas those in the other were not headed back. The author grouped the varieties as follows; "First, those which carry their cluster-buds well in towards the base of the laterals and well down on the canes; second, those which carry their buds out nearer the tips of the laterals and canes; and, third, those whose buds are scattered fairly well along the production wood." Ward and Lawton, with laterals having from 8 to 14 buds with the outer 5 without fruiting clusters, belong to the 1st class; cutting back the laterals i results in little reduction in the yield. Early King, Taylor, and Wachusett, with an average of 15 buds to the lateral, belong to the 2nd group. Since the first 3 to 5 buds are not fruitful, pruning off more than ^ decreases the yield. Snyder, Ancient Briton, Wilson, Ohmer, Eldor- ado, and Mersereau, the most vigorous and productive domestic varieties, belong to the 3rd group, in which the cluster buds are fairly evenly distributed along the producing wood. Severity of pruning is more necessary in this group, and, as many of the laterals carry as high as 18 buds, they may be cut back |. — H. W. Rickey. 1402. Colby, G. E. California fruits. Monthly Bull. Dept. Agric. California 10: 35- 39. 1921. 1403. CoNDiT, I.J. Getting the people acquainted with the great American fig. Associated Grower 1*: 11-12. 1920. — TheCalimyrna (the Smyrna of California) has a golden yellow color, thin skin, amber pulp, and a rich flavor. It is an excellent fresh fruit product. Caprifica- tion is emphasized as an essential detail in the culture of this fig. — E. L. Overholser. 1404. Cooper, J. R. Preliminary report on the effect of fertilizers in apple orchards in the Ozark region. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 190-193. 1920 [1921].— A series of plot fertilizer experiments in bearing apple orchards, with 5 complete series of elements used alone and in combinations, 3 series in young orchards not yet in bearing, 2 in bearing peach orchards, and some in vineyards and strawberry fields are being carried on. Nitrogen has given the greatest promise of direct results. In orchards growing on poor, leachy soils the set of fruit was increased from 1^ to 10 per cent, with 40 per cent of the spurs blooming, and from 1 to 5^ per cent, with 81 per cent of the spurs blooming; a larger percentage of the fruit which set was carried to maturity. In fertile heavy soils, or soils which had previously been manured little or no benefit was noticeable in the set. In 1 orchard which had been nitrated in the pre- vious season, as well as manured, the application of more nitrate the following year seemed to decrease the set over that in the unfertilized plot. No effect on the set of fruit was observed from the use of either phosphorus or potash. — Judicious pruning stimulated the effect of nitrogen for a single season. Continued pruning was inadvisable as a method of procuring a successful set of fruit. The author states "Our observations have led us to believe that the whole tree performs as more or less of a unit and that the difference in performance of different parts is due largely to location with regard to food and water supply and other conditions of environment. Our record of spur growth follows very closely the description given by Roberts. It seems to us, however, that there is more mass than individual action and that the performance of different classes of spurs is due largely to location and finally to the avail- able supply of plant food." — The author finds that it is possible to change the performance 226 HORTICULTURE (BoT. Absts., Vol. IX, of spurs by pruning and by controlling the ni+rogen and water supplies. Using the percent- age and rapidity of germination of pollen as a standard, the vitality of pollen was found to increase either following a special pruning or the early use of quickly available nitrogen. Less frost injury was found in the sod portion of 1 orchard than in the cultivated part. A distinct relation was found between size of apple and number of contained well-developed seeds. There was a tendency to poorer color of fruit on all nitrogen plots. The fruit also matured somewhat later and was considerably larger in size. — E. C. Auchter. 1405. Cox, U. T. The Rome Beauty apple in Ohio. Proc. Amer. Pomol. Soc. 35: 187- 189. 1917 [1919]. — The origin and early history of the Rome Beauty apple is recorded. The first spraying tests in Ohio were made in the author's orchard in 1890. Nitrate of soda for the trees and acid phosphate for the sod have proved beneficial ; potash has not been beneficial. Several bud sports of the Rome Beauty have originated on the author's farm. — E. C. Auchter. 140G. Cranefield, Frederic. Cherry culture in Wisconsin. Proc. Amer. Pomol. Soc. 35: 122-12.5. 1917 [1919]. — Cherries have been growing in Wisconsin for at least 300 years. The first commercial cherry orchard was planted in Door County in 1893. There are now approximately 5000 acres in this county alone. The sour cherry is grown almost exclu- sively. The methods of cultivation, pruning, spraying, harvesting, packing, and marketing as used in Wisconsin are described. — E. C. Auchter. 1407. CuLLiNAN, F. P. Transpiration studies with the apple. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 232-240. 1920 [1921].— In 1918 studies were made on 2 2-year old trees, one severely pruned, the other unpruned. The transpiration data obtained indicated that the pruned tree transpired relatively more water per unit area of leaf surface than the unpruned. Both trees made exactly the same gain in growth during that season, yet the unpruned trees had about 56 per cent greater leaf area than the pruned. Because of the greater leaf area it is probable that the unpruned tree would actually transpire more water than the pruned tree, yet the rate of transpiration per unit area of leaf surface was greater in the latter. — Other studies were made with mature apple trees, and also with pepper plants [Capsicum] grown in the greenhouse. The latter were grown under varying conditions of moisture, nitrogen, and pruning. "The data in all cases show the very marked effect of the removal of small portions of the stem and foliage in the reduction of the total leaf surface and the amount of dry matter produced." It is concluded that "the mere passage of water through the plant has no influence on assimilation activity, provided the water supply does not fall below a certain minimum required to maintain the turgor of the cells." — E. C. Auchter. 1408. CuNLiPFE, R. S. Propagation of some tropical fruits: cultivation of the pawpaw. Agric. News [Barbados] 19: 246-247, 282-263. 1920. — Carica papaya presents many and varied forms. The trees may vary from 8 feet high and 4 inches in diameter to 20 feet high and 2 feet in diameter. The fruits may be oval, roundish, pear-shaped, or oblong, weighing from a few ounces to 25 pounds. When immature, the fruits are green; when ripe, of any shade between green and purple, with much meat or little, many seeds or none. Sexually, the differences are even greater, and on this basis some 12 or 13 forms have been recognized, some of which may change over, under certain conditions, to the opposite sex. Some trees have purely staminate flowers, others purely pistillate. Some bear hermaphrodite flowers, some both staminate and pistillate flowers. Successful cultivation depends on reducing unproductive male trees to a minimum, increasing the producing capacity of bearing trees, and improving the fruits. Usually cultivated from seed, the first of the above objects is attained by a rigid and continual selection of seed. This is continued because types are apt to break up, espe- cially owing to sudden changes of environment. Another method of propagation which has given some success is the grafting of scions of selected stock on young seedlings in very early stages of development. The plants bear in about 12 months from seed. — J. S. Dash. 1409. Daniel, Lucien. A propos des greffes de soleil sur Topinambour. [Concerning the grafts of Topinambour sunflowers.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172 : 610-612. 1921. — No. 3, October, 1921] HORTlCULTUKJiJ 227 A study of the tubercles formed on the stock of grafts of Ilelianlhus orgyalis is presented. The number, vohmie, and weight of these tubercles Avere ascertained and the inulin content studied. Similar studies were made of the scions of Topinambour grafts on these stocks, and it is concluded that the sunflower is not the only source of the inulin present in these scions. — C. H. Farr. 1410. Dorset, M. J., and J. W. Bushnell. The hardiness problem. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 210-222. 1920 [1921]. — The authors give a brief r6sum(§ of the years, localities, extent, and types of winter injury to various kinds of dormant fruit trees, together with short discussion of horticultural practices which have developed to mitigate winter injury. In summarizing the experimental work on the rest period of plants the authors state "Evidence seems to indicate that a plant is more susceptible to winter injur j' after the rest period is broken, although there are indications that there is a killing temperature for all species of woody plants even while in deep dormancy. This temperatiu'e is seldom if ever reached for some. The investigations of the rest period to date show an intimate relationship between dormancy and hardiness and also furnish an accurate guide to cultural methods." Various experiments are cited in which the hardiness was tested of the seedlings and cuttings of the same species but collected from the southern central and northern range of the species. It was found that, as a rule, the progeny were progressively less hardy the more southerly their origin. Whitten, working with peaches, has shown that there is no permanent adjustment in the length of the growing season of a variety as there is in a species. The authors conclude "it may be safely assumed, since the species is heterozygous, that the plants of the species in the north are genetically different from those farther south in that only those possessing the factors for hardiness have survived." In discussing the physiological phase of hardi- ness it appears to the authors that the plant as a whole does not react as a unit but some tissues of the tree are more subject to injury than others. A brief discussion is given of the theories of hardiness advanced by recent investigators. — H. W. Richey. 1411. DuNLOP, W. R. A Guatemalan coffee estate. Agric. News [Barbados] 20: 114, 115. 1921. — This article discusses in a general way the conditions, methods employed, etc., on a coffee estate of 2000 acres situated between the altitudes of 2000 and 5000 feet High grade coffee is produced, and the author thinks this is due to the special conditions of altitude, climate, etc., prevailing. — /. M — >B and that the resistance of the tissue is proportional to the amount of M, equations are developed which make it possible to predict, after any length of exposure to solutions of NaCl or CaCU, the resistance of the tissue during the e.xposure as well as the resistance during recovery. The calculated data were found to agree very closely with the experimental data. — Otis F. Curtis. 1652. OsTERHOUT, W. J. V. A theory of injury and recovery. II. Experiments with mix- tures. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 3: 415-429. 1921. — Equations which serve to predict injury and recovery as measured by electrical conductivity of tissues when placed in pure salts (see pre- ceding entry) will also serve to predict the injury and recovery of such tissues when exposed to mixtures of the two salts. — Otis F. Curtis. 1653. OsTERHOUT, W. J. V. A theory of injury and recovery. III. Repeated exposures to toxic solutions. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 3: 611-622. 1921. — The equations previously used (see the preceding entries) may be used also to predict the behavior of tissues when transferred, with varying sequence, from sea water to solutions of the pure salts, or mixtures, and from thence to other solutions of pure salts or to sea water. It is suggested that explanations similar to the one advanced (see the 2 preceding entries) may be applied to other fundamental life processes. — Otis F. Curtis. 1654. ScHOENHOLZ, P., AND K. F. Meyer. The optimum hydrogen-ion concentration for the growth of B. typhosus, and B. paratyphosus A and B. Jour. Infect. Diseases 28: 384- 393. 1921. — B. tyhposus has a range of growth equivalent to Ph 5.0-8.6, with an optimum at Ph 6.8-7.0, in salt-free veal infusion broth. Large variations in the hydrogen-ion concentra- tion about the optimum zone produce only slight effects on the growth of the organisms, while slight variations near the limiting concentrations produce a marked effect. B. para- typhosus A and B have a range of growth similar to that of B. typhosus but exhibit a greater tolerance for alkali. — Selman A. Waksman. 1655. Smith, Theobald, and Dorothea E. Smith. Inhibitory action of paratyphoid bacilli on Bacillus coli. 1. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 3: 21-33. 1920. — Gas and acid formation by B. coli grown on lactose bouillon is normal when following 4-day cultures of a number of more or less distinct strains of the "true hog-cholera bacilli" (including also Bacillus icteroides and B. suipestifer) . Acid formation is normal but gas formation is inhibited when following 4-day cultures of all "true paratyphoid and enteritidis types." The inhibiting effects of the latter types disappear after incubation of about 3 weeks, while the former types produce inhibition after about the same time. The authors suggest that the inhibition is due to some metabolic product, possibly an enzyme. The presence of large numbers of the bacteria them- selves did not inhibit gas formation, while the liquid remaining after centrifuging did produce inhibition. This inhibiting agent can be removed by filtering through a Berkefeld filter, by heating to about 100°C., or by clearing with kaolin. — Otis F. Curtis. No. 3, October, 1921] SOIL SCIENCE 269 SOIL SCIENCE J. J. Skinner, Editor F. M. ScHERTZ, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1101, 1109, 1124, 1147, 1153, 1257, 1398, 1404, 1416, 1417, 1619, 1621, l(A2) ACIDITY AND LIMING 1656. Connor, S. I. Liming in its relation to injurious inorganic compounds in the soil. Jour. Amer. See. Agron. 13: 113-124. 1921. — In 3 ways lime may act upon injurious inorganic compounds in the soil: (1) It neutralizes soil acidity; (2) it precipitates most injurious soluble salts which are found in acid soils ; (3) it acts in an antagonistic manner toward excessive solu- ble salts which may not be precipitated. Aluminum, iron, manganese, boron, and zinc are harmful in a soluble form but are rendered less soluble and less injurious bj' lime. Aluminum toxicity is prevented by an abundance of phosphates. Active forms of silicates to a certain extent aid in precipitating aluminum salts. — F. M. Schertz. 1657. Fisher, E. A. Studies on soil reaction I. A resume. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 19-44. Fig. 1-6. 1921. — The author discusses the importance of the soil reaction as a factor in soil fertility and reviews the theories of soil acidity. Methods of determining soil acidity are discussed and the problem of soil acidity is correlated with current physico-chemical concep- tions of acidity in general. The ordinary titrimetric methods and the method of Hutchinson- MacLennan of measuring soil reaction and determining lime requirements are discussed. — V. H. Young. 1658. Fisher, E. A. Studies on soil reaction II. The colorimetric determination of the hydrogen ion concentration in soils and aqueous soil extracts. (Preliminary communication.) Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 45-65. Fig. 1-6. 1921. — A discussion of the electrometric and colori- metric methods of H-ion determination is presented. A method for compensating for the tur- bidity of soil extracts is described. Soil samples were dried and extracts made from the dried soil. Centrifuged extracts, although somewhat turbid, were found to yield more constant re- sults than clearer filtered extracts. Such solutions do not represent the actual H-ion concen- tration of the soil solution but rather of a solution obtained by shaking 1 part of soil with 2 parts of water for 1 hour. An attempt is made to correlate H-ion results with the lime re- quirements of the soil. — V. H. Young. 1659. Lyon, T. L. The effect of liming on the composition of the drainage water of soils. Jour. Amer. Soc. Agron. 13: 125-130. 1921. — The author reports on the influence of lime on the sulphur, calcium, potash, nitrogen, and phosphorus content of drainage waters. — F. M. Schertz. IGCO. Robinson, R. H. Acid soil studies I. A study of the basic exchange between soil separates and salt solutions. Soil Sci. 11: 353-362. 1921. — Soil separates of 4 acid Oregon soils were treated with 0.1 N solutions of potassium chloride, potassium nitrate, sodium chloride, potassium acetate, and calcium acetate. By the VEiTcnand Jones method the lime require- ment of these soils varied from 1500-20,800 pounds of calcium carbonate per 2,000,000 pounds of soil. The acidity of the different soil separates liberated by the action of a given salt solu- tion was approximately the same. The so-called acidity liberated by potassium nitrate, potassium chloride, and sodium chloride was due mainly to iron and aluminum rendered soluble. The acidity produced by the acetates was due to acetic acid. The H-ion concentra- tion of the different separates of the soil was constant. — W. J. Rabbins. 1661. Robinson, R. H., and D. E. Bullis. Acid soil studies: II. Changes in calcium compounds added to acid soils. Soil Sci. 11: 263-267. 1921.— In an effort to determine why BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. IX, NO. 3 270 SOIL SCIENCE [Box. Absts., Vol. IX, some Oregon soils do not respond to lime treatment, pure calcium carbonate or calcium oxide was added to soils in pots and allowed to weather 1 year. A crop of barley was grown in the pots. At the end of a year samples were removed from the pots and the forms into which the calcium compounds had changed determined. The calcium was found chiefly combined with humus and easily decomposable silicates. Most of the calcium present in the acid soil which does not respond to lime was found combined as difficultly decomposable silicate. — W. J. Robbins. GENERAL 1662. Becklet, V. A. The formation of humus. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 69-77. 1921. 1663. Colby, G. E. A note on the use of anhydrite as a remedy for black alkali. Monthly Bull. Dept. Agric. California 10: 39-41. 1921. — Anhydrite was found to possess the same value as gypsum or land plaster as a chemical remedy for black alkali. — E. L. Overholser. 1664. Fred, E. B., and AtTDREY Davenport. The effect of organic nitrogenous compounds on the nitrate-forming organisms. Soil. Sci. 11: 389-407. PL 1-2. 1921. — Nitrobacter was grown upon washed nitrite-agar and on slants of Niihrstoff-Heyden agar with and without nitrite present. Microscopical examination showed that this organism does not reproduce in liquid cultures of water, urine, peptone-beef infusion, or Niihrstoff-Heyden infusion. The last was non-toxic but beef infusion or peptone-beef infusion contained a non-volatile toxic substance, soluble in ether or alcohol. N itrobacter will live 2-6 weeks in a 1 per cent solution of gelatine, peptone, casein, yeast water, or Nahrstoff-Heyden, or in milk or distilled water. Gelatine, peptone, casein, skimmed milk, beef infusion, and beef extract do not affect the oxi- dation of nitrite; asparagin, ammonium sulphate, and urea decrease it; Nahrstoff-Heyden increases it above that in water controls. Sealed agar slants of Nitrobacter were kept more than 1 year without serious injurj' to the oxidative power. — W. J. Robbins. 1665. Hardy, F. A preliminary investigation into the occurrence of different kinds of carbonates in certain soils. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 1-18. 1921. — Samples of marine silt from the foreshore of the N. W. coastal belt of the Wash were found to contain dolomite. Studies were made to ascertain the effect of dolomite on such processes as nitrification in which the neutralizing effect of a quick-acting base is essential. Culture experiments tended to strengthen the view that dolomite has a definite effect on nitrification, and this view was further strengthened by an investigation of the nature of the carbonate in soils of which the geological and agricultural history is known. A technique for the estimation of the easily decomposed ("Calcitoid") and more stable ("Dolomitoid") carbonates was developed. Marine silts may be expected to contain calcitoid and dolomitoid carbonate; other soils do not generally contain the latter type of carbonate. Cultivation reduces the carbonate content of the soil, especially of calcitoid soils. Acidity may occur in soils containing both types of carbonates when the total carbonate content is greater than the amount considered necessary to prevent acidity. The reason for this is that the dolomite types of carbonate are not easily affected by the weak acids of the soil. — V. H. Young. 1666. Hardy, F. Substitutes for pen manure. Agric. News [Barabados] 20:21. 1921. — The author discusses various materials used in India to replace pen manure, such as oil cake, green manures, top soil from virgin forests or high jungles, earth from scrub jungles, earth from grass land, and tank silt. Not many of these substances are available to the average West Indian planter, to whom the author suggests the emploj^ment of scrub from waste places, rank herbage (including tall grasses), road sweepings, trimmings of trees, rotted lime or orange skins and seeds, waste green stuff from the banana, cacao and coconut crops, filter and scums from sugar factories, and cotton seed meal. — /. S. Dash. 1667. HiBBARD, P. L. Sulfur for neutralizing alkali soils. Soil Sci. 11 : 385-387. 1921.— The addition of sulphur to alkali soils was found to reduce the alkalinity and to improve the conditions for plant growth. — W. J. Robbins. No. 3, October, 1921] UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS 271 1668. Johnson, Maxwell O., and Kim A. Ching. Report of the Chemical Division. Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta. Rept. 1919 : 40-44. 1920. — A progress report on fertilizer experiments with bananas and pineapples is presented. In spraying pineapples on manganese soil an application of as much as 3,000 pounds of iron sulphate to the acre was unsuccessful in pre- venting chlorosis, while considerably less than 50 pounds per acre applied to the pineapple leaves promptly checked the chlorosis. — J. M. Westgate. 1669. Mahchand, B. de C. The soils of Natal and the Transvaal. II. The soils of the Transvaal. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 181-187. 1921. 1670. IMaschhatjpt, J. G. Onderzoek naar de oplosbaarheid in met koolsuur verzadigd water van het in Thomasphosphaat en enkele andere phosphaten aanuezige phosphorzuur. [Investigation on the solubility of the acid phosphate contained in Thomas slag and other phos- phates in carbon dioxide saturated water.] Verslag. Landbouwk. Onderzoek. Rijkslandbouw- proefsta. 23 : 57-S4. 1919. 1671. Pate, W. F. II. Results of Phos-pho-germ, experiments conducted during 1919- 1920. Bull. North Carolina Dept. Agric. 1921: 14-16. May, 1921.— Tests with rye, corn, and cotton show that the use of Phos-pho-germ gives little or no increase in crop yields. — F. A. Wolf. 1672. SuRR, G., and R. Vaile. Some notes on the "dry bag" soils of the foothill districts, Tulare County, California. Monthly Bull. Dept. Agric. California 10: 41-46. 1921. — It is believed that the shrinkage and the resulting cracks and dry-bag structure of certain adobe soils are mainly due to the presence of large amounts of plastic or colloidal clay-like material, with a corresponding lack of quartz and of the coarse resistant minerals in quantity to act as "fillers" and thus reduce the otherwise inevitable great shrinkage. Experiments indicate that it is highly desirable to permit the soil to crack somewhat after irrigation before practic- ing any tillage. — E. L. Overholser. 1673. Williams, C. C. The soils of Natal and the Transvaal. I. The composition of Natal soils. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 177-lSl. 1921. TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS J. M. Greenman, Editor E. B. Patson, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 1145, 1277, 1311, 1486, 1487, 1496, 1503, 1603) MISCELLANEOUS, UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS B. E. Livingston, Editor S. F. Trelease, Assistant Editor 1674. AxoNTMOTJS. Commission internationale pour I'exploration scientifique de la mer Mediterranee. Conference de Madrid, 17-20 Nov., 1919. [International commission for the scientific exploration of the Mediterranean Sea. Conference in Madrid, Nov. 17-20, 1919.] Commission Internat. Exploration Sci. Mer Mediterranee Bull. 1. 24 p. 1920. — A meeting was called of delegates from the countries bordering on the Mediterranean, with a view to organizing for a scientific study of that sea. The organization comprises a central bureau to coordinate the work of the stations in each country. The publication of the results will be largely in the hands of the central bureau, of which the Prince of Monaco is the president. Publication will be in English, Spanish, French, Greek, and Italian. Memoirs on ocean- ography are contemplated, and an atlas of the flora and fauna of the ^Mediterranean will be begun with the edible animals. The stations are to have uniform recording instruments, 272 UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS '[Box. Absts., Vol. IX, No. 3, October, 1921] and are to study the biology and geographical distribution, of the useful animals, the marine plants, and the plankton. — T. C. Frye. 1675. Barnard, J. E. Microscopy with ultra-violet light. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 219- 220. 5 fig. 1921. [Reproduced from Nature 106: 378-381. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 2255).] 1676. Bey, Charles Audebeau. Utilization des tiges de diverses plantes annuelles en vue de la production de I'energie mecanique necessaire aux travauax agricoles de la valiee du Niger. [The utilization of the stems of annual plants for the production of mechanical energy necessary to the agricultural activities in the valley of the Niger.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 764-766. 1921. — The combustion of plant products as a source of energy is consid- ered. It is found that waste parts of cotton and other crops can be used in this way. — C H. Farr. 1677. Brown, W. H. Wild food plants of the Philippines. Bur. Forest. Philippine Islands Bull. 21. 165 p., 81 pi. 1920. — The species are arranged in botanical sequence under families and genera. It is the most comprehensive work of its kind so far issued in relation to the Philippine flora. — E. D. Merrill. 1678. Crevost, C, et C. Lemarie. Plantes et produits Slmenteux et textiles de I'lndo- chine. [Plant fiber and textile products of Indochina.] Bull. Econ. Indochine 23: 209-231, 406-433. 1920. — A continuation of the series (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1539) covering the palms, bamboos, Cyperaceae, Pandanus, and miscellaneous vines of various families. — E. D. Merrill. 1679. JtTRiTZ, Chas. F. Raw materials for industrial alcohol production. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 167-173. 1921. 1680. Nichols, George E. [Rev. of: Hedrick, U. P. Sturtevant's notes on edible plants. Rept. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. (Geneva) IQIQ^; 17-686. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 862).] Torreya 21: 50-52. 1921. 1681. Von Blon, J. L. California's seaweed industry. Sci. Amer. 123: 445,458. Sfig. 1920. — The article concerns itself with the manufacture and uses of agar-agar. — Chas. H. Otis. 1682. West, A. P., and W. H. Brown. Philippine resins, gums, seed oils, and essential oils. Bur. Forest. Philippine Islands Bull. 20. 230 p., 73 pi. 1920. — The authors present a comprehensive treatise, from both a botanical and a chemical standpoint. Most of the species considered are illustrated. — E. D. Merrill. 1683. Williams, S. G, Manila hemp. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 255-257. 8 fig. 1921.— A brief account is given of primitive methods of obtaining fiber from the banana plant abacd (Musn textilis), as practiced in the Philippines. — Chas. H. Otis. INDEX TO AUTHORS' NAMES IN VOLUME IX (References are to entry numbers; an asterisk before a number signifies thai the entry referred to is by eitation alone) Abbay, R. 69. Achterrath, H. 1254. Adametz, L. *268. Adams, J. F. 1549. Agar, W. E. 731. Agee, H. P. (Waldron, J. W., J. N. S. Williams, W. Searby, T. H. Petrie, J. K. Clarke, and Agee). 452. Ahr, J., and C. Mayr. 585, 586. Aiyer, A. R. P. and D. V. Bal. 532. Aiyer, P. A. S. 1068. Akerman, A. 1290. Albrecht, W. A. 533. Alburtis, S. S. *1201. Alderman, W. PI. 1291, 1391. Algan, H. *706. Allard, H. A. (Garner, W. W., and Allard). 1644. Allen, E. J., and E. W. Sexton. *733. Allen, W. J. 783. Altenburg, E. 1292. Alverdes, F. 732. Alway, F. J. 1069. Alway, F. J. (Rost, C. O., and Alway). 1060. Amberger, C. *491. Amberger, K. (Wirthle, F., and Amberger). *4S8. Amend, F. W. 587. Ames, C. T. 588, 589, 590. Anderlind. 127. Anders, C. B. (Brown, H. B., and Anders). 598. Anderson, C. B. W. (Harri- son, J. B., and Ander- son). 541. Anderson, H.W. 1550. Anderson, J. A. (Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson, and Anderson). 1027. Anderson, R. J. 1006. Annett, H. E. 1107. Anthony, R. D. 784. Anthony, S. (Harlan, H. V., and Anthony). 610. Arber, Agnes. 374, *865, 1163. Arber, E. A. N. *890. Arey, L. B. 217. Arloing, F., andG. Richard. 683. Armand, L. 684. Arnaud, G. 411. Arndt. 128. Arnold, J. H. 9. Arnold, R. (Bridel, M., and Arnold). 506. Arthur, J. (Chomley, F. G., and Arthur). 800. Arthur, J. C. 1082. Ashby, S. F. 412. Atwood, W. M. *1044. Auchter, E.G. 785,1293. Aust, F. A. 843. Ayres,W.E. 591,592,593. B., R. A. *98. B., W. E. *676. Babcock,E.B. 1294,1392. Babcock, E. B., and R. E. Clausen. *215. Babcock, E. B., and J. L. Collins. *94, 1295. Baccarini, P. 650. Bachman,E. (Clowes, G.H. A.,andBachman), *1007. Baguley, A. 534. Bailey, P. G. (Punnett, R. C, and Bailey). 1365. Baker, R. T. 677. Bal, D. V. (Aiyer, A. R. P., and Bal). 532. Balasubramanyam,M. *331. Ballard, C. W. 1581. Ballou, F. H. 282, 283. Balme, J. 707, 786, 787, 788, 844, 850, 966. Baltzer. *1296, *1297, *1298. Bannier, J. P. *733, *734. Banta, A. M., and Mary Cover. 218. Barbey, A. 99, 708. Bardicr, E., and E. Martin- Sans. 455. Barker, B. T. P., and G. T. Spinks. 789. Barker, E. E. 1299. Barlot. 492. Barnard, J. E. *1675. Barnett, R. J. 790. Barnhart, J.H. 292. Barss, H. P. 791, 918, 919, 949, 950, 951, 952. Barss, H. P., and W. A. Smart. 953. Bartlett, H. (Reynolds, M. H., W. R. Birks, and Bartlett). 46. Bateson, W. 1300. Bateson, W., and Ida Sut- ton. *244. Battelli, F., and L. Stern. 1630. Bau, A. *493. Baumann, E. 735. Baumann, J. (Bomer, A., and Baumann). 495. Baur,E. *736, *1301, *1302, *1303. Beach, F. H. 1393. Beach, S. A. 792, 1304. Beard, J. G. 1202. Beattie, J. H. 1070. Beau, C. 511. Beaumont, A. B. 100. Becker, W. H. 737. Beckley, V. A. *1662. Beckman. 10. Beckwith,C.S. (Lipman,J. G., A. W. Blair, W. H. Martin, and Beckwith). 547. Beekhuis, H. A. 793. Beekman,H.A.J.M. 129. Beeli, M. 880. 273 274 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Belir. *772. Beille, L. 1164. Belief ord, M. V. 1394. Bemmelen, J. F. van. 1305. Benedict, F. G. (Harris, J. A., and Benedict). 1339. Bentley, C. M. *1473. Berek, M. *563. Berg, R.C. van den, Jr. 429. Berger, J. B. 1582. Beringer, G. M. 70. Berry, E. W. 375, 888, 889, *890. Bertog, H. 1233. Bertrand, G., and A. Comp- ton. 1648. Bevis, J. F., and H. J. Jeffrey. *672, *676. Bews, J. W. *1079. Bey, C. A. 1676. Beyerinck, M. W. 1021. Bianchi, A. T. 920. Biehler. 130. Bierei. 1108. Biers, P. 1165. Bijl, P. A. van der. 1509, 1510, 1511, 1554. Billmann, H. H. *709. Billwiller, R. 1225. Bioletti, F. T. 1395. Biolley, H. 131. Bippart, E. 11. Birks, W. R. (Reynolds, M. H., Birks, and H. Bart- lett). 46. Birmingham, W. A. 430. Bjorkenheim. 198. Blackburn, Kathleen B., and J. W. H. Harrison. 738. Blair, A. W. (Lipman^ J. G., Blair, W. H. Martin, and C. S. Beckwith). 547. Blair, A. W., and B. E. Brown. 1109. Blair, T. S. 456. Blair, W. S. 1396. Blake, S. F. 1083, Bliss, A. R. 967. Blokzcyl, K. R. F. 1583. Blunck, G. *494. Bodinus, F. (Schellbach, H., and Bodinus). *329. Bohmer, J. G. 1203. Bohrisch, P. 457. Bolus, F. (Wordsworth, R., J. Hutchinson, Bolus, and L. Bolus). 1098. Bolus, L. *1084. Bolus, L. (Wordsworth, R., J. Hutchinson, F. Bolus, and Bolus). 1098. Bomer, A., and J. Baumann. 495. Boncquet, P. A. 794. Bongini, V. (Voglino, P., and Bongini). 396, 397, 448, 449. Bonnet, L. O. 795. Borgmann, W. 101, 1204, 1234. Boring, E. G. 739. Bose, G. C. *106. Botjes, J. O. 423. Bottomley, W. B. 1071. Boulay, A. 458. Boulger, G. S. *132, *133, 1503. Bouquet, A. G. B. 851, 852, 853. Bouquet, J. 459. Bourquet. 134. Bouygues, H. 1482. Bouyoucos, G. 535, 536, 1046. Bouyoucos, G. J., and M. M. McCool. 473. Bovell, J. R. 12, 431. Bower, F. O. *95. Boyd, J. *125. Boyer, G. *515. Boynton, K. R. 293, 294, 295, 296, 1454, 1455. Bradley, C. B. 1483. Brady, J. 796. Brannon, J. M. 1036. Breakwell, E. 13, 14, 594, 1110. Breazeale, J. F., and L. J. Briggs. 476. Breitenbecher, J. K. 1306. Brenchley,W.E. 564,595. Bressel, K. 1111. Brewster, J. F. 1022. Bridel, M. 460. Bridel, M., and R. Arnold. 506. Bridges, C. B. 740. Brierley, W. G., and W. H. Kenety. 1397. Briggs, F. N. (Mackie, W. W., and Briggs). 957. Briggs, H. H. *773. Briggs, L. J. (Breazeale, J. F., and Briggs). 476. Briquet, J. 1484, 1485. Britten, J. 71, 72, 73, 651, 1166, 1167, 1168. Britten, J. (Sprague, T. A., and Britten). 88. Britton, Elizabeth G. 297. Britton, N. L. 298, 1073, 1085, Brock, W. S., and W. A. Ruth. 954. Brooks, A. J. 15. Brown, B. E. (Blair, A. W., and Brown). 1109. Brown, G. G. 284, 797. Brown, H. B, 596, 597. Brown, H. B., and C. B. Anders. 598. Brown, P. E. (Stevenson, W.H., and Brown). 112. Brown, W. H. 1677. Brown, W.H. (West, A. P., and Brown). 1682. Brown, W.R., W.H.Harri- son, and P. B. Sanyal. 599. Brown, W.S. 798. Brunnhofer, A. von. 135, 678. Bryce, H. 16. Bryn, H. *744. Bryon, May K, 921. Buchanan, J, A, 1307, Buchholz, J. T. 332. Buckner, G. D. 477. Bugnon, P. 333. BuUis, D. E. (Robinson, R. H., andBullis). 1661. Bunyard, E. A. 652, 799. Burch, D. S. 1308. Burgeff, H. 1309. Burger, O. F. 219. Burkholder, W. H. 912. Burkill, I. H. 299. Burlingham, Gertrude S. 1512. Burns, W. 220. Burt, R.C. 17. Burtt-Davy, J. 600. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 275 Buscalioni, L. 334, 470. Buschmann, E. *968. Bushnell, J. W. 1468. Bushnell, J. W. (Dorsey, M. J., and Bushnell). 1410. Butler, E. J. 390, 653. Byars, L. P. 896. C, H. 654. C, J. C. 221. Caldwell, O. W. n03. Caldwell, O. W., W. L. Eikenberry, and E. R. Glenn. 102. Call, L. E. 104. Campbell, D. H. 1486. Camus, F. 1169. Cardot, E. 136. Carpenter, C.W. 1555. Carpentier, A. 376. Carrier, L. 74. Castle, W.E. ^1310, *1383. Cessna, Ruth. (Nelson, V. E., E. I. Fulmer, and Cessna). 1032. Chandler, W. H. 1398. Chase, Agnes. 1086. Chemin, E. 1551. Chen, C. C. 18, 413. Chevalier, A. *1288, 1311. Chilcott, E. C, and J. S. Cole. *1124. Child, CM. *514, 1312, 1384. Ching, K. A. (Johnson, M. O., and Ching). 1668. Chipp, T. F. 349. Chittenden, F.J. *962. Chomley, F. G., and J. Arthur. 800. Christ, H. 75, 76. Christeller, E. *747. Christie, A. W. 855, 1474, 1475. Christie, A. W. (Cruess, W. v., and Christie). *856. Christy, M. 137, 1170. Chudeau, R., and P. H. Fritel. 377. Chung, H. L. 1112. Church, A. H. *132, 335, 336, 337, *344, 350, 373, 512. Church, F. A. 1399. Churchill, Helen. (Peter- son, W. H., and Church- ill). 1016. Cieslar, A. 1226. Clarke, J. K. (Waldron, J. W., C. R. Hemenway, J. N. S. Williams, W. Sear- by, T. H. Petrie, Clarke, and H. P. Agee). 452. Clarke, T. W. 1400. Classen, K. 1313. Claus, R. (Prescher, J., and Claus). 467. Clausen, R. E. (Babcock, E. B., and Clausen). *215. Clawson, A. B. (Marsh, C. D., Clawson, and W. W. Eggleston). 985. Clayley, Dorothy M. 351. Cleghorn, Maude L. 740. Clement, G. 300. Clerc, J. 138. Clowes, G. H. A., and E. Bachman. *1007. Cohn, E. J. 1023. Coit, J. E. 801. Colby, A. S. 1401. Colby, G.E. *1402,1663. Cole, J. S. (Chilcott, E.C., and Cole). *1124. Cole, R. D. ^271. Cole, W. R. *1476. Coleman, A. P. 378. Colin, M. H. 1008. CoUens, A.E., etal. 19. CoUey, R. H. 1.39. Collins, J. L. (Babcock, E. B., and Collins). *94, 1295. Collins, Marjorie I. 1487, 1513. Coltman-Rogers, C. 126, ♦133. Compton, A. (Bertrand,G., andCompton). 1648. Compton, R. H., and J. W. Mathews. 1113. Condit, I. J. 802, 803, 804, 805, 1403. Connor, S. I. 1655. Cook, F. C. 1009. Cook. O. F. *424. Cool C. 1514. Cooper, J. R. 1404. Cooper, ZadaM. *1205. Coppet, M. de, and A. Henne. 1224. Corbidre, L., and E. Jahan- dicz. 875. Correia Afonso, P. 601. Correia Mendes, F. C. 602. Correns, C. 1314, *1372. Coulter, J. M. 1087. Coupin, H. 1647. Coventry, B. O. 140. Cox. G. N. 14.56. Cox, J. F. 20. Cox, U. T. 1405. Cradwick, W. 806. Crandall, C. S. 807, 1315. Crane, M. B. 808, Cranefield, F. 1406. Crevost, C, and C. Lemarie 1678. Crocker, W. *516. Cross, W. E. 21. Crow, J. W. 1316. Cruess, W. V. 809, 1477. Cruess, W. V., and A. W. Christie. *856. Cubitt, G. E. S. 141. CuUinan, F. P. 1407. Cummins, A. B. (Kelley, W. P., and Cummins). 545. Cunliffe, R. S. 1408. Curtis, K. M. 1515. Curtis, R. S. 1317. Cutler, D. W. *685. Cutting, E.M. *730, 1318. Czaja, A. Th. *222. Czuber, E. 1114, 1319. D., M. 679. Dahl, A. L. *1227. Dahlgren, K. V. O. 223, 224, 225. Dale, H. H. *1028. Dana, B. F. 881. Dangeard, P. A. 686. Dangeard, P. A., H. Le- comte, and E. Perrier. 655. Daniel, L. 226, 1409. Dantony, E. (Vermorel, V., and Dantony). 447. Darnell-Smith, G. P. *1567. 276 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Davenport, A. (Fred, E. B., and Davenport). 1664. Davies, S. IM. 1478. Davis, A. R. 478. Davis, R. O. E. 537. Dawe, M. T. 22. Dehorne, L. 1320. Dehrs, V. 969, 970. Deininger, J. CHeiduschka, A., and Deininger). *28. Delaunay, M. P. 461. Delauney, P. 1625. Dembowski, J. 1321. Demorlaine. 142, 143. Densmore, H. D. 673, 679. Depape, G. *379. Detlefsen, J. A. 742. Dickson, J. G. 1619. Diedrichs, A., and L. Knorr. *144. *145. Diedrichs, A., and B. Schmittmann. 462. Dieterle, H. *971. Dihm. 146. Dishoek, A. F. C. van. 1042. Dismier, G. 345. Dixon, H. H. *175. Dixon, H. H., and T. G. Mason. 471. Dixon, H. H., and H. H. Poole. 489. Dock, H. 1228. Docters van Leeuwen, W. M. 1171. Dodge, B. O. (Shear, C. L., and Dodge). 1533. Dodge, C. W. *504. Doidge, Ethel M. 882,1516, 1517. Dominguez, I. *845. Doncaster, L. *274. Dorsey, M. J., and J. W. Bushnell. 1410. Downing, R. G. 23, 1115. Dragendorff, G. 105. Druce, G. C. 1172, 1173, 1174, 1175, 1176, 1177, *1178, 1179, *11S0. Druce, G. C. (Vines, S. H., and Druce). 89. Dufrenoy, J. 414. Dummer, E. A. 1088, 1089. Dunlop, W.R. 1322,1411. Dunn, Grace A. 866, 1323. Dunn, S. T. *106. Durand, E. J. 1518. Durham, H. E. 810. Durken, B. *258. Eastham, J. W., and E. C. Hunt. 432. Eberts. 147. Eckenbrecher, C. 1116. Eckl, K. (Lemmermann, O., and Eckl). 34. Eckstein, F. 1229. Eckstein, K. 148. Effront, J. *505. Eggleston, W. W. (Marsh, C. D., A. N. Clawson, and Eggleston). 985. Eheart, J. F. (Fromme, F. D., G. S. Ralston, and Eheart). 434. Ehrhorn, E. M. 1230. Eikenberry, W. L. (Cald- well, O. W., Eikenberry, and E.R.Glenn). 102. Eisig, H. (Haeckel, E., Eisig, and K. Hescheler). *273. Elliott, J. A. 1556. Elliott, J. W. (Herrington, A., and Elliott). 659. Ellis, D. *1519. Ellis, N. R., H. Steenbock, and E. B. Hart. *1010. Elorduy, S. T. 603. Emberger, L. 687. Emberger, L. (Mangenot, J., and Emberger). 699. Endo, S. (Yabe, H., and Endo). 893. Endres. 1231, 1232. Engler, A. 710, 1232. Enslow, Ella M. A., and F. V. Rand. 1557. Epstein, A. 1631. Erdmann, F. 149. Erikson, G. 1324. Ernst, A. *227. Escherich, K. 150. Espe, K., and L. E. Lindley. 538. Espino, R. B. 479, *1620. Etter, Bessie E. 1573. Evans, A. W. 1504. Evans, M. W. (Oakley, R. A., and Evans). 873. Eyer, J. R. 1558. Fabricius. 1206, 1233, 1234, 1235, 1236, 1237, 1559. Fairchild, D. 656, 811. Falck. 151. Falk, K. G. 1634. Fankhauser, F. von. 152. Fantini, N. 433, 812. Farley, A. J. 1568. Farmer, L. J. 1412. Farwell, O. A. *1584. Faure-Fremiet, E. 657. Federley, H. 743. Felton, L. D. *1011. Fenton, F. A. 1560. Ferenez, A. 972. Ferris, E. B. 604, 605, 606. Finckenstein, F. von. 153. Find lay, A. *469. Fink, B. 1520. Firbas, H. 1325. Fischel, A. 1326. Fischer, H. *516, 1585. Fischler, M. (Mach, F., und Fischler). *327. Fisher, E. A. 1657, 1658. Fitting, H. *996. Fleischer, B. *774. Fleischer, M. *222, 876. Fleischer, M ., and L. Loeske. 877. Fletcher, J. J. 1488. Fletcher, S. W. *281. Flury, P. 154. Focke, C. 973. Foex, E. 1521, 1522. Folsom, D. (Schultz, E. S., and Folsom). 938. Forsaith, C. C. *271. Fortun, G. M. 607. Franz, V. *1327. Frateur, J. L. 1328. Fred, E. B. (Peterson, W. H., Fred, and J. H. Verhulst). 1017. Fred, E. B., and A. Daven- port. 1664. Fred, E. B., W. H. Peterson, and J. A. Anderson. 1027. Frets, G. P. *744. Freudenberg, K. 1012. Friedrichs, O. von. 974. INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES 277 Fries, T. C. E. 1238. Fritch, F. E., and E. J. Salisbury. *98, *674. Fritel, P. H. 381. Fritel, P. H. (Chudeau, R., and Fritel). 377. Fritsch, K. 867. Fromme, F. D., G. S. Ralston, and J. F. Eheart. 434. Frost, S. 1239. Fruwirth, C. *736, 1329. Fruwirth, C, T. Roemer, and E. von Tschermak. *1360. Frye, T. C. (Holzinger, J. M., andFrye). 1505. Fulner, E. I. (Nelson, V. E., Fulmer, and Ruth Cessna). 1032. Fulmer, E. I., V. E. Nelson, and F. F. Shen\-ood. 1626, 1641. Funk, G. 1029. Fyson, P. F. 565. Fyson, P. F., and K. Ven- kataraman. 521. G., C. C. *962. Gabriel, C. 1330. Gadamer, J. 975. Gager, C. S. *96, 680. Gajon, C. 711, 857. Galang, F. G. 1117. Gallaud, M. 1331. Gardner, M. W., and J. B. Kendrick. 922. Gardner, V. R. 1332. Gardner, W., and J. H. Widstoe. 1047. Garner, W. W., and H. A. Allard. *1644. Garrett, A. O. 352, 897. Gates, R. *729. Gathercoal, E.N. *1207. Gaylord, F. C. 1118. Gebhardt, C. 1333. Gee, W. 77. Geib. W. J., C. Lounsbury, andM.O.Tosterud. 539. Gentner, G. 923. Gerhardt, K. 883. Gerlach. 540. Gerry, Eloise. (Mahood, S. A., and Gerry). 1256. Gersdorff.C. E. P. (Johns.C. O., andGersdorff). 1024. Geschwind. 955. Ghesquiere, J. *1119. Giaccone, V. 415, 435. Gibbs, L. S. 1523. Giffen, W. M. *858. Ginsburg, S. (Knudson, L., and Ginsburg). 997. Girardi, J. *416, 417. Girola, C.D. 608. Gissing, F. T. 559. Gleason, H.A. 301,302. Glenn, E. R. (Caldwell, O. W., W. L. Eikenberry, and Glenn). 102. Gloyer, W. O. 353. Godfrey, G. H., and R. B. Harvey. *1574. Goff, R. A. 1120. Goldschmidt,R. *255,1334, *1388. Goossens, M. 1240. Gottschick, F. *1327. Gourley, J.H. 1413,1414. Gover, Mary. (Banta, A. M., and Cover). 218. Graebner, P. 418, 1559. Grant, E. H. 976, *1586. Gravis, A. 1181, 1208. Gray, F. J. (Maclntire, W. H., Gray, and W. M. Shaw). 1058. Gray, G. P., and H. J. Ryan. 1415. Greene, L. 1416. Greenish, H. G., and Con- stance E. Pearson. 977. Greig-Smith, R. 1632. Greve. 155. Greyerz, von. 1225. Griebel, C, and A. Schafer. 1587. Grier, N. M. 228. Grimme, C. *24. Groff, Elizabeth H. 566. Grove. W. B. 354. Gruenberg, B. C. *758. Guggenheim, M. 501. Guiart, J. 355. Guilliermond, A. 688, 689, 690, 691, 692. Gunn, J. W. C. 1588. Guppy, H. B. *3S0. Gupta, S. N. *15S9. Gurtu, S. K. *156. Gustafson, F. C. 1638. Guthrie, F. B. 25, 609. Guthrie, F. B., G. W. Norris, and J. G. Ward. 26. Guthrie, F. B., A. A. Ramsey, R. M. Petrie, and F. J. Stokes. 1048. Guyer, R. G. 658. Guyot, C. 157. H., T. A. 285. Haeckel, E., H. Eisig, and K. Hescheler. *273. Haenseler, CM. 1000. Hagem, O. *1301. Hahn, G. G. (Korstian, C. F., C. Hartley, L. F. Watts, and Hahn) . 909. Halstead, C. E. (Meier, H. F. A., and Halstead). 1622. Hamilton, H. C. *1590. Hammarlund, C. 1335. Hanbury, F. J. 1177. Hance, R. T. *1336. Hansen, W. 1337, 1338. Hardenburg, E. V. 436. Harder, R. *229. Hardy, F. 1417, 1665, 1666. Harlan, H. V., and S. Anthony. 610. Harland, S. C. 27. Harrer, F. 1241. Harris, J. A., and F. G. Benedict. 1339. Harris, J. A., and H. S. Reed. 1037. Harrison, C. W. 978. Harrison, J. B., and C. B. W. Anderson. 541. Harrison, J. W. H. 745, 1340. Harrison, J. W. H. (Black- burn, Kathleen B., and Harrison). 738. Harrison, W. H. 1072. Harrison, W. H. (Brown, W. R., Harrison, and P. B. Sanyal). 599. Hart, E. B. (Tottingham, W.E., and Hart). 555. Hart, E. B. (Ellis, N. R., H. Steenbock, and Hart). *1010. 278 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Harter, L. L. 507. Harth, E. 611. Hartley, C. (Korstian, C. F., Hartley, L. F. Watts, andC.G.Hahn). 909. Hartman, H. 813. Hartmann, A F. (Shaffer, P. A., and Hartmann). *1018. Hartwell, B.L. 1063,1341. Harvey, E. M. 814. Harvey, E. M., and A. E. Murneek. 815. Harvey, R. B. (Godfrey, G. H., and Harvey). 1574. Harvey, R. B. (Weiss, F., and Harvey). 1637. Harvey-Gibson, R. J. *1180. Haseman, L. *286. Hauber. 158. Hay, T. 78. Hay^'ood, A. H. 612. Heald, F. D. 898,899,913, 924. Heck. 159. Hector, G. P. 230. Hedrick, U. P. 816, 1418, *1680. Hees. 1242. Heiberg, A. 1243. Heiduschka, A., and J. Deininger. *28. Heiduschka, A., and K. Luft. 979. Heinicke, A. J. 1419. Heinricher, E. 914. Heinze, B. 1121. Helbig. (Siefert, and Hel- big). 203. Helbig, M. 160. Helm, C. A. (Stadler, L. J., and Helm). 52. Hemenway, C.R. (Waldron J. W., Hemenway, J. N. S. Williams, W. Searby, T. H. Petrie, J. K. Clarke, and H. P. Agee). 452. Henderson, G. S. 29. Henderson, G. S. (Milligan, S., and Henderson). 575. Henderson, I. F., and W. D. Henderson. *.560. Henderson, W. D. (Hender- son, I. F., and Hender- son). *560. Henne, A. von. 712. Henne, A. (Coppet, M. de, and Henne). 1224. Hepler, J. R. 1209. Heribert-Nilsson,N. *245. Herissey, H. 1633. Hermann, E. 980. Herrera, A. L. 693. Herrington, A., and J. W. Elliott. 659. Hertwig, G., and P. Hert- wig. *766. Hertwig, O. *240. Hertwig, P. *1296, *1297. Hertwig, P. (Hertwig, G., and Hertwig). *766. Herwerden, M. A. van. *746. Herzfeld, H. 1591. Herzog, T. 346. Hescheler, K. (Haeckel, E., H. Eisig, and Hescheler). *273. Hesler, L. R. *963. Hevv-itt, J. 79. Hibbard, P. L. 1667. Hickman, C. W. (Neidig, R. E., R. S. Snyder, and Hickman), 42. Hielscher. 161. Higgins, J. E. 1420. Hilf. 162. Hill, T. G. 474. Hiltner, L. 1122. Hirsch. *231. Hoar, C. S. *227. Hobson, G. (Pole Evans, I. B., Mary R. H. Thom- son, V. A. Putterili, and Hobson). 1435. Hochreutiner, B. P. G. 1489. Hodsoll, H. E. P. 817. Hoffman, G. N. 1182. Hofsten, N. von. 232. Hohenadl, W. 1244. Hohnel, F. von. 884, 885, 886, 1524. Holdermann, R. *981. Holland. 163. Holm, C. J. 1245. Holmberg, O. R. 233. Holmes, E. M. 956. Holmes, M. G. 1490. Holten, J. 164. Holzinger, J. M. 878. Holzinger, J. M., and T. C. Frye. 1505. Honlinger, H. 1246. Hopkins, E.F. *1642, *1643. Hoppert, E. H. 818. Hoppli. *747. Home, A. S. 356. Hotson, J. W. 925. Hottes, C. F. 1617. House, H. D. 567. Howard, A. 1049. Howard, F. K. 819. Howard, W.L. 1421,1543. Howe, H. E. 1621. Howell, W. I. (Shepherd, F.R., and Howell). 51. Hoxie, F. J. 451. Hu, H. S. 1074. Hudelson, R. R. 542. Hudig, J., and C. Meyer. 419, 420. Hudig, J., and W. Sturm. 543. Huffel, G. 165, 660, *706. Hufnagl, H. 713. Humphrey, N. 1592. Hungerford, C. W. 1569. Hunt, E. C. (Eastham, J. W., and Hunt). 432. Hunziker, W. 166. Hurd, Annie M. 908, *1567. Hutchinson, J. (Words- worth, R., Hutchinson, F. Bolus, and L. Bolus). 1098. Huttanus. 1247. Ishikawa, M. *246. Isidro, R. A. 1123. Jackson, B. D. 1183, 1184, 1185, 1186, 1187, 1188. Jackson, T. P. 30. Jacob, W.R.LeG. 167. Jagger, I. C. 421, 926. Jahandiez, E. (Corbiere, L., and Jahandiez). 875. Janet, C. 382. Janssens, F. A. 694. Jeffrey, E. C., and R. E. Torrey. 1491. Jeffrey, H. J. (Bevis J. F., and Jeffrey). *672, *676. Jennison, H. M. 887, 900. Jermstad, A. 661. Johansson, K. 234. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 279 Johns, C. O., and C. E. P. Gersdorff. 1024. Johns, C. O., and H. C. Waterman. *1025. Johnson, D. S. 80. Johnson, J. 235. Johnson, M. O., and K. A. Ching. 166S. Johnstone, J. 1525. Jolyet, A. 1248. Jones, B. J. 1479. Jones, D. F. 236, 613, *734. Jones, H. A. 513. Jones, J. 1422, 1423. Jones, L. H., and J. W. Shive. 480. Jones, Sarah V. H., and J. E. Rouse. 237. Jones, W. N., and M. C. Rayner. *675, *681. Jorgensen, W. (Stiles, W., and Jorgensen). *487. Jorissen, A. 1013. Joshia, N. V. 1030. Jucht. 168. Judd, C. S. 1249. Junack. 169. Juritz, C. F. 31, 544, 614, 859, 1050, 1051, *1679. K., F. *681. K., J. *238. Kanda, M. *247. Katzer, 170. Kauffman, C. H. 1526. Kazakov, A. 1052. Kebler, L. F. *1593. Keen, B. A. 1053. Keil, J. B. 324. Keim, F. D. (Kiesselbach, T.A., andKeim). 1125. Kelley, F. J. 1342. Kelley, W. P. 820. Kelley, W, P., and A. B. Cummins. 545. Kempton, J. H. *1289. Kendrick, J. B. (Gardner, M. W., and Kendrick), 922. Kenety, W. H. (Brierley, W. G., and Kenety) 1397. Kennedy, E. W. 615. Kenoyer, L. A. *1124, *1644. Kent, H. T. M. 171. Kerle, W. D. 32. Key, Wilhelmine E. *216, 239. Khols, G. 616. Kidd, F. (Stiles, W., and Kidd). *487. Kierulf, T. 1250. Kiesselbach, T. A., and F. D. Keim. 1125. Kihara, H. 695. Kindle, E. M. 172. King, Helen D. 748. Klebs, G. *516. Knibbs, G. H. 1343. . Kniep, H. *240. Knight, L. I. 1344. Knorr, L. (Diedrichs, A., and Knorr). *14^1, *145. Knowlton, H. E. 1424. Knudson, L., and S. Gins- burg. 997. Kobayashi, J. *1250. Koch, F. J. *1594, *1595. Koch, P. 617, 1126. Kohler, D. 1627. Kolkwitz, R. 998. Kollner, F. 1212. Koltonski, H. 749. Kopetzky, E. 714. Korstian, C. F., C. Hartley, L. F. Watts, and G. G. Hahn. 909. Kottur, G. L. 241. Kottur, G. L., and M. L. Patel. 402. Kraemer, H. *454. Kraepelin, K. 1213. Krarup. 715. Kraus, E. J., and H. R. Kraybill. *516. Krauss, F. G. 1127. Kraybill, H. R. (Kraus, E. J., and Kraybill). *516. Kreibich, M. 716. Kremers, E. 1596. Kreutzer, E. 173, 717. Kristofferson, K. B. 242. Kronacher, C. *1302. Kronfeld, E. M. 1189. Kryz, F. 1597. Kudo, Y. 1090. Kufferath, H. 1539. Kunkele. 174, 1252. Kupka, T. (Neger, F. W., and Kupka). 872. Kurth. 1253. Kuwada, Y. *1330. Kylin, H. 696. L. 1254. Labroy, O. 303. Laffer, H. E. 1425. Lagatu, H. 481. Lang, E. 1128. Langdon, L. M. 175. Lansdell, K.A. 1129,1130. Lathouwers, V. 1345, Lavender, W. 1469. Leake, H. M. 33. Lebedinsky, N. C. *778. L^caillon, A. 243. Lecomte, H. (Dangeard, P. A., Lecomte, and E. Per- rier). 655. Lederle, P. (Mach, F., Le- derle, et al). 619. Lee, H.A. 910. Lee, H. A. (McLean, F. T., and Lee). 1553. Lee, H. A., and F. B. Serrano. 1544. Lee, H. A., and H. S. Yates. 1545. Lees, A. H. 403. Leete, F. A. 176. Legrand, J. F. 860. Lehman, S. G. 927. Lehman, S. G. (Wolf, F. A., and Lehman). 1548. Lehmann. *244, *245, *2i6, *247, *248. Leidner, R. (Riimker, and Leidner). 1143. Lek, van der. *750. Le Lectier. 662. Lemarie, C. (Crevost, C., and Lemarie). 1678. Lemmermann, O., and K. Eckl. 34. Lenz, K. (Mannich, C., and Lenz). *497. Leoncini, G. 508. Lepkovsky, S. (Totting- ham W. E., R. H. Roberts, and Lepkovsky). 1020. Leplae, E. 1131. Lesage, P. 482. Lesourd, F. 304. Levy, F. *r298. Lillie, F, R, 1346. Lindley, L. E. (Espe, K., and Lindley), 538. 280 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Lindstrom, E. W. 1347. Linhart, G. A. 249. Linne, C. von. *81. Linossier, G. 496. Linsbauer, K. 1206, Lipman, C. B. 1054. Lipman, J. G. 546. Lipman, J. G., A. W. Blair, W. H. Martin, and C. S. Beckwith. 547. Lister, G. 663. Litardiere, R. de. 697. Lloyd, J. W. 1470. Locker. 718. Loeb, J. *520, 751, 1615, 1616, 1628. Loeske, L. (Fleischer, M., and Loeske). 877. Longville, A. *1255. Lotka, A. J. 250. Lotsy, J. P. *751,*1348. Lounsbury, C. (Geib, W. J., Lounsbury, and M. O. Tosterud). 539. Love, J. K. 1349. Ludwig. 177. Liift, K. (Heiduschka, A., andLuft). 979. Liihrig. 35. Luisier, A. 1506, 1507. Lumiere, A. 468. Lundborg, H. 251. Luther, J. B. 982. Lyon, T. L. 1659. MacBride, E. W. 252. McCall, A. G. 1055. McCall, F. E. 846. McCauley, C. 618. McCollum, E.V. (MacDon- ald, Margaret, and Mc- Collum). 1031. McCool, M. M. (Bou- youcos, G. J., and Mc- Cool). 473. McCool, M. M., and L. C. Whiting. 1056. McCubbin, W. A. 82. McCutcheon, A. 983. MacDonald, A. 1350. MacDonald, Margaret, and E.V. McCollum. 1031. McDougall, W. B. 868. Mach, F., and M. Fischler. 327. Mach, F., P. Lederle, and Collaborators. 619. Maclntire, W. H. 1064. Maclntire, W. H., and C. A. Mooers. 1057. Maclntire, W. H., F. J. Gray, and W. M. Shaw. 1058. MacKay, A. H. 463. McKay, M. B. 928, 929, 930. Mackenna, J. 568, 569, 570. McKerral, A. 620. Mackie, W. W., and F. N. Briggs. 957. McLean, F. T. 1552. McLean, F. T., and H. A. . Lee. 15.53. McNair, J. B. 869, 984, 1598. Madariaga, A. 901. Mahood, S. A., and Eloise Gerry. 1256. Maiden, J. H. 36, 464, 1091, 1092, 1599. Maillefer, A. 1492, 1493. Mainwaring, C. *1132. Mainwaring, C. (Mundy, H. G., J. A. T. Walters, and Mainwaring). 622. Makin, R. N. (Shepherd, A. N., Makin, and J. M. Pitt). 50. Malinowski, E. 753, 754. Malley, F. W. (Tauben- haus, J. J., and Malley). 1562. Malte, M. O. 1190. Maney, T. J., and H. H. Plagge. 1426. Mangenot, G. 698. Mangenot, G., and L. Em- berger. 699. Mann, H. H. 253. Mannich, C, and K. Lenz. *497. Mannich, C, and G. Wip- perling. 502. Manuel, H. L. 287, *1427. Marc. 178. Marcailhou d'Aymeric, A. 328. Marchal, E. 1351. Marchal, EL, and Em. Marchal. 1527. Marchal, Em. (Marchal, El., and l^.Iarchal). 1527. Marchand, B. de C. 548, *1669. Mariboe, C. 1191. Marie-Victorin, F. 755. Maron, C. 305. Marquart, U. 83. Marsh, C. D., A. B. Claw- son, andW.W.Eggleston. 984. Marshall, Lucile. 254. Martin. 179, 180, 181, 182, 183. Martin, W. H. 437, *438. Martin, W. H. (Lipman, J. G., A. W. Blair, Martin, and C. S. Beckwith). 547. Martin -Sans, E. (Bardier, E., and Martin-Sans). 455. Maschhaupt, J. G. *549, 1670. Mason, T. G. 472, 509, 1133, 1134, 1645. Mason, T. G. (Dixon, H. H., and Mason). 471. Massey, L.M. 1546. Matenaers, F. F. 37, 38, 621. Mathews, J. W. (Compton, R. H., and Mathews). 1113. Matthaei, R. *255, *256, *257, *258. Matthews, C. D. 1428. Maue, G. 465. Maung, P. S. (W'orth, F. G., and Maung). 1067. Mayor, E. 1528. Mayr, C. (Ahr, .J., and Mayr). 585, 586. Maz4, P. 490. Medalla, M. G., and G. M. Reyes. 902. Meier, H. F. A., and C. E. Halstead. 1622. Meissner. 184. Melander, A. L. 821. Melchers, L. E. 903,904. Melle, H. A., and S. M. Stent. 1135. Menaul. P. 1014. Merk, L. 571. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 281 Merriman, Mabel L. 338. Metz, C. *572, *573. Meyer, C. (Hudig, J., and Meyer). 419,420. Meyer, F. J. 870, 1013. Meyer, K. F. (Schoenholz, P., and Meyer). 1654. Meylan, C. 1508, 1541. MiSge, E. 528. Miehe, H. *1214. Miles, L. E. 931. Miller, E. C. 1429. Miller, E. E. 1257. Miller, H. G. *1026. Miller, M. F. 107. Milligan, S. 574. Milligan, S., and G. S. Henderson. 575. Milojevic, B. D. 259. Minoura, T. 1352. Mitchell, D. 664. Mitchell, J. H. 1001. Mitra, S. K. 498. Mitscherlich, E. A. 517, 518. Miyazawa, B. 1353. Miyoshi,M. 1093,1094. Mobius, M. 700, 871. Moffet, S. 39. Mohr, O. L. 1354, 1355. Moldenhawer, K. 185. Moller. 186. Molliard, M. 1494. Montgomery, C. W. 57. Mooers, C. A. (Maclntire, W. H., and Mooers). 1057. Moore, C. R. 1356. Moore, J. C. 40, 41. Morel, F. 288. Morgan, T. H. *275, 756, *1359. Morishima, K. 1357. Morris, R. T. 1457. Morse, W.J. 915. Moss, C. E. 1078. Mossdri, V. M. 260. Mottet, S. 1458. Moutte, V. 306. Mueller, E. *1634. Muller, 187, 188, 1561. Miinch, E. 1258. Mundy, H. G., J. A. T. Walters, and C. Main- waring. 622. Miinter, F. 1136. Murneek, A. E. 822, 823, 824. Murneek, A. E. (Harvey, E. M., and Murneek). 815. Murrill, W. A. 357, 358, 359, 360, 361, 1430, 1529. Muus, F. 719, 720. Nachtsheim. *1359. Nachtsheim, H. *1358. Nakai, T. 1075, *1087. Nash, G. V. 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 1459, 1460, 1461, 1462, 1463. Neal, D. C. 932. Neer, F. E. 1431. Neger, F. W. 1547. Neger, F. W., and T. Kupka. 872. Neidig, R. E., R. S. Snyder, and C.W.Hickman. 42. Nelson, V. E. (Fulmer, E. I., Nelson, and F. F. Sher- wood). 1626, 1641. Nelson, V. E., E. I. Fulmer, and Ruth Cessna. 1032. Nestler, A. 1015, 1600. Neumann. 1259. Neumeister. 191. Neville, H. A. D. (New- man, L. F., and Neville). 682. Neville, H. A. D., and L. F. Newman. *97. Newland, H. O. 285. Newman, L. F. (Neville, H. A. D., and Newman). *97. Newman, L. F., and H. A. D. Neville. 682. Nichols, G. E. 1680. Nichols, H. E. 825. Nicolas, G. 483, 1640. Nilsson-Ehle, H. 261, *750, *1360. Nobecourt, P. 1649. Norris, F. de la M. 439. Norris, G. W. (Guthrie, F. B., Norris, and J. G. Ward). 26. Northrop, J. H. 757, 1635. Nowell, W. 391, 422. Nutting, C. C. 262. Oakley, R. A., and M. W. Evans. 873. Oakley, R. A., and M. W. Evans. 873. Oberly, E. R. 665. Oehlkers, F. 1040. Olivares, D. 623. Olsen, E. I. 624. Oortwijn Botjes, J. G. 423. Opazo, R. 625. Opland, E. J. 1260. Oppenheim, J. D. 263. Oppermann, A. 1261. Orre, S. 1262. Orton, C. R. *964. Osbon, C. C. 550. Osterhout, W. J. V. 1650, 1651, 1652, 1653. Overgaard, J. C. 626. Overholser, E. L. 826, *827, 1432. Owens, C.E. 958. Pack, A. N. 1263. Paguirigan, D. B. 1137. Palmer, E. F. 1361. Pammel, L. H. 986, 987, 988, 989. Papanicolaou, G. N. 264. Parchmann, W. 190. Parish, E. 1138. Parker, J. H. (Stakman, E. C, Parker, and F. J. Piemeisel). *1362. Passler, J. 191. Pate, W. F. 1671. Pate, W. F., and R. Y. Winters. 1139. Patel,M.L. (Kottur, G.L., and Patel). 402. Patterson, J. M. 1433. Paulino, P. (Trelease, S. F., and Paulino). 1623. Payne, C. H. 84, 666. Pearl, R. 1033, 1034. Pearson, Constance E. (Greenish, H. G., and Pearson). 977. Pearson, K. 265, 266. Pease, M. S. *1362. Peck, J. L. 531. Pennell, F. W. 362, 1076, *10S7. Perrier, E. (Dangeard, P. A., H. Lecomte, and Per- rier). 655. 282 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Fetch, T. 1530. Peterson, A. 1059. Peterson, W. H. (Fred, E. B., Peterson, and J. A. Anderson). 1027. Peterson, W. H., and Helen Churchill. 1016. Peterson, W. H., E. B. Fred, and J. H. Verhulst. 1017. Pethybridge, G. H. 1140, 1531. Petrie, J. M. 1601,1602. Petrie, R. M. (Guthrie, F. B., A. A. Ramsey, Petrie, and F.J. Stokes). 1048. Petrie, T. H. (Waldron, J. W., C. R. Hemenway, J. N. S. Williams, W. Searby, Petrie, J. K. Clarke, and H. P. Agee). 452. Pezard, A. 267, 1363. Phillips, E. P. 1095, 1096, 1603. Phillips, T. G. 522. Pickett, B.S. 1364,1434. Piemeisel, F. J. (Stakman, E. C, J. H. Parker, and Piemeisel). *1362. Pieraerts, J. 466. Pierce, L. (Snapp, O, I., and Pierce). 960. Pillans, N. S. *1097. Pinnow, J. *43. Piper, C. V. 1065. Pitt, J. M. 44, 854. Pitt, J. M. (Shepherd, A. N., Makin, and Pitt). 50. Plagge, H. H. (Maney, T. J., and Plagge). 1426. Plahl, L. W. 499. Plate, L. *268, *1327. Podhorsky, J. 721. Pole Evans, I. B., Mary R. H. Thomson, V. A. Putterill, and G. Hobson. 1435. Poole, H.H. (Dixon, H.H., and Poole). 489. Popenoe, P. *758. Popenoe, W. 1436. Porsild, M. P. 1077. Porte, W. S. (Pritchard, F. J., and Porte). 933. Porter, R. H. *440. Posternak, S. 1629. Potier de la Varde, R. 347. Pottier, J. 879. Prayag, S. H. *339. Prescher, J., and R. Claus. 467. Pridham, J. T. 45, 627, 628. Pritchard, F. J., and W. S. Porte. 933. Proschowsky, A.R. 1464. Proschowsky, R. 318. Pruessner, A. H. 667. Punnett, R. C, and P. G. Bailey. 1365. Purvis, O. N. 1495. Putterill, V. A. (Pole Evans, I. B., Mary R. H. Thomson, Putterill, and G. Hobson). 1435. Puttermans, A. 363. R., A. B. 1078. Rafn, J. *722. Ragionieri, A. 269. Ralston, G. S. (Fromme, F. D., Ralston, and J. F. Eheart). 434. Ramelow, A. D. 1264, Ramirez, R. 629, 905, 934, 935, 990, 1099. Ramsey, A. A. (Guthrie, F. B., Ramsey, R. M. Petrie, and F. J. Stokes). 1048. Rand, F. V. (Enslow, Ella M. A., and Rand). 1557. Rapp, C.W. 1471, Rasmuson, H, 270, 1366, 1367. Rasmussen, H, J, 1141, Rathbun, Annie E. 965. Rathbun, Mary J. 759, Rattinger, K. 192, Raum, 1368, Raux, M, 193, Rave, 1265, Rayner, M. C. (Jones, W. N., and M, C. Rayner), *675, *681, Rebel. 194. Rebmann. 1285. Reddick, D. 1570. Reed, H.S. 1038. Reed, H. S. (Harris, J. A., and Reed). 1037. Rees, R. W. 1437. Regan, W. M. 1369. Reinke, J. *1303. Reinking, O. A. *364, 365, *366, *367. Rendle, A. B. 1192. Renner, O. *271. Reuss, H. 201. Reuter, M. 195. Reyes, G. M. (Medalla, M. G., and Reyes). 902. Reynolds, M. H., W. R. Birks, and H. Bartlett. 46. Reynolds, S. H. 383. Rhodes, R. C. 1370. Ricalton, J. 1193. Richard, G. (Arloing, F., and Richard). 683. Ricome, H. 523. Riehm, E. 1571. Riemenschneider. 1266. Rippel, A. 519. Rittmeyer. 723. Ritzema Bos, J. 936. Roberts, R.H. *828, 1438, Roberts, R. H. (Totting- ham, W. E., Roberts, and S. Lepkovsky). 1020. Robertson, Elizabeth. 1371. Robinson, R. H. 1660. Robinson, R. H., and D. E. Bullis. 1661. Robson, W. 47. Rockwell, G. E. 510. Roemer, T. (Fruwirth, C, Roemer, and E. von Tschermak). *1360. Rogers, A. J. 1439. Root, A. I. 630. Rosa, J. T., Jr. *325. Rosen, H. R. 399, 937. Rosenberg, 0. *767. Rosenfeld, A. H. 1142. Rost, C. O., and F. J. Alway. 1060. Rothkugel, M. *209. Rouse, J, E, (Jones, Sarah V.H., and Rouse). 237. Rubner. 1267. Rubner, K. 196, 197, 198, 212. Rudd, W. F. 1210. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 283 Ruden, I. 1268. Rudolfs, W. 999. Riimker, and R. Leidner. 1143. Rusby, H. H. 1496, *1604, *1605, 1606. Russell, E. J. 85. Ruth, W. A. (Brock, W. S., and Ruth). 954. Ruzicka, C. *266. Ryan, H. J. (Gray, G. P., and Ryan). 1415. S., A. 724. S., F. L. 1465. Saez, D. 631. Sahasrabuddhe, D, L. 475. Sahni, B. 891, 1497. Saillard, E. 632. St. John, H. 340. Sakamura, T. *752. Salisbury, E. J. *1079. Salisbury, E. J. (Fritch, F. E., and Salisbury). *98, *674. Salmon, C. E. 1194. Salmon, E. S., and H. Wormald, 441. Sammereyer, H. 725. Sampaio, G. 1537. Sands, W. N. 319. Sands, W. N., et al. 48. Sanyal, P. B. (Brown, W. R., W. H. Harrison, and Sanyal). 599. Sargeaunt, J. 1080. Sarrasln, J. M. 633. Sauvageau, C. 500. Savelli, M. 86. Sawyer, A. M. (Thomp- stone, E., and Sawyer). 941. Sayer, W. 49. Schadelin.W.von. 199. Schaeffer. 200. Schafer A. (Griebel, C, and Schafer). 1587. Schaffner, J. H. 1646. Schaffnit, E. 911. Schellbach, H., and F. Bodi- nus. 329. Scherffius, W. H. 634. Scheringa, K. 551. Schiemann, E. *1372. Schmehlik, R. *576. Schmidt, H. 1100. Schmidt, J. *761, n310. Schmidt, R. *829, *830, 831, 861, 862. Schmitt, C. 108. Schmittmann, B. (Died- richs. A., and Schmitt- mann). 462. Schmitz, H. 392, 1636. Schneider, A. 1211, 1532, *1540, 1607. Schneider, G. 393. Schoenholz, P., and K. F. Meyer. 1654. Schollenberger, C. J. 1066. Schuchert, C. 384. Schiiepp, O. *1039. Schultz, E. S., and D. Folsom. 938. Schupfer. 201, 1212, 1269, 1270. SchiirhofT, P. N. 874. Schuster, C. E. 832,833. Schwappach. 202. Schwappach, A. 1270. Schweisheimer, W. 760. Scofield, C. S. 959. Scott, D. H. *386. Searby, W. (Waldron, J. W., C. R. Hemenway, J. N. S. Williams, Searby, T.H.Petrie, J. K.Clarke, andH. P. Agee). 452. Sears, R. N. 635. Seaver, F. J. 368. Seeholzer. 1271. Seel, E. 1608. Seeliger, R. 1045, 1498, 1499. Seifriz, W. 701. Seller, J. *746. Sen, J. 552. Senn, G. 87. Serra, A. 484, 485. Serrano, F. B. (Lee, H. A., and Serrano). 1544. Seward, A. C. 668. Sexton, E. W. (Allen, E. J., and Sexton). *733. Shaffer, P. A., and A. F. Hartmann. *1018. Shaw, R. H., and P. A. Wright. 1019. Shaw, W. M. (Maclntire, W. H., F. J. Gray, and Shaw). 1058. Shear, C. L., and B. O, Dodge. 1533. Shedd, O.M. 553. Shepherd, A.N. 636,1144. Shepherd, A. N., R. N. Makin, and J. i\I. Pitt. 50. Shepherd, F. R., and W. I. Howell. 51. Shenv'ood, F. F. (Fulmer, I., V. E. Nelson, and Sherwood). 1626,1641. Shipley, A. E.,etal. 109. Shive, J. W. (Jones, L. H., and Shive). 480. Shull, C. A. *514. Siefert, and Helbig. 203. Sim, T. R, 726, *1272, *1273. Simonetto, M. 906. Sirks, M. J. *761. Sklawunos, C. G. 110. Skoien, O. 1274. Skupienski, F. X. 762. Slate, W. L., Jr. 111. Slocum, R. R. 763, 1373. Small, J. 1374. Small, J. K. 320, 321, 322, 1466. Smart, W. A. 834. Smart, W. A. (Barss, H. P., and Smart). 953. Smith, A. L. 1195. Smith, Dorothea E. (Smith, T., and Smith). 1655. Smith, E. F. *963. Smith, T., and Dorothea E. Smith. 1655. Smith, W.G. 764. Snapp, O. I., and L. Pierce. 960. Snell, K. 1145. Snyder, E. 835, *836, 837. Snyder, R. S. (Neidig. R. E., Snyder, and C. W. Hickman). 42. Soler, R. A. 765. Solla, R. E. 1235. Sosa, H. A. 326, *442. Sou^ges, R. 1500. Sparks, G. C. 637. Speare, A. T. 369. 284 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Sperlich, A. *229. Spinks, G. T. (Barker, B. T.P., andSpinks). 789. Spokes, R. E. 991. Sprague, T. A., and J. Britten. 88. Stadler, L. J., and C. A. Helm. 52. Stahl,J.H. 289. Stakman, E. C, J. H. Parker, and F. J. Piemei- sel. *1362. Stang, T. *1275. Stead, A. 554. Steele, J. G. *1196. Steenbock, H. (Ellis, N. R., Steenbock, and E. B. Hart). *1010. Steinach, E. *238, *257. Stening, H.C. 53. Stent, S. M. (Melle, H. A., and Stent). 1135. Stephani. 204. Stern, J. *330. Stern, K. 1003. Stern, L. (Battelli, F., and Stern). 1630. Stevens, F. L. 939. Stevens, N. E. 385. Stevenson, L. 54. Stevenson, W. H., and P. E. Brown. 112. Stewart, G. R. 1061. Stieve, H. 1375. Stiles, W., and W. Jorgensen *487. Stiles, W., and F.' Kidd. *487. Stockberger, W. V/. 1609, 1610. Stokes, F. J. (Guthrie, F. B., A. A. Ramsey, R. M. Petrie, and Stokes). 1048. Stoll, A. (Willstatter, R. and Stoll). 1005. Stolp, W. 205. Stone, R. E. 370, 1534. Stout, A. B. *248. Strampelli, N. 272. Strand, E. 1100. Strowd,W.H. 503 Stiimpel, E. 1147. Sturm, W. (Hudig, J., and Sturm). 543. Sturmer, J. W. 1197. Sullivan, K. C. *443. Sundberg, R. 404. Surr, G., and R. Vaile. 1672. Sutton, Ida. (Bateson, W., and Sutton). *244. Svessenguth, K. 1213, *1214. Swanson, C. O. 1611. Swett, F. T. 1480. T., H. H. *386. Taft, L. R. 1440. Taubenhaus, J. J. 940. Taubenhaus, J. J., and F. W. Malley, 1562. Taylor, H. V. *394, *395. Taylor, R. H. *838. Terry, H. B. *1441. Thatcher, L. E. 55. Thayer, P. 290. Thiem. *273. Thomas, O. 839. Thomas, R. (Venkatraman, T.S., and Thomas). 60. Thomas, R. C. 444. Thompson, O. A. 1147. Thompstone, E. 638. Thompstone, E., and A. M. Sawyer. 941. Thomson, J. A. *274, *275. Thomson, Mary R.H. (Pole Evans, I. B., Thomson, V. A. Putterill, and G. Hobson). 1435. Thorne, C. E. 56. Thorne, C. E., and C. W. Montgomery. 57. Thurston, H. W., Jr. 1572. Tice, C. 58. Tilley, F. W. 1575. Tischler, G. *766, *767, *768. Torrey, R. E. (Jeffrey, E. C., andTorrey). 1491. Tosterud, M. O. (Geib, W. J., C. Lounsbury, and Tosterud). .539. Tottingham, W. E., and E. B. Hart. 555. Tottingham, W. E., R. H, Roberts, and S. Lepkov- sky. 1020. Traquair, H. M. *775. Trebeljahr. 206. Trelease, S. F. 486. Trelease, S. F., and P. Paulino. 1623. Trelease, W. 769. Tribolet, J. *1442. Trowbridge, P. F. 639. True, R. H. 1002. Trujillo, A. 445,446,907. Tschermak, A. von. *231. Tschermak, E. von. 59, 770, 1376. Tschermak, E. von. (Fru- wirth, C., T. Roemer, and von Tschermak). *1360. Tucker, E. M 669. Tufts, W. P. 1377,1443. Turbat, E. 1467. Turner, A. G. *1444. Twenhofel, W. H. 387. Ubisch, O. von. 1378. Vaile, R. (Surr, G., and Vaile). 1672. Vandervort, H.S. 1445. Vanderyst, H. 1276, 1277. Vanselow. 207. Vargas, L.M. 640,641. Vater, 208. Velu, H. 1198. Vendelmans, H. 1278. Venkataraman, K. (Fyson, P. F., and Venkatara- man). 521. Venkatraman, T. S., and R. Thomas. 60. Verhulst, J. H. (Peterson, W. H., E. B. Fred, and Verhulst). 1017. Vermoesen, M. 1563. Vermorel, V., and E. Dan- tony. 447. Vestergaard, N. 727. Viehoever, A. 992. Vieillard, P. 276. Vigiani, D. 277. Vikhammer, P. 1279. Villedieu, G., and Mme. Villedieu. 529, 1576. Villedieu, Mme. (Villedieu, G., and Villedieu). 529, 1576. Vincens, F. 405, 1564. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 285 Vincent, C. C. 1379. Vines, S. H. 1199. Vines, S. H., and G. C. Druce. 89. Voglino, P., and V. Bongini. 396, 397, 448, 449. Vogtherr, K. 771. VonBlon,J. L. 1681. Vrijburg, B. 278. Vuillemin, P. 341, 1501, 1502. Waardenburg, P. J. *772, *773, *774, *775. Wagner. 113. Wainio, E. A. *1538. Waldron, J. W., C. R. Hemenway, J. N. S. Will- iams, W. Searby, T. H. Petrie, J. K. Clarke, and H. P. Agee. 452. Waldron, L. R. 279. Walkden, H. 400. Walker, J. C. 942, 943. Walker, Leva B. *ol5. Wallace, Emma G. 1612. Wallis, T. E. 993. Walster, H. L. 525. Walters, J. A. T. 642, 1148. Walters, J. A. T. (Mundy, H. G., Walters, and C. Mainwaring). 622. Walton, J. H. 556. Ward, J. G. (Guthrie, F. B., G. W. Norris, and Ward). 26. Waring, J. H. 1446. Wartenweiler, A. von. 401. Warth, F. J. 643. Waterman, H. C. (Johns, C. O., and Waterman). *1025. Watermeyer, F.W. 1613. Waters, C. E. *90. Watson, Elba E. 323. Watson, J. A. S. 1380. Watts, F. 91. Watts, L. F. (Korstian, C. F., C. Hartley, Watts, andG.G.Hahn). 909. Waugh, F. A. 847. Weatherby, C. A. 114. Weatherwax, P. 342. Webb, W. 1447, Weber, F. 1004. Weber, H. 1280. Webster, A. D. *291, 1281, 1282. Weinhagen, A. C^V inter- stein, E., and Weinha- gen). 994. Weir, J. R. 728, *944, 1565. Weiss, F., and R. B. Har- vey. *1637. Weiss, H. B., and E. West, 371. Wellington, R. 840, 1472. Wells, B. W. 1215. Welton, F. A. 524. Wentz, J. B. 115. Werth, E. 644. West, A. P., and W. H. Brown, 1682. West, E. (Weiss, H. B., and West). 371. Wester, P. J. 1149, 1150, 1448, 1449, 1450, 1451, 1452. Westerbeek van Eerten, B. J. *776. Weston, W. H., Jr. 398. Wettstein, F. von. 777, *1372. Whetzel, H. H. *670. Whipple, O. B. 1381. White, F. A. *1614. White, J. W. 557. Whitford, H. N. *209, *1283. Whiting, L. C. (McCooI, M. M., and Whiting). 1056. Whitten, J. C. *841. W^hittet, J. N. 1151. Widstoe, J. H. (Gardner, W\,andWidstoe). 1047. Wiebecke, von. 1236. Wiegand, E. H. 863. Wieland, G. R. 388, 892. Wieler, A. 530. Wierup. 645. Wiesner, J. 1206. Wilbrand, R. 210,211. Wilcox, L. P. 842. Wild, A. D. 1284. Wilda, H. 1237. Wildeman, E. de. 453. Willaman, J. J. *487. Williams, C. B. 1152, 1153. Williams, C. C. *1673. Williams, .T. N. S. (Wal- dron, J. W., C.R. Hemen- way, Williams, W. Searby, T.H. Petrie, J.K.Clarke, and H. P. Agee). 452. Williams, R. J. 1035. Williams, S. G. 1683. Willstatter, R., and A. Stoll. 1005. Wilson, B. D. 558. Wilson, E.H. 671,848. Wilson, J. 92. Wimmer. 212, 1285, Wimmer, G. 61. Winkler, H. *768. Winters, R. Y. (Pate, W. F., and Winters). 1139. Winterstein, E., and A. W^einhagen. 994. Wipperling, G. (Mannich, C, and Wipperling). 502. Wirthle, F., and K. Amber- ger. *4S8. Wisselingh, C. van. 343. Witschi. *778. Witzgall, L. 213. Wolf,' F. A. 1566. Wolf, F. A., and S. G. Lehman. 1548. Wolk, P. C. van der. *116. Woodard, J. *504. Wordsworth, R., J. Hutch- inson, F. Bolus, and L. Bolus. 1098. Wormald, H. 372. Wormald, H. (Salmon, E. S., and Wormald). 441. Worth, F. G., and P. S. Maung. 1067. Wriedt, C. 1382. Wright, C. H. 93. Wright, P. A. (Shaw, R. H., and Wright). 1019. Weight, S. 280, *1383, 1384. Wurmser, R. 526, 527. Wyant, Z. N. 1062. Yabe, H., and S. Endo. 893. Yamaguchi, Y. 1385, 1386. Yap, G. G. 1624. Yates, H. S. (Lee, H. A., and Yates). 1545. Yeager, A. F. 849. Yearsley, M. 1387. 286 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Yeh, Y. T. *424. Young, T. 646. Yurin-Vassil, P. 1200. Zade. 62. Zeller. 1286. Zeller, S. M. *945, *946, 947, 948. Zielstorff, W. 1154. Zimmermann, W. *1388. Zollikofer, Clara. 1041. Zook, L.L. 1155. Zornig-Basel, H. 995. Zundel, G. L. 961,1535. Zurcher, F. A. 647. Zwilling, C. 214. INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS The purpose of Botanical Abstracts is to supply complete citations and analytical abstracts of all papers dealing with botanical subjects, wherever published, just as soon as possible after they appear. Every effort is made to present complete and correct citations with abstracts of original work, of all papers and reviews, appearing after January 1, 1919. As an adequate index of progress, Botanical Abstracts is of use to the intelligent grower, field agent and inspector, extension worker, teacher and investigator. The international scope of the work should appeal especially to those workers who have restricted library facili- ties. It is hoped that the classification by subjects will prove to be a great aid even to those having access to large libraries, while the topical index should serve a most useful purpose to every one interested in plants. The service of Botanical Abstracts is planned for botanists and all workers with plants, throughout the world. All botanical workers connected with Botanical Abstracts in any way receive as compensation for their services only the satisfaction that comes irom par- ticipation in a large cooperative movement for the advancement of the science. Although the physical exigencies of the enterprise have made it practically necessary that the actual work of prepaiing the issues be largely done within a relatively short distance from the place of publication, this does not imply that the cooperation is not needed of residents of countries other than the United States and Canada; many collaborators and abstractors reside in other countries. It is physically necessary that the burden of the work and the finding of funds for clerical assistance, etc., should rest largely on North American workers, but the field covered is international and the results are available to all. The Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts, Incorporated, has charge of publication' The board is a democratic organization made up of members elected from many societies, as is shown on the first cover page. Each society elects, in its own way, two representa- tives, each for a period of four years. One new member is elected each biennium (beginning January 1, 1921) to replace the representative who retires. In the list on the first cover page, the member first named in each group is to serve till January 1, 1925; the second member in each group is to serve till January 1, 1923. Members are not eligible for immediate reelection. The Executive Committee of the Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts consists of five members, elected annually by the Board. It has charge of ad interim affairs not involving matters of general policy. Its membership is shown by the asterisks in the list on the first cover page. The chairman of the Committee for 1921 is B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. The Board of Editors of Botanical Abstracts consists of an Editor-in-Chief and Editors for Sections, as shown on the second cover page. The Editors are elected annually by the Board of Control. Assistant Editors may be appointed by the Editors. Editors for Sections, with the aid of Assistant Editors for Sections, are responsible for editing the material of their respective sections as this is supplied by the Bibliography Committee (from the Collaborators and other Abstractors), and also for citations and abstracts of non-periodical literature. The Editor-in-Chief, with the approval of the Board of Editors, is responsible for the general make-up of the issues, for the final compilations of the author and subject indexes, and for such other details as are left to him by the Editors for Sections. The Bibliography Committee of Botanical Abstracts, the membership of which is shown on the second cover page, is appointed annually by the Executive Committee of the Board of Control. The Bibliography Committee is charged with the responsibility of arranging for the prompt citing and abstracting of serial botanical literature. In performing this function, the Committee assigns to individual Collaborators the complete responsibility for furnishing the abstracts of all botanical papers in a specified serial publication, or in a limited number of serials. The Committee is further charged with the duty of maintaining an accurate record, through a system of reports furnished currently by the Collaborators, of the state of abstract- ing in each serial publication. This record enables the Committee to detect and correct delinquencies in the work of abstracting and to keep the work up to date. The number of assigned serials will eventually exceed 2000, for each of vhich a record of the state of INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS. Continued abstracting will be maintained in the office of the Bibliography Committee. Readers are earnestly requested to aid the Bibliography Committee by bringing to its attention any serial publications that are not being properly represented in Botanical Abstracts. The chair- man of the Committee for 1921 is J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Collaborators of Botanical Abstracts. A large number of botanical workers in all parts of the world have volunteered to assume complete responsibility for securing citations and abstracts from one or more serial publications as assigned to them by the Bibliography Committee. This corps of voluntary workers (called Collaborators) really constitutes the basis of the service rendered by Botanical Abstracts. Through their work it is madia certain that serial publications are promptly entered. A list of the names of Collaborators is published once a year in Botanical Abstracts. It is desirable that a considerable reserve list of collaborators be maintained, in order to allow for necessary changes, and additional collaborators are therefore earnestly solicited. Abstractors for Botanical Abstracts. Collaborators frequently prepare abstracts themselves, and are thus Abstractors, but they also arrange for others to prepare them. Every abstract is signed by the Abstractor who prepares it, but entries by citation alone are not signed. The Collaborators are responsible for these citations. There are many volun- tary contributors to the enterprise besides the Collaborators. The Printing and Circulation of Botanical Abstracts is in the hands of the Publishers, according to the terms of a definite contract between them and the Board of Control. All other matters are directly in the hands of the Board of Control. Correspondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers or their agents; other matters should be referred to the Chairman of the Board of Control, to the Chairman of the Bibliography Com- mittee, or to the Editor-in-Chief. Readers of Botanical Abstracts are earnestly requested to make careful note of any errors that occur in the journal, with their corrections, and to send these notes to the Editor- in-Chief. If all will cooperate in this it will be possible to supply a page of corrigenda with each volume. Botanical Abstracts is published monthly. Each volume contains about 300 pages. No claims are allowed for copies lost in the mails unless such claims are received within 30 days (90 days for places outside of the United States and Canada) of the date of issue. Price per volume, net, postpaid: $3.00, United States and dependencies; $3.12, Canada; $3.25, other countries. The current volumes are IX and X. Foreign subscriptions to the current volume accepted at par of exchange. Back volumes, Volumes III to VIII, inclusive, can be supplied. Volumes I and II are out of print. Foreign subscriptions to the back volumes accepted at the current rate of exchange. Subscriptions are received at the following addresses, for the respective countries: United States of North America and dependencies; Mexico; Cuba: Williams &Wilkin8 Company, Publishers of Scientific Journals and Books, Mount Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore. Argentina and Uruguay: Beutelspacher y Cia., Sarmiento 815, Buenos Aires. Australia: Stirling & Co., 317 Collins St., Melbourne. Belgium: Henri Lamertin, 58 Rue Coudenberg, Bruxelles. The British Empire, except Australia and Canada: Order from any British bookseller or order direct from the Publishers. Canada: Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., 87 Queen Street, East Toronto. Denmark: H. Hagerup's Boghandel, Gothersgade 30, Kjobenhavn. France: Emile Bougault, 48 Rue des Ecoles, Paris. Germany: R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin N.W., 6. Holland: Scheltema & Holkema, Rokin 74-76, Amsterdam. Japan and Korea: Maruzen Company, Ltd. (Maruzen-Kabushiki-Kaisha), 11-16 Nihon- baski Tori-Sanchome, Tokyo; Fukuoka, Osaka, Kyoto, and Sendai, Japan. Spain: Ruiz Hermanos, Plaza de Santa Ana 13, Madrid. Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. VOLUME X NOVEMBER, 1921-FEBRUARY, 1922 PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, with members representing many societies interested in plants BALTIMORE, U. S. A. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY 1922 Copyright, 1922 Williams & Wilkins Company Baltimore, U. S. A. THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL (The Members of the Executive Committee for 1921 are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E. Livingston, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiologi- cal Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. *B. M. DuGGAR {Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnogie Institution, Cold Spring Har- bor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *Forrest Shreve, Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchinson, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. Mooers, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. HebE^r W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. At large. W. A Orton, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. ui BOARD OF EDITORS AND ASSISTANT EDITORS FOR VOLUME X Editor-in-Chief, J. R. Schramm National Research Council, Washington, D. C. EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mary R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Bibliography, Biography, and History. Neil E. Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Alfred GuNDERSEN, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S. Bryan, Uni- versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. CowLES, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Raphael ZoN, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. Hofmann, U. S. Forest Service, Wind River Experi- ment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. Kelly, Pennsyl- vania State College, State College, Penn- sylvania. Horticulture. J. H. Gourley, Ohio Agricul- tural Experiment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, H. E. Knowlton, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West Virginia. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Mary- land.— Assistant Editor, Sam F. Tre- lease. The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy, and Histology of Vascular Plants. E. W. Sinnott, Con- necticut Agricultural College, Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Transeau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, L, H. Tiffany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexander W. Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes. H. M. Fitzpatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agri- cultural College, East Lansing, Michi- gan.— Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Slichigan Agricultural College, East Lansing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. — Assistant Edi- tor, E. N. Gathercoal, 701 South W^ood Street, Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard LTniversity, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor^ F. M. Schertz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Greenman, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson. University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R. Schramm, Chairman, National Research Council, Washington, D. C. H. O. Buckman W. H. Chandler A. J. Fames R. A. Emerson R. Hosmer L. Knudson D. Reddick L. W. Sharp H. M. Fitzpatrick K. M.Wiegand R. S. Harris, Secretary IV CONTENTS Societies Represented and the Members of the Board of Control Page iii Board of Editors and Assistant Editors for Volume X Page iv List of Assigned Serial Publications Pages vii-xviii List of Collaborators Pages xix-xxii Sections: Agronomy Entries 1-22, 383-411, 859-919, 1447-1526 Bibliography, Biography, and History Entries 23-29, 412-429, 920-937, 1527-1591 Botanical Education Entries 30-36, 430-443, 938-946, 1592-1603 Cytology Page 5, Entries 444-459, 947, Page 242 Ecology and Plant Geography Pages 5, 242 General, Factors, Measurements Entries 460-461, 948-969 Structure and Behavior Entries 462-466 Vegetation Entries 467-475, 970-978 Floristics Entries 476-502, 979-997 Applied Ecology Entries 503, 998-1002 Forest Botany and Forestry Entries 37-71, 504-509, 1003-1027, 1604-1670 Genetics Entries 72-148, 510-550, 1028-1096, 1671-1 74S Horticulture Fruits and General Horticulture Entries 149-162, 551-570, 1097-1125, 1749-1774 Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture Entries 163-175, 1126-1177, 1775-1792 Vegetable Culture Entries 176, 571-576, 1183-1187, 1793-1801 Horticultural Products Entries 1178-1182, 1802-1815 Morphology, Anatomy, and Histology of Vascular Plants Entries 177-183, 577-582, 1188-1196, 1816-1835 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae Page 33, Entries 583-600, 1197-1202, Page 279 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes Page 33, Entries 001-615, Page 181, Entries 1836-1846 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria, and Myxomycetes Pages 33, 281 Fungi Entries 616-625, 1203-1244 Lichens Entries 626-630, 1245-1249 Bacteria Entries 1250-1260 Myxomycetes Entries 631, 1261-1262 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History Entries 632-656, 1263-1272, 1847-1851 Pathology Plant Disease Survey Entries 184-189, 657, 1273-1280, 1852-1867 The Host Entries 190-198, 658-666, 1285-1289, 1871-1874 The Pathogene Entries 199-206, 667-672, 1281-1284, 1868-1870 Descriptive Plant Pathology Entries 207-227, 673-701, 1290-1302, 1875-1891 Eradication and Control Measures. . . .Entries 228-241, 702-719, 1303-1323, 1892-1902 Regulatory Measures Entry 242 Miscellaneous (Cognate Researches, Technic, etc.) Entries 243-248, 1324-1328, 1903-1904 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy Entries 249-251, 720-732, 1329-1331, 1905-1918 Physiology General Entries 252-255, 1332, 1919-1920 Protoplasm Entry 733 Diffusion, Physico-Chemical Relations Entries 256-263, 734r-750, 1333-1334, 1921-1924 Water Relations Entries 264-265, 751 Photosynthesis Entries 266, 755-756, 1338 VI CONTENTS Physiology — cojitinued. Mineral Nutrients Entries 752-754, 133^1337, 1925-1928 Metabolism (General) Entries 267-275, 757-765, 1339-1345, 1929-1946 Metabolism (Nitrogen Relations) Entries 276-277, 1947-1951 Metabolism (Enzymes, Fermentation) Entries 278-285, 1346, 1952-1956 Metabolism (Respiration, Aeration) Entries 286-293, 766, 1957-1960 Growth, Development, Reproduction Entries 294^296, 767-772 Organism as a Whole Entries 1347-1350, 1961-1966 Movements of Growth and Turgor Changes Entries 297-301, 1967-1969 Regeneration, Correlation Entry 302 Germination, Renewal of Activity Entries 773-775 Temperature Relations Entries 303-305, 776-778, 1351-1354, 1970-1971 Radiant Energy Relations Entries 779, 1355-1358, 1972-1973 Toxic Agents Entries 306-307, 780-789, 1359-1365, 1974-1975 Electricity and Mechanical Agents Entries 308-309, 1976 Physiology of Disease Entry 310 Miscellaneous Entries 311-312, 1366, 1977 Soil Science Entries 313-321, 790-800, 1367-1383, 1978-1998 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants General Entries 322-332, 801-810, 1384-1394, 1999-2008 Pteridophytes Entries 811-815, 2009-2010 Spermatophytes Entres 333-378, 816-848, 1395-1433, 2011-2049 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Entries 379-382, 849-858, 1434r-1446, 2050-2066 Index to Authors' Names Appearing in Volume X Pages 317-333 ERRATA VOLUME IX Entry 351. For Clayley read Cayley Entry 672, For Jeffrey read Jefferey Entry 676. For Jeffrey read Jefferey Authors' Index. For Clayley read Cayley Author's Index. For Jeffrey, H.J. read Jefferey, H. J. LIST OF ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS The list here printed is an enumeration of the serial publications abstracted for all sections of Botanical Abstracts. (By a serial publication is here understood any publi- cation which appears successively under the same title even though at long or irregular intervals.) The list is complete to January 1, 1922. It is proposed to print the list once a year, and it is intended to serve the following specific purposes: 1. To inform the reader as to the precise extent to which Botanical Abstracts is cover- ing serial literature which is likely to contain material falling within the scope of Botanical Abstracts. With it, the reader will be under no misapprehension concerning the complete- ness or incompleteness of the Journal. 2. To enable readers to bring to the attention of the Journal additional serials which should be abstracted. The serials being grouped by countries or geographical areas permits of easy detection of omissions. Readers are urged to consult the list carefully and to call to the attention of the Bibli- ography Committee any serials omitted which should be abstracted. In this way readers may contribute to the improvement of the Journal. In communicating with the Bibliography Committee the exact titles of the omitted serials should be furnished. In this period of readjustment many publications are either being discontinued or issued under new titles. Changes of this kind applying to serials in the list should also be com- municated to the Bibliography Committee. In the case of each serial, the portion of the title printed in bold face letters is the officially adopted abbreviation used in citing the publication. All communications should be addressed to Botanical Abstracts, National Research Council, 1701 Massachusetts Avenue, Washington, D. C. AFRICA ALGERIA Bulletin Agricole de I'Algferie et de la Tunisie Bulletin de la Soci4t6 d'Histoire Naturelle de I'Afrique du Nord Revae Horticole de I'Alg^rie BELGIAN CONGO Annates du Mus^e du Congo Beige Bulletin Agricole de Congo Beige Congo NYASALAND PROTECTORATE Nyasaland Protectorate, Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture RHODESIA Rhodesia Agricultural Journal TUNIS Revue Tunlsienne UGANDA PROTECTORATE Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture Uganda Protectorate BRITISH EAST AFRICA PROTECTORATE British East Africa Department of Agriculture Annual Report EGYPT Almanach de la Soci^t^ Sultanienne Annuaire de I'Universit^ Egyptienne Bulletin of the Alexandria lEgj'pt] Horticultural Society Bulletin de I'lnstitut d'Egypte Bulletin de I'Union des Agricultures d'figypte Cairo Scientific Journal Department of Agriculture, Egypt, Horticultural Section Leaflet MemoLres presentees i I'lnstitut d'Egypte UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA Annals of the Bolus Herbarium Annals of the Natal Museum Annual Progress Report, Forest Department, Union of South Africa Annals of the South African Museum Annals of the Transvaal Museum Botanical Survey of South Africa Memoirs BothaUa Flowering Plants of South Africa Journal of the Botanical Society of South Africa Journal of the Department of Agriculture, Union of South Africa Official Year Book of the Union of South Africa Vll VUl ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS Records of the Albany Museum [Grahamstown, South Africa] Report of the South African Museum South African Fruit Grower and Smallholder South African Gardening and Country Life South African Journal of Industries South African Journal of Natural History South African Journal of Science South African Sugar Journal Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa Union of South Africa, Department of Agriculture Science Bulletin ZANZIBAR PROTECTORATE Zanzibar Protectorate Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture ASIA CHINA Annual Report of the Botanical and Forestry Department of Hongkong Hua-Shang-Sha-Chang-Lien-Ho-Hui-Ki-Kan [China Cotton Journal) Journal of the North China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society Ko-Hsueh [Science — a Publication of the Chinese Science Society] CYPRUS Cyprus Agricultural Journal FEDERATED MALAY STATES Agricultural Bulletin of the Federated Malay States Department of Agriculture, Federated Malay States Bulletin Journal of the Federated Malay States Museum INDIA AND CEYLON Administrative Report, Afforestation Division United Provinces Agricultural Journal of India Agricultural Research Institute Pusa Bulletin Annual Report of the Agricultural Station of East Bengal and Assam Annual Report and Proceedings of the Science Convention of the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science Annual Report of the Board of Scientific Advice for India Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta Annals of the Royal Botanic Garden of Peradeniya Bulletin of the Carmichael Medical College, Belgachia Bulletin, Department of Land Records and Agriculture, United Provinces of Agra and Oudh Bulletin of the Madras Fisheries Bureau Bulletin of the Madras Museum Ceylon Administrative Reports Part IV.— Education, Science, and Art, Marine Biology Department of Agriculture, Bombay, Bulletin Department of Agriculture, Bombay, Leaflet Department of Agriculture, Ceylon, Bulletin Forest Leaflets [India] Forest Pamphlet [India] Indian Agriculturist Indian Forester Indian Forest Memoirs Indian Forest Records Indigo Publications of the Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal Journal of the Bombay Natural History Society Journal of the Department of Science Calcutta University Journal of Indian Botany Journal of the Madras Agricultural Students Union Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture of India Bacte- riological Series Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture of India Botani- cal Series Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture of India Chemi- cal Series Mysore Agricultural Calendar Mysore Department of Agriculture Bulletin Chemical Series Mysore Department of Agriculture Bulletin General Series Mysore Department of Agriculture Bulletin Mycological Series Paleontologia Indica Poona Agricultural College Magazine Proceedings of the Agri- Horticultural Society of Madras Proceedings of the Board of Agriculture in India Proceedings of the Indian Association for the Cultivation of Science Proceedings of the Planters Association of Ceylon Quarterly Journal of the Indian Tea Association, Scien- tific Department Records of the Botanical Survey, India Records of the Geological Survey, India Report of the Colombo Museum Report of the Department of Agriculture of Madras Report of the India Agricultural Station, Burma Report of the Karimganj Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion Report on the Operations of the Department of Agriculture of Burma Review of the Agricultural Operations in India Scientific Reports of the Agricultural Research Institute of Pusa Spolia Zeylanica Transactions of the Bose Research Institute of Calcutta Tropical Agriculturist INDO-CHINA Bulletin Agricoie de ITnstitute Scientifique de Saigon Bulletin iSconomique de ITndochine JAPANESE EMPIRE Annals of the Phytopathological Society of Japan Berichte des Ohara Instituts fur Landwirtschaftliche Forschungen Botanical Magazine of Tokyo Icones of the Essential Forest Trees of Hokkaido Journal of the College of Agriculture of Hokkaido Imperial University Journal of the College of Agriculture, Imperial University of Tokyo Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University of Tokyo Memoirs of the College of Science, Kyoto Imperial Univer- sity STRAITS SETTLEMENTS Gardens' Bulletin Straits Settlements Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS IX AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND AND TASMANIA Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales Annual Progress Report, Queensland Forest Service Annual Progress Report, Woods and Forests Department, South Australia Annual F>rogress Report, Woods and Forests Department, Western Australia Australian Forestry Journal Australian Garden and Field Australian Museum Memoirs Australian Museum Records Australian Naturalist Australian Sugar Journal Journal of the Department of Agriculture, South Australia Journal of the Department of Agriculture of Victoria Journal of the Natural History and Science Society of Western Australia Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South Wales Memoirs of the Queensland Museum New Zealand Journal of Agriculture Northern Territory [Australia] Bulletin Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society ot Tasmania Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria Report of the Minister of Agriculture, South Australia Report of the Director, New South Wales Botanical Gardens Science and Industry Semi Annual Progress Report, Woods and Forest Depart- ment, Western Australia Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia Western Australia Woods and Forest Department Bulletin EAST INDIES BRITISH EAST INDIES Sarawak Museum Journal DUTCH EAST INDIES Annales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg Archief voor de Rubbercultuur in Nederlandsch-Indie Archief voor de Suikerindustrie in Nederlandsch-Indie Bulletin du Jardin Botanique Buitenzorg Korte Berichten uitgaande van dc Selectie en Zaadtuin etc. (Nederlandsch-Indie] Mededeelingcn, Afdeeling Zaadteelt [Nederlandsch- Indie] Mededeelingen v/h Algemeen Proefstation voor den Landbouw [Nederlandsch-Indie] Mededeelingen v/h Besoekisch Proefstation Mededeehngen v/h Instituut voor Plantenziekten [Neder- landsch-Indie] Mededeelingen v/h Kina Proefstation [Nederlandsch- Indie] Mededeelingen v/h Landbouwvoorlichtingsdienst [Neder- landsch-Indie] Mededeelingen v/h Algemeen Proefstation der Algemeene Vereenigen Rubber-planters Oostkust Sumatra (Alg. Ser.) Mededeelingen v/h Proefstation voor Boschwczcn [Neder- landsch-Indie] Mededeelingcn v/h Proefstation Malang Mededeelingen v/h Proefstation Midden Java Mededeelingcn v/h Proefstation voor Thee [Neder- landsch-Indie] Mededeelingcn v/h Proefstation voor Vorstenlandscbe Tabak Tectona Teysmannia Thee Treubia Tropische Natuur Vlugschrift Deli Proefstation PORTUGUESE EAST INDIES Boletim dn Agricultura [Nova Goa] EUROPE AUSTRIA Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums Wien Centralblatt fiir das Gesamte Forstwesen [^Vien] Mitteilungen aus dem Forstlichen Versuchswesen Oes- terreichs Oesterreichische Botanische Zeitschrift Oesterreichische Vierteljahresschrift fiir Forstwesen Oesterreichische Zeitschrift fur Kartofifelbau Sitzungsberichte Akademie der Wissenschaften Wien (Math-Nat. Klasse) Wiener AUgemeine Forst- und Jagdzeitung Zeitschrift fiir das Landwirtschaftliche Versuchswesen in Deutsch Oesterreich Zeitschiift der Wiener Gartenbaugesellschaft BELGIUM Annuaire de I'Acad^mie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres et des Beaux-Arts de Belgique Annales de Biologie Lacustre Annales et Bulletin de la Soci§t6 Royale des Sciences Medicales et Naturelles de Belgique Annales de Gembloux Annales de Medecine Vet6rinaire Annales de la Soci6t6 Geologique de Belgique, Li^ge Archives de ITnstitut Botanique, University de Liege Bulletin de la Classe des Sciences de I'Acad^mie Royale de Belgique BuUetin des Naturalistes Beiges Bulletin de la Soci§t6 Beige de Geologic, de Paleontologie et d'Hydrologie BuUetin de la Soci6t6 Centrale Foresti^re de Belgique Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Royale de Botanique de Belgique Bulletin de la Station Agronomique de I'fitat a Gembloux Cellule Isis Memoircs de I'Acad^mie Royale de Belgique Classe des Sciences Memoires du MusSe Royal d'Histoire Naturelle Belgique Memoires de la Soci6t6 Beige de Geologic de Paleo-v.ologie et d'Hydrologie Bruxelles Memoires de la Soci6t6 Geologique de Belgique, Li^ge Memoires de la Soci6t6 Royale des Sciences Liege Revue Horticole Beige Revue Zoologique Africaine (Supplement Botanique) Traveaux de la Socifet^ Beige de Biologie ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS CZECHO SLOVAKIA Abhandlungen Bohmischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaft- en, Prague Zeitschrift fiir Zuckerindustrie in Bohmen DENMARK Arbejder fra Botanisk Have [K0benhavnl Botanisk Tidsskrift Comptes Rendus des Travaux du Laboratoire de Carls- berg Dansk Botanisk Arkiv Dansk Skovforenings Tidsskrift Forstlige Forsogsvasen i Danmark Gartner-Tidende Haven K. Veterinaer og Landbohoejskole Aarsskrift Meddedelser fra Foreningen til Svampekundskabens Fremme Katurens Verden Nordisk Jordbrugsforskning Tidsskrift for Fr0avl Tidsskrift for Landok^nomi Tidsskrift for Planteavl Tidsskrift for Skovraesen Ugeskrift for Landmaend Vort Landbrug FINLAND Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennicae Ofversigt Finska Vetenskaps-Societetens Forhandlingar FRANCE Actes de la Soci§t6 LinneSnne de Bordeaux Album General dea Cryptogames Annales de le ficole Nationale d'AgricuUure de Mont- peUier Annales des Falsifications Annales de I'lnstitut National Agronomique [France] Annales de I'lnstitut Pasteur Annales du Musfie Colonial de Marseille Annales de Paleontologie Annales de la Science Agronomique Franfaise et fitran- gere Annales des Science Naturelles— Botanique Annales du Service des Epiphyties [France] Annales de 1 'University de Lyon Annee Biologique Archives Internationales de Physiologie Archives de Medecine Experimentale et d'Anatomie Path- ologique Bulletin de I'Acad^mie Internationale de Geographic Botanique Bulletin Agricole et Viticole de la Touraine Bulletin de I'Association des Chimistes de Sucrerie et de Distillerie de France et des Colonies Bulletin de la Commission Internationale pour I'Explora- tion Scientifique de la Mer Mediterranee Bulletin do I'lnstitut Oceanographique de Monaco Bulletin de I'lnstitut Pasteur Bulletin Mensucl de rAcad6mie des Sciences, Lettres de Montpellier Bulletin Mensuel d'Horticulture, de Viticulture et d'fetudes Agrononiiques du Puy-de-Dome Bulletin, Mus6um d'Histoire Naturelle Paris Bulletin do I'OfHce de Renseignements Agricoles, France Bulletin des Sciences Pharmacologiques Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Botanique de France Bulletin de la Sociltfi Dendrologique de France Bulletin de la Soci4t6 d'Etudes Scientifiques d'Angers Bulletin de la Soci6t6 de Pathologic Veg6tale de France Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Philomathique de Paris Bulletin de la Soci6t6 des Sciences Naturelles de I'Ouest de la France Bulletin Trimestriel d6 la Soci6t6 Foresti^re de Franche- Comte et Belfort Bulletin Trimestriel, Soci6t6 Mycologique de France Comptes Rendus des Stances de I'AcadSmie d'Agriculture de France Comptes Rendus de I'Acadfimie des Sciences, Paris Comptes Rendus des Sdances de la Soci^td de Biologie [Paris] Horticulture Nouvelle Icones Florae Alpinae Plantarum Journal d'Agriculture Tropicale Journal de Pharmacie et de Chimie Journal de Physiologie et de Pathologic Genfirale Journal de la Soci6t6 Nationale d'Horticulture de France Memoires de TAcadSmic des Sciences, Inscriptions, et Belles-lettres, Toulouse Memoires de la Soci6t6 Botanique de France MSmoires de la Soci6t6 Fribourgeoise des Sciences Natu- relles Botanique Memoires de la SociStS LinneSnne du Nord de la France M6moires de la Soci6t6 des Sciences Physiques et Nat- urelles de Bordeaux Notulae Systematicae Palaeontologla Universalis Progrfis Agricole et Viticole Recueil des Publications de la Soci6t6 Havraise d'fitudes Diverses Repertoire de Pharmacie: Archives de Pharmacie et Journal de Chimie Mfidicale Revue d'Auvergne Revue Bryologique Revue des Eaux et Forets Revue Gen^rale Botanique Revue Gendrale des Sciences Pures et Appliqu6es Revue Horticole Revue de Viticulture GERMANY Abhandlungen der Leopoldinisch-Carolinischen Deutsch- en Akademie der Nattirforscher Abhandlungen des Naturwissenschaftlichcn Vereins zu Bremen Abhandlungen Senckenbergischen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft Frankfurt a/M Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift AUgemeine Forst- und Jagd-Zeitung Anatomischer Anzeiger Angewandte Botanik Annalen der Chemie [Liebig] Annales Mycologici Annalen der Physik Apotheker-Zcitung Arbeiten aus der Biologischen Reichsanstalt fQr Land- und Forstwirtschaft Arbeiten der Deutschen Landv^irtschafts Gesellschaft Archiv fiir Anatomic und Physiologie. Anatoniische Abt- cilung Archiv fur Anatomic und Physiologie. Physiologische Abtoilung Archiv fiir Entwicklungsmechanik der Organisnien Archiv fiir Hydrobiologie und Planktonkunde Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte Abteilung A ASSIGNED SEEIAL PUBLICATIONS XI Archiv fur Naturgeschidite Abteiluns B Archiv der Pharmazie Archiv fQr Proristenkunde Archiv fUr Rasson- uiui Gesellschafts-biologie Archiv filr ZellforsdiuiiK Beihcfte zum Botanisdien Centralblatt Beitrage zur BioloRic der Pflanzen Beitrage zur PathoIoKisflicn Anatoniie Beriehte der Deutschon Botanischen Gesellschaft Beriohte dor Deutschen Chemischen Gesellschaft Beriehte der Naturforsrhcnden Gesellschaft zu Freiburg in Breizgau Bericht des Naturwissenschaftliehen Vereina Schwaben und Neuburg Bericht der Senckenbergischenden Gesellschaft in Frank- furt a/M Bibliotheca Botanica Biochemische Zeitschrift Biologisches Centralblatt Blatter fur Zuckerriibenbau. Botanische Jahrbuoher fiir Systematik Pflanzengeschichte und Pflanzengcographie Centralblatt fur Allgemcine Pathologie Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde EI Abt. Centralblatt fiir die Zuckerindustrie Deutsche Forstzeitung Deutsche Landwirtschaftliche Presse Ergebnisse der Hygiene, Bakteriologie, Immunitatsfor- schung unj Experimentellen Therapie Ergebnisse der Physiologic Fermentforschung Flora Forstwissenschaftliche Centralblatt Fiihlings Landwirtschaftliche Zeitung, Gartenflora Gartenschbnheit Gartenwelt Handelsbericht, Gehe & Co. Hedwigia Illustrierte Landwirtschaftliche Zeitung Institut fiir Allgemeine Botanik Bericht Internationale Mitteilungen fiir Bodenkunde Jahrbucher der Nassauischen Vereins fiir Naturkunde Jahrbucher fiir Wissenschaftliche Botanik Jahresbericht iiber die Fortschritte der Physiologie Jahresbericht iiber das Gebiet der Pflanzenkrankheiten Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Natiirwissenschaft Journal fiir Landwirtschaft Kolloid Zeitschrift KoUoidchemisohe Beihcfte Landwirtschaftliche Hefte Landwirtschaftliche Jahrbiicher Landwirtschaftliche Jahrbiicher Erganzungsband Landwirtschaftliche Versuchs-Stationen Leopoldina Mitteilungen des Badischen Landesvereins fiir Na- turkunde und Naturschutz, Freiburg in Breizgau Mitteilungen der Deutschen Dendrologischen Gesell- schaft Mitteilungen der Deutschen Landwirtschafts Gesellschaft Mitteilungen des Thiiringischen Botanischen Vereins MoUers Deutscher Gartnerzeitung Monatschrift fur Kakteenkunde Naturwissenschaften Notizblatt des Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin Orchis Palaeobotanische Zeitschrift Pflanzenreich lEngler! Pharmazeutisnhc Zentralhalle fur Deutschland Praktische Blatter fur Pflanzenbau und Pfianzenschutz Progressus Rei Botanicae Schriften der Naturwissenschaftliehen Vereins fQr Schles- wig-Holstein Sitzungsberichte Bayerischen Akademie der Wissensohaf- ten (Matheniatii-ch-Physikalische KJasse) Sitzungsberichte Bayerischen Akademie der Wissen- schaften (Philosophisch-Philologische EJasse) Sitzungsberichte der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Leipzig Sitzungsberichte der Niederrheinischen Gesellschaft fiir Natur- u. Heilkunde zu Bonn Sitzungsberichte Preussischen Akademie der Wissen- schaften Berlin Tharander Forstliches Jahrbuch Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereins der Preus- sischen Rheinlande und Westfalens Vortrage aus dem Gesammtgebiet der Botanik Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine Physiologie Zeitschrift fiir Angewandte Chemie Zeitschrift fiir Botanik Zeitschrift fiir Forst- und Jagdwesen Zeitschrift fiir Hygiene und Infektionskrankhciten Zeitschrift fiir Immunitatsforschung und ExperimenteUe Therapie Zeitschrift fur Induktive Abstammungs-und Vererbungs- lehre Zeitschrift fiir Instrumentkunde Zeitschrift fiir Krebsforsohung Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkrankheiten Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenzuchtung Zeitschrift fiir Physikalische Chemie Zeitschrift fiir Physiologische Chemie Zeitschrift fiir Technischc Biologic Zeitschrift fur Tuberkulose Zeitschrift fur Untersuchung der Nahrungs-und Genuss- mittel Zeitschrift Vereins der Deutschen Zuckerindustrie Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Mikroskopie Zentralblatt fur die Gesamte Landwirtschaft GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND Aberdeen and North of Scotland College of Agriculture Experimental Leaflet Annals of Applied Biology Annals of Botany Annals and Magazine of Natural Historj' Annual Report of the Agricultural and Horticultural Research Station University of Bristol Annual Report of the Experimental and Research Station, Waltham Cross Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, Great Britain. Food Production Leaflets Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, Great Britain, Leaf- lets Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, Great Britain, Special Leaflets Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, Great Britain, Mis- cellaneous Publications Biochemical Journal Biometrika Botanical Memoirs [Oxford] Botanical Society and Exchange Club of the British Isles Report Bulletin of the Imperial Institute of the United Kingdom of Great Britain xu ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS Bulletin of the University College of Reading Chemist and Druggist Curtis Botanical Magazine Economic Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society Gardeners' Chronicle Geographical Journal Glasgow Naturalist Great Britain Colonial Reports Internationa! Sugar Journal Irish Naturalist Journal of Agricultural Science Journal of the Bath and Western and Southern Counties Society Journal of Botany Journal of Comparative Pathologj' and Therapeutics Journal of the Department of Agriculture and Technical Instruction for Ireland Journal of Ecology Journal of Genetics Journal of Hygiene Journal of the Linnean Society Botany of London Journal of the Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture, Great Britain Journal of the Ministry of Agriculture, Great Britain, Supplement Journal of Physiology Journal of Pomology Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society of England Journal of the Royal Horticultural Society Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society of London Journal of the Royal Society of Arts Journal of the Society of Chemical Industry Journal of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine Memoirs and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society Moss Exchange Club Annual Report Nature New Phytologist North of Scotland College of Agriculture Bulletins Notes from the Botanical School of Trinity College, Dubhn Notes of the Royal Botanic Garden of Edinburgh Parasitology Pharmaceutical Journal and Pharmacist Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of Lon- don B Proceedings of the Birmingham Natural History and Philosophical Society Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society Proceedings of the Royal Institution of London Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B Proceedings and Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society Proceedings of the University of Durham Philosophical Society Quarterly Journal of Forestry Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science Qimrterly Summary and Meteorolcjgical Readings of the Royal Botanic Society of London Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society Report of the Woburn Experimental Fruit Farm Review of Bacteriology Rhododendron Society Notes Rothamsted Experimental Station Reports Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, Appendix Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society Science Progress School Science Review Scottish Journal of Agriculture Transactions and Annual Report of the Manchester Micro- scopical Society Transactions of the British Mycological Society Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society Transactions of the Highland and Agricultural Society of Scotland Transactions of the Liimean Society of London Transactions of the Natural History Society of Northum- berland, Durham, and Newcastle-upon-Tyne Transactions and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh Transactions of the Royal Scottish Arboricultural Society Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh Tropical Life Tropical Veterinary Bulletin West of Scotland Agricultural College Report Yearbook of Pharmacy and Transactions of the British Pharmaceutical Conference ITALY Agricoitura Bolognese Agricoltura di Terra Lavora Annali del Museo Civico di Storia Naturale Giacomo Doria Annali della R. Scuola Superiore d' Agricoltura di Por- tici Annali della R. Sta2ione Sperimentale di Agrumicoltura e Frutticoltura, Acireale Archivio di Fisiologie Atti, R. Accademia dei Lincei, Roma, Rendiconti, Classe di Scienze Fisiche, Matematiche e Naturali Atti, R. Accademia della Scienze di Torino Atti della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali residente in Pisa — Me moire Atti della Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali, Pisa— Processi Verbali Bollettino delle R. Orto Botanico di Palermo Bolletino, Societd Botanica Italiana Bolletini della R. Stazione Sperimentale de Agrumicoltura e Frutticoltura di Acireale Bollettino della Society di Naturalisti Napoli Gazzetta Chimica Italiana Giornale di Risicoltura Malpighia Memoria della R. Stazione de Patologia Vegetale Roma Minerva Agraria Nouvo Giornale Botanico Italiano Nuova Notarisia Pubblicazione Mensile, R. Osservatorio di Fitopatologia Torino R. Istituto Lombardo di Scienze e Letters Rendiconti Rivista di Patologia Vegetale Scientia Sperimentale Stazioni Sperimentali Agrarie Italiane Studi e Ricerche della R. Universita di Pisa SyUoge Fungorum [Saccardo] ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS XUl THE NETHERLANDS Aarde en haar Volkeren AichiveB Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturellcs Cultura Folia Microbiologica Jaarboek van de K. Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam Jaarverslagcn van het Instituut voor Phytopathologie Wageningen Levende Natuur Mededeelingen van de Landbouwhoogeschool en van de daaran Verbonden Institutcn [Wageningen] Mededeelingen van de Nederlandsche Mycologische Vereeniging Mededeelingen, Phytopathologisch Laboratorium "Willie Commelin Scholten" Mededeelingen vans' Rijks Herbarium Mededeelingen van de Vereeniging tot Bevoordering van Wetenschappelijke Teelt Mededeelingen v/h Vereeniging "Kolonial Instituut" Natuur Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief Pharmaceutisch Weekblad Proceedings of the Royal Academy of Science, Amsterdam Recueil des Traveaux Botaniques Neerlandais Tijdschrift dor Nederlandsche Heidemaatschappij Tijdschrift over Plantenziekten Vereeniging "Kolonial Instituut" Jaarverslag Verhandelingen 2 Sectie der K. Akademie van Wetens- chappen, Amsterdam Verslagen K. Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam Verslagen van Landbouwkundige Onderzoekingen der Ri jkslandbouwproefstations (Nederland 1 Verslagen en Mededeelingen, Directie van Landbouw, Departement van Landbouw, Nijverheid en Handel [Nederland] Verslagen en Mededeelingen van den Plantenziekten- kundigen Dienst te Wagenginen Verslag over de Werkzaamheiden van den Phytopath- ologischen Dienst te Wageningen Vlugblatt, Phytopathologisch Laboratorium "Willie Com- melin Scholten" Weekblad voor BloemboUencultuur Zittingsverslagen der K. Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam NORWAY Bergens Museums Aarbok Naturhistorisk Raekke Bergens Museums Aarsberetning Bilag til Tidsskrift for Skogbruk Indberetning om det Norske Skogvaesen Nyt Maeazin for Naturvidenskaberne Skrifter K. Norske Videnskabcrs Selskab Tidsskrift for Skogbruk Tromso Museums Aarshcfter Videnskabs-selskabet i Christiania Forhandlinger Mat- ematisk-Naturvidenskabelie Klasse Videnskabs-selskabet i Christiania Skrifter Matematisk- Naturvidenskabelie Klasse RUSSIA Ezheghodnik Lyesnogho Departamcnta Izvyestiya Impcratorskaglio Lyesnogho Instituta Lyesnoi Zhurnal Lyesopromuishlennuii Vyesfnik Russischcs Journal fiir Experimentalle Landwirtschaft Selskoe Khozyaistvo i Lyesovodstvo Zhurnal Opytnoi Agronomia SPAIN Boletin de Agricultura Tecnica y Econdmica [EspaCa] Bolctin, Asociacion de Agricultores de Espaiia Boletin de la R. Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural Informacion Agricole [Madrid] Memorias de la R. Academia de Ciencias y Artes Bar- celona Memorias de la R. Sociedad Espaiiola de Historia Natural Musei Barcinonensis Scientiarum Naturalium Opera Series Botanica Revista del Instituto Agricola Catalan de San Isidro Revista de la R. Academia de Ciencias Exactas Fisicas y Naturales [Madrid] Trabajos del Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales— Ser. Bot. SWEDEN Acta Horti Bergiani Arkiv for Botanik Botaniska Notiser Hereditas Meddelanden fran Statens Skogsforsbksanstalt Skogen Skogsvardsforeningens Tidskrift Svensk Botanisk Tidskrift Svensk Farmaceutisk Tidskrift SWITZERLAND Annuaire de la Conservatoire et Jardin Botanique Geneve Archives des Sciences Physiques et Naturellcs [Geneve] Berichte der Schweizerische Botanische Gesellschaft Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Botanique de Geneve Bulletin de la Soci^t§ Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles Comptes Rendus des Stences de la Soci6t6 de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle de Geneve Journal Forestier Suisse Landwirtschaftliches Jahrbuch der Schweiz Memoires de la Soci6t6 Fribourgeosie des Sciences Natu- relles Botanique M6moires de la Soci^t6 de Physique et d'Histoire Natu- relle de Geneve Mitteilungen Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Bern Mitteilungen der Schweizerische Centralanstalt fur das Forstliche Versuchswesen Schweizerische Apotheker-Zeitung Schweizerische Zeitschrift fiir Fortwesen Verhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft, Basel Vierteljahresschrift der Naturforschenden Gesellschfcft in Zurich PORTUGAL NORTH AMERICA Broteria, Serie Botanica Bulletin de la Soci6t6 Portugaise des Sciences Naturelles Memoires publics par la Soci6t6 Portugaise des Sciences Naturelles Travaux de la Station de Biologie Maritime de Lisbonne ALASKA Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Report of the Alaska Agricultural Experiment Station XIV ASSIGNED SEEIAL PUBLICATIONS CANADA UNITED STATES Agricultural Gazette of Canada Agricultural Journal [British Columbia) Annual Report of the British Columbia Fruit Growers Association Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture, Prince Edward Island Annual Report, Fruit Growers Association of Nova Scotia Annual Report, Fruit Growers Association Prince Edward Island Annual Report of the Quebec Society for the Protection of Plants Annual Report, Secretary for Agriculture Nova Scotia British Columbia Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture British Columbia Department of Agriculture Bulletin British Columbia Department of Agricultu'.e Circular British Columbia Department of Agriculture Circular Bulletin British Columbia Department of Agriculture Circular New Horticultural Series Bulletin of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick Canadian Alpine Journal Canadian Field Naturalist Canadian Horticulturist Canadian Seed Growers' Association Annual Report Department of the Interior, Canada, Forestry Branch Bulletin Department of the Interior, Canada, Forestry Branch Circular Department of the Interior, Canada, Forestry Branch, Report of the Director of Forestry Illustrated Canadian Forestry Magazine Naturaliste Canadien Proceedings of the Natural History Society of Montreal Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of Science Proceedings and Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada Province of New Brunswick, Department of Agriculture Bulletin Nova Scotia Department of Agriculture Bulletin Pulp and Paper Magazine Report on Agriculture for the Province of New Bruns- wick Report of the Herbarium and Botanical Garden, University of British Columbia Report of the Horticultural Experiment Station Vineland Station Ontario Report on Horticulture for the Province of New Bruns- wick Scientific Agriculture Transactions of the Royal Canadian Institute University of Toronto Studies — Biological Series University of Toronto Studies — Physiological Series MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA Agricultor Mexicano y Hogar Boletin de la Camara Agricola Nacional de Leon Boletin Oficial de la Agenda General de la Secretaria de Agricultura y Fomento en Sinaloa y Nayarit Jalisco Rural Memorias y Rivista de la Sociedad Cientifica "Antonio Alzate" Michoacan Agricola Revista Agricola [Mexico] Revista de Agricultura Tropical Abstracts of Bacteriology Addisonia Advance Sheets, Field Operations of the U. S. Bureau of Soils Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Alabama Geological Survey Bulletin Alabama Geological Survey Monograph American Botanist American Cranberry Growers' Association, Proceedings of the Annual Convention American Cranberry Growers' Association Proceedings of the Annual Meeting American Druggist and Pharmaceutical Record American Fern Journal American Fertilizer American Forestry American Journal of Botany American Journal of Medical Science American Journal of Pharmacy American Journal of Physiology American Journal of Public Health American Journal of Science American Naturalist American Nurseryman American Nut Journal American Plant Pest Committee Bulletin American Seedsman Ames Forester Annals of the Carnegie Museum Annals of the Missouri Botanical Garden Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences Annual Report Demonstration Farms for North Dakota Annual Report of the Indiana State Board of Forestry Annual Report of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report of the Massachusetts Agricultural Experi- ment Station Annual Report of the Massachusetts Department of Agriculture Annual Report of the New Jersey [State and College] Experiment Stations Annual Report of the North Carolina Agricultural Experi- ment Station Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution Annual Report of the State Forester Minnesota Forestry Board Annual Report of the Vermont State Horticultural Society Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Associated Grower Astro-Physical Journal Better Fruit Biennial Report of the Montana State Board of Horti- culture Biennial Report of the State Forester California Biological Bulletin Botanical Gazette Brooklyn Botanic Garden Memoirs Brooklyn Botanic Garden Record Bryologist Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural History Bulletin of the Illinois Natural History Survey Bulletin of the Iowa Geological Survey Bulletin of the New York Botanical Garden Bulletin of the North Carolina Department of Agriculture Bulletin of the Pan American Union ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS XV Bulletin of the Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture Bulletin of Peony News Bulletin of Pharmacy Bulletin of the Rhode Island State CoIIokc Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories, Denison Univer- sity Bulletin of the Southern California Academy of Science Bulletin of the State Board of Agriculture of Delaware Bulletin of the Torrey Botanicnl Club Bulletin of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin of the Vermont Botanical and Bird Clubs Bulletin of the Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society Bulletin of the Wisconsin State Conservation Commission California Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin California Agricultural Experiment Staticm Circular California State Board of Forestry Bulletin California State Board of Forestry Circular Carnegie Institution of Washington Publications Charleston [South Carolina) Museum Bulletin Colorado Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Colorado College Publications Science Series Connecticut [New Haven] Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion Bulletin Connecticut [New Haven] Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion and Storrs [Connecticut] Agricultural Experi- ment Station Joint Bulletin Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory of the Univer- sity of Pennsylvania Contributions from the Gray Herbarium Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station Memoirs Delaware Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Director's Report, Kansas Agricultural Experiment Sta- tion Druggist Druggists' Circular Ecology Education Educational Review Entomological News Facts about Sugar Field Museum of Natural History Publications Botanical Series Florida Grower Florists' Exchange Garden Magazine General Science Quarterly Genetics Gentes Herbarum Geological and Biological Survey of Michigan Publications Biological Series Georgia Experiment Station Bulletin Georgia Experiment Station Circular Georgia State Board of Entomology Bulletin Georgia State Board of Entomology Circular Georgia State College of Agriculture Bulletin Horticulture House and Garden Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station Extension Circular Illinois Biological Monographs International Cooperative Bulletin Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Iowa Agricultural Exi)eriment Station Circular Iowa Agricultural Experiment Station Research Bulletin Iowa Conservation Iowa Naturalist Johns Hopkins University Circular Josselyn Botanical Society of Maine Bulletin Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia Journal of Agricultural Reseacrh Journal of the American Chemical Society Journal of the American Medical Association Journal of the American Peat Society Journal of the American Pharmaceutical Association Journal of the American Society of Agronomy Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association Journal of the Arnold Arboretum Journal of the Association of OflScial Agricultural Chemists Journal of Bacteriology Journal of Biological Chemistry Journal of the Cincinnati Society of Natural History Journal of Economic Entomology Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society Journal of Experimental Pathology and Therapeutics Journal of Experimental Zoology Journal of Forestry Journal of the Franklin Institute Journal of General Physiology Journal of Heredity Journal of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry Journal of Infectious Diseases Journal of the International Garden Club Journal of Medical Research Journal of Morphologj' Journal of the New York Botanical Garden Journal of Parasitology Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods Journal of Physical Chemistry Journal of the Washington [D. C] Academy of Sciences Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station Technical BuUetin Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Kentucky State Forester Circular Landscape Architecture Lilly Scientific Bulletin Louisiana Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Louisiana Division of Forestry, Department of Conser^-a- tion Report Louisiana Planter and Sugar ^fanufacturer Louisiana State Museum Annual Report of the Board of Curators Louisiana State Museum Biennial Report of the Board of Curators Louisiana State University, Division of Agriculture Exten- sion Circular Madroiio Maine Naturalist Market Growers' Journal Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Massachusetts Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Massachusetts Department of Agriculture Circulars Massachusetts Fruit Growers Association Annual Report Massachusetts State Nursery Inspector Annual Report Massachusetts State Nursery Inspector Circulars Mazama Memoirs of the California Academy of Science Memoirs of the Carnegie Museum Memoirs of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences Memoirs of the Gray Herbarium Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences [U. S.) XVI ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS Memoirs of the New York Botanical Garden Memoirs and Proceedings of the Thoreau Museum of Natural History Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club Merck's Report Michigan Academy of Science Annual Report Michigan Agricultural College Forestry Club Annual Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station Quarterly Bulletin Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station Special Bulletin Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Minnesota Horticulturist Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin Mississippi Geological Survey Bulletin Missouri Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Missouri Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Missouri Agricultural Experiment Station Research Bulle- tin Missouri Botanical Garden Bulletin Montana Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Montana Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Monthly Bulletin of the California Department of Agricul- ture Monthly Bulletin of the Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station Monthly Bulletin of the Western Washington Experiment Station Monthly Weather Review Monthly Weather Review Supplement Mundo Azucarero Mycological Notes [C. G. Lloyd] Mycologia Natural History Nature Study Review National Geographic Magazine National Nurseryman Nebraska Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Nebraska Agricultural Experiment Station Research Bulletin Nebraska Horticulture Nemophila New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin New Hampshire Agricultural Experiment Station Circular New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station Circular New Jersey State Museum Annual Report New York Agricultural Experiment Station [Cornell] BuUetin New York Agricultural Experiment Station [Geneva] Bulletin New York Agricultural Experiment Station [Geneva] Technical Bulletin New York State Museum Bulletin New York State Museum Memoirs North American Flora North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Circular North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin North Carolina Agricultural Extension Service Extension Circular North Carolina Department of Agriculture Biennial Report North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station Extension Division Circular North Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station Special Bulletin Northwestern Miller Oberlin College Laboratory Bulletin Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Science Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Ohio Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Series BuUetin Ohio Biological Survey Bulletin Ohio Forester Ohio Journal of Science Ohio State University Bulletin Ohio State University Studies Oil, Paint and Drug Reporter Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station Report Operative Miller Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station BuUetin Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station Crop Pest and Horticultural Report Oregon Out of Doors Pacific Fisherman Pacifx Fisherman Year Bock Pacific Pharmacist Paper Paper Industry Park and Cemetary Pennsylvania Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Pharmaceutical Era Physical Review Physiological Researches Physiological Research: Preliminary Abstracts Phytopathology Potato Magazine Practical Druggist Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia F*roceedings of the Alabama Horticultural Society F'roceedings of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences Proceedings of the American Philosophical Societj' Proceedings of the American Pomological Society Proceedings of the American Society of Biological Chemists Proceedings of the American Society for Horticultural Science Proceedings of the Association of Official Seed Analysts Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington [D. C] Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History Proceedings of the California Academy of Science Proceedings of the Colorado Scientific Society Proceedings of the Davenport [Iowa] Academy of Science F*roceedings of the Gulf Coast Horticultural Society Proceedings of the Indiana Academy of Science Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Science Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences [U. S.] F'roceedings of the Oregon Horticultural Society Proceedings of the Pennsylvania Pharmaceutical Associa- tion Proceedings of the Portland [Maine] Society of Natural History Proceedings of the Rochester [New York] Academy of Science ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS XVII F*roceedinKs of the Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine Proceedings of the Society for the Promotion of Agricul- tural Science Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum Publications of the Nebraska Academy of Science Publications of the Ohio State Forestry Association ^' ■» V^iications of the Puget Sound BioloRical Station V ♦'■■' "ications of the University of Southern California • Pi 1 '.lie University Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Purdue University Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Quarterly Bulletin, Virginia Crop Pest Commission Quarterly Journal of the University of North Dakota Report of the Iowa Board of Conservation Report of the Iowa Geological Survey Report of the Iowa Horticultural Society Report of the Maryland Weather Service Report of the Pubhc Domain Commission of Michigan Report of the Wisconsin State Conservation Commission Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Rhodora School Science and Mathematics School and Society Scientific American Scientific Monthly Science Seed World Service and Regulatory Announcements U. S. Federal Horticultural Board Sierra Club Bulletin Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections Soil Science South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Circular South Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Extension Circular South Dakota Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Southern Pharmaceutical Journal Southwest Science Bulletin Stanford University Publications University Series, Biolog- ical Sciences Storrs [Conneticut] Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Sugar Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Forestry Bulletin Torreya Transactions of the American Microscopical Society Transactions of the American Philosophical Society Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sci- ences Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science Transactions of the IlUnois State Academy of Scienci Transactions of the Indiana Horticultural Society Transactions of the St. Louis Academy of Science Transactions of the San Diego [California! Society of Natural History Transactions of the Utah Academy of Science Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute of Science Transactions of the Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts, and Letters Trillia Tufts College Studies Science Series University of California Publications in Agricultural Science University of California Publications in Botany University of California Publications in Physiology University of California Publications in Zoology University of Cincinnati Studies University of Colorado Studies University of Idaho Bulletin University of Idaho School of Forestry Bulletin University of Iowa Monographs University of Iowa Studies in Natural History University of Kansas Science Bulletin University of Maine Studies University of Michigan Museum of Zoology Miscellaneous Publications University of Missouri Bulletin Science Series University of Missouri Studies Science Series University of Nevada Studies University of Oklahoma Research Bulletin University Studies of the University of Nebraska University of Texas Bulletin Scientific Series University of Wisconsin Studies in Science U. S. Biological Survey Bulletin U. S. Department of Agriculture Bulletins U. S. Department of Agriculture Department Circular U. S. Department of Agriculture Farmers Bulletin U. S. Department of Agriculture Yearbook Utah Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Utah Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Veterinary Medicine Viiginia Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station Technical Bulletin Virginia Polytechnic Institute Extension Bulletin Virginia State Forester Administrative Report Virginia State Forester Bulletin Virginia State Forester Forestry Leaflets Virginia Truck Experiment Station Bulletin Washington [State] Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Washington [State] Agricultural Experiment Station Popular Bulletin Washington University Studies Science Series Western Druggist Wisconsin Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Wisconsin Agricultural Experiment Station Research Bulletin Wisconsin Horticulture World Agriculture Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station Annual Report Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin PHILIPPINE ISLANDS Bureau of Agriculture. [Philippine Islands] Bulletin Bureau of Forestry [Philippine Islands] Bulletin Bureau of Forestry [Philippine Islands] Circular Bureau of Science [Philippine Islands] Publications Leaflets of Philippine Botany Philippine Agriculturist Philippine Agricultural Review Philippine Journal of Science x\aii ASSIGNED SERIAL PUBLICATIONS POLYNESIA FIJI ISLANDS Department of Agriculture, Fiji, Bulletin Department of Agriculture, Fiji, Circular HAWAII Experiment Station Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Associa- tion Agricultural and Chemical Series Bulletin Experiment Station, Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Associa- tion Botanical Series Bulletin Experiment Station Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Associa- tion Pathological and Physiological Series Bulletin Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station Extension Bulle- tin Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station Press Bulletin Hawaii Board of Agriculture and Forestr3% Division of Forestry Botanical Bulletin Hawaiian Forester and Agriculturist Memoirs Bemice Pauahi Bishop Museum Occasional Papers Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Report of the Board of Commissioners of Agriculture and Forestry, Territory of Hawaii Report of the Experiment Station, Hawaiian Sugar Plant- ers' Association Report of the Hawaii Agricultural Experiment Station URUGUAY Anales del Museo Nacional de Montevideo Boletin de la Comision Nacional de Fomento Rural [Uru- guay] Defensa Agricola [Uruguay] Inspeccion Nacional de Ganaderia y Agricultura Boletin [Uruguay] SOUTH AMERICA ARGENTINA Anales del Museo Nacional de Historia Natural Buenos Aires Anales de la Sociedad Cientifica Argentina Boletin de Agricultura de la Provincia de Buenos Aires Boletin del Ministerio de Agricultura de la Nacion [Argen- tina] Publicaciones de la Universidad de Tucuman Revista Industrial y Agricola de Tucuman Revista del Museo de La Plata Revista de la Sociedad Rural do Cordoba [Argentina] Surco BRAZIL Memorias do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz BRITISH GUIANA Journal of the Board of Agriculture, British Guiana CHILE Agricultor [Santiago] Boletin de la Sociedad Agricola del Norte [Chile] DUTCH GUIANA Bulletin, Departement van Landbouw Suriname Verslag Departement van Landbouw Suriname ECUADOR Boletin del Laboratorio Municipal de Guayaquil WEST INDIES BRITISH WEST INDIES Agricultural News [Barbados] Bulletin of the Department of Agriculture, Jamaica Bulletin of the Department of Agriculture, Trinidad and Tobago Imperial Department of Agriculture for the West Indies Pamphlet Journal of the Jamaica Agricultural Society Proceedings of the Agricultural Society of Trinidad Report on the Agricultural Department of Antigua Report on the Agricultural Department, British Virgin Islands Report on the Agricultural Department of Dominica Report on the AgricQltural Department, Grenada Report on the Agricultural Department, Montserrat Report on the Agricultural Department, St. Kitts-Nevis Report on the Agricultural Department, St. Lucia Report on the Agricultural Department, St. Vincent Report of the Department of Agriculture, Barbados Report on the Sugar Cane Experiments, Department of Agriculture, Barbados Report on Sugar Cane Experiments, Leeward Islands West Indian Bulletin CUBA Anales, Academia de Ciencias M^dicas, Fisicas y Nat- urales de la Habana — Revista Cientifica Estacion Experimental Agronomica [Cuba] Boletin Estacion Experimental Agronomica [Cuba] Circular Informe Anual Estacion Experimental Agronomica [Cuba] Memorias, Sociedad Cubana de Historia Natural "Felipe Poey" Revista de Agricultura, Comercio y Trabajo [Cuba] Revista de la Facultad de Letras y Ciencias, Universidad de la Habana Seccion de Sanidad Vegetal, Secrctaria de Agricultura, Comercio y Trabajo [Cuba] Boletin Seccion de Sanidad Vegetal, Secretaria de Agricultura, Comercio y Trabajo [Cuba] Circular Seccion de Sanidad Vegetal Secretaria de Agricultura, Comercio y Trabajo [Cuba] Pamphlet DOMINICAN REPUBLIC Revista de Agricultura [Santo Domingo] FRENCH WEST INDIES Journal de la Station Agronomique de la Guadeloupe Station Agronomique de la Guadeloupe BuUet'n PORTO RICO Journal of the Department of Agriculture of Porto Rico Porto Rico Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin Porto Rico Agricultural Experiment Station Circular Revista de Agricultura de Puerto Rico COLLABORATORS FOR BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS ABRAM8, L. R. — Leland Stanford Jr. Univ., Stanford Univ., Calif. Allen, C. E. — Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. Amin, B. — Agric. Res. Inst., Pusa, India. Anderson, Miss F. C. — Indiana Univ., Bloomington, Ind. Anderson, H. W. — Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III. Anderson, J. P. — Juneau Florists, Juneau, Alaska Anderson, P. J. — Massachusetts Agric. Coll., Amherst, Mass. Arnt, a. C — Univ. of Minnesota, Univ. Farm, St. Paul, Minn. Artschwaqeb, E.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washing- ton, D. C. Atanasoff, D. — Inst, voor Phytopath., Wageningen, The Netherlands. Auchter, E. C. — Univ. of Maryland, College Park, Md. Bailey, I. W. — Bussey Inst., Jamaica Plain, Mass. Bakeb, F. S.— U. S. Forest Serv., Ogden, Utah. Bakke, a. L. — Iowa State Coll., Ames, la. Bal, S. M. — Univ. of Calcutta, Calcutta, India Ball, C. R. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Barker, E. E. — Univ. of Georgia, Athens, Ga. Bahrett, J. T. — Citrus Exp. Sta., Riverside, Calif. Bartlett, H. H. — Univ. of Michigan, A7ni Arbor, Mich. Beal, J. M. — Mississippi Agiic. Coll., Agricultural College, Miss. Beattie, R. K. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Beaumont, A. B. — Massachusetts Agric. Coll., Amherst, Mass. Beadverie, J. — Univ. de Clermont, Clermont-Ferrand, France Benedict, H. M. — Univ. of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio Berq, a. — West Virginia Univ., Morgantown, W. Va. Berry, E. W. — Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, Md. Berry, J. B. — Slate College of Agric, Athens, Ga. Bessey, E. a. — Michigan Agric. Coll., E. Lansing, Mich. BiSBY, G. R. — Manitoba Agric. Coll., Winnipeg, Manitoba Blake, S. F. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Blodgett, F. M. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Boerker, R. H. D. — 7 Washington Ave., Kingston, N. Y. BoNAZZi, A. — Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta., Wooster, Ohio. Bonnet, L. O. — California Agric. Exp. Sta., Davis, Calif. BoNNS, W. Vf.—3oS4 Fall Creek Blvd., Indianapolis, Ind. BosE, S. R. — Carmichael Med. Coll., Calcutta, India Boyd, W. E. — States Relations Serv., Washington, D. C. Brannon, J. M. — Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III. Brooks, Mrs. S. C.—U. S. Public Health Serv., Washing- ton, D. C. Brown, F. B. H. — Bishop Mus., Honolulu, Hawaii Brown, H. B. — Mississippi Agric. Coll., Agricultural College, Miss. Bruce, D. — Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif. Bruner, S. C. — Estac. Exp. Agron., Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba BuCHHOLZ, J. T. — Univ. of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Ark. Burkill, I. H. — Botanic Gardens, Singapore, Straits Settlements BuRLiNGAME, L. L. — Leland Stanford Jr. Univ., Stan- ford University, Calif. BuRLisON, VV. L. — Utiiv. of Illinois, Urbana, III. BuRNHAM, S. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Burns, G. P. — Univ. of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. Cady, L.— Univ. of Minnesota, Univ. Farm, St. Paul, Minn. Carrier, L.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Carsner, E.— Citrus Exp. Sta., Riverside, Calif. Cash, MissE. K.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Chamberlain, E. B .—Sullivant Moss Soc, New York, N. Y. Chandler, W. li.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Chapman, G. H. — Massachusetts Agric. Exp. Sta., Am- herst, Mass. Chen, C.C.—Tsing Ilua Coll., Peking, China. Chrysler, M. A.— Univ. of Maine, Orono, Me. Church, Miss M.— Bur. ofChem., Washington, D. C. Clark, O. L.—Massachusetts Agric. Coll., Amherst, .Mass. Clum, H. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. COHN, P.— A^. Y. Biol. Lab., New York, N. Y. Coker, W. C.— Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, N. C. Cole, L. — Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. Colley, R. R.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. CoNARD, H. S.—Grinnell Coll., Grinnell, la. Cook, M. T.— Rutgers Coll., New Brunswick, N. J. Cooley, J. S.— Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Coons, G. H. — Michigan Agric. Coll., E. Lansing, Mich. Coulter, S. — Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. CowLES, H. C.—Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, III. Cunningham, G. C. — Dominion Exp. Farms, Fredericton, New Brunswick Curtis, O. F.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Curtis, R.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. T>.'i.D.'i.NT,M.G.— Hamilton, III. Dana, S. T. — Forest Commissioner, Augusta, Me. Darling, C. A.— Allegheny Coll., Meadville, Pa. Dash, J. S. — Dept. of Agric, Ottawa, Canada. Davis, A. R.— Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif. Davis, E. G.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Day, W. B. — Univ. of Illinois, School of Pharm., Chicago, III. Denniston, R. H. — Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. Detlefsen, J. A.— Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III. Detmers, Miss F.~Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta., Wooster, Ohio. Dickson, B. T.—MacDonald Coll., Quebec, Canada Dickson, J. G. — Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. Diehl, VV. \V.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Dodge, C. W. — Harvard Univ., Cambridge, .Mass. DoiDGE, Miss E. M.—Div. of Bot., Pretoria, South Africa Dorsey, H. — Connecticut Agric. Coll., Storrs, Conn. Drechsler, C— Brooklyn Bot. Gard., Brooklyn, N. Y. Druce, G. C.— Yardly Lodge, Crick Rd., Oxford, England Dudgeon, W.—Ewing Christian Coll., Allahabad, India Dugqar, B. M. — .Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis, .Mo. DuNQAN, G. H. — Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III. Dunn, M. S.— Philadelphia Coll. of Pharm., Philadelphia, Pa. Dynes, O. Vf.—Univ. of Tenrussee, Knoxville, Tenn. EAf,5ES, A. J.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Eastham, J. W. — Court House, Vancouver, B. C. EcKERSON, Miss S. — Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, III. Edgerton, C. W. — Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta., Baton Rouge, La. Eikenberry, W. L. — Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan*. Eixiott, J. A. — Univ. of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Ark. XIX XX COLLABORATORS FOR BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS Emerson, R. A.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Emig, W. H.— U7iiv. of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. Enoelhardt, H. — Sharp Hampshire Agric. Coll., Durham, N.H. Povah, a. II. W.— Alabama Polytech. hist.. Auburn, Ala. Praeqek, W. E. — Kalamazoo Coll., Kalamazoo, Mich. Prucha, M. ,1.— Illinois Agric. Exp. Sta., Urbana, III. Pulling, H. E.—Wellesley Coll., Wellesley, Mass. QuANJER, II. M.—Inst. voor Phytopath., Wageningen, The Netherlands Rands, R. D. — Inst, voor Plantenziek., Buitenzorg, Java Rankin, W. H.— Field Lab. of Plant Path., St. Catherines, Canada Ray, G. B. — Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. Reddick, D.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Reed, H. S. — Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif. Rehder, a. — Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass. Reynolds, E.— North Dakota Agric. Coll., Agricultural College, N. Dak. Richards, B. L.— Utah Agric. Exp. Sta., Logan, Utah Ricker, p. L.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. RiGG, G. B. — Univ. of Washington, Seattle, Wash. RoBBiNS, W. J. — Univ. of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. RoBBiNS, W. W.~Great Western Sugar Co., Longmont, Colo. Roberts, J. W.—Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. RoRER, J. B. — Asoc. de Agricultores del Ecuador, Guaya- quil, Ecuador Rose, J. N. — Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D. C. Rosen, H. R. — Arkansas Agric. Exp. Sta., Fayetteville, Ark. Rosenkrans, D. B. — Clemson Agric. Coll., Clemson College, S. C. RuMBOLD, Miss C.—Bur. of Plant Itulust., Washington, D.C. Rydberg, p. a..— New York Bot. Gard., New York, N. Y Saunders, A. P.— Amer. Peony Soc, Clinton, N. Y. Schaffner, J. H. — Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio Scherer, N. W.— Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif. Schef.tz, F. M.— Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Schmitz, H. — Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho. Schneider, C. — Charlottenburg 4, Bismarck Slrasse 19, Berlin, Germany. Schramm, J. R.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Sears, P. B. — Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Setchell, W. a.— Univ. of California, Berkeley, Calif. Shapovalov, M.— Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C Sharp, L. W.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Shaw, Miss E. E.— Brooklyn Bot. Gard., Brooklyn, N. Y. Shaw, J. K. — Massachusetts Agric. Coll., Amherst, Mass. Shear, C. L. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Sherbakoff, C. D. — Univ. of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tenn. Sherff, E. E. — 6543 Drexell Ave., Chicago, III. Shimek, B. — Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, la. Shirk, C.J. — Nebraska Wesleyan Univ., University Place, Neb. Shdll, a. F. — Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, .Mich. Shull, C. — Univ. of Chicago, Chicago, III. Shdll, G. H. — Princeton Univ., Princeton, N. J. Sinnott, E. W. — Connecticut Agric. Coll., Slorrs, Conn. Skinner, J. J. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Smith, L. H. — Univ. of Illinois, Urbana, III. t Deceased XXll COLLABORATORS FOR BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS Sparha-w-k, VV. N.— U. S. Forest Scrv., Washington, D. C. Stadleb, L. J. — Univ. of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. Stakman, E. C. — Univ. of Minnesota, Univ. Farm, St. Paul, Minn. Stanford, E. E. — Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Ohio Sterling, C. M. — Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. Stevens, O. A. — North Dakota Agrie. Coll., Agricultural College, N. Dak. Stevens, W. C. — Univ. of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. Stevenson, J. A. — Fed. Hort. Bd., Washington, D. C. Stewart, F.C — New York Agric. Exp.Sta., Geneva, N.Y. Stoket, Miss A. G. — Mt. Holyoke Coll., South Hadleij, Mass. Stout, A. V.—New York Bot. Card., New York, N. Y. Stuart, W. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Summer, F. B. — Scripps Inst., La Jolla, Calif. SwEETSER, A. R.~Univ. of Oregon, Eugene, Ore. Tammes, Miss T. — Univ. of Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands Tatlor, W. R. — Univ. of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. Thelin, G. — Massachusetts Agric. Coll., Amherst, Mass. Thomas, R. C. — Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta., Wooster, Ohio. Thompson, H. C. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Thompson, W. P. — Univ. of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Canada. Thomson, R. B. — Univ. of Toronto, Toronto, Canada TiFFANT, L. H. — Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio Tillotson, C. R. — U. S. Forest Serv., Washington, D. C. Toole, E. — Univ. of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. TowNSEND, C. O. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D.C. Transeau, E. N. — Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio. Uphof, J. C. Th. — 6S0 Prinsengracht, Amsterdam, The Netherlands Valleau, VV. D. — Univ. of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. ViNALL, H. N. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Waksman, S. — Rutgers Coll., New Brunswick, N. J. Waldron, L. R. — North Dakota Agric. Coll., Agricultural College, N. Dak. Walker, Miss E. R. — Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Walker, Miss L. B.— Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Waller, A. E. — Ohio State Univ., Columbus, Ohio Waterman, W. G.- — Northwestern Univ., Evanston, III. Weaver, J. A. — Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Weidman, R. H. — U. S. Forest Serv., Portland, Ore. Weimer, J. L. — Bur. of Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Weiss, F. — Bur. Plant Indust., Washington, D. C. Welch, D. S.~Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Weniger, Miss W.— North Dakota Agric. Coll., Agricul- tural College, N. Dak. Westerdijk, Miss J. — Phytopath. Lab., "Willie Commelin SchoUen", Baarn, The Netherlands Westgate, J. M. — Hawaii Agric. Exp. Sta., Honolulu, Hawaii Westveld, M. — U. S. Forest Serv., Albuquerque, N. Mex. White, O. E. — Brooklyn Bot. Card., Brooklyn, N. Y. Wiancko, A. T. — Purdue Univ., Lafayette, Ind. Wiegand, K. 'SI.— Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Wiggins, C. C. — Univ. of Nebraska, Lincoln, Neb. Wiggans, R. G. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Wilcox, E. M. — 1015 Terminal Bldg., Lincoln, Neb. Willey, Miss F. — Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta., Ames, la. Wilson, C. L. — Cornell Univ., Ithaca, N. Y. Wilson, O. T. — Univ. of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, Ohio Wolf, F. A. — North Carolina Agric. Exp. Sta., W. Raleigh, N.C. Wtlie, R. B. — Univ. of Iowa, Iowa City, la. Yamanouchi, S. — Tokyo Teachers' Coll., Tokyo, Japan Yampolskt, C. — A. V. R. 0. S., Medan, Sumatra Young, V. H. — Univ. of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho YouNGKEN, H. W. — Philadelphia Coll. Pharm., Philadel- phia, Pa. Zeller, S. M. — Oregon Agric. Coll., Corvallis, Ore. ZiEGLER, E. a. — State Forest Acad., Mont Alto, Pa. ZoN, R.— J7. S. Forest Sen., Washington, D. C. Vol. X NOVEMBER, 1921 No. 1 ENTRIES 1-382 Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, with members representing many societies interested in plants THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL (The Members of the Executive Committee for 19SI are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E LiviNosTON, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiological Section. Otis F. Curtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. *B. M. DuGGAR {Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, L, I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. •Forrest _ Shreve, De?ert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. At W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchison', Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. M goers, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service.Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. large. Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. 8. A. Entered as Becond-clasB matter, November 9, 1818, at the post oflBce at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act of March 3, 1879 C!opyright 1922, WilliamB ft Wilkins Company Price, net postpaid, per volume ($3.00, United States, Mexico, Cuba I $3. 12, Canada; $3.25, Other Countries CONTENTS Agronomy 1-22 Bibliography, Biography and History 23-29 Botanical Education 30-36 Cytology p. 5 Ecology and Plant Geography p. 5 Forest Botany and Forestry 37-71 Genetics 72-148 Horticulture 149-176 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 177-183 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae p. 33 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes p. 33 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes p. 33 Pathology 184-248 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 249-251 Physiology 252-312 Soil Science 313-321 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 322-378 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications 379-382 BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1921 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, J. R. SCHRAMM Cornell University, Ithaca, New York EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, Mart R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D.C. Bibliography, Biography and History, Neil E . Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gaqer, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Alfred Gundersen, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin Madison, Wisconsin.— Assistant Editor, Geo. S Bryan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowleb, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, J. V. HoPMANN, U. S. Forest Service, Wind River Ex- periment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. George H. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey. — Assistant Editor, J. P. Kelly, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania. Horticulture. J. H. Gotjblet, Ohio Agricultural Ex- geriment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, [. E. Knowlton, West Virginia University, Morgan- town, West Virginia. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland. — Assistant Editor, Sam F. Trb- LBASE, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants E. W. SiNNOTT, Connecticut Agricultural College Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Tranbbau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Albxandbb W. EvANS.Yale University. New Haven. Connecticut. Morpholcgy and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. H. M. Fitzpatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and EvolutJonM7 History. Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. Coons, Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing, Michigan. — Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lans- ing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Hebeb W. Yodngken, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science,PhiladelphiB,Pennsylvania.— Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathercoal, 701 South Wood St., Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachu- setts, ^^ata^wg-aaasi - Soil Science. J. J. Skinneh, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C — Assistant Editor, F. M. ScHBRTz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Wash- ington, D. C. !______ ;v:iii! Taxonomy^ of Vascular Plants. J. M. Gbbbnmam, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri.— Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, University of Wyoming, Laramie.vWyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R. ScsBi^M, Chavrmanl Cornell University, Ithaca, New York H. O. Bdckman R. Hosmes W. H. Chandler L. Knudson A. J. Eameb D. Reddick R. A. Emerson L. W. Sharp H. M. FrrsPATRiCK K. M.Wiboand R. S. HABirts, Secretary BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furnishing abatracta and citations of publicationa in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OP THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Vol. X NOVEMBER, 1921 No. 1 ENTRIES 1-382 AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 75, 80, 93, 100, 148, 195, 198, 230, 240, 248, 286, 303, 315, 316, 380, 381, 382) 1. Anonymous. Dollar wheat. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 434. 1921.— The variety originated in Victoria. Although of promise, it yields less than standard varieties. — L. R. Waldron. 2. Block, August. Praktische Erfahrungen iiber den Anbau von Schmetterlingsblutlem. [Practical experience in the culture of legumes.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 278-281. 1921. — The author gives an account of methods of culture for beans, peas, and especially clovers. The need for lime on clover is emphasized, and it is pointed out that a light top dressing of nitrogen in the spring makes it possible to cut the 1st crop much earlier than usual. The great benefits to hoed and grain crops following clovers are mentioned, and some estimates are given of increases due to the clover sod. — A. J . Pieters. 3. Calving, Mario. El Zacate bianco de Honduras. (Ixophorus unisetus Sch.) [The white hay of Honduras.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 364-366. 3 fig. 1920.— This gramineous plant {Ixophorus unisetus Sch.) was tried as a forage crop on several kinds of soil in Cuba. For best results the seed was planted in a seed bed and transplanted. Watering was necessary in the light dry soils where the first trials were made. In the first 3 cuttings of the 1st year crops up to 99,703 kgm. per hectare were secured. A chemical analysis is given which indicates that as a forage it is richer than Panicuin barbinode or P. inaxijnum. — F. M. Blodgett. 4. Cutler, G. H. Pure seed distribution and the method employed in Alberta. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1 : 82-84. 1921. — The author discusses the Alberta Crop Improvement Association, dealing with objects, membership, cooperative experiments, and seed growing centers. — B. T. Dickson. 5. FiTZ, L. A. Kanred: the new Kansas wheat. Operative Miller 25: 284-285. 1920.— Varietal comparisons with Karkof and Turkey, 2 standard hard red winter wheats, conducted at the Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station during the 8 years, 1912-1919 inclusive, show that Kanred outyielded the other varieties by 2.9 and 3.8 bushels respectively. The average 1 BOTANICAL ABBTRACTSi VOL. X, NO. 1 2 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, bushel weight and percentage of flour yield also were higher. The protein content of both wheat and flour was higher and the loaf expansion greater. — Carleton R. Ball. 6. Franck, W. J. Het onderzoek van Cietenzaad aan het Ryksproefstation voor Zaadcon- trole. [Examination of beet seed in the government agricultural experiment stations for seed- control.] Cultura 33: 155-168. 1 pi. 1921. — The author discusses for beet seed sampling of seed, germination of seed, examination of water contents, purity of the variety, and occurrences of disease. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 7. Gerlach. Die Ernahrung der landwirtschaftlichen Culturpfianzen im zeichen des Phosphorsauremangels. [Fertilizing agricultural plants in view of phosphoric acid shortage,] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 300. 79-91. 1919. — The author reviews some of the work on fertilizer experiments to bring out the influence of phosphoric acid. He points out that the quantities of phosphoric acid that had commonly been applied were greatly in excess of those removed by crops, and concludes that the greatest part of the mineral soils in the German Empire contained before the war such considerable quantities of active phosphoric acid com- binations that, under a regular stable-manure agriculture, the application of phosphoric acid may be reduced or omitted without material decrease in yields. — A. J. Pieters. 8. Hansen. Die Fiitterung unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Eiweiszmangels. [Feeding with especial reference to the lack of albuminoids.] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 300. 68-78. 1919. — A general review is presented of sources of proteins for feeding purposes. The author suggests a more extensive culture of legumes and oil-producing seeds. The American and the Swiss systems of making silage are compared; the results of 1 experiment are reported to show that there is a much greater loss of proteids in the American silo than in the Swiss fermentation chamber. — A . J. Pieters. 9. Hansen, R. Symbiotic nitrogen-fixation by leguminous plants with special reference to the bacteria concerned. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1: 59-62. 1921. — The present paper, read before the Western Canadian Society of Agronomy, deals with the work of the author in con- junction with the late T. J. Burrill in Illinois. It was shown that the root nodules of other than leguminous plants are not caused by the bacteria which are found in the nodules of Leguminosae. Leguminous plants may be grouped according to whether or not they can be cross-inoculated by certain bacteria. This grouping may depend on similarity of cell sap in root tissues, or on the existence of specific enzymes secreted by the bacteria. — B. T. Dickson. 10. Lehmann, E. Die Grundlagen der Fiitterungslehre einst und jetz. [The funda- mentals of feeding theories, past and present.] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 300. 48-67. 1919. — The author reviews past and current theories governing the study of the value of feedstuffs. — A. J. Pieters. 11. Little, L. G. Field experiments with cereals. Glen Innes experiment farm. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32 : 403-409. 1921. — In trials of early and mid-season wheats sown for grain. Clarendon and Early Haynes Bluestem yielded decidedly highest and these varieties resisted rust. Early Haynes Bluestem gave the highest hay yield. — In trials of late-sown wheats, Cleveland yielded 32 bushels followed by Red Fife, 22; Kanred, 20; Huron, 18; Mar- quis, 17; Haynes Bluestem, 16; Kharkov, 9; and Red Rock, 2. Kanred showed practically no rust while Haynes rusted badly. — In oat-variety trials Smyrna stood highest in yield of grain and second in hay yield. Fulghum, Kherson, and Sixty Day gave rather low yields. — L. R. Waldron. 12. Maiden, J. H. Four newly recorded weeds. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 396. 1921. — Brief notes are given on Calandrinia caulescens Menziesii (HBK) Gray, Sisymbrium altissimum L., Orthocarpus purpurascens Benth., and 0. erianthus Benth. — L. R. Waldron. 13. Merkel. Sortenversuchsbericht. Saatzucht-Abteilung. [Report on variety tests. Seed breeding section.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 308-313. 1921.— The author No. 1, November, 1921] AGRONOMY 3 briefly reviews the work of the section for previous years and reports on the results of variety tests of barley, rye, wheat, oats, and beans for the year 1919-20. — .4. /. Pieters. 14. Miller, M. F., and R. R. IIudelson. Thirty years of field experiments with crop rotation, manure and fertilizers. Missouri Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 1S2. 43]). 1921. — Results of Missouri rotation experiments for 30 years, beginning with 1888, are reported, and all yield data are detailed in an appendix. The rotations included: (1) Corn, oats, wheat, clover, timothy, timothy; (2) corn, oats, wheat, clover; (3) corn, wheat, clover; and (4) wheat, clover. In addition, each of the crops was grown continuously on the same land. All cropping systems were used both with a manure application of G tons annually and with no fertilizer treatment. Also, commercial fertilizers were used on many of the plots. — In general, crop rotations gave better yields than were secured from crops grown continuously without rotations, and the 4-year rotation, — corn, oats, wheat, clover, — gave best results. Crop rotation without manure was practically as eilective in maintaining the yields of corn and wheat as was heavy manuring without rotation. INIanure was more effective than heavy chemical fertilizers in maintaining the jield of corn and grass in rotations, but the reverse was true in the case of wheat and oats. Soil analyses at the end of 25 years indicated that the most important factor in the soil exhaustion was the loss of nitrogen and organic matter. The supply of nitrogen in the continuous culture plots without fertilizer or manure was reduced most rapidly by corn and least rapidly by timothy. The supply of soil nitrogen was much more effectively main- tained by heavy applications of barnyard manure than by heavy applications of chemical fertilizers. Continuous cropping to grass reduced the supply of soil nitrogen less than crop rotation. — L. J. Stadler. 15. Popp, M. Siisspressfutter aus Duwockgrass. [Sweet silage from Duwockgrass.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 301-302. 1921. — Duwockgrass, Equisetum palustre, is poisonous if fed as new hay but can be ensiled and the ensilage used with safety and profit. The author believes that the poisonous alkaloid, equisetin, which is known to be very unstable at higher temperatures, is destroyed by the heat due to fermentation. — A. J. Pieters. 16. Root, A. I. Still another new sweet clover. Gleanings in Bee Culture 49: 302. 1921. — Notes are given on varieties of sweet clover (Melilotus alba). — /. H. Lovell. 17. Root, A. I. The new annual sweet clover. Gleanings in Bee Culture 49: 374. 1921. — It has been proposed to call the new annual sweet clover "Hubam clover." — /. H. Lovell. 18. RuDKiN, S. Harvest report. Nyngan experiment farm. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 391-392. 1921. — Yields are given of wheat and oats from large fields of the experi- mental farm. — L. R. Waldron. 19. Saunders, C. E. The effects of premature harvesting on the wheat kernel. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1 : 74-77. 1921. — The author gives an account of part of his work on the early cutting of wheat in 1917. One hundred heads of previously marked Marquis wheat were gathered every 2nd or 3rd day from July 21 to Aug. 15 in 4 groups according to length of straw retained. The average weight of 1,000 kernels from heads with 3-inch straw was practically the same as from that of full length straw with roots, owing to the very rapid drying of the straw. Taking into consideration the daily growth in weight of 1,000 kernels and the mean daily temperatures, it is shown that the period of greatest daily gain occurred from July 25 to Aug. 2, with a normal maximum on July 29. It would appear, therefore, that in ordinary Ontario summers there would be little loss to the wheat crop if cut about a week before the ordinary date and allowed to ripen in the stook. — B. T. Dickson. 20. Shepherd, A. N. Farmers' experiment plots. Grain trials, 1920. On and adjacent to Murrumbidgee irrigation areas. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 393-395. 1921.— Trials with wheat were conducted cooperatively with 4 farmers, no irrigation being practiced; the varieties used were not the same for the 4 farms. In fertilizer trials, superphosphates gen- erally caused marked increases in yield. — L. R. Waldron. 4 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 21. Wacker. Olfriichte und Gespinstpflanzen. [Oil and fiber plants.] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 300. 102-116. 1919. — The author calls attention to the decrease between 1878 and 1913 in the areas devoted to the culture of various oil-producing plants and hemp, and discusses the kinds and varieties that could and should be grown in Germany, together with cultural directions. — A. J. Pielers. 22. Whittet, J. N. Lucerne seed crop competition at Coolah. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 419. 1921. — Results are given of a competition for a prize offered for the best 5 acres of lucerne crop carrying seed in the CoolahV alley. The best crops of seed were produced in the localities where water can be obtained at a depth of from 18 to 25 feet. — L. R. Waldron. BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY AND HISTORY Neil E. Stevens, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 45, 126, 235) 23. Anonymous. [Hermann Vochting.] Leopoldina 54: 60. 1918. — His botanical con- tributions are briefly reviewed. From 1887 until his death in November, 1917, Dr. V6chting was professor of botany at Tubingen. His studies on internal growth-factors and polarity, on genetics, on the movements of flowers and fruits, on the influence of light on flower develop- ment, on phyllotaxy and on floral anomalies, are indicative of his special fields of investiga- tion.— A. W. Evans. 24. Anonymous. Robert Allen Rolfe. Nature 107: 276-277. 1921.— Rolfe was born at Ruddington, May 12, 1855, and died April 13, 1921. He was an assistant in the herbarium at Kew for over 40 years. He was known as an authority on Orchidaceae, and in 1893 founded the Orchid Review, which he edited and to which he contributed largely. — 0. A. Stevens. 25. Arthur, J. C. Specialization and fundamentals in botany. Amer. Jour. Bot. 8: 275-285. 1921. — The author asks for mutual good will, confidence and generosity among botanical workers. He decries overspecialization, particularly when it leads to neglect of intimate acquaintance with plants as living objects having distinctive names and varied relationships. He holds that plant names should be used for identification only, and not as qualifying terms, and bespeaks consideration for any attempts to secure exact names, uni- formly applied. He advocates the preservation and advancement of the democratic quality in botanical work, with full cooperation between institutions and between individuals, but pleads for individual freedom as against too great encroachment by the machinery of organi- zation. "The consistent, efl'ective onward march of botany calls for careful balance between the attention given to specialization and that given to fundameutals." — E. W. Sinnott. 26. Gumming, M. The Junius of Nova Scotia. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1: 55-58. 1921. — An account is presented of a series of letters written by John Young (1773-1837), the first Secretary of Agriculture for Nova Scotia, under the pen-name of "Agricola," which brought about a complete change in the agricultural affairs of the province, replacing depression by prosperity. — B. T. Dickson. 27. McCallum, a. W. Abstracts of Canadian plant pathological literature. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1: 78-80. 1921. — Abstracts of, and references to, plant disease literature appearing in Canadian publications during 1919 and 1920 are presented. — B. T. Dickson. 28. TuRNEY, A. G. Pomological progress in New Brunswick. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1: 175-177. 1921. — An account is given of the work of Francis P. Sharp (born 1825) and his son, Franklin Sharp (died 1892) in the production of new varieties and development of the apple industry of New Brunswick. — B. T. Dickson. 29. Zavitz, C. a. History and development of the Ontario Agricultural College. Sci. Agric. [Canada] 1: 101-105. Illus. 1921. No. 1, November, 1921] BOTANICAL EDUCATION BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersex, Assistant Editor 30. Anonymous. Imperial forestry education. Nature 107: 315-316. 1921. — The report of the Interdepartmeutal Committee on Imperial Forestry Education recommends a 3-year course at a university, followed by 1 or more j^ears at the central institution. It is recommended that the latter be located at Oxford and aflBliated with the University. — 0. A. Stevens. 31. Anonymous. Science for all. Outline of the course. School Sci. Rev. 2: 203-212. 1920. — A course of study by subjects on living and non-living things is presented under Courses on Living Things. — Ellen Eddy Shaw. 32. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Fritch, F. E., and E. J. Salisbury. An introduction to the structure and reproduction of plants, vii + 4^8 p., 2 pi. G. Bell and Sons: London, 1920.] Nature 107: 200. 1921. — "As a reference book for first-year university students, it is the most useful we have seen." — 0. A. Stevens. 33. Anonymous. Study of plants in the field. [Rev. of: Horwood, A. R. The outdoor botanist. 284 p., 20 pi. T. Fisher Unwin: London, 1920.] Nature 107: 293-294. 1921.— The chapter on ecology contains foreign material which is fragmentary and incoherent. Fre- quent misleading and contradictory statements are made. Many of the illustrations are good. — 0. A. Stevens. 34. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Martin, J. N. Botany with agricultural applications. 2nd ed., xii + 605 p. John Wiley and Sons: New York; Chapman and Hall: London, 1920.] Nature 107: 168. 1921. 35. Hopping, Aleita. Organization of biology and related sciences in city high schools. School Sci. and Math. 21: 463-472. 1921. 36. Johnson, Arthur M. The use of the textbook in beginning classes in botany. School Sci. and Math. 21: 573-577. 1921. CYTOLOGY Gilbert M. Smith, Editor Geo. S. Bryan, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 81, 101, 107, 123, 124, 135, 308) ECOLOGY Henry C. Cowles, Editor G. D. Fuller, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 60, 128, 178, 179, 249, 323, 326, 327, 329, 336, 354, 371, 372, 374, 377) 6 FORESTEY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 30, 150, 215, 329) 37. Anoxtmous. British Empire timbers. Australian Forest. Jour. 3: 86-87. 1920; 4: 18-19, 56-58, 86-87, 146-148. 1921.— The article gives a very brief statement of forest conditions in Bermuda, British Guiana, Cyprus, Gold Coast Colony, South Africa, Southern Rhodesia, British India, British East Africa, Nyasaland and Uganda, the Bahamas, the Malay Peninsula, and brief notes on the leading commercial species and forest products of each dominion. — C. F. Korstian. 38. Anonymous. Diseases of trees. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 53-54. 1921. — The note directs attention to the need for investigating forest-tree diseases. — C. F. Korstian. 39. Anonymous. Education of forest apprentices. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 52. 1921. — A note is presented on the training of lower-grade forest ofiBcers of the Western Aus- tralia Forest Department. — C. F. Korstian. 40. Anonymous. Fire-resisting properties of eucalypt timbers. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 55-56. 1921. — The note stresses the fire-resistant qualities of eucalypt structural timbers. — C. F. Korstian. 41. Anonymous. Poisoning green timber. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 108-109. 1921. — Girdling and the killing of trees with arsenic are discussed. — C. F. Korstian. 42. Anonymous. Ueber Brennkraft und Heizwert der verschiedenen Holzer. [The heating value of various woods.] Wiener. Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 38: 215. 1920. — Heating value depends upon specific gravity and resin content. A listing of woods from "Der Holz- markt" is given, including 11 species ranging from maple with a value of 1011 to willow with 508 (relative values for equal volumes, based on hornbeam = 1000). A list by Pressler is given, including 16 species ranging from 104 for maple to 53 for willow (based on red beech = 100). A list by Tuchschmied (8 species air dry) runs from 2427 heat units per cubic deci- meter for hornbeam to 1698 for fir, and per kilogram from 3571 for pine to 3070 for ash. A list of 12 species by Tuchschmied having equal moisture contents runs from 103 for hornbeam to 68 for linden (based on beech = 100). The species included in one or more lists are Car- pinusbetulus, Fagus silvatica, Acer spp., Quercus spp., Fraxinus excelsior, Betula alba, Pinus sylvestris, P. austriaca, Picea excelsa, Alnus spp., Populus sp., P. tremula, Salix spp., Ulmus campestris, Abies pectinata, Larix europaea, and Tilia sp. — F. S. Baker. 43. Anonymous. Forestry in the United States. [Rev. of: (1) Ise, J. The United States forest policy. 395 p. Yale Univ. Press: New Haven; Humphrey Milford: London, 1920. (2) Recknagel, a. B., and J. Bentley, Jr. Forest management, xiii -f 269 p., S pi. John Wiley and Sons: New York; Chapman and Hall: London, 1919. (3) Brown, N. C. Forest products; their manufacture and use. xix + 471 p. John Wilej' and Sons: New York; Chapman and Hall: London, 1919.] Nature 107: 326-327. 1921.— The 1st and 3rd are regarded as good; the 2nd is not elementary enough for private owners and managers. — 0. A. Stevens. 44. Archer, Erling. Om tommerets form i Glommens og Drammens vasdrag. [Form of timber in Glommen and Drammen watersheds, Norway.] Bilag Tidsskr. Skogbruk 28^/1": 57-122. 1920. — Results are presented of an investigation of the form of the timber of Scotch pine and Norway spruce in the 2 principal lumbering regions in Norway, by the Norwegian Forest Experiment Station. The dimensions of logs for different parts of the tree, the method of obtaining the measurements, the construction of the graphs and tables, and the volume tables for logs of different lengths and top diameter in cubic contents are given. — /. A. Larsen. No. 1, November, 1921] FORESTRY 7 45. Archer, Erling. Skogforsogsvaesenets oprettelse og forste virksomhet. [Estab- lishment of the forest experiment station (Norway) and its first endeavors.] Bilag Tidsskr. Skogbruk 28^10 1-28. 1920. 46. Bruce, Donald. The campaign for private forestry. Sierra Club Bull. 1921 : 171-174. 1921. 47. Clark, J. Forest entomology in Western Australia. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 142-144. 1921. — The trend of practical forest entomology in Western Australia and the need for further work on the life histories and habits of insects injurious to forest trees are briefly discussed. — C. F. KorsHan. 48. Dawkins, C. G. E. Notes on an attack of Pyrausta machoeralis on teak in Zigon and Tharrawaddy in 1920. Indian Forest. 47: 209-213. 1921.— Forest plantations of teak were completely defoliated, the damage being especially noticeable in stands from 10 to 20 feet in height. Leaves appeared again on the lower portions of the stem but the tops were killed. The only possible way of saving the trees is to coppice the stand. Preliminary observations appear to show no decrease in girth growth. It appears that the insects have run their course and are disappearing. — E. N . Munns. 49. FowxER, R. A. Australian hardwoods for paper-making. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 144-146. 1921. — A note is presented on paper-making from Australian hardwoods pulped by the soda and mechanical processes. — C. F. Korstian. 50. Gill, Walter. Annual progress report upon state forest administration in South Australia for the year ended June 30th, 1920. Ann. Progress Kept. Woods and Forests Dept. South Australia 12 p., 12 fig., 4 maps. Adelaide, 1920. — This is the routine administrative report for the fiscal year. The work of the department is briefly summarized under the following captions: "Area of forest reserves and plantations, areas enclosed for planting operations, general account of the year's planting and other forest operations, exhibits at the peace conference, interstate forest conference, and officers of the department." There are appended detailed statements of trees planted during the year and the number that survived, receipts and expenditures for the year, comparative revenues, expenditures, and legislative provision for the past 44 years, and lands purchased from the loan under act 1028/10 for purposes of afforestation. — C. F. Korstian. 51. Gotsche, O., F. Kiorbie, C. Bistrup, og C. W. Ahlefeldt-Laurvig. Dansk skovforenings forsogsskure af svensk og dansk rodgran. [Tests of sheds of Danish and Swedish red spruce made by the Danish forest association.] Dansk Skovforenings Tidsskr. 5:182-191.1920. — Red spruce, Picea excelsa, appears to be a trade name. In order to settle a dispute as to the relative durability of these 2 grades for construction purposes test sheds were erected, one from each species. The results show that Danish spruce is in no respect inferior to the Swedish. — J. A. Larsen. 52. Grieve, J. W. A. The management of the Punjab irrigated plantations as self-con- tained forest estates on commercial lines. Indian Forest. 47: 103-109. 1921. — There are 62,000 acres of irrigable land in Punjab, of which 9605 have been planted. From this planted area, a return of over 18 rupees per acre has been received annually. To put the balance of these lands under proper forestry would require a considerable increase in the forestry staff. The necessary service to handle this work is given in detail. — E. N . Munns. 53. Hiley, W. E, The financial rotation for larch. Quart. Jour. Forest. 15: 122-127. 2 fig. 1921. — If the cost of the land does not exceed £20 per acre, the financial rotation does not exceed 40 years for 2nd quality woods or 30 years for 1st quality. Second quality woods should not be cut under 30 years unless unusually high prices are obtained, but 1st quality woods may be cut at 25 years if the cost of land does not exceed £10. Planting 1st quality larch soil bought at £25 per acre is a better financial investment than planting 4th quality larch soil obtained for £1 per acre. — C. R. Tillotson. 8 FORESTEY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 54. Howard, M. S. A forestry enabling law. Jour. Forest. 19: 500-505. 1921.— The methods advocated for reforestation call for the expenditure of large sums of money by the governmental agencies or by individuals or corporations. IMost of the latter class do not consider it possible to undertake such measures now. The reforestation could be made secure by giving a bond and taking a mortgage on the property to be released at the time of timber harvesting. — E. N. Munns. 55. Jones, Owen. Forestry in relation to engineering and architecture. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 132-134. 1921. — This paper discusses forestry principles and the importance to engineering and architecture of adequate timber supplies. — C. F. Korstian. 56. Kat, James. The more important trees of British Columbia. Quart. Jour. Forest. 15: 134-142. 1921. — A dendrological description is given of Pseudotsuga taxifolia, Tsuga heterophylla, and Thuja plicata. — C. R. Tillotson. 57. Kellogg, R. S. Notes upon the paper industry and'the pulpwood supply. Jour. Forest. 19: 495-499. 1921. — The consumption of paper has risen in this country to nearly 8 million tons per year, or 147 pounds per capita. The decreased supplies and increased uses and de- mand have made it possible for the forester to prove the truth of his assertions to the manu- facturers. It should be possible to pay as high as 15 dollars per acre for the land and restock it, and, with an annual protection charge, give a return of 6 per cent on the investment. Yields of 20 cords per acre in 40 years are predicted with a return of more than 10 dollars per cord. — E. N. Munns. 58. Krogness, C. Om temperaturmaalingerne i skogsdistrikteme i Nord-Norge sommeren 1919. [The temperature observations in the forests in northern Norway summer 1919.] Bilag Tidsskr. Skogbruk 28'/": 39-56. 1920. — Fifteen stations have been installed for the purpose of studying more closely the relation between air temperature and seed production along the northern timber-line in Norway. It has been found by borings and silvical study that successful natural reproduction periods are about 100 years apart, not because the seed is produced so seldom but because favorable temperature conditions for blossoming and seed ripening require 3 seasons of relatively high air temperature. Dr. Hagem of the Bergen experiment station has found by testing pine seed from different parts of Norway, including that from the northern timber-line, that the latter is practically worthless, and that a mean air temperature of at least 10.5°C. must prevail during the period of ripening. During some seed years the average temperature often falls below this in the northern section. — J. A. Larsen. 59. Llewelyn, William Craven. Forest soils of Wales. Quart. Jour. Forest. 15: 128-133. 1921.— ;Statistics of yield of forest trees growing on soils of divers geological origin indicate that no sharp demarcation exists between the yield of coniferous species, provided the aspect, altitude, and a few other factors are favorable. — C. R. Tillotson. 60. Munns, E. N. Evaporation and forest fires. Monthly Weather Rev. 49: 149-152. Fig. 1-4. 1921. — Hitherto, apparently, little attempt has been made by foresters and meteor- ologists to correlate the factors of climate and forest fires. The purpose of the present paper is to show that the occurrence and spread of large forest fires are coincident with a greatly increased rate of evaporation or a decrease in vapor pressure. Since evaporation is a climatic complex dependent on the 3 major factors of temperature, humidity, and wind, the influence of any one of these may be offset by a pronounced change in either or both of the other two. The close relation between periods of high evaporation and forest fires is strikingly brought out in figures 1 and 2, which also show that the rate of evaporation does not follow constantly either temperature, humidity, or wind. In some cases it follows wind alone, in others tem- perature, while in still others it follows changes in relative humidity only. In southern California the wind direction is highly important. For example, an east wind blowing directly off the great deserts brings excessively dry, hot air, resulting in extraordinary dryness in a short time. In examining the vapor pressure data for the period 1911-1920, it was found No. 1, November, 1921] FORESTRY 9 that in those years and months in which the average vapor pressure remained high a very small nmnber of fires occurred, while in those years and months with a relatively low average vapor pressure there were uniformly periods of extreme hazard, during which many bad fires occurred. — E. N. Munns. 61. Olmsted, Fredekick E. National control of forest devastation. Jour. Forest. 19: 468—478. 1921. — The text of the new Capper Bill is given in full with an analysis of the sections and how the bill would act to control the devastation now caused by the lumber industry. — E. N. Munns. 62. RoiG, J. T. Legislacion forestal y reservas forestales. Necesidad de una legislaci6n forestal. [Forestry legislation and forest reserves,] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 3GG-3G9. 1920. 63. Salt, Harold. A tanning survey of the west. Australian Forest. Jour. 4: 117-118. 1921. — A note is presented on the sources of supply and the possibilities of a tanning survey in studying the tannin contents of all parts of a tree. — C. F. Korstian. 64. Salt, Harold, Forestry and the manufacture of tanning extracts. Australian Forest. Jour, 4: 118-119, 1921. — The note concerns the relation of forestry to stability in the manu- facture of tanning extracts. — C. F. Korstian. 65. Smythies, E. a., and S. H. Howard. Taper curves and constants for sal. Indian Forest. 47: 161-164. 2 fig. 1921. — The taper factor for sal has been found to be a constant for all diameter classes and that for trees from 3 feet 6 inches to 6 feet 6 inches in girth the ratio Breast high diameter over bark Diameter at x without bark = a constant where x is any chosen height on the stem above breast height. From these points a curve may be constructed giving the taper constant which holds very close to the actual. This method may be used to determine the diameter at half height for use in volume calculations. — E. N. Munns. 66. Snell, Walter H. The relation of the moisture content of wood to its decay. Paper Trade Jour. 72'^: 44-46. 2 fig. 1921. — The author contributes to the discussion of the feasi- bility of spraying log piles for the prevention of fire, emphasizing the effect of this spraying upon decay. Muench's data are cited as well as experiments of the writer upon 5 fungi. It is shown that the moisture-decay curve varies inversely with the specific gravity of the wood. Sixty per cent of water (150 per cent calculated upon oven dry weight) prevented decay in loblolly pine sap and 67 per cent (200 per cent on oven dry weight) in Sitka spruce. Inasmuch as it has previously been shown that logs sprayed a short time contained 52-60 per cent of water, and as the pulp logs are of about the same density as the loblolly pine sap, it is concluded that spraying for fire protection carries with it no danger of favoring serious loss through decay. — W. H. Snell. 67. Staf, H. Eikenhakhout. [Oak coppice.] Tijdschr. Nederland. Heidemaatschap- pij 33:215-218. 1921. — High prices for bark and the demand for fuel led to extensive' planting of oak, especially on the heaths of the Velurve. Bark prices are given for the period 1874-1920. Plantations on lowlands are liable to injury by late spring frosts, andi mildew frequently causes some loss. Oak can be followed by pine forests. — /. C. Th. Uphof], 68. Staf, H. Het dunnen van dennenbosschen, [Thinning of pine forests.] Tjjdschr. Nederland. Heidemaatschappij 33: 158-100. 1921. 69. Stoate, T. N. Sylvicultural notes: Pinus insignis, Australian Forest, Jour, 3: 275-277, 325-327. 1920; 4: 9-11, 37-39, 106-107, 1921,— A silvicultural discussion is presented summarizing the information available on soil and climatic requirements, the establishment 10 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, and composition of the crop, the selection and development of the forest nursery site, seed sowing, care of seedlings, transplanting, season of planting, spacing, planting operations, planting methods, rotation, and cleanings of this important exotic species. — C. F. Korstian. 70. Swain, E. H. E. Annual report of the Director of Forests for the year ended 30th June, 1920, Ann. Progress Kept. Queensland Forest Service. 65 p. Brisbane, 1920. — This is the usual routine report for the year. The work of the Service is summarized under the following captions: "Prospect, retrospect, financial, forest organization, logging operations, silvical investigation and experiment, forest products research, forest protection, forest survey and engineering, forest reservation, the timber market, administration, interstate and imperial conferences, personnel." Appendices include a report for the 6 months ended June 30, 1919, the Hobart Conference, the Imperial Forestry Conference, forestry in Queensland, and reve- nue. The duty of exploitation and of actually delivering the products of the state forests directly from the stump to the market has been added to the Forest Service. — C. F. Korstian. 71, Weaver, Roscoe B. The burning of dead and down trees as a practical protection measure. Jour. Forest. 19: 506-511, 1921. — As a protective measure, snags and down trees in western yellow pine stands in the Modoc Forest were burned during the latter part of the season. After chopping a hole in the sapwood near the base, a fire is started which burns the tree down in a short time. With recently killed trees, 2-inch auger holes are bored in the trunk at such an angle as to intersect and in one of these a fire is started which in most cases successfully drops the tree. About 2,000 acres were covered and 4,600 trees fired, averaging 115 trees per man per day at a cost of 6 cents per tree and 14 cents per acre. Such results are of great practical value as such burning can be done about areas of high fire hazard, along protection or isolation strips, along roads, and about recreation areas at a cost which makes such clearing feasible. — E. N. Munns. GENETICS George H, Shull, Editor J. P. Kellt, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 23, 162, 177, 182) 72. Anastasia, G. Emilio. Le forme elementari della composizione del vegetali. L'ori- gine della specie. (Filogenesi delle Nicotianae della Primulaceae e delle Violae. I. Le Nico- tianae, [Elementary forms of the composition of plants. Origin of species. (Phylogenesis of the Nicotianae, Primulaceae, and Violae. I. The Nicotianae,] Boll, Technico 1920*: J^Sp., 7 pi. 1920. — The author believes that A'', tabacum is a composite species comprising numerous elementary forms, intermediate between species of the sections Rustica and Petuniodes of G. Don. These sections are characterized not only by flower shapes as originally described but by the shapes of the stigmas. A plant of a variety of N. rustica L. was crossed with pollen from a garden variety of Petunia. Three seeds from this cross germinated; one produced a plant which in appearance duplicated N. tabacum. The author is not disturbed by the possibility of error which might be suspected from the fact that the plant was completely fertile. He believes its occurrence throws much light on the origin of A'', tabacum. — E. M. East. 73, Babcock, E, B. Bud selection and the frequency of mutations. Monthly Bull, Dept. Agric. California 10: 137-140. 1921. — The efficacy of bud selection as a means of im- proving the type is dependent upon the occurrence of bud mutations; its practicability, upon their frequency. In order to change existing varieties through bud selection, bud variations, or plants grown from bud variants of a relatively permanent nature, must first be discovered. Thus far data available are not sufficient to justify any conclusion regarding the practicability of increasing the yield of deciduous trees through bud selection. — E, L. Overholser. No. 1, November, 1921] GENETICS 11 74. Blakeslee, a. F. The Globe mutant in the jimson weed (Datura Stramonium). Genetics 6: 241-2G4. 1921. — The Globe mutant is distinguished as a seedling by its broad entire first leaves. In the first leaves of 98 Globes, length divided by breadth averaged 1.5; while in 98 normal sibs of these Globes it averaged 2.1. Globe plants have more closely over- lapping and broader leaves, which are less toothed; the capsules are depressed globose, and have stouter spines. Globe seedlings are less vigorous than normals. Globes selfed gave 4403 Globes to 1G,075 normals, a percentage of 21.5. Globes pollinated by normals gave 917 Globes to 2351 normals, or 28.1 per cent of Globes. Normals crossed by Globe pollen gave 57 Globes to 3302 normals, or only 1 .7 per cent of Globes. Normal sibs of Globes selfed pro- duced only 4 Globes to 2072 normals, or 0.2 per cent. In other normal lines 24 apparently original Globe mutations were found, together with 38, 108 normal plants, which is a percentage of 0.06. However, one line extensively grown gave a disproportionately large number of these Globes. The other 11 mutants of Datura selfed gave 0.2 per cent of Globes, and when crossed by normal pollen, 0.3 per cent; while normals crossed by pollen of these mutants gave 0.1 per cent. — Nineteen normal plants gave an average of 2.7 per cent of bad pollen, while 7 Globes at the same time averaged 7.9 per cent, over 1000 grains being counted from each plant. Other extensive pollen counts gave similar results. — Selection for 10 generations failed to increase the number of Globes in the progeny. — The Globes show 12 and 13 chromosomes in the pollen mother-cells after the reduction division. It is presmned that the pollen grains with 13 chro- mosomes rarely function, and either that some of the 13-chromosome egg cells do not func- tion, or that the 25-chromosome zygotes are less viable than the 24-chromosome zygotes in the early stages. — John Belling. 75. Blaringhem, L. Sur le pollen dulinet la degenerescence des varietes cultivees pour la fibre. [On the pollen of flax and the degeneration of varieties cultivated for fiber.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1603-1604, 1921.— The degeneration of flax is considered to be due to genetic rather than climatic influences. Hybrids between different cultivated annual flaxes and the wild biennial L. angustifolium are fertile but give pollen some of which is par- tially aborted. The large pollen grains are variable in size and shape. All the annual flaxes cultivated for grain are early-maturing, homogeneous in type, and give perfect, uniform pollen. Most of the fiber flaxes are heterogeneous in type, and their pollen is irregular or a small proportion is even aborted; these facts make it possible to suppose that these flaxes have had a remote hybrid ancestry. One strain of fiber flax of Russian origin was found to be uniform, early, well fixed in type, and to have perfect and very regular pollen. The selection of fiber flaxes based on a study of the pollen of isolated strains continued through several successive generations is recommended as a procedure for avoiding degeneration of the common varie- ties.— D. F. Jones. 76. Bridges, C. B. Proof of non-disjunction for the fourth chromosome of Drosophila melanogaster. Science 53: 308. 1921.— The author states that he secured genetic evidence of non-disjunction of the 4th chromosome in Drosophila melanogaster during the summer of 1920 and obtained cytological verification later the same year. He then shows that the genetic evidence recently given by Little (Science 53 : 167. 1921) is susceptible of interpretation as due either to the presence of a new, less extreme eyeless allelomorph, or to a dominant 4th- chromosome minus modifying factor, as well as to non-disjunction. — H. H. Plough. 77. Bridges, Calvin B. White ocelli— an example of a "slight" mutant character with normal viability. Biol. Bull. 38: 231-236. 1920.— A description and genetic data of a mutation in D. melanogaster in which the ocelli or simple eyes are white instead of the normal browa color are given. The gene producing this effect is located in the 3rd chromosome between> hairless and rough. The mutation is very slightly different from the normal, though definite and easily distinguished. It causes no diminished viability and actually persisted in mixed mass cultures for fully 175 generations without selection. Such a mutant might survive in nature, and if slightly advantageous might supplant the original type. — H. H. Plough. 12 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 78. Briggs, H. H. Hereditary congenital ptosis with report of 64 cases conforming to the Mendelian rule of dominance. Trans. Amer. Ophthalmol. Soc. 16:255-276. 1918. — The study is based on 128 persons in 6 generations, descendants of a single affected female and consti- tuting a family of southern mountaineers. Of the entire number 64 were affected with ptosis and 64 were normal; all the former had an aft'ected parent except 2, and in these cases the evidence concerning the parent is not conclusive. The author discusses the Mendelian law of inheritance and considers that his "cases conform to the Mendelian law of dominance." The paper is illustrated with portraits and a pedigree chart; a review of the literature on the subject and a bibliography of 45 numbers are added. — Howard J. Banker. 79. Bkiggs, H. H. Hereditary congenital ptosis with report of 64 cases conforming to the Mendelian rule of dominance. Amer. Jour. Ophthalmol. Ill, 2: 408-417. 1919. — The paper published in Trans. Amer. Ophthalmol. Soc. 16: 255-276. 1918 (see preceding entry) is here printed in "slightly abridged" form without portraits. — Howard J. Banker. 80. Caron, von. Die Erfolge der Verwandtschafts- und Inzucht bei den Eldinger Weizen- ziichtungen. [The results of consanguine breeding and of inbreeding in the Eldingen wheat breeding.] Deutsch. Landw. Presse 1920: 390-391. 1920. — The author describes briefly his methods in developing strains of wheat with high gluten content, immunity to rust, and other desirable characters. He began with a wide cross and followed this with selection among self-fertilized lines and later with crosses among these lines. — Sewall Wright. 81. Carothers, E. Eleanor. Genetical behavior of heteromorphic homologous chro- mosomes of Circotettix (Orthoptera). Jour. Morphol. 35: 457-483. 5 pi. 1921. — Both males and females of Circotettix were collected from the wild; only nymphs of the females were used. Eighteen matings were made. In 6 of these one or the other parent died, and in the remaining 12 only 8 produced offspring. After the eggs had been laid both parents were killed, and the gonads were fixed and sectioned. Twenty-eight male offspring were studied cytologically. — In C. verruculatus the spermatogonial complex consists of 21 chromosomes, 9 large atelomitic, 6 telomitic, and the other 6 may be either telomitic or atelomitic, but constant for an indi- vidual. The complex for the female is similar except that there is an additional accessory which gives constantly 10 large atelomitic chromosomes. In the spermatocyte 4 chromosomes and the accessory are atelomitic, 3 are constantly telomitic, and 3 may vary from specimen to specimen. The 28 males which were studied were the offspring of 5 crosses in which the chromosomal complexes of the parents are known. No offspring varied in its chromosomal constitution beyond the limits to be expected from a combination of the gametes of its parents. These homologues have been actually identified in both parents and offspring. — Mary T. Harman. 82. CoRRENS, C. Versuche bei Pfianzen das Geschlechtsverhaltnis zu verschieben. [Attempts to modify the sex ratio in plants.] Hereditas 2: 1-24. 5 fig. 1921. — The present theory of the mechanism of sex determination is explained in detail and the evidence briefly summarized. Examples of modified sex ratios in several species are pointed out. The paper deals particularly with the author's experiments in the genus Melandrium. This is a dioecious plant which has been found by various investigators to produce approximately 4-1 per cent male and 56 per cent female plants. By applying pollen in different amounts it was possible to modify the ratio even more. When an overabundance of pollen was used the number of females in the progeny increased 12 per cent over that in the progeny from plants on which but a small amount of pollen had been applied. The proportion of males to females was also changed by cutting off the style soon after pollination and before all the pollen tubes had reached the ovules. In 1 case the progeny of a plant so treated produced 69 per cent female and 31 per cent male plants. Both of these experiments indicate that the female-producing pollen grains have a more vigorouspollen tube or in some other way effect a more rapid fertili- zation of the ovules. By careful drying it was possible to keep alive the pollen of Melandrium for 120 days. When old pollen was applied the resulting progeny showed a decrease in the percentage of female plants; this decrease became more pronounced with increasing age of the No. 1, November, 1921] GENETICS 13 pollen. When very old pollen was used no female plants were produced. However, the plants were so few, — due to the large number of imdeveloped seeds, — that the results are not entirely significant. The author concludes that in nature the factors tending to influence the sex ratio in one direction are, as a rule, equal to those acting in the opposite direction so that the net result is approximately a 1 :1 ratio. This ratio may in some cases be modified by artificial means. — P. C. Mangelsdorf. 83. CzAJA, A. Th. [German Rev. of: Chamberlain, Charles J. Grouping and muta- tion in Botrychium. Bot. Gaz. 70: 387-398. 11 fig. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 1735).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 472-473. 1921. 84. Dorset, M. J. Some characteristics of open-pollinated seedlings of the Malinda apple. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 36-42. 1919 [1920]. — A large number of seedlings from open-pollinated fruit of the Malinda apple were planted and studied for the following charac- ters: Resistance to cold, age of bearing, and characters of the fruit. Standing in close prox- imity to the Malinda apple were such varieties as Oldenburg, Wealthy, Scott Winter, Hibernal, Pattens Greening, Northwestern Greening, and a number of other varieties. The Malinda seed was selected especially for the hardiness of the tree and the long-keeping quality of its fruit. — During selection a large number of seedlings were discarded as inferior or unworthy. Of the 3879 original seedlings 49.1 per cent were removed because of their wild-type or stunted growth, 20.8 per cent were discarded because of inferior fruit, and 30.1 per cent were selected for further study. Two-thirds of these selected trees were retained because of their superior fruit and the remaining \ because they had not come into bearing; girdling processes failed to hasten the period of fruit-bearing. The author points out that while all of the seedlings originated from the same known tree a great variation in the age at which they come into bear- ing is found among them. The question is raised as to whether the early-bearing habit of seedlings will be transmitted to orchard trees when propagated from them by vegetative means. — Among the pronounced variations found in the seedlings were extreme cases in sweet- ness and acidity of fruit, keeping quality, and resistance to cold. — From the material studied the author concludes that the named varieties of apples are only rare or extreme variations within the species, and that unless certain varieties vary in the proportion of inferior types in the progeny, these open-pollinated seedlings give a fair index as to the expectations in the Fi of inter-varietal combinations. — L. R. Detjen. 85. Dykes, W. R. Irises of the future. Gard. Chron. 69: 258. 1921.— Notes are given on a considerable number of Iris species, with comments on their behavior when crossed, or suggestions as to the probable results of crossing. "7ns pseudacorus seems to reproduce it- self with whatever pollen the flowers are fertilized, and nothing seems able to fertilize I. foetidissima except its own pollen." — J. Marion Shull. 86. Eyster, W. H. The linkage relations between the factors for tunicate ear and starchy sugary endosperm in maize. Genetics 6: 209-240. 1921. — A study of the linkage relations of the tunicate or podded-ear character with 30 other mutant factors of maize is reported. The only linkage found was with the sugary endosperm of the seeds, confirming the obser- vations of Jones and Gallastegui; but where these authors found 8 per cent of crossing over between the tunicate and sugary factors the author finds 27 per cent in the megasporocytes and 35 per cent in the microsporocytes. In the test with the ramose character of the inflores- cence the results confirm the observations of Collins and the author concludes with him that homozygous tunicate plants are sterile. — J . H. Kempton. 87. Frateur, J. L. La nature hereditaire du pelage sauvage du lapin. [The heredity of the wild coat pattern of the rabbit.] 11 p. Imprimerie G. Bothy: IxellesBruxelles, 1920.— The author gives a minute description of the coat color of the wild rabbit and its minor variations. He believes that this pattern is complex genetically as well as somatically. He finds certain elements of it apparently dissociated from others, in the black-and-tan pattern. His crosses indicate that black-and-tan differs from black by a dominant unit factor and he assumes that 14 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, the wild pattern involves a 2nd dominant factor. He is therefore surprised to find that he obtains merely monohybrid ratios in crosses of wild with either black, or black-and-tan; this he explains by selective fertilization. As to minor variations of the wild pattern, the author finds that a dark under color on the belly is dominant over pure white and gives mono- hybrid ratios in back-crosses and F2. — Sewall Wright. 88. Fruwirth, C. Zu "Wicke mit linsenformigem Samen." [To "Vetches with lens- shaped seeds."] Zeitschr. Pflanzenzticht. 8: 89. 1921, — Quotations are given from an original article by F, A, Wiegmann, "tjber die Bastarderzeugung im Fflanzenreiche," Vieweg, 1828. — Wiegmann planted vetch and lentils together and saved seeds from each separately. Seeds from the vetch parent produced plants which were similar to the mother plant but bore flat, compressed seeds of paler color; hence, resembling the lentil seeds. These plants appeared to breed true for their hybrid characters. — C. M. Woodworth. 89. FuNKQUisT, H. The inheritance of the muzzle color in the cattle breed of Stjernsund. Hereditas 1: 343-363, 1920, — Inbreeding has been followed in this breed for 30 years and the animals are therefore closely related. The muzzles are light- and dark-colored; the former are termed flesh-colored and the latter black, lead, or slate-colored. Those that are spotted or slightly pigmented are termed mixed. — The study is largely made from the descendants of 11 bulls. Tables for each of these bulls are given, showing the muzzle color of each descendant and that of the dam of each descendant. Of the 11 sires used, 6 were pigmented, 3 mixed, and 2 flesh-colored. The matings of these 6 pigmented sires gave the following results : When mated with pigmented dams, 225 pigmented, 48 mixed, and 11 flesh-colored; when mated with mixed dams, 45 pigmented, 44 mixed, and 18 flesh-colored; when mated with flesh-colored dams, 79 pigmented, 64 mixed, and 46 flesh-colored. — The mating of the 3 mixed sires gave the following results: When mated with pigmented dams, 51 pigmented, 13 mixed, and 6 flesh- colored; when mated with mixed dams, 16 pigmented, 18 mixed, and 16 flesh-colored; when mated with flesh-colored dams, 9 pigmented, 9 mixed, and 16 flesh-colored. — The matings of the 2 flesh-colored bulls gave the following results: When mated with pigmented dams, 18 pig- mented, 16 mixed, and 11 flesh-colored; when mated with mixed dams, 3 pigmented, 4 mixed, and 7 flesh-colored; when mated with flesh-colored dams, 5 pigmented, 10 mixed, and 10 flesh-colored. — It is believed that the following 2 hypotheses explain the inheritance of muzzle color: 1. There is an inhibiting factor preventing the intensity factors from acting. The flesh-colored muzzle is due to the presence of this inhibiting factor or to the absence of the intensity factors. 2. There is a yellow pigment factor epistatic to the intensity factors pro- ducing dark pigment. The flesh-colored muzzle is due to the presence of this yellow pigment factor or to the absence of the intensity factors. — R. R. Graves. 90. GowEN, J. W, The variation of milk secretion with age in Jersey cattle. Maine Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 286, 49-60. 1920.— From a study of 1741 S-months milk records, it was found that yield of milk changed definitely with age and that this change was logarithmic and not linear. If growth of the mammary gland is a logarithmic function of age a causal relation may exist between this and yield of milk, due to an increase in the number of cells rather than to an increase in the ability of cells to secrete milk. — E. Roberts. 91. GuiNiER, Ph. Variations de sexualite dioicite et dimorphisme sexuel chez le Pinus montana Mill, et le P. sylvestris L. (Variations in sexuality, dioeciousness, and sexual di- morphism in Pinus montana and P. sylvestris L.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 84: 94-96. 1921. — Pinus montana Mill, and P. sylvestris L., normally monoecious, were found to show a tendency toward dioeciousness associated Avith the development of the trees. The production of fertile pistillate branches is dependent upon vigorous vegetative growth, without which only fertile staminate branches are produced. Young trees tend to function as females while older trees become male-functioning only, as do also trees which have been grown under unfavorable conditions. — D. F. Jones. No. 1, November, 1921] GENETICS 15 92. Haecker, Valentin. Allgemeine Vererbunsglehre. [General genetics.] W X 2^ cm., ix + 444 V-t H9 fig. Friedr. Vieweg & Sohn: Braunschweig, 1921. — The book consists of 37 chapters arranged in 7 sections. The contents of these 7 sections, together with the author's views of chief theoretical interest, are briefly as follows: Section I. Early known facts of heredity in man and domestic animals and the development of ideas of heredity are reviewed. The author gives (1) the early classification of facts of heredity by means of so- called "laws"; (2) statistical laws, as those of ancestral contributions, regression (Galton); (3) development of statistical methods; and (4) origin and methods of genealogy. — Section II is devoted to (1) morphological basis of heredity; (2) structure, chemistry, and physiology of protoplasm; (3) cell theory and structure of nucleus. The division of organisms into cells is held to be significant in the development of form and in physiological processes. Several theories of the mechanics of cell division are discussed without special support of any one. Somatic and germ cells are recognized early in embrj'onic development. Maturation and structure of mature germ cells, attraction of egg and sperm, and the process of fertilization are described. Complete or partial separation of egg chromosomes and sperm chromosomes (gonomery) in earlj^ spindles or nuclei of the embryo is described in several cases. The history of germ cells in plants is briefly related. Size differences among chromosomes may be due in some cases, at least, to imequal grow^th of the chromosomes. The number of chromosomes is given for many species, and the variation in number within single species and among species of larger groups is described. Diminution in the size of chromosomes in evolution appears to occur simultaneously with a decrease in number. Maturation divisions in animals are homolo- gized with those in plants. Maturation is regarded phylogenetically as rudimentary spore formation. — Section III. Older morphological theories of heredity (Darwin's pangenesis, Galton's stirps, etc.) are discussed. Continuity of germ-plasm is regarded by the author as forming the foundation of the theory of heredity. The mechanistic theories of Nageli, Roux, Weismann, and others are described. The contrast between nucleus and cytoplasm as agents in heredity has been over-emphasized for in general the action of the 2 is harmonious. Though it is conceivable that somatic induction may impress changes upon germ cells follow- ing somatic modification, it is scarcely possible that the chain of events would be reversed and produce the same somatic modification in the offspring. The medical practice of calling dis- eases hereditary when they are merely congenital, owing to germinal or intra-uterine infection, is criticized. Satisfactory evidence of the inheritance of injuries, functional changes, and psychic acquisitions has never been produced; but practical breeders and some others believe in such inheritance. An explanation of supposed inheritance of acquired characters by paral- lel induction, especially indirect parallel induction (through sense organs and the nervous system), is given with implied approval. Parallel activation, calling into action certain ones of a limited number of capacities in the parent and offspring, may be the explanation of some cases. Parallel reduction, loss of certain characteristics through general chemical change in both parent and offspring, is suggested to explain some cases. Similar modifications of parent and offspring may also easily arise owing to general weakening through poisons (germinal injury, blastophthoria). New hereditary factors have been produced (Tower's beetles) by direct environmental action on germ cells. Besides offering the usual explanation for xenia and certain bizarre phenomena, the author suggests that in some cases these phenomena may be the result of hormone (?) action of the male ele- ments. Graft hybrids are described. Weismann's sj'stem of idants, ids, determinants, and biophores is discussed in relation to maturation, amphimixis, and embryonic development, with brief comment in view of more recently discovered phenomena. Weismann's theory is regarded as neo-preformationist, in contrast to those of O. HERTwaG and others which are neo-epigenetic. — Section IV. The development of pre-Mendelian ideas of heredity, termi- nology, classification of hybrids, and sterility are discussed. Mendel's law is separated into 3 parts: Law of uniformity in Fi, law of segregation, and law of independent assortment; the widespread application of these laws is demonstrated by numerous examples. Presence and absence hypothesis is accepted in explanations. Multiple allelomorphs, such as factors for gray, black, and chocolate in mice, are defined as 2 or more factors which represent different grades of the same character. Cases of polymer)'^ are discussed. Inheritance of sex, sex- 16 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, linked inheritance, and intersexuality are explained. Sex determination takes place either before, at, or after fertilization. Exceptions to Mendel's laws are found in reversible domi- nance, fluctuation of unit characters, and irregular ratios; these have been explained by aux- iliary hypotheses, such as inhibiting factors, linkage, repulsion, reduplication, differential mortality, incompatibility, etc. The Mendelian theory is in harmony with the corpuscular theory of Weismann, mutation theory, genotype theory, and evolution and selection theory. The author thinks it probable that continuous variation of germ-plasm occurs under the effect of environment and selection; in unicellular organisms it always results in visibly con- tinuous variations, while in multicellular ones the results may appear as discontinuous varia- tions.— Section V. Many characters are shown to depend on physiological features of embry- onic development; complexly determined characters are more likely to exhibit impure segregation than simple ones; difference is attributed to ferments; characters complex in de- velopment are more likely to be of selective value. Extreme cases of complex causation may be highly species-specialized; intermediate cases are species-forming characters. Characters found in many species are usually simple in development and inheritance. Simple characters in man persist in hybrid races, complex ones tend to disappear. The inheritance of numerous human traits is described. — Section VI. Individuality of chromosomes is no longer to be regarded as a working hypothesis, but as a well-grounded theory. The author doubts the cor- rectness of the theory of parasynapsis and splitting of chromosomes as accounting for forma- tion of tetrads, holding that these phenomena may be partly due to accident, and partly to artifact; but he recognizes that Mendelian heredity is better explained by that theory than bj' telosynapsis. The Suttox-Boveri chromosome theory of heredity is outlined. The chro- mosome theory of sex is considered almost universally accepted. Some form of quantitative theory fits the facts better than the hypothesis that there are specific genes for sex as for other characters; but both theories are objectionable. The author believes that X chromosomes are mere indices, not causes; the relation of metabolism to sex supports the index-hypothesis. Proof of Morgan's theories of linear arrangement and crossing over await discoveries in forms in addition to Drosophila. Purity of gametes is proved, but that segregation is effected by reduction division is still in doubt; there is much evidence of somatic segregation. The author suggests the nucleoplasma theory to account for unequal cell divisions, including segregation of genes. Materials passing from the nucleus to the cytoplasm, or produced in the cytoplasm under the influences of the nucleus, may be equally divided at cell division, or may be sorted out (segregated); these substances may in turn influence the nature of the nucleus. Quantitative relations are supposed to determine dominance. — Final Section. Though a knowledge of Mendelian phenomena has led to few striking improvements in domes- ticated animals, it has made intelligible many puzzling phenomena, such as instability of certain species, atavism, individual potency, effects of inbreeding, heterosis, limits of artificial selection, and correlation, and has been useful in anthropology. — A. Franklin Shull. 93. Harlan, H. V., and S. Anthony. Development of barley kernels in normal and clipped spikes and the limitations of awnless and hooded varieties. Jour. Agric. Res. 19: 431-472. 1920. — Removal of awns at flowering time results in (1) a lessened deposit of dry matter in the kernel, especially of starch; and (2) an increased deposit of ash in the rachis of the spike. The awn functions as a depository for ash and its removal causes the surplus ash to accumulate in the rachis. This ash accumulation causes brittleness of the spike and con- sequent tendency to shatter. Hooded and awnless sorts have rachises more brittle than armed sorts, also yield less grain. The production of high-yielding strains of these types may be possible by using parents having a low percentage of ash in the rachises. — The substi- tution of smooth for scabrous armed sorts is suggested as likely to meet the objections of growers and feeders of barley. The production of such sorts equal in yield to the latter is a future task of the plant breeder. — F. P. Bussell. 94. Harrison, J. W. Heslop. The variation of Primula farinosa L. in County Durham. Vasculum 7: 21-25. 1921. — Variations are described in P. Jarinosa found in the mountains and along the Durham coast. Many of the variations are similar to those attributed to hybridization. The isolation of desirable types is attributed to the isolation of factors hitherto latent. — Karl Sax. No. 1, November, 1921J GENETICS 17 95. Haviland, Maud D. Preliminary note on antennal variation in an Aphis (Myzus ribis Linn.)- Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 20: 3.5-44. 1920. — The author reports that within asinglecloneof .l/yzjiviNosTON, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Glrason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiological Section. Otis F, Cttrtis, Cornell University, Ithaca, New Y'ork. *B. M. DuGOAH {Chairman of the Board), Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New Y'ork City. J. H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kauffman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. H. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *Forrest _ SiiREVE, Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institution, Tucson, Arizona. At W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Paleontological Society of America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street. New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Mar3'land. American Society of Agronomy. C. B. Hutchison, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. MooERs, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. *DoNALD Reddick, Comell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service,Wa8h- ington, D. C. J. 8. Illtck, Pennsylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science. Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Henry Kraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricultur- ists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, B. T, Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonald College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec, J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. large. Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, V. 8. A. EnUred as second-class matter. November 9, 1018. at the post office at Baltimore. Maryland, under the Act of March 3, 1879 Copyright 1922, WiUiama & Wilkins Company Price, net postpaid, per volume :<[||-^' United States, Mexico, Cuba Canada; $3.2.5, Other Countries CONTENTS Agronomy 383-411 Bibliography, Biography and History 412-429 Botanical Education 430-443 Cytology 444-459 Ecology and Plant Geography 460-503 Forest Botany and Forestry 504-509 Genetics 510-550 Horticulture 551-576 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 577-582 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae 583-600 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes 601-615 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes 616-631 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History 632-656 Pathology 657-719 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 720-732 Physiology 733-789 Soil Science 790-800 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 801-848 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications 849-858 BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1921 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, J. R. ScHEAMM Cornell University, Ithaca, New York EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C— Assistant Editor, Mart R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D.C. Bibliographv, Biography and History. Neil E. Stevens, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Alfred Gtjndersen, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin Madison, Wisconsin.— Assistant Editor, Geo. S. Bryan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin^ Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowles, The* University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois.— Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Washington, D. C— Assistant Editor, J. V. HoFMANN, U. 8. Forest Service, Wind River Ex- periment Station, Stabler, Washington. Genetics. GeorqeH. Shull, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey.— Assistant Editor, J. P. Kelly, Pennsylvania State College, State College, Pennsylvania. Horticulture J. H. Gourlet, Ohio Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Wooster, Ohio.— Assistant Editor, H. E. Knowlton. West Virginia University, Morgan- town, West Virginia. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland.— Assistant Editor, Sam F. Trb- lease. The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants E. W. Sinnott, Connecticut Agricultural College Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Transbau, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexandbb W. Evans. Yale University, New Haven. Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. H. M. Fitepatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Berrt, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. G. H. CooNs, Michigan Agricultural Col- lege, East Lansing, Michigan. — Assistant Editor, C. W. Bennett, Michigan Agricultural College, East Lans- ing, Michigan. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Hebeb W. Youngken, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science,Philadelphia,Penn3j-lvania.— Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathebcoal. 701 South Wood St.. Chicago, Illinois Physiology. B. M. Duqoar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Alissouri.— Assistant Editor, Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachu- setts. Soil Science. J. J. Skinner, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. — Assistant Editor, F. M. ScHERTZ, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Wash- ington, D. C. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Grebnman, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. _ Patson, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1921 J. R. Schramm, Chairman, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York H. O. BnCKMAN R. HOSMER W. H. Chandler L. Knudson A. J. E * M ES D. Reddick R. A. Emerson L. W. Sharp H. M. Frm»ATRicK K. M.Wiboanb R S. llARFfts, Secretary BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furniahing abstracts and citations of publications in the internAtidild field of botany in its broadest sense. ^ UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief Cornell University, Ithaca, New York Vol. X DECEMBER, 1921 No. 2 ENTRIES 383-858 AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 436, 437, 438, 518, 524, 531, 576, 580, 704, 717, 718, 751, 769, 793, 797, 799, 856, 858) 383. Anonymous. Chinese peanut oil, Pharm. Jour. 106: 262. 1921. — The extraction of the oil from Arachis hypogaea is carried out in Kwantung province, China, as follows: The washed dried fruits are passed through a large rice husking mill, the seeds are separated over coarse rattan sieves, and reduced to a meal in narrow mortars with huge stone pestles. The meal is steamed in shallow wooden tubs over a boiling cauldron and pressed in a large hollowed tree trunk, an enormous pressure being obtained against the packed meal by the use of wooden wedges. The oil as received is clear and ready for use. — E. N . Gathercoal. 384. Anonymous. Landwirte. Sammelt Eure Erfahrungen fiber die neueingeffihrten schottischen und irischen Kartoffelsorten, [Farmers, collect your experiences with the new Scotch and Irish potatoes.] Oesterreich. Zeitschr. Kartoffelbau P: 21-22. 1921. — Instead of 3 varieties only of English potatoes which were originally to be imported, 22 have been sent many of which are immune to the wart disease. The official potato commission plans to obtain comprehensive data as to the value of each new variety as compared with the old Austrian sorts. — F. Weiss. 385. Anonymous. Statistical data compiled by the Bureau of Crop Estimates 1863-1920. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 150. 64 p. 1921. 386. Agelasto, A. M. Linters. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 175. 10 p. 1921.— Cotton fiber known as "linters" is composed of short hairs removed not by gins, but by a process used at the oil mills in cleaning and preparing seed for crushing. The character, length of fiber, production, handling, sampling, selling, and commercial values are discussed. — L. R. Hesler. 387. Bippart, E. Vertilgung von Wildhafer. [Extermination of wild oats.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 228. 1921. — This plant (Avena fatua L.) is an important weed, chiefly on heavy clay soils rich in calcium. It is often a serious pest in beet fields and in fields of spring grain. As the wild oat plant is killed by autumn frosts, it is not found in fields of winter grain except in spots in which the stand is poor. Since the seed of wild oats germinate at lower 63 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 2 64 AGRONOaiY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, temperatures than do seeds of cultivated grains, the plant makes its appearance in the field before those of the summer grains. Taking advantage of this fact, summer grain should not be sown in an infested field until after the wild oats have appeared, after which shallow cultiva- tion should be practiced to kill the young plants, care being taken not to cultivate so deep as to bring new seed to depths permitting germination; the field should then be planted to the grain desired. This method failing, the field should be mowed before the weed seed ripens thereby preventmg infestation the following year. The seeds are capable of germination even when several years old. To avoid bringing up old seeds to the proper depth for germination, only shallow cultivation should be practiced in infested fields. — John W. Roberts. 388. Camp, Wofford B. Cotton culture in the San Joaquin valley in California. U.S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 164. 22 p., 11 fig. 1921. — A general treatise of the subject is pre- sented together with a list of publications bearing on Egyptian cotton growing in the south- western states. — L. R. Hesler. 389. Damon, S. C. Experiences with alfalfa. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 184. S6 p. 1921. — A compilation of miscellaneous tests which have been conducted at the station from time to time during the last quarter century is presented. — B. L. Hartwell. 390. [Drucb, G. C.] [Rev. of: Goulding, E. Cotton and vegetable fibres, their produc- tion and utilization. x + 2S0p. John Murray: London, 1916.] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 75-76. 1917 [1918]. 391. Hansen, Albert A. Lawn pennywort: a new weed. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 165. 6 p., 3 fig. 1921. — Hydrocofr/ie roiMndzyoKo, introduced from southern Asia previous to 1890 as an ornamental plant, has become rather widely distributed as a weed in lawns. It is known to occur in the District of Columbia, Pennsylvania, and Kentucky. Directions for its eradication are given. — L. R. Hesler. 392. Hansen, Dan. The work of the Huntley reclamation project experiment farm in 1919. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 147. 27 p., 4 fig. 1921.— A report is presented of ex- perimental work with crops, including rotation, grasses, varieties, sugar beets, silage, and fruits. — L. R. Hesler. 393. Hartwell, Burt L. Field experiments which included the soy-bean. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 183. 15 p. 1920. — Numerous varieties have been tested. Yellow-seed varieties have been sought which are late enough to give satisfactory tonnage for silage, and yet early enough to yield viable seed or seed which might be used for human food. — For use with corn for silage purposes, an insufficient proportion of the beans was obtained by planting the crops together in the same drill. There were no indications that the corn derived any advantage from the companionship. — Soy beans yielded more than cowpeas. The hay contained from 2.75 to 3.00 per cent of nitrogen. — Although nitrate of soda did not decrease the growth of soy beans, it did decrease the weight of the nodules. — The ability of soy beans to secure their needs for phosphorus was found to rank between that of carrots, which ob- tained their full requirements, and turnips which were practically unable to grow without phosphatic application. — Soy beans were able to derive f of their potassium needs from a soil so deficient that mangels could obtain only about J and summer squash about tV of their requirements. — B. L. Hartwell. 394. Hartwell, Burt L., and S. C. Damon. Fertilizer requirements of rotations in- cluding com, potatoes, rye and hay. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 185. 39p. 1921. — Results for the 21st to 27th year of 5 different rotations together with results from associated plants receiving differing fertilizers are presented; also, the record of the first 2 rounds of a 7-3'ear rotation. — From two 5-year rotations which differed only in that clover was included in one and not in the other, the hay in one round of the clover rotation contained 132 pounds more nitrogen per acre than in the other. The yields of the other crops did not differ much. — Where no farm manure was used, fertilizer chemicals equivalent to different amounts of a 5:8:5 fertilizer sufficed in general for the different crops. — B. L. Hartwell. No. 2, December, 1921] ' AGRONOMY 65 395. Haunalteu, Emil. Die Auswahl und die Vorbereitung der Pflanzkartoflfel. [The selection and preparation of potatoes for seed.] Oesterreich. Zeitschr. Kartoffelbau 1': 10-11. 1921. — Selection of varieties for food, industrial and fodder purposes, and selection of tubers for seed are discussed. The author recommends medium-sized (for the variety) whole tu- bers for seed, claiming that cut seed results in reduced yields, susceptibility to disease, and degeneration. — F. Weiss. 396. McMiLLER, P. R. Fertilizer tests pay in Minnesota. Potato Mag. 3":26. 1921.— In 1920 on 27 farms the application of a complete commercial fertilizer resulted in greater yield of potatoes, each bushel increase costing from O.IS to 1.77 dollars. The weather was unfavor- able. The soil was mostly sandy loam, and in some cases was treated with stable manure. — Donald Folsom. 397. Millard, W. A. Dry spraying for the destruction of charlock. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 28: 134-142. 1 fig. 1921. — In certain parts of England it is not convenient to secure a supply of water for wet spraying for charlock, consequently some tests were conducted during 1919 and 1920, near Leeds, on the use of some powdered chemicals for destroying the weed in grain fields. Nitrolim (calcium cyanamide) was found to be of no value, iron sulphate was effective only in such large quantities as to make it impracticable because of the cost, but copper sulphate gave excellent results. The latter, finely ground and applied at the rate of 20 pounds to the acre, destroyed the charlock provided seed had not set. For successful control the weather should be fairly settled, there should be a heavy dew, but no wind at the time of application; with these conditions dry spraying is quite as effective as wet spraying. — M. B. McKay. 398. NicHOLLs, W. D., and F. W. Peck. The cost of producing tobacco in Kentucky. (A preliminary report.) Kentucky Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 229. 135-190, illus. 1921.— One- year cost of production studied on 81 farms in the Burley areas covering 625.5 acres of Burley tobacco and 70 farms in the Dark area covering 679 acres of dark tobacco is given. The total cost per acre, including land rent, in the Burley district ranged from 163.06 to 403.18 dollars, averaging 289.10, with over f of the acreage being produced at between 200 and 300 dollars per acre. In the Dark district the total cost per acre varied from 100.03 to 308.19 dollars, averaging 141.76, with over | the acreage being grown at a cost of 125 to 150 dollars per acre. Ninety per cent of the Burley tobacco was grown at a cost of 31 cents or less per pound, averaging 26 cents. In the Dark area 90 per cent was grown at a cost of 23 cents or less per pound, averaging 17.2 cents. — W. D. Valleau. 399. Oakley, R. A., and H. L. Westover. Effect of the length of day on seedlings of alfalfa varieties and the possibility of utilizing this as a practical means of identification. Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 599-607. PI. 111-121. 1921.— Medicagofalcata and the 4 varieties of alfalfa,— Peruvian, Kansas, Grimm, and Turkestan, — were grown under conditions for control of ex- posure to light. Seedlings grown under conditions of a short January day and of a shortened day (7-hour exposure) showed the following sequence with respect to height, erectness, and lack of branching: Peruvian, Kansas, Grimm, Turkestan, M. falcata. Under exposure to a lengthened day (electric illumination until 11 o'clock at night) the order is practically reversed. By controlling light conditions it is possible to distinguish between seedlings of the commercial groups of alfalfa. — D. Reddick. 400. Parker, W. H., and H. Chambers. The nomenclature of agricultural plants. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 28: 167-180. 1921. 401. PiETERS, A. J., AND L. W. Kbphart. Annual white sweet clover and strains of the biennial form. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 169. 21 p., 8 fig. 1921.— The authors have brought together all available information on the new sweet clover, including its history, characteristics, and probable usefulness. The existence of several distinct varieties of biennial white sweet clover is noted with brief descriptions of their characteristics. — L. R. Hesler. 66 AGRONOMY [Bot. Absts., Vol. X, 402. Ratzbr, Wilhelm von. Esparcette (Onobrychis sativa). Bieneh-vater 53: 64-65. 1921. — The article gives details of growth, blooming period, type of soil required, etc., of the above species. Sanfoin can be grown successfully as far north as the 66th parallel in Europe. It is very valuable for various purposes, such as increasing the productivity of the soil, as hay, and for its excellent light-colored honey. — M. G. Dadant. 403. Roberts, Herbert F. Relation of hardness and other factors to protein content of wheat. Jour. Agric. Res. 21: 507-522. PL 100, 2 fig. 1921. — A study of available data shows that the correlation between hardness of wheat and protein content is practically nil; this is contrary to common assumption. No correlation is found between specific gravity and protein content nor between volume of the grain and protein content. — D. Reddick. 404. RtJMKER. Winterweizenversuche der Preussischen Forschungsgesellschaft fiir Landwirtschaft-Berlin in Emersleben 1919-20. [Winterwheat experiments of the Prussian Agricultural Research Society in Emersleben 1919-20.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 185-186. 1921. — A brief report is made of field tests of 40 varieties of winter wheat. — John W. Roberts. 405. Salaman, Redclipfb N. The influence of size and character of seed on the yield of potatoes. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 28: 43-48. 1921. 406. Sayre, L. E. Corn oil. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 114-115. 1920.— A brief state- ment is made of the excellent keeping qualities, very low melting point but high smoking point, of corn oil and its use as a food. — F. C. Gates. 407. SiEGMUND, Gustav. Die Hebung unserer Kartoflfelproduktion durch die englische Saatkartoffelaktion. [The improvement of our potato production through the English seed potato arrangement.] Oesterreich. Zeitschr. Kartoffelbau 1^: 13-14, 1921. — The greatest obstacle to recovery of Austrian potato production, which had fallen about 40 per cent, was the lack of good seed. The furnishing of the best Scotch and Irish varieties through the Eng- lish Reparation Commission has to a considerable extent overcome the deficiency. — F. Weiss. 408. Wacker, J. Einige Beobachtungen am Kartoffelsortiment des hohenheimer Ver- suchsfeldes vom Jahre 1920. [Some observations on varieties of potato in the Hohenheimer experunent field in the year 1920.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41: 132-133. 1921.— A brief report is made of variety tests of potato in which 93 sorts were used. — John W. Roberts. 409. Werner, H. O. Irrigation as a factor in seed potato production. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 133-137. 1920 [l92l]. — Triumph potatoes were grown on the tuber unit basis under irrigation at Minatare, Nebraska, in 1917. They grouped themselves into a well-defined high-yielding group and a low-yielding group, with very few intermediates. Seed stock grown under irrigation gave consistently lower yields than seed stock not grown under irrigation. The data presented "indicate that the conditions produced by irrigation as practiced in the West, have a very markedly deleterious effect upon tubers for seed purposes, which is manifest after the first season. Disease has not been a factor in this work. Irrigation has been the only factor that can be considered responsible for the differences secured." — H. A. Jones. 410. Williams, C. B., W. F. Pate, E. C. Blair, and R. W. Collett. I. Fertilizer experi- ments with wheat on mountain soils. II. Wheat culture in North Carolina. Bull. North Carolina Dept. Agric. 41'°: 2-48. 1920. — Different amounts of mineral fertilizers were used on wheat with varying profit. General cultural recommendations are included in the paper. — F. A. Wolf. 411. Wittmack, L. Die Samen unserer Kleegewachse und ihre Verunreinigungen. [The seeds of our clovers and their adulterants.] Illus. Landw. Zeitg. 41 : 178-180. 7 fig. 1921. — Descriptions, with drawings, are presented of the seeds of the following species: Medi- cago sativa, M.falcata, M. denticulata, M. arabica, M. minima, M. Iwpulina, Trifolium pratense, T. repens, T. hybridum, T. angulatum, T. parviflorum, T. minus, T. supinum, T. incarnatum, Lotus corniculatus, L. uliginosus, and Anthyllis vulneraria. — John W. Roberts. No. 2, December, 1921] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 67 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, AND HISTORY N. E. Stevens, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 492, 547, 802) 412. Anonymous. A plant protection institute. Boooklyn Bet. Gard. Rec. 9: 127-128. 1920. 413. Anonymous. [Bothalia.] Nature 107: 691. 1921. — The appearance of the first issue of this publication for new or little known plants of South Africa is reported. Subscriptions are to be sent to the Chief, Division of Botany, Pretoria. — O. A. Stevens. 414. Anonymous. Conference on fruit diseases. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 9: 12S-129. 1920. — Notes are presented on attendance and questions discussed at the conference in the Shenandoah Valley, in Virginia, West Virginia, Maryland, and Pennsylvania, August 3-9, 1920, arranged by the Advisory Board of American plant pathologists. — C. Stuart Gager. 415. Anonymous. Co-operative indexing of periodical literature. Nature 107: 449-450, 550-551. 1921. — A leading editorial discusses the possibility of making index material avail- able to abstractors prior to the preparation of abstracts, which at present generally precede the corresponding index publication, an indefensible arrangement. A union catalogue of current periodicals in libraries of the United Kingdom, which was prepared in 1914-15, should be published as an essential preliminary to the proper organization of knowledge, and a com- mon system of classification should also be agreed upon. The core of a subject is comprised in a body of homogeneous literature which can best be dealt with by its representative pro- fessional society, but outside this is a literature of decreasing relevance which can be eco- nomically handled only through cooperative work. The solution would seem to be a central bureau dealing solely with this non-homogeneous material, for which it would transmit entries to the professional societies. As the professional abstracts become better developed, the publication of corresponding indexes would tend to become less necessary. As different branches of knowledge may have different views on the relation of indexing to abstracting, a meeting should be held to determine the special requirements of each, and the feasibility of cooperative work. This editorial was followed in the later issue by a number of letters: F. A. Bather regards conference to determine the needs of each branch unnecessary, and con- siders that publication of abstracts before indexes is not indefensible, as the two are different in aim, substance, and preparation, while \V. M. Flinders Petrie suggests that the method of handling depends on the future utility of abstracts, and with the latter in view has person- ally adopted the following form in abstracting: (1) State briefly every new fact and argument that leads to a definite result; (2) add references to any confirmatory or contradictory facts that have been omitted; (3) suggest whether or not the paper is essential. — 0. A. Stevens. 416. Anonymous. The American Iris Society. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 9: 129. 1920. — A statement of the objects and activities of the society, organized in New York City on Jan- uary 29, 1920, is presented. — C. Stuart Gager. 417. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Laufer, Berthold. Sino-Iranica. Chinese contributions to the history of civilization in ancient Iran, with special reference to the history of cultivated plants and products. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. Ahthropol, Ser. 15: iv + 185-630. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 876).] Nature 107: 430-432. 1921. 418. Agrelius, F. U. G. A half century of bacteriology. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 23-34. 1920. — The presidential address given before the Kansas Academy of Science, March 15, 1918; an historical account. — F. C. Gates. 419. Caruntu, D. Cuvint inainte. [Foreword.] Bui. Agric. 1: 3-4. 1920.— There is announced and published the first number of Buletinul Agriculturii issued by the ]\Iinisterul Agriculturii ?i Domeniilor, Directiunea Agriculturii ?i Viticulturii, Bucharest, Roumania. — /. R. Schramm. 68 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 420. CoNCEiglo, Julio. Dr. Alberto Lofgren. Rev. Mus. Paulista 11: 543-560. Por- trait. 1919. — A biographical account is presented in Portuguese of Lofgren (1854-1918), who was born and educated in Sweden, but spent his life in scientific work in Brazil. He helped to organize the Geographical and Geological Commission of Sao Paulo, and in 1897 established the Botanical Garden there. He was interested in forest preservation and arboriculture, and active in securing forest legislation for Sao Paulo. In 1910-1911 he explored and made rich collections in Ceard,, Parahyba, Rio Grande do Norte, Bahia, and Pernambuco, and in 1913 he was called to take charge of the section of botany and plant physiology in the Botanical Garden of Vdo de Janeiro, where he remained until his death. A long list of his publications is given, perhaps the most important being his Manual das Familias Naturaes Phaner6gamas (1917) with keys to Brazilian genera. — Marie K. Pidgeon. 421. DuFOTjR, Leon. Notice sur I'oeuvre scientij&que du professeur Saccardo. [A note on the scientific work of Professor Saccardo.] Rev. G^n. Bot. 33: 5-10. Portrait. 1921, — A brief biography and tribute to the accomplishments of P. A. Saccardo (1845-1920) is given. — J. C. Oilman. 422. Larsbn, Th., og Carl Mariboe. Oversigt over fremmed Litteratur vedr0rende Jorddyrkning og Plantekultur for Aar 1918. [Review of foreign literature on agriculture and plant industry for the year 1918.] Tidsskr. Planteavl 27 : 319-376. 1920.— The author presents a classified list of foreign literature, including American. — Albert A. Hansen. 423. LoBO, Bruno. O Museu Nacional de historia natural. [The National Museum of natural history.] Arch. Mus. Nacion. Rio de Janeiro 22: 13-20. 2 portraits. 1919. — Mention is made of the principal voyages and explorations relating to Brazil, and the contributions to the botany of the country of Maximilian of Wied, Spix and Martins, Humboldt and Bonpland, Saint-Hilaire, Pohl, Alfred Russel Wallace, and others. — Marie K. Pidgeon. 424. Magalhaes, Basilio de. Biographia de Antonio Luiz Patricio da Silva Manso. [Biography of Antonio Luiz Patricio da Silva Manso.] Arch. Mus. Nacion. Rio de Janeiro 22: 77-96. 1919. — Silva Manso (17SS-1S4S) was born at Sao Paulo and originally followed the vocation of his father, who was a painter, but later studied medicine, being licensed to practice in Campinas in 1820, and in 1821 became provincial surgeon of Matto Grosso. Here he be- came interested in politics, representing the province in the general assembly of Brazil, 1834- 1837, and was held responsible for a massacre in the city of Cuyabd in 1834 in connection with the Brazilian struggle for independence. In retribution for this he was murdered January 17 or 18, 1848. He took up the study of botany in 1819, and in 1823 undertook to send plants and natural products of Matto Grosso to the Museu Nacional at Rio. He communicated plants to Martins, who in 1835 requested him to furnish 50 sets from Matto Grosso, especially rare plants or those of economic importance, for his projected Herbarium Brasiliense. Silva Manso wrote but little on botanical topics, but his services to Brazilian botany are highly rated by Martins in his Flora Brasiliensis and Systema Materiae Medicae Vegetabilis Bra- siliensis (1843). The biography is accompanied by a list of sources and several hitherto unpublished documents. — Marie K. Pidgeon. 425. Moral, A. La Oficina de Sanidad Vegetal de la Secretaria de Agricultura, Comercio y Trabajo. Organizacion de la oficina. II. [The Oflace of Plant Sanitation of the Department of Agriculture, Commerce and Labor. II. Organization.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 287-289. Portraits. 1920. — John Robert Johnston, professor of phytopathology in the national university and director of tropical research of the United Fruit Co., is at the head of the office of plant pathology of the Cuban Department of Agriculture, and Felipe de la Cruz y Piiiera is superintendent in charge of the office and personnel. There are 5 inspection zones with inspectors in charge; Reginald Hart, entomologist, is in charge of the service at ports, railroads, etc.; Charles Ballon in charge of inspection of gardens and nurseries; and Ernesto Moists Simonetto in charge of the sugar cane mosaic inspection service. A list is given of the circulars and bulletins published. — F. M. Blodgett. No. 2, December, 1921] BOTANICAL EDUCATION 69 426. Roberts, J. W. Stockton Mosby McMurran. Phytopathology 11 : 25-26. Portrait. 1921. — A short biographical sketch. (See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1764.] — B. B, Higgins, 427. Sampaio, A. J. de. A SecfSo de Botanica no primeiro seculo de existencia do Museu Nacional. [The Section of Botany in the first century of the existence of the National Museum.) Arch. Mus. Nacion.Riode Janeiro 22: 37-47. 1919. — The National Museum of Brazil, founded in 1808, was by the decree of February 3, 1842, divided into sections, the 2nd of which was devoted to botany, agriculture, and the mechanic arts. Luis Riedel, its first director, 1842- 1861, did much to build up the herbarium and library, and the section was further notably developed under the directorship of Ladislau Nette, 1865-1893. A full chronological record of all the directors, professors, and assistants of the section is given, together with summary of the South American collections represented in the herbarium. — Marie K. Pidgeon. 428. Tbschauer, Carlos. Algumas notas sobre ethnologia e "folklore" na flora e avifauna doBrasil. [Some notes on the ethnology and folklore of the flora and avifauna of Brazil.] Arch. Mus. Nacion. Rio de Janeiro 22: 221-230. 1919. — The associations and traditions relating to a small number of Brazilian plants are given, together with some uses among primitive inhabitants of the country. — Marie K. Pidgeon. 429. WoosTER, L. C. Botany in Kansas during the past fifty years. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 41-43. 1920. — A part of a symposium on Fifty Years of Scientific 'Development in Kansas is presented. The work of several botanists is very briefly mentioned, including among others: J. H. Carruth, W. A. Kellerman, W. T. Swingle, B. B Smyth, Mrs. L. C. R. Smyth, A. S. Hitchcock, Minnie Read, L. E. Sayre, Grace R. Meeker, Elam Bartholomew, Frank U. G. Aerrelius. and L. C. Wooster. — F. C. Gates. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersen, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entry 567) 430. Anonymous. 200 leicht ausfiihrb. botan. Schiiler-Ubungen nebst Resultaten. [Two hundred easily-performed botanical exercises, with results.] 4^ p. F. P. Datterer & Cie.: Freising, Germany. 2 marks, 50 pf. 431. Anonymous. [Rev. of : Martin, J. N. Botany with agricultural applications. 2nd ed.,xii + 604p.,490fig. John Wiley: New York, 1920; Chapman & Hall: London, 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1821).] Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 161. 1921. 432. Blaringhem, L. Sur les collections des plantes vivantes de I'Arnold Arboretxmi (Universite d'Harvard, pres Boston, Etats-Unis). [Concerning the collection of living plants at the Arnold Arboretum (Harvard University).] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 403-405. 1919. 433. Crow, J. W. Relation of our society to the development of horticulture. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 14^^-151. 1919 [1920].— Horticulture is coordinated with agriculture. Emphasis is placed upon the need of efficient plantsmen for successful horticulture, and sug- gestions are given for the adequate training of such men. — H. W. Rickey. 434. Hill, H. A. The study of botany. Pharm. Jour. 106: 256-257. 1921.— A discussion is presented with special reference to the Pharmaceutical Syllabus. In the study of both external and internal appearance drawings should be generously used. These should be as large as possible and colored crayons or pencils should be used to emphasize the differentia- tions. It is believed that few students of elementary botany realize the significance of life histories, though here the real understanding of botanical science begins. — E. N. Gathercoal. 70 CYTOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 435. Howard, W. L. Coordination in teaching horticulture. Proc. Amer. Sec. Hort. Sci. 16: 151-154. 1919 [1920]. — The author discusses the necessity of coordination in agri- cultural teaching and the advisability of teaching the sciences from an agricultural point of view and the agricultural subjects in their scientific relationship. This obviously necessitates cooperation between the scientific and technical departments, especially in station projects. It is believed that by judicious coordination of subjects and hearty cooperation of colleges, departments, and individuals, much more can be done and done more rapidly. — H. W . Rickey. 436. Merrill, F. A. How teachers may use Farmers' Bulletin 1125: Forage for the cotton belt. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 158. S p. 1921. 437. Merrill, F. A. How teachers may use Farmers' Bulletin 1148: Cowpeas: culture and varieties. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 157. 8 p. 1921. 438. Merrill, F. A. How teachers may use Farmers' Bulletin 1175: Better seed corn. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 15G. 6 p. 1921. 439. MoRSTATT, H. Zur Ausbildung fiir den Pflanzenschutzdienst. [Training for plant pathological service.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31: 89-94. 1921. — The author discusses the principles relative to training for plant pathological service. — //. T. Gilssow. 440. Percival, John. Agricultural botany. 6th ed. Duckworth & Co.: London, 1921. 441. ScHMiTT, Cornel. Bilder aus dem Pflanzenleben. Botanische Plaudereien. [Pic- tures from the plant world. Botanical talks.] IIS p. F. P. Datterer & Cie.: Freising, Ger- many. 1 mark, 50 pf. 442. ScHMiTT, Cornel. Der biologische Schulgarten, seine Anlage und unterrichtliche Verwertung. (The biological school garden, its plan and value for instruction.] 2nd ed., 112 p. F. P. Datterer & Cie.: Freising, Germany. 1 mark, 70 pf. 443. ScHOPMEYER, C. H. How teachers may use Farmers' Bulletin 1087: Beautifying the home grounds. U. S. Dept. Agric. Circ. 155. 6 p. 1921. CYTOLOGY G. M. Smith, Editor G. S. Bryan, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 530, 595, 596, 743, 77l) 444. Beauverie, J. La resistance plastidaire et mitochondriale et la parasitisme. [Plas- tid and mitochondrial resistance and parasitism.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1195-1198. 1921. — Saponin applied to tissues containing plastids and mitochondria causes a degeneration by vacuolization. Resistance to degeneration varies with age and with the tissue concerned. This is particularly marked in the chromoplasts of Ranunculus Ficariae. The same effect is produced by infection with Uromyces Ficariae. The bearing of this on parasitism and plant pathology is not yet apparent. — C. H. Farr. 445. Dangeard, Pierre. L'evolution des grains d'aleurone en vacuoles ordinaires et la formation des tannins. (The development of the grains of aleurone in ordinary vacuoles and the formation of tannin.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 995-997. Fig. A-I. 1921.— A study of the tannin formation in the epidermis of the leaves of Taxus baccata and the aleurone grains and tannin in seedlings of Pinus maritima is reported. Tannin is found to be of vacu- olar origin and not mitochondrial, as Politis contends. The aleurone and tannin are both found associated with the vacuolar system in the pine. — C. H. Farr. No. 2, December, 1921] CYTOLOGY 71 446. Dragoixj, J., et F. Vlbs. Les consequences cytologiques do I'arret osmotique de la division cellulaire. [The cytological consequences of the arrest of cell-division by osmotic pressure.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1210-1211. 1921. — Cytological studies are reported supporting experimental results on the effect of osmotic pressure on cell-division [see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 45S].— C. //. Farr. 447. D[udgeon], W[infield]. [Rev. of: Gates, R. Rugglbs. A preliminary account of the meiotic phenomena in the pollen mother-cells and tapetum of lettuce (Lactuca sativa). Proc. Roy. Soc. London B. 91 : 21C-223. 2 fig. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1674).] Jour. Indian Bot. 2: 151-152. 1921. 448. GuiLLERMOND, A. Observations vitales sur le chondriome des vegetaux et recherches sur I'origine des chromoplastes et le mode de formation des pigments xanthophylliens et caro- tiens. Contribution a I'etude physiologique de la cellule. [Intra-vitam observations on the chondriome of plants and researches on the origin of chromoplasts and the mode of formation of xanthophyll and carotin pigments. Contribution to the physiological study of the cell.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 31: 372^13, 44fi-50S, 532-603, C35-770. 60 pL, So fig. 1919.— A comprehensive treatment is presented of plant chondriosomes with special reference to the formation of xanthophyll and carotin pigments. It includes not only a summary of previous contributions by the author and a consideration of new observations, but also an extensive review of chon- driosome literature. — Many species of flowering plants were examined, the most favorable being Tulipa suaveolens, T. Gesneriana, and 7ns germanica. Epidermal and mesophyll cells of sepals, petals, bracts, and other floral organs were studied in the living condition as well as by means of the special fixing and staining methods commonly used in the investigation of these objects. Benda's method of fixation followed by iron-haematoxylin or Kull's staining method proved successful. Osmic acid alone also conserves faithfully the cyto- plasmic structures. — The cytoplasm is described as a homogeneous, more or less hyaline sub- stance, probably colloidal in nature, filled with chondriosomes in the form of granular mito- chondria, short rods, and elongated (sometimes branched) chondrioconts. These elements are formed only by division of preexisting chondriosomes. They are protoplasmic in nature and play an important physiological role, since through them alone certain products ar& elaborated. — In older cells the chondrioconts (rod- or thread-like chondriosomes) increase in size and become plastids. In cellular degeneration the chondrioconts and bodies derived from them break down into granular masses, and with this degeneration is often associated the ap- pearance of fatty substances. The behavior of cytoplasmic inclusions can be studied in the living cells without fixation. Formation of carotin and xanthophyll pigments is associated with the chondriosomes and plastids derived from them. The pigments may occur within these bodies in the form of minute granules or crystals; in some chromoplasts they appear to be in a diffused state. The presence of fat globules and the temporarj' appearance of starch within the developing chondrioconts are frequently associated with pigment formation. There seems, however, to be no constant relationship between oil formation, starch formation, and the development of chlorophyll and other pigments. — The author argues strongly for the con- ception of the plant chondriosome as a self-perpetuating cell organ concerned in the develop- ment of plastids and in the elaboration of starch, oil, and pigments in a manner analogous to similar phenomena in animal cells. He replies to the objections advanced by other writers against this view and regards as inadequate the evidence for the existence of 2 or more dis- tinct categories of chondriosomes and for their nuclear origin. — L. F. Randolph. 449. Levy, F. Die Kernverhaltnisse bei parthenogenischen Froschen. [Nuclear phenom- ena in parthenogenetic frogs.] Sitzungsber. Preussisch. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1920: 417-425. 1920. 450. LicBNT, E. Sur la structure et revolution du noyau dans les cellules du meristeme de quelques Euphorbiacees. [Structure and development of the nuclei of meristematic cells of certain Eurphorbiaceae.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 10G3-1066. 1921.— Root- tips, stem tips, young leaves, pollen-mother-cells, and developing embryo-sacs were studied. The nucleole sometimes persists through the anaphases and then disappears without leaving 72 CYTOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, a trace. In some of these cases it first fragments, the fragments going to the poles and be- having as huge chromosomes. In the pollen-mother-cells of Mercurialis the chromosomes function in an analogous fashion to these nucleoles. — C. H. Farr. 451. LiTARDiERE, R. DE. Rcmarquc au sujet de quelques processus chromosomiques dans les noyaux diploidiques du Podophyllum peltatum L. [Remarks on certain chromosome pro- cesses in the diploid nuclei of Podophyllum peltatum.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1066-1068. 1921. — Alveolization of the daughter chromosomes in the anaphases occurs in this species. Anastomoses between adjacent chromosomes in telophase are not as inter- preted by Overton in 1909 but are formed by the fusion of pseudopodia-like projections from the chromosomes. Twelve chromosomes represent the diploid number as opposed to 16 reported by Overton and Mottier in American material. This difference may indicate a varietal difference. — C. H. Farr. 452. PoLiTis, J. Sur les corpuscules bruns de la brunissure de la vigne. [On the brown corpuscles of brunissure of the grape.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 870-873. 1921. — Among the causes that have been suggested for the burnishiiig of the grape are animal parasites, fungi, myxomycetes, and physiological disturbances. Minute intracellular bod- ies, yellow to brown in color, are found to be present which react to tests for tannin and also appear as mitochondria when treated with the Regaud or the Benda method. — C. H. Farr. 453. PoLiTis, J. Sur I'origine mitochondriale des pigments anthocyaniques dans les fruits [On the mitochondrial origin of the anthocyan pigments of fruits.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci Paris 172: 1061-1063. 1921. — In the epidermis of the fruits of Vitis vinijera, Solarium Melon- gena, and Convallaria japonica the anthocyan is formed from the tannin in the mitochondria. — C. H. Farr. 454. Potts, F. A. A note on vital staining. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc. 20: 231-234 1921. 455. RiKER, A. J. Chondriomes in Chara. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 48: 141-148. PL 3. 1921. — Two species of Chara were studied, and the chromatic granules (prochondriomes) were found to appear on the central plate in anaphase, taking their origin in the nucleolus and mi- grating into the cytoplasm to become chondriomes. Chondriomes can thus arise as nuclear extrusions, but also by fission from other chondriomes. Prochondriome contents seemed not to differ, in the actively growing tip, in purely vegetative cells, and gamete-producing cells; extrusion of prochondriomes "is apparently not connected with nuclear degeneration or dif- ferentiation of the germ and vegetative cells." — P. A. Mum. 456. RiVETT, M. F. The structure of the cytoplasm in the cells of Aliculariascalaris Card. Ann. Botany 32: 207-214. PL 6, 3 fig. 1918. 457. Sharp, Lester W. An introduction to cytology, xiii + ^52 p., 159 fig. McGraw- Hill Book Co.: New York, 1921. 458. Vles, F., et J. Dragoiu. Sur la pression osmotique d'arret de la division cellulaire. [Concerning the effect of osmotic pressure in arresting cell-division.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1127-1130. 1921. — The increase in external osmotic pressure, without an appreciable variation in the electrolytic dissociation, retards the segmentation of the sea urchin egg. An increase in osmotic pressure of 1 1 atmospheres stops cytoplasmic division, but not nuclear division, which continues up to 23 atmospheres above normal. The work done in successive divisions of the egg is calculated to be as follows: 1st division, 4.02 ergs; 2nd di- vision, 1.66 ergs; 3rd division, 0.81 ergs; 4th division, 0.28 ergs. — C. H. Farr. 459. Ward, Cutler D. The cytological problems arising from the study of artificial par- thenogenesis. Part II. Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 71-78. 1921. No. 2, December, 1921] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 73 ECOLOGY AND PLANT GEOGRAPHY H. C. CowLES, Editor Geo. D. Fuller, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 399, 402, 556, 577, 580, 581, 583, 592, 594, 601, 602, 603, 606, 607, 608, 609, 611, 625, 642, 745, 747, 751, 752, 797, 801, 802, 803, 804, 805, 806, 807, 809, 815, 816, 819, 823, 835, 848) GENERAL, FACTORS, MEASUREMENTS 460. T., E. N. Botany at the British Association. Nature 104: 520-521. 1920.— Brief abstracts of various papers are presented including the following: H. H. Thomas on desert flora of western Egypt; H. W. Monckton on flora of London Clay; J. C. Willis on northern in- vasions of New Zealand; Godfery on orchids of Hants and Dorset (members of the section were privileged to see on their expedition one of the rare ones mentioned, Malaxis paludosa); W. Brierley on species concept in fungi; R. R. Gates on mutational versus recapitulatory charac- ters; Miss Saunders on inheritance in Matthiola; Scott on relations of seed plants to higher cryptogams; Salisbury on monocotyledonous features of the Ranunculaceae; Miss Prankerd on movable cell inclusions; M. C.Rayneronmycorhiza and Ericaceae; Priestley on theoretical consideration of root pressure. — 0. A. Stevens. 461. Thiessen, A. H. Notes on the vertical distribution of temperature. Trans. Utah Acad. Sci. 1 : 55-60. 1918. — This paper was presented to the Academy in April, 1911. — H. C. Cowles. STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOR 462. Agharkar, Shankar. Die Verbreitungsmittel der Xerophyten, Subxerophyten und Halophyten des nordwestlichen Indiens und ihre Herkunft. [Distributional mechanism of xerophytes, subxerophytes, and halophytes of northwestern India, and origin of the mechanisms.] Hot. Jahrb. 56 (Beibl. 124): 1-41. 1920. — An historical account is given in which it is noted that there have been 2 groups of publications, those dealing with structure of the mechanisms, and the other with operation. The region studied is described in detail. It is semidesert in nature, and except along streams most parts are treeless plains. The climate is analyzed, and tables are given showing the conditions existing. A brief description of the result- ing flora is given, the fauna also being mentioned. The distributional mechanisms are divided into active and passive. The active are of 2 sorts, those in which the mechanism is connected with the pericarp. and those in which it is not. The passive are of 5 types adapted to secure distribution respectively by wind, animals, water, and by the opening of seed vessels so as to promote distribution by shaking due to wind or animals; the first 2 are subdivided. The species are classified under these heads in tables. At the end of each table the results are analyzed. Light is thrown on the reasons for the migration of various species from other nearby countries into this region. About 5 per cent of the species are distributed by active means, 50 by wind, 30 by animals, and 15 per cent by being shaken bj' wind or animals. Of the 260 species, 37 are widely distributed, 46 are Indo-lVIalayan, 93 Arabo-African, 38 Mediter- ranean, 1 central-Asiatic, and 45 endemic. — K. M. Wiegand. 463. Andrews, E. F. Habits and habitats of the North American Resurrection Fern. Torre}'a20: 91-96. 1920. — The most frequent hosts of Poly podium polypodioides (L.) Hitchc. in the southern coastal plain are the post-oak, elm, and tulip-tree. The fern is not a parasite but seems to establish a symbiotic relation with a certain soft moss. Instead of growing in secluded woods, it is found most often on the borders of roads and about dwellinsg. The scurfy coating on the under surface of the fronds checks evaporation and explains the drought- resisting qualities of the plant. A mat of the plants collected on December 30 showed no signs of withering until January 13, and was not completely withered until 18 daj's later. On April 74 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 11, May 17, and June 15 specimens detached from the mat and exposed to rain revived within 12-24 hours. On October 30 a specimen exposed to a warm mist revived sufficiently in 12 hours to show that it was still alive, and in 12 hours more all the fronds were expanded. On March 8, after more than 14 months without water, 2 fronds were still able to expand, after which the plant did not revive. — J. C. Nelson. 464. BoxNiER, G. Nouvelles observations sur les cultures experimentales a diverses altitudes et cultures par semis. [New observations on experimental cultures at various altitudes and seed cultures.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 32:305-320. 2 pi. ,4- fig. 1920. — An account is given of the effects of climate upon perennial lowland plants cultivated for more than 30 years at altitudes from 700 to 2400 m. in the Alps and Pyrenees. To eliminate the effect of initial variations fully developed plants were divided into a number of parts, and these were transplanted to various altitudes. The following are some of the conclusions reached: In general, all low- land plants belonging to species naturally able to tolerate the differences in altitude develop well under alpine conditions. Alpine species from other parts of the world grow well in anal- ogous situations in the Alps and Pyrenees. At the end of 30 years in high altitudes nearly all lowland plants have assumed the habit and anatomical structure identical with that of plants of the same species already growing at these altitudes. Complete adaptation of this sort is accomplished in 8 to 10 years by some species, whereas others require more than 25 years; 58 species which have undergone such changes are listed. — Several alpine plants (17 listed) have become so modified by the alpine climate that they are indistinguishable from forms previously described as distinct species. For example, Helianthus vulgare Gaertn. after 30 years at 2400 m. has assumed all the characters of H. grandifiorum DC. — All species of extensive altitudinal range have an optimum altitude for their development. With increasing altitude the leaves become greener and the flowers more highly colored up to a certain level; beyond this level the colors become less intense, though some adaptive characters continue to become more accentuated. Some changes appearing at once after transplantation disappear in a few years; conclusions are valid only if based on observations extending over many years. — Plants belonging to tj'^pical alpine species rapidly lose some of their alpine characters or even perish when transferred to too low altitudes. The same is true of lowland species grown at high altitudes and then returned to the plains. Some annual lowland species be- come biennial or perennial at high altitudes ; the perennial habit represents one of the principal alpine adaptations. — By a number of experiments with seeds germinated at low and high altitudes it is shown that the seedling stages also show striking adaptations to alpine con- ditions. The most conspicuous changes are the dwarfing of all parts and the alteration in the shape and vesture of the leaves. — L. W . Sharp. 465. Brewster, A. A. Pollination of Persoonia lanceolatus by the bee, Halictus. Austra- lian Nat. 4: 157-158. 1920. 466. Hamilton, A. A. Reproduction of plants from leaves. Australian Nat. 4: 149-150. 1920. VEGETATION 467. Bbws, J. W. Plant succession and plant distribution in South Africa. Ann. Botany 34: 287-297. 1920. — The operation of Willis' "age and area" law is profoundly modified under conditions of extreme climatic variation such as obtain in South Africa. The author attempts to account for certain phases of plant distribution within the range under consideration by the application of successional principles. lie finds that "species with a wide distribution are usually found in an early stage of the plant succession." He regards this as an "eco- logical amplification" of Willis' law applicable in regions characterized by great variations in climate. It is pointed out that certain pioneer species are not widely distributed due to the fact, in some cases at least, that their spread is prevented by the presence of more stable plant communities. Furthermore, there are certain large classes of species having a restricted distribution that "belong of necessity to climax or sub-climax stages of succession." — P. D. Strausbaugh. No. 2, December, 1921] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 75 468. DuDGBON^, WiNFiELD. A Contribution to the ecology of the Upper Gangetic Plain. Jour. Indian Bot. 1: 9-10. 1920. — A study of vegetative types and successions based on ob- servations through several seasons in a region about Allahabad is reported. The climatic factors produce 3 distinct seasons: (1) Rainy season, July-Sept., with high rainfall, low in- solation, high temperature, high humidity; (2) cold season, Oct.-Feb., with low rainfall, high insolation, low temperature, high humidity; (3) hot season. Mar .-June, with low rainfall, high ''nsolation, high temperature, low humidity, and high winds. — The biotic feature influences the vegetation as much as does the climatic. The rural population of the region is 530 per square mile; grazing domestic animals number 470 per square mile. This causes marked and continual retrogression from the climatic climax. Seasonal succession is distinct, the vegeta- tion being luxuriant in the rainy season, moderately luxuriant with different types prevailing in the cold season, and sparse in the hot season. — Hydrarch topographic succession is obscured by the interference of human factors but it presents in general the following stages: (1) aqua- tic, (2) wet meadow, (3) dry meadow, (4) thorn scrub poorly developed. If the retrogressive influence of biotic factors were removed it seems clear that successions would progress through (5) thorn scrub fully developed, (6) pioneer monsoon deciduous forest, (7) climatic climax monsoon deciduous forest. — L. A. Kenoyer. 469. Harvey, Leroy H. Some phytogeographical observations in Lake County, Michigan. Michigan Acad. Sci. Ann. Rept. 21 : 213-217. 1919.— The author holds that the northern half of the southern peninsula of Michigan represents "a great tension zone in which the northern outposts of the deciduous climax forest formation and the southern relicts of the northeastern evergreen forest formation overlap and intermingle, thus becoming competitors for occupa- tion." A study of soil and atmospheric conditions proves inadequate to explain present distributional conditions, and renders it probable that succession has been abbreviated in most, if not all, of the tree associations. He believes that the original upland forest associa- tions have been more the result of preoccupation and self-perpetuation than of a well-marked successional development. In general he believes that "any region should be classified upon the basis of the highest ecological type which may find expression therein." From these considerations, the presence of numerous areas of hardwood or mixed hardwood formations in this region of conifers would seem to link it up with the deciduous climax formation to the south. — //. T. Darlington. 470. Hastings, Ghoege T. The vegetation of a cinder field. Torreya 20: 96-100. 1920.— In the summer of 1916 an area of some 3 acres on the west shore of the Hudson River opposite Hastings, New York, was filled in with ashes and rubbish from 1 to 6 feet in depth, and over this a layer of cinders 6 inches to a foot in thickness was placed. In the summer of 1917 the area became well covered with vegetation; the next year, however, the area was covered with a layer of clayey soil, and but few of the original plants reappeared. In 1917, 96 species of flowering plants appeared on the area. This was distinctively a weed flora, only 6 of the spe- cies belonging to the flora of the adj acent hillside. Only 29 per cent of the species were native, and over half were annuals. The grasses and composites made up more than 40 per cent of the species. Many of the plants would have survived for many seasons had not the cinders been covered the following season. A complete list of the species observed is appended. — J. C. Nelson. 471. Phillips, E. Percy. A preliminary report on the veld-burning experiments at Groen- kloof, Pretoria. South African Jour. Sci. 16: 28.5-299, PL 31-33 and diagrams. 1920.— The burning of the veld tends to encourage the flowering of many plants, particularly hemi- cryptophytes. There appears to be a definite life history in the development of the succes- sion and the formation of vernal aspect societies. Soil protected by vegetation does not exhibit such extremes of heat and cold as bare soil. The water content of soil covered with vegetation does not fluctuate between very high and very low extremes; it is more stable in this respect than bare soil. — E. P. Phillips. 472. R.YMALEY, Francis. SomeT mountain plant communities on sandy soil. Plant World 22 : 313-328. 3 fig. 1919. — An account is given of the vegetation on a sandy area near George- 76 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, town, Colorado, in Clear Creek Canon at an altitude of 8500 feet. Four habitats are con- sidered: sand, sand-gravel slopes, rock wash, and rock ridges. Three associations occur on sand: (1) shrub association, (2) wheat-grass association, and (3) short-grass association. The principal shrubs in the 1st of these associations are Symphoricarpos vaccinoides, Rhus trilohata, Rihes inebrians, and Chrysothamnus linifolius. The shrub communities are con- sidered as intermediate between grassland and coniferous forest, and it is pointed out that well compacted soil tends to forests on steeper slopes, and to grasslands on more level areas. A list of 64 species found on the sandy area is given. — Charles A. Shull. 473. Ramalet, Francis. Vegetation of undrained depressions on the Sacramento plains. Bot. Gaz. 68: 380-387. Fig. 1919. — The numerous depressions of the Sacramento plains have a very fine-graded soil, where water stands during the period of winter rain and even into early spring. The vegetation is very different from that of the usual grassland of the region, being composed of very few species, with practically no introduced weeds. The depressions usually show a central area and a marginal zone, the former characterized by a dense growth of Allocarya or Baeria, and the latter by Floerkea Douglasii and Deschampsia danthonioides . Subordinate species of both areas are noted and the seasonal changes indicated. A systematic list is given of 29 species, 10 of which are marked as characteristic, 8 as frequent, and 11 as merely occasional. — Francis Ramaley. 474. Russell, W. Esquisse sur la vegetation d'un coin du Gevaudan granitique. [Sketch of the vegetation of a corner of the granitic Gevaudan.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 32: 226-229, 256-269. 1 fig. 1920. — A brief description is given of the physiography and vegetation of the high un- dulating plateau between the mountains of Aubrac and the Margeride. The vegetation is divided into 4 physiognomic groups inhabiting respectively the prairies, woods, waste places, and cultivated lands; lists of species constituting each group are given. The prairies are particularly rich in montane species. — L. W. Sharp. 475. Shreve, Forrest. A comparison of the vegetational features of two desert mountain ranges. Plant World 22 : 291-307. 7 fig. 1919. — A description of the physiographic features of the Pinaleno mountains is presented, and a comparison of the general vegetational and floristic features of the Pinaleno range and the Santa Catalinas. The main differences noted are due to the higher altitude, and the more sharply cut and better watered canons of the Pinalenos. The higher altitude leads to more extensive development of a type of forest spar- ingly represented at the highest altitudes of the Santa Catalinas; and the well watered canons lead to a more conspicuous interdigitation of lowland and mountain vegetation on the slopes. Comparative rainfall records for the two ranges are given for 1917, and lists of species found in the Pinaleno mountains that are absent from the Santa Catalinas. Certain species found in both ranges raise the question as to the means of dispersal of species from range to range across the arid lowlands between them. The floristic differences indicate a secular movement of species from the larger and higher ranges to the lower and more isolated ones, with rapid impoverishment of the flora as the latter are approached. — Charles A. Shull. FLORISTICS 476. Anonymous. The botanical survey of the Union of South Africa. Kew Bull. 1919: 399^03. 1919. 477. Bailey, John W. Adventures in mossland : — Polytrichadelphus Lyallii Mitt. Bryol- ogist 23 : 49-50. 1920. — This is a popular account of the collection of a rare moss upon Mt. Rainier, with some notes upon its surroundings. — E. B. Chamberlain. 478. Barnola, Joaquin Maria de. Notas fitostfiticas sobre la vegetaci6n bril6gica de las cercanias del Lago de Bafiolas. [Ecologic notes upon the bryophytes of the neighborhood of Lake Bafiolas.] Broteria Ser. Bot. 18: 64-73. 1920. — Lake Banolas is near the town of the same name in northeast Spain. It apparently occupies a much smaller basin than formerly, No. 2, December, 1921] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 77 present dimensions being about 0.5 by 2 km. The region is underlain by limestone ("terreno nummulitico") with some sandstone, and considerable travertine from the lake. There are many fissures and faults in the neighborhood as well as small fluctuating lakes. — A list of 31 mosses and 9 hepatics is given, in each case with short notes upon habitat, soil preference, and general distribution. One hepatic, Lejeunea calcarea Lib. var. Rosettiana Mass, is noted as new to the flora of Spain. — E. B. Chamberlain. 479. Bhan, W. J. Abraham's Oak. Kew Bull. 1919: 233-236. 1 fig. 1919.— Quercus coccifera palaestina from Jerusalem is discussed. — E, Mead Wilcox. 480. Britton, N. L. A botanical expedition to Trinidad. Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 21 : 101-118. 1920. — Besides a general jiarrative of the expedition, the article presents general accounts of the vegetation of Trinidad and the neighboring islands. This includes tropical rain-forest, open savannas, and coastal deserts with abundant cacti. — H. A. Gleason. 481. CoBURX, Louise H. Flora of Birch Island in Attean Pond. Rhodora 22: 129-138. 1920. — Attean Pond is one of the Moose River chain of lakes which extend from west to east across the northern part of Somerset County, Maine, draining into the Kennebec by way of Moosehead Lake. Birch Island, the largest in this lake, has an area of something over 25 acres, is very irregular in outline, and appears to have a backbone of granite boulders, — glacier-borne from the rocky heights to the north, — while the sand and gravel of the beaches show the same origin. The larger part of the island is covered with a nearly pure stand of fir which is coming up under and slowly replacing an older white birch forest. The flora .of the island divides itself naturally into 7 associations: (1) The forest flora; (2) flora of the rocky shore below high water line; (3) flora of the marshes; (4) flora of the gravel beaches; (5) water flora of the coves; (6) flora of the cleared ground; (7) waste ground flora. A list of species is given for each of these associations with an additional short list of plants found in Attean Township outside of Birch Island. — James P. Poole. 482. Darlington, H. T. Distribution of the Orchidaceae in Michigan. Michigan Acad. Sci. Ann. Rept. 21 : 239-261. / pi. 1919. — The greater number of species of the Orchidaceae of Michigan occur south of the Jack Pine Region; a few are found in the Upper Peninsula and in the northern part of the Lower Peninsula. Cytherea is one of the distinctly boreal species. The rarest species known in the state is Triphora trianthophora. The orchid flora of the state comprises 70 per cent of the total number of species known within the northeastern United States and Canada. A key to the genera and species and full notes on the distribution of the species are given. — Bertha E. Thompson. 483. FiNCKH, H. E. On Riccia fluitans. Australian Nat. 4: 151. 1920. — The occurrence of the species in 2 localities is mentioned. — T. C. Frye. 484. FiTZPATRicK, T. J. The fern flora of Nebraska — II. Amer. Fern Jour. 10: 33-44. 1920. — The article contains an annotated list of 21 species of pteridophytes, distributed among 14 genera and 6 families. — F. C. Anderson. 485. GiNZBERGER, A. Zwsi neue Standorte der gefeldert-rindigen Buche, Fagus silvatica var. quercoides Pers., in Mittel Italien und Slavonien. [Two new stations for the groove- barked beech, Fagus silvatica var. quercoides Pers., in central Italy and in Slavonia.] Natur- wiss. Zeitschr. Forst- u. Landw. 18: 39-41. 1920. — Previous reports had confined the range of this tree to southern, central, and western Germany, and 1 stand in southern Hungary. The tree recently identified in Italy was found in the southern Abbruzzia, the other in the highlands of western Slavonia in 1918; both were old, the latter evidently decadent. The author also discovered 2 beautiful examples of var. quercoides in 1919 in the Lainz Zoological Park near the western city limits of Vienna. — /. Roeser. 486. Graves, E. W. The fern flora of Alabama. Amer. Fern Jour. 10: 65-82. PI. 1, fig. 1-2. 1920. — The author lists 69 species of pteridophytes distributed among 23 genera and 3 families. — F. C. Anderson. 78 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 487. Harpek, Roland M. Southern Louisiana from the car-window. Torreya 20: 67-76. 1920. — The vegetation of southern Louisiana has not been extensively described. The author has made 2 trips across the territory, the 1st in July, 1915, from New Orleans westward on the Southern Pacific, and the 2nd in August, 1918, from New Orleans to Baton Rouge, and thence westward to the Sabine River. Five regions are enumerated: the Sugar-Cane Region, the Cotton Region, the Prairies, the Long-Leaf Pine Region, and the Hammock Forests. Lists of species observed from the train in passing through each of these regions are given; the deter- mination in many cases is merely conjectural. — J. C. Nelson. 488. Hitchcock, A. S. Report on a recent trip to British Guiana. Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 21 : 129-137. PI. 2^8-2^9. 1920.— The author presents general information on the cli- mate and vegetation of the region, and describes in detail his method of drying plants for herbarium specimens. — H. A. Gleason. 489. MoNCKTON, Horace W. The flora of the district of the London clay. [Abstract.] Rept. British Assoc. AdV. Sci. 1919: 335. 1920. 490. ScHLBCHTER, R. Die Verbreitung und das Auftreten der Orchideen in Europa nebst Winken iiber ihre Kulture. [The distribution and occurrence of orchids in Europe together with hints as to their culture.] Orchis 13 : 19-25, 35—40. 1919. — Some 120 species of native orchids occur in Europe; many of these are worthy of cultivation. The various genera and species are listed with notes concerning distribution and culture. — E. B. Payson. 491. Small, J. K. Cjrpress and population in Florida. Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 21: 81-86. PI. 24-5-247. 1920. — The cited ranges of Taxodium distichum and T. ascendens cover only the portions of Florida already settled. Both species actually extend much farther south. The plates illustrate the habit and leaf form of both species. — H. A. Gleason. 492. Small, J. K. Of grottoes and ancient dunes. Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 21 : 25-38, 45-54. PI. 241-244. 1920. — The author gives extended notes on a 1200 mile trip through various parts of Florida, describing the prevailing vegetation and citing numerous species. The fern grottoes are occupied by a dense and luxuriant growth of 14 species of ferns. J. H. Barnhart adds, in footnotes, brief biographies of John Bartram, William Bartram, William Baldwin, Severn Rapp, Mary Evans Francis, Cameron Mann, A. H. Curtiss, and John Donnell Smith. — H. A. Gleason. 493. T., W. B. Carex riparia, var. gravilis in Britain. Kew Bull. 1920: 141. 1920. 494. Taylor, Norman. A rare palm from Cuba in the conservatories. Brooklyn Bot. Gard. Rec. 9: 101-102. 1920. — A specimen of this palm, Coccothrinax crinita (Griseb. & H. Wendl.) Becc. {Thrinax crinita Griseb. & H. Wendl.), was discovered by Charles Wright in eastern Cuba "during our Civil War." Until quite recently no living specimen was known. The specimen in the Brooklyn Botanic Garden was collected on March 17, 1894, by R. D. Hoyt, of Clearwater, Florida, in western Cuba (Pinar del Rio). It is suggested that the original record may have been in error. — C. S. Gager. 495. Thomas, H. Hamshaw. On the desert flora of western Egypt. [Abstract.] Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1919: 332. 1920. 496. TuRRiLL, W. B. Botanical exploration in Chile and Argentina. Kew Bull. 1920: 57-66. 1920. 497. TuRRiLL, W. B. Botanical results of Swedish South American and Antarctic expedi- tions. Kew Bull. 1919: 268-279. 1919. 498. Wbatherby, C. A. A European primrose in New England. Rhodora 22: 143. 1920. — The discovery of a colony of Primula officinalis (the English cowslip) well established No. 2, December, 1921] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 79 on a shady river bank in Salisbury, Connecticut, is reported. Apparentlj' this colony was started bj' seed thrown out with rubbish. A station has also been reported from Greene, Maine. The author reports that a search of the literature has failed to disclose any previous record of the plant occurring spontaneously in the eastern U. S. A., although in his Catalogue of the Canadian Plants, John Macoun reports it as well established near North Sydney, Cape Breton, and near Victoria, Vancouver Island. — James P. Poole. 499. Willis, J. C. On the floras of certain islets outlying from Stewart Island (New Zea- laiyi). Ann. Bot. 33: 479-4S4. / map. 1919. — From a survey of 2 papers by Poppelwell and another by Cockayne the author gleans some further facts which he presents briefly as evidence of the "extraordinary applicability of his "age and area" hypothesis. He concludes that for restricted areas such as are dealt with here "age and area can be relied upon to ex- plain the general composition of any of the floras that occur." — P. D. Strausbaugh. 500. Willis, J. C. The northern invasions of Kew Zealand with special reference to Lord Howe Island. [Abstract.] Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1919: 333. 1920. 501. Wilson, E. H. A phytogeographical sketch of the ligneous flora of Formosa. Jour. Arnold Arboretum 2 : 25-41 . 1920. — The topography and geological formation and the climatic factors of the island, which is 244 miles long and 75.G miles broad in its widest part and covers an area of 13,908 square miles, are briefly discussed. The island is very mountainous and its central range stretching from north to south reaches an elevation of 3985 m. on Mt. Morrison, which carries snow for fully 6 months. In general the climate is warm-temperate and the rainfall varies between 130 inches in the north and 70 inches in the south. A short history of the botanical explorations of the island is given. The total number of flowering plants and vascular cryptogams recorded up to 1918 amounts to 3359 species and 57 varieties belonging to 1173 genera and 169 families, according to Hayata. The most important trees and shrubs are named and briefly characterized. The alluvial plains are nearly all under cultivation, but the high mountains are clothed with evergreen forests. The forest is similar in character from near sea-level to 1800 m. ; it is a rain-forest and nearly all woody plants are evergreen. Above 1000 m. Lauraceae and Fagaceae are dominant types; from 1800-3000 m. conifers prevail mixed with broadleaf trees, mostly evergreen; above 3000 m. broad-leaf trees decrease and shrubs, particularly those belonging to northern genera, increase. The tree limit on Mt. Morrison is at 3S00 m. Palms are represented in Formosa by only 5 genera, and only 3 species are common. Pinaceae are represented by 11 and Taxaceae by 3 genera. Among the Pinaceae, Tahvania cryptomeriodes is particularly noteworthy; it is related and similar to Sequoia, and is the tallest tree of Eastern Asia, attaining a height of 200 feet; the 2 species of C ham aecy parts are nearly as tall. Some northern genera, such as Alnus, Carpinus, Fagus, Ulmus, and MoZws, reach the southern limit of their range. The affinity of the flora is with that of western and southwestern China, though some important types, such as Nyssaceae, Eucommia, Euptelia, Cercidiphyl- lum, Magnolia, and Hamamelis, are absent; it also shows close relationship to that of Japan, the Liukiu Islands, and the coastal provinces of China. In the south some Philippine species occur. [See also Bot. Absts. 4, Entries 1758, 1759.] — Alfred Rehder. 502. Zenari, Silvia. Primo contribute alia Flora della Val Cellina (Fruili Occidentale). [First contribution to the flora of the valley of Cellina.] Nuova Gior. Bot. Ital. Nuova Ser. 27: 11-37. 1920. — The author gives a list of plants, with habitat and elevation of the latter, collected in the valley of Cellina, the westernmost part of the pre-alpine basin of the Fruili. — Ernst Artschwager. APPLIED ECOLOGY 503. Scott, W. R. M., axd E. J. Pe.try. Correlation of variation in resin content of Po- dophyllum with certain habitats. Michigan Acad. Sci. Ann. Rept. 21:225-231. 19i9.— The 3 habitats selected varied as to shade, air movement, soil moisture, humus, and associated plants. The study was undertaken to lower if possible the cost of production by determining 80 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, the habitat producing plants yielding most resin for a given amount of material and a mini- mum amount of labor in collecting the rhizomes. Extraction methods are noted. Soil analy- ses and habitat characteristics are given in tabular detail. Of the 3 habitats, No. 1 was con- sidered the best, all things considered. No. 2 produced the greatest rhizome growth but the resin content was lowest. In No. 1, conditions were such that good growth was made and the resin content was high enough to be profitable. It is added that further work would un- doubtedly develop economic relations between grower and manufacturer. — R. P. Hibbard. FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor J. V. HoFMANN, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 469, 485, 725, 772) 504. Anonymous. In the open. The national forests of Washington. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 138. 78 p., illus. 1920. 505. Anonymous. Pisgah national game preserve. Regulations and information for the public. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Circ. 161. 11 p. 1921. 506. Anonymous. Forestry in France. [Rev. of: Woolsey, T. S., Jr. Studies in French forestry; with two chapters by W. B. Greeley, xxvi + 550 p. John Wiley and Sons: New York; Chapman and Hall: London, 1920.] Nature 107: 548-549. 1921. 507. Cook, I. W., H. Schmitz, and L. A. Grant. The availability of western wood oils for flotation concentration. Univ. Idaho Bull. 16": 1-22. 1921. — Douglas fir (Pseudotsuga taxifolia), western j^ellow pine (Pinus ponder osa) , lodgepole pine {Pinus contorta var. Murry- ana), western larch {Larix occidentalis), western red cedar {Thuya plicata), and white fir {Abies grandis) wood was destructively distilled by the Prichard process and the resulting oils tested for their flotation properties. The oil produced from western yellow pine not only gives good flotation results, but can be produced on a commercially profitable basis. — Henry Schmitz. 508. Davidson, John D. More about fir sugar. Amer. Bee Jour. 61:233-234. Fig. 1. 1921. — It is possible that British Columbia will replace Turkestan and Persia as a source of the rare sugar, melezitose. — /. H. Lovell. 509. Schmitz, H., and A. S. Daniels. Studies in wood decay I. Laboratory tests on the relative durability of some western coniferous woods with particular reference to those growing in Idaho. Univ. Idaho School of Forest. Bull. 1. 11 p. 1921. — The wood of western white pine, western yellow pine, Douglas fir, western larch, western red cedar, white fir, and Engelmann spruce was subjected to the action of Polyporus lucidus, Lenzites saepiaria, Fomes pinicola, Merulius pinastri, Polystictus versicolor, Pleurotus sajridus, Echinodontiuin tinctorium, Trametes pini, T. carnea, and Lentinus lepideus for 10| months and the amount of decay noted. The conclusion is reached that white fir and Engelmann spruce are not as susceptible to decay as generally thought. — Henry Schmitz. No. 2, December, 1921] GENETICS 81 GENETICS George H. Shtjll, Editor James P. Kelly, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 403, 405, 457, 459, 460, 565, 574, 649, 650, 661, 668, 816, 832, 833, 837) 510. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Rawes, A. N. Sterility in plums. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. 46: 353. 1921.] Gard. Chron. 70: 107. 1921. 511. Alvbrdes, F. [German rev. of: Alverdes, F. Das Verhalten des Kerns der mit Radium behandelten Spermatozoen von Cyclops nach der Befruchtung. (The beliavior of the nucleus of radium- treated spermatozoa of Cyclops after fertilization.) Arch. Entwicklungsmech. 47:375-398. 1921.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 301. 1921. 512. Alverdes, F. [German rev. of: Habcker, V. (1) Entwicklungsgeschichtliche Eigenschaftsanalyse (Phanogenetik). Gemeinsame Aufgaben der Entwicklungsgeschichte, Vererbungs- und Rassenlehre. (Developmental analysis of characters (Phaenogenetics). General problems of development, heredity and eugenics.) 344 P-, 181 fig. G. Fischer: Jena, 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 1, Entry 121G; also 3, Entries 45, 2184). (2) Uber die Ursachen regel- massiger und unregehnassiger Vererbung. (On the causes of regular and irregular inheritance.) Flugschr. Deutsch. Ges. Zucht. 50. 20 p. Berlin, 1920. (3) Uber weitere Zusammenhange auf dem Gebiete der Mendelforschung. (On further correlations in the field of Mendelian in- vestigation.) Pfliigers Arch. Gesam. Physiol. 181: 149-169. 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Ab- stamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 302-308. 1921. 513. Alverdes, F. [German rev. of: Just, GiInther. Der Nachweis von Mendel- Zahlen bei Formen mit niedriger Nachkommenzahl. Eine empirische Priifung der Geschwister und Probandenmethode Weinbergs auf Grund von Kreuzungsversuchen mit Drosophila ampelophila Low. (The determination of Mendelian ratios in forms with low nimiber of off- spring. An empirical test of Weinberg's method on the basis of crossing experiments with Dro- sophila ampelophila Low.) Arch. Mikrosk. Anat. 94: 604-652. 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 308-310. 1921. 514. Alverdes, F. [German rev. of: Poll, Heinrich. Mischlingsstudien VIII. Pfau- mischlinge, nebst einem Beitrag zur Kern-Erbtrager-Lehre. (Hybridization studies VIII. Peafowl hybrids and a comment on the theory of nuclear bearers of heredity.) Arch. Mikrosk. Anat. 94: 365-458. 5 fig. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 1819).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstanam.- u. Vererb. 26: 310-312. 1921. 515. Bartos, W. Der Einfiuss der Veredlung auf den Wert der Riibe. [The influence of breeding on the value of the beet.] Zeitschr. Zuckerindust. Bohmen 42: 299-302. 1918. — The author presents a summary of data collected between 1897 and 1916 for Bohemian beet crops. The steady rise in sugar percentage as well as in average weights of roots and foliage is credited to the plant breeder, for even where greater fertilization is partially concerned the plants must be of a kind capable of profiting by it. [From anonjTnous review in Zeitschr. Pflanzenzlicht. 6: 98. 1918.]— J. P. Kelly. 516. Bateson, W. The progress of Mendelism. Nature 104: 214-216. 1919.— The author presents a review of recent work in genetics ("physiology of breeding"), touching on Morgan's linear arrangement of genes, time of segregation, sex linkage, sex determination, cumulative factors, and species crosses. Segregation is clearly connected with synapsis in animals but not always in plants; somatic segregation and cases where male and female organs of the same plant differ in the factors they carry are cited. The author suspects that plants, as genetic machines, differ fundamentally from animals, an idea suggested by the fact that 82 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, "in the animal the rudiments of the gametes are often visibly separated at an early embryonic stage, whereas in the plant they are given off from persistent growing points." Considering the work of Nilsson-Ehle and East on cumulative factors, the author concludes that "many factors can, and on occasion do, break up as the sex-factor almost certainly does. . . ." — Merle C. Coulter. 517. Blakeslee, Albert F. A chemical method of distinguishing genetic types of yellow cones in Rudbeckia. Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 25: 211-221. PI. 9. 1921. — The author reports on the variation of Rudbeckia hirta possessing a yellow disk or cone. Treatment of yellow-coned plants with alkalies revealed 2 types; in one the cones turned black- ish and in the other reddish. Each type proved to be a simple Mendelian recessive when crossed with normal purple cone. The 2 yellow types crossed gave purple plants in Fi and a ratio of 9 purples to 7 yellows in Fo. Alkalies showed that F2 yellows were again of blackish and reddish-yellow kinds. Chemical treatment indicated in the yellow group what might correspond to the double recessive expected once in every IG F2 individuals. No genetical tests were applied to identify this yellow type, — James P. Kelly. 518. Blandenier, A. E. Note sur les principaux cotons egyptiens at leurs hybridations. [Note on the principal Egyptian cottons and their hybrids.] Proc. Verb. Soc. Vaud. Sci. Nat. 11. 1920. — The author was collaborator of the late Professor Sickenberger, who is quoted to the effect that Egyptian cottons have undergone continual transformation as the result of incessant natural hybridization. The author regards existing Egyptian varieties as com- plexes of hybrids among 4 species of Gossypium, — G. arhoreum, G. barbadense, G. tomen- tosum, and G. herbaceurn, — and claims that the several interspecific hybrids present in each variety-complex can be distinguished by the color of the "fuzz," or short hairs, on the seed. — T. H. Kearney. 519. Blaringhem, L. Metamorphose des etamines en carpelles dans le genre Papaver. [Metamophosis of the stamens into carpels in the genus Papaver.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 83: 1521-1523. 1920. — Papaver bracteatum ordinarily shows few variations. Tardy shoots, however, have been observed to give small, abnormal flowers in which there is surprisingly complete metamorphosis of stamens into carpels. The author thinks the change is due to a disturbed equilibrium in water relations, the stem providing more water than can be tran- spired by these tardy and underdeveloped buds. This metamorphosis is exceptional in P. bracteatum, but a similar phenomenon commonly occurs as a heritable mutation in P. som- niferum polycephalum. — Merle C. Coulter. 520. Blaringhem, L. Note sur la xenie chez le chataignier. pjenia in the chestnut.] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 354-356. 1919. — Castanea saliva crossed with C. dentata resulted in an enlarged embryo intermediate between the 2 parents. The enlarged embryo ruptured the wall of the ovule. — A. Gershoy. 521. C, G. H. Studies in animal inheritance. [Rev, of: (1) Castle, W. E. Studies of heredity in rabbits, rats and mice. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 2SS, 56 p., S pi. 1919 (see also Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 723) . (2) Oxslow, H. The inheritance of wing colour in Lepi- doptera. 1. Abraxas grossulariata var. lutea (Cockerell). Jour. Genetics 8: 209-259. PI. 9-10, 25 fig. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry GS9). (3) Harrison, J. W. Heslop, Studies m the hybrid Bistoninae, III. The stimulus of heterozygosis. Jour. Genetics 8: 259-205. -2 fig. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 59G). (4) Hixdle, Edward. Sex inheritance in Pediculus humanus var. corporis. Jour. Genetics 8: 267-277. 1 chart. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 611).] Nature 106: 297. 1920. 522. Clattssen, P. [German rev. of: Blakeslee, A. F. Sexual reactions between her- maphroditic and dioecious mucors. Biol. Bull. 29: 87-102. 3 pi. 1915.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 532-533. 1921. No. 2, December, 1921] • GENETICS 83 523. Claussen, P. [German rev. of: Blakeslkb, A. F. Sexuality in mucors. Science 51 : 375-382, 403-409. 4 fig. 1920 (sec Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 330).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 531-532. 1921. 524. Cook, 0. F. Cotton a community crop. Jour. Heredity 11: 174-177. 1920. — Deter- ioration of cotton varieties is due to cross-pollination in the field and mixing of the seed at public gins. It can be avoided only by limiting each community to a single variety grown from pure seed. It is shown that such limitation makes possible standardization of cultural and marketing practices. — T. H. Kearney. 525. Cook, O. F., and Robert Carter Cook. Biology and government. Further dis- cussion of Alleyne Ireland's articles on democracy and the accepted facts of heredity. Jour. Heredity 10: 250-25S. 1919. — Contrary to Ireland's theory that we become bimodal, or tend to separate into superior and inferior groups, the author believes that the real tendency is to restrict ourselves further and further toward mediocrity and inferiority. Our system uses up and exterminates talent as rapidly as possible. Biological problems should be studied from the standpoint of politics as much as the problems of government should be studied from the standpoint of biology. Even though autocracies are the strongest governments, the most benevolent autocracy cannot remain benevolent because vanity, ambition, and greed are so dominant in human psychology. Great men in history have not been pro- duced by centralized governments. The conspicuously great men of Germany appeared while it was fairly free, not since it was an efficiently organized government. The sense of present-day humanity that popular government is the best is the product of experience recorded by history. Mr. Ireland's theory of government does not appear progressive but archaic. The general problem of government is to develop popular systems of more direct interest to the people, not to restrict interest or responsibility to a special governing class. — H. H. Laughlin. 526. Coulter, M. C. Chlorophyll inheritance. [Rev. of: (1) Winge, 0. On the non- Mendelian inheritance in variegated plants. Compt. Rend. Trav. Lab. Carlsberg 14': 1-20. 4 fig. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 307). (2) Lindstrom, E. W. Concerning the inheritance of green and yellow pigments in maize seedlings. Genetics 6: 91-110. 1921 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 1347).] Bot. Gaz. 72: 110-112. 1921. 527. Dearing, Charles. The production of self-fertile Muscadine grapes. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 1917: 30-34. 1918. — An account is given of the origin of perfect-flowered and fully functional hermaphrodites in Muscadine grapes from stocks previously composed of individuals either staminate or functional only as females (imperfect hermaphrodites) . Three such plants were obtained among many seedlings and from distinct parentage. In the progeny of these and of crosses with the best varieties of cultivated sorts, about 1,000 hermaphrodites were obtained. Some of these produce fruits of a quality equal to that of the best varieties of Muscadine grapes, some exhibit new characters of fruit which combine the best qualities of different sorts, and some are decidedly more productive. — A. B. Stout. 528. Emerson, R. A. The genetic relations of plant colors in maize. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 39. loG p., 11 colored pi. 1921. — Six major color types of maize, purple, sun red, dilute purple, dilute sun red, brown, and green (colorless) ; and the subtypes, weak purple, weak sun red, green-anthered purple, green-anthered sun red; and 5 genotypes of green, are described and illustrated, and their environmental and genetic relations dis- cussed. Sun red and dilute sun red types are shown to be dependent on light for development, while purple, dilute purple, and brown develop characteristic colors in local darkness. Di- versities of temperature and soil moisture are without direct effect on maize color. Infertile . soil intensifies development of purple-red series (anthocyanins) but has no effect on brown (flavonol) pigment. Deficiency of nitrogen, and probably also of phosphorus, is responsible for the effect of infertile soils. Accumulation of carbohydrates is associated with strong color development. Genetic behavior of the several color types is interpreted on the basis of 2 84 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, allelomorphic pairs and 2 series of multiple allelomorphs. Two of the 4 are also involved in development of aleurone color. One pair of allelomorphs is linked with yellow endosperm and 1 series of allelomorphs with liguleless leaf. — R. A. Emerson. 529. Fairchild, David. Visible records of heredity. Jour. Heredity 12: 174-176. 1921. — A plea is made for greater use of photography in recording results of genetic researches, with suggestions for more adequately and properly photographing new forms produced in breeding experiments. — C. B. Hutchison. 530. GuTHERZ, S. VON. Geschlecht und Zellstruktur. [Sex and cell structure.] Natur- wissenschaften 8: 878-888. 1920. — The author presents data taken from the work of others on the question of the relation between sex and cell structure. He discusses in some detail digametic sexes in unisexual organisms, also morphological and physiological aspects of sex chromosomes. Conclusions derived from his investigations on the spermatogenesis in the white mouse are as follows : (1) Spermatogenic development proceeds in rhythmic series; (2) an intra-nuclear basic-staining body looked upon as a heterochromosome is manifest between the middle and end of the spermatocyte period; (3) the heterochromosome may be a form of nucleolus; (4) it becomes indistinguishable in the later stages of spermatogenesis; (5) no final conclusion is reached as to whether the heterochromosome is a sex chromosome. — Helen Bergfried. 531. HiLSON, G. R. Cambodia cotton (Gossypium hirsutum). Its deterioration and im- provement. Agric. Jour. India 16: 235-243. 1921. — Deterioration in India of this type of cotton, originally introduced from America, is attributed to absence of selection and possible crossing with other varieties. A method for improvement by selection is outlined. — T. H. Kearney. 532. Huxley, Julian S. The inheritance of acquired characters. I. Sci. Prog. IS: 640-641. 1921. — A letter written to the editor of "Science Progress," in which the author objects to certain statements made by MacBride in his article: "The inheritance of acquired characters" (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 252). [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 541.]— PT. H. Taliaferro. 533. Jennings, H. S. Life and death, heredity and evolution in unicellular organisms. U X i^l cm., 233 p., 63 fig. R. G. Badger: Boston, 1920.— The author presents for students of genetics a review of their field as applied to the unicellular organisms, especially the protozoa. The volume comprises the lectures delivered by the author under the Richard B. Westbrook Free Lectureship Foundation at the Wagner Free Institute in Philadelphia. Chapter I forms an introduction to the general subject and is a general survey of the life histories found in the protozoa with especial reference to such questions as potential immortality, reproduction, mating, and rejuvenescence. It is followed in Chapter II by a short summary of some of the observed facts of inheritance in the protozoa. Attention is directed chiefly toward the general method of inheritance of diversities, the non-inheritance of acquired characters, and the general results of the "pure line" work on protozoa. Chapter III gives a brief review of the recent work which has been carried out in the author's laboratory and which indicates that a race descended from a single parent can be separated into hereditably diverse races by selection. After considering the effectiveness of selection the author reviews in Chapter IV the question of experimental modification of hereditary characteristics (inheritance of environmental effects). Chapters V, VI, and VII give a comprehensive exposition of the general subject of sex and the results of mating in the protozoa. These subjects are taken up from a cytological as well as experimental standpoint and are considered in relation to such questions as re- juvenescence, biparental inheritance and production of variations, and their relation to evolu- tion. In the final chapter a comparison is made between the phenomena observed in the study of genetics in the protozoa and in higher organisms; this chapter also contains a r^sum^ of the general subject. Of particular interest is the reiteration of the author's view that there is no essential disagreement between his work on the effectiveness of selection in the protozoa and the study of mutations and modifying factors in Drosophila which has been carried out by Professor Morgan and his collaborators. — W. H. Taliaferro. No. 2, December, 1921] GENETICS 85 534. Kappert, H, Untersuchungen iiber den Merkmalskomplex glatte-runzlige Samen- oberflache bei der Erbse. [Studies on the character-complex smooth-wrinkled surface of peas.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 24: 185-210. 5 fig. 1920.— The 4 characters evident on crossing smooth and wrinkled peas are: (1) Appearance of the seed, whether smooth or wrinkled; (2) capacity for water absorption, whether high or low; (3) form of the starch grains, whether long or round; and (4) nature of the starch, whether the grains are separate or clumped. — The author takes exception to Darbishire's statement that these characters are inherited independently. On the contrary, all are caused by the same factor. — A statistical study was made of the form of the starch grain in the parental and hybrid generations. For an ex- pression of form a "breadth index" was used which is the breadth of the starch grain expressed as a percentage of the length. The hybrid was intermediate between the 2 parents in respect to this character. — C. M. Woodworth. 535. KoTTUR, G. L. Cross-fertilization and sterility in cotton II. Agric. Jour. India 16: 406^09. 1921. — Evidence presented in a former paper (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 241) that continuous self-fertilization of strains of Gossypium herbaceum and G. neglectum did not induce sterility is confirmed by experience with "one or more strains" of Dharwar-American ((?. hirsutum). The author attributes increased vigor of Fi to a combination of recognizable parental characters and states that "cottons which are alike in all or most of their characters, however, do not show any improvement by crossing." In a hybrid between G. herbaceum and G. neglectum, Fi showed same kinds and degree of sterility as parents, and Fj and F3 a greater amount. A type of complete sterility is described accompanied by vegetative peculiarities (abnormal leaf color, etc.) not seen in parents and Fi, but affecting about 7 per cent of Fj individuals and from 0 to 20.5 per cent in different F3 progenies. — T. H. Kearney. 536. Lbnz. [German rev. of: Bucura, C. Uber Hamophilie beim Weibe. (On haemo- philia in women.) Wien u. Leipzig, 1920.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 299-300. 1921. 537. Lenz. [German rev. of: Goldschmidt, R. Einfiihrung in die Vererbungswissen- schaft. Zwanzig Vorlesungen fiir Studierende, Aerzte, Ziichter. Dritte, neubearbeitete Aufiage. (Introduction to the science of genetics. 20 lessons for students, physicians, breed- ers.) 3rd rev. ed., 519 p., 178 fig. W. Engelmann: Leipzig, 1920.] Biol. Zentralbl. 41: 382-383. 1921. 538. Lenz. [German rev. of: Lundborg, H. Hereditary transmission of genot3rpical deaf-mutism. Hereditas 1 : 35^0. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1717).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 299. 1921. 539. Lenz. [German rev. of: Mohr, Otto L., and Chr, Wriedt. A new type of heredi- tary brachjTjhalangy in man. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 295. 64 p., 7 pi., 4 fig' 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 1584).] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 300. 1921. 540. Little, C. C. A note on the human sex ratio. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 6: 250-253. 1 fig. 1920.— The records of the Sloane Maternity Hospital in New York City were studied for sex ratio among progeny of certain types of matings, and an analysis is at- tempted by contrasting the sex ratios of the offspring of primipara with those of subsequent birth. The 5 categories of matings were: European "pure," European "hybrid," United States white, British West Indies colored, and United States colored. The following con- clusions may be drawn: (1) Hybrid white matings give a significant excess of males over pure white matings; (2) hybrid colored matings give a significant excess of females over relatively "pure" colored matings; (3) the difference between the sex ratio of the United States born whites and the United States born colored is 9 times its probable error; (4) in "pure" European matings the offspring of primipara have a sex ratio of 115.51 =•= 1.5, while the offspring from subsequent births have a. ratio of 97.33 =*= 1.18, — a difference 9.7 times its probable error; (5) in the hybrid matings studied no such difference between the sex ratio of offspring of primipara and of subsequent births exists; (6) the sex ratio of the L'nited States white births recorded is not significantly different from that of hybrid European matings. — H. H. Laughlin. 86 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 541. MacBridb, E. W. The inheritance of acquired characters. II. Sci. Prog. 15: 642-644. 1921. — In a letter to the editor of Science Progress, the author attempts to answer criticisms by Julian Huxley (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 532) on the author's previous paper on this subject (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 252), and reiterates some of his former statements. — W. H. Taliaferro. 542. P[openoe], P[aul]. The child, before and after. [Rev. of: Feldman, W. M. The principles of ante-natal and post-natal physiology, pure and applied. 69Jf p., 6 pi., 129 fig. Long- mans, Green & Co.: London, 1920.] Jour. Heredity 12 : 109. 1921. 543. Safford, William E. Synopsis of the genus Datura. Jour. Washington Acad. Sci. 11: 173-189. 3 fig. 1921. — The present systematic synopsis of the genus Datura is part of an extensively illustrated paper on the genus to appear in the Year-Book of the Smithsonian Institution. The purple-flowered form {Datura T alula), which has been found to differ from the white-flowered form by a single Mendelian factor, is included in the latter in the species D. Stramonium, as also the form with spineless fruits (D. inermis), which is recessive to the type with spiny fruits. — A. F. Blakeslee. 544. ScHROEDER. Entstehung und Vererbung von Missbildungen an der Hand eines Hypodaktyliestammbaimies. (Origin and inheritance of deformities in the case of a hypo- dactylous pedigree.) Monatsschr. Geburtshilfe Gynakol. 48:210-222. 3 pi. , 7 fig. 1918.— A condition involving reduction in number of digits and other rather extensive malformation of the hands and feet appears in five successive generations of one family. The progenitress of the strain, who is said to have had normal parents, produced three affected and two normal children. Her normal descendants have apparently had only normal children; the affected individuals have 28 normal and 16 affected offspring. The condition is transmitted by both sexes. Examination of the foetal membranes of the youngest child showed no evidence of an amniogenetic origin of the malformation, which the author regards as a primary germinal variation which may, however, be transmitted by other means than the chromosomes (cytoplasmic). The trait is believed to become progressively less marked in successive generations. — C. H. Danforth. 545. Terbt, Jeanne. Les "Taraxacum" de graine sont-ils differents des "Taraxacimi" de boutures? [Are Taraxacimis produced from seed different from those produced from cut- tings?] Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique CI. Sci. 1919: 497-502. 1919.— On the basis of his experi- ments the author reports the following results: Plants produced from seeds taken from dif- ferent heads of the same plant show no variability. The conditions to which the embryo is subjected in the seed are without importance from the point of view of variability, since plants produced from cuttings are identical with those produced from seeds of the same plant. Neither the medium in which the plant is cultivated, whether clay or sand, nor the time of year in which the seeds are produced has any influence on variability. The author aska whether these results do not demonstrate, at the same time, that variability is brought about only by chromatin reduction. — H. C. Sampson. 546. T[homson], J. A. Lamarckism unashamed. [Rev. of: Kidd, W. Initiative in evolu- tion. X + 262 p. H. F. & G. Witherby: London, 1920.] Nature 107: 419-420. 1921. 547. Vries, Hugo de. Opera e periodicis coUata. [Works collected from periodicals.] 16.5X24 cm., 589 p. Vol, 5, A. Oosthoek: Utrecht, 1920. — The volume contains reprints of the author's book on "Intracellular pangenesis," published originally in 1889, and 14 other articles on heredity and variation, published in scientific journals during the years 1889-1896. The pagination is not that of the original, but is consecutive for the volume, the full citation of the originals being indicated at the beginning of each article. — Geo. H. Shull. 548. Vries, Hugo db. Opera e periodicis collata. [Works collected from periodicals.) 16.5X24 cm., 593 p. Vol. 6. A. Oosthoek: Utrecht, 1920.— The volume contains reprints No. 2, December, 1921] HORTICULTURE 87 of 4S articles on variation and heredity which appeared in scientific journals during the years 1897-1914 inclusive. All articles are repaged, but complete citations are given. — Geo. H. Shull. 549. Woods, Frederick Adams. Twins prove the importance of chromosomes. Jour. Heredity 10: 423-425. 1919. — The author states that identical twins alone have the same kind of chromosomes because early in embryonic life there occurs an almost absolutely precise division of the chromosomes so that 2 individuals develop, controlled by similar determiners. The importance of these determiners is proved by the extreme resemblance of identical twins, thus demonstrating also the lack of importance of the environment. In a sense, environment is all-important, for growth depends upon nourishment, oxygen, and warmth; but these are customary and expected. Identical twins show that ordinary differences within the uterus of the mother, home life, school life, and adult life do not modify greatl}' the control of the chro- mosomes. On the other hand, non-identical twins are not similar although having the same similarities and differences that are found in the case of identical twins. Great changes in environment may cause considerable modification in individuals, but great changes are not usual. The physical and mental differences observed in one's friends are due to differences traceable to the chromosomes. — H. II. Laughlin. 550. Wright, Sew all. A case of heredity vs. environment. [Rev. of: Key, Wilhbl- MiNE E. Heredity and social fitness: a study of differential mating in a Pennsylvania family. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 296. 102 p., 2 diagrams. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 239).] Jour. Heredity 12: 110. 1921. HORTICULTURE J. H. GouRLBT, Editor H. E. Knowlton, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 391, 392, 400, 433, 435, 443, 490, 527, 693, 702, 719, 726, 727, 740, 773, 776, 778, 789, 839, 855) FRUITS AND GENERAL HORTICULTURE 551. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Copelaxd, E. B. The coco-nut. 2nd ed., xvi + 225 p., 2H illus. MacMillan & Co.: London, 1921.] Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 160. 1921. 552. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Whymper, R. Cocoa and chocolate: their chemistry and manufacture. Rev. ed., xxi + 368 p., 16 pi., 38 fig. J. & A. Churchill: London, 1921.] Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 160. 1921. 553. Atkins, W. R. G. Natural indigo. Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 56-70. 1921.— A brief general outline is presented of the field covered in the study of natural indigo. More detailed accounts of the work may be found in the Reports of the Sirsiah Indigo Research Station and in the Botanical Institute, Pusa. The best varieties to grow, proper methods of fertilization and cultivation, best known means of obtaining the indigo from the plant, and the demands of the markets of the world have all been subjects for considerable research. Before the World War natural indigo was being rapidly replaced by a synthetic product. The great value of the plant in adding nitrogen to the soil through the agency of the legume bacteria, and the manurial value of the fermented plants from which the indigo has been removed make it pos- sible to produce the indigo quite cheaply. The plant is not subject to diseases known to be produced by micro-organisms; but a wilt disease, thought by some to be due to a deficiency of available phosphates in the soil, occurs. — J. L. Weimer. 554. Birmingham, L. E. Cooperative organization for fruit growers. Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1919: 45-48. 1920. — A suggestive account is presented of the organization and activities of a fruit growers union in the Sturgeon Bay region of Wisconsin. — Max W. Gardner, 88 HOKTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 555. Brooks, Charles. Apple scald — its cause and prevention. Better Fruit 15® : 24-26; 15': 11-12. 1921. — The author presents a popular discussion of apple scald and of experi- ments conducted to study means of control. [See also Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 1143; 4, Entry 1617.]—^. E. Murneek. 556. Burns, W., and L. B. Kulkarni. Some observations on the roots of fruit trees. Agric. Jour. India 15 : 620-626. PL 35-87, fig, 1-2. 1920.— Observations on the spread of roots of citrus and guava trees are recorded. — J . J. Skinner. 557. Cardinell, H. A. Some indirect methods in extension horticulture. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 166-171. 1919 [1920]. — A discussion is presented of the development of horticultural extension work in Missouri, explaining some indirect methods used in promoting the work, such as: Assisting local dealers to select proper pruning tools and spray supplies; maintaining a list of orchards for sale or lease; publishing selling prices of fruit; and assisting merchants in disposing of their fruits. — H. W. Richey. 558. Crubss, W. V. Rain damage insurance. Monthly Bull. Dept. Agric. California 10: 58-66. 1921. — The installation of evaporators by vineyard owners permits more thorough ripening of the grapes, thereby greatly increasing the yield and quality of the dried product. An air blast progressive tunnel type of evaporator with furnace equipped to burn oil or wood, and with cars and tracks to facilitate handling of the trays, is recommended. — E. L. Overholser. 559. [Druce, G. C] [Rev. of: Farrer, Reginald. The English rock garden. 2 vol. Ixxiv + 504 p., via + 524 p. T. C. & E. C. Jack: London and Edinburgh, 1919. £ 3. 3s net.] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 591-593. 1919 [1920]. 560. Durst, C. E. The development of practical horticulture, and its relation to the farm bureau movement. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 155-162. 1919 [1920]. 561. Evans, J. A. Patch-budding large limbs and trunks of pecan trees. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 20. 7 p. 1920. — Detailed directions for patch-budding are given. — L. Pace. 562. Fag AN, F. N. Orchard soil management. Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1919: 58-62. 1920. — An account of experimental results in Pennsylvania orchards with reference to com- mercial fertilizers, mulches, and cover crops is presented. The importance of maintaining the content of organic matter in the soil is emphasized. — Max W. Gardner. 563. Farnsworth, W. W. Opportunities in small fruit growing. Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1919: 25-31. 1920. — An account is given of a grower's experience with strawberries, rasp- berries, and currants. — Max W. Gardner. <» 564. Gardner, V. R. Pruning the apple. Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1919: 49-55. 1920.— The terms pruning and training are differentiated. Pruning of the bearing tree should consist of "a thinning out of small branches throughout the top of the tree in such a manner that a more abundant supply of light is made available for each and every fruit spur." Heavy pruning the first 3 or 4 years to force rapid growth is advised. — Max W. Gardner. 565. Hooper, Cecil H. Pollination of fruits. Jour. Ministry Agric. Great Britain 28: 124-133. 1921. 566. Jbnks, a. R. The county horticultural agent. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 163-166. 1919 [1920]. 567. Keeblb, Frederick. Intensive cultivation. Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1920: 200-214. 1920. — The author discusses the status of horticulture in Great Britain during the World War. The key-note of the discussion is the part which intensive cultivation has played in the past, and which it should play in the future. The great necessity of education for the average intensive cultivator along horticultural lines is urged. — C. L. Wilson. No. 2, Decembeh, 1921] HORTICULTURE 89 5GS. Lesourd, F. Phosphorescence des bois. [Phosphorescence of wood.] Rev. Hort. 93: 247. 1921. 5G9. MooMAW, Samuel B., and Caroline B. Sherman. Australia and New Zealand as markets for American fruit. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Giro. 145. 16 p. 1921. 570. NiswoNGER, H. R. Renewing old orchards in Kentucky. First year results in a five-year program. Kentucky Agric. Exp. Sta. Ext. Giro. 90. 14 p. 1921. — A short de- scription is given of the methods used and the 1st year's results in renovating 7 Kentucky orchards. The cost of renovation per tree was $1.27. The net return per tree was $1.53. — W. D, Valleau. VEGETABLE CULTURE 571. Anonymous. Peppers. U. S. Dept. Agric. Dept. Girc. 160. 10 p. 1921. — A treat- ment on growing and canning of peppers is presented. — L, R. Hesler. 572. Brown, H. D. Gardening in France. Trans. Indiana Hort. Soc. 1919: 39^3. 4 fig. 1920. — The discussion of the relation of such factors as climate and animal pests to gardening conditions in France is followed by a brief account of the use of manure as a fertilizer and the cultural methods used in growing certain vegetables and fruits. — Max W. Gardner, 573. Hartwell, Burt L., and S. C. Damon. Fertilizer versus manure for continuous vegetable growing. Rhode Island Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 182. 10 p. 1920. — Ten cords of stable manure were compared annually for 16 years with about the equivalent of 2500 pounds of a 5:6:6 fertilizer. After the 1st fewy ears, the crops generally grew better with the manure than with the fertilizer. At the end of the 1st decade there were about 800 pounds more nitrogen in an acre foot of the manure area than of the fertilizer area. It is estimated that 1000 pounds more nitrogen had been added in the manure than in the fertilizer. — B. L. Hartwell. 574. HuELSBN, Walter A. Selecting and saving tomato seed. Purdue Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 250. 26 p., fig. 1-12. 1920. — Records of yield under Indiana conditions of different strains of several tomato varieties are presented. For the benefit of growers detailed instructions concerning the technic of selection work are given. These include a description of the important vine and fruit characteristics. A method of large-scale seed separation and the machinery^ involved, especially the driers, are described and well illus- trated.— Max W. Gardner. 575. Potter, George F. Hydrocyanic acid injury to tomatoes. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 120-126. 1920 [1921]. — The author presents experimental data on fumigation of toma- toes to show that "the lethal dose is not directly related to the time of exposure but is almost exactly inversely proportional to the square root of the time." High relative humidity of the air, high moisture content of the soil, and high temperature all lower the maximum safe dose for fumigation. — H. A. Jones. 576. Thompson, H. G. Effects of cultivation on soil moisture and yields of certain vege- tables. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 155-161. 1920 [1921].— "In 1919 early and late crops of carrots, a late crop of beets, and a late crop of beans showed very little advantage in cul- tivation over scraping off the weeds. The late onions, a crop of lettuce, and the tomatoes responded to cultivation more than simply to killing the weeds. There is a slight evidence that celery was also benefited by cultivation." Data presented for 1920 "show no benefits from cultivation for carrots and cabbage. In fact the yield of cabbage was greater on the scraped plots than on the cultivated plots. Onions, beets, and celery responded to cultivation, and tomatoes show some benefits from cultivation on both the trained and untrained plots." Moisture determinations of the soil made in 1919 on the onion plots show an increase of 1.25 per cent in the cultivated over the scraped plots. In the carrot plots the moisture content 90 MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS [Box. Absts., Vol. X, of the soil was 0.19 per cent less in the cultivated plots when compared with the scraped plots. "From a study of the root systems, it appears that those crops which respond least to cultiva- tion, over scraping to keep down weeds, are the ones having the greatest root growth. Where there was considerable space between the rows, which contained few or no roots, cultivation increased the yield. On the other hand, where the space between the rows was well filled with roots, cultivation did not increase the yield over scraping. In fact with cabbage, which crop had the largest root sj'stem, the cultivated plots produced much less than the scraped plots . . . Celery and onions responded to cultivation more than the other crops and these two had the poorest distribution of roots and the most space between the rows without roots." — H. A. Jones. MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. SiNNOTT, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 411, 463, 519, 520, 642, 650, 732, 763, 770, 816, 828, 841, 848) 577. Agrelius, Frank U. G. Botanical notes, 1917-1918. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 85. 1920, — Late-flowering dates are recorded for Diervilla florida Sieb. & Zucc, Viola pedata L., and Spiraea trilohata L. (October 22, 1917). Notations regarding Taraxacum officinale Weber and polycotyledony in certain tomato and bean seedlings complete the report. — F, C, Gates. 578. Chauveaud, Gustave. Les monocotyledones et les dicotyleones posseflent le meme type vasculaire. [Vascular systems in monocotyledons and dicotyledons of the same type.] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 373-3S1. 1919. — The difference in vascular structure be- tween the 2 main groups of angiosperms which so impressed the older anatomists, — the closed vascular bundles of the monocotyledons and the open bundles with interfascicular cambium and secondary thickening of the dicotyledons, — is not fundamental, since it proves to be simply the predominance of one or other of the terminal forms of a development of which the pre- ceding phases are identical. The difference in vascular organization, especially as based on cambium activity, can no longer be used even to separate the 2 groups, since many monocot- yledons, such as Allium cepa, have open vascular bundles, while certain dicotyledons, such I as the Ranunculaceae, have vascular bundles of the closed type. — M. A. Raines. 579. Denis, Marcel. les sucoirs du Cassytha filiformis L. [The haustoria of Cassytha filiformis L.] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 398-403. 6 fig. 1919.— A study of the morphology and development of the haustoria of this phanerogamic parasite is reported. Two stages are distinguished in development, the adhesive and the perforating. Haustoria may be formed at points of contact of branches of occasional free-living individuals. — A. Gershoy. 580. Fitch, C. L. The Colorado wild potato. Potato Mag. 3'^: 12, 26, 28. 4 fig. 1921.— Solanum Jamesii produces small shoots and tubers and many seeds which alone survive some winters. It grows in and near southwestern Colorado in dry soil at an altitude of 6,000 feet. It has proved useful in greenhouse experiments upon the relation of tuber shape to environ- ment.— Donald Folsom. 581. Gagnbpain, F. Interessante adaptation des grains de Sphaeranthus aux stations humides. [An interesting adaptation of the seeds of Sphaeranthus to moist habitats.) Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66: 409-412. 1919. — The cells of the persistent corolla become filled with air, forming a bladder-like envelope, of different shape in the various species, which provides for dissemination by wind or water. — A. Gershoy. 582. Kashyap, Shiv Ram. Some observations on Cycas revoluta and C. circinalis growing in Lahore. Jour. Indian Bot. 2: 116-122. 3 fig. 1921. — Potted buds of Cycas revoluta formed No. 2, December, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, ALGAE 91 at first 2 or 3 small crowns of leaves per year, later only 1 crown. On mature plants in the botanic gardens "usually 1 cluster appears every year, whether of (about GO) foliage leaves or (120-170) sporophylls." No male i)lants are known near Lahore, yet ripe ovules, without embryos, occur, possibly due to the influence of foreign pollen from Zamia or Cycas ciranalis. There is a repeatedly dichotomized specimen of C. circinalis in the gardens; this plant tends to produce sporophylls on 1 side only of the growing point ". . . possibly . . . a ten- dency to variation in the position of the female cone from terminal to lateral." The dichotomy is considered to be due to equal growth of lateral buds. — Winfield Dudgeon. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF ALGAE E. N. Transbau, Editor L. H. Tiffany, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 627, 651) 583. Attaxgar, M. O. Parthasarathy. Observations on the Volvocaceae of Madras. Jour. Indian Bot. 1: 330-336. 1920. — Rainfall is intermittent, with the principal fall during the winter monsoon, October-December. For 1919 the total rainfall was slightly over 50 inches, and the mean temperature ranged from 77.8 to 90.2° F. Volvocaceae are found in various temporary and permanent bodies of water and reach their greatest development during the summer. Of the genera recorded as occurring at INIadras, Chlamydomonas, Carteria, Gonium, Pandorina, and Eudorina are common, while Pleodorina and Volvox are rare. — Winfield Dudgeon. 584. Conrad, W. Sur un flagelle nouveau a trichocystes, Reckertia sagittifera. [On a new flagellate having trichocysts. Reckertia sagittifera,] Bull. Acad. Roy. Belgique CI. Sci. 1920: 541-553. 4 fis- 1920. — The author describes a new flagellate collected in August, 1920, in an aquarium at the Botanical Garden of Brussels. Special consideration is given the origin and development of the trichocysts. — Henri Micheels. 5S5. CoupiN, Henri. Algae. Album G^n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 23. PL 2H-221. 1921. — The present fascicle, like the preceding, consists of 2 parts, one devoted to the algae, the other to the fungi. The material is in the form of black and white plates accompanied by an explanatory legend and numerous bibliographic notes. It is planned to cover in 50 fascicles all genera of algae and fungi. The series is edited by the author, 5 rue de la Sant6, Paris xiii, France. — The genera of the following families of Rhodophyceae are covered in the present fascicle: Acrostsdaceae, Gigartinaceae, and portions of Gelidiaceae and Rhodo- phyllidaceae. — J. R. Schramm. 586. CoupiN, Henri. Algae. Album G^n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 24. PL 222-229. 1921. — The present fascicle completes the genera of the Rhodophyllidaceae, covers the genera of the Sphaerococcaceae, and begins the treatment of the Rhodymeniaceae. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 585]. — /. R. Schramm. 587. Coupin, Henri. Algae. Album G^n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 25. PL 2S0-2S7 . 1921. — The present fascicle completes the treatment of the RhodjTneniaceae and begins the presentation of genera of the Delesseriaceae. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 585.] — J. R. Schramm. 5SS. CoupiN, Henri. Algae. Album G^n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 26. PL 2SS-2U. 1921. — The author completes the treatment of the Delesseriaceae, presents the family Bonne- maisoniaceae, and begins the consideration of genera of the Rhodomelaceae. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 5S5.]— J. R. Schramm. 92 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, ALGAE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 589. CoupiN, Henri. Algae. Album G^n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 27. PL 2^5-252. 1921. — In the present fascicle the presentation of genera of the Rhodomelaceae is continued. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 585.] — J. R. Schraynm. 590. CoupiN, Henri. Algae. Album G4n. des Cryptogames Fasc. 28. PI. 253-260. 1921. — In the present fascicle the author presents the remaining genera of Rhodomelaceae and begins the treatment of the Ceramiaceae. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 585.] — J. R. Schramm. 591. HoDGBTTS, W. J. Notes on freshwater algae. I-IV. New Phytol. 19: 254-263. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — A new species of Pyramimonas, P. inconstans, is described from near Bir- mingham.— Zoogonidia of Oedogonium cryptoporum Wittr., with cilia of a length unusual in the Oedogoniaceae, are described and figured, with notes on the mode of progression. — The Hormidium state of Prasiola crispa shows under certain conditions a false branching compara- ble with that of Tolypothrix. — The gametes and zygotes of Chlamydomonas variabilis Dang, are described and figured, — /. F. Lewis. 592. J., J. Recent English marine biology. [Rev. of: Allen, E. J. Contribution to the quantitative study of plankton. Jour. Marine Biol. Assoc. 12: 1-8. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 1008).] Nature 104: 707. 1920. — Four 10 cc. samples gave a mean of 14.45 organisms per cc. The same sample examined by inoculating flasks (sterilized sea water with culture solutions used by Allen and Nelson for marine diatoms) showed 464 organisms per cc. This result is apparently an under-estimate as some organisms found in centrifuged samples did not grow in the medium. "The result is therefore another and closer approximation to a biological value which is of extraordinary interest." — 0. A. Stevens. 593. Janet, Chas. Sur le Botrydium granulatum. [Concerning Botrydium granulatum.] 4 p., 1 pi. Limoges, 1918. — The plants are found in more or less irregular and often branched form or as pyriform vesicles developed from (1) a purely vegetative cell, (2) an asexual piano- spore, (3) a zygote. In each case the cell develops a simple vesicle consisting of a spherical layer of nucleated chlorophyllous protoplasm covered with a wall and surrounding a cavity filled with a clear fluid containing numerous corpuscles. A narrow aerial tube is developed from the upper part, a rhizoidal tube from the lower, the former developing into the vesicle. There are 3 kinds of vesicles distinguished by the nature of the cell producing them: (1) Those in which all of the cells of the parietal layer of the vesicle develop in situ into small syncytial blasteas which, through the collapse of the vesicle, are dislodged and disseminated by rain and generally germinate at once. (2) Those in which the protoplasmic layer becomes divided into 1 or several layers of naked protoplasts which become planospores by acquiring a single flagellum. These are then discharged when moist by the swelling and rupturing of the vesicle, later lose their flagella, develop into small spherical blasteas, and germinate as above. (3) Those in which, toward the end of summer, 1 cell in the parietal layer develops in situ into a syncytial blastea at the expense of the rest of the layer, which degenerates and disappears, leaving the blastea to fill the mother vesicle. Each nucleus of the blastea be- comes a gamete. The pyriform blastea, when the gametes are about ripe, is discharged by the breaking up of the containing vesicle. When conditions are favorable the wall of the blastea is gelatinized and the gametes are discharged and unite to form zygotes. The blastea is homologized with the oogonium and spermagonium of Fucus and with the structure pro- ducing the gametangia in the vascular cryptogams. — Winifred Goldring. 594. McN AUGHT, James Bernard. Algae of Kansas reservoirs. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 142-177. PL 1-4. 1920.— The author presents the first report of the survey of the algae of Kansas, with the special object of aiding the sanitary engineer, including 19-page list of species in key-form; 110 species are listed, only 12 of which had been previously reported from Kansas. Under reservoir conditions changes due to differences in the seasons do not appear to occur. — Examples of the successful use of the copper sulphate method of treatment are given. The algae found most active in causing bad tastes, colors, and odors are species No. 2, December, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, BRYOPHYTES 93 of Anabaena, Conferva, Oscillatoria, Spirogyra, Cladophora, Clathrocystis, Synedra, and Navictda. To these may sometimes be added animals of polyzoan and protozoan groups. A bibliography of 33 entries is appended. — F. C. Gates. 595. Mangbnot, G. La structure des antherozoides des Fucacees. [The structure of the sperms of the Fucaceae.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1198-1200. 1921.— The au- thor contributes to the discussion between Strasburger and others on the one hand and Guig- nard and others on the other as to the nature of the sperm, the former holding that it is all nucleus. The author inclines to the view of Guignard, finding that a large part of the tail of the sperm is protoplasmic in nature, containing inert inclusions and pheoplasts, the latter often in great numbers. The pigment spot is found to arise from the pheoplasts by the development of carotin. — C. H. Farr. 596. Mangbnot, G. Sur les "grains de fucosane" des Pheophycees. [On the so-called grains of fucosanof the Phaeophyceae.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 120-129. 1921. — It is decided that the grains of fucosan are neither the living organites of Crato nor the special vacuoles of Kylin, but that they are simply vacuolar precipitates such as tannins and such as occur in other groups of plants. — C. H. Farr. 597. Pavillard, J. Sur la reproduction du Chaetoceros Eibenii Meunier. [On the re- production of Chaetoceros Eibenii.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 469-471. Fig. 1-11. 1921. — Chaetoceros Eibenii belongs to the sub-genus Phaeoceros. A description and figures are given of the auxospores and the endocysts in this species; these bodies have never before been reported in this form. — C. H. Farr. 598. Pavillard, J. Sur le Gymnodinium pseudonoctiluca Pouchet. [On Gymnodinium pseudonoctiluca.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 868-870. Fig. 1-6. 1921.— This re- markable organism belongs to the Peridineae. No chromoplasts but many small uncolored plastids are found. Food is ingested. — C. H. Farr, ' 599. Shaw, Walter R. Campbellosphaera, a new genus of the Volvocaceae. Philippine Jour. Sci. 15: 493-520. PL 1-2, fig. 1. 1919. — The somatic protoplasts lack connecting fibers and the gonidia migrate from the outside to the inside of the embryo. — Albert R. Sweetser. 600. Tiffany, L. H. Algal food of the young gizzard shad. Ohio Jour. Sci. 21: 113-122. 1921. — One hundred and forty species and varieties of algae were found in an identifiable condition in the digestive tract of the gizzard shad. These are grouped as Myxophyceae, Euglenidae, Peridineae, Bacillariae, Desmidiaceae, Protococcales, and the filamentous algae. — H. D. Hooker, Jr. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF BRYOPHYTES Alexander W. Evans, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 477, 478, 483) 601. Allorge, a. p. Sur deux Sphagnum nouveaux pour la flore parisienne: S. laricinum R. Spruce et S. Warnstorfii Russow. [Two species of Sphagnum new to the flora of Paris: S. laricinum R. Spruce and S. Warnstorfii Russow.] Bull Soc. Bot. France 66: 406-409. 1919. — A critical study of S. laricinum and S. Warnstorfii is given, their geographical distribution is described, and the character of the moss flora of Paris is discussed. — A. Gershoy. 602. Britton, Elizabeth G. The rediscovery of Physcomitrium pygmaeimi James. Bryologist 24: 26. 1921. — The original description of Physcomitrium pygmaeiim was drawn from scanty and immature material collected in Utah, but more abundant and better devel- oped specimens have since been found in Nevada by C. F. Baker and in Alberta by A. H. Brinkman. On the basis of these specimens the author gives a more complete description of the species. [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 878.] — E. B. Chamberlain. 94 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, BRYOPHYTES [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 603. Davy db Virville, Ad., et Robert Douin. Sur les modifications de la forme et de la structure des hepatiques maintenues submergees dans 1' eau. [Concerning the modifica- tions of form and structure of hepatics broughtabout by maintaining them under water.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1305-1308. 1921. — Riccia ciliata, Fegatella conica, Pellia calycina, Calypogeia Trichomanis, Palgiochila asplenioides, and Lophocolea bidentata were studied. They were all found susceptible to adaptation when submersed but showed changes in de- velopment, structure, shape, and direction of growth. If they had been found growing wild in their altered condition they would have been classed as distinct varieties and perhaps as new species, although the genera to which they belonged would still have been recognizable. — C. H. Fan: 604. Douin, R. Recherches sur les Marchantiees. [Investigations concerning the Mar- chantieae.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 33 : 34-55, 99-145, 190-213. PI. 1-32, 35 fig. 1921.— The 1st chapter of this extensive work discusses the structure of the thallus, the vegetative point, and the methods of branching in the Marchantieae, with illustrative examples; the 2nd describes the structure and development of the sexual branches, both male and female; the 3rd deals with the nutrition of the fruiting bodies, and the 4th with an interpretation of the structures in- volved; the 5th proposes a new classification of the group and gives a critical discussion of its affiliations. From his investigations the author concludes that the thallus develops by the activity of a single initial cell and that the methods of branching are varied, certain methods giving a key to the origin of the male and female inflorescences. He finds that the latter are the products of specialized vegetative points, arising above or below the vegetative point of the thallus, and he uses his deductions as the basis of his new classification, employing certain characters not heretofore used. — J. C. Gilman. 605. Jansbn, p. Die Bliiten der Laubmoose. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis ihrer ausseren und inneren Gestaltung. [The inflorescences of the mosses. A contribution to our knowledge of their external and internal configuration.] Hedwigia 62 : 163-281. 31 fig. 1921. — The author shows that the detailed study of moss inflorescences and of their component parts has been largely neglected by bryologists, in spite of its importance from a taxonomic standpoint. In a series of introductory sections he defends and defines the term "inflorescence" as applied to mosses and gives a general discussion of the distribution of the sex organs; of the component parts of inflorescences and their respective functions; of the perigonial and perigynial leaves; of the antheridia, archegonia, and paraphyses; of the perichaetial leaves; of the numerical and spatial relationships in inflorescences; and of the protective and adaptive arrangements which they sometimes show. The main body of the work, however, is occupied by detailed descriptions and figures drawn from the inflorescences of 28 species of mosses, representing a wide range of genera arranged according to Limpricht. The descriptions and figures bring out the histological features of the involucral and perichaetial leaves, as well as their form and other characteristics, and likewise give the peculiarities of the sex organs themselves. The genera treated are the following, a single species being described except where otherwise in- dicated: Sphagnum, Andreaea (2), Archidium, Dicranum (4), Campylopus, Fissidens (2), Hedwigia, Splachnum, Funaria, Leptobryum, Webera, Mnium (3), Philonotis, Polytrichum, Buxbaumia, Diphysciiim, Fontinalis, Dichelyma, Pterygophyllum, Climacium, and Amblyste- gium. — A. W. Evans. 606. Jennings, O. E. Hepatics of Iberia (Spain and Portugal). [Rev. of: Casares-Gil, A. Flora Iberica. Briofitas, primera parte. Hepaticas. (Flora of Iberia. Bryophytes, first part. Hepaticae.) Svo., 775 p., 4 pi., 399 fig. Mus. Nacion. Cien. Nat. Madrid, 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 2027) .] Bryologist 24 : 30-31 . 1921 .—The reviewer outlines the divi- sions and scope of the work, lists the new combinations proposed, and indicates changes in the generic classification of many species. He commends the illustrations and figures and suggests that the manual ought to prove useful to students of the Hepaticae in the U. S. A. — E. B. Chamberlain. No. 2, December, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, BRYOPHYTES 95 GOT. Navbau, R. Belgische Sphagnum Vormen. [Belgian forms of Sphagnum.] Bull. Cercle Sci. Anvers (Tijdschr. Wetensch. Kring Antwerp.) 12: 39^3. 1920. — The author comments on the polymorphism of the genus Sphagnum and discusses 21 varieties, forms, and subforms of various species, which are known at present from Belgium only. Most of these were recognized by Warnstorf in his "Sphagnologia universalis" of 1911. — A. W. Evans. 608. Nicholson, William Edw.\rd. New and rare British hepatics. Jour. Botany 59: 202-204. 1921. — The author gives notes on Riccia Huebeneriana Lindenb., Cephalozia spini- flora Schiffn., and Cephaloziella elachista (Jack) Schiffn. var. spinigera (Lindb.) K. M. — S. H. Burnham. 609. Pearson, Wm. Hy. Notes on a small collection of hepatics from Oregon. Bryologiat 24: 21. 1921. — This is a list of 10 species with descriptive notes, based on a collection made by C. Potter within the city limits of Portland, Oregon. — E. B. Chamberlain. 610. PoTTiER, Jacques. La parente des Andreacees et des hepatiques et un cas teratolo- gique qui la confirme. [The relationship of the Andreaeaceae and the hepatics and a terato- logical case that confirms it.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 337-344. 8 fig. 1920.— The species of Andreaea and of certain hepatics have been confused in the past because of similar- ities of aspect and structure. The structures developed on the germination of the spores of Andreaea are more reminiscent of the hepatics than of the mosses. The development of the leaf of the Andreaeaceae resembles that of the Jungermanniaceae and not that of the mosses. The pseudopodium, which also occurs in the Sphagnaceae, has its analogue among the hepatics. The greatest point of resemblance between the 2 groups, however, is the opening of the capsule by 4 valves. In the subgenus Acroschisma of Andreaea these valves separate quite to the summit of the capsule, as is usual in the hepatics. An abnormal leaf of Andreaea angustata with 2 lobes is described and compared with the normal leaves of certain hepatics. This re- semblance is not only superficial but extends to the anatomical structure. Especially striking is the resemblance between Andreaea petrophila and Herberta adunca. The various points of similarity between the Andreaeaceae and the hepatics would seem to indicate an indirect relationship. — E. B. Payson. 611. Theriot, I. Considerations sur la flore bryologique de la Nouvelle-Caledonie et diag- noses d'especes nouvelles. [Remarks on the bryological flora of New Caledonia and diagnoses of new species.] Rev. Bryologique 47: 69-71. 1920. — In the 1st part of this article, which is to be continued, the author reviews the work which has been done on the mosses of New Cale- donia and estimates that the number of species occurring on the island is approximately 500. In the 2nd part he begins the discussion of a collection made by I. Franc, citing Trematodon paucifolhcs C. M. from New Caledonia for the 1st time and proposing Holomitrium Franci as a new species. — A. W . Evans. 612. Theriot, I. Une rectification a propos du Stereodon lignicola Mitt. [A correction in regard to Stereodon lignicola Mitt.] Rev. Bryologique 47: 71-72. 1920. — It is shown that. S'iere- odon lignicola of India was based on 2 distinct species. The 1st is an Isopterygium and may be known as /. lignicola (Mitt.) Jaeger; the 2nd is a Setnatophyllum, too fragmentary for deter- mination, although probably undescribed. — A. W. Evans, 613. Warnstorf, C. tJber einige Arten aus der Gattung Calypogeia Raddi sensu Nees. [On certain species of Calypogeia.] Hedwigia 62: 1-11. 1920. — The author calls attention to the confusion which still prevails regarding the specific limitations of Calypogeia Trichomanis (L.) Corda and certain other members of the genus, and records a series of observations based largely on the specimens distributed by V. Schiffner in his "Hepaticae europaeae exsiccatae." He reaches the conclusion that C. Neesiana (Massal. & Carest.) K. Miill. is not specifically distinct from C. Trichomanis, the one passing into the other by insensible intergradations. In his opinion the specimens distributed by Schiffner under the name C. paludosa Warnst. do not represent that species but belong instead to C. trichomanoides Warnst. The true C. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 2 96 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, paludosa and also C. sphagnicola (Am. & Perss.) Warnst. hie now regards as synonyms of C. tenuis (Aust.) Evans. He recognizes the validity of C. fissa (L.) Raddi and also of C. Muelleriana Schiffn. (as represented by Schiffner's No. 609), referring C. adscendens (Nees) Warnst. to the latter species as a synonym. He likewise maintains that the North American C. Sullivantii Aust. is amply distinct from C. arguta Mont. & Nees. — A. W. Evans. 614. Wheldon, J. A. New British Sphagna. Jour. Botany 59: 185-188. 5 fig. 1921.— The author describes new forms of Sphagnum rubellum Wils., S. plumulosum Roll, and S. aquatile Warnst., and also the following new varieties: S. obesum Wils. var. devoniense Sherrin & Wheldon and S. hercynicum Warnst. var. Binsteadii Wheldon. The latter variety is figured. — S. H. Burnham. 615. Williams, R. S. Hyophila subcucullata sp. nov. Bryologist 24: 22-25, PL 2. 1921. — This is a description and plate of a proposed new species, nearest to Hyophila micro- carpa (Schimp.) Broth.; it was collected by Brothers Leon and Hioram in the province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba. — E. B. Chamberlain. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, LICHENS, BACTERIA, AND MYXOMYCETES H. M. FiTZPATRicK, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 585, 638, and those in the section Pathology) FUNGI 616. Behrens, J. Die Perithecien des EichenmeUtaus in Deutschland. [The perithecia of oak mildew in Germany.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31: 108-110. 1921. — Oak mildew has attracted considerable attention in Europe since 1907 and, although the leaves are abundantly covered with conidia, perithecia are rare. Records show that Arnaud and Foex found peri- thecia at Cavillargues, France, and were enabled thereby to identify the mildew with the American oak mildew, Microsphaera quercina (Schw.) Barr. In 1920 the author discovered a group of perithecia on a single oak leaf near Hildesheim, Germany. Subsequent comparison showed the form found in Germany to be the same as that in France. — H. T. Giissow. 617. Ftson, p. F. [Rev. of: Sundaraman, S. Ustilago Crameri Koern. on Setaria italica Beauv. Agric. Res. Inst. Pusa Bull. 97. 11 p., 2 pi., map, 1921.] Jour. Indian Bot. 2: 154. 1921. 618. HoHNEL, F. von. Bemerkungen zu H. Klebahn, Haupt- und Nebenfruchtformen der Ascomyceten 1918. [Remarks on H. Klebahn, Perfect and imperfect fruits of Ascomycetea 1918.] Hedwigia 62: 38-55. 1920. — The sources and merits of Klebahn's work are con- sidered and a critical consideration from the point of view of recent taxonomic studies of ascomycetes is given. The author states that Klebahn obtained his measurements partly from dry material imbedded in balsam and partly from material soaked in water. Since dry material gives from 25 to 50 per cent smaller measurements than wet tissues, he thinks that Klebahn's results must be taken with due allowance. He gives differences between Klebahn and other authors for measurements of perithecia, asci, ascospores, and conidia, and then passes to a critical discussion of the treatment of Mycosphaerella, which he considers at length regarding the relationships between perfect and imperfect forms, and the bearing of the various fruit forms on the disposition of genera and species. The genera Carlia, Epiploca, Gnomonia, Entomopeziza, Fabraea, Pseudopeziza, Trochila, and Gloeosporium are discussed with respect to their validity and certain of their species. Klebahn's disposition of genera and species is frequently criticized. — Bruce Fink. 619. HoHNEL, F. VON. Fragmente zur Mykologie. [Mycological notes.] Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien. (Math.-Nat. Kl.) Abt. 1. 129: 137-184. 1921.— The following are described No. 2, December, 1921] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 97 as new: Asterina Loranthacearum Rehm var. javensis, A . suhglohulifera, Asterinella tjihodensis, Limacinia graminella, Hypocrea Bambusae, Hypocrella lutulenta, Didyinella Pandani, Astrosphaeriella bambusella, Massariopsis subslriata, Anthostomella graminella, A. bambusae- cola, Par anthostomella bambusella. — Botryosphaeria inflata C. and M. and Physalospora xanthocephala B. and S. are believed to be based upon immature stages of the same species, and a form collected in Java, showing upon a dothidiaceous stroma yellow, pcrithecium-like horns which have only unorganized cellular contents, is believed to be a later stage; it is made the type of a new genus, Creomelanops, becoming C. xanthocephala (B. and S.) V. H. — Segregation of hyaline-sporcd species of Corallomyces Berk, and Curtis into Cor- allomycetella P. Henn. takes no account of diversity of imperfect spore forms on which 5 sec- tions of the genus can be based; all can be distributed between Nectria and Letendraea. — • Herpotrichia Schiedermayeriana var. Caldariorum P. Henn. is transferred to the Nectriaceae and a new genus, Xenonectria erected to receive it. Chiaqaea Sacc. based on Otth's descrip- tion of Nectria Ilippocastani is fallacious, but forms have since been discovered conforming to the description; this name is retained and several forms hitherto regarded as sphaeriaceoua are transferred to it, thus: Ch. rhodomela (Fr.) v. H. (Sphaeria rhodomela, Melanomina sau' guinarium), and Ch. Hendersoniae (Fckl.) v. H. (Trematosphaeria porphyrostoma, Cucurbi- taria Hendersoniae), Brown-spored Nectrias parasitic in perithecia of other forms are seg- regated in a new genus, Weesea, of which W. Balansiae {Calonectria Balansiae) is the type. — Hypocrea equorum Fckl. and H. merdaria Fr. are not distinguishable from Anthostoma. Podospora Cesati and Bombardia Fr. are valid genera differing in characters of ascus and stroma. Delitschia is rejected and its species variously distributed, the type becoming Phorcys didyma. Sporormia differs from Scleropleella only in the separation of its mature ascospores into their constituent cells; confusion has arisen owing to the fact that the same species may develop on wood or on dung but grows more luxuriantly on the latter. Pleophrag- mia Fckl. is rejected and its 3 species transferred to Pleospora. Rhynchostoma cornigerum Karst. conforms to the section Entosordaria of Saccardo's Anthostomella; the sub-genus is elevated to generic rank and species of Anthostomella as well as Par anthostomella unciniicola and P. valdiviana Speg. are transferred to it. — The imperfect form of Didymella Pandani is Septoriopsis Pandani. — Pterydiospora Javanica has violet spores when ripe. — Cladosphaeria Sambuci-racemosae Otth is a small-spored form of Karstenula'hirta (Fr.) v. H. — Ophiobolus consists at present of a mixture of dothidiaceous {Entodesmium) and sphaeriaceous {Leptos- pora) types; the genus Leptosporopsis is erected to receive the dothidiaceous forms with long spores, like Ophiobolus Rostrupii. Par anthostomella eryngiicola Speg. is distinct from An- thostomella, but Maurinia Nies. is rejected; A. rostrispora (Ger.) Sacc. is transferred to Hep- tameria foliicola (Sacc.) v. H. together with a number of other forms supposed to be Anthostomellas. — F. Weiss. 620. HoHNBL, F. VON. Fungi Imperfect!. Beitrage zur Kenntnis derselben. [Contri- butions to a knowledge of Fungi Imperfecti.] Hedwigia 62: 56-89. 1921. [Continued from Hedwigia 60: 209. 191S.] — Ninety-five species or genera of imperfect fungi have been con- sidered before the present paper, in which Nos. 96-116 are discussed. The genera and species are as follows: Cryptodiscus placidioides Desm., Asteromella Pass. & Thiim., Amphiciliella Eriobotryae Hohn. gen. & sp. nov., Strasseria Bres. & Sacc, Plagiorhabdus Shear, Cytospora Buxi Desm., Phomapetiolarum Desm., Phyllostictina EricaeHohn., Coleophoma EricaeHohn., Stilbum aureolum Sacc, Phyllosticta concentrica Sacc, Pazschkeella brasiliensis Sydow, the dwarfed forms of Septoria Aceris (Lib.) Berk. & Br., species of Septoria on maples, Hender- sonia fructigena Crataegi Alles., form genera of Lophodermellina, Readeriella mirabilis Sydow, Xyloma caricinum Fries, Acarosporium Buk. & Vleug., Diaporthe and Phomopsis on European elms, form genera of Diaporthe, Phoma Samarorum Desm., and certain species of Phomop- sis.— Pages 74-76 are devoted to forms of Septoria on maples in North America. — Bruce Fink. 621, Klebahn, H. Der Pilz der Tomatenstengelkrankheit und seine Schlauchfrucht- fonn. [The fungus of tomato canker and its ascigerous form.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31: 1-16. 10 fig. 1921. — The fungus, generally referred to Ascochyta, showed after over- 98 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, wintering, besides its usual pycnidia, numbers of perithecia. Pure cultures, made with the ascospores, proved the relationship between the pycnidia and perithecia; infection experi- ments with ascospores provided additional proof. Apparently the conidial form resembles very closely Hollos' Diplodina lycopersici, if it is not actually identical with it. The perithecia may belong to Mycosphaerella or Didymella. Owing to the presence of paraphyses, Klebahn places the fungus in the genus Didymella, though thus far this genus has not included patho- genic species. Provisionally the ascigerous form may be known as Didymella lycopersici n. sp. The author concludes his treatise with a review of related Ascomycetes. But, in view of the fact that most of these apparently related fungi have not been successfully studied as to structure and development, a regrouping of them does not, in his opinion, seem possible at present. — H. T. Giissow. 622. Laibach, F. Untersuchungen iiber einige Septoria-Arten und ihre Fahigkeit zur Bildung hoherer Fruchtformen. I und II. [Septoria species in relation to higher fruiting forms.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 30: 201-223. 12 fig. 1920. — Several species of the genus Septoria Fries are chosen as subjects for research concerning the production of ascigerous forms. The relationship of S. sorbi to a species of Mycosphaerella, discovered on overwintering leaves of Sorbus aucuparia, is proved through infection experiments and pure cultures. In determining the Mycosphaerella the author finds it necessary to discuss the Septoria species occurring on Sorbus. He decides that Septoria sorbi, S. hyalospora, and S. piricola are 3 very closely related fungi which possess almost identical ascigerous forms. He prefers to regard them as distinct, and considers the ascigerous form of S. piricola Desm. as Mycosphae- rella sentina (Fuck.) Schroeter on pear leaves, of Septoria sorbi Lasch as Mycosphaerella aucu- pariae Lasch on Sorbus aucuparia, and of Septoria hyalospora (Mont, et Ces.) Sacc. as My- cosphaerella topographica (Sacc. et Speg.) Lindau on Sorbus torminalis. Septoria scabiosicola (DC.) Desm. was also studied but an ascigerous form was not found. — H. T. Giissow. 623. Peyronel, Beniamino. La forma ascofora dell 'Oidio della quercia a Roma. [The ascigerous stage of the Oidium on oak at Rome.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 54: 5-10. 1921. — The author in November and in December found the perithecia of the Oidium on oak leaves in 2 different localities in Rome. He attributes their development to the joint action of cold weather and low humidity, and to the necessity of better adaptation of the organism to these conditions. After a review of various related species, the conclusion is reached that the name of the organism is Oidium gemmiparum (Ferraris) nob. (Oidium quercinum var. gemmi- parum Ferr. in Ann. Mycol. 1909; 0. alphitoides Griffon et Maublanc in Bull. Soc. Mycol. France, 1910). — A. Bonazzi. 624. Rossi, Gino de. I lieviti apiculati nella fermentazione vinaria. [The yeasts of the group apiculatus and their role in the fermentation of wine.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53: 233-297. Photomicr. 1-3, fig. 1-8. 1920. — A contribution is presented on the phj^siology, morphology, and classification of this comprehensive group of organisms. The paper is di- vided into 5 chapters as follows: (1) Synthetic review of the collective species f,AND J. B. Kendrick. The fungicidal action of formal- dehyde. Iowa Agric. Exp. Sta. Res. Bull. 59, 355-397, fig. 6. 1920.— The studies reported in this bulletin deal with the toxic action of formaldehyde and other surface disinfectants as manifested in potato seed treatment. The organisms used were Actinomyces scabies and Rhizoclonia solani. Surface disinfection with formaldehyde for the control of scab was more complete at 20°C. than at lower temperatures. Formaldehyde at 4S-50°C. for short periods of time was as toxic as mercuric chloride and formaldehyde of the standard formulae. Cover- 110 PATHOLOGY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, ing, after treatment with hot formaldehyde (50°C.), facilitates disinfection. Increasing the concentration increases the toxicity of this chemical to both scab and scurf. Surface disinfection is seldom complete, which introduces a variable factor into field treatment experiments. The extent of soil infestation is best measured in clean, treated seed. Untreated, clean seed in 1919 carried to the field a sufficient number of Rhizoctonia sclerotia to cause 6 per cent infection on the progeny. All of the methods of seed treatment reduced the percentage of infection over that of the checks, showing that seed treatment is worth while from a practical standpoint. It was found that the germination of seed tubers was injured with mercuric chloride 1-500 and formaldehyde 1-120, when the temperature was raised above 55°C. for more than 5 minutes. No injury was induced by formaldehyde 1-120 at 50°C. for 2^ minutes followed by covering for 1 hour. Laboratory methods were devised by means of which the value of a given seed treatment can be predicted without the necessity of field trials. The laboratory methods were confirmed in the field trials. The data obtained suggest that formaldehyde solutions used changed strength only slightly on being exposed at room temperature in an open container for 26 days. Dilute solutions of formaldehyde heated to 50°C. and held at this temperature from 5-60 minutes showed no appreciable change in concentration. The concentration of formaldehyde solutions is somewhat lowered when potatoes are treated at 48-50°C. The loss in concentration was greater when steam was used as a source of heat than when employing a heater. The greater loss is probably due to the condensation of the steam in the solution. — J. C. Gilman. 713. Pantanelli, E. Azione fungicida e fisiologica degli anticrittogamici. [Fungicidal and physiological action of anti-cryptogamic compounds.] Mem. R. Staz. Pat. Veg. Roma 1920: 1-54. 1920. — The paper is divided into 2 parts, the 1st dealing with the action of the anti-cryptogamic agents on the fungous parasites, the 2nd with the action upon the host plants. The action of Bordeaux mixture, calcium polj^sulphides (lime-sulphur), barium polysulphides, soap-silver mixtures, and copper oxychloride ("Caffaro paste") was studied upon Plasmopara viticola, Oidium leucoconium, Fusarium niveurn, and Botrylis cinerea. The various functions of the mixtures were studied by 2 different methods. The toxic action was investigated by spraying the substances on glass slides; after drying these were sprayed with a suspension of conidia in 5 per cent saccharose. The attitiseptic action, on the other hand, was studied by replacing the nutritive fluids, in which the spores had germinated, first with water and this in turn with the substance under investigation, the operations being carried out under the microscope. The results of the treatment based upon the viability of the spores were as- certained by staining with non-vital stains (of the aniline blue type), by plasmolysis reactions, and by swelling, by increase in granulation and other visible manifestations, and by germina- tions in a moist chamber after removal of the fungicidal substance. Sugar, as well as glycerine and mannite, when used as a suspension medium was found to increase the antiseptic proper- ties of the dry films of material studied; this the author attributes to the solvent action. The principal results of the 1st part of the investigation lie in the demonstration of the fact that the salts of heavy metals possess a strong antiseptic power, while when once dried, the polysulphides under these same conditions failed to inhibit germination of the spores. Silver salts are the most active, followed by those of copper. The fungicidal power of the mixtures follows a different order, the polysulphides being sometimes far more effective than the others. As preventive agents copper sprays are efficient for long periods, since the hy- droxide of the metal is slowly acted upon by CO2 and rendered less basic and more soluble. Bordeaux mixture prepared by the commonly accepted formulae is acid although it will turn litmus blue. Soap-silver mixtures are also of value in preventive treatments since the silver carbonate, formed by a reaction similar to the reactions with copper, is distinctly soluble. The oxidation of the polysulphides is enhanced by the alkaline reaction of the mixtures so that under atmospheric conditions the dry crust on the sprayed leaves is made up of the following components: calcium carbonate, elementary sulphur, thiosulphates, sulphides, and sulphates. Even though sulphur may be slowly oxidized to sulphur di- and trioxides these products are not necessarily toxic at the low concentrations resulting. Barium polysul- phides are always more effective than the corresponding calcium mixtures. — The 2nd part No. 2, December, 1921] PATHOLOGY 111 of the paper deals with the action of the sprays upon the host plant. After washing the treated leaves of Viii^ with HCl, to remove adhering substances, they were found to have absorbed detectable quantities of copper, calcium sulphate, and thiosulphate radicles. Cop- per was found to be immobile in the leaf while the calcium tended to migrate to the petiole. Copper sprays increased the turgidity of the cells while the osmotic pressure and molecular concentration of the cell sap (measured by cryoscopic methods) were not materially changed. Leaves treated with polj'sulphides or left untreated contained less protein nitrogen and in- soluble phosphorus compounds than leaves treated with copper sprays, whereas they contained greater quantities of soluble nitrogenous compounds. All spraying materials favored the condensation of sugars into starch and the accumulation of the latter, but Bordeaux mixture was particularly beneficial. In general a parallelism was observed between induced physi- ological variations in the host cell and the anti-cryptogamic effect of the spray, to the extent that the more efficient chemicals were those which also produced the greater stimulation of the host. — A. Bonazzi. 714. Price, W. A. Bees and their relation to arsenical sprays at blossoming time. Purdue Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 247. 15 p., fig. 1-7. 1920. — Bees were found to work freely on sprayed fruit trees and dead bees were found in abundance. Tests showed that a very small amount of arsenic (less than 0.0000005 gram AsjOj) is a fatal dose for a bee. Bees caged on a tree sprayed when in full bloom with a spray of the formula 1 gallon lime sulphur + 1 pound lead arsenate to 50 gallons of water showed a mortality of 69 per cent. Bees caged on a tree dusted when in full bloom with 85 per cent flowers of sulphur + 15 per cent lead arsenate showed a mortality of 46 per cent. Chemical analyses of the dead bees showed the presence of arsenic. Bees caged on a check tree showed only 19 per cent mortality and no test for arsenic. — Max W . Gardner. 715. ScHAFFNiT, E. Eiweisserdalkaliverbindungen als Zusatzstoffe fiir Bekampfungs- mittel zur Erhohung des Haftvermogens. [Albumen-alkaline-earth combinations added to spray solutions to increase adhesion.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31 : 19-22. 1921 . — The author discusses the role of alkaline-earth-metal compounds with certain colloidal substances of the group of albuminoid bodies, such as albumens, globulins, etc. Casein-lime combinations have proved of excellent value in increasing the adhesion of spray substances. — H . T. Gussow. 716. Smith, G. M., and G. N. Hoffer. Three methods of controlling the root, stalk, and ear rots of com. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 34. 1921. 717. Tola AS, A. G. Seed certification makes great progress. Potato Mag. 3'^: 9-11, 25. 1921. — The paper includes a tabular summary of rules and conditions regarding potato seed certification in North America in 1920. Plans for yield tests are described. — Donald Folsom. 718. Valleau, W. D. Selection of disease-free seed and seed treatments as a possible means of control of corn root rot. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 35. 1921. 719. Weimbr, J. L. Reduction in the strength of the mercuric chlorid solution used for disinfecting sweet potatoes. Jour. Agric. Res. 21: 575-587. 1921. — A bushel of sweet potatoes (Ipomoea) submerged in 135 1. of mercuric chloride, 1 to 1000, for 5 minutes in the manner of common agricultural practice reduces the strength of the solution about 1 per cent. This decrease in strength is attributable to the potatoes themselves, to the dirt and fibrous roots adhering, and to the containers of the potatoes and of the solution. — Washed sweet potatoes and Irish potatoes (Solanum) remove substantially the same amount of mercuric chloride from solution. — A solution may be kept near its original strength bj' adding 11 to 14 gm. of mercuric chloride and water to make up original volume, after treatment of each 10 bushels. — D. Reddick. 112 PHARMACOGNOSY ' [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, PHARMACOGNOSY AND PHARMACEUTICAL BOTANY Heber W. Youngken, Editor E. N. Gathercoal, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 383, 388, 434, 503, 543, 553, 752) 720. Anonymous. Export of Buchu leaves. Pharm. Jour. 106: 459. 1921. — Exports decreased from 204,271 pounds, the average for 1910-1914 inclusive, to 130,101 pounds, the average for 1915-1919 inclusive. In 1909 the Cape Town average price per pound was 8 pence; in 1919, 5 shillings. In 1920 the best grade reached 11 shillings per pound. The world demand for Buchu leaves and oil is increasing and marked interest is being taken in the cultivation of the plant. Extensive experiments on a commercial scale are being carried on at the National Botanic Gardens in Kirstenbosch. — E. N . Gathercoal. 721. Anonymous. Note. Nature 106: 321. 1920. — Reference is made to an article by Willmot and Robertson in the Lancet for Oct. 23, regarding an outbreak of Senecio poisoning in South Africa in 1918. This, which is probably the first instance in man, was traced to toxic seeds of Senecio ilicif alius and S. Burchelli in wheat. Similar diseases have long been known in farm animals, and 2 toxic alkaloids, senecifoline and senecifoldine were isolated by H. E. Watt in 1911 from S. latifolius. This raises the question of the possible occurrence of the disease in Europe from S. jacobcea, which causes disease in sheep in Nova Scotia. Careful cleaning of wheat before milling probably makes risk negligible. — 0. A. Stevens. 722. Baudys, E. Die Sporen der Getreidebrandpilze sind nicht giftig. [Grain smut spores are not poisonous.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31 : 24—27. 1921. — The question whether spores of grain smut, including Tilletia tritici, are poisonous has often been asked, and as often answered, — but rarely satisfactoril3^ Chickens experimentally fed for 7 weeks with an amount of smutty grain such as would never be encountered in ordinary practice grew well, gained in weight, and showed no ill effects. Mice and rabbits behaved the same. The author then relates experiments conducted on himself in which he consumed considerable quantities of spores of stinking smut contained in biscuits without injurious influence on his health. The records of poisonous effects of Ustilago longissima on Sweet Grass by Eriksson and Sorauer led to the belief that this smut caused injury. Kopke insisted that intoxication corresponded to the ingestion of the fungi. The poisoning, the author explains, is not due to smut spores, but to certain glucosides present in the young plants of Sweet Grass, just as in sorghum and other grasses. The content of glucosides varies with climatic influences and ecologic and local factors. — H. T. Giissow. 723. Davies, Edward C. The assay of colchicum by the phosphotungstic method. Pharm. Jour. 106: 480-481. 1921. — The drug is exhausted with alcohol, the alcohol recovered, the colchicine taken up with water, shaken out with chloroform, again dissolved with hot water, and precipitated as phospho-tungstate, from which the colchicine is liberated by alkali and chloroform. The great advantage of the method lies in the purity of the resulting alka- loid.— E. N. Gathercoal. 724. Haas, Paul. On the nature and composition of Irish moss mucilage. Pharm. Jour. 106: 485. 1921. — Commercial Chondrus crispus yields to cold water a mucilaginous substance whose properties differ from those of the product obtained by a subsequent extraction with hot water. Emulsions of cod liver oil made with the dialysed cold-water extractive are much less stable than when made with the dialysed hot-water extractive. A cooled 5-per cent solu- tion in hot water of the hot-water extractive forms a stiff jelly melting at 41°C. suitable for solid culture media. The gelatinizing power is not affected by prolonged boiling or autoclave sterilization, but is destroyed by heating in the presence of acid. The cold-water extractive forms only liquid mucilages. — E. N . Gathercoal. No. 2, December, 1921] PHARMACOGNOSY 113 725. Holmes, E. M. Birch tar. Pharm. Jour. 106: 508. 1921.— This article should be pre- pared in England from the bark removed from Betula alba poles, the latter so commonly used as hop poles in Kent and Sussex. The difficulty of obtaining from Russia a fine birch tar with fairly uniform constants, and the value of betulin anhydride as an antiseptic with an agreeable odor should render such a native industry feasible; or the industry might be developed in India, where immense forests of Betula Bhojpattra are available. — E. A'. Gathercoal. 726. Holmes, E. M. Delphinium Staphisagria. Pharm. Jour. 106: 2Go. 1921. — Seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria, Anemone Pulsatilla and other ranunculaceous plants are not likely to germinate unless well-developed, earlj'-ripened seed are planted soon after they are ripened. The seed furnished by some botanical gardens are smaller than those of D. Staphisagria and produce plants of D. pictum. — E. N . Gathercoal. 727. Holmes, E. M. Henbane cultivation. Pharm. Jour. 106: 248-249. 1921.— The seed should be carefully selected, only the largest and first ripened being retained, and should not be completely dried. The smaller, weaker seed tend to produce annual plants. Before planting the seed should be soaked in water over night and the floating portion removed. Soils rich in magnesia are preferred by the plant, the ash of the latter, it is noted, containing 21 parts of magnesia to IS of potash, 6 of lime, and 5 of soda. — E. N . Gathercoal. 728. McCoRD, Carey P., C. H. Kilker, and Dorothy K. Minster. Pj^rethrum der- matitis— a record of the occurrence of occupational dermatoses among workers in the Pyre thrum industry. Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc. 77: 448-449. 1921. — Pyrethrum (Dalmatian or Persian insect powder, or "buhach") is the most commonly used household insecticide at this time. It is an efficacious and, at the same time, inexpensive agent; consequently, an extensive indus- try has grown up around the manufacture of the powder. The extent of its use in the U. S. A. is indicated by the importation in a single year (1917) of 1,504,000 pounds of the crude material. With the recent introduction of large-scale production methods in the manufacture of the powder has come the realization that the industry is subject to conditions of work that are inimical to the health of exposed workers. This powder is made from the flowers of 3 species of Chrysanthemum or Pijrethrimi: (1) cinerariaefolium, (2) roseum, and (3) Marshallii or carneum. The principal sources of these flowers are the Caucasus, Persia, Dalmatia, Japan, Montenegro, and in recent years California. There are 3 grades of flowers which determine the value of the powder as an insecticide: (1) The open flowers, which make the poorest grade of powder; (2) the half-closed flowers, which yield a little better grade; (3) the closed flowers, which make the finest grade. The authors discuss: trade processes, substances responsible for the hazard, clinical characteristics, treatment and preventive measures. — Wm. B. Day. 729. IMuszYXSKi, Jax. A new haemostatic: Polygonum hydropiper. Pharm. Jour. 106: 26^270. 1921. — Polygonum hydropiper has been used by the Russian peasants from remote times for arresting bleeding and in the treatment of metrorrhagia. Since ergot and hydrastis have become so scarce and very expensive in Russia, repeated clinical successes have been had with the fluid extract of smartweed as a haemostatic in all cases of internal haemorrhage (pulmonary, gastric, haemorrhoidal, and uterine), even succeeding where ergot and hydrastis had failed. — E. N. Gathercoal. 730. Samaan, Karam. A contribution to the study of digitalis. Pharm. Jour. 106: 481-482. 1921. — The relative toxicity and pharmacologic action of various concentrated infusions of digitalis, when perfused into the whole heart of the frog, are presented, with special reference to the solvent used in preparing the concentrated infusions as well as the effect of keeping the preparation. Concentrated infusions prepared by percolation of digitalis with 20 per cent alcohol tend to contain more digitoxin and to be more toxic than the aqueous infusion prepared by the British Pharmacopoeia (1914) method. The concen- trated infusions presented, upon keeping for 4 weeks, a brown precipitate, about .07 per cent W/V when dried, which was powerfully toxic indicating the presence of digitoxin. — E. N. Gathercoal. 114 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 731. Tate, G. Action of heat and moisture on the activity of Ergot and Extractum Ergotae Liquidum. Pharm. Jour. 106: 485. 1921. — The activity was estimated on the isolated, virgin guinea-pig uterus suspended in 60 cc. of Locke solution at •37°C. Standardized liquid extract heated to 38°C. in an incubator for 25 days showed a loss in activity, and when so heated to 50°C. for 12 days the activity was decreased to a considerable extent. Dry ergot heated in a similar way showed no change but moist ergot so heated (mold developed) indicated a slight increase in activity. Whole ergot should be well dried and kept in air-tight containers. Liq- uid extract of ergot should not be stored at a temperature rising at any time above 80°F. — E. N . Gathercoal. 732. Wallis, T. E. The structure of Cocculus indicus. Pharm. Jour. 106: 306-309. Fig. 1. 1921. — A detailed description, accompanied by well-executed drawings and references to the literature, is given of the anatomy of the fruit, which constitutes the commercial article. — E. N. Gathercoal. PHYSIOLOGY B. M. DuGGAR, Editor Carroll W. Dodge, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 393, 399, 445, 448, 453, 458, 460, 519, 575, 624, 627, 666, 670, 713, 790, 791, 793, 855) PROTOPLASM, MOTILITY 733. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Schaeffer, Asa A. Amoeboid movement, vii + 156 p., 46illus. Princeton University Press and Oxford Press, 1920.] Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 163-164. 1921. DIFFUSION, PHYSICO-CHEMICAL RELATIONS 734. B. [Rev. of: Bechhold, Hans. Die Kolloide in Biologic und Medizin. (Colloids in biology and medicine.) ^nd ed. Th. Steinkopff: Dresden and Leipzig, 1919. Bound, 25 marks.] Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 196: 376-377. 1920. 735. Bancroft, Wilder D. [Rev. of: Clark, W. Mansfield. The determination of hydrogen ions. 23 X 16 cm., 317 p. Williams and Wilkins Co. : Baltimore, 1920. $5.00 (see Bot. Absts. S, Entry 1448).] Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 87-88. 1921. 736. Burton, E. F., and E. Bishop. Coagulation of colloidal solutions by electrolytes: influence of concentration of sol. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 701-715. 1920. — The authors reach the following general conclusions from their experiments with copper, arsenious sulphide, and gum mastic in the sol condition: For univalent ions the concentration of ion necessary to produce coagulation increases with decreasing concentration of the colloid; for divalent ions the coagulating concentration of these ions is almost constant and independent of the concentration of the colloid; for trivalent ions the coagulating concentration of the ion varies almost directly with the concentration of the colloid. There are at least 2 properties of the system, colloidal solution plus electrolyte, which influence the coagulating power of any ion; these 2 tend to counteract each other's influence. One dominates the action of uni- valent ions, the other that of trivalent ions, while the 2 influences seem to be somewhat equal- ized for divalent ions. It is suggested that an investigation of the influences of the hitherto ignored, but always present, ion that bears the same charge as the colloid (to an equal or greater degree than the coagulating ion in the case of univalent coagulants, and to a less degree in the case of trivalent coagulants) may greatly advance our knowledge of coagula- tion.— H. E. Pulling. 737. Casale, Luigi. Applicazione del metodo elettrochimico per la determinazione deir energia acida nei vini. [The application of an electrochemical method to the determination of true acidity in wines.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53: 395-398. 1920. — This is in continua- No. 2, December, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 115 tion of work previously reported by the author (Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53: 233-243. 1920) and is a contribution in respect to the principle of the apparatus used in the determinations. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 739.] — A. Bonazzi. 73S. Cas.\le, Luigi. Studio fisico chimico sul potere assorbente delle terra e sul mode con cui le piante assorbono i materiali nutritivi dal terreno. [A physico-chemical study of the absorptive power of soils and of the method whereby plants absorb nutritive materials from the soil.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 54: 65-113. 1921. — The soil colloidal particle is considered as if coated by a membrane developed by a process analogous to the one that leads to the for- mation of CuoFe (CN)6 membranes. The particles bear a positive or negative charge accord- ing to whether they have yielded to the surrounding solution their anions or cations. Dif- ferences of potential are thus established between the particles and a zone of ionic concentra- tion surrounding them. The coagulating power of an electrolyte upon, and the degree of absorption of its ions by, a negative colloid is directly proportional to its ionic concentration and to the relative velocity of its cations, and it is inversely proportional to the solution ten- sion of these same cations. Since the zone of ionic concentration surrounding a particle con- tains also negatively charged ions, these will also be entrained and, if capable of forming in- soluble precipitates, retained on the surface of the particle. Since the relative velocity of the cations present in the zone of concentration regulates the position each one will hold in the shell surrounding the particle, their order will be in a centrifugal direction K, NH3, Ca, Mg, and Na, and the last ones to reach this shell will also be the ones most easily yielded to a new solvent or electrolyte solution. Causes which vary the difference in potential at the particle-solution surface will also affect absorption; thus basic silicates and humates, treated with boiling HCl and washed free of the products formed therefrom, lose their absorptive powers because of the few cations capable of being yielded to the solution. Organic and other positively charged colloids act by virtue of the ion they yield, and can therefore act within certain limits as protective agents in the coagulation of negative colloids by electrolytes, beyond which limits they facilitate the phenomenon. They absorb both positively and negatively charged ions, but when treated with salts, the metal of which has a lower solution tension than H, the}' behave similarly to the negative colloids. — Absorption of soil constituents by plant roots takes place by a process analogous to the above. The ectoplasm yields to the soil solu- tion H ions, and establishes thereby a difference of potential between the plant and the soil particles which, in a process of equalization of the unequal charges thus established, adhere to the root cell and yield to it some cations. A continuity is thus established between the soil and the plant, the more distant particles yielding cations to the nearest ones and these in turn yielding them to the ectoplasm. Thence, equilibrium being continually disturbed by the transfer of these materials to the interior of the cell and by their utilization therein, currents are established which, by a play of osmotic forces, regulates the water intake and the concentration of the zone of ionic concentration surrounding the cell. Absorption is enhanced by the transfer of the water from the soil to the plant. When a plant is grown in a nutrient solution the medium is found to increase in acidity, whereas if the solution is made to contain a colloid the H ions are neutralized by the negative charge of the colloid particles and the plant can endure far greater dilutions of nutrient salts. Besides, the removal by the plant of the cations from the suspended particles, increases the negative charge on these and hence also the degree of dispersion, with the result that the solution in the immediate vicinity of the roots becomes clear while it remains cloudy at greater distances. That this phenomenon is not due to a flocculation of the colloid is shown by the fact that equal quantities of solution taken from the 2 zones yielded the following quantities of dry matter : After G and 15 days respectivelj* there were in the clear portion 28 and 48 mg., while in the turbid part there were 8 and 4 mg. The passage of ions from cell to cell leads to a partial utilization, the non-utilized portion being poured, together with water (when the osmotic pressure of the cell contents is lower than that of the bundles), into the vascular bundles. The latter, then, are not specific organs for the transportation of water but only regulating receptacles. Fertilizers act by changing the difference of potential between the plant root and the soil particle. — A. Bonazzi. 116 ' PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X. 739. Casale, Luigi. Un metodo per la determinazione dell' energia acida nei vini. [An electrochemical method for the determination of true acidity in wines.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53: 29S-308. 1920. — The method is based upon the fact that the affinity of acids for bases is a measure of their "strength," and that a base in presence of 2 acids will combine with them in a ratio proportional to their strength, so that an equilibrium will be reached when each acid is isohydric with its respective salt and also with the other acid present in the sys- tem. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 737.] — A. Bonazzi. 740. Cauda, A., e C. Mexsio. Concentrazione molecolare del succhi di vita. [Molecular concentration of the sap of Vitis.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53 : 317-331. 1920. — The Ostwald- Luther method was applied in the determination of the conductivity of sap collected from the vines in the field or from the crushed young twigs of several varieties of Vitis. It was found that the index of conductivity varies throughout the season and that it increases up to a maxi- mum and then decreases. Conductivity measurements are influenced by the presence, in the sap, of organic substances and especially those of an acid character. As a general rule the conductivity of a sap increases with the increase of mineral substances in solution, and for a constant quantity of mineral substances conductivity increases with the increase of ex- tractive materials. Differences in the conductivity of sap from different branches of the same tree may sometimes be quite large, and again striking differences may be obtained in saps obtained from trees of the same variety but of different ages, from trees under different systems of culture, and from different graftings. The authors state that it is quite probable that conductivity of the sap may be proportional to the production of fruit. — A. Bonazzi. 741. D., C. [Rev. of: Ostwald, Wo. Grundriss der KoUoidchemie. Erste Halfte. (Outline of colloid chemistry.) 5th ed. Th. Steinkopff: Dresden and Leipzig, 1919. ISmarks.] Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 96: 379. 1920. 742. D., C. [Rev. of : Ostwald, Wo., und Paul Wolski. Kleines Praktikum der KoUoid- chemie. (Small manual of colloid chemistry.) 169 p. Th. Steinkopff: Dresden and Leipzig, 1920. Kart. 15 marks.] Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 96: 379. 1920. 743. Frazer, Chas. G. The action of methylene blue and certain other dyes on living and dead yeast. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 741-748. 1920. — In an attempt to find a "criterion of death" the "behavior of nine dyes with living yeast and yeast killed by boiling or by the action of phenol" was studied. Of these dyes gentian violet, neutral red, and safranin are too toxic; Congo red has too little effect on dead cells; fuchsin, neutral red, and safranin are too faint; while erythrosin, eosin, methyl green, and Kahlbaum's methylene blue 6B extra (Griibler's methj^lene blue and Merck's methylene blue being more toxic) could be used. Erythrosin is better than eosin while methjd green hinders reproduction in some media without staining. — On the whole, erythrosin and methylene blue seem to be the best. Data secured bj' using methylene blue with various reagents likely to be used in quantitative toxicological work with yeast are given. — H. E. Pulling. 744. Freundlich, H. [Rev. of: Poschl, Viktor. Einfiihrung in die KoUoidchemie. (Introduction to colloid chemistry.) 5th revised and enlarged ed., 148 p. Theodor Steinkopff: Dresden and Leipzig, 1919. 7 marks.] Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 94: 506. 1920.— The book is regarded as containing too many errors and too much material of only historical interest to be the good introductory text it was designed to be and which is needed. — H. E. Pulling. 745. Harris, J. Arthur, Ross Aiken Gortner, and John V. Lawrence. The osmotic concentration and electrical conductivity of the tissue fluids of ligneous and herbaceous plants. Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 122-146. 1921. — "Studies in the Arizona deserts, in the Jamaican montane rain forest, and in the mesophytic habitats of the north shore of Long Island have shown that the osmotic concentration, as measured by the cryoscopic method, is far higher in the leaf tissue fluids of ligneous than of herbaceous species. Because of the wide range, geographic and ecological, over which the data leading to this conclusion were obtained the No. 2, December, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 117 authors regard it as a statement of a general biological law. A large series of determina- tions in the various non-halophytic habitats of the north shore of Long Island" indicate "that while the concentration of ionized electrolytes is lower in ligneous than in herbaceous forms, the reverse is true for total solutes." This conclusion, it is stated, cannot be adjudged general unless confirmed by investigations now in progress. — //. E. Pulling. 746. Hill, A. V. The application of physical methods to physiology. Sci. Prog. [London] 16: 79-S9. 1921. — A plea is made for the adoption of physical methods of investigating the physical manifestations of life. The progress made in the past few years in the physical and chemical sciences is discussed, and it is pointed out how this has been accompanied by additions to our knowledge of the physiology of living organisms. — J. L. Weimer. 747. MacDougal, D. T. The action of bases and salts on biocoUoids and cell masses. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 60: 15-30. 1921. — The strong metalic bases used as hydroxides or as chlorides in concentrations of 0.01 M restrict the hydration of agar according to their relative positions in the electromotive series. The series runs Ca, K, Na, the greatest retardation being effected by calcium. Reversed effects on the hydration of agar were shown by the hydroxides at 0.001 M, and also by the chlorides of calcium, magnesium, potassium, and sodium at 0.001 M. Purified agar shows more swelling in HCl at Ph 4.2 than in water, and shows exaggerated swellings in a series of acid, salt, and hydroxide solutions of Ppi 4.2-11. The maximum swelling of a gelatin-agar (3 parts gelatin and 2 parts agar) plate was found at 0.01 M for HCl, at 0.001 M for KCl, and at 0.0001 M for CaCla- Different ecological types of roots of maize show different hydration reactions to the solutions used. Roots of strawberry and of orange seedlings show differing hydration reactions when grown in saline soils, in sand, or in acid solutions. Effects as of balanced solutions are defined in the relation of certain salts to the hydration of agar, and some suggestions of similar action are noted in the biocolloids employed. — Wanda Weniger. 748. ScHADE, H. Die KoUoide als Trager der Lebenserscheinungen. [Colloids as carriers of life.] Naturwissenschaf ten 9 : 89-92. 1921. 749. Sprecher, A. Recherches cryoscopiques sur des sues vegetaux. [Cryoscopic in- vestigations of plant juices.] Rev. Gen. Bot. 33: 11-33. PL 35. 1921.— The juices of varie- gated leaves, both yellow and dark red, showed less osmotic pressure than green varieties. Variegated nasturtium showed a large proportion of salts in the sap. Those with dark red foliage possessed the largest amount of dry residue in relation to the osmotic pressure, and the yellow and variegated foliage the least. The osmotic pressure of Tropaeolum varied during the day, being lowest in the morning and highest in the afternoon. Removal of the flower buds increased the amount of dry residue as well as the osmotic pressure, but this increase was less than in plants which had bloomed. The osmotic pressure was greatest in the sap of the leaf blades of Tropaeolum, less in the branches, and least in the petioles. In Helianthus the petioles showed the highest osmotic pressure, and then, in order, the leaf blade, the branches, the pith, and the petals. In the case of the brown variety of Coleus VershaffelH and a yellow variety the difference in osmotic pressure was slight. The osmotic pressure of plants is more rapidly changed by the changes in the relative humidity of the environment than by tempera- ture or light. Species with leaves characterized by large cells exhibit osmotic pressures equal to that of species with small cells. — /. C. Oilman. 750. Waller, A. D., Mrs. A. D.Waller, F. O'B. Ellison, and T. B.F.\rmer. Electro- motive phenomena in plants. Rept. British Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1920: 266. Pl.l. 1920.— The following conclusions are drawn from experiments carried out upon Iru germanica: "1. The basal zone of the Iris leaf, in which alone active growth is in progress, is electrically active (zincative) in relation to parts where active growth has ceased. II. The zone of active growth is aroused to greater physiological activity (that is, is more zincable) than are parts in which growth is not proceeding." — C. L. Wilson. 118 PHYSIOLOGY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, WATER RELATIONS 751. Miller, Edwin C. Water relations of corn and the sorghums. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. 29: 138-141. 1920. — Sorghum, having only about | the leaf surface of corn and a root system approximately twice as great, is able to absorb water from the soil as fast as evap- oration from the leaves necessitates replacement. It therefore has an advantage over corn under climatic conditions conducive to great water loss. "The sorghums can produce more dry matter for each unit of leaf area under severe climatic conditions than the corn plant." — F. C. Gates. MINERAL NUTRIENTS 752. Brunswick, Hermann. tJber das Vorkommen von Gipskrystallen bei den Tamari- caceae. [The occurrence of crystalline calcium sulphate in Tamaricaceae.] Sitzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wien (Math.-Nat. Kl.) Abt. I, 129; 115-135. 1 pL, 1 fig. 1921.— Crystals occurring in epidermal cells of species of Tamarix were found to be water soluble, hence not calcium oxalate as previously supposed. Their identity as calcium sulphate, CaS04.2H20, was established by microchemical and gross analysis and by their crystallographic properties. Similar crystals occur in the following genera of Tamaricaceae: Reaumuria, Myricarin, and Hololachne. They are not found in Fouquieria, which upon other grounds as well may be segregated in a separate family. The crystals occur most commonly in green and growing tissues, such as leaf mesophyll and veins, vascular bundles and sclerenchymatous elements in the stem, and the various flower parts. Their origin is related to the xerophytic habitat of these plants. The soil water with which the roots are in contact is rich in calcium and mag- nesium compounds. The excess of sulphate is deposited in the epidermal cells, owing to its slight solubility, while chlorides and carbonates are excreted and accordingly deposited as a crust on the outer surface. In cultivation these plants continue to show cr3'stalline deposits in the epidermal cells, but the external crust is absent; this is attributed to selective absorp- tion of SO4 as an essential ion. — F. Weiss. 753. KoHLER, D. [Rev. of: Weis, F. Vandkulturforsog i forskellige naeringsoplosninger, specielt til belysning af manganets eg brin-tion-koncentrationens betydning. (Culture experi- ments with different nutrient solutions, particularly the importance of manganese and the hydro- gen ion concentration.) Meddedel. Plantefysiol. Lab. K0benhavn 239-2S0. 1919.] Rev. G^n. Bot. 33 : 221-222. 1921. 754. MicHEELs, H. Note au sujet de Taction des sels de sodium et de potassiimi sur la germination. [The action of salts of sodium and potassium upon germination.] Rec. Inst. Bot. L60 Errera (Bruxelles) 10: 161-167. 1921.— Very dilute solutions (1/100 and 1/1000 M.) of KCl, KNO3, NaCl, and NaNOs differ very little in electrolytic dissociation, so that in this study a favorable comparison may be made of these salts. In reference to toxicity, and when no current is passed through, it is found that Cl>No3 and Na>K. A favorable influence in respect to length of leaves and weight of plant lets produced is exerted by NO3, likewise this ion induces an elongation of the root hairs not observed with CI. Although more toxic than K, Na augments the length of roots more than the former. Equivalent results are obtained when the solutions are electrolyzed. The action of the anions occurs in the cathodized solutions, and that of the cathions in the anodized. It is to special phj'siological properties of the ions, not measurable as chemical properties, that it is necessary to attribute the differences observed. — Henri Micheels. PHOTOSYNTHESIS 755. Moore, Benjamin. Light as the source of life. Scientia 28: 361-371. 1920. — Inorganic colloids activated by radiant energy are to be regarded as a stage in the evolution of the microorganism. — William W. Diehl. 756. Regnier, M. [Rev. of: Henrici, M[arguerite]. De la teneur en chlorophylle et de I'assimilation du carbon des plantes des Alpes et des plaines. (The chlorophyll content and the assimilation of carbon in plants in the Alps and on the plains.) Verhandl. Natur. Ges. Basel 30: 43-136. 1919 (1920).] Rev. G6n. Bot. 33: 222-224. 1921. No. 2, December, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 119 METABOLISM (GENERAL) 757. Baxcroft, Wilder D. [Rev. of : Harvey, E. Nbwto.v. The nature of animal light. X + 182 p. J. B. Lippincott Co.: Philadelphia, 1920. $2.50.] Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 82-87. 1921. 758. Dezani, S. Ricerche sulla diffusione dell' acido solfocianico nei vegetal!. Nota II. [The distribution of thiocyanic acid in plants. Second contribution.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53: 43S— 150. 1920. — The jiresent contribution is a continuation of an earlier paper (Biochimica e Terapia Sperimentale Fasc. III. 1919). The work of \Veren.skiold, Pollacci, and of Kooper is here severely criticized on the ground that the methods used by these authors for the detection of SCNH (precipitation of Hg from PlgjC^ and the green coloration in presence of CuSO^) are not reliable when used upon plant extracts which have not been pre- viously purified. — In a study of Allium cepah., Castanea vesca Gaertn., Phaseolus vulgaris L., and Pisum sativumL., Dezani could obtain the same results as were obtained by the above mentioned investigators only when the tests were made upon the pressed juices and extracts, but he failed to obtain positive results when these plant materials were made alkaline, evap- orated to small volume, acidified, extracted with ether, the ether extract thus obtained washed with weak ammonia, and the washings in turn evaporated to small volume and tested for SCNH. In the present investigation the method of extraction was as follows: The fresh material, after crushing, was immediately dropped into boiling water and allowed to stand for 24 hours, after which period the extracts were removed by pressure. The results, given in tabular form, show that, of all the families examined, only members of the Cruciferae appear to contain SCNH, although by no means all the members of this family contain this compound. The author concludes that SCNH is a normal product of metabolism and not one resulting from the breakdown of glucosides of the sinigrin type, nor yet one formed by the post-mortem decomposition of esters of isothiocyanic acid. — A. Bonazzi. 759. Hardex, a. [Rev. of: Euler, H., und P. Lindner. Cheniie der Hefe und der alkoholischen Garung. (Chemistry of yeast and of alcoholic fermentation.) x + 350 p., 2 pi. Akad. Verlagsges. Gustav Fock: Leipzig, 1915.] Nature 107: 485-486. 1921. 760. Klason, P. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Konstitution des Fichtenholz-Lignins. [The constitution of pine wood lignin.] Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. 53: 1864-1873. 1920. — Two distinct complexes are recognized in the lignin molecule. One of these contains the acrolein group and is called a-lignin, the other contains a carboxyl group and is called /3-lignin. The former has the general formula C22 H22 O7, the latter C19 His O9. It is believed that lignin is not a secondary product of cellulose, but that it is formed directly in the assimilation process. — Henry Schmilz. 761. Klason, p. tJber Lignin und Lignin-Reactionen II. [Concerning lignin and lignin reactions II.] Ber. Deutsch. Chem. Ges. 53 : 18G2-18C4. 1920. — Working with lignin obtained from various woods, Klason finds that the lignin molecule is not necessarily always the same, but it always contains the acrolein complex, RCH:CHCHO, and that the various color reac- tions are dependent upon the presence of this complex. — Henry Schmitz. 762. KoHLER, D. Etude de la variation des acides organiques au cours de la pigmentation anthocyanique. [The variation of organic acids during anthocyanic pigmentation.] Rev. G6n. Bot. 33 : 295-315, 337-356. Fig. 1 . 1921. — The author first considered plant organs in which the pigmentation occurred normally. She found that in the corolla of Cobaea scandens, as well as in the leaves of Ampelopsis tricuspidata, the formation of anthocj'an is correlative with an increase in the amount of organic acids. It was noted that as long as the organ in question was not pigmented, the amount of organic acids did not vary appreciably, and that the increase was produced only at the moment of pigmentation (corollas of Cobaea scandens). Further, the amount of acid increased regularly as the pigmentation became more intense (leaves of Ampelopsis tricuspidata). In the hypocotyl axes of buckwheat, however, the formation of 120 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, anthocyan is accompanied by a decrease in the amount of organic acids. — Secondly, the rela- tion of pigmentation and organic acids was studied in organs cut from the plant which pro- duced them. In the 3 cases studied, corollas of Cobaea scandens, leaves of Ampelopsis tri- cuspidata, and the hypocotyl axes of buckwheat, the formation of anthocyan was never accompanied by an increase of acid. — /. C . Gilmmi. 763. Minor, Jessie E. The reactions of cellulose. Paper 26: 584-5S7. 1920.— Data are given to show that certain theories of the relation of dyes to cellulose are not tenable. — H. N. Lee. 764. Weimer, J. L., and L. L. Harter. Glucose as a source of carbon for certain sweet potato storage-rot fungi. Jour. Agric. Res. 21: 189-210. 1921. — Fusarium acuminatum, Diplodia tubericola, Rhizopus Tritici, Mucor racemosus, Sclerotium bataticola, Penidllium sp., Botrytis cinerea, and Sphaeronema fimbriatian, all of which cause decays of sweet potato {Ipomoea batatas), were grown on modified Czapek solution for 2 weeks at 28°C., a carbon source being supplied by differing amounts of glucose. All the organisms except Sphaeronema Umbriatum utilized glucose in considerable amounts. The amount of glucose actually con- sumed at any concentration differed with the organism, and in general the greatest consump- tion occurred in the weaker solutions (10 per cent), decreasing progressively with increasing concentration. Five of the organisms grew in solutions containing 42-50 per cent glucose, but Penidllium, sp. alone grew in a 58 per cent solution. — Dry weight of fungous material varies with the species and with the concentration of glucose, for example, Botrytis cinerea produced a maximum (1.0215 gm.) on 30 per cent glucose and Rhizopus Tritici a maximum (0.4716 gm.) on 10 per cent. There is similar variation in the amount of glucose required to produce 1 gm. of dry material. The "economic coefficient" for Mucor racemosus is greatest (28.88) on 30 per cent solution and lowest (1.44) on 50 per cent solution, while for Rhizopus Tritici it is greatest (17.67) on 50 per cent solution and least (3.70) on 10 per cent solution. — Fusarium acuminatum, Sclerotium bataticola, and Sphaeronema jimbriatum affect the hydrogen- ion concentration of the medium very slightly, while the remaining 5 organisms increase the acidity appreciably. — All the fungi grow in solutions with maximum osmotic pressure varying from 81.33 to 101.46 atmospheres. Fusarium acuminatum and Mucor racemosus show an in- crease in total osmotic concentration, while the remaining fungi, in general, decreased the concentration. — D. Reddick. 765. WiTZEMANN, Edgar J. The law of probability applied to the formation of fats from carbohydrates. Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 55-60. 1921. — From data on the occurrence of the various fatty acids in nature the author constructs a curve. This he considers from the standpoints of probability, the general facts concerning fats in plants and animals, and the 2 general types of hypotheses dealing with the chemical steps in fatty-acid formation from carbohydrates, as follows: (1) The fatty acids "are built up mainly from short carbon chains (less than 6)." (2) "They are built up mainlj' from units of 6 carbon atom chains." The author concludes that the evidence is in favor of the second hypothesis. — H. E. Pulling. METABOLISM (RESPIRATION, AERATION) 766. Harter, L. L., and J. L. Weimer. Respiration of sweet potato storage-rot fungi when grown on a nutrient solution. Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 211-226. 1921. — The fungi included in the study are: Fusarium acximinatum, Sclerotium bataticola, Diplodia tubericola, Penidl- lium sp., Mucor racemosus, Botrytis cinerea, and Rhizopus Tritici. A modified Czapek solu- tion, in which ammonium nitrate was substituted for sodium nitrate, and with the addition of 10 per cent dextrose, was used as a culture medium. Penidllium sp., Botrytis cinerea, and Sclerotium bataticola, which grew slowly, produced a maximum of more than 2 gm. of carbon dioxide in 24 hours. The other organisms, which grew rapidly, produced a comparativelj'^ small amount of carbon dioxide and reached their maximum soon after the culture fiask was inocu- lated. The 3 slow-growing fungi produced a relatively large amount of dry matter and con- sumed nearly all of the glucose; the reverse is true of- the remaining organisms. The quantity No. 2, Decembek, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 121 of carbon dioxide evolved does not necessarily correlate either with the amount of dry matter formed or with the amount of glucose reduced. The 3 slow-growing fungi produced more than 1 gm. of carbon dioxide for each gm. of glucose. For the remaining organisms the ratio was less than unity, while the dry weight of material produced for each gm. of glucose consumed was in all cases less than unity. The coefficient of respiration varies from 0.8-3 to 2.01, the economic coefficient from 3.86 to 22.86. The amount of carbon dioxide produced is not the amount theoretically possible from the sugar consumed. Alcohols and acids are possible products, and alcohol production is definitely established for Fusarium acuminatum, Rhizopus Tritici, and Diplodia tubericola. — D. Reddick. GROWTH, DEVELOPMENT, REPRODUCTION 767. Andre, Hans. Uber die teleologische und kausale Deutung der Jahresringbildung des Stammes. [On the teleological and causal meaning of annual ring formation in stems.] Naturwissenschaften 8: 99S-100G, 1021-1027. 1920.— This is a brief discussion largely on the basis of general observations and of earlier, published, experimental work. In the treatment of causal relations the author considers the factors to be (a) physical, such as the changing pressure of the cortex; (b) physico-chemical, illustrated by the influence of mineral substances and organic nutrients in determining the sizes of the vessels; and (c) "stimuli," notably such formative stimuli as water and the variable pull and pressure on the cells of the cam- bium.— Or ton Li Clark. 768. Bowling, John J. Observations of plant growth with the recording ultramicrometer. Nature 107: .523. 1 fig. 1921. — This is a description of the apparatus which has shown "pul- sations of growth" as described by Bose.>— O. A. Stevens. 769. Ereky, K. Die Steigerungsmoglichkeiten der landwirtschaftlichen Lebensmittel- produktion. [The possibility of increasing the production of agricultural foods.] Naturwissen- schaften 8: 1033-1038. 1920. — The relative efficiency of the different crops grown under the same conditions is shown by a comparison of the number of calories which the products rep- resent. Sugar beets are 1st with a production of 22.3 million calories per hectare, followed by potatoes, 9.5, barley, 6.8, oats, 6.2, wheat, 5.4, and rye, 4.9. This account is designed to convey general information concerning the capacit}' of the plant to utilize light and CO2 in the pro- duction of agricultural foods. Other aspects of food production are discussed. — Orton L. Clark. 770. Fitting, Hans. Das Verbliihen der Bliiten. [The withering of flowers.] Natur- wissenschaften 9: 1-9. Fig. 1-11. 1921. — The mechanics of leaf fall brought about by an abscission laj'er applies also to the fall of many flowers. There are several distinctive types. There is, however, a significant reaction concerned which is considered a true stimulation process and termed "chorism." Important is the effect of fertilization, which is elaborated by many striking examples. The function of hormones from the pollen and pollen tubes is treated in some detail. Often the same process (fertilization) will prolong the life of flowers of one species (Listera ovata) while it shortens the life of those of other genera and species. — Orton L. Clark. 771. Levy, Fritz. Neuere Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der Zellteilungs-Physiologie. [Recent experiments in the field of the physiology of cell division.] Naturwissenschaften 9: 10.5-110. 1921. — The author considers in a general way the influence of growth factors and of division factors in the physiology of cell division. — Orton L. Clark. 772. AIacDougal, D. T. Growth in trees. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 60: 7-14. PI. 1. 1921. — This paper, read before the American Philosophical Society, was presented as a synopsis of a more extensive manuscript to be published by the Carnegie Institution. Two new in- struments, the dendrograph and dendrometer, designed for obtaining measurements of grow- ing trees, are described and illustrated. Measurements made in 1919 and 1920 of a number of evergreen and deciduous trees in various habitats are listed and generalizations summarized. — Wanda Weniger. 122 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, GERMINATION, RENEWAL OF ACTIVITY 773. Jones, Henry A. Preliminary report on onion dormancy studies. Proc. Amer. See. Hort.Sci. 17: 128-133. 1920 [1921].— The onion bulb, when harvested just after the top has fallen, has a true dormant period. Yellow Globe Danvers onions grown from seed in 1919 were found to have a dormant period of 2-3 months, varying with the individual speci- mens. The dormant period can be abbreviated and top and root growth initiated by trans- versely bisecting the bulb. In dormant bulbs a light wounding of the basal end (root region) will initiate root growth, but not top growth. Transversely cutting the bulb, — therebj' re- moving the upper portion of the scales over the entire bulb, — may allow the escape of a gas or gases toxic to growth or it may permit the entrance of the oxygen necessary for growth. Re- moval of a longitudinal portion of several outside scales does not induce root or top growth. — H. A. Jones. 774. LopRioRE, G. Sulla germinazione dei semi verdi. [Note on the germination of green seeds.] Staz. Sper. Agrarie Ital. 53:414-^18. 1920. — The present note deals with the phenom- enon of chlorophyll retention by the cotyledons of various seeds. The author found that the germination of seed of Faba, which presented a green pigmentation, was only 20 per cent as compared to the normal behavior of normal seed. As a contrast to these findings the author mentions some results which he obtained on the retention of chlorophyll by the cotyledons of Fistacia. Some developing fruits were enclosed in black sacks in early spring while others were left in the open, and all were examined in September when the seed growing in a normal environment had attained maturity. A weight comparison of the 2 groups showed amarked advantage in the case of the seed normally exposed. The seed of the darkened drupes when placed in conditions favoring germination failed to germinate and actually decomposed. Moreover, such seed, unlike normal seed, were lacking in true chlorophyll. Other analogous cases are found among citrus plants, the seed of which are often found to germinate within the fruit with the formation of true chlorophyll. The author limits himself, however, to the enumeration of interesting cases. — A. Bonazzi. 775. Parkin, John. Vitality of gorse seed. Nature 107: 491. 1921. — The author reports that seed dormant in soil for 26 years germinated and grew to maturity. (Supplementary to report in Nature 102: 65. 1918.)— 0. A. Stevens. TEMPERATURE RELATIONS 776. Hooker, Henrt D. Pentosan content in relation to winter hardiness. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 17: 204-207. 1920 [1921].— The author advances a new theory of hardiness. He suggests, "The pentosans, or rather some specific pentosan, function in the plant tissue by holding water which is in the nature of absorbed or colloidal water, and that this type of water actually does not freeze when the plant is subjected to ordinary winter conditions. The greater water content of tender tissue as compared with hardy tissues would be due, therefore, to an excess of free water. Though hardy tissues contain less free water they con- tain more absorbed or colloidal water." — Shoots of hardy varieties of apple, like Wealthy and Yellow Transparent, had higher pentosan content than the more tender varieties, like the Missouri Pippin and Stajrman Winesap. In most cases the base of the shoot had a higher pen- tosan content than the tip. Investigations on long, immature green shoots and short, well- matured shoots of Ben Davis, showed that the latter had a much higher pentosan content. Results of analyses on the currant and raspberry, also, show a correlation between pentosan content and ability to resist low temperatures. Samples for analysis were taken on November 8, and December 2; the results are expressed in percentages on the basis of fresh weight. — H. A. Jones. 777. Kenoyer, L. A. [Rev. of: Coville, Frederick V. The influence of cold in stim- ulating the growth of plants. Jour. Agric. Res. 20: 151-lGO. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 378).] Jour. Indian Bot. 2: 154-155. 1921. No. 2, December, 1921] PHYSIOLOGY 123 778. Rosa, J. T., Jr. Pentosan content in relation to hardiness of vegetable plants. Proc. Amer. See. Hort. Sci. 17: 207-210. 1920 [1921]. — A close correlation is shown to e.\ist between pentosan content and vegetable plants in various conditions of hardiness. Plants hardened by exposure to low temperature or by withholding moisture showed much higher pentosan content than non-hardened plants. There is a gradual increase in pentosan content accom- panying the hardening process. The following data, expressed in percentages in terms of fresh weight, show how much the pentosan content increases in going from the non-hardened to the hardened state: Cabbage, 0.207 to 0.G04; cauliflower, 0.191 to 0.403; leaf lettuce, 0.106 to 0.402; and tomato, 0.091 to 0.362. — Theauthor advances the theory, "thathardened plants contain a greater proportion of 'absorbed' water in colloidal combination with the pentosans of the protoplasm, which is not frozen upon exposure to moderate freezing temperatures. The protoplasm of hardened plants apparentl}' possesses a greater water-holding power than non-hardened plants, which may be accounted for by the fact that hardened plants have been found to contain increased amounts of pentosans roughly proportional to the degree of hardi- ness."— H. A. Jones. RADIANT ENERGY RELATIONS 779. Katser, E. Influence des radiations lumineuses sur I'Azotobacter. [The influence of luminous radiations on Azotobacter.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172 : 491-493. 1921. — In 2 previous papers [Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 171: 969-971. 1920 and 172: 183-185. 1921]; the author has reported the influence of different generations of the organism upon the capacity of Azotobacter to fix nitrogen, also the influence of different colored lights and of darkness; likewise the relation to carbohydrate consumed. The experiments reported in the present paper constitute a study of nitrogen fixation by Azotobacter of the 12th generation, likewise the effect of changing the color of the radiations. Organisms which had been cultivated to the 12th generation under green rays, were placed in 2 separate glasses containing the nutri- ents; one was exposed to green and the other to yellow rays. This was repeated for the other colors. The 12th generation in all cases fixed less total N than the 6th. In all cases, except the one where blue w^as replaced by yellow, an increase of the total N fixed followed a change of color in the light. Likewise in 4 of the 6 cases, white to blue and green to yellow being the exceptions, change of color in the rays was responsible for the increase in N fixed per gram of carbohydrate decomposed. — L. J. Klotz. TOXIC AGENTS 780. B. [Rev. of: Wintersteix, Hans. Die Narkose in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die allge- meine Physiologie. (The significance of narcosis in general physiology.) S19 p. J. Springer: Berlin. 1919. Unbound, 16 marks; bound, 18 marks.] Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 96: 377. 1920. 781. Burgess, Kenneth E. The toxicity towards Staphylococcus of dilute phenol solu- tions containing sodium benzoate. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 738-740. 1920. — The author con- cludes that the phenomena observed by Lemon (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 786), which were not in accord with Miller's hypothesis (see Bot. Absts. 10. Entry 787) of the alteration of chem- ical potential of phenol solutions by salts, were produced by injury of the Staphjdococcus cells due to low concentration of the medium, thus confirrhing the results of Laird (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 784).—//. E. Pulling. 782. Frazer, Chas. G. Methylene blue as indicator in determining the toxicity of phenol and phenol-salt solutions towards yeast. Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 1-9. 1921. — Solutions con- taining phenol and sodium chloride, of such compositions as to be in equilibrium with the same solution of phenol in toluene or in kerosene, are isotoxic towards yeast if the ability of the cells to stain with methylene blue be adopted as a criterion of death. If inability to form colonies on wort-agar be adopted, the solutions containing salt are more toxic than the phenol solutions of the same chemical potential (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 787). It is suggested that cells may lack the power to form colonies and yet not be "dead," since "emaciated" cells are gendlfally believed to lack this power, thus less poisoning would be required to produce this condition 124 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, than that indicated hj the methylene blue test. The use of "other media would undoubtedly- lead to other data, and by their use milestones could be marked along the road to death, and the rates of loss of vitality and of recovery could be followed quantitativelJ^" — H. E. Pulling. 783. FuLMER, Ellis I. The effect of alcohol on the toxicity of phenol tov/ards yeast. Jour. Phys. Chem. 25: 10-18. 1921. — If inability to grow colonies on wort-agar be taken as the criterion of death, solutions containing water, phenol, and 3.75 per cent alcohol are more toxic than the chemically equivalent solutions (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 787) without alcohol; but if inability to stain with methylene blue be taken as the criterion, they are equally toxic. A method for obtaining cultures free from "resting cells" (those more resistant to hot water and to toxins than are actively growing cells') is described. — H. E. Pulling. 784. Laird, J. Stanley. The chemical potential of phenol in solutions containing salts ; and the toxicity of these solutions towards anthrax and Staphylococcus. Jour. Phys. Chem, 24: 664-G72. 1920. — The irregular results obtained by Lemon (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 786) induced the author to repeat the experiments and to re-determine the chemical potential of the solutions. Lemon's results are stated to be due to injury of the cells because of the low concentration of the medium, 2 atmospheres being the lowest osmotic pressure that the organ- isms could withstand without injury. Ten salts were used with results in harmony with Miller's hypothesis (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 787). Solutions of phenol to which acetic acid was added were, however, more toxic than expected. — H. E. Pulling. 785. Laird, J. Stanley. The toxicity of mercuric chloride and its solubility in aqueous alcohol. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24 : 736-737. 1920.— Paul and Kronig (Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 21 : 448. 1896) using anthrax found a maximum toxicity of solutions of mercuric chloride in water that contained about 25 per cent of alcohol by weight. The author finds a pronounced mini- mum in the solubility of mercuric chloride in aqueous solution at an alcohol content of 24 per cent, thus supporting Miller's hypothesis (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 787) of the relation of chemical potential to toxicity. — H. E. Pulling. 786. Lemon, J. S. The toxicity towards anthrax and Staphylococcus of solutions containing phenol and sodium chloride. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 570-584. 1920. — There are given here the details of part of the investigation on the relation between increased toxicity and increased chemical potential, due to the addition of salt to aqueous solutions of phenol (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 787). Experiments with anthrax were in accord with Miller's hypothesis of increase in chemical potential, but in those with Staphylococcus the degree of approximation of hypoth- esis to result appeared to vary with the concentration of phenol employed. — //. E. Pulling. 787. Miller, W. Lash. Toxicity and chemical potential. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 562-569. 1920. — The observations are recalled (Scheurlen, Arch. Exp. Path. Pharm. 37: 74. 1895; Paul und Kronig, Zeitschr. Phys. Chem. 21: 414. 1896) that when salts are added in non- toxic concentrations to aqueous solutions of phenol they increase the to.xicity of the solution. This increase is explained by the change in chemical potential of the phenol when salt is added to its aqueous solution. A solution of phenol to which salt had been added would have the same toxic effect as the (more concentrated) solution of phenol in pure water that would be in equilibrium with the solution of phenol in a solvent immiscible with water in equilibrium with the first (salt-phenol) solution. The general results of the investigations of several men using anthrax spores, Sta-phylococcus, and j^east are given, the details of which are to be presented by the several investigators. — H. E. Pulling. 788. Moll, Friedkich. Untersuchungen iiber Gesetzmassigkeiten in der Holzkonser- vierung. Die Giftwirkung anorganischer Verbindungen (Salze i auf Pilze. [The principles of wood conservation. The toxic action of inorganic compounds (salts) on fungi.] Centralbl. Bakt. II, Abt. 51: 257-286. 1920. — Penicillium glaucum and a species oi Merulius grown on agar containing different toxic salts develop in inverse ratio to salt concentration. With similar salts the results are much alike. As long as the combined salts do not yield an insoluble No. 2, December, 1921] SOIL SCIENCE 125 mixture or a complex compound, the single ions retain unchanged their specific influence. The preservative value of any salt can be measured by the sum of the effectiveness of the in- dividual ions into which the molecule dissociates. The poisonous effect is additive. The following are toxic in a descending scale: Ag, Cd, Cn, Zn, Fe, Co, Cr, Fl. — Fred S. Wolpert. 789. WiLLK, Johannes. Chlorpikrin als Schadlingsbekampfungsmittel in seinen Wirkun- gen auf Tier und Pflanze. [Picric chloride as an insecticide and its effect on animals and plants.] Naturwissenschaften 9: 41-47. Fig. 1-4. 1921. — The author reviews recent work on the use of picric chloride for the extermination of insects and other animals. The benefits of using the material while the plant is in a dormant condition and the effects of the material on yeast and other plants are noted. — Orton L. Clark. SOIL SCIENCE J. J. Skinner, Editor F. M. ScHBRTZ, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 393, 394, 562, 573, 738) 790. Bhatnagar, Shanti Swarupa. The effect of adsorbed gases on the surface tension of water. Jour. Phys. Chem. 24: 716-735. 1920. — The values of the surface tension of water in dynesper centimeter in a vacuum and in various gases at 15°C. are: Vacuum, 71 .3; hydrogen, 72.83; nitrogen, 73.00; carbon dioxide, 72.85; carbon monoxide, 73.00; air, 73.1. — H. E. Pulling. 791. Breckenridge, J. E. Boron in relation to the fertilizer industry. Jour. Indust. and Eng. Chem. 13: 324-325. 1921. — Evidence is presented which shows that certain per- centages of borax are detrimental to plant growth, but under favorable conditions, such as optimum moisture, good drainage, etc., rapid recovery is noticeable. Corn shows borax poisoning with 6 pounds of borax per acre; potatoes show a stimulating effect when 4 pounds of borax are added per acre, but S-10 pounds cause injury. — Henry Schmitz. 792. Cutler, D. Ward. Observations on soil protozoa. Jour. Agric. Sci. 9: 430-444. 1919. — The direct counting method (grating etched on slide) for soil protozoa in liquid gives results entirely comparable to those obtained by dilution cultures. Three species of Amoeba and 1 each of Monas, Bodo, Cercomonas, and Oicomonas were employed. — The factors governing the relation between the protozoa and the soil particles are those of surface action. The ca- pacity of various soils for retaining these organisms is specific and constant and is independent of the concentration of the suspension, the time of action, or w'hether the suspension contains cysts or active forms. — D. Reddick. 793. Griffith, J. W. Influence of mines upon land and livestock in Cardiganshire. Jour. Agric. Sci. 9: 360-395. PI. 4-16. 1919. — Lead and zinc compounds (galena and blende) reach the land in deleterious amounts. Physically, the capacitj' of the soil to retain water is often reduced; and chemically, the nitrogen content is lowered as a result of contamination. Extensive experiments were performed on the effect of galena and blende upon oats and crim- son clover. Clover is more susceptible to injury than oats, but both are affected. — Of the remedial measures tried, heavy liming is best, but the use of sodium silicate tends to reduce the injury. — D. Reddick. 794. JuRiTZ, C. ¥. The agricultural soils of the Union. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 76-84. 1921. — The grain soils of southwest Cape Province are grouped as follows: Sandstone, Malmesbury, and Bokkeveld soils. The Sandstone and Malmesbury soils are deficient in plant food and humus and are quite often acid; Bokkeveld soils are much richer in plant food. The soils from each region are described geologically and their origin is given. — Considerable variety of soils exists in Cape Province. The grey and reddish loams of the Great Karroo cover the largest portion of the country. The coastal belt in the southwest comprises gravelly clays of a drab color. On the South Coast the soil contains more humus and is frequentlj' acid. Alkali soils, resulting from bad drainage, occur in some parts. In a discussion of the Orange Free State soils it is pointed out that Na^ COs was almost absent from the lighter soils but present in the low lying places. — J . J . Skinner. 126 SOIL SCIENCE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 795. Keen, Bernard A. A note on the capillary rise of water in soils. Jour. Agric. Sci. 0.75 9: 396-398. 1919. — The following formula is derived: h = , in which h is the capillary r rise and r the radius of the soil grain. This is for an ideal soil in which the grains are all of one size, spherical, and packed in the closest possible manner. — D. Reddick. 796. Keen, Bernard A. A quantitative relation between soil and the soil solution brought out by freezing-point determinations. Jour. Agric. Sci. 9: 400-415. 1919. — An examination was made of the experimental data of Bouyoucos and his associates on the freezing point de- pression of soil solution at varying moisture contents. The data, which are mathematical in character, do not lend themselves to abstracting; the reader is therefore referred to the original. — J. J. Skinner. 797. MicHEL-DuRAND, E. [Rev. of: Waynick, D. D., and L. T. Sharp. Variations in nitrogen and carbon in field soils and their relation to the accuracy of field trials. Univ. California Publ. Agric. Sci. 4 : 121-139. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 870) .] Rev. Gen. Bot. 33:77. 1921. 798. ScoFiELD, Carl S., and Frank B. Hbadley. Quality of irrigation water in relation to land reclamation. Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 265-278. 1021 . — The soils of certain irrigated areas in western U. S. A. are not readily permeable to water and may be unproductive because of slow absorption from periodic irrigation. This impermeabilitj' of soils is due to the effect of sodium on the contained clay. This injurious action does not occur in the presence of ap- preciable quantities of soluble forms of calcium and aluminum. The use of such substances applied to the land or in the irrigation water serves as a corrective. — D. Reddick. 799. VoELCKBR, J. A. The Woburn experimental station of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. Field Experiments, 1921. Jour. Roy. Agric. Soc. England 81: 253-267. 1920.— The annual reports are made on the continuous growing of wheat and barley under different fertilizer treatments. The highest yield of wheat was secured on the plot receiving super- phosphate, sodium nitrate, sulphate of ammonia, and lime. Sulphate of ammonia alone has markedly reduced crop yield, but when used with lime good yields are secured. — Lump lime produced less yield than did ground limestone. — Reports are made on the relative value of chalk and lime and the effect of different forms of lime on grass. — /. J. Skinner. 800. VoELCKER, J. A. The Woburn experimental station of the Royal Agricultural Society of England. Pot culture experiments. Jour. Roy. Agric. Soc. England 81: 267-277. 1920. — Pot experiments with corn to determine the effect of stannous and stannic oxides, chlorides, and sulphates were made. In general it is shown that the effect of stannic salts is decidedly more marked than that of stannous in either stimulating the crop or producing a toxic effect, and that the chlorides have amore marked effect than the oxides. Tin as ametal appears to have no direct effect upon vegetation. Where differences are shown it is due to the acid radical and not to the metal. Tin oxide showed no effect in amounts up to 0.10 per cent Sn. Chlorides of tin have a favorable effect up to 0.1 per cent Sn as stannous chloride, but with stannic chloride only up to 0.05 per cent Sn; 0.1 per cent Sn as stannic chloride was distinctly harmful. Stan- nous sulphate has no effect when used up to 0.1 per cent Sn, but stannic sulphate at this con- centration is distinctly beneficial. — Chromate and bichromate of potash proved very harmful to barley, 0.005 per cent effectually preventing growth. — Experiments with wheat in pots with iron sulphate showed that there was a marked retardation where 0.2 per cent iron was used. The toxic effect of iron was overcome by lime. — Calcium silicate in quantities up to 4 tons per acre produced a beneficial effect upon wheat on soil from the stockyard field. Magnesium silicate and aluminum silicate had no influence. — Sulphur in amounts of 100 and 200 pounds per acre produced only a slight increase with mustard and a slight decrease with clover and lucerne. Experiments were conducted to determine the relative effects of lime and chalk. Lime produced substantial increases with wheat and barley, while chalk produced practically no increased growth. — J. J. Skinner. No. 2, December, 1921] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 127 TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS J. M. Gkeenman, Editor E. B. Payson, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 399, 400, 451, 482, 488, 491, 642, 752) GENERAL 801. Benoist, R. Contribution a I'etude de la flora des Guyanes; plantes recoltees en Guyane Francais en 1913 et 1914 (suite). [A contribution to the study of the flora of Guinea; plants collected in French Guinea in 1913 and 1914.] Bull. Soc. Bot. France 66 : 357-370, 381-398. 1919. — One hundred and twenty-three genera and 220 species are listed, including the following new species: Protium plagiocarpium, Sclerolobium alhiflorum, and Inga tubaeformis. — M. A. Raines. 802. Bews, J. W. An introduction to the flora of Natal and Zululand. 8vo, vi + 24^ p. City Printing Works: Pietermaritzburg, 1921. — This work is introduced b}^ a brief history of botany in Natal and a selected bibliography. A key to the families precedes the enumeration of genera and species, which are without description. Habit, habitat, and general distribu- tion are recorded in most cases. — /. M. Greenman. 803. Cryer, John. Adventive plants on waste ground, Bradford, York, 1919. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Kept. 5: 719. 1919 [1920]. 804. Drtjce, G. C. Additions to the Berkshire flora. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club Brit- ish Isles Kept. Suppl. 5: 443-480. 1918 [1919]. 805. Druce, G. C. Hayward's botanists' pocket book, containing the chief characteristics of British plants, with botanical name, common name, soil or situation, colour, time of flowering of every plant arranged under its own order. 15 ed., xlv + 292 p. G. Bell & Sons: London, 1919. 805, [Druce, G. C] [Rev. of : Scully, Reg. W. Flora of the County of Kerry. Ixxxi -{• 406 p., 6 pi. and inap. Hodges, Figgis & Co.: Dublin, 1916.) Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 64-66. 1917 [1918]. 807. Grierson, R. Adventive plants of the Glasgow area. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 719-721. 1919 [1920]. SOS. Haines, H. H. The botany o^ Bihar and Orissa. An account of all the known in- digenous plan s of the province and of the most important or most commonly cultivated exotic ones with map and introduction. Part 2. Small Svo, 224 P- Adiard & Son & West Newman: London, 1921. — The order of the families in this work is essentially that of Hooker in the "Flora of British India;" the present part includes the families Ranunculaceae to Anacardia- ceae. Keys are given to genera under the various families and to the species of the larger genera. Brief descriptions are presented and rather full notes are recorded particularly on distribution, habit, habitat, and time of flowering and fruiting. The following new species and new combinations are included: Homonoia ijiter media , Cedrela brevipetiolidata, Vitis viliginea (Cissus vitiginea L.), and V. alcicorne (Tetrastigma alcicorne Haines). Several new varietal combinations are also mentioned. — /. M. Greenman. 809. Marsden-Jones, E. Plants of Harbury Cutting, Warwickshire. Bot. Soc. and Ex- change Club British Isles Rept. 5: 721-722. 1919 [1920]. 810. Sprague, T. A. Plant nomenclature: some suggestions. Jour. Botany 59: 153-160. 1921. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 2 128 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, PTERIDOPHYTES 811. Barnhart, John Hendley. Aetopteron as a generic name. Amer. Fern Jour. 10: 111-112. 1920. — The author protests against changing the generic name Polystichum to Aetopteron as proposed by House (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 501). — F. C. Anderson. 812. HiBRONYMus, G. Kleine Mitteilungen xiber Pteridophyten III. [Short communica- tions on pteridophytes III.] Hedwigia 62: 12-37. 1920. — In continuation of previous similar articles, the author presents miscellaneous notes concerning the identity, synonymy, and nomenclature of ferns of the genera Humata, Leptolepia, Tapeinidium, Lindsaya, Pellaea, Notkolaena, Cheilanthes, Adiantum, Pteris and Elaphoglossum. The following new combina- tions are made: Humata perdurans (Davallia perdurans Christ.), Leptolepia maxima {Leuco- stegia maxima Fourn.), Tapeinidium Moorei {Davallia Moorei Hook.), Pellaea allosuroides (Cheilanthes allosuroides Mett.), Notholaena Greggii (Pellaea Greggii Mett.), Elaphoglossum pallidum (Acrostichum pallidum Beyrich). — E. B. Payson. 813. Maxon, W, R. a neglected fern paper. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. [D. C] 34: 111-114. 1921. — The writer points out the significance of a paper on ferns published long ago. It ap- peared in the Canadian Naturalist, Series II, 13: 157-160. 1867, under the title "Review. Ferns: British and Foreign; by John Smith, A. L. S." A list of the transferred names is given. — /. C. Oilman. 814. Maxon, William R. New Selaginellas from the western United States. Smith- sonian Misc. Collections 72^: 1-10. PI. 1-6. 1920. — Six new species of the Selaginella rupes- tris group from the southwestern United States and Montana are described and each is illus- trated by a plate showing the habital characters. The new species are S. neomexicana, S. eremophila, S. arizonica, S. asprella, S. leucohryoides, and S. Standleyi. — S. F. Blake. 815. Maxon, William R. Notes on American ferns — XVI. Amer. Fern Jour. 11: 1—4, 1921. — The author notes changes and corrections. Selaginella humifusa Van Eseltine is re- named Selaginella floridana Maxon on account of the former name being invalidated by S. humifusa Hieron., applied several years earlier to a plant from Borneo. The species Lycopodium ohscurum L. was reported in the Amer. Fern Jour. 10: 81. 1920, as L. dendroideum Michx. An earlier (Oct. 1900) collection from the same place (De Kalb County) is in the Mohr Her- barium, but was not included in the "Plant Life of Alabama." — The range is extended for Lycopodium annotinum L., Pteretis nodulosa (Michx.) Nieuwland, and Pellaea longimucronata Hook. Distinguishing foliage characters and range are given for Dryopteris arguta (Kaulf .) Watt, and D.filix-mas (L.) Schott. — F. C. Anderson. SPERMATOPHYTES 816. Ames, Oakes. Notes on New England orchids. I. Spiranthes. Rhodora23: 73-85. PI. 127-129. 1921. — The author discusses the distinguishing characters of the genus, its variations and its range; also the diflficulties encountered in distinguishing between S. cernua L. C. Rich., S. odorata Lindl., and S. vernalis Engel. & Gray, and states that he is convinced that »Sf. odorata is conspecific with S. cernua. The latter species exhibits a surprising range of variation and, as far as has been observed, presents a different habital and floral aspect until the limit of vigor of the vegetative system is attained; the present author believes that the attempts to segregate new species from it have resulted from a misunderstanding of the life history of this species. He expresses it as his opinion that the range of variation exhibited represents different stages of development. The situation in this species at different stages in its growth is described. Polyembryony is found to be the only sure guide for distinguishing S. cernua var ochroleuca from the true species, in which the seeds are normal. The species is always found in upland meadows or woodlands and the variety in bogs. The author feels that it would be well worth while to ascertain by cultural experiments whether or not this is due to the nature of the soil in which the plants grow, and whether or not it prevails throughout the range of the species. ■ The situation in S. vernalis is discussed. As far as northern forms are No. 2, December, 1921] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 129 concerned, it may be simply a hybrid between S. cernua and S. gracilis. In Texas, however, great difference in the seasons of anthc.^is of the supposed parents appears to render such a crossing improbable. The hybrid form is fully described and illustrated. Pollination in ^Spiranthes is discussed. The writer comments upon Rudolf Schlechter's revision of the Spiran- theae as related to the American species, discussing the nomenclature of S. Amesiana Schltr., S. ovalif^ Lindl., S. plantaginea (Raf.) Torr., and tabulates the changes made necessary by this revision in the nomenclature of several American species that are native of the U. S. A. These species as they now stand are: Mesadenus lucayanus (Britton) Schltr., Cyclopogon cranich- loides (Grieseb.) Cogn., Centrogenium setaceum (Lindl.) Schltr. Stenorrhynchus is retained in the original conception of that genus; representatives are found in the southern U. S. A. — James P. Poole. 817. Blake, S. F. A new Aspilia from Trinidad. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington [D. C] 34: 119-120. 1921. — Aspilia nigropiinctata is described as a new species. — /. C. Gilman, 818. Blake, S. F. New Meliaceae from Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington [D. C] 34: 115-118. 1921. — Cedrela ciliolala, Guarea chiapensis, G. excelsa dubia, G. hetrophylla, and G. polyantha are described as new species. — /. C. Gilman. 819. Blatter, E., F. Hallberg, and C. McCann. Contributions towards a flora of Balu- chistan. Jour. Indian Bot. 1: 344-352. 1920. — This is the final installment of the flora of Baluchistan which the authors have been working up according to Bentham and Hooker's classification from collections made by Col. J. E. B. Hotson, and includes the families Urti- caceae to Coniferae. Throughout the entire work localities of collections are detailed, and time of flowering and fruiting, vernacular names, and uses of the plants are given when known. The entire flora includes: FAMILIES GENERA 8PECIE8 AND VARIETIES NEW SPECIES Dicotyledons 57 9 2 222 43 2 406 59 4 11 Monocotyledons 0 Gymnosperms 0 Total 68 267 469 11 The largest families are: Cruciferae, 12 genera and 23 species; Leguminosae, 28 genera and 55 species; Compositae, 23 genera and 37 species; Asclepiadaceae, 11 genera and 13 species; Labiatae, 11 genera and 18 species; Chenopodiaceae, 9 genera and 20 species; and Gramineae, 30 genera and 41 species. The Gymnosperms are represented by Ephedra, 3 species; and Juniperus, 1 species. [See also Bot. Absts. 6, Entries 342, 343.] — Winfield Dudgeon. 820. Danser, B. H. Bijdrage tot de kennis van eenige Polygonaceae. [Contribution to the knowledge of some Polygonaceae.] Nederland.Kruidk. Arch. 1920:208-250. Ifig. 1921. — This article contains notes about Dutch Polygonaceae and the description of a new Rumex, R. obovatus, closely allied to R. pulcher, which is only adventive in the Netherlands. Besides, the following new varieties are described: Polygonum amphibiuin var. brachystylum, var. macrostylum, var. pallidiflorum, varroseiflorum; P. Persicaria var. glabripes; Rumex Acetosa var. albida, var. androgyna, var. feminea, var. musculo, var. rubida, var. rubra; R. Acetosella var. rubella, var. rubida, and a new name, R. callianthemus {R. obiusifolius X mai-iiimus). — W. H. Wachter. 821. Druce, G. C. Potamogeton Drucei Fryer in Fryer's correspondence. Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 71.3-718. 1919 [1920]. Bot. Soc. and 822. Druce, G. C. [Rev. of: Beauvard, Gustave. Monographic du genre Melampy- rum. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve 38: 290-656. 25 fig. 1916.] Bot. Soc. and Ex- change Club British Isles Rept. 5: 66-68. 1917 [1918]. 130 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 823. [Druce, G. C] [Rev. of: Lindman, C. A. M. Svensk Fanerogamaflora. viii + 639 p. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 727).] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5:599-603. 1919 [1920]. 824. Druce, G. C. [Rev. of: Rolpe, R. A. The British marsh Orchises. Orchid Rev. 26: 162-166. 1918.] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 608-612. 1919 [1920]. 825. Gay, J. Channel Island plants. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 138-142. 1917 [1918]. — Senecio erraticus Bertol. and Jasione perennis Lam. are given. — G. C. Druce. 826. Gregory, E. S. Some notes on British violets, with additional localities. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 148a-14Sg. 1917 [1918]. 827. Hbnrard, J. Th. Bijdrage tot de kennis der Nederlandsche Adventiefflora. [Con- tribution to the knowledge of the Dutch introduced flora.] Nederland. Kruidk. Arch. 1920: 251-257. 1921. — Critical remarks are given on the following grasses introduced in the Nether- lands: Panicumbarbipulvinatum Nash, Cenchrus pauciflorus Benth., Sporobolus Berteroanus Hitch. & Chase.— TF. H. Wachter. 828. Holm, Theo. Chionophila Benth. A morphological study. Amer. Jour. Sci. 1: 31-38. 15 fig. 1921. — The genus Chionophila is closely related to Chelone and Pentstemon. As now characterized the genus is monotypic with the species Chionophila Jamesii Benth. of the higher mountains of Colorado and Wyoming. Formerly the genus included C. Tweedyi Renders, of Montana and Idaho, but this species is now placed in the genus Pentstemonopsis, intermediate between Chionophila and Pentstemon. Chionophila Jamesii is characterized at length, also the internal structure of the roots, the flower-bearing stem, and the leaf, receives special attention. Ten figures illustrate the flower, fruit, and the internal structure of the vegetative organs. Pentstemonopsis is contrasted and the conclusion is reached that it is a good genus. Five figures give the details of flower and fruit. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 829. Holm, Theo. Studies in the Cyperaceae. XVII. Notes on Carex podocarpa R. Br., C. montanensis Bailey, C. venustula Holm, C. Lemmoni W. Boott, and C. aequa Clarke. Amer. Jour. Sci. 48: 17-26. Fig. 1-12. 1919. — Robert Brown's Carex podocarpa has been entirely misunderstood, and according to C. B. Clarke (in litt.) the specimen so named by R. Brown has proved to be a young specimen of C. rarifiora Sm. C. montanensis has been referred to C. podocarpa by Klikenthal, but erroneously so, since C. rarifiora is phyllopodic. A brief discussion is given relative to the systematic position of C. montanensis being a near ally of C. venustula and C. spectabilis Dew.; furthermore of C. Lemmoni, which for the last 30 years has been identified as C. ablata Bail.; it is a member of the *S YORK iv.jl/.NICAL GA«DfciN BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly seriAl fumiflhing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief National Research Council, Washington, D. C. V^ol. X JANUARY, 1922 No. 3 ENTRIES 859-1446 AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 953, 999, 1001, 1015, 1024, 1048, 1054, 1286, 1303, 1306, 1311, 1320, 1353, 1356, 1358, 1367, 1370, 1371, 1372) 859. Anonymous. A textile fiber from the hibiscus. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 132. 1921. — The article concerns Hibiscus cannabinus. — C. H. Otis. 860. Anonymous. Cane arrowing. [Rev. of an interview of H. T. Easterby, in the "Mer- cury," an Australian newspaper.] Australian Sugar Jour. 13: 283. 1921. — The conditions which produce arrowing, or flowering of the cane plant, in the cooler cane-growing areas are not well understood but are mostly attributable to climatic factors. Experiments at the Sugar Experiment Station at Mackay with arrowed and non-arrowed plants of the same variety and age gave a slight yield in favor of the arrowed plants in both the plant and first rattoon crops. A higher percentage of sugar is extracted from the cane in the Ingham-Mourilyan district, where arrowing is usual, than anywhere else in Queensland, except the Lower Burdekin; consequently arrowing conditions need not be greatly feared. Any decrease in the sugar con- tent of the cane in 1921 will probably be due to the great amount of rain late in the season. — C. Rumbold. 8G1. Anonymous. Cotton research in Egypt. Sci. Amer. Monthly 2: 356. 1920. — A brief is given of a preliminary report of the Cotton Research Board, Ministry of Agriculture, Cairo, Egypt— Chas. II. Otis. 8G2. Anonymous. The world's supply of wheat. Science 54: 268-269. 1921. — An aggre- gate estimate is given of the 1921 wheat harvest for 20 countries, according to figures compiled by the U. S. Bureau of Markets and Crop Estimates. The 20 countries included in the estimate are: Canada, Argentina, Chile, Uruguay, Belgium, Bulgaria, Finland, France, Greece, Hun- garj', Italy, Spain, British India, Japan, Algeria, Tunis, Union of South Africa, Australia, New Zealand, and the U. S. A. A brief comment is made on the wheat prospects for the world. — Mary R. Burr. 863. Anonymous. Varieties of maize and potatoes. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 533-535. 1921. — Maize districts are classified and varieties are recommended for various districts. A list of recommended potato varieties is given for different districts. — L. R. Waldron. 135 BOTANICAL ABSTKACTS, VOL. X, NO. 3 136 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 864. Aston, B. C. Improvement of poor pasture. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 21 : 192-195. £ charts. 1921. — The experiments were made to determine the best method of improving shallow pasture which dries up to a dangerous degree in summer. Five-acre plots were treated with basic slag, limestone rubble and phosphate, limestone rubble, or basic phosphate. Sheep were used to determine the relative value of pasture. The basic slag gave excellent and immediate results while the limestone alone was of least value. — N. J. Giddings. 865. Bevan, W. a new fodder plant, Kudzu (Pueraria thunbergiana). Cj'prus Agric. Jour. 16:33-34. 1921. — This woody leguminaceous climber has recently attracted attention as a forage crop. In Japan, where it is native, seldom maturing seed elsewhere, it has many uses. The thick roots contain large quantities of starch, used for human food; the stems contain a fine fibre from which cloth is manufactured; while the foliage is valued as fodder for all kinds of stock, horses being especially fond of it. The usual method of establishing a field of Kudzu is to set nursery-propagated plants 10 feet apart each way in the early spring. In some cases the stems attain a length of 60 feet in 3 months. — W. Stuart. 866. Bbvan, W. Notes on hemp cultivation. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 12-14. 1921. — The hemp field is known in Cyprus as "kanavero." Soil of a clayey nature is said to be preferred by the hemp growers. Land intended for hemp is given a deep ploughing after the 1st rain; the 2nd ploughing takes place in October or January; a 3rd ploughing is made a few days before sowing the crop, usually in April or May. After thorough harrowing and levelling the field is irrigated and in about 5 days the seed is sown. Complete instructions as to amount of seed to sow, subsequent cultivation of the plants, cutting and removal of seed, and retting of the hemp are given. — W. Stuart. 867. Bevan, W. Sudan grass. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16:6. 1921. — This excellent fodder grass, if irrigated, gives 3 or 4 cuttings a season; but it also gives a fair yield if not irrigated. — W. Stuart. 868. Bevan, W. The value of seed testing. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 30-31. 1921.— A small seed-testing station has lately been formed at the Agricultural Department, Nicosia. The writer states that "the object of the tests to be carried out is to ascertain the germinating power of the various seeds belonging to the Department before they are issued out to the public." The Department agrees to undertake, so far as it can, to test without charge the seed sent in by farmers. — W. Stuart. 869. Brbakwell, E. Elephant grass [Pennisetum purpureum] at North Ryde. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 552. 1921. 870. Breakwell, E. Popular descriptions of grasses. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 537-542. Sfig. 1921. — Brief notes are given on species of Aristida, Hordeum, and Agropyron. Aristida Behriana, Hordeummurinum, H.maritimum, Agropyron scabrum, and A. pectinatum are figured. Hordeum bulbosum, a perennial, promises well as a cultivated grass. Under culti- vation it grows 6 feet tall and yields well. — L. R. Waldron. 871. Breakwell, E. Some germination tests of prickly pear seeds. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 579-580. 1921. — Seeds of Opuntia spp. were subjected to various treatments and then tested for germination; control lots were also tested. Seeds retained their viability for a period of at least 4 years. Different preparatory treatments did not increase germinating capacity. The work is being continued. — L. R. Waldron. 872. Brown, P. E. The American Society of Agronomy. Science 53: 344-346. 1921.— Abstracts are presented of papers read at a symposium, "Our present knowledge of methods of corn breeding," held at the Chicago meeting of the society, Dec, 1920. — C. J. Lyon. 873. BuRKiLL, I. H. A note upon plants grown for blue dyes in the north of the Malay Peninsula. Gardens' Bull. Straits Settlements 2: 426-429. 1921.— The history of indigo growing in the East, and the cultivation of Indigofera stiffruticosa Mill., Strobilanthes flaccidi- folius Nees, and Marsdenia tinctoria R. Br. within the Malay Peninsula are discussed. — I. H. Bur kill. No. 3, Januart, 1922] AGRONOMY 137 874. Calvino, Mario. EI cultivo del man! en Cuba. [The cultivation of peanuts in Cuba.] Rev. Agric.Com. yTrab. [Cuba] 3: 404-408. Jffig. 1920. — Preliminary experiments showed that castration of peanut plants did not increase yields. Seed selected from pods containing 2 or more grains yielded twice as much as those from pods containing 1 seed. The addition of lime and stable manure to the soil very materially increased the yield. — F. M. Blodgett. 875. Calvixo, Mario. Interesantes ensayos de abonos en el cultivo de la cana. [Ferti- lizer experiments with sugar cane.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 4: 4G8-471. 1 fig. 1921. 876. Calvino, Mario. Interesantes ensayos de encalado en cultivos de frijol negro y de frijol de Ihna. [Liming experiments with black kidney beans and lima beans.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3 : 448^49. 1 fig. 1921. 877. Calvino, Mario. La cafia Uba del Natal. [The Uba sugar cane of Natal.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 4: 504-511. 4-fig' 1921. — Analyses and yields of the Uba sugar cane compared with other varieties are given. — F. M. Blodgett. 878. Calvino, Mario. Nuevas variedades de cafia de azima, Delaware co\inty, a farm settled by Jacob Minshall in 1701, planted in trees from about 1S25 by the brothers Minshall and Jacob Painter; (4) Peirce arboretum at Longwood, Chester county, where planting was begun about 1800 by Joshua and Samuel Peirce, on a tract patented by George Peirce or Pearce in 1700 or 1701; (5) Fairmount park in Philadelphia, which includes several historic places, among them the Lemon Kill estate of Robert Morris, and Belmont, the home of Judge Peters, where trees were planted by both Washington and Lafayette when guests; the black walnut planted by the latter is still stand- ing, and there are many choice trees on Lansdowne Plateau, where the Michaux grove, which was to contain 2 specimens of every oak suited to the climate, was started in 1825 with money left by Francois Andr(5 Michaux to the American Philosophical Society; (6) Woodlands Ceme- tery in Philadelphia, formerly the estate of William Hamilton, who had a fine collection of trees and shrubs as early as 1785; when Frederick Pursh was gardener there in 1802-1805, it was exceedingly rich in American species, with an immense collection of exotics, of which there remain 2 Ginkgos planted in 1785, probably the first in this country; (7) John Evans' ar- boretum in Radnor township, Delaware county, begun somewhat after 1828, when Evans first became interested in botany; he obtained rare and interesting plants by exchange from all over the world, and made several journeys in search of additions to his collection; (8) Aw- bury arboretum in Germantown, a plantation of trees begun about CO years ago by Thomas P. Cope, and recently endowed as a public park by members of the Cope family; (9) Aldie, near Doylestown, where flower gardens and arboretum were begun about 1870 by the present owner's father, William Robert Mercer, Sr.; (10) Compton, near Philadelphia, less notable for age than for successful introduction of a great number of new Chinese and Japanese shrub& and plants, as well as those native to this country. — H . C. Thompson. 929. Linton, A. W. Pharmacy and medicine of George Eliot. Western Druggist 43: 78-80. 1921. — George Eliot was most thorough and painstaking in portraying her characters and spent an enormous amount of time in reading medical literature in preparation for her work, as is shown by several examples. The bitter rivalry between physicians and surgeons in Florence in the loth century is illustrated by the conversation between the doctor and Nello the barber in Romola. The character of Dr. Lydgate in Middlemarch shows that she spared no pains to secure accuracy in every reference to professional matters, and was really in advance of her time. Sir James Paget declared that the insight of the author into med- ical life was so deep and accurate that he could hardly believe there was no biographical foun- dation for this character. — C. M. Sterling. 930. Lyman, G. R. Report of the twelfth annual meeting of the American Phytopathologi- cal Society. Phytopathology 11: 194-201. 1921. — The report contains the history of the meeting, together with the reports of the treasurer,of the business manager of Phytopathology, of the Advisory Board, of the committee on the Phytopathological Institute, of the committee on resolutions, and of the council. — B. B. Higgins. 931. Mangin, Louis. Emile Boudier (1828-1920). Bull. Trimest. Soc. IMycol. France 36: 181-188. Portrait. 1920. — A short biographical sketch of the great mycologist is given, followed by a list of his works, numbering 97. — D. S. Welch. 932. Mattirolo, Oreste. Commemorazione del Corrisp. P. A. Saccardo. [Commemora- tion of P. A. Saccardo.] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 30*: 149-lGO. 1921. — An appreciation of the life and work of P. A. Saccardo is presented. — F. M. Blodgett. 933. Morse, W. J. A new Canadian agricultural journal. Science 53: 182-183. 1921. — Scientific Agriculture and La Revue Agronomique Canadienne, the official organ of the Cana- dian Society of Technical Agriculturists, is published monthly by the Industrial and Educa- tional Publishing Co., Ltd., Gardenvale, Quebec. The 1st issue was dated Jan. 1, 1921. Articles are printed in both English and French. — C. J. Lyon. 144 BOTANICAL EDUCATION [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 934. OsTERHOUT, W. J. v., Roland Th axter, and M. L. Fernald. Lincoln Ware Riddle. Science 54: 9. 1921. — This is a minute on the life and services of Dr. Riddle taken from the records of the Faculty of Arts and Sciences of Harvard University. — C. J. Lyon. 935. PiROTTA, Romualdo. Commemorazione dell 'Accademico Prof. G. Cuboni. [Com- memoration of Professor G. Cuboni.] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 30': 182-187. 1921. 936. Traverso, G. B. Pier Andrea Saccardo. Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 27: 39-74. 1920 [1921]. — An account is presented of the life and work of Saccai'do (1845-1920), with a chronological list of his publications (p. 58-74) by his son, Domenico Saccardo. — Ernst Artschwager. 937. WisTER, J. C. What America has done for the Iris. Gard, Mag. 33: 234-239. IS fig. 1921. — A brief history is given of the cultivation of Iris in America with mention of persons who havelieen instrumental in the development of Iris growing. — H. C. Thompson. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersen. Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 907, 1030, 1141, 1147, 1188, 1325) 938. Anonymous. A botanical garden for the Pacific Coast. Florists' Exchange 49: xvi. 1920. — The writer quotes and summarizes 2 letters describing La Quinta Ranch, at Sawtelle, near Santa Monica, California. The owner, Mr. Danziger, is desirous of so developing it that it shall be to the Pacific Coast what the Arnold Arboretum is to the Atlantic Coast. The estate consists of 1300 acres, — mountains and valleys, hills, and canyons, with winding drives that terminate at a height giving a view of Los Angeles, the Pacific, the Catalina Islands, and Mt. Baldy. The development has been under way for about 5 years under the supervi- sion of Mr. P. D. Barnhart. The primary object will be to educate home-makers of this region in a knowledge of drouth-resistant exotics from similar climates. Vegetation will be gathered from all parts of the world and tried out in a small way. — Lua A. Minns. 939. Anonymous. Educational forestry. Science 54: 148-149. 1921. — Efforts to give some instruction to visitors are being made at the Alleghany State Park. "The Buffalo Academy of Science is cooperating with the New York State College of Forestry in this work." — C. J. Lyon. 940. Anonymous. School children's maize growing competition at Yanco. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 574. 1921. 941. Bowman, H. H. M. [Rev. of: Youngken, H. W. Pharmaceutical botany. 3rd ed., xix -\- J!i79 J)., 238 illus., and glossary. P. Blakiston's Son & Co.: Philadelphia, 1921.] Science 53: 189-190. 1921. 942. Chauvin, E. A propos de recents empoisonnements par les champignons. [A propos of recent cases of mushroom-poisoning.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36 : 212-214. 1920. — Remarking upon 2 recently reported cases of fatal mushroom-poisoning, the author suggests methods for instructing the public in the identification of dangerous forms. — D. S. Welch. 943. Gleason, H. A. The botanical gardens of New York. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3 : 24-26. 11 fig. 1921. 944. Hayes, Herbert Kendall, and Ralph John Garber. Breeding crop plants. xvii + 328p.,66fig. McGraw Hill Book Co.: New York, 1921.— The 19 chapter headings are: Introduction (historical and fundamental), plant genetics, mode of reproduction in relation to breeding, field plot technic, controlling pollination, classification and inheritance in wheat, classification and inheritance for small grains other than wheat, methods of breeding small No. 3, January, 1922] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 145 grains, some results of selection with self-fertilized crops, some results of crossing as a means of improving self-fertilized crops ; cowpeas, soy beans and velvet beans ; flax and tobacco, cotton and sorghum, maize breeding; grasses, clover and alfalfa; potato improvement, breeding of vegetables, fruit breeding, farmers' methods of producing pure seeds. Five pages are devoted to definitions of technical terms, and 20 to literature citations. — C. S. Gager. 945. Kbnoyer, L. A. Materials for nature study in India. Indian Education 19: 441^44. 1921. — India has advantages over western countries (1) in richer variety of forest, field, and garden plants, (2) in better range of material throughout the year, (3) possibility of carrying on gardening during any or all the time that schools are in session. The monsoon season is the best, because at that time material is most abundant. Plants spring up in great numbers, dozens of species being discoverable in regions that, at other times, appear barren wastes. The school garden is recommended as a source of material for nature study. The pupils should learn that they do not need to depend on a mali to make plants grow. The author urges the founding in the hills or on the seashore of one or more summer laboratories for teachers and others. Most of the "botanies of the west" are unsuited to Indian schools because they treat of winter-deciduous trees, rings of growth, scaly buds, fleshy-rooted biennials as if they were typical, instead of specialized forms for enduring a special set of conditions. — C. S. Gager. 946, ScHWAPPACH, A., [and others]. Neudammer Forster-Lehrbuch. [Neudamm forester's text-book.] 6th ecL, 940 p. Neudamm, 1919. — A vast amount of information is grouped under the major headings: Botany, zoology, ecology, forest mensuration, silviculture, forest utilization, forest protection, forest organization, and hunting and fishing. The book, is especially useful to forestry students. — Richard H . D. Boerker. CYTOLOGY Gilbert M. Smith, Editor George S, Bryan, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1072, 1074, 1084, 1095, 1247) 947, GuiLLiERMOND, A. Nouvelles observations sur Torigine des plastides dans les phanerogames. [New observations on the origin of plastids in phanerogams.] Rev. G^n. Bot. 33 : 401^19, 449-^70. PI. 54-66, fig. 1-8. 1921 .—The author describes the origin of leucoplasts (amyloplastids) from their primordia in the tips of the roots of the gourd, Ricinus, bean, pea, Zea Matjs, the bud of Elodea canadensis, the parts of the flower of Iris germanica and of Tulipa suaveolens. The term "condriome" is used as a general expression for all the granules, short rods, and longer slender rods in the cytoplasm that are usually known as mitochondria, chon- drioconts, and chondriosomes. His description of the origin of leucoplasts from the primordia agrees in all essentials with that of other investigators who have traced the origin of plastids from their primordia. In all the objects studied Guilliermond acknowledges the fact already established by Rudolph, Saherer, Sapihin, and Mottier, namely, that besides the primordia of plastids in the cell, other similar granules and rods are present which do not become plastids. In the flower of the yellow varieties of Tulipa suaveolens the pigment, xanthophyll, is elab- orated by mitochondria-like plastids. It is claimed that the chondriome content of the tissues above mentioned is similar to that of the cells in animals and in fungi. — D. M. Mottier. ECOLOGY AND PLANT GEOGRAPHY Henry C. Cowles, Editor George D. Fuller, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 883, 901, 1194, 1198, 1200, 1202, 1227, 1249, 1352, 1385, 1415 1417, 1428) GENERAL, FACTORS, MEASUREMENTS 948. Allen, Winfred Emory. A quantitative and statistical study of the plankton of the San Joaquin River and its tributaries in and near Stockton, California, in 1893. Univ. California 146 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, Publ. Zool. 22: 1-292, PL 1-12, 1 fig. 1920.— The present paper is an exhaustive study, including both the algae and the zooplankton, of the volumetric data, the times and condi- tions of occurrence, as well as the relation to various physical and physiographic features of the region surrounding the locality investigated. There is a very full presentation of data assembled during the investigation. The conclusions are as follows: (1) San Joaquin waters are capable of supporting abundant plankton, and they do so in the vicinity of Stockton; (2) the plankton of the sewage-laden Stockton Channel is distinctly different from that of the river, the number and volume of its animal forms being especially conspicuous as distinguished from the algal dominants of the latter; (3) temperature is, within certain limits, the determin- ing factor in seasonal distribution. This may be by direct retardation of growth and repro- duction in organisms, or by direct influence through food supply and gaseous content of the water; (4) water currents above a moderate speed are distinctly inimical to plankton develop- ment; (5) the peculiar succession of rainy season and dry season has resulted in an autumnal maximum of plankton about Stockton, a condition directly contrary to that of vernal maxima recorded by other observers in other localities; (6) collections taken at intervals of 1 week or more do not furnish a basis for accurate determination of plankton distribution through the year. Daily collections properly taken would probably do so; (7) there is some evidence in favor of the idea that increase of lunar light tends to increase of plankton, especially chloro- phyll bearers; (8) there is evidence to show that fluctuations in amount of plankton occur at various hours of the day; (9) the abundant occurrence of Bacillaria paradoxa, generally listed as a typical brackish water form, is notable. This seems to be one case in which marked departure from a typical chemical environment has not visibly affected structure or behavior. The paper contains lists and notes on the species of the Bacteriaceae, Chlorophyceae, and chlorophyll-containing flagellates collected and studied. — W. A. Setchell. 949. Alps, H. F., and O. H. Hammonds. Layer measurements of snow on ground near Summit, California. Monthly Weather Rev. 48: 519-520. 1920. 950. AsTRE, Gaston. Sur la biologie des mollusques dans les dunes maritimes fran^iaises et ses rapports avec la geographie botanique. [On the biology of the molluscs of the maritime dunes of France and its relation to plant geography.] Compt. llend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171 : 678- 680. 1920. 951. Cannon, W. A. Some characteristics of precipitation in arid regions. [Abstract.] Ecology 1:63. 1920. 952. Douglass, A. E. Evidence of climatic effects in the annual rings of trees. Ecology 1: 24-32. 10 fig. 1920. — An attempt is made to correlate climatic effects with the size of tree rings. The main comparisons are made with rainfall during the last 50 years. By means of a periodograph, the ring variations of Sequoias and yellow pines over large areas have been analyzed and found to have numerous corresponding periods or cycles of variability. Further analysis will be based upon a study of mean sensitivity, the difference between each 2 succes- sive rings divided by their mean. This criterion is to be used in selecting materials for a study of past climates as integrated in the growth of tree rings. — Charles A. Shull. 953. Ferdinandsen, C. Danske Ukrudtsformationer. [Danish formations of weeds.] Nordisk Jordbrugsforskning [K0benhavn] 1920 : 49-67. 1920. — The present article is the author's abstract of his studies on the relations of weeds on cultivated mineral soils. Combining the statistical methods of Raunkiaer and the microbiological soil-testing methods of Christensen, the author details the weed spectra on alkaline and acid soils and gives lists of acidophile, acidokline, amphokline, basokline, and basophile species. It is shown that when cultivated ground is laid out as permanent grass the therophytes gradually are replaced by hemikrypto- phytes and chamaephytes. — Ernst Gram. 954. Ferdinandsen, C. Traek af Skovbundssvampenes Biologi. [Fungi on forest ground.] Meddel. Foren. Svampekundsk. Fremme [K0benhavn] 1920: 69-82. Fig. 1-3. 1920. — No. 3, January, 1922] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 147 An account is given of the influence of moisture and light; also of growing habits and spore dissemination, with a list of species in the different localities. — Ernst Gram. 955. Griggs, R. F. Scientific results of the Katmai Expeditions of the National Geographic Society. I-X. Ohio State Univ. Bull. 241^: 1-192. 126 fig. 1920.— This is a collection of reprints from the Ohio Journal of Science. Among the papers included the following by the author are of botanical interest: The Recovery of Vegetation at Kodiak, Are the Ten Thousand Smokes real Volcanoes, The Character of the Eruption Indicated by its Effects on Nearby Vegetation, and The Beginnings of Revegetation in Katmai Valley. — E. N. Transeau. 950. Kellerman, Karl F. The effects of salts of boron upon the distribution of desert vegetation. Jour. Washington [D.C.] Acad. Sci. 10: 4S1-48G. 1920.— The distribution of boron compounds in the water and soil of the Pacific Coast is discussed, and the suggestion made that there may be a very close relationship between the presence of these substances and the desert character of certain areas. — Helen M. Gilkey. 957. Lbs AGE, Pierre. Evaporometresetmouvement des fiuidesautravers des membranes. [Evaporimeters and the movement of liquids through membranes.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171: 927-930. 1920. — The author discusses the physical principles involved in the operation of evaporimeters and their relation to the movement of liquids through membranes. — C. H. Farr. 9.58. Moore, Barrington. The scope of ecology. Ecology 1: 3-5. 1920. — In this, the presidential address, delivered before the St. Louis meeting of the Ecological Society of America, 1919, the synthetic nature of the present problems in ecology is emphasized. — Charles A. Shull. 959. Powers, Edwin B. The variation of the condition of seawater, especially the hydro- gen-ion concentration, and its relation to marine organisms. Publ. Puget Sound Biol. Sta. 2: 369-385. PI. 64. 1920. — The work was done primarily with animals, but affects botany directly in the plankton and indirectly in general principles. It is suggested that the com- patibility of the habitat depends more upon the per cent of hydrogen than upon any other water factor. Fixed forms must withstand a greater range of Ph than plankton or motile forms. — T. C. Frye. 960. Shreve, Edith B. Seasonal changes in the water relations of desert plants. [Ab- stract.] Ecology 1: 64. 1920. 961. Varney, B. M. Monthly variations of the precipitation-altitude relation in the central Sierra Nevada of California. Monthly Weather Rev. 48: 648. 2 fig. 1920.— Study of the pre- cipitation data for a series of stations across the central Sierra Nevada of California indicates that the rate of increase of precipitation with altitude varies throughout the year in a well- defined progression from smallest rate in summer to greatest in winter. Similarly, the rates of decrease in the zone above the level of maximum precipitation, and in the zone from the summit down the leeward slope are smallest in midsummer and greatest in midwinter. — It is suggested that the observed seasonal variations are probably the result of seasonal differ- ences in the relative humidity of the air currents involved, and that, if this be true, well marked seasonal variations in the precipitation-altitude relation may be a general character- istic of regions having pronounced wet and dry seasons. — Author's abstract. 962. Varney, B. M. Some further uses of the climograph. Monthly Weather Rev. 48: 495-497. Fig. 0. 1920. 963. Weaver, J. E., axd A. Mogenssn. Relative transpiration of coniferous and broad- leaved trees in autumn and winter. Bot. Gaz. 68: 393-424. 18 fig. 1919. — A series of green- house and field experiments, with results, are presented in tabulations and discussions. Based on the daily average water loss per unit area of leaf surface, the species rank as follows : Abies 148 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, grandis 5.44, Quercus macrocarpa 5.18, Pinus Banksiana 4.80, Pinus ponder osa 4.20, Picea Engelmanni 4.18, Ulmus americanad.bd, Acer saccharinum 2.66. Contrary to statements com- monly current, autumn transpiration losses in conifers are as great as, or greater than, those from broad-leaved trees, and the decrease in water loss from broad-leaved trees due to defo- liation is paralleled by a similar decrease in conifers; winter losses from conifers are only -s\--^ji as great as those in the autumn. Increased losses of broad-leaved trees in spring are in proportion to the leaf areas exposed and are closely controlled by weather conditions; conifers also show similar increased losses. — H. C. Cowles. 964. Weiss, H. B. Coleoptera associated with Pleurotus ostreatus. Entomol. News 31: 296-297. 1920.— This species seems more attractive than any other of the Agaricaceae. Twenty-six species of beetles are listed. Only a few species were found on Pleurotus sa-pitus. Staphylinidae (rove-beetles) are commoner on gill fungi than on polypores. — 0. A. Stevens. 965. Weiss, H. B. The insect enemies of pol5rporoid fungi. Amer. Nat. 54: 443-447. 1920 — A general plea is made that the species of fungi on which insects are collected be noted. The author calls attention to insect groups associated with polypores in New Jersey, 80 per cent of the species being infested by 59 species of Coleoptera, 5 of Hymenoptera (parasitic on Coleoptera), 6 of Diptera, 3 of Lepidoptera, and 1 of Hemiptera. Certain polypores seem more attractive to insects than others, the favorite being Polyporus versicolor. — J. P. Kelly. 966. Whebry, Edgar T. Correlation between vegetation and soil acidity in southern New Jersey. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 72: 113-119. 1920.— The factors determin- ing the character of the flora of the New Jersey Pinebarrens are held to be soil acidity and low salt content. — L. B. Walker. 967. Wherry, Edgar T. Observations on the soil acidity of Ericaceae and associated plants in the Middle Atlantic States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia 72: 84-111. 1920.— Tests of soils in the native habitats of 42 species of Ericaceae show very definite acid relation- ships. The optimum acid, frequently-observed acid, and occasional acid values of soils are given for each species. A similar table gives comparable results for the Orchidaceae. — L. B. Walker. 968. Wherry, Edgar T. Plant distribution around salt marshes in relation to soil acidity. Ecology 1 : 42-48. 1920. — Evidence is presented to show that soil acidity is closely related to the distribution of native plants. The transition from low alkalinity in salt marches to high acidity of soil surrounding these marches is sharp, the change occurring within the space of a few centimeters. The acidity of soils around such marshes is explained on the basis of ad- sorption of basic ions by clay and humus with liberation of acid, mainly hydrochloric and sulphuric. Lists of species are given occurring on circumneutral and acidic soils in New Jersey and at Oak Island near Boston. — Charles A. Shull. 969. Winters, S. R. Measuring evaporation. Sci. Amer. 124: 13. / fig. 1921. — A brief description is given of an evaporimeter used by the U. S. Forest Service. — Chas. H. Otis. VEGETATION 970. Bolton, Edith. Plant life in Cheddar caves. Nature 106: 180. 1920.— The author reports the identity of plants previously reported (Nature 105: 709. 1920). These are: Plagiothecium denticulattim, Amblystegium serpens, and Fissidens hryoides; also a unicellular green alga, and a few fern prothallia. The spores were probably introduced on spades or on clothes of workmen, as previously suggested. — 0. A. Stevens. 971. CowLES, H. C. The rising rock shores of northern Lake Michigan. [Abstract.] Ecology 1 : 63. 1920. No. 3, January, 1922] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 149 972. Frye, T. C. Plant migration along a partly drained lake. Publ. Puget Sound Biol. Sta. 2: 393-397. 1920. — Shore plants migrate with the water level or perish when the level falls permanently. Erosion is a factor in keeping some submerged plants below a certain depth. It is doubtful whether floating seeds are a factor in determining shore plants, because the power to float is very general among plants not especially water-loving. The seeds of some thistles may roll on smooth water like tumble-weeds on a prairie. — T. C. Frye. 973. Fuller, George D. An edaphic limit to forests in the prairie region of Illinois. [Abstract.] Ecology 1: 64. 1920. 974. HoFMANN, J. V. The establishment of a Douglas fir forest. Ecology 1: 49-53, 63. 1 fig. 1920. — Production of heavy crops of seed, which are cached by rodents, retention of viability for long periods and through forest fires after burial, quick germination under favora- ble conditions, and rapid development of a long radix are the main factors leading to the establishment of Douglas fir as a stage in the forest development of the Cascade and Coast ranges. Its inability to endure shade eliminates it from the climax forest of the region. — Charles A. Shull. 975. Jassoy, a. Die Pflanzenformationen der osterreichischen Kiistenlander in Licht- bildern. [The plant formations of the Austrian coast provinces.] Ber. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges. Frankfurt a. M. 47 : 80-81 . 1919.— A brief r^sum^ is here given of an illustrated lecture on the vegetation of the countries bordering the Adriatic Sea. The presence of 2 rare and peculiar conifers, Picea Omorica and Pinus Peace, is especially emphasized. — A. W. Evans. 976. Nichols, George E. The vegetation of Connecticut. VII. The associations of depositing areas along the seacost. Bull. Torrey Hot. Club 47: 511-548. Fig. 1-10. 1920.— Such areas are divided into 3 groups: (1) Stony bottoms and beaches, (2) sandy bottoms, beaches, and dunes, (3) muddy bottoms and shores and coastal swamps. In the 1st group are discussed the associations of the sublittoral, littoral, and supralittoral regions, including those of the shingle beaches. Under the 2nd are treated those of the same 3 regions, with a discussion of successional relations. Under the 3rd are discussed: (a) The associations of the salt marsh series, including muddy bottoms of sublittoral tidal flats, of lower littoral, the midlittoral marsh, and upper littoral marsh, and supralittoral region; also muddy beaches; (b) associations of brackish marsh series, with a somewhat similar series of divisions; and (c) associations of the fresh marsh series. Successional relations along depositing muddy shores are also treated. — P. A. Munz. 977. Setchell, W. A. Stenothermy and zone-invasion. Amer. Nat. 54: 385-397. 1920.— From the standpoint of distribution and effective reproduction, the author considers that stenothermy is the rule in marine plants. Stenothermy implies persistence normally between narrow temperature limits. The author recalls his previous division of surface waters of the ocean into zones according to courses of 10, 15, 20, and 25°C. isotheres and the fact that the majority of species are confined to one or another of these zones. Certain apparently excep- tional (eurythermal) species are taken up, such as Zostera marina, which has effective methods of vegetative reproduction and dispersal, and Ascophyllum nodosum of the upper boreal zone, which appears as far south as New Jersey because there is suflBcient seasonal duration below 10°C. for reproduction. — James P. Kelly. 978. Shull, C. A. The formation of a new island in the Mississippi River. [Abstract.] Ecology 1: 65. 1920. FLORISTICS 979. Bews, J. W. Some general principles of plant distribution as illustrated by the South African flora. Ann. Botany 35: 1-36. 1921. — After a somewhat extended general discussion of some of the chief principles in plant distribution, the present-day conditions in South Africa are summarized. The climatic areas are arranged in order of increasing mesophytism 150 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, as follows: (1) Western, (2) Central Karroo, (3) Cape, (4) Sand- veld of the Kalahari, (5) Thorn-veld of the East, (6) High-veld and mountains of the East, (7) Coast belt of the East. In all these areas are habitats occupied by widespread species, such as cultivated land, streams, marshes, etc. Evidence is presented with numerous examples in favor of the following con- clusions: (1) A widespread species coming in contact with conditions different from those which produced it may give rise to new species suited to the new conditions ; (2) the new species in South Africa are usually more mesophytic than the parent but may be more xerophj^tic; (3) tropical species from the northern zone may give rise to temperate species; (4) one wide- spread species may give rise to several derived ones or may break up into several; (5) in many cases polygenesis is indicated by the fact that the same derived species may show a widely discontinuous distribution while the parent form is common over all the area. Some evidence is also given that the same conclusions apply to larger groups than species. The question of the origin of the South African flora is discussed and the conclusion is reached that it is prob- ably of northern derivation. — W. P. Thompson. 980. Cratty, R. I. Ranunculus Purshii in Iowa. Rhodora 22: 183. 1920. — A new station is reported for this species in northern Iowa, thus extending the range several hundred miles southward in the Mississippi Valley. — James P. Poole. 981. Davy de Virville, Ad. Note sur la distribution geographique compares des Primula officinalis Jacq., Primula grandiflora Lam. et Primula elatior Jacq. dans I'ouest de la France. [On the geographical distribution of P. officinalis, P. grandiflora, and P. elatior in the west of France.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 170: 1088-1071. 1920.— The distribution of these 3 species in France is discussed. — C. H. Farr. 982. Gorman, M. W. Flora of Hamilton Mountain, Washington. Mazama 6: 62-77. 1920. — A list is given of 7 pteridophytes and about 190 spermatophytes, with localities. The mountain, 2,432 feet high, is in Skamania County, Southwestern Washington. — T. C. Frye. 983. Kaiser, George B. Little journeys into mossland. I. Early bryological experiences. Bryologist 23: 88-90. 1920. — An account is given of a day's botanizing near Philadelphia. — E. B. Chamberlain. 984. Long, Bayard. A further note on Crepis biennis. Rhodora 22: 192-193. 1920. — The discovery is reported of another authentic specimen of this species in addition to the 3 reported in a previous paper (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 347). This specimen, from the her- barium of Dr. Meredith, was collected from the lawn of the State Hospital at Danville, Penn- sylvania, June 6, 1889, probably introduced in imported grass seed. The collector reports that it did not occur a 2nd year. — James P. Poole. 985. Moore, Barrington, C. C. Adams, T. L. Hankinson, G. P. Burns, and Norman Taylor. Plants and animals of Mt. Marcy, New York. [Abstract.] Ecology 1 : 61. 1920. 986. MuRRiLL, W. A. Botanizing at Blacksburg, Virginia. Jour. New York Bot. Gard. 21: 191-193. 1920. 987. Nelson, J. C. Crepis setosa in Oregon. Rhodora 22: 191-192. 1920.— The occur- rence is noted of C. capillaris and C. seiosa Haller f . in the Willamette Valley, both as intro- duced weeds. The absence of C. biennis in that region is further confirmed by the author. — James P. Poole. 988. Nelson, J. C. Does Saximontanus mean "Rocky Mountains"? Rhodora 22: 194- 195. 1920. — The author calls attention to the fact that "saximontanus" is properly applied only to the part of the Rocky Mountain system from the Laramie Plains northward (the "Stony Mountains") and not to the southern Park Mountains, "saxa" meaning stone but detached fragments rather than bold cliffs and bare rocks, which would be described as "rupes" or "scopuli." Through general usage, however, the word has become applied to the whole Rocky Mountain system. — James P. Poole. No. 3, January, 1922] ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY 151 9S9. Nelson, J. C. Notes on Scleropoa. Torreya 20: 119-122. 1920. —Sderopoa rigida (L). Griseb., which was collected at Salem, Oregon in May, 1917, has been found each year since and seems to have thoroughly established itself. It has previously been known in the U. S. A. only from stations on, or very near, the coast of the eastern and southern states, with the exception of an accidental waif from South Dakota. The synonymy of the genus is briefly outlined. — J. C. Nelson. 990. Nicholson, Wm. Edw. Mosses from the Caspian and Black Sea regions. Bryologist 23: 90-91. 1920. — A list is presented of 21 mosses and2hepatics, with notes on distribution. — E. B. Chamberlain. 991. Offner, Jules. Remarques phytogeographiques sur les massifs du Vercors et du Devoluy. [Remarks on the phytogeography of the massifs of Vercors and Devoluy.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 169: 1054-1056. 1919. — A comparison is made of certain features of the plant geography of the alnine flora.«! of the regions. — V . H. Young. 992. Parish, S. B. The immigrant plants of Southern California. Bull. Southern Cali- fornia Acad. Sci. 19: 3-30. 1920. — The greater part of the paper is given over to an annotated catalogue of the established introduced species in Southern California; there are 2S1 species and varieties, 177 genera, and 41 families represented in the list. A bibliography of Cali- fornia immigrant species is given, their introduction being divided into the following histori- cal periods: Mission, Pioneer, and Railway. The environmental conditions under which the species grow are discussed. — Roxana Stinchfield Ferris. 993. Samuelson, Gunnar. Mossor fran Eergens skargard. [Mosses from the islands near Bergen, Norway.] Bergens Mus. Aarbok Naturv. Raekke 1917-18'^: 23-25. 1920. — The list includes hepatics and mosses. — A. Gundersen. 994. Setchell, William Albert. Geographical distribution of the marine spermato- phytes. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 47: 533-579. 1920. — The marine spermatophytes belong to the families Hj'drocharitaceae and Potamogetonaceae, with a total of 8 genera and 34 or 35 species. These are plants all parts of which are subjected to the same conditions of tempera- ture; they show the same temperature-zone relations as do the marine algae, most species being confined strictly to 1 temperature-zone, a few extending over 2 or more. Much ad- ditional information is needed to understand the factors concerned in the extensive distribu- tion of some of these plants. — P. A. Mum. 995. Ward, H. A. A new station for Gaylussacia brachycera. Rhodora 22: 167-168. 1920. — A 3rd station for this species, near Losh's Run, Perry County, Pennslyvania, is re- ported. The colony covers the northern slope of a mountain ridge for fully a mile, averaging about 200 feet in width. The whole colony has apparently spread by root from a single plant. Later explorations on neighboring ridges brought to light 3 additional colonies, covering a large area and all confined to the northern slopes. — James P. Poole. 996. Woodward, R. W. Panicum albemarlense in Connecticut. Rhodora 22: 182. 1920. — A new station is reported for this species in Franklin, Connecticut. — James P. Poole. 997. Yuncker, T. G. A list of Indiana mosses. Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci. 1920: 231- 242. 1921. — The author has brought together all the available recorded and unrecorded lists of mosses for the state of Indiana. His report includes 174 species, 32 of which are listed from Indiana for the first time. Under each species data are given regarding stations and the names of collectors. — F. C. Anderson. APPLIED ECOLOGY 998. Johnson, E. Water hyacinth. Monthly Bull. Dept. Agric. California 9: 77-80. 1920 — The water hyacinth {Eichhornia crassipes Solms.), a native of tropical South America, 152 FORESTRY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, has been introduced into southern rivers of the U. S. A. It is now so abundant in Florida, Louisiana, and Texas as to obstruct navigation. The plant is quite sensitive to salt water but thrives in sub-saline water; it propagates by means of seed and runners. The most effective method of eradication is through spraying with a mixture of white arsenic and sal soda. — E. L. Overholser. 999. Pantanelli, E. Coltivazione a Roma del Ghessab. (Pennisetiun spicatum.) (Cultivation of Pennisetum spicatum in Rome.] Staz. Sperim. Agrarie Ital. 53 : 47-66. Fig. 1-5. 1920. — The present is a contribution to the study of plant adaptations, together with a botani- cal description of Pennisetum and a chemical study of the plant as regards total and protein nitrogen, fats, sugars, starch, hemicellulose, acidity, ash, and phosphorus. An extensive bibliography is appended. — A. Bonazzi. 1000. Sauvageau, C. Sur des algues marines floridees indigenes pouvant fournir de la gelose. [On the indigenous marine algae capable of furnishing gelatin.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171 : 566-569. 1920. — The location is given of beds of gelatin-producing red algae on the coasts of France, Spain, other parts of the Mediterranean, and the extreme Orient. The species available are named and the method of extraction of the gelatin is described. — C. H. Farr. 1001. Waller, A. E. The relation of plant succession to crop production. Ohio State Univ. Bull. 25': 7-74. 15 jig. 1921. — Following an introduction dealing with the genetic classi- fication of vegetation and the nature of crop ecology, the author presents a general discussion of plant successions and the climatic, edaphic, and biotic factors involved. The 2nd part of the paper treats of the factors influencing crop distribution in the U. S. A.; the importance of economic factors is emphasized. The 3rd part deals with the crop regions of Ohio and their significance. Attention is called to the correlation between the surface geology, natural vegetation, and the crop centers of the state. — E. N . Transeau. 1002. Weaver, J. E. Correlation between the root development of cereals and grassland associations. [Abstract.] Ecology 1:65. 1920. FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor J. V. HoFMANN, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 928, 939, 967, 974, 1035, 1054, 1143, 1277, 1296, 1307, 1319, 1331, 1368, 1373, 1374, 1383, 1427) 1003. Anonymous. Acacia bark as an industrial material. Sci. Amer. Monthly 2: 340. 1920. 1004. Anonymous. Forestry legislation. Science 54: 188. 1921. — This article gives a few statistics, especially for the states of Pennsylvania, Minnesota, and California. — C. J. Lyon. 1005. Anonymous. Report on the Botanical and Forestry Department (Hong Kong, China) for the year 1918. 18 />. [Received in the U. S. A. September, 1919.] — The report consists of a collection of short notes dealing with the administration of this department and is primarily of local interest. The notes deal with the activities of the department in connection with the botanical gardens and various grounds and nurseries in charge of the superintendent. The forestry activities include the formation of pine (species not mentioned) and broad-leaved (mainly Tristania, Melaleuca, and Eucalyptus) plantations, care of plantations, their protec- tion from fire, the work of the forest guards, planting and care of roadside trees, repair of forest paths, clearing away undergrowth for anti-malarial purposes, and the granting of licenses and permits. Appended to the report are 6 tables and a supplement. The tables deal No. 3, January, 1922] FORESTRY 153 with annual rainfall, a classification of ofTenses committed against the forestry laws and the police court results, a list of nurseries, and statement of revenue, including a table showing comparative revenue and expenditure; the total revenue amounts to only 12 per cent of the expenditures. The supplement enumerates a list of 10 additions to the flora of Hong Kong and adjacent territories. The report reveals the fact that this colony received almost 110 inches of rainfall during the year, of which about 90 fell during June, July, August, and September. Typhoon signals were hoisted twice during the year; considerable damage was done by these storms. — Richard H. D. Boerker. 1006. Anonymous. Report on the Botanical and Forestry Department (Hong Kong, China) for the year of 1919. 17 p. [Received in the U. S. A. October, 1920.] — The report consists of a collection of short notes dealing with the administration of this department and is primarily of local interest. The notes deal with the activities in connection with the botanical gardens and various grounds and nurseries in charge of the superintendent. The forestry activities include the formation of pine (species not given) and broad-leaved {Eucalyptus Tristania, and Casuarina) plantations, the care of such plantations, their protection from fire, the work of the forest guards, the planting and care of roadside trees, miscellaneous planting, the repair of roads and paths, the clearing of undergrowth for anti-malarial purposes, and the granting of forestry licenses and permits. To the report are appended 6 tables dealing with rainfall for the year, a classification of the offenses against the forestry laws and the police court results of these, the expenditures on the nurseries, the revenue derived from all sources, and the comparative revenue and expenditure for the entire year. The report discloses that the annual rainfall was about 90 inches, or slightly above normal. Tj^phoon signals were hoisted twice, the storms doing considerable damage. In 1919 the revenue amounted to 16 per cent of the expenditures, the highest revenue since 1913, Forestry licenses and timber sales furnish the bulk of the income. The total number of persons proceeded against for committing forestry offenses was 477; of this number 354 were convicted. — Richard H. D. Boerker. 1007. Anonymous. Research — an aid to forest perpetuation. Sci. Amer. Monthly 2: 360-363. 6 fig. 1920. 1008. Anonymous. The mountain pride of Jamaica. Sci. Amer. Monthly 2 : 332. Ifig. 1920. — Spathelia simplex is briefly described. — Chas. H. Otis. 1009. Anonymous. The Tongass national forest. Science 54:166. 1921. — The Forest Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture is selling timber forpulpwood from the forests of Alaska. Statistics on quantities, prices, and arrangements for mills are given. — C. J. Lyon. 1010. Bevan, W. Cultivation of osiers. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 37-38. 1921.— The osier, Salix viminalis, is a deciduous plant including about 160 varieties. It is the material par excellence for basket making. Instructions are given as to its propagation, time and method of planting, and cultivation. — ir. Stuart. 1011. Bruce, Donald. A white fir volume table. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 329. 41-Jf.5. 1921. — The author has prepared a 3-part volume table for the determination of the average volume in board feet of trees of given diameters and heights. The "site" of any given tract is determined by estimating the average height of the tallest tenth of the merchant- able trees. If this be over 9| 16-foot logs, table 1 should be used; if 1\ or under, table 3; and for intermediate values, table 2. The table is based on trees measured (or estimated) outside the bark at 4^ feet from the ground, or on side-hill timber from average ground level. Trees to 8 inches diameter inside bark in top were scaled in 16-foot logs with 0.3 foot trimming allow- ance, by Scribner Decimal C rule. Table 1 was prepared after making 868 tree measurements, table 2 after 303, and table 3 after 206 tree measurements. As the table is based on trees meas- ured as if sound, unbroken, and completely utilizable, it is essential that percentage reductions be made for rot, breakage, unused tops, and stumps. The cull percentage for white fir commonly ranges from 15 to 35, due mostly to rot and breakage. — A . R. C. Haas. 154 FOKESTRY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1012. BtJHLER, A. Der Waldbau, nach wissenschaftlichen Forschung und praktischer Erfahrung. [Forest production based upon scientific investigation and practical experience.] Vol. I. 662 p. Stuttgart, 1918. — This is the first volume of a new book on silviculture and represents the life work of Dr. Biihler. Vol. I presents the natural and the economic factors of forest production, and Vol. II will present the practice of silviculture and the history of silvicultural practice and silvicultural science. Vol. I considers tree species, climatic factors, physiographic factors, soil factors, the silvical requirements of important tree species, and the economic factors of forest production. Under the latter are considered the value and price of forest land, price of labor, markets, the price of wood, and many other factors which affect the economic condition of forest owners. The work contains an abundance of tables. — Richard H. D. Boerker. 1013. Endres, Max. Lehrbuch der Waldwertrechnung und Forststatik. [Forest valua- tion and forest statics. 3rd enlarged ed. 324 p. Berlin, 1919. 1014. Gayer, K. Die Forstbenutzung. [Forest utilization.] lltli ed., 6^2 p.,S72illi{s. Berlin, 1919. — This edition was prepared by Ludwig Fabricius of the University of Munich ; the 10th edition was prepared by Heinrich Mayr, of the same University, the 9th edition being the last prepared under the personal direction of Gayer, who died in 1907. — Richard H. D. Boerker. 1015. Gbschwind. Einige forstliche Wirtschaftsmethoden im herzegowinisch-dalmatin- ischen Karst. [Some methods of forest culture in the Herzegovinian and Dalmatian Karst.] Wiener AUg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: 63-64, 72-73. 1921. — Several methods of forest culture peculiar to the southern Karst region are defined and named by the author. "Ograda" is a system under which an area of treeless land is enclosed by a rough wall ("orgrada," a Serbo- Croatian term, refers to wall as well as the area enclosed). Within 1-2 years a dense growth of broadleaf root sprout springs up which otherwise is suppressed by the heavy grazing common in the region. The sprouts are variously used as they reacli suitable size; some finally yield merchantable timber. The stand develops into a selection coppice forest, previously described by the author (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1850) . In such forests grazing is a secondary consideration. — The "Trava" system is very similar, but in it grazing is the prime considera- tion. When tlie walled enclosure produces mostly shrubs or an incomplete cover broken by grassy openings, it becomes more valuable for grazing both in summer and winter (buds and twigs). Such an area, termed a "Trava," gradually develops into an inferior coppice forest; such forests are readily transformed from the ''Trava" to the "Ograda" system of management and vice versa. Such variations from standard management are classed as "transition' ' systems. The "Zukva" method of forest culture is found especially in the coast region near the Gulf of Cattaro, where the Mediterranean broom or "zukva" (Spartinyn junceum) is cultivated upon calcareous soils for winter goat feed. These plants are grown from seed and protected for 4-5 years, after which they will endure grazing; 300 medium-sized bushes will winter 1 goat. The plant is very hardy and drouth resistant, and serves as an excellent nurse tree for Pinus austriaca, especially as it enriches the soil.— "Pelin" or "Kadulja" culture isnottrulyasystem of forest culture. Salvia officinalis, "pelin" or "kadulja," often occupies overgrazed and de- nuded lands to the exclusion of other plants, growing into a bush with woody base. This l)lant is grazed sparingly by sheep and goats when other feed is scarce, but is not touched by cattle. Recently salvia leaves have been collected, dried, and exported for use in cosmetics and medicines. Tliis extensive industry has many opponents because of its tendency to denude areas of even their cover of salvia, with disastrous results to the soil and watershed values. The author considers the practice harmless if leaves and tender tips only are collected in the latter part of the growing season. Season-long collecting and cutting down of bushes, on the other hand is harmful; moreover it interferes with honey production, salvia furnishing a large amount of bee pasturage. — F. S. Baker. 1016. Greely, W. B. What should be our [U. S. A.] national forest policy. Amer. Forestry 26 : 612-613, 617. 1920. — [Extracts from an extemporaneous address delivered at the reforesta- tion conference of the wood-using industries held at IVIadison, Wisconsin, July 23, 1920.] No. 3, January, 1922] FORESTRY 155 1017. Kress, Otto, Sidney D. Wells, and Vance P. Edwardes. American pulpwoods. Paper Indust. 1 : 302-3G9. 1919. — A description of 46 woods is given, including data on range, common names, weight, fiber length, and yield and other pulp characteristics. — //. A'. Lee. 1018. KuBELKA, A. Neuzeitliche Forstwirtschaft. [Modern forestry.] Wiener AUg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: 9:3-94. 1921. — The author discusses the experiences and opinions of others in regard to the "continuous" system of forest management (Dauerwaldwirtschaft), as set forth in the author's book, Modcrnc Forstwirtschaft, and shorter articles in periodicals. The system is essentially natural and aims at continual maintenance of good forest cover, high yield per acre, and natural regeneration. It is the antithesis of clean cutting and plant- ing systems, and denies the necessity of a set rotation and fixed annual fellings. — F. S. Baker. 1019. Nechleca, a. Dritter Nonnenbrief aus Bohmen. [Third letter on the nun moth in Bohemia.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: lOG-107. 1921. — This letter deals chiefly with the results of experiments with chlorophosgene against the nun moth { Liparis monacha) , as reported in Ceskoslovensky Lesnfk (Czechoslovenian Forester) no. 33, 1920. Sufficient gas was used to make a stream CO m. wide and 200 m. long, carried on a gentle wind through a badly defoliated spruce stand. The strength was sufficient to kill a man in 3 minutes. Two hours' application had no other effect than temporarily paralysing large numbers of the male moths; other insects were also unharmed. The current year's growth of spruce was, however, killed. It appears that a special gas must be used which has a positive toxic effect on the moths and which is lighter than chlorophosgene, which fails to reach the treetops effectively. [See also following entry.] — F. S. Baker. 1020. Nechleba, a. Zweiter Nonnenbrief aus Bohmen. [Second letter on the nun moth in Bohemia.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u . .Jagdzeitg. 39 : 8C-S7. 1921 . — A general discussion is presented of the great increase in the nun moth (Liparis monacha) in Bohemia from 1917 to 1920, illus- trated with maps showing the partly injured and entirely defoliated areas for each of the 4 years. [See also preceding entry.] — F. S. Baker. 1021. Secrest, Edmund. Forest planting in Ohio. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 51-58. 1921. — The necessary information desired by land owners who wish to establish woodlands and shelter belts by planting is briefly given. A limited number of species of forest trees are briefly evaluated. Reference is made to most desirable types for post timbers and a more extended discussion is given of conifers and evergreens. Care is taken to include mention of species which are not adapted for planting in Ohio. — R. C. Thomas. 1022. Shepherd, J. F. Black-wattle bark for tanning. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 21: 267-269. 1920. 1023. SiMMONDS, J. H. Private forestry. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 21: 271-282. 3 pi. 1920. — The author describes the various species of forest trees planted 1870-1885. The most promising introduced trees are the conifers from western North America and the eucalyptus from Australia and New Zealand. — N. J. Giddings. 1024. Teichmann. Ueber Lupinenanbau. [Lupine culture.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: 100-101. 1921. — Clean cutting with complete utilization of litter in the region of Trpist, western Bohemia, raises an exceptionally difficult problem in forest planting. Under these circumstances the soil, derived from slate, bakes badly in summer and planted spruce trees grow poorly. (Southwestern slopes show best results, the litter being too scant to pay for removal and the soil is therefore noticeabh^ lighter from the additional humus.) Weeds quickly claim such cut over lands and compete with the spruce. Plowing to kill the weeds and subsequent care to prevent reinvasion failed to improve the situation. Fertilizing with ammonium sulphate caused an immediate improvement the 1st year which, however, disappeared the 2nd. Sowing lupine seed rather lightly among the planted trees resulted in darker green needles within 2 years; within 6 j'cars the results were excellent, height growth 156 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, in spruce amounting to as much as 40 cm. per year, whereas on the untreated areas it averaged hardly 1 cm. of poor, yellowish growth. Lupine flowers within 3 years and begins to reseed the area. Under these conditions there is little danger of choking the spruce. On areas recently cut over without removal of litter, development is much more rapid; large spruce stock must be used and some of the lupine plants too close to the spruce sometimes destroyed. On such sites seed should not be sown close to the spruce. Reference is made to an article by Fric on the same subject (Ceskoslovensky Lesnik Nos. 37-38) which discusses lupine culture under Ruzlcka at Miilhausen. — F. S. Baker. 1025. TscHERMAK. Die Forstverwaltungsbucherei. [The forester's book shelf.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: 111-112. 1921. — This article consists of a list of standard (Ger- man) books on different phases of forestry and lumbering, with a short description of the char- acter of each. — F. S. Baker. 1026. Valencia, F. V. Mechanical test of some commerical Philippine timbers. Philip- pine Jour. Sci. 18:485-533. PI. l,fig. 1-19. 1921. — This preliminary paper gives data collected by the Bureau of Science [P. I.] in cooperation with theBureau of Forestry [P. I.], serving as a comparison of species as well as the establishment of working stresses. Tests were made of structural timbers and also of small specimens free from defects. — Albert R. Sweetser. 1027. WoRLiczEK, C. Betrachtung iiber die Ertragnisse der Staatsforste. [The yield of the state forests.] Wiener Allg. Forst- u. Jagdzeitg. 39: 105-106. 1921. — The statistics on the yield of the state forests of Austria from 1876 to 1920 are discussed showing some of the causes of variation. In general the production is showing a rising trend in relation to the total pro- duction of the country. — F. S. Baker. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor James P. Kelly, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 872, 886, 910, 911, 916, 923, 1132, 1136, 1187, 1191, 1195, 1370, 1392) 1028. Anonymous. An experimental determination of the probable error of Dr. Spearman's correlation coefficients. Biometrika 13 : 263-282. 1921. — When the unit of grouping is small the product-moment method should be used, however small the sample. When one or both variables can be ranked but not scaled, Spearman's P is the natural method. In such cases it should be borne in mind that for small samples the mean, even of rp, is lower than that of r, and the a greater. It is not necessary to determine R and rR in serious work. — John Rice Miner. 1029. Anonymous. Hereditary trades. Jour. Heredity 11: 363. 1 fig. 1920.— The custom is noted of Italian agricultural workers, especially those of the Roman Compagna, to specialize as families in the occupations of reapers, sowers, vine-trimmers, etc. — Howard J. Banker. 1030. Anonymous. Meeting of geneticists interested in agriculture. Jour. Heredity 11: 384. 1920. — A brief account is given of a meeting held in Chicago, Dec. 28, 1921, attended largely by geneticists connected with the agricultural colleges and experiment stations of the U. S. A. A resolution was adopted favoring administratively independent departments of genetics to give the courses of instruction and direct the investigational work. It is believed this will help to simplify administration, prevent duplication, and give proper standing to the subject of genetics in the curriculum. — Leon J. Cole. 1031. Anonymous. Moral qualities and eugenics. Jour. Heredity 11: 189. 1920. — A brief comment is made on the significance of mental and moral correlations suggested by the publication of the results of psychological tests in the American Army. — Howard J . Banker. No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 157 1032. Anonymous. The birth rate in mixed marriages. Jour. Heredity 11: 96. 1920. — Review of an article by R. E. May in Zeitschr. Sexualwiss. April, 1919. — Howard J. Banker. 1033. Anonymous. The pollination of fruit blossoms. Gard. Chron. 66:278-279. 1919.— A list is given of fertile and self-sterile varieties of apples, pears, plums, and cherries. Varie- ties are listed which should be planted together. — H. K. Hayes. 1034. AuMioT, J. Experiences de rajeunissement et de perfectionnement de la pomme de terre. [Rejuvenation and improvement of the potato.] Rev. G6n. Bot. ii: 183-189, 244-263. 1921. — In the section on bud variations the author states that particularly for Solanum Com- mersonii and S. Maglia heavy manuring and insolation are important in leading to the condi- tion of non-equilibrium of the pre-mutation period. Many bud mutations are described, among them one of S. Commersonii that was productive and disease-resistant, and another from S. Maglia that was productive and drought-resistant. The greater part of the report deals with varietal hybrids ("mdtis") and specific hybrids ("hybrides"). The former are likely to show a preponderating male influence. Emphasis is laid on this "fundamental principle of regeneration and improvement"; the disease-resistance, productivity, vigor, etc., of a varietal hybrid may be superior to that of the better parent. The author refers to contagiousness of leptonecrosis and mosaic and to their not being transmitted by seed. Starting from seed is given as a method of eliminating such infections from stock. — /. P. Kelly. 1035. Bally, W. Selectie bij rubber en koffie. [Selection in rubber and coffee.] Med- edeel. Proefsta. Midden Java 33 : 22 p. 1920. — The most promising method for improvement in rubber is selection of good latex-producing and disease-resistant trees and subsequent propa- gation by budding. From present indications the most promising method in coffee is selec- tion of healthy, productive (both in number and weight of fruit) trees and propagation from cuttings or self-fertilized seed. — Helene Yampolsky. 1036. Behrens. [German Rev. of: Yamaguchi, Yasuke. Uber die Beziehung der Aufbliihzeit und des Sitzes der Bliite am Rispenaste zum korngewichte des Reises. (The rela- tion of flowering time and the position of the flower on the inflorescence to seed weight in rice.) Ber. Ohara Inst. Landw. Forsch. 1: 451-517. 35 fig. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 1386)]. Zeitschr. Bot. 13 : 603-604. 1921. 1037. Bishop, O. F., J. Grantham, and M. J. Knapp. Field experiments with Hevea. [Rev. of: (1) Bishop, O. F., J. Grantham, and M. D. Knapp. Probable error in field experimentation with Hevea. Arch. Rubbercult. 1:335-364. 1917. (2) Grantham, J., and M. D. Knapp. Field experimentation with Hevea brasiliensis. Arch. Rubbercult. 2 : 614-630. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1054). (3) Maas, J. G. J. A. Betrouwbaarheid van Veld- proeven bij Hevea. (Reliability of field experiments with Hevea.) Arch. Rubbercult. 2: 560-607. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1068)]. Agric. Bull. Federated Malay States 6:596- 597. 1918. 1038. Blakbslee, A. F. Types of mutations and their possible significance In evolution. Amer. Nat. 55: 254-267. 1921. — Mutations of genes. — Only 3 of these are known in Datura Stramonium after many years' observation by several workers. Experiments with Portulaca grandiflora confirm the view that these mutations may arise in somatic cells. Changes in chromosome number. — In 1 of the dozen or more Daturas with an extra chromosome, the pro- geny behave as if the gene for purple or white color were tripled, giving the expected ratios in the progeny of both heterozygotes, Aaa and AAa, after allowing for differential viability of pollen-cells and zygotes. In true tetraploid plants with twice the normal group of chromo- somes, the purple-white gene is quadrupled, giving the expected ratios in the progeny of each of the 3 heterozygotes, Aaaa, A Aaa, and A AAa. These genetic results, together with the observations on the chromosomes, afford a proof of the chromosome theory of heredity for flowering plants. Apparently the segregation of dwarf forms from the tetraploid form of Oenothera Lamarckiana in the cultures of de Vries occurred in the expected ratios, after allow- 158 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, ing for differential viability. It is suggested that the terms tetraploid and triploid might well be used, at least in the strict sense, only for plants which have in each set respectivelj^ 3 or 4 strictly homologous chromosomes. — In chromosomal duplication no new genes are added. The striking effects produced are due to the disturbance of the normal balance between all the genes of the diploid group of chromosomes. Thus triploid plants, where there is no special disturbance of this balance, are as yet only to be distinguished from normals by their pollen, and the same is the case with some tetraploids. — For the formation of new species from tetra- ploid plants it seems requisite that the 4 chromosomes of a set should cease to assort at random, and should pair only in separate sets of 2. Such double diploid plants would be distinguished by having duplicate genes, giving a 15:1 ratio v/hen doubly heterozygous. The same would apply to plants with only 1 set of 4 chromosomes, and the rest in pairs. — John Belling. 1039. Blaringhbm, L. Recherches sur les hybrides du lin (Linum usitatissimum L.) [Studies on the hybrids of flax.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. 175: 329-331. 1921.— Flax culti- vated for seed is more homogeneous than flax cultivated for fiber. Crossing with white-seeded flax was used to study genetic constitution of the flax of Maroc, the crossing, however, being difficult and resulting in few plants. Brown color and ciliated walls of Maroc proved domi- nant over white color and naked walls in fruit of flax with white seeds. Maroc shows 2 lines, one acting as a carrier of simple Mendelian characters, the other of complex characters. Separation of lines by testing with known combination is the basis of technique in flax selection. — Helen D.Hill . 1040. Blaringhbm, L. Variation de la forme des feuilles, correlatives de la sexualite, observees sur des genevriers (Juniperus chinensis L., J. phoenicia L.). [Variation of the form of the leaves correlative with sexuality observed in the junipers.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 84: 500-502. 1921. — The author examined a male plant of /. chinensis and a female plant of J. 'Phoenicia for correlation between sporophylls and vegetative leaves. Below were branches with awl-shaped (juvenile) leaves and without cones; above were branches with scale leaves accompanied by cones. A few cases of cones among needle-shaped leaves remind the author of rare cases of paedogenesis, as in Axoloil. — /. P. Kelly. 1041. Claussen, p. [German Rev. of: Blakeslee, A. F. Lindner's roll-tube method of separation cultures. Phytopathology 5: GS-69. 1 pi. 1915.] Zeitschr. Bot. 13: 597-598. 1921. 1042. Collins, J. L. Reversion in composites. Jour. Heredity 12: 129-133. Fig. 16-19. 1921. — The paper describes and figures a teratological form of Crepis capillaris resulting from a cross between Dutch and Swedish strains. Normally the plant has a perfectly smooth and naked receptacle, but on one plant appeared foliaceous palea-like bracts subtending the achenes of every head; this is considered a possible reversion to a pre-composite state. The composite capitulum maj" be developed through the shortening of a spike, or from an umbel in which the pedicels have disappeared. In the former case, according to James Small, the receptacle might be expected to be conical instead of flat, and in the latter the plant would have lost the bracts subtending the inner pedicels in the pre-composite stage. The author holds that the proliferated Crepis head, and also a somewhat analogous one of Hypochaeris, which he figures, support the umbellate-origin hypothesis. It is further suggested that in the past the genetic factors involved in producing such structures as are described may have become separated and are rarely brought together in crossing. The case is then to be con- sidered as resembling that of the white sweet-peas which on crossing give a purple, or the mutant types of Drosophila which when united produce flies of the wild, or typical, form. — T.D.A. Cockerell. 1043. Coulter, M. C. Mutation. [Rev. of: (1) Baur, Erwin. Mutationen von Antir- rhinum majus. (Mutations of Antirrhinum majus.) Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.-u. Vererb. 19:177-193. lOfig. 191S (seeBot. Absts. 2, Entry 1198;3, Entry2183). (2) Zeleny, Charles. The direction and frequency of mutation in a series of multiple allelomorphs. Anat. Rec. 20: No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 159 210-211. 1921 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 353). (3) Muller, H. J., and E. Altenburg. A study of the character and mode of origin of eighteen mutations in the X-chromosomes of Droso- phila. Auat. Roc. 20: 213. 1021 (sec Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 30G). (4) Buidues, Calvin B. Vermilion-deficiency. Jour. Gen. Physiol. 1: 615-656. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entry 981). (5) Blakeslee, Albert F., John Belling, and M. E. Farnham. Chromosomal duplication and Mendelian phenomena in Datura mutants. Science 52: 3SS-.390. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry SoS). (tj) Mulleu, H. J. Genetic variability, twin hybrids and constant hybrids, in a case of balanced lethal factors. Genetics 3: 433-499. 1 fig. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 257). (7) Vries, H. de Phylogenetische und gruppenweise Artbildung. (Phylogenetic and group-wise species formation.) Flora 11, 12 (Festschr. E. Stahl) : 208-22G. 1918 (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 349).] Bot. Gaz. 72 : 178-182. 1921. 1044. Cunningham, C. C. Study of the relation of the length of kernel to the yield of corn (Zea mays indentata). Jour. Agric. Res. 21 : 427^38. PL 80-87, 1 fug. 1921.— Corn from ears with short, smooth, or dimpled kernels, from ears with kernels of maximum length with chaffy crowns, and from ears with kernels of medium length and wrinkled dented, were planted. Seed was continuously selected, smooth, rough, and medium ears being chosen each season from the progeny of smooth, rough, and medium ears, respectiveh'. The 3 types made respective 4-year average yields of 36.5, 35.5, and 34.8 bushels per acre. — Continuous selection of smooth and rather short kernels for 4 generations increased the average length of ears, slightly decreased the weight, and decreased the circumference, number of rows per ear, length of kernel, and percentage of shelled grain; while continuous selection of rough and rather long kernels decreased the average length of ear and increased the circumference, but had no significant effect on the weight of ears, number of rows per ear, length of kernel, or percentage of grain. — H. M. Steece. 1045. Czaja, a. Th. [German Rev. of: Steil, W. N. A study of apogamy in Nephrodium hirtipesHk. Ann. Botany 33: 109-132. 3 pi. 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 2, Entry 738).] Zeitschr. Bot. 13 : 599-601. 1921.— [See also Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 985.] 1046. Darrow, Geo. M. Are our raspberries derived from American or European species? Jour. Heredity 11 : 179-184. 4 fig- 1920. — Because of the relative hardiness of the cultivated red raspberries in America as compared with the European species, pomologists have always considered them as representative of the pure native species Rubus sirigosus. The author disagrees because of the observed differences in the cultivated varieties from both native and European species. For authority on the botanical characters of the pure native and the foreign species such names are cited as Rydberg, Card, and Foche. Tables are included with brief descriptive terms of 10 varieties of R. strigosus, 7 of R. strigosus X it!, occidentalis, 16 of R. Idaeus, 9 of R. Idaeus X R. strigosus, and 3 of R. Idaeus X R. occidentalis. The derivation of the varieties mentioned in the tables was obtained (1) by an inspection of herbarium material supplemented where possible by observations of the varieties in the field; (2) by a study of the historj' of the variety in question. The author admits that some of these derivations may be questionable and for final analysis must be submitted to the more rigid tests of the plant breeder. — L. R. Detjen. 1047. Dykes, W. R. Iris acutikor. (Iris acutiloba and I. Korolkowi.) Gard. Chron. 70: 5. 1921. — The author describes and figures a hybrid produced from I. acutiloba jiollinated by I. Korolkowi, the hybrid showing characters of both parents; those that survived were both sturdier and more floriferous than either parent. — J. Marion Skull. 1048. East, E. M., and D. F. Jones. Round Tip tobacco. A plant ''made to order.'' Jour. Heredity 12:51-56. Fig. 1-5. 1921. — Apopular description is presented of the desirable qualities of cigar wrapper leaf, the origin of the Round Tip type, together with the advantages of this type over others grov/n in the Connecticut Valley. Round Tip is the result of a cross between the Sumatra and Broadleaf -varieties, and has been grown commerically suffi- ciently to indicate that it possesses great possibilities from the farmer's standpoint if the trade will accept the type on its own merits. — •/. Johnson. 160 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1049. Elderton, Ethel M. [Rev. of: A study of women delinquents in New York State by Mabel R. Fernald, Mary H. S. Hayes and Almena Dawley with a statistical chapter by Beardsley Ruml and a preface by Katherine Bement Davis. Century Co.: 1921.] Biometrika 13: 305-308. 1921. — This is said to be the first use of modern statistical methods in a study of women delinquents. Data are confined to mental capacity and main facts of personal and environmental history, as adequate physical and medical facts could not be obtained. The groups studied were: (1) New York State Reformatory women between ages of 16 and 30 convicted of felonies and misdemeanors; (2) Auburn State Prison felons; (3) Magdalen Home sex offenders; and (4) New York County Penitentiary; (5) workhouse, and (6) women's night- court cases. Inebriates are omitted because of inability to obtain accurate information from them, thus eliminating many mental defectives and introducing a serious source of error Vari- ation in the length of period over which the subjects were examined is also a defect. Mental condition was ascertained by Binet Simon 1911, Yerkes Bridges Point Scale, Stanford Revi- sion Binet, Wooley Series, Individual standard tests of ability, and Educational tests; and by social investigation of home, relatives, employers and other agencies in touch with offender. Some correlation was found between age and numberof pre viou s convictions. Foreign white wo- men make up a smaller percentage in each institutional group than in the population as a whole. Offenses of the foreigners were more serious than those of the natives. A correlation of 0.31 was found between condition of home and age at first conviction. In 15.9 per cent of families some other member had been convicted of crime. No correlation was demonstrated between age upon leaving school and first conviction nor between number of convictions and grade reached in school. More domestic workers were included in the group than in the general popu- lation, and a lower standard of education prevailed than in other occupations. The younger women had^ reached a higher grade of education than the older. No correlation was found between earning capacity and number of convictions. Neither lack of education nor low and irregular wages are responsible for delinquency. No relation was seen between habitual use of alcohol, drugs, or cigarettes and intelligence. A correlation of 0.38 occurred between delinquency and intelligence. Also, significant correlations were found between mental capacity and type of occupation, between wage capacity and type of occupation, and between mental capacity and earning capacity. — No control series was used for comparison with normal population. Comparison with men criminals is futile because the offenses of male convicts are not comparable. The data are considered inadequate for treatment of hereditary aspects. — Miriam C. Gould. 1050. Fernald, M. L. The geographic distribution of hybrids. Science 54: 73-74. 1921.— Kerner is quoted on cases of assumed hybrids of Nuphar, Salvia, and Rhododendron which spread beyond the limits of the parent species and are then indistinguishable from true species. Similar cases were recorded by the writer in Rubus. — T. D. A . Cockerell. 1051. Fleischmann, RtJDOLF. Beitrage zur Leinziichtung. [Contributions to flax breed- ing.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenziicht. 8 : 26-43. 1921 . — Certain results in practical fiber-flax breeding are detailed relative to variation, correlation, and inheritance of stem length. Breeding material was taken from fields in 2 districts of Hungary. Branched portion of flax plant showed greater variability than lower, unbranched, portion. The author concludes that clearer, more accurate results were obtained by limiting the study to unbranched part of stem. Intensity of inheritance was measured by coefficient of correlation of length of stem from one generation to next. This coefficient was generally high but varied according to weather conditions. (Two crops were raised each season.) Inheritance of stem length was as pro- nounced with selected lines as in general, unselected stock. In series of selected lines showing decrease in stem length, the standard deviation was found also to decrease coincident with approach to a symmetrical type of curve. Skewness decreased as mean length diminished; this did not hold true in mixed populations. Absolute decrease of stem length, brought about by weather conditions, was relatively greater in selected lines of maximum stem length; results of this character were less marked in unselected stocks. Hot, moist weather in 2nd half of 1920 decidedly increased the coeflacient of variation. Stem length was not significantly increased, but flowers and bolls were markedly increased and also basal branches. Selection of stem length within (presumably) pure lines showed no significant influence. — L. R. Waldron. No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 161 1052. Forbes, A. W. Education and the size of families. Jour. Heredity 12: 190-191. 1921. — The author advances an economic theory in explanation of the small families among college graduates and other educated people. The colleges increase the income of older people, but decrease the income of young people. The standard of living depends largely on the income of the parents. "The condition most favorable to large families is an income of the sons equal to that of the parents at as early an age as possible. At present this condition is met among those of inferior parents It is farthest from being true among those with the best inheritance, and the colleges are largely responsible for the condition." — Howard J . Banker. 1053. GoETZ, E. Tabakanbauversuche. [Tobacco culture investigations.] Badisches Wochenbl. 1919 : 67-69. 1919. — The yield of pure lines of tobacco is compared with that of the Fi hybrids of the lines. The mean of parental lines is usually lower than that of Fi hybrids. In some cases the Fi exceeded that of the higher-yielding parent. [From anonymous Abstract in Zeitschr. Pflanzenzucht. 7: 35. 1919.]—/. P. Kelly. 1054. Grantham, J., and M. D. Knapp. Field experimentation with Hevea brasiliensis. Arch. Rubbercultuur 2: 614-630. 1918. — Yields are given from a large number of individual trees for a period of 12 months. From these data conclusions are drawn concerning the probable error which must be applied in interpreting results of field trials. The error calculated on a tree basis is lower than that calculated on an area basis. The error is not reduced by continuing the experiment longer than 6 months. The use of square plots is advised. No increase in accuracy results from using a plot of more than 100 trees. The theoretical reduction of error by duplication of plots is secured up to the 8 duplications made in the experiment. More than 10 or 15 duplications are generally inadvisable. A probable error of 6 per cent may be used for 100 tree plots. A precision of less than 5 per cent is not considered practical. [See also Bot. Abets. 10, Entry 1037.]— CarZ D. La Rue. 1055. Harlin, Ralph G. A case of inherited syndactyly in man. Jour. Heredity 11 : 334- 335. 1 fig. 1920. — A type of syndactyly taking the form of a partial webbing between the 2nd and 3rd toes occurs in a man, his only son, and 3 of the son's 6 children. The subjects are members "of an old New England family whose genealogy has been fully investigated and published." Despite the fact that this man was one of 10 children, and his presumably normal father one of 6, the trait does not occur in any of the collateral lines. Since the degree to which the trait is manifested is variable the author suggests that it may often pass unnoticed. — C. H. Danforth. 1056. Harris, J. Arthur, Wm. F. Kirkpatrick, A. F. Blakeslee, D. E. Warner, and L. E. Card. The egg records of limited periods as criteria for predicting the egg production of the white leghorn fowl. Genetics 6: 265-309. 10 diagrams. 1921. — By mathematical formulae derived from the egg records of hens entered at the Storrs Contest 1911-1917, the authors were able to predict with fair accuracy the annual egg record of any hen in the contest when the record for 1 month was known. A 2-month record gave slightly greater accuracy to the prediction. The formulae could also be used on whole flocks of the same breed, but longer periods gave more decided improvement in the accuracy of the predictions. In either case the hens were kept under essentially the same conditions throughout the time the testa were carried out. — H. G. May. 1057. Hendrickson, A. H. Inter species pollination of plums. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 50-52. 1919 [1920].— The varieties used were Burbank (Prunus triflora), Heine Claude (P. domeslica), German Prune (P. domesiica), and Shropshire (P. insititia). Results at the second examination, June 12, were as follows: In Burbank, 2281 open-pollinated flowers set 1.2 per cent; 150 flowers selfed set 0.0 per cent; 316 flowers X Reine Claude set 5.4 per cent. In Reine Claude, 3505 open-pollinated flowers set 7.1 per cent; 312 flowers selfed set 12.8 per cent; 322 flowers X Burbank set 0.6 per cent; 488 flowers X German Prune set 13.8 percent. In German Prune, 3496 open-pollinated flowers set 20.0 per cent; 426 flowers selfed set 0.0 162 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, per cent; 396 flowers X Shropshire set 29.6 per cent; 354 flowers X Reine Claude set 47.4 per cent. In Shropshire, 3591 open-pollinated flowers set 5.8 per cent; 599 flowers selfed set 2.0 per cent; 433 flowers X German Prune set 13.6 per cent; 381 flowers X Heine Claude set 12.0 per cent. Inter-species crosses between P. triflora and P. domestica and between P. domes- tica and P. insititia are fertile. — C. S. Crandall. 1058. Jacob, Joseph. Tulip thieves. Card. Chron. 69: 299. 1921. — The author refers to an item by E. H. Krelage, published in 1881, concerning an occasional form of atavism in which tulips return to a form with narrow petals, mostly of one color, — a pale mauve pink. He adds to these "thieves" another form in which, instead of blooming, the bulb produces but one big leaf and later many small bulblets, which continue to behave in the same manner and, if not rogued out, presently dominate and produce a deteriorated stock. — /. Marion Shull. 1059. Jones, Sarah V. H. Inheritance of silkiness in fowls. Jour. Heredity 12: 117- 128. Fig. 9-15. 1921. — The author reviews the literature on several silky breeds of fowls and shows that the sporadic appearance of silky-feathered individuals in flocks of normally- feathered fowls is not rare. Previous work on the genetics of silkiness is summarized and data covering the genetic constitution of a sporadic silky individual are presented which show that it is geneticallj^ identical, so far as feather structure is concerned, with the common Japanese silky breed. — W. A. Lippincott. 1060. Kempton, J. H. Heritable characters of maize. V. Adherence. Jour. Heredity 11: 317-322. Fig. 16-19. 1921. — Adherence is a variation in which the leaves, bracts, and inflorescences coalesce. In some cases this abnormality is apparent in the seedling stage, but such plants usually recover and grow normally until the ear-bearing node is reached, when adherence again appears. Because of the coalescence of the upper leaves and tassel the latter is exserted with difficulty. The tassel branches cling together to form a solid structure so that pollen is shed only from the spikelets of the lower and outer branches. This abnormality is apparently due to a single Mendelian factor and can very readily be eliminated. — W. H. Eyster. 1061. Lamon, Harry M. Lamona — a new breed of poultry. Jour. Heredity 12: 3-29. Frontispiece, fig. 1-26. 1921. — The author attempted to establish a new breed of fowls com- bining the characters of the egg and meat types, and laying white eggs. White Plymouth Rocks and White Leghorns were used, the former as a general utilitj' bird and the latter as the egg type, used also to introduce the white egg character. The Silver Gray Dorking was used to introduce good meat qualities and the long, rectangular body. The object was "to pro- duce a breed of fowls of two varieties (single and rose comb) having the shape, size, and market qualities of the Dorking with a yellow skin, white plumage, and four toes, and that will lay a large, white egg." The project, begun in the spring of 1912, has been carried through several generations and the single-comb variety has been fairly well established. — H. G. May. 1062. Latjghlin, Harry H. Race assimilation by the pure-sire method. Jour. Heredity 11: 259-263. 4 fig. 1920. — The greater potency of the pure-sire method over the pure-dam method in race assimilation is demonstrated from both physiological and social considera- tions. The latter are dwelt upon at considerable length and illustrated with pedigree charts from early Spanish-American sources, from a hypothetical case in Ibanez's "The Four Horse- men of the Apocalypse", from a Jamaican Jewish-Negro family, and from a Jamaican Hindu- Negro family. The writer concludes, "whenever 2 races come into intimate contact the upper race tends to remain pure while the lower tends toward assimilation into the upper by the pure-sire system." — Howard J. Banker. 1063. LiLiENFELD, F. Die Resultate einiger Bestaubungen mit verschiedenaltrigem Pollen Cannabis sativa. [Results of pollinations of Cannabis sativa with pollen of different ages.] Biol. Zentralbl. 41: 295-303. 1921.— The author tested the claims of Ciesielski No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 163 that hemp pollinated with fresh pollen produces a great preponderance of staminate plants while pollination with old pollen (12 hours old) gives a preponderance of carpellate plants. Ciesielski's results were not substantiated as the author obtained an average of 37.77 per cent staminate and G2.27 per cent carpellate plants with fresh pollen and 38.55 per cent stamin- ate and G1.45 percent carpellate plants with pollen 12 hours old. With pollen 30 hours old45. 14 per cent staminate and 54.80 per cent carpellate plants were obtained, while pollen 36 hours old gave 40.25 per cent staminate and 59.75 per cent carpellate plants. These numbers all come within the natural fluctuation of the sex ratio of hemp. The author thinks the pro- gressive increase in the proportion of staminate to carpellate plants with increased age of the pollen might be due to a difference in the vitality of male- and female-determining pollen grains resulting in elimination of the weaker group. — John H. Schaffner. 1064. LiNDSTROM, E. W. Chlorophyll factors of maize. Jour. Heredity 11: 269-277. S fig. 1920. — Factors responsible for chlorophyll deficiencies which decrease or limit the productivity of maize are apparently present in a number of diiTerent chromosomes. The elimination of such chlorophyll deficiencies by inbreeding will result in the loss of the favorable growth factors located in the same chromosomes. For this reason material relatively free of abnormalities should be chosen for inbreeding, and it is probable there would be very little loss of stature, yield, or fertilitJ^ — W. H. Eyster. 1085. LiPPiNCOTT, William A. A hen which changed color. Jour. Heredity 11: 342- 348. Fig. 1-7. 1920. — This is an account of a pedigreed Blue Andalusian hen which gradually became pure white through replacement, at successive annual molts, of colored feathers by white ones. The bird was bred and shown by several tests to have retained her original genetic constitution. — H. D. Goodale. 10G6. LoMEN, G. J. The reindeer industry in Alaska. Jour. Heredity 11: 243-252. Fron- tispiece, 10 fig. 1920. — The reindeer's characteristics and habits are briefly described, and the significance of the antlers is discussed. Small antlers are considered a sign of deterioration while straight antlers are believed to indicate sterility. The doe gives birth to 1 (rarely 2) fawn annualh'. The period of gestation is 7 months and 7 days, and the does continue to breed until 14 or 15 years of age. There is necessity for improvement due to inbreeding of the Siberian stocks first imported, and to the possible use of the caribou as a source of improve- ment.— Edward N. Wentworth. 1067. Lush, Jay L. Inheritance in swine. Jour. Heredity 12: 57-71. Fig. 6-19. 1921. — The author reports on the data accumulated in a series of experiments conducted at the Kansas Agricultural Experiment Station. These experiments, interrupted by the war, ended with the Fi and F2 generation. To study litter size the wild boar, which normally produces 4 pigs at a birth, was crossed to the Tamworth, which normally produces about 11 pigs. One Fi sow produced 4 pigs indicating a dominance of wild litter size. Inter-crosses of Berkshires, Tamworths, Duroc-Jerseys, and wild indicated that the erect carriage of ear is dominant, although dependent on more than 1, but less than 3, factors. Sharp dish of face and short face proved dominant to other classes. The production of bright pigment was found to be dependent on a single factor difference, while the differences between red, white, and sandy were shown to be due to 2 factors, either one of which in the absence of the other probably produces sandy, while one intensified the other to produce red; absence of both causes white. Comparison of growth curves in Fi and F2 generations is significant only in so far as it in- dicates increased variability for the F2 generations, the average difference in the coefficients of variabilitj' at ages 1-13 months being about 6 per cent. — Edicard N . Wentu-orth. 1068. Maas, J. G. J. A. Betrouwbaarheid van veldproeven bij Hevea. [Reliability of field experiments with Hevea.] Arch. Rubbercultuur 2: 560-607. 1918. — The application of statistical methods to data from field experiments with Para rubber is discussed. The princi- pal factors which cause variability are given, and the extent to which these factors may be controlled by the experimenter is considered. The writer believes the standard deviation to 164 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, be a more reliable measure of variation than the probable error where only a small number of plots is used. Data from 2 extensive experiments are given. The necessity of making pre- liminary experiments before planning extensive trials is pointed out, and the need of care in the choice of experimental plots is emphasized. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1037.] — Carl D. La Rue. 1069. March, Lucien. La methode statistique. [The statistical method.] Metron 1: 22-52. 1920. — The aim of science is the classification of observations. The experimental method studies the relation of an effect to a single cause when other causes are held constant. When the various causes can not be isolated the statistical method must be used. Analysis of this method may be divided into 3 parts: (1) Comparison of centering constants; (2) study of variability within the group; (3) study of relationships between groups. Properties of the median and arithmetical mean are discussed. — John Rice Miner. 1070. Marshall, Roy E. Report of three years' results in plum pollination in Oregon. Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort. Sci. 16: 42^9. 2 pi. 1919 [1920].— See Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 129. 1071. Mellon, Ralph R. The life-cycle changes of the so-called Corynebacterium Hodgkini, and their relation to the mutation changes in this species. Fourth paper on diph- therioids. Jour. Med. Res. 42: 61-76. 1920. — The strain of C. Hodgkini used, when culti- vated under ordinary conditions, is generally non-granular. It infrequently develops "giant cocci," which respond to the stimulus of new environment; e.g., when cultured in broth plus rabbit serum they give rise to coccoid forms of irregular size, which continue development, with increase of chromatin, when 1 per cent maltose is added to this medium. Whether this process is degenerative or vitalistic is seen in the stabilization of the offspring obtained by the different modes of reproduction, viz., gemmation and sporulation (?); gemmation produced 3 generations unchanged. Response to environment is further emphasized by the fact that granular coccoid forms develop in serum broth but do not develop in hydrocele fluid. Ar- rested bacillary growth favors coccoid formation, a phenomenon which is constant. — The staining of chromatin and achromatic areas of the organism follows laws analogous to chemical reversibility and tautomerism. — The morphologic mutation effected by rotation seems to be of a cyclic character; however a return of the coccoid to the bacillary form has not been determined. — Andrew I. Dawson. 1072. MoL, W. E. DE. Over het voorkomen van heteroploide varieteiten van Hyacinthus orientalis L. in de HoUandsche kulturen. [On the occurrence of heteroploid varieties of Hya- cinthus orientalis in Dutch cultures.] Genetics 3 : 97-192. 1921. — The named hyacinth clones in which the somatic numbers of chromosomes were counted may be classed as follows: NUMBER OF SOMATIC NUMBER OF NUMBER OF CHROMOSOMES OF THE DIFFERENT SIZES CHROMOSOMES DIFFERENT CLONES Short Medium Long 16 (diploid) 19 4 4 8 19 4 6 9 20 5 5 10 21 5 6 10 22 5 6 11 23 5 5 13 24 (triploid) 4 (or 5) 6 6 12 27 2 Is 8 8 12 11 28 2 7 6 15 30 1 7 8 15 -John Belling. No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 165 1073. Moore, Carl R. On the physiological properties of the gonads as controllers of somatic and psychical characteristics. IV. Gonad transplantation in the guinea-pig. Jour. Exp. Zool. 33: 355-3S9. 4 fig- 1921. — This is a continuation of the author's previous work. Ovarian grafts in castrated male guinea-pigs lead to an hypertrophy of the teats, but no hyacquisition of female instincts occurs. Testicular grafts in spayed females produces hypertrophy of the clitoris, and male behavior. These results differ somewhat from those obtained with rats. — //. D. Goodale. 1074. Okkelberg, Peter. The early history of the germ cells in the brook lamprey, Entosphenus wilder! (Gage), up to and including the period of sex diflferentiation. Jour. Morphol. 35: 1-151. 12 pL, 4 fig. 1921. — This species shows juvenile hermaphroditism, with males and females in approximately equal numbers in the adult condition. This indication that sex is not irrevocably determined at time of fertilization and the lack of a complete ac- count of germ-cell cycle for any vertebrate accounts for this work. Primordial germ cells are first recognized (by their size, structure, and position) when the mesoderm begins to separate from the entoderm before germ layers are definitely established (embryo about 191 hours old). They lie laterally in the posterior region of the mesentoderm, later through shifting of sur- rounding tissue and independent migration they come to a median position. The number is small (36 were found in one larva). They are the sole source of definitive germ cells in both sexes and never give rise to somatic tissues. From time of segregation up to 20 mm. stage of the embryo (about 4 months) these cells do not divide. From 20 to 35 mm. an indefinite num- ber of divisions occur. Larvae up to this time are indifferent as to sex. From 35 to 70 mm. they become hermaphroditic as judged by the production in all gonads of large yolk-laden cells, which are considered as egg cells. A series of gonads gives from 0 to 100 per cent of these large cells. Reproductive organs (gonads and accessory structures) are simple and morphologically quite similar in adults of both sexes. This may be related to tendency of species towards juvenile hermaphroditism. The author concludes: First sexual changes appear in gonad, each of which contains 2 kinds of cells, those with tendency for rapid division (katabolic) and those with tendency for growth (anabolic). Difference is considered to be due to disturbance of metabolism of cells during mitoses or to environmental conditions. Relative proportions of anabolic and katabolic cells determine whether larva becomes male or female; therefore, sex is not irrevocably fixed at fertilization. The author grants that sex is ordinarily an hereditary character associated with sex chromosomes but holds them to be only one link in series of processes which determine sex, so that in a form like the lamprey with very little difference between sexes other factors may overcome the effects of the sex chromosomes; from this he infers that other hereditary characters may also be modifiable and points out that should such prove true there would be less objection to the idea that sex character may be modified. Secondary sex characters are probably not genetic but due to hormone action. In addition, the paper contains an account of habits and life history, list of important contributors to various theories of origin of germ cells in vertebrates with conclu- sions of each, and an unusually full discussion of literature bearing on subjects of hermaphro- ditism and sex-determination. — E. Eleanor Carothers. 1075. PiNOT, P. E. Sur la germination des spores, sur la nutrition, et sur la sexuality chez les Myxomycetes. [Germination of spores, nutrition, and sexuality in the Myxomycetes.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 173: 50-51. 1921. — The author replies to investigators who have opposed his conclusions regarding the Myxomycetes, and restates his theory, which holds that sexuality in the slime molds consists in the union of individual (+) and (-) m3'xa- moebae to form plasmodia capable of fruiting. — A. F. Blakeslee. 1076. Plahn, App. Die Bestimmung der Bruchfestigkeit der Getreidehalme. [The determination of brittleness of cereal cxilms.] Deutsch. Landw. Presse 1920. — This article deals with the tests for load of single stems and sections of stems recommended by Kraus and Holdefleis, and brings investigational methods into a definite system. [From author's abstract in Zeitschr. Pflanzenziicht. 8: 63. 1921.] — J. P. Kelly. 166 GENETICS [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1077. PopENOE, Paul. [Rev. of: Gager, C. Stuart. Heredity and evolution in plants. U X W cm., xi -\- 265 p., 113 fig. P. Blakiston's Son & Co. : Philadelphia, 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1672; 7, Entries 178, 1610; 8, Entry 1079).] Jour. Heredity 12: 198. 1921. 1078. PoPENOE, Paul. Measuring human intelligence. [Rev. of: Goddard, Henry Herbert. Human efficiency and levels of intelligence. 128 p. Princeton Univ. Press: Prince- ton, 1920.] Jour. Heredity 12: 231-236. 1921. 1079. PoPENOE, Paul. [Rev. of: Stoddard, Lothrop. The rising tide of color. 320 p., 3 maps. Charles Scribner's Sons: New York City, 1920.] Jour. Heredity 12: 204. 1921. 1080. PoPENOE, Wilson. The Colombian berry or giant berry of Colombia. Jour. Hered- ity 11: 195-203. Frontispiece, 4 fig- 1920. — In 1914 the giant blackberry of Colombia was introduced into the XJ. S. A. from El Penon, Colombia. In 1920 the author studied the species in its native habitat, and concluded that the Colombian berry is probably closely related to Rubus roseus, and best adapted to the southern and western (U. S. A.) states. Though fair to good in quality, the berry will probably prove most useful for work in hybridization because of its great size, the berries often measuring 2.5 X 1.5 inches. It is suggested that the name be changed from "giant blackberry of Colombia" to "Colombian berry." The fruit, plant and cultural requirements are described. David Fairchild appends a note referring to accounts of the berry by the explorers in Col. Roosevelt's expedition to South America in 1914.— L. R. Detjen. 1081. Roberts, Elmer. Polydactylism in cattle. Jour. Heredity 12: 84-86. 5 ^gr. 1921. — Three generations of polydactylism in cattle are reported, the abnormality appearing to behave as a dominant Mendelian unit. — Sewall Wright. 1082. Safford, W. E. Datura — an inviting genus for the study of heredity. Jour. Heredity 12: 178-190. Fig. 10-16. 1921. — Species and varieties in the genus Datura are distinguished, and the probable origin of several forms and their use as narcotics, poisons, and aphrodisiacs are discussed. Mention is made of previous genetic studies within the species D. Stramonium, and several interspecific crosses are suggested as likely to yield results of interest to plant breeders. — A. F. Blakeslee. 1083. Savelli, R. Anomaliedellaplantuleeanomaliedigerminazione di nicotiana. [Anom- alous condition in seedlings and the germination of tobacco.] Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 27: 129-153. 1920. — A study of 450,000 seedlings showed as many as 2,800 cases of divergence from the normal in the development of the cotyledons. The tricotyledonous condition was most common. The work is to show the great teratological variability of a given species. Although the author's observations are numerous, he believes they can not qualitatively and quan- titatively demonstrate the true state of affairs. He promises to take up later, more ex- tensively and with better material, the interesting study of teratological heredity and its problems. — Ernst Arischwager. 1084. ScHXJRHOFP, P. N. tJber die Teilung des generativen Kerns vor der Keimung des Pollenkorns. [Division of the generative nucleus preceding germination of the pollen grain.] Arch. Zellforsch. 15: 145-159. 1 pi. 1919. — In Sagittaria sagittif alia and Melandriu7>i album the cell wall between the vegetative nucleus and the primary generative nucleus disappears, and the cytoplasm becomes confluent. In Sambucus racemosa no cell wall is formed between these 2 nuclei. In no case was a special layer of cytoplasm found around either of the 2 ultimate generative nuclei. — John Belling. 1085. Setchell, W. A., T. H. Goodspeed, and R. E. Clausen. A preliminary note on the results of crossing certain varieties of Nicotiana tabacum. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 7: 50-56. 1921. — The Mendelian results of 3 crosses between certain varieties of to- bacco selected as fundamental varieties, or ' 'stem forms, "are described. The investigation seeks to unravel the problem of the origin of the numerous cultivated forms by determining which No. 3, January, 1922] GENETICS 167 of the few historically old varieties possess in various combinations all the characters exhibited by commercial varieties, and then to interpret existing varieties on the basis of hybridization with resulting segregation and recombination of characters. — The studies reported are con- cerned with flower color, flower form, and leaf-base, in which mono- and bigenic results were secured although the data are complicated in some cases by the semi-quantitative nature of the character differences. In general it is concluded that the results demonstrate the com- plexity of difference from a genetic standpoint between any 2 of the so-called fundamental varieties of A'', tabacum, and that it is futile to determine affinities on the basis of morphologi- cal studies unaccompanied by experimental investigations. More detailed reports of this series of studies are promised. — /. Johnson. lOSf). Shamel, a. D. Origin of a new and improved French prune variety. Jour. Heredity 10: 3.39-343. Frontispiece, S fig. 1919. — An improved strain of French prune (Prune d'Agen), which originated as a bud sport, is described. The new prune (designated as No. 1418) is roundish-oval in contrast with the pyriform typical French prune. The tree is apparently more vigorous and has larger and heavier foliage than the parent tree. Occasionally spurs are found on the new strain which produce prunes similar to those of the parent variety. The dried prunes of the new strain are said to average 2.5-30 to the pound, as compared with 50-60 to the pound for the ordinary type. — A. H. Hendrickson. 1087. Standley, Paul C. Albinism in the black bear. Science 54: 74. 1921.— The author calls attention to a statement by John Tanner in a book published in 1830, relative to an old albino female bear with 1 albino and 3 pigmented cubs. If albinism in bears is assumed to be recessive, the male parent of the albino cub must have been heterozygous. — H. L. Ibsen, 1088. Sturtevant, G. Notes from my hybridization records. Bull. Amer. Iris Soc, 2: 29-30. 1921. — The author gives a list of 87 varieties of Irises which have proved fertile; 7 which have not seeded but have fertile pollen; 4 which have set seed but in which pollen is absent or sterile; and 21 that are sterile. It is stated that plants resulting from wide crosses are usually sterile. — /. Marion Shull. 1089. T[axsley], a. G. [Rev. of: Hagedoorx, A. L., and A. C. Hagedoorn. The relative value of the processes causing evolution. 294 P- Martinus Nijhoff : The Hague, 1921.] New Phytol. 20: 124^131. 1921. 1090. Thadani, K. I. A toothless type of man. Jour. Heredity 12: 87-88. 1921.— "There occurs in the Hindu Amil community of Hyderabad Sind, a town in India, a type of men who have no teeth. These men are further characterized by a bald head and an extreme sensitiveness to heat. They are known as 'Bhudas' which literally means 'toothless.'" The known facts concerning heredity in these men indicate that the condition is a typical case of sex-linked inheritance. The writer seeks further information. — Howard J. Banker. 1091. Thjotta, Th., and Odd Kinck Eide. A mutating, mucoid paratyphoid bacillus isolated from the urine of a carrier. Jour. Bacteriol. 5: 501-510. 1920. — An account is given of a paratyphoid bacillus which suddenly began to be given off by a carrier and which differed from the common type in forming masses of mucus enclosing either one or more bacilli in a common capsule. This mucus covering which resulted in a retarded activity on the part of the mutant over the common type, appeared upon repeated cultivation, to be a constant character. — Chester A. Darling. 1092. Thomson, J. Arthur. [French Rev. of: Blaringhem, L. Les problemes de I'heredite experimentale. (The problems of experimental heredity). IS X 19 cm., 317 p., 20 fig. Ernest Flammarion: Paris, 1919 (see Bot. Absts. 4, Entry 523).] Scientia 30: 153-154. 1921. 1093. Trachtenberg, H. L. The analysis of the results of Professor Johannes Schmidt's diallel crossings with trout. Jour. Genetics 11: 75-78. 1921. — The author finds some of BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 3 168 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, Schmidt's computations defective, in that Schmidt introduces an "arbitrary assumption" which Trachtenberg regards as unnecessary. The latter using another set of equations, arrives at "generative values" slightly different from those obtained by Schmidt. However, the two authors are in substantial agreement as regards results. — F. B. Sumner. 1094. Weathers, John. Unusual forms of Iris flowers. Gard. Chron. 70:85. 1921. — This account of 4- and 5-parted teratological flowers of Iris squalens (illustrated) and /. germanica, includes a speculation as to a former closer structural relationship between mono- cotyledonous and dicotyledonous plants. — J. Marion Shull. 1095. Woodruff, Lorandb Loss. The present status of the long-continued pedigree culture of Paramecium aurelia at Yale University. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 7: 41-44. 1 fig. 1921. — The author attempts to bring up to date and to summarize the chief results obtained from the study of his, now classic, pedigreed culture of P. aurelia. This culture was started May 1, 1907, by the isolation of a "wild" specimen found in the laboratory. Four lines from this original organism were then maintained by the daily isolation of a specimen from each line. Although these 4 lines were kept distinct, cells from one line were used to replenish another if it died out. The author kept careful records of time of isolation, division rate, etc., and made permanent preparations from time to time. After 5 years, during which over 3029 generations were attained, the author reached the conclusion that "the protoplasm of a single cell may be self-sufficient to reproduce itself indefinitely, under favorable environ- mental conditions, without recourse to conjugation " Although it was demon- strated that conjugation was not necessary for the continuance of asexual reproduction, and although the organisms showed very little tendency to conjugate, the author showed that conjugation could take place. Thus in mass cultures derived from his pedigreed culture he was successful in obtaining epidemics of conjugation in December, 1913 (at the 4100th genera- tion), and in June, 1920. A careful study of sidelines derived from the main lines showed that there were inherent and periodic increases and decreases in the fission rate. The search for the underlying factors involved in these so-called rhythms led to the discovery of endo- mixis, whereupon, on May 1, 1915, at the 5071st generation, the author considered the experi- ment formally closed. Since then, however, he has maintained the culture, but without exact daily observation and record. At the time of writing (December, 1920) the culture had been continued 13.5 years with the attainment of approximately 8400 generations. Therefore the conclusion is still justified that, provided P. aurelia lives under favorable conditions, conjugation is not an essential phenomenon in its life history. An internal reorganization process (endomixis) does, however, take place periodically. This gives rise to the following question, which is now under investigation: Is endomixis necessary for the continuance of the race? — W. H. Taliaferro. 1096. Woods, Frederick Adams. [Rev. of: Ireland, Alleyne. Democracy and the human equation. 251 p. E. P. Dutton & Co. : New York, 1921.] Jour. Heredity 12 : 205-208. 1921. HORTICULTURE J. H. Gourlby, Editor H. E. Knowlton, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 861, 928, 937, 1046, 1054, 1086, 1088, 1191, 1192, 1289, 1316, 1324, 1330, 1357, 1358, 1372, 1402, 1415, 1428) FRUITS AND GENERAL HORTICULTURE 1097. Anonymous. Acid for hastening germination. Florists' Exchange 50: 211. 1920. — In a previous article it is recommended to steep seed in sulphuric acid for 10-30 minutes, according to the degree of hardness of the seed. After treatment the liquid is drained off No. 3, January, 1922] HORTICULTURE 169 and the seed washed immediately in at least 3 changes of water, and dried sufficiently for sowing. One lot of seed, all from 1 plant and untreated, was sown under glass in the fall. After 3 weeks none had germinated, and the seeds were dug up, sifted from the soil, treated with acid, and replanted; seedlings appeared above ground 4 days later. Of a dozen seed of the same lot sown in the open ground in the following April and left 3 months, only 1 ger- minated, though the author feels, from his previous experience indoors, that most if not all were alive. — Lua A. Minns. 1098. Anonymous. Protecting trees and shrubs from mice. Florists' Exchange 49: 1298. 1920. — W. N. Craig of Brookline, Massachusetts, is quoted as to an effective method of preventing injury. To 5 gallons of lime sulphur (undiluted) are added 5 pounds dry lead arsenate, 3 gallons Scalecide (or some other soluble oil), and 5 pounds salt; directions for applying with a brush are given. The mixture sticks, a second application being unnecessary, and does not harm the trees. The protection of evergreens is more difficult as the brush can not be used effectively, but Mr. Craig thinks that the mixture diluted sufficiently to pass through a nozzle under pressure will prove equally efficient. — Lua A. Minns. 1099. Addis, J. M. Excursion horticola. Estudio de los platanos y guineos cubanos. [A survey of Cuban plantains and bananas.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 418-429. 18 fig. 1920. — This is an account of a search for new varieties of bananas and plantains {Musa sapientum, M. paradisiaca, and M. cavendishii) to add to the collection at the Agronomy Experiment Station [Santiago de las Vegas, Cuba]. Lists and descriptive notes of the varie- ties found are included. Some plants near Baracoa were found affected with nematodes. — F. M. Blodgett. 1100. Allen, W. J., and R. G. Bartlett. Advice to intending growers of bananas. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 575-577. 1921. 1101. Bbvan, W, Citrus trees. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 10-12. 1921.— The author states that there are several varieties of citrus in Cyprus and lists 16 members of the citrus family. Cyprus has in the past participated with Sicily and southern Italy, Spain, Jaffa, and the Greek Islands in exporting oranges and lemons to northern Europe. Although Cyprus is well adapted to citrus cultivation, the latter centers mainly in 3 localities : Early oranges and mandarines in Famagusta; late oranges in Lefka; and lemons in Lapithos and Karavas. The author discusses the soils of these localities and methods of propagation, culture, etc., and states that the Cypriot orange growers plant too closely, and, where water is plentiful, irrigate too freely. — W. Stuart. 1102. Be van, W. Notes on propagating olive trees in Italy. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 29-30. 1921. — Olive growers of northern Italy encourage the growth of suckers (close to the stem) from the roots of big olive trees. When of considerable size — about 1 inch in diameter — they are cut, low down, pruned, and cut back until 10 feet high, and planted in very deep holes filled with good, well broken earth to a depth of 2 or even 3 feet. — W. Stuart. 1103. BiOLETTi, Frederic T. Vineyard irrigation in arid climates. California Agric. Exp. Sta. Circ. 228. 4- V- 1921. — The main irrigation and wetting of subsoil should take place when the vines are dormant. No part of the soil should remain muddy more than 48 hours while the vines are growing. The soil should become sufficiently dry to stop new growth several weeks before the arrival of cold weather. Young, non-bearing vines, which require less water than bearing vines, are especially sensitive to injury from excess of water soon after they are planted, and from cold weather or frost if maturing new growth late in the autumn. — A. R. C. Haas. 1104. Calving, Mario. Tratado sobre la multiplicacion de las plantas. Parte general. [Treatise on the propagation of plants. General part.] 264-p., illus. Institute of Graphical Arts: Havana, 1920. 170 HOKTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1105. Ellenwood, C. W. Ten year yield record of apples. Alontlily Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 40-45. 1921. — The article briefly states the results secured at the Ohio Station from 1910 to 1919 from 93 varieties of apples. The author gives much information in tabular form, including average date of full bloom, average date of 1st picking, average annual yield, highest and lowest annual yields, and number of crop failures of each variety. — R. C. Thomas. 1106. Flippance, F. The Cohune nut. Gardens' Bull. Straits Settlements 2: 432^35. 1921. — Attalea Cohune Mart, fruits in Singapore at the age of 25 years and upwards. The palm is described and its possible uses indicated. — I. H. Burkill. 1107. GouRLEY, J. H., AND G. T. NIGHTINGALE. The effects of shading some horticul- tural plants. A preliminary report. New Hampshire Agric. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull. 18. 22 p., 16 fig. 1921. — The response was somewhat different in different species and horticultural varieties, but always in the same general direction. The area of the leaves studied was in- creased from 0 to 200 per cent; the thickness on the other hand was greatly reduced, as much as 100 per cent in the apple. Shading intensified the green color of the leaves and rendered the surfaces distinctly glabrous. The root systems of all the herbaceous plants were materi- ally reduced by growing the plants in shade. The flowering of practically all the herbaceous plants was modified by shading, and in some cases it was entirely suppressed. Shaded fruit trees also failed to develop flower buds as freely as unshaded ones. In the majority of species studied the shading resulted in a delay in flowering of from a few days to more than a month. — J. H. Gourley. 1108. Hood, G. W. Farm horticulture. 2nd rev. ed., 354 P-> illus. Lea and Febiger: Philadelphia, 1921. 1109. Kblsey, Harlan P. Official catalog of plant names. Florists' Exchange 50: 103. 1920. — This book, soon to be issued, is the result of an extensive piece of work by the Committee on Nomenclature, which represents the associations in the U. S. A. interested in horticultural progress. To the list of plant names which appeared in Bailey's Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, 1915, several thousand names have been added, many of them of herbaceous plants and many of them, which have not appeared generally in cultivation, have been newly tested at the Arnold Arboretum. Three societies (American Pomological Society, American Rose Society, and American Iris Society) have furnished complete lists of their respective plant materials. It is hoped that this list wull be adopted by every horticultural society and by the U. S. Department of Agriculture for a term of years in order to standardize plant names. It is considered necessary to establish soon a Plant Registration Bureau with which proper descriptions of newly discovered or originated plants may be registered. It is recommended that the general committee, the American Joint Committee, be made permanent so that needed changes in the Catalog may be noted. It is proposed to hold the book in type so that a more complete edition may be published in about 2 years. — Lua A. Minns. 1110. Morris, Robert T. Nut grov/ing. viz + 236 p., 29 fig. Macmillan Co.: New York, 1921. 1111. O'Kane, Walter Collins. Building an orchard from a city desk. Gard. ?\Iag. 33: 181-194. 6 fig. 1921. — This article recounts the successful establishment of an orchard by a city man. — H. C. Thompson, 1112. RivifcRB, GrsTAVE, ET Gabriel Bailhache. Influence de la coleur des murs d'espaliers sur la hativite de maturite et la composition chimique des fruits des pechers qui y sont adosses. [Influence of the color of the fruit walls on the hastening of maturity and the chemical composition of peaches trained against these walls.] Jour. Soc. Nation. Hort. France 22: 51-54. 1921. 1113. [Scott, L. B.] Nursery stock investigation of the [U. S. A.] Department of Agricul- ture. Nation. Nurseryman 29*: 189-190. 1921. — An outline is given of recently developed No. 3, January, 1922] HORTICULTURE 171 experimental Avork in the U. S. A. to determine means of propagating nursery stock (both fruit and ornamental), which in the past has been imported. A study is also being made of better stocks for the various tree fruits. — J . H. Gourley. 1114. Stark, Lloyd C. President's address. Nation. Nurseryman 29^: 162-165. 1921. — Among other activities of the American Association of Nurserymen, the work of standardiz- ing ornamental and fruit nomenclature is described. — /. H. Gourley. 1115. Thomas, P. H. The black and red currants. Dept. Agric. Tasmania Bull. 87. 11-lS, 1 fig. 1920. — Cultural treatment and methods of propagation are suggested. The best varieties of black currants are Carter's Black Champion, Lee's Prolific, and Black Naples, while the following red varieties have proved superior: La Versailles, Cherry, and Victoria. — The currant borer {Ageria tipuliformia Clerck) is the most destructive pest although certain scale insects attack the bushes. — /. H. Gourley. 1116. Thomas, P. H. The gooseberry. Dept. Agric. Tasmania Bull. 87. 13-15, 1 fig. 1920. 1117. Thomas, P. H. The loganberry. Dept. Agric. Tasmania Bull. 87. 4-6, 1 fig. 1920. — This fruit is being extensively grown for juices and preserves, for drying, and for making cordial. — Deep, well-drained soils capable of being maintained in a high state of cultivation are recommended. Methods of propagation, trellising, pruning, manuring, and harvesting are described. Disease and insect injury is rare, although an anthracnose sometimes attacks both canes and fruit. — J. H. Gourley. 1118. Thomas, P. H. The raspberry. Dept. Agric. Tasmania Bull. 87. 1~4, 1 fig- 1920. 1119. Thomas, P. H. The strawberry. Dept. Agric. Tasmania Bull. 87. 7-11, 4 fig. 1920. — Cultural methods, varieties, and handling for market are discussed. — /. H. Gourley. 1120. Uphop, J. C. Th. Der Anbau von Niissen in Amerika. [Growing nuts in America. Gartenwelt 25: 6 fig. 1921. 1121. Uphof, J. C. Th. Die Dattelpalme im Siidwesten der Vereinigten Staaten. [The date palm in the southwest of the United States.] Tropenflanzer 24: 65-72. 1 fig. 1921. — The author discusses the introduction of the date palm from Africa into the U. S. A., where it is now grown in Arizona and California. The propagation, pruning, and upkeep of a date palm plantation in southwestern U. S. A. are discussed, as well as artificial ripening, and the harvest of 22 varieties during 2 succeeding years. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 1122. Uphop, J. C. Th. Erfolg der Organisation des Absatzes — Obst-und Gemiisever- steigerungen in Holland. [Results of organized marketing — Auctioning fruits and vegetables in Holland.] Mollers Deutsch. Gartnerzeitg. 35: 128-130. 2 fig. 1920. 1123. Uphop, J. C. Th. Kiihl und gefrier Industrie im Amerikanischen Obstbau. [Cold storage industry in American fruitgrowing.] Gartenwelt 24: 375-378. 2 fig. 1920. — A general consideration is presented of cold storage, pre-cooling, and transport in refrigerators of apples, pears, peaches, grapes, strawberries, and raspberries. — /. C. Th. Uphof. 1124. Ward, E. N. Horticulture. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 585-587. 1921. — The article gives instructions in tree planting. — L. R. Waldron. 1125. Wellington, Richard. New and noteworthy small fruits and grapes. Canadian Hort. 44: 70-92. 1921. — A brief description is given of several promising new varieties of strawberries, raspberries, gooseberries, and grapes. — E. F, Palmer. 172 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE 1126. Anonymous. A project for planting eighty-eight thousand miles of trees. Amer. Nurseryman 34^: 31-32. 1921. — The writer digests the opinions of various interested parties on the desirability of road-side planting of trees. — J. H. Gourley. 1127. Anonymous. A promising hardy privet. Florists' Exchange 50: 665. 1 fig. 1920. — According to all reports the new Ibolium privet {Ligustrurn ovalifolium X L. Ibota) win- tered perfectly as far north as the Arnold Arboretum, though the common California species (L. ovalifolium) was in many cases killed to the ground considerably south of Massachusetts. The new privet is said to be vigorously bushy in habit, quickly responsive to pruning and shaping, of graceful form if left unpruned, flowers profusely, is easily propagated, and endures transplanting at practically any season. The writer's experience with a single test plant in northern New Jersey indicates that it is beyond question hardy, vigorous, and thrifty. — Lmo A. Minns. 1128. Anonymous. Alonsoa Warscewiczii. Florists' Exchange 50: 1231. 1920. — At- tention is called to Alonsoa as a brilliant flowered, easily grown annual, suitable for planting out in summer and for pot culture in winter; directions for propagating are given. The plant is related to the snapdragon, scarlet in color, the individual flowers in form not unlike those of Nemesia. — Lua A. Minns. 1129. Anonymous. National Rose Society's select list of roses, and instructions for pruning. 121 p., illus. National Rose Society: London, 1921. 1130. Anonymous. Nerines. Florists' Exchange 50: 1070. 1920. — Flowers of these interesting and highly decorative plants (Amaryllidaceae), in red hues and appearing like miniature amaryllis, are becoming a feature in some markets. Nerines are autumn bloomers, many of them flowering before the foliage appears; there are a number of South African species. European growers have raised many hybrids, some of the most striking by the firm of Peter Barr. — Cultural directions are given, followed by a short list of good species and hybrids. — Lua A. Minns. 1131. Anonymous. New foxgloves. Florists' Exchange 50: 159. 1920. — A new strain of foxglove (Digitalis) was exhibited at a recent meeting of the Royal Horticultural Society. The strain was originated by the Rev. W. Wilkes of Shirley Poppy fame. Some of the spikes were 7 feet high, with flowers proportionately large, all beautifully blotched or spotted. At present it does not appear to be in commerce, but the writer thinks that it will prove of real commercial value. — Lua A. Minns. 1132. Anonymous. Rapid cyclamen culture and raising of hybrids. Florists' Exchange 50: 1070. 1920. — Wollrath & Sons, Waltham, Massachusetts, are credited with having good plants in November from a March sowing, due probably to a combination of favorable con- ditions.— There are many strains of cyclamen which vary considerably in rate and continuity of growth, size at flowering time, and yield of flowers. Seed has been scarce in the market in recent years, and many growers are saving their own seed. — According to the writer no cycla- men hybrids are recorded. Efforts to cross the persicum type and the hardy Neapolitan and others have failed. The greenhouse cyclamen is conceded to have been derived from C. perstcum, sporting or gradual development being responsible for the new colors. Bulbs of C. rohlfsianum, from Tripoli — supposedly a native of the grottoes — have recently been sent to Washington by Dr. 0. Fenzi, who expresses the hope that cyclamen specialists will succeed in evolving a new type combining the characters of Cyclamen and Dodecatheon. While Cycla- men species apparently will not cross, it is thought possible that either the greenhouse cycla- men or one of the hardy species may hybridize with Dodecatheon, despite the fact that the latter is not tuberous rooted. — Lua A. Minns. 1133. Anonymous. Thalictrum dipterocarpum. Florists' Exchange 50: 385. 1920. — Thalictrums, though attractive, readily grow from seed, and easily cultured, are seldom seen No. 3, January, 1922] HORTICULTURE 173 in cultivation. Perhaps the most interesting and important species of the genus is the Chinese T. dipterocarpvm introduced by Veitch in 1907, creating much interest in Europe. It is totally distinct from other species, sending up tall spikes of purplish flowers. A pure white form recently received an award of merit in London; its origin was not given. — Lua A. Minns. 1134. Anonymous. The double snapdragon. Florists' Exchange 49: 12.31. 1920. — The writer records the appearance of a double yellow snapdragon at the nurseries of the Wagoner Floral Co., Columbia City, Indiana; also of the development of double light pink snapdragons at the nurseries of T. D. Hefko, Marshfield, Wisconsin. The latter is said to be entirely double, similar in color to "Nelrose" but an earlier, more persistent bloomer. It ships well and does not quickly drop its lower flowers. — Lua A. Minns. 1135. Anonymous. The new begonia "Peerless." Florists' Exchange 49: 74.5. 1 fig. 1920. — Begonia socotrana X a sport of begonia, "Mrs J. A. Peterson," was produced by J. A. Peterson & Sons, Cincinnati, Ohio. The originator says it is a sturdy grower, a continu- ous bloomer from October to April, holds its flowers, and is easy to propagate. It was regis- tered Feb. 5, 1920. — Lua A. Minns. 1136. Anonymous. The new hybrid begonias. Florists' Exchange SO: 1183. 1920. — The hybrid English begonias were originated a number of years ago by John Heal of the Veitch firm and first grown in the U. S. A. 10-12 years ago by Henry Schmidt of North Bergen, New Jersey. Though of surpassing lovliness, Mr. Schmidt found that the plants cast their flowers when subjected to ordinary trade conditions. The type is partly of tuberous and Socotrana parentage. The Clibran firm, England, also developed a strain differing somewhat from Veitch's and, as the Veitch firm has dissolved, Clibran has alone continued the develop- ment of the type. Whether these gorgeous begonias can be classed as of true commercial value remains to be seen. — Lua A. Minns. 1137. Anonymous. The newly discovered Kurume azaleas. Florists' Exchange 49: 762. 1920. — Attention is called to a remarkable collection of about 120 Kurume azaleas {Azalea obtusa) at the Arnold Arboretum. This collection was purchased by E. H. Wilson from Mr. Akashi, one of the 2 noted growers of these azaleas at Kurume, Japan; the collection reached the Arboretum in April, 1919. These azaleas have been developed from the wild form found, according to tradition, on Mt. Kirishima, on its wind-swept, rocky slopes of volcanic soil at and above an elevation of 3500 feet. Many of these plants at the Arboretum are trained into low standards about 20 inches high, with flattened or convex crowns. The flowers are each about |-f inch across, and are borne in clusters of from 2 to several at the end of every twig in such profusion as to almost completely hide the leaves. The colors are lus- trous and pure, — pure white and varying from pink to rose, cerise, lavender, mauve, magenta, and deep scarlet. These azaleas were developed from the wild form by Motozi Sakamota about lOOyears ago. Specialists in Kurume recognize some 250 named varieties. More than '^O kinds are quite distinct, though for practical purposes they may be reduced to 25. The Arboretum authorities state that "there is every reason to believe that they will thrive where- ever Azalea amoena has proved perfectly hardy in the open." — Lua A. Minns. 1138. Anonymous. The Shirley Poppy. Florists' Exchange 49: 1319. 1920.— The writer comments on the recent interest in Shirley Poppies, the emblem of the American Legion. Though not ideal for cut flowers, plants given plenty of room will bloom profusely for several weeks provided seed pods are removed as rapidly as formed; the range of color is now large. Buds must be cut just as they open, the stem ends passed over a flame or dipped into boiling water, and afterwards plunged into deep vases or cans of water and allowed to remain 1-2 hours; under these conditions the flowers can be successfully shipped. — The Iceland Poppy {Papaver nudicaule) is a most important market cut flower in London; it is perennial and blooms for several weeks. While a native of alpine and arctic regions, it suffers from the winter dampness in northwestern U. S. A. Plants from seed sown early will flower the same season. Where not hardy, plants may be transferred to frames or houses. By judicious 174 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, handling, flowers should be available whenever needed. Hybrids from the Iceland Poppy and another species are now available. They are similar in habit to the Iceland Poppy, but taller, stronger, and hardier, without as yet, the full range of color. — Lua A. Minns. 1139. Anonymous. The Shirley Poppy. Florists' Exchange 50: 159. 1920.— The giant form of hybrid Iceland Poppy previously referred to (see preceding entry) is now known as the "Sunbeam Poppy." It is easily raised from seed, is extremely vigorous, and is said to flower well in pots during the winter. — Liia A. Minns. 1140. Army, A. C. How to know your irises. Gard. Mag. 33: 247-249. 1921.— This gives 5 systems of classification which have been suggested by various authorities. — H. C. Thompson. 1141. Barnhart, P. D. A plant conservatory which is different. Florists' Exchange 49: 1427. 4 fig- 1920. — The writer reports the erection by Edward L. Doheny, Los Angeles, California, of an unusual type of conservatory for tropical plants. Rain water is collected from the roof, stored in a huge tank, and later distributed (by compressed air) on the plants as a fine shower from perforated pipes extending the full length of the conservatory on both sides of the ridge. The conservatory contains many fine, and some unusual, specimen plants, among the latter 2 of an unknown species of Cycad, brought from Guatemala by the explorer, Ed. Howard, of Los Angeles. — Lua A. Minns. 1142. Baxter, Samuel Newman. A boulevard tree planting without parallel. Florists' Exchange 50: 1023. 1 fig. 1920. — Roosevelt Boulevard, in Philadelphia, is a part of the Lin- coln Highway between New York and Philadelphia, the former about 7 miles long and con- sisting of 3 driveways bordered by shrubbery and 6-8 rows of trees. The author names the shrubs as well as a score of the many tree species used. The shrubs are so selected as to furnish bloom throughout the summer. The earlier plantings of trees and shrubs have now developed sufficiently to give good eff'ect. The whole is considered an unusual memorial to a great lover of the outdoors. — Lua A. Minns. 1143. Baxter, Samuel Newman. Must we discard the Oriental plane tree for northern planting? Florists' Exchange 50: 229. 1920. — The writer records observations on Oriental plane trees {Platinus orientalis of the trade) following the severe winter of 1919-20. In the spring many trees appeared dead or made a tardy and feeble effort to produce foliage, which withered or remained small and immature until well into summer. The fatalities were nearly 100 per cent in trees planted the autumn before, — sufficient evidence that fall planting is hazardous, and successful only if the winter following is favorable. A discussion follows regarding the nature of winter injury and susceptibility of this species. — The Oriental plane of most catalogues is really the maple leaved plane (P.acerifolia) rather than the true Oriental species. It is suggested that grafting on American plane stock may increase the hardiness of the Oriental species. — Lua A. Minns. 1144. Bennet, I. D. The busy woman's garden book. 334 p., I'Wws.Small, Maynard &Co.: Boston, 1920. 1145. Bbvan W. Otto of rose. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16:23-24. 1921. — The writer refers to accounts published on this subj ect in previous issues and claims that all the necessary factors, such as soil, climate, and suitability of rose culture and oil distillation to the inhabitants of Cyprus, seem favorable. This statement is followed by a review of a note in the Quarterly Summary of the Royal Botanic Society of London dealing with thetraditionaldiscovery of this delightful perfume oil. — W. Stuart. 1146. Burkholder, C. L. Vines for dwellings. Gard. Mag. 33: 198-199. 2 fig. 1921. 1147. BuRKiLL, I. H. Annual report of the Director of Gardens for the year 1920. Straits Settlements Government Gaz.[Suppl. 64.] Aug. 12, 1921. — The present is an administration report on the Botanic Gardens, Singapore, and the Waterfall Gardens, Penang. — I. H. Burkill. No. 3, January, 1922] HORTICULTURE 175 1148. Clarke, Stephenson R. Rhododendron notes, 1918. Rhododendron Soc. Notes 2: 24-25. 1920 [1921]. — The issue contains notes on the flowering of rhododendrons, behavior under cultivation, effect of frost, and a note on the peculiarity of some species of exuding on the bud-scales a gummy secretion attracting insects, which become glued fast. — Similar horti- cultural notes on rhododendrons are the chief contents of the following articles in the same publication: Cuthbert, Kathleen A. Rhododendrons at Beaufront Castle, 1919 (p. 20); Headfort, Marquess of. Effect of the wet season on rhododendrons at Headfort (p. 27); Johnstone, GEORCiE H. Comments (p. 2S-29); Loder, Gerald \V. (p. 30-.31); McDouall, Kenneth. Chinese rhododendron seedlings at Logan (p. 32); Magor, E. J. P. Rhododen- dron notes — Lamellen, 1919-1920 (p. 3.3-35); Maxwell, Herbert. Notes from Monreith, Wigtownshire (p. 3^.-37); Stirling-Maxwell, John. Rhododendrons at Carrour, Inverness- shire (p. 3S-39); Moore, F. W. Rhododendrons and shade (p. 40); Moore, H. Armytage. Rhododendron australe and othernotes (p. 41); Rothschild, Lionel db. Notes on my garden at Exbury (p. 42^3); Williams, J. C. Notes upon the Lapponicum group (p. 49-50); two arti- cles by Bladensburg, John Ross of. A few notes on plants at Castlewellan, Ireland (p. 44-45) and Effects of drought at Rostrevor (p. 46-47). The number also contains notes on other trees and shrubs. — Alfred Rehder. 1149. Cowperwaite, W. T. Successful planting with really hardy plants. Gard, Mag. 33 : 31-34. 5fig. 1921. 1150. Crowell, S. W. a talk on bedding roses. Florists' Exchange SO: 1119. 1920. — The writer has, during the past 25 years, tested more than 2000 varieties of bedding roses in the open ground (in Mississippi) with only a minimum amount of care and attention in order to determine the value of each variety under conditions usually encountered in the gardens throughout the country. Many varieties were found to be admirably suited, but the majority proved wholly unable to withstand the winter. Bedding roses of even robust habit require attention as to soil conditions, drainage, food, sunlight, and pruning. That a garden rose do well on its own roots is of first importance. A long list of bedding roses for the South is given, grouped under the headings: Teas, Hybrid Teas, Bourbons, China Roses, Hybrid Remontant, Rugosas and their hybrids, and Baby Roses. A shorter list is given for the small rose garden. — Lua A. Minns. 1151. Cunningham, Mary P. A successful planting for "old fashioned" effect. Gard. Mag. 33 : 16-20. 8 ^Sr. 1921. 1152. D., H. D. Forcing our native Cypripediums for Easter. Florists' Exchange 50: 1063. 1 fig. 1920. — Three native species of Cypripedium can be obtained from collectors of native plants at profitable prices. The dormant roots should be potted in late fall (November) and will bloom during late February, March, and April. C. acaule, C. pubescens, and C. spectabile — often termed C. reginae — are described, with detailed directions regarding culture. C. specta- bile is considered the most beautiful of the 3. — Lua A. Minns. 1153. Dunbar. John. Native hawthorns for our gardens. Gard. Mag. 33: 102-107. 5 fig. 1921. — The native American hawthorns are brieflly discussed including an historical sketch and a classification into species and groups, some of which are briefly described. — H. C. Thompson. 1154. Egan, W. C. Rosa rugosa and its hybrids. Amer. Nurseryman 34': 51. 1921. — A brief history is given of the various forms of this rose now in cultivation. — J. H. Gourley, 1155. Eldredge, Arthur G. Native prairie flowers for our [U. S. A.] gardens. Gard. Mag. 33: 314-317. 7 fig. 1920. — This is a plea for the use of wild plants of the prairies; a list of those likely to dissappear is given. — H. C. Thompson. 1156. Farrington, E. I. Joys of suspense and discovery. Gard. Mag. 32: 305-307. 4 fig. 1921. — A brief discussion is presented of the season's novelties in flowers; those worthy of trial are mentioned. — H. C. Thompson. 176 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1157. Farrington, E. I. Some new plants for the window gardener. Gard. Mag. 32 : 261- 262. Sfig. 1921. 1158. Farrington, E. I. What's new in shrubs. Gard. Mag. 33: 38^1. 6 fig. 1921. 1159. Gibson, Henry. Plants for the porch. Gard. Mag. 33: 244-245. 1921. 1160. GiLLETT, Kenneth. Native plants for rock gardens. Florists' Exchange 49: 479, 506. 1920. — The writer notes the tendency toward the greater use of native plants for American gardens due to restrictions on importation and other causes. Though many are commonplace they can be made unusual by proper planting. A list is given of native New England plants suitable for that portion of rock garden shaded for at least a portion of the day; when such plants also thrive in the open sun that fact is mentioned. Most of the plants are briefly described, including soil and moisture requirements. Besides the more common herbaceous perennials, the list includes orchids, ferns, low evergreen plants, and trailers. — Lua A. Minns. 1161. Griffiths, David. A timely hint on Easter lily handling. Florists' Exchange 50: 763. 1 fig. 1920. — The attention of florists growing Easter lilies for the first time is called to the necessity of handling the seedlings before winter sets in, especially from Washington, D. C., north. "There are 2 reasons for this: (1) The seedlings of this lily do not go dormant until they blossom, unless forced to do so; the young plants consequently go into the winter in vege- tative condition. (2) They are necessarily shallow, having been set out as very small plants." If wanted for bloom the 1st year, the seedlings should be potted before cold weather and given the ordinary treatment for pot-grown Easter lily bulbs. Otherwise the plants should be dug before the temperature goes below 25°F., dried until the leaves pull off easily, reset in rich soil about 4 inches deep, and later in the season mulched with well-rotted manure, which should remain on the beds next season. The writer's experience with lilies in Washington proves the necessity of resetting for successful outdoor wintering. — Lua A. Minns. 1162. Griffiths, David. A timely hint on lily production. Florists' Exchange 49: 708. 1 fig. 1920. — Carefully selected plants of great vigor and good production should be used as seed parents. Two plants, each with 4 (better 3) pods, will yield enough seed (250 or more per pod) for the average grower. Seed-producers may receive light feeding once a week from the time buds appear. Experiments at Washington D. C., show that the Easter lily is most profitably treated as an annual, 15-months-old plants yielding as good and as many flowers as 3- year, 8-9-inch bulbs; also, time and labor are conserved and disease practically eliminated. The belief is expressed that an early strain can be selected, the seed of which can be sown in frames in late autumn (germinating in April), and the seedlings planted out in May. Such plants would have 6 months in the open, after which they would be potted and forced for Easter, reducing the time for growing to 11 months and eliminating the use of the greenhouse in spring. — Lua A. Minns. 1163. Griffiths, David. Growing easier lilies in the hardy garden. Gard. Mag. 33: 107-108. Ifig. 1920. 1164. Hagenburger, Carl. Substitutes for debarred blooming plants. Florists' Ex- change 50: 1121. 1920. — It appears that the Azalea is the only blooming plant whose exclusion by quarantine is very keenly felt. There are no real substitutes, the nearest approach being the French hydrangea, and it seems probable that in the near future more of these will be grown than has hitherto been the case with Azaleas. Among substitute plants, Ardisia, Aucuba, and Solanum are mentioned; it appears that large quantities of the first 2 will be grown profitably in the South. Solanums are now grown in large numbers. The following are listed and briefly described: Erica; Poinsettia; begonias of the semi- tuberous and semperfijrens types; Primula malacoides and P. obconica; late-flowering chrysanthemums for Thanksgiving; Cyclamen; Genista; Bougainvillea; Marguerite; Delphinium, Belladonna, and roses. — Lua A. Minns. No. 3, January, 1922] HORTICULTURE 177 1165. Hatfield, T. D. Raising yews from seed at Wellesley. Gard. Mag. 33: 23-25 9 fig. 1921. 1166. Hudson, Leslie. Annuals to fill the gaps. Gard. Mag. 32: 249-250. 3 fig. 1921. 1167. Johnston, R. B. Saving the red cedars for our gardens. Gard. Mag. 32: 329-331. 4 fig. 1921. — A brief discussion is given of the red cedar as an ornamental tree and its impor- tance as a host for one stage of the apple rust, Gymnosporangium Juniperi-virginianae Schw. The writer believes that its use as an ornamental is not justified, particularly if planted near orchards. — H. C. Thompson. 1158. King, Louisa (Yeomans). [Mrs. Francis King.] Pages from a garden note-book. 291 p., illus. C. Scribners Sons: New York, 1921. 1169. Mitchell, Sidney B. Irises in the California garden. Gard. Mag. 33: 257-258. 4 fig. l'^2l. 1170. Steele, Asa. The gardens of France. Gard. Mag. 33: 320-325. 8 fig. 1920.— The article deals with ornamental plantings rather than with fruits and vegetables. — H. C. Thompson. 1171. Steele, Fletcher. Color charts for gardeners. Gard. Mag. 33: 185-186. 1921. 1172. Stiles, E. C. Common sense in planning your grounds. Gard. Mag. 32: 236-23S* 5 fig. 1921. — The author discusses the planning of the home grounds, including the location of the house and other buildings and the planting plan of the grounds; 3 plans are given to illustrate different arrangements. — H. C. Thompson. 1173. Theiss, Lewis Edwin. "Under his own vine and fig tree." The productive plant as a landscape feature. Gard. Mag. 32: 239-241. 5 fig. 1921. — The author discusses the use of fruit trees and other fruit plants in beautifying the home grounds. — H. C. Thompson. 1174. Uphof, J. C. Th. Wenig bekannte Bliitenpflanzen aus den westlichen Staaten Nordamerikas. [Little known flowering plants of the western states of North America.] Gart- enwelt 24: 317-319, 327-328. 8 fig. 1920.— More wild species of flowering plants in western U. S. A. should be introduced in the gardens of Europe, including Lysichitum camtschatcense (L.) Schott., Lathyrus splendens Kellog, Delphinium cardinale, Hook., species of Eriogonum and Dodecatheon, Eustoma Russelianum (Hook.) Grisch, Calochortus Kennedyi Benth., Erythraea venusta Gray. For hybridization with existing garden plants Lathyrus splendens, Trollius alhiflorus (Gray) Rydl, and various species of Pentstemon are suggested. — ■/. C. Th. Uphof. 1175. Wild, Henry. Dwarf evergreens for pictoral relief in border planting and bedding. Gard. Mag. 33: 191-194. 5 fig. 1921. 1176. Wild, Henry. Evergreens for hedges and screens. Gard. Mag. 33: 124-127. 6fig. 1921. 1177. Wilder, Louise Beebe. Pinks for border and rock garden. Gard. Mag. 32: 255- 256. Ifig. 1921. HORTICULTURE PRODUCTS 1178. Betscher, C. What dahlia produces the most tubers? Florists' Exchange 49: 635. 1920. — As a rule the Show Dahlia produces the heaviest clumps of tubers. In good soil "Bird of Passage" and "Ruby Queen" are heavy yielders. "Mrs. Chas. Turner" (decorative), "Souv. Douzan," and "Nymphae" are also very productive. In each class a few are heavy. The writer has observed that in rich soil and under similar conditions, such as length of season, all yield about the same weight. — Lua A. Minns. 178 HORTICULTURE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1179. Be VAN, W. Pirina. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 37. 1921. — Pirina is a liquid product obtained from the olive. Analysis shows that it contains 5-12 per cent of oil depending on method of extraction. In its crude state it is suitable only for fuel purposes, though it is claimed that the oil, if it could be extracted, would be very useful in soap making. — W. Stuart. 1180. Cruess, W. v., and A. W. Christie. Dehydration of fruits (a progress report). California Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 330. 50-77 . 1921. — A table is given listing in brief form the tested methods of preparation and conditions of dehydration recommended for various fruits. These recommendations apply to the air-blast tunnel type of dehydrater, which so far has proved most satisfactory for general fruit dehydration. — Further investigations are under way, many by operators of dehydraters, on various phases of dehydration. It is fully expected, therefore, that many of the present practices may be greatly modified during the next few years, making it necessary to revise accordingly the recommendations given in the submitted table. — A. R. C. Haas. 1181. M[ilsum], J. N. Crop records of oil palms. Agric. Bull. Federated Malay States 8: 247-255. 1920 [1921]. — The yield of the oil-palm, Elaeis guineensis, is given. — I. H. Burkill. 1182. WiLMORE, W. W. What dahlia produces the most tubers? Florists' Exchange 49: 706, 1920. — The author has found the following varieties heavy producers in the order named: "Earl of Pembroke," "Mrs. Chas. Turner," "Cornucopia," "A. D. Livoni," "Robert Broom- field," and "Kreimhilde." He has known the 1st to produce, from a single small tuber, clumps weighing 6-8 pounds, and thinks it probably could be made to yield 10-12 pounds on heavily fertilized soil. For root production seedlings as planting stock would be more econom- ical than tubers, the 1st year seedlings being conspicuously heavy root producers. It is con- sidered likely that the chemical composition of different varieties will vary as widely as it does in the sugar beet. — Lua A. Minns. VEGETABLE CULTURE 1183. Addis, J. M. Experimentos con boniatos. [Experiments with sweet potatoes.] Rev. Agric. Com. y. Trab. [Cuba] 4: 478^79. 1921. — Yields of different varieties of sweet potatoes {Ipomaea batatas) and yield of plants grown from large, medium, and small potatoes of each variety are compared. In 1920 the plants from medium-sized tubers gave the larger yields in most cases. — F. M. Blodgett. 1184. Deshmukh, G. B. Some tests of garden vegetables in Singapore-lettuces. Gardens' Bull. Straits Settlements 2: 421-422. 1921. — Lettuces of different origin were cultivated comparatively with the object of ascertaining which races do best in the climate of Singapore. — /. H. Burkill. 1185. Gibson, Henry. When you make your plans. Card. Mag. 32: 232-235. 5 fig. 1921. — The author discusses the planning of a practical garden including vegetables, fruits, and various kinds of herbaceous and woody ornamentals. Directions and plans for the vegetable garden are given. — H. C. Thompson. 1186. Kruhm, Adolph. Why dont the lettuces "head"? Gard. Mag. 33: 113. 1921.— This article answers the question by suggesting varieties which will form heads under different temperature conditions provided the plants are properly spaced and given good cultural treat- ment.— H. C. Thompson. 1187. ViLMORiN, J. DE, ET A. Meunissier. Formes diverses de haricots d'Espagne. [Diverse forms of Spanish beans.] Jour. Soc. Nation. Hort. France 22: 131-134. 1921. — The variability of the Spanish bean (Phaseolus multiflorus), which is grown as an ornamental climber in France, is discussed. Discriptions are given of various forms which have originated by accidental crossing with the common bean. From a black-seeded variety 10 distinct colors appeared in the 2nd year and at least 40 forms could be recognized. — H. C. Thompson. No. 3, January, 1922] MORPHOLOGY, ETC., VASC. PLANTS 179 MORPHOLOGY, ANATOMY AND HISTOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS E. W. SiNNOTT, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1017, 1040, 1042, 1094, 1285) 1158. CosTANTiN, J. Note sur les collections micrographiques de la chairs de botanique (organographie et physiologie). [Note on the micrographic collections of the chair of botany (or- ganography and physiology).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 336. 1920. — The collection of anatomical preparations of the laboratory of organography and physiology contains over 40,000 sections; these are principally of phanerogams. About 7,500 are of fossil plants. — E. B. Payson. 1159. CosTERUS, J. C. Dialyse du pistil de Rhododendron sp. [Dialysis of the pistil of Rhododendron sp.] Recueil Trav. Bot. Neerland. 18: 231-235. 1 pi. 1921. — An Instance of dialysis in Rhododendron is recorded. — /. C. Th. Uphof. 1190. Haberlandt, Gottlieb. Physiologische Pflanzenanatomie. [Physiological plant anatomy.] 5th ed., rev. and enlarged, 670 p. Leipzig, 1918. 1191. LoNGO, B. Ricerche sul melo "senza fiori " (Pyrus apetala Miinch.). [Investigation of an apple "without flowers."] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 292:290-291. 1920.— This plant was found to have minute pistilliferous flowers. The flowers are not pollinated, not being visited by insects, but give rise to fruit without seeds. The case is thus interpreted as one of true parthenocarpy. The ovaries contained ovules. Trials at pollination succeeded, and seeds developed. — F. M. Blodgett. 1192. Petri, L. Sulle cause di arresto di sviluppo dell' ovario nel fiore dell ' olivo. [On the cause of the arrested development of the ovary in the flower of the olive.] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 29': 472-477. 1920.— The author disagrees with the conclusions of Pirotta [see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 133], who groups olives into 4 classes depending on the presence or absence of reduction in stamens or pistil or both. He cites one of his previous publications to show that reduction of the pistil depends on surrounding conditions, particularly on water supply to the tree or branch, and that the reduction of floral parts varies in the same tree from year to year and in different parts of an orchard or tree according to conditions. — F. M. Blodgett. 1193. Prouty, W. F. A more phenomenal shoot. Science 54: 170. 1921. — Another shoot [see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1196] from Paulovmia tomentosa is here reported to have made a seasonal growth in 1920 of 21 feet 6 inches, with 24 internodes and a basal circumference of 10 inches. — C.J. Lyon. 1194. Provasi, T. Contributo alio studio del nettarostegi. [Contribution to our knowledge of nectar-protecting devices in flowers.] Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 27: 154-206. 1920. — A review is presented of previous work on the subject of nectar-protecting devices, followed by the author's own investigation. The morphological classification of these "Saftdecken" reveals many types commonly observed in various plant families, notably the Labiatae, Borraginaceae, Scrophulariaceae, Solanaceae, and others. He sums up his general observations of the morphology and anatomy of these structures and lists the names of the plants studied and the classes to which they belong. — Ernst Artschwager. 1195. Sears, Paul B. Variation in Taraxacum. Science 53: 189. 1921. — "Degree of leaf dissection is correlated with the age of a given rosette," older plants having leaves more dis- sected. If they appear to have smooth, entire leaves, upon examination it will be found that such leaves grow from younger branches. — C. J. Lyon. 1196. Wells, B. W. A phenomenal shoot. Science 54: 13-14. 1921. — A shoot from a trunk of Paulotonia tomentosa (Thunb.) Stend. grew to the length of 19 feet 5 inches in 1 season (1919). [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1193.]— C. J. Lyon. 180 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, ALGAE [Box. Absts., Vol. X, MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF ALGAE E. N. Transeau, Editor L. H. Tiffany, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 948, 970, 977, 1247, 1348, 1358, 1393) 1197. BuscH, W. Beitrag sur Kenntnis der Coccolithophoridae. [Contribution to our knowledge of the Coccolithophoridae.] Arch. Naturgesch. Abt. A 85: 50-54. Fig. 1-2. 1919 [1920]. — Descriptions of Syracosphaera atlantica n. sp. (S. spec. Lohmann?) and Coccolithophora leptopora (Muw. & Blackm.) Lohmann are presented. — C. E. Allen. 1198. Gleisberg, Walther. Beitrag zur Algenflora des Proskauer Teichgebietes. [Contribution to the algal flora of the Proskau group of ponds.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 199-207. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — A list of Desmidiaceae and Protococcales collected by the author, and of additional members of the same groups reported by Kirchner, in a group of ponds near Proskau is presented together with brief notes on the ecology of the ponds and on several new varieties. — R. M. Holman. 1199. J0RSTAD, IvAR. Unders0kelserover zygoternes spiring hos Ulothrixsubflaccida Wille. [Investigations on the germination of zygotes of UlothrLx subflaccide.] Nyt. Mag. Naturvi- denskab. 56:61-68. Fig. 1-25. 1919. — J0rstad has described the germination of the resting spores of Ulothrix subflaccida, a marine member of the genus. He reviews the work of Dodel and Klebs on the fresh water species, Ulothrix zonata. According to Dodel, the contents of the zygote, after a relatively long period, divides into 2-14 non-motile cells, each showing an eye- spot and an organ for attachment. Klebs observed in cultures the formation of ' 'zygotes" with and without conjugation. In about a month both kinds germinated readily, producing 2^ non- motile cells without eye-spot. Further, no organ of attachment was observed. Klebs sug- gested that the resting cells which germinated by forming 2 cells were non-sexual while the others, producing in germination 4 cells, were formed by the fusion of gametes. — J0rstad's observations agree in the main with those of Dodel. He describes the resting cells or zygotes as generally spherical, sometimes egg-shaped, frequently with an attachment organ, and very variable in size. On germination the contents divides into a considerable number of cells, as many as 14, depending upon the size of the z3'gote. These cells are non-motile, have no eye-spot, and the chromatophore can not be readily seen, although the pyrenoid is evident. The cells may form new filaments before escaping from the zygote wall. — A. Gundersen. 1200. Rose, M. Recherches biologiques sur le plankton. [Biological researches on plank- ton.] Bull. Inst. Oceanograph. Monaco 385. 16 p. 1921. — The work was done with copepods, but the methods are of interest in that they may be largely paralleled by workers on phyto- plankton. — T. C. Frye. 1201. Sauvageau, Camillb. Observations biologiques sur le Polysiphonia fastigiata, Grev. [Biological observations on Polysiphonia fastigiata.] Recueil Trav. Bot. N^erland. 18: 213-230. Fig. 6. 1921. — Polysiphonia fastigiata is not an epiphyte but a parasite; the rhizoids are endophytic in character. The exclusive presence on Ascophyllum and Fucus argues for an adoption of the parasitic habit, though the species appears less on the latter than on the former. Notwithstanding its parasitic nature, the spores easily germinate in cultures and form small plants. — J. C. Th. Uphof. 1202. Schr5der. Bruno. Schwebepflanzen aus dem Saabor-See und aus den grosseren Seen bei Liegnitz. [Phytoplankton from Saabor Lake and from the larger lakes near Liegnitz.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 122-135. 1920. — The author enumerates the forms collected with plankton net in 5 small Silesian lakes, presents a table of the distribution in these lakes of the 92 species found, discusses the ecology of certain of the forms, and describes new or critical organisms which were encountered. The new species are Scenedesmus arthrodesmiforme and No. 3, JaxNUARY, 1922] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 181 S. pseudodispar. The paper closes with a table in which Schlawa Lake, the 5 lakes discussed in the paper, and 2 ponds in the same vicinity are compared as to position, altitude, form, size, depth, number of species of different classes of algae, and ecological character. — R. M. Holman. MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF BRYOPHYTES Alexander VV. Evans, Editor (See in this issue Entries 970, 983, 990, 993, 997) MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY OF FUNGI, LICHENS, BACTERIA, AND MYXOMYCETES H. M. FiTZPATRiCK, Editor (See also in tliis issue Entries 931, 932, 934, 935, 936, 954, 968, 969, 1041, 1071, 1075, 1091, 1354, 1355, 1359, 1393, and others in the section Pathology) FUNGI 1203. Anonymous. Index to American mycological literature. Mycologia 13 : 195-199. 1921. 1204. Bataille, Frederic. Cortinarius suaveolens Bataille et Joachim nov. sp. Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 85-86. 1920. — The species differs from C. calochrous and C. dibaphus in having a characteristic perfume and color; it is evidently intermediate between them.— D. S. Welch. 1205. BouRDOT, H. Two new Basidiomycetes. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 50-54. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — Corticiuni Pearsonii and Heterochaete crystallina are described as new. Heterochaetella is erected as a new sub-genus within the genus Heterochaete. — W. B. Mc- Dougall. 1206. BouRDOT, H., et A. Galzin. Hymenomycetes de France — VI. Asterostromes. [French Hymenomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 43-47. 1920. — Speculations are presented as to the origin of the stellate cystidia characterizing this group. A description of the genus Asterostroma with 3 species and Asterodon with 1 species is given. — D. S. Welch. 1207. BouRDOT, H., ET L. Maire. Notes critiques sur quelques Hymenomycetes nou- veaux ou peu connus. [Some new or little known Hymenomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 69-85. 1 fig. 1920. 1208. Chenantais, J. E. Sillon et pores germinatifs. [Germinal ridge and pores.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 29-33. 9 fig. 1920. — The question is raised as to the value of germinal ridges in determining relationships, particularly in the Xylariaceae and Rosellinia. Many satisfactory relationships have been established without reference to this character. Examples of Anthostoma, Hypoxylon, and Clypeosphaeria show that minute spore characters are not always reliable. The germinal ridge merely indicates the manner of dehiscence in certain types of spores. On the other hand, such a structure should not be overlooked since it should serve to indicate that other more conclusive affinities may exist. — D. S. Welch. 1209. Duverxoy, a., etR. Maire. Une nouvelle Dematiee & conidies pseudo-endogenes. [A new form of the Dematiaceae with pseudo-endogenous conidia.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 86-89. 6 fig. 1920.— Endophragmia nov. gen. ad interim is described with E. mirabilis n. sp. ad interim as the type. A peculiar method of conidia formation is described. The 1st spore forms at the tip of a conidiophore in a perfectly normal way. The 2nd forms 182 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [Box. Absts., Vol. X, inside a collar left by the 1st. After being raised on a short stalk it is discharged, leaving another collar above the 1st. — D. S. Welch. 1210. Elliott, Jessie S. Bayliss, and Helena C. Chance. Three fungi imperfecti. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 47-49. Fig. a-b. 1921. — Cytotriplospora Pint is described as a new genus and species. The other 2 fungi discussed are Naemospora Strobi Allescher and Fusicoccum bacillare S. & P. — W. B. McDougall. 1211. Ferdinandsen, C.,etP.Winge. UromycesAirae-flexuosaesp.nov. Bull.Trimest Soc. Mycol. France 36: 162-164. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — The authors find teleutospores of a Uromy- ces associated with the well-known Uredo Airae-flexuosae, and accordingl}'- establish Uromyces Airae-flexuosae sp. n. — D. S. Welch. 1212. Fron, et Lasnier. Sur una Chytridinee parasite de la luzerne. [A chytrid parasitic on alfalfa.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 5S-61. PI. 5, 3 fig. 1920.— Urophlyctis Al- falfae produces tumors or hypertrophies on alfalfa, affecting only the aerial parts. It is wide- spread in distribution and probably one of the causes of premature withering of alfalfa. The parasite develops within the tissue of the host. "Resting sporangia" are produced. There is a slight development of mycelium which aids in spreading the infection. No true mitosis is observed nor anything suggesting sexuality. — D. S. Welch. 1213. GonzXles Fragosa, R. Quelques mots sur une nouvelle Lophiostomacee. [Re- marks on a new member of the Lophiostomataceae.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 103- 106. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — A description is presented of Lophiotretna Pteridis f. n. ad interim on fronds of Pteris aquilina. — D. S. Welch. 1214. GuiLLiERMOND, A. Zygosaccharomyces Pastori, nouvelle espece de levures k copula- tion heterogamique. [A new heterogamic species of yeast.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 203-211. PL 11-13, 1 fig. 1920. — Another addition to the growing list of heterogamic yeasts is described. The morphological and cultural characters of Zygosaccharomyces Pastori n. sp. are given. — D. S. Welch. 1215. GuiLLiERMOND, A.,'et Peju. Une nouvelle espece de levures du genre Debaryomyces, D. Kllockerii, n. sp. [A new species of yeast.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 164-171. PI. 6-10. 1920. — A detailed description of the morphological and cultural characters of a new species of yeast is given. This form, Debaryomyces Klockerii n. sp., is of unusual interest since it appears to be a form intermediate between the Saccharomycetaceae and the Endomyce- taceae. — D. S. Welch. 1216. Johnstone, R. B. Audibility of the spore discharge in Otidea leporina. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 86. 1921. — The puffing of Otidea leporina was found to be accompanied by a hissing sound that could be distinctly heard at a distance of 6 feet. — W. B. McDougall. 1217. Kobel, Fritz. Zur Biologic der Trifolien-bewohnenden Uromycesarten. [Biology of the forms of Uromyces on Trifolium.] Centralbl. Bakt. II Abt. 52 : 215-235. 1920.— A morpho- logic and biologic study of the autoecious species of Uromyces on clover is presented. The biologic species were found to be of rather wider range than usually described. Studies on the sculpturing, size, and form of the teleutospores would indicate that the species consist of a conglomerate of races. — M. A. Raines. 1218. Laubert, R. Schmarotzer Pilze und Pflanzenkrankheiten aus Polen und Masuren. [Parasitic fungi and plant diseases from Poland and Masuria.] Centralbl. Bakt. II Abt. 52 : 236- 244. 1920. — The author presents a classified list of parasitic fungi collected while serving in the army 1915-1918. — Anthony Berg. 1219. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes No. 62. 904-944. Fig. 1598-1747. 1920.— A por- trait of J. C. Arthur appears on the cover and is followed in the text by a chronological arrange- No. 3, January, 1922] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 183 ment of the chief events in his life. — The body of the publication contains, among other things, the following species described as new: Lenzites abielis, Colorado; Irpex crasailatus, Iowa; Calocera pabnata, Massachusetts; Aleurodiscus granlii, Washington; A. crassus, Oregon; Exidia zelleri, Oregon; Polyporus peakensis, Colorado; Lasclda chippii and Xylaria kedahae, Straits Settlements; Cordyceps rickii and Isaria myrmicidae, Brazil; Ilydnuvi pulcher, Poly- porus arenosobasus, Dacryomyces australia, and Aleurodiscus capensis, South Africa; Fomes longoporus and F. gossweileri, IPortuguese West Airica.; Dendrocladium fruiicola, Polyporus fuscatus, P. biogilvus, P. vandykei, and Fomes durissimus, Africa; Isaria cocoa, Philippines; Aleurodiscus oricntalis, Japan; Daedalea ridleyi, Singapore; Cordyceps almonae and Auricula totarae, New Zealand; Polyporus molliculus, Ceylon; and P. pseudogilvus, Cuba. — Notes on the following genera are more or less monographic: Aleurodiscus, Cordyceps, Poronia, and Tham- nomyces. A considerable number of notes on other genera are also included. — The plant that has passed in American mycology as Sebacina dendroidea is now referred to Inslilale bombacina of the Fungi Imperfecti. — L. O. Ovcrholts. 1220. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes No. 63. 945-984. 1920.— The number is given over almost entirely to listing collections received, with occasional notes. Announcement is made that hereafter material previously noted in the "Letters" will be included in "Mycologi- cal Notes;" The Letters thus end with No. 69. — The present issue lists collections received from correspondents in various parts of the U. S. A., from France, Cuba, Java, South Africa, Mexico, India, Africa, Bahamas, Brazil, New South Wales, Singapore, Australia, Jamaica, New Zealand, Hawaii, West Africa, Japan, Denmark, Barbados, Ceylon, England, Tasmania, Belgian Congo, East Africa, Guam, and Scotland. — New species are described as follows: Geaster caespitosus, Missouri; Merulitis carbonarius, Washington; Irpex pallidus, Bahamas; Hexagona umbrosus, Singapore; Lycoperdon tephrum, Africa; Polyporus multisetosus, Australia; and P. verecundiis, Guam. — The usual number of miscellaneous notes on various genera are included. — L. 0. Overholts. 1221. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes No. 64. 985-1029. Fig. 1748-1859. 1920.— The cover carries a portrait of the late G. W. Clinton, of Buffalo, New York, together with a short biographical account. — New species are described as follows: Exidia beardsleei. North Caro- lina; Tylostoma mohavei, California; Polysiictus rarus. South Carolina (?); Stereum incisum, S. cuneoforme, Kretzschmaria botrites, Laschia similis, Polystictus bicolor, P. pallidus, P. ano- malosus, Polyporus cystididoides, P. ater, P. acervatus, Hydnurn ferreus, H. maliensis, and Hexagona angulata, Singapore; Polystictus subcaperatus and Podaxon anomalum, Australia; Thelephora penicillata, Tremella microspora, and Cytidia sirnulans, South Africa; Ptychogaster niger, West Africa; Polyporus angolensis, Polystictus luteo-affinis, and Phyllotremella (nov. gen.) africanus, Africa; Polystictus cxineato-brunneus, Fomes magnosporus, and Hexagona fer- ruginosa, Philippines. — In addition, specimens of fungi are recorded as having been received from various parts of the U. S. A., from India, South Africa, France, Canada, Singapore, Holland, Chile, Japan, New Zealand, England, Philippines, Ecuador, Zanzibar, Brazil, Jamaica, Cuba, and Africa. The usual number of miscellaneous notes on species of various genera are included. — L. 0. Overholts. 1222. Lloyd, C. G. Mycological Notes No. 65. 1029-1101. Fig. 1859-2018. 1921.— The usual cover page is given over to a photograph of Oreste Mattirolo, the Italian mycologist, and a short biographical sketch follows. A smaller portrait of Rev. F. Theiszen is also pre- sented, together with a notice of his death. — New species are described asioWo^vs: Melanogaster mollis, Wyoming; Merulius erectus, Minnesota; Tremellodendron hibbardii, Massachusetts; Tremella carneo-alba, North Carolina; Hypoxylon magnosporum, New Jersey; Lycoperdon globosepiriforme, Colorado; Hydnangium pallidum, Trametes rugoso-picta, Merulius ochrcKCus, and Aleurodiscus scopulatus, Ecuador; Podocrea transvaalii and Tylostoma iransvaalii, South Africa; Dubiomyces (nov. gen.) viridis, Jamaica; Polyporus flabellaris, P. superniger, P. oroniger, P. armadillus, P. ramosii, P. melanoporus, Trichoscypha magnispora, Podocrea anomala, Xylaria divisa, X. tiinorensis, Stereum auriscalpium, S. felloi, Pterula incisa, and Phyllomyces (nov. gen.) multiplex, Philippines; Polystictus albobadius, Polyporus sepiae. 184 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, and P. hurkillii, Singapore; Stereum (Hymenochaete) speciosum, Porto Rico; Trametes versi- color, Chile; Hypoxylon rostratum, Diploderma cretaceum, Trametes subminima, Polystictus radiato-rugosus, and Lentinus atro-lucidus, Tasmania; Xylaria composita, West Africa; Cor- dyceps thwaitsii, Ceylon; C. hillii, New Zealand; Fames latistipitatus, Phyllocarbon (no v. gen.) yasudai, Aleurodiscus ts^igae, A. stereoides, and Polyporus juxta-rugosus, Japan; Pty- chogaster aureus and Polyporus victoriensis, Australia,; Polyporus duroporus, China; Trametes guatemalensis, Guatemala. — Notes on the genera Kretzschmaria and Melanogaster are more or less monographic. Miscellaneous notes on other genera are included. — Specimens are recorded as being received from various parts of the U. S. A., from Canada, India, South Africa, Bahamas, France, Switzerland, Porto Rico, Singapore, Australia, Fiji Islands, Holland, New Zealand, China, Syria, Philippines, Borneo, Sumatra, Belgium, Italy, Ecuador, Zanzibar, Brazil, Tasmania, and Belgian Congo. — L. O. Overholts. 1223. Mangin, L., et F. Vincbns. Sur un noveau genre d'Adelomycetes, le Spirospora Castaneae n. sp. [A new genus of Adelomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 89-97. Fig. 1-7. 1920. — A new fungus has been discovered in examining chestnuts affected with black-rot. The organism seems to belong near Mycogone in the Adelomycetes; the new genus Spirospora is established and the single species S. Castaneae described. The note states that the word Adelomycetes has been previously suggested by one of the authors to replace the expression Fungi Imperfecta — D. S. Welch. 1224. Maublanc, M. Contribution k I'etude de la flora mycologique bresilienne. [Con- tribution to the flora of Brazil.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 33-^3. PL 2-4, fig. 1-11. 1920. — The present article begins a series on fungi collected by the author in Brazil (1912-14). Under the heading. "I. Fungi Novi Braziliensis," appear descriptions of the fol- lowing: Dimeriella caracaensis n. sp.; Sphaerella ilicicola n. sp.; Metasphaeria stromaticola n. sp.; Leptosphaeria paraguariensis n. sp.; Nectria badia n. sp.; Uropolystigma (n. gen. Nec- triaceae) atro-testaceum n. sp.; Calonectria coralloides n. sp.; Giberella longispora n, sp.; Asterina Maublancii (Arnaud) nob.; Dimerosporium Triumfettae Arn.; Maublancia Myrtacea- rum Arn.; Morenonia inaequalis Maubl.; Pestalozzia paraguariensis n. sp.; Cercospora Byr- sonimatis n. sp.; Cercospora ilicicola n. sp.; Cercospora Trigonellae n. sp.; Gibellula arach- nophila (Ditm.) Vuill. forma macropus n. f. — D. S. Welch. 1225. Mayor, Eugene. Etude experimentale du Puccinia Opizii Bubak. [On Puccinia Opizii Bubak.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 97-100. 1920.— Experiments verify the results of Bubak, Tranzschel, and Arthur, and demonstrate that Puccinia Opizii is able to develop aecidia on the following composites: Lactuca canadensis, L. muralis, L. perennis, L. sativa, L. scariola, L. virosa, Crepis biennis, C. taraxacifolia, C. virens, Lampsana communis, Sonchus arvensis, S. asper, S. oleraceus. Uredo- and teleutospores develop on Carex muricata and C. siccata in the U. S. A. The following composites were found to be immune: Aposeris foetida, Centaurea Jacea, C . Rhapontieum, Crepis aurea, C. blattarioides, C.foetida, C. mollis, C. paludosa, Cirsium palustra, Erigeron acer, Hypochoeris radicata, Senecio aquaticus, S. Jacobaea, S. Fuchsii, S. silvaticus. Taraxacum officinale. — D. S. Welch. 1226. MiRANDE, Robert. Zoophagus insidians Sommerstoff, capteur de rotifers vivants. [A captor of living rotifers, Zoophagus insidians.] Bull, Trimest. Soc. Mycol, France 36: 47-53. 5 fig. 1920. — This organism, probably a member of the Saprolegniaceae, is parasitic upon certain aquatic animals, especially rotifers. Short branches of the filaments apparently produce an adhesive substance at the tip. These tips come in contact with the oral cavity of animals seeking food; the animal is effectively caught. The fungus develops abundantly within the body of the animal killing and digesting it, only the chitinous parts remaining. Only one other case is known, that of A rthrobotrys oligospora (Zopf ), of a fungus able to capture living animals of a relatively higher organization. — D. S. Welch. 1227. More au, F. A propos du noveau genre Kunkelia Arthur. [A propos of the new genus Kunkeliaof Arthur.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 101-103. 1920.— Attention is No. 3, January, 1922] MOEPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 185 called to the recent work of Arthur establishing the new genus Kunkelia on the short-cycled rust occurring on Rubus in a form similar to Caeoma nitens. The geographical distribution of this form is contrasted with that of the long-cycled form, Gymnoconia inter stitialis (Schlecht. ) Lagerheim. The latter is found in colder regions and at higher altitudes. These results are in accord with the theory of M. and Mme. Moreau that the short-cycled Uredineae have been derived from those of a longer life-cycle by the loss of the resting spore stage following emigra- tion to a warmer climate. — D. S. Welch. 1228. Parisi, Rosa. Di alcuni parassiti delle piante medicinali e da essenze. [Some parasites of medicinal and essence-producing plants.] Riv. Patol. Veg. 11: 1-16. 1921. — Ten fungous parasites are listed and described of which 2 are new species, namely, Macrosporium Papaveris on the capsules of Papaver somniferum and Macrosporium Cavarae on the foliage of Ricinus communis. Septoria Melissae Desmazieres is transferred to the genus Phleospora. — F. M. Blodgett. 1229. Patouillard, N. Le genre Clavariopsis Holt. [The genus Clavariopsis.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 61-63. 2 fig. 1920. — This genus was established by Holter- mann for the Clavaria-like species of the genus Tremella. Three species are listed: C. pinguis Holt, type, from Java; Tremella damaecornis Moller from Brazil; C. pulchella Pat. and Har. from New Caledonia. A new species, C. prolifera, is described from the Philippines. — D. S. W'elch. 1230. Patouillard, N. Quelques champignons du Tonkin (suite) (1). [Some fungi of Tonqmn.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 174-177. 1920. — Fifteen species are de- scribed, of which the following are new: Septobasidium carbonaceum, Helicobasidium pur- pureum (Tul.) Pat. var. orientale, Spongipellis Eberhardti, and Sphaerella Mycopron. — D. S. Welch. 1231. Pearson, A. A. New British Hymenomycetes. Trans. British Mj'col. Soc. 7: 55-58. 1921. — Besides descriptive notes on 8 other species, 1 new variety, Hypochnus roseo- griseus Wakef. & Pearson var. lavandulaceus, is included. — W. B. McDougaU. 1232. Fetch, T. Presidential address. Fungi parasitic on scale insects. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 18-40. 1921. — The earliest record of a fungus parasitic on a scale insect was made in 1848 by Desmazieres, who collected specimens in Normandy growing on scale insects on willow and ash. This fungus was a conidial form and was named Microcera coccophila. Later the perithecial stage was collected by Berkeley in America and named Sphaerostilbe flammea by the Tulasnes. Later 2 other species of Sphaerostilbe were shown to be parasitic on scale insects. In Europe all 3 species are rare and very poorly developed, especially in the Microcera stage, as compared with specimens collected in the tropics. The name Micro- cera has been used for any conidial fungus with Fusarium spores which grows on a scale insect, but there are 2 common types which differ from each other generically. One of these, the true Microcera, falls in the Stilbaceae. The other belongs to the Tuberculariaceae, and for this the author proposes to establish a new genus, Pseudomicrocera. A 3rd type which proved to be neither Microcera nor Pseudomicrocera was collected in 1904 in Australia by McAlpine. For this the author proposes a new genus, Discofusarium. A new genus name, Podonectria, is proposed for 3 species of scale insect fungi which are characterized by the possession of multiseptate ascospores and a Tetracrium conidial stage. In the genera Cordyceps and Torrubiella the number of species recorded as occurring on scale insects is comparatively small, respectively 3 and 4, and very little is known about some of them. All species of .4s- chersonia are entomogenous and occur for the most part on scale insects. The perithecial stage of Aschersonia is Hypocrella and it also is entomogenous. One species of Empusa and several of Septobasidium. are known to occur on scale insects. Some species of Septobasidium after destroying the scale insects become parasitic on the host plant. Several species of Hyphomycetes have been recorded as parasitic on scale insects. About 10 species of endo- parasites of scale insects have been described, mostly belonging to the Saccharomycetes. 186 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, Entomogenous fungi destroy enormous numbers of scale insects and for this reason numerous attempts have been made, notably in Florida, to control scale insect pests by means of these fungi. After 30 years trial, however, "there is no instance of the successful control of any insect by means of fungus parasites." [See also following entry.] — W. B. McDougall. 1233. Fetch, T. Studies in entomogenous fungi. 1. The Nectriae parasitic on scale insects. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 89-132. 1921. — This paper is to be continued in the next part of the Transactions. The present installment includes a historical summary and an account of the genus Microcera, of a new genus, Pseudomicrocera, and of the genus Sphaero- stilbe. [See also preceding entry.] — W. B. McDougall. 1234. Feyronel, B. La forma ascofora della Rhacodiella castaneae, agente del nerume delle castagne. [The ascospore form of Rhacodiella castaneae, cause of the black rot of chest- nuts,] Atti Pi,. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 29^: 324r-327. 1920. — The perfect stage of Rhacodiella castaneae proved to belong in the genus Sclerotinia and was classified provisionally as aS. pseudotuberosa Rehm. A description is given. — F. M. Blodgett. 1235. Ramsbottom, J. Californian bees. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 86-88. 1921,— "Californian bees" is one of several local names for the ginger-beer plant, which is made up of 2 organisms, a yeast, Saccharomyces pyriforviis, and a bacterium. Bacterium vermiforme, living together symbiotically. It is considered probable that both organisms are benefited by the symbiosis, the bacterium obtaining metabolic substances given off by the yeast cells and the yeast benefited by removal of these same substances. — W. B. McDougall. 1236. Ramsbottom, J, The Minehead foray. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 1-10. 1921. — The 24th annual meeting and autumn fungus foray which took place at Minehead, Oct, 2, 1920, are reported and a complete list of the fungi collected, numbering about 530 species is given, — W. B. McDougall. 1237. Rea, Carleton. New or rare British Discomycetes. Trans. British Mycol, Soc. 7: 58-61, 1921. — Besides descriptive notes on 5 other species, Pustularia lecithina (Cke.) js included as a new combination and Niptera Taxi is described as new. — W. B. McDougall. 1238. Saccardo, P, a. Fungi Sinensis aliquot a cl. Prof, Otto A, Reinking collecti et communicati, [Some Chinese fungi collected and arranged by Prof, Otto A. Reinking,] Philip- pine Jour. Sci, 18: 595-605, 1921, 1239. Saccardo, P, A, Micetes Boreali Americani, [North American fungi,] Nuovo Gior. Bot. Ital. 27: 72-88. 1920.— A list is given of fungi collected by J, R. Weir,— i?ms< Artschwager. 1240. Snell, Walter H. Chlamydospores of Fomes oflScinalis in nature. Phytopathology 11: 173-174, Fig. 1. 1921. — Chlamydospores, similar to those produced in cultures, were found on specimens of wood decomposed by Fomes officinalis. Attempts to germinate the chlamydospores failed. — B. B. Higgins. 1241. VxriLLEMiN, Paul. Nouvelles souches thermophiles d'Aspergillus glaucus. [Ther- mophilic forms of Aspergillus,] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 127-136, Fig. 1-3. 1920. — Strains of Aspergillus have been found capable of growing at a maximum temperature of 38°C. Two of these, Eurotiuvi Amstelodami and E. Chevalieri, were described as new species by Mangin. Cultural studies have been made upon pathogenic forms of Aspergillus from which the author concludes that the above mentioned species are but varieties of Eurotium repens. He suggests the following names: Eurotium repens var. Amstelodami and E. repens var. Chevalieri. — D. S. Welch. 1242. Waixio, E. a. Lichenes Insularum Philippinarum III, Ann, Acad. Sci. Fennicae 15: 1-308. 1921. — Two genera of fungi are described, Melaspileela (Karst.) Wainio, with 2 No. 3, January, 1022] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 187 species, 1 being new, and Didymosphaeria Sacc, with 3 new species. [For abstract of entire paper see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1249.] — H. M. Fitzpatrick. 1243. Whitehead, T. On the life history and morphology of Urocystis cepulae. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 65-71. PL 2. 1921. — Urocystis cepulae, which causes a destructive smut disease of onions, has a relatively simple life history, chlamydospores giving rise to promycelia which develop sporidia laterally. Infection probably takes place through root hairs in the collar region of seedlings. — W. B. McDougall. 1244. Wilson, Malcolm. Notes on new or rare British fungi. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 79-85. 1921. — This paper contains notes on Dasyscypha calyciformis (Willd.) Rehm, Hypoderma pinicola Brunch, Hypoderma brachysporum (Rostr.) Tub., Cronartium ribicola F. de Waldh., Melavipsorella caryo phyllacearum Schrot., H apalosphaeria deformans Syd., Melasmia empetri Magn., Botrytis douglasii Tub., and seven species of Puccinia. — W. B. McDougalL LICHENS 1245. Knight, H. H. The lichens of Minehead district. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 16-18. 1921. — A list is given of about 146 species of lichens collected in the vicinity of Mine- head, Somersetshire, during the autumn foray of 1920. Three fungus parasites on lichens were found. — W. B. McDougall. 1246. Mereschkovsky, C. Diagnoses of some lichens. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. 8: 246-290. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — The author gives Latin diagnoses of a large number of lichens which he has previously described in Russian and French. In some cases the descriptions are brief, the collections and notes having been left in Russia. Some corrections are made to his preceding paper (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 479). — H. H. Clum. 1247. Paulson, Robert. The sporulation of gonidia in the thallus of Evernia prunastri Ach. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7:41-47. Pl.l. 1921.— "The gonidium does not multiply vegetatively as a constituent of the lichen thallus, but the original protoplast of the mother cell divides into 2, 4, 8, or 16 — sometimes more — distinctly separate wall-less masses. Each of these masses rapidly secretes a cell-wall, develops a chloroplast and nucleus and, in a short time, resembles exactly, in miniature, the mother cell as it appeared before it commenced to sporulate. The mother cell-wall, either by becoming difluent or by bursting, sets free the daughter cells." — W. B. McDougall. 1248. Paulson, Robert. The microscopical structure of lichens. Jour. QuekettMicrosc. Club 14:163-170. PI. 4, fid- i~^- 1920. — The gonidia of most lichens belong to a species of Chlorella, the cells of which do not divide vegetatively but reproduce by sporulation within the algal mother cell, much as in free Chlorella cells. "Penetration of living gonidia by hyphae seldom, if ever, takes place." — L. B. Walker. 1249. Wainio, E. a. Lichenes Insularum Philippinariim III. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fennicae 15: 1-368. 1921. — This is the 3rd and concluding paper of the series, the first 2 having been published in the Philippine Jour. Sci. Bot. 4: 651-662. 1909, and 8: 99-137. 1913.— The series is largely based on the material collected by the Bureau of Science [P. I.], supplemented by some specimens secured by Elmer and Baker. Sixty-four genera containing 514 species, besides many varieties and forms, are described in the present work, of which 11 genera and 364 species as well as a great many varieties, are offered as new to science. This makes a total of 87 genera and 635 species listed by Wainio in his 3 papers on Philippine lichens. No attempt has yet been made to collect rock lichens, which are very conspicuous in many local- ities. Following is a list of the genera described, with the number of new species and total num- ber of species described in each : Arthonia (Ach.) Wainio, 29 species (21 new) ; Aspidopyrenium Wainio, 2 species (1 new); Asterothyrium Miill.-Arg., 4 species, allnew; Bacidia DeNotaris, 17 species, all new; Baeomyces (Pers.) Mass., 7 species (2 new); Biatorella De'Sota.ns, 2 s^pecies 188 MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, (new) ; BilimbiaDe'N otavis, 14species, allnew; i?omt?/Kospora Mass., 3 species; Bottaria (Mass.) Wainio, 13 species (9 new) ; Byssolecania Wainio, new genus with 2 species (new) ; Calenia Miill.-Arg., 7 species (6 new); Calicium Persoon, 1 species (new); Catillaria (Mass.) Wainio, 9 species (8 new); Chiodecton (Ach.) Wainio, 20 species (13 new); Cladonia (Hill) Weber, 15 species (1 new); Coccocarpia Persoon, 5 species (1 new); Coenogonium Ehrenb., 5 species (1 new); Collema (Hill) Fr., 4 species (1 new); Crocynia (Ach.) Nyl., 2 species (new); Cyclo- grapha Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Dendriscocaulon Nyl., 1 species; Diploschistes Norman, 1 species; Ectolechia Trevis., 1 species; Erioderma F^e, 2 species; Graphis (Adans.) Nyl., 107 species (79 new); Gyalecta (Ach.) Wainio, 8 species (5 new); Gyrostomum Fries., 1 species; Haplopyrenula Mull.-Arg., 4 species (3 new); Heppia Naegeli, 1 species; Lecaniella Wainio, 1 species (new); Lecidea (Ach.) Th. Fr., 33 species (30 new); Leptodendriscum Wsiinio, 1 species; Leptogium (Ach.) Graj^ 15 species (6 new); Megalopsora Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Melaspilea Nyl., 2 species (new); Micropyrenula Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Microthelia (Koerb.) Miill.-Arg. 1 species; Mycopegrapha Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Opegrapha (Humb.) Wainio, 17 species (10 new); Pannaria Delise, 13 species (7 new); Parmeliella (Miill.-Arg.) Wainio, 3 species; Phylloblastia Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Phyllobrassia Wainio, new genus with 1 species; Physcidia Tuck., 1 species; Physma Mass., 4 species (2 new); Pilocarpon Wainio, 5 species (4 new); Polyhlastia (Mass.) Lonnr., 1 species (new); Porina (Ach.) Wainio, 20 species (17 new); Psoroma (Fr.) Nyl., 1 species; Pseudopyrenula (Miill-Arg.) Wainio, 4 species (new); Pyrenula (F6e) Wainio, 33 species (29 new); Rhodothrix Wainio, new genus with 1 species (newO; Semigyalecta Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Sphaerophorus Persoon, 2 species; Sporopodium Montagne, 18 species (15 new); Thalloedaema (Mass.) Wainio, 1 species; Thelenella (Nyl.) Wainio, 3 species (new); Thelidiopsis Wainio, new genus with 1 species (new); Thelotrema (Ach.) Eschw., 30 species (24 new); Toninia Mass., 2 species (new); Tricharia (Fee) Wainio, 1 species; Tricho- hacidia Wainio, 1 species (new); Trichothelium MiiU.-Arg., 3 species (new). In addition to the above, 2 genera of fungi are described: Melaspileela (Karst.) Wainio, with 2 species (1 new), and Didymosphaeria Sacc, with 3 new species. — An analysis of the Philippine lichen flora studied by Wainio shows that the tribe Graphideae, which reaches its maxi- mum development in the tropics, furnishes 178 species, or over 28 per cent of the total number. The genus Graphis, with 107 species, is by far the most characteristic group, and this would still be true if the subgenera were to be elevated to generic rank. It is not likely that Graphis will be displaced from its dominant position by further discoveries though great alterations may be expected in the relative positions of some of the genera when the rock-dwelling lichens are collected and studied. — Albert W. C. T. Herre. BACTERIA 1250. Aters, S. H., p. Rupp, and C. S. Mudge. The production of ammonia and carbon dioxide by streptococci. Jour. Infect. Diseases 29: 235-260. 1921. — By the use of ammonia and carbon dioxide tests, the streptococci are divided into 4 groups: (1) Those producing no ammonia and no carbon dioxide from peptone; (2) those producing both ammonia and carbon dioxide from peptone; (3) those producing no ammonia, but forming carbon dioxide from dextrose; (4) those producing no ammonia but forming carbon dioxide, which does not come from peptone or dextrose. Ammonia can be readily determined colorimetrically. For test- ing carbon dioxide production the Eldredge fermentation tube is recommended. — Selman A. Waksman. 1251. Bewley, W. F., and H. B. Hutchinson. On the changes through which the nodule organism (Ps. radicicola) passes under cultural conditions. Jour. Agric. Sci. 10: 144-162. PI. 1-2, fig. 1. 1920. — While the portion of the life cycle of Pseudomonas radicicola confined to the nodules is fairly well known, little is known of it in the soil. The morphological changes occurring in nodules have not been reproduced in vitro and little is known concerning the chemical processes in the nodule. The authors employ various media containing soil extract, various salts, and carbohydrates. Nodule organisms from roots of red clover, broad bean, lucerne, and lupine were used and a definite life cycle was obtained. In neutral soil solution or No. 3, January, 1922] MORPHOLOGY AND TAXONOMY, FUNGI, ETC. 189 when the carbohydrate supply is exhausted, a small, non-motile, coccus form appears which is designated as the "non-motile, pre-swarmer stage." In the presence of saccarose, certain other carbohydrates, and phosphates the coccoid form increases in size to double its former diameter, but still remains non-motile. This is the "second pre-swarmer" stage. The "second pre-swarmer" now becomes ellipsoidal and develops high motility. This is the well known "swarmer" of Beijerinck. The organism in the "swarmer" stage now becomes more elongated, assuming a definite rod form and still remaining motile, though less so. The organism remains in this form as long as the medium contains suflBcient available carbohy- drate. When the organism is placed in neutral soil extract or when the available carbohydrate supply becomes exhausted it becomes highly vacuolated and the chromatin divides into a number of bands. These bands finally become rounded off and escape from the rod as the coccoid "pre-swarmers." The addition of calcium or magnesium to the medium or anaerobic conditions induce the "pre-swarmer" stage. The reaction of the soil has an important effect on the organism. The "pre-swarmer" stage is rapidly produced in calcareous soils, while in acid soils the cells become highly vacuolated and ultimately die. Slightly alkaline soils are capable of supporting vigorous growth without altering the form of the cells. High tempera- tures (30-37°C.) either prevent or postpone the breaking up of the rod forms. — V. H. Young. 1252. DoNK, P. J. A highly resistant thermophilic organism. Jour. Bact. 5: 373-374. 1920. — A description is given of a bacterium isolated from canned corn which is very resistant to high temperatures; the author proposes the name Bacillus stearothermophilus. — Chester A. Darling. 1253. EsTY, J. Russell. The biology of Clostridiimi Welchii. Jour. Bact. S: 375-429. 1920. — Over 100 strains of Clostridium Welchii (Bacillus aerogenes capsidatus) were isolated from various sources and subjected to a rather complete series of tests; the study is arranged under the following headings: Isolation, distribution, morphology, spore formation, cultural characters, chemical characters, classification, thermal death point, pathogenicity, immunity, effects of feeding Clostridium Welchii, and conclusions. — Chester A. Darling. 1254. Hall, Ivan C. Impure and misnamed stock cultures of obligate anaerobes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol, and Med. 18: 314-316. 1921. — Sources of contamination of stock cultures are discussed. — M. M. Brooks. 1255. Hall, Ivan C. The early history of litmus in bacteriology. Science 53: 388-389. 1921. — The article deals mainly with the correction of certain errors but contains a list of 9 references. — C. J. Lyon. 1256. Jones, Dan H. Further studies on the growth cycle of Azotobacter. Jour. Bact. 5: 325-342. PL I-4. 1920. — A review is given of some previous work done by the author on Azotobacter, followed by a consideration of the work and conclusions of Lohnis and Smith on "Life Cycles of the Bacteria" (Jour. Agric. Res. 6: 675-702. 1916.) The writer concludes from his observations that no endospores are formed in the 4 species which he studied; a sym- plastic stage occurs in which the individual cells are indistinguishable but numerous gonidia- like granules are present, being liberated when the cells disintegrate; these granules are re- productive bodies. The writer does not accept the conclusions of Lohnis and Smith that 2 or more cells unite; he interprets these stages as stages in fission. — Chester A. Darling. 1257. Kendall, A. I., M. Cook, and M. Ryan. Methods of isolation and cidtivation of anaerobic bacteria. Jour. Infect. Diseases 29: 227-234. 1921. — The present information concerning the group of anaerobic bacteria is regarded as untrustworthy because no precau- tions have been taken to obtain the organisms free from aerobic and particularly anaerobic contaminations. The Barber method for the isolation of single cell cultures is modified for the isolation of single spores of anaerobic bacteria. Brain and meat media are used for the cultivation of the organisms; for peptone medium, a modification of the Hall tube is used. — Selman A. Waksman. 190 PALEOBOTANY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 125S. PiROTTA, R. Ulteriora ricerche sui bacilli radicali della Diplotaxis erucoides DC. [Further investigations on the bacilli on the roots of Diplotaxis erucoides DC] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rendiconti (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 29^: 361-364. 1920.— Details of compara- tive cultural studies are given of 3 bacilli previously reported on Diplotaxis erucoides, showing that they act similarly on proteins and carbohydrates but with varying intensity. — F. M. Blodgett. 1259. Ramsbottom, J. Californlan bees. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 86-88. 1921. —See Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1235. 12C0. ViERLiNG, Karl. Morphologische und physiologische Untersuchung iiber boden- bewohnende Mykobakterien. [Morphological and physiological investigation of soil-inhabiting mycobacteria.] Centralbl. Bakt. II Abt. 52: 193-214. PI. 1. 1920.— A detailed study is presented of a large number of soil-inhabiting mycobacteria. The growth and pigment pro- duction on potato was not found to be as luxuriant as is generally stated in the literature. The different color forms distinguished were red, white, yellow, and dirty yellow. Classification of these organisms is complicated by the existence of transition forms. The most variable character is color. Different strata of the same colony sometimes assume different colors, especially in old colonies. The author agrees with Lehmann and Neumann in separating the mycobacteria from the true bacteria and in placing them with the actinomyces. Multiplica- tion by fission was not observed. Growth on solid and in liquid media is in the form of threads with monopodial branching. These threads break up readily, especially when allowed to dry on the cover glass, giving the appearance of bacillus and coccus forms. An important distinction between mycobacteria and ray fungi is the absence of aerial spores. The principal activity of these organisms in the soil seems to be in breaking down organized substances. The limited amount of quinones produced by certain strains may be of importance in this connection. The fact that the mycobacteria can utilize calcium nitrate makes it not unlikely that they take part in the dissociation of this artificial fertilizer. It is a significant fact that these organisms multiply rapidly in soils rich in humus. — Anthony Berg. MYXOMYCETES 1261. BucHET, S., H. Chermezon, et F. Evrard. Materiaux pour la flora franjaise des Myxomycetes. [French Myxomycetes.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 106-121. 1920. — This article constitutes the 2nd work published by these authors on the subject, the 1st having appeared in 1912. Lists from herbaria and exsiccati are given, including mostly forms not already listed in previous publication. Extensive collections of new specimens from all parts of France are listed. A total of 132 species is reported from France. A short bib- liography is given. — D. S. Welch. 1262. Hadden, Norman G. Mycetozoa at Porlock in October, 1920. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 13-16. 1920. — During the first half of October the weather conditions were favorable for the fruiting of Myxomycetes on sawdust heaps while later in the month many interesting and some rare species were found on decaying logs, twigs, hedge clippings, and mosses. A number of species are discussed with reference to habitat and weather conditions. — W. B. McDougall. PALEOBOTANY AND EVOLUTIONARY HISTORY E. W. Berry, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1089, 1094, 1188, 1392) 1263. Berry, Edward W. Tertiary fossil plants from Venezuela. Proc. U. S. Nation. Mus. 59: 553-579. PL 107-109. 1921.— Plants are described from beds in the foothills of the Sierra de Merida in Venezuela which are considered to be of Miocene age. New species are described in the genera Blechnum, Sabalites, Coussapoa, Ficus, Anona, Simaruba, Rhizo- No. 3, January, 1922] PALEOBOTANY . 191 phora, Leguminosites, Sophora, Antholithus, Apocynophyllum, and Burserites. Species of Heliconia and Trigonia, previously known from the Miocene of Colombia, are recorded, and the seed of a fossil species of Entada is described. — E. W. Berry. 1264. Chaney, R. W. A fossil flora of the Puente formation of the Monterey group. Amer. Jour. Sci. 2: 90-92. 1921. — About IS species, 2 of which are marine algae and the remainder terrestrial plants, are recorded from the Miocene diatomaceous shales of southern California. They are said to indicate a climate much like that of the present in the same region, and con- sist largely of moist woodland and stream border plants, probably transported by streams to their resting place in the marine sediments of shallow coastal waters. — E. W. Berry. 1265. GoTHAN, W., UND K. Nagel. tJber einen cedroiden Coniferenzapfen aus dem Unter-EocUn der Greifswalder Oie. [On a cedar cone from the lower Eocene of Greifswalder Oie.] Jahrb. Preuss. Geol. Landesanstalt 41: 121-131. PL 8. 1920. — A well preserved phosphatized cone from the lower Eocene (Ypresian stage) of north Germany is described under the name of Apterostrobus cedroides. Minor differences are pointed out which distin- guish it from the modern Cedrus. — E. W. Berry. 1266. Jessen, Knud. Moseunders0gelser i det nord0stlige Sjaelland. Med Bemaer- kninger om Traeers og Buskes Indvandring og Vegetationes Historic. [Bog investigations in northeast Sjaelland, with remarks on the immigration of trees and shrubs and the history of the vegetation.] Danmarks Geol. Unders0gelse 2^^:1-289. 1920. — This work contains a sum- mary of previous results in the study and interpretation of the late Glacial and post Glacial bogs; detailed accounts, both geologic and ecologic, of the Danish bogs; lists of animals and plants found; and an account of the time of immigration and the subsequent history in Den- mark of a large number of trees and shrubs. The pollen-statistical method is largely used and frequency curves are constructed for the different species. The results appear to point to the validity of the so-called Blytt-Sernander hypothesis of past alternations of climate. This study starts with late Glacial times, considered, on the basis of the geological work of DeGeer and Lid6n, to have been about 11000 B. C. or slightly earlier. This was the time of the Older Dryas flora of Dryas octopetala, Salix polaris, Salix reticulata, Beiula nana, etc., indicating a subarctic climate in Denmark with July temperatures of 8-12°C. This was followed by the Allerod period, marked by the introduction of Betula intermedia, B. pubescens, Juniperus communis, Pinus silvestris, Populus tremula, etc., indicating a temperate conti- nental climate with July temperatures of 12-15°C. The Allerod period was foUow^ed bj'' the Younger Dryas Period, with a recurrence of the climate and flora of the Older Dryas Period. Following this was a long warm period estimated as having lasted for about 7000 years, com- mencing about 7500 B. C, during which the climate in that region was warmer than at present. This warm period, which corresponds to the Ancylus Lake and the Litorina sea in the history of the Baltic, is divided into (1) an older Mullerup, Pine, or Boreal Period, during which the climate was dry and rather warm, with such plants as Alnus glutinosa, Tilia cor data, Ulmus glabra, Cornus sanguinea, Corylus avellana, Prunus padus, Pinus silvestris, etc., and (2) a mixed oak forest or Atlantic Period during which the climate was warm and humid, with July temperatures of about 17°C. The plants included Acer platanoides, Fraxinus excelsior, Humulus lupulus, Trapa natans, and, toward the close of the period, Fagus silvatica. Then followed (3) the beginning of the Beech Period, about contemporaneous with the Bronze Age, at which time July temperatures reached 18°C. and the climate was again dry and warm. At about 400 B. C. the temperature lessened and the climate became more humid. This corresponds to the Limnaea Sea stage of the Baltic, or to the Iron Age in Denmark, and is known as the Sub-Atlantic Period. The latter continued to the beginning of the Historic Period, which, in Denmark, was about 800 A. D. — E. W. Berry. 1267. Johnson, T., and J. G. Gilmore. The occurrence of a Sequoia at Washing Bay. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. 16: 345-352. PI. 13-U. 1921.— The presence of Sequoia Couttsiae Heer in the upper Oligocene of Washing Bay, Ireland, is described, and from a microscopic study of the foliage its reference to the genus Sequoia is confirmed. — E. W. Berry. 192 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1268. Johnson, T., and J. G. Gilmore. The occurrence of Dewalquea in the coal bore at Washing Bay. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. 16: 323-333. PI. 11-12. 1921.— Dewalquea hibernica from the upper Oligocene of Washing Bay, Ireland, is described, together with the microscopic characters of the foliage. The author discusses the aflSnity of the genus and inclines to regard it a primitive member of the Juglandaceae. — E. W. Berry, 1269. Knowlton, F. H. Criteria for determination of climate by means of fossil plants. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 32: 353-358. 1921. 1270. Knowlton, F. H. Further remarks on the evolution of geologic climates. Amer. Jour. Sci. 2: 187-196. 1921. — The author replies to criticisms and restates his conviction that throughout most of geologic time earth and not solar control was a dominant factor in terres- trial climates. — E. W. Berry. 1271. MooDiE, Roy L. Osteomyelitis in the Permian. Science 53: 333. 1921. — The writer records infection by bacteria located in the spine of a reptile of the Dimetrodon type. — C. J. Lyon. 1272. Steinmann, G. Rhatische Floren und Landverbindungen auf der Siidhalbkugel. [Rhaetic floras and geography in the southern hemisphere.] Geol. Rundschau 11: 350-354. Fig. 1. 1921. — The following fossil plants are recorded from the dark shales of Biobio in southern Chile: Pecopteris (Asterotheca) Cotioni Zeiller, Cladophlebis Roesserti Presl, Clado- phlebis australis Morris, Thinnfeldia c.f. rhomboidalis Ett., c.f. T. odontopteroides Morris, Clathropteris platyphylla Goepp., c.f. Podozamites distans Presl. These are considered as indicating a Rhaetic age and denoting some land connection at that time with Australia and New Zealand. — E. W. Berry. PATHOLOGY G. H. Coons, Editor C. W. Bennett, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 911, 917, 922, 930, 1019, 1020, 1099, 1117, 1143, 1167, 1201, 1203, 1212, 1217, 1218, 1228, 1232, 1243, 1245, 1253) PLANT DISEASE SURVEY; REPORTS OF DISEASE OCCURRENCE AND SEVERITY 1273. Arthur, J. C. Origin of potato rust. Science 53: 228-229. 1921.— The potato rust {Puccinia pitteriana, also found on tomatoes), mentioned by the writer in a short paper in Science (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 1127) was still occurring in Ecuador in 1919. It has not yet entered the U. S. A. Evidence is given in support of the theory that this rust has originated "somewhere between Ecuador and Costa Rica on hosts native to the locality." — C. J. Lyon. 1274. Chipp, T. F. Another wet-rot and Poria hypobrunnea. Gardens' Bull. Straits Settlements 2 : 429-432. 1921. — This is an account of Poria hypobrunnea on Hevea brasiliensis in the Malay Peninsula, and a record of the occurrence of a similar fungus in Singapore upon Spathodea companulata. — /. H. Burkill. 1275. Cockayne, A. H. Powdery scab in potatoes. New Zealand Jour. Agric. 21: 169- 174. PI. 1. 1921. — Australia has declared a quarantine against potatoes from New Zealand on account of powdery scab {Spongospora subterranea). This disease is very common in some sections of New Zealand, but it does not appear to be destructive to the crop. Powdery scab is not known to occur in Australia. The distribution and characteristic appearance of the disease are given. — N . J . Giddings. 1276. Lee, H. Atherton, and Mariano G. Medalla. Leaf stripe disease of sugar cane in the Philippines. Science 54: 274-275. 1921. — It is thought that the sugar cane downy No. 3, Janttart, 1922] PATHOLOGY 193 mildew, Sclerospora sacchari, has been imported into the Philippines from Formosa. All possible measures have been taken to eradicate the disease. — C. J. Lyon. 1277. MoiR, W. Stuart. Recent observations on American white pines in Europe. Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. (5: 7. [1921?] — In Norway, Sweden, and Denmark white pine (Pinus strobus) is no longer considered a profitable tree because of the ravages of blister rust. Gooseberries and currants, especially black currants, are very plentiful, and no attempts are made to control the rust by eradicating these alternate hosts. White pine is being replaced by Douglas fir and Sitka spruce. In Belgium cultivation of white pine has been abandoned because of the destructiveness of the rust. In France the disease is not considered particu- larly destructive. However, the author found a large percentage of the regeneration attacked and mature trees killed. Observations made in Europe on the susceptibility of sugar pine, western white pine, and limber pine show that these species are as readily attacked and as severely damaged as the eastern American white pine. — W. H. Rankin. 1278. Reinking, Otto A. Fiji disease of cane. Facts about Sugar 12: 272-273. 1921. [Reprinted from Sugar Central and Planters News (Manila) 1: 16-20. 1920.]— This article includes a description of the Fiji disease of sugar cane and a warning as to the danger involved in shipping cane from the Fiji Islands. — C. W. Edgerton. 1279. South, F. W. Certain host plants of Fomes lignosus and Ustulina zonata. Agric. Bull. Federated Malay States 8: 242-243. 1920 [1921].— Bamboos in a plantation of Hevea brasiliensis showed infection with Fomes lignosus, and it appeared possible that the fungus exists also upon tubers of sweet potato, Ipomoea Batatas. Ustulina zonata was found on Areca catechu. — I. H. Bur kill. 1280. Stone, R. E. The strawberry troubles of 1921. Canadian Hort. 44: 110-124. 1921. — Winter injury was very prevalent in the Niagara Peninsula, Ontario, due mainly to late, hard frosts after growth had well started. Leaf spot {Mycosphaerella fragariae) and leaf scorch (Mollisia earliana) were also destructive, due to weather favorable for the spread of these diseases during April and May. Prevention and remedies include planting only strong, vigorous sets on well drained soil, winter mulching, and spraying with Bordeaux mixture. — E. F. Palmer. THE PATHOGENE (BIOLOGY; INFECTION PHENOMENA; DISPERSAL) 1281. BuGNON, p. Sur un mode d'attaque et de contamination parasitaires des feuilles de lierre (Hedera Helix L.) determine par la pluie. [On infection of leaves of the ivy determined by rain.] Bull. Trimest. Soc. Mycol. France 36: 172-174. / fig. 1920.— Ivy leaves were observed bearing diseased areas on the lower edges. The parasite appears to be Phyllosticta hedericola. It is concluded that infection is brought about by rain water remaining on the lower edges of the leaves and producing conditions favorable for germination of the spores and infection of the host. It is suggested that if such is the case the configuration of the spots, although mentioned in classical diagnoses, is of little value as a specific character. — D. S. Welch. 1282. Fraser, W. p., and D. L. Bailey. Biologic forms of wheat stem rust in western Canada. Phytopathology 11 : 202. 1921. — Four distinct biologic forms of stem rust {Puccinia graminis), identical with forms isolated by Stakman, have been found in western Canada. — B. B. Higgins. 1283. Newton, Margaret. Biologic forms of wheat stem rust in western Canada. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 202. 1921. — Five biologic forms of stem rust {Puccinia graminis), identical with forms isolated by Stakman, have been found in western Canada. — B. B. Higgins. 194 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1254. Roberts, John W. The age of brown-rot mummies and the production of apothecia. Phytopathology 11 : 17G-177. 1921. — Mummies of both peaches and plums decaj'ed during the summer by Sclerotinia cinerea produced apothecia the following spring. — B. B. Higgins. THE HOST (RESISTANCE ; SUSCEPTIBILITY ; MORBID ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY) 1255. Allen, Ruth F. Resistance to stem rust in Kanred wheat. Science 53: 575-576. 1921. — A cytological study of Puccinia graminis tritici showed that when the urediniospores germinate, the germ tubes form appressoria at the opening of the leaf stomata. With Kanred wheat, only 10 per cent of rust inoculations were effective, though the appressoria were numer- ous. Measurement of stomatal slits in Kanred and Mindum wheats (the latter a less resistant type) showed that the openings in the Kanred variety are extremely long and narrow and those of the less resistant type are short and twice as wide. — C. J. Lyon. 1286. FoETUN, G. M., t S. C. Bruner. Investigaciones sobre la enfermedad del "mosaico" 0 "rayas amarillas" de la cana de azucar. [Investigations on the mosaic of sugar cane.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 3: 441-445. Ifig. 1921. — Fifty-two varieties of healthy sugar cane were planted in rows adjacent to mosaic sugar cane. At the end of 5 months all the varieties except the Uba, Japonesa, and Cayana, were more or less diseased. Tables are given showing the rate of infection and the total number of healthy and diseased stocks in each variety at the end of the experiment. — F. M. Blodgett. 12S7. Lee, H. Atherton, The relation of stocks to mottled leaf of citrus trees. Philip- pine Jour. Sci. 18: 85-93. PI. 1-3. 1921. — Experiments in the Philippines demonstrated that trees upon pumelo stock were badly affected with mottled leaf, while those on mandarin orange and calamondin stock were unaffected under the same conditions. The relationship of stock is not advanced as a cause of the disease, but the use of certain stocks is believed to predispose to the disease when the causal factors are present. — Albert R. Sweetser. 1288. Pantanelli, E. Sui rapporti fra nutrizione e recettivitfi per la ruggine. [On the relation between nutrition and receptivity to rusts.] Riv. Patol. Veg. 11: 36-54. 1921. — Pot and water cultures of wheat, oats, corn, and beans were grown with different nutrients to determine their respective receptivity to Puccinia glumarum tritici, P. coronata, P. sorghi, and Uromyces fabea. Special attention was paid to nutrition, activity of the roots, and com- position of foliage at the time of attack. In general the better growing and better nourished plants were more receptive. An excess of phosphate in relation to nitrogen increases resistance only when it checks growth, whereas a phosphate nutrition proportional to the nitrogen nutri- tion and resulting in a regular growth has no influence on receptivity. Increased concentration of the liquid around the roots diminishes receptivity because it depresses the absorbent activ- ity of the roots, not because it increases the osmotic pressure of the cell sap in the foliage; the latter does not appear to have a relation to receptivity. Probably the concentration of the organic substances of the sap is of importance, and it appears that the more the free acids increase in relation to the basic molecules, the greater the resistance. The most receptive organs are richest in sugars, in acids with large molecules, and in soluble compounds of phos- phorus and nitrogen. — F. M. Blodgett. 1289. Pinellb, J. Degats causes a la vegetation par les usines. [Damage to vegetation caused by factories.] Jour. Soc. Nation. Hort. France 22: 50-51. 1921. — This is an account of injury to vegetation by cement dust. The scientific committee of the National Society of Horticulture of France advised that dust from the cement plant killed the plants by covering the leaves and checking respiration and transpiration. Legal action resulted in judgment against the factory. — H. C. Thompson. DESCRIPTIVE PLANT PATHOLOGY 1290. Brock, J. A. Diseases of sugar beets. Facts about Sugar 12: 470-471. 1921. — This is a short description of the different diseases of sugar beets. — C. W. Edgerton. No. 4, January, 1922] PATHOLOGY 195 1201. Cook, ]\Iel. T. [Rev. of: Stevens, F. L. Diseases of economic plants. Mac- millan and Company: New York, 1921.] Science 53: 502-503. 1921. 1292. Dickson, B. T. Studies on mosaic. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11: 202. 1921. — This includes a general discussion of mosaic diseases and notes on certain ones found in Quebec. — B. B. Higgins. 1293. Edgerton, C. W., and C. C. Moreland. Eggplant blight. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 178. -^4 V-t iSf'Q- 1921. — The eggplant blight (Phomopsis vexans) reduces the yield in Louisiana 50-75 per cent. All parts of the host plant above ground during all stages of growth are affected. Leaf spot and fruit rot are the forms most commonly seen, but the dis- ease also manifests itself as cankers on the stems, leaf fall, and damping off in the seed bed. The fungus lives from season to season on and in the seed and also upon old decaying parts of the host plant. There are 2 kinds of spores, both borne in somewhat variable pycnidia. Normal period of incubation is 7-9 days. Injury to the epidermis is not necessary for infec- tion. Different eggplant varieties do not show equal susceptibility. Spraying is successful only when the plants are kept covered with the fungicide, which requires 10-12 sprayings in Louisiana. Control measures advocated include clean seed, rotation, strong plants for trans- planting to the field, and the use of the most resistant varieties. — C. W. Edgerton. 1294. McCuLLOCK, Lucia. A bacterial disease of gladiolus. Science 54:115-116. 1921. — The disease affects the leaves, often only the lower ones, forming circular to elliptical lesions which are rusty red in color, becoming dull brown to purplish; in time the leaves collapse. The disease, which spreads rapidly only in warm and moist weather, has been found in the District of Columbia, Illinois, and possibly in California. The causal organism. Bacterium marginatum n. sp., is described, cultural characteristics being given; its group number is 211.2222022. The organism is resistant to cold but is killed at 52°C.— C. J. Lyon. 1295. Montemartini, L. Un brusone dell'Aucuba japonica dovuto alia Pleospora in- fectoria Fuck. [A blight of the leaves of Aucuba japonica due to P. infectoria.] Riv. Patol. Veg. 11: 33-35. 1921. — A fungus, causing a browning of the leaves of Aucuh a japonica be- ginning at the tips and margins of the leaves, was found to correspond closely to Pleospora infectoria; but, because of the greater frequency of distichous asci, the smaller dimensions of the perithecia, and the new host, the variety name aucubicola is added. The imperfect stage corresponds to Alternaria tenuis. — F. M. Blodgett. 1296. PovAH, Alfred H. W. An attack of poplar canker following fire injury. Phytopath- ology 11: 157-165. Fig. 1-3. 1921. — In a group of 70 poplar {Populus grandidentata and P. tremuloides) trees in a burned-over area, 50 became infected with Cytospora chrysosperma. Large cankers 1-10 feet long were produced on the trunks and branches, and approximately 3 months after the fire 27 of the trees had been girdled and killed. Pycnidia and spores were produced in great abundance on the cankers. Perithecia of Valsa sordida were also found on several cankers, but the relation of this ascigerous form to Cytospora chrysosperma has not yet been determined. Cuttings of Populus tremuloides and of P. grandidentata inocu- lated with spores of Cytospora chrysosperma were infected and killed. — B. B. Higgins. 1297. Sakurai, M. Ine no Kinkakubyo ni tsukite. [On the sclerotium diseases of rice.] Ehime Kenritsu Noji Shikenjo Shuppan Daiichigo (Ehime Agric. Exp. Sta. Publ. 1.) 51 p.. 6 pi. 1917. [In Japanese.] — Four diseases of rice due to sclerotia-forming fungi are described. Hypochnus sasakii attacks the plants from June to October, producing irregular brown spots on the leaf-sheaths and more rarely on the blades. Brown sclerotia are formed on the spots or betweenthe leaf-sheaths and the stems. A fungus resembling Hypochnus centrifugus forms sclerotia in the tissues of the leaf-sheaths, but the damage is slight. The sclerotia are spherical, white at first, then brown. A third fungus, resembling Sclerotium oryzae, attacks the stems and leaf-sheaths during August, causing lodging of plants and consequently heavy damage. The sclerotia are spherical to ovate, black on the surface and dark brown within. 196 PATHOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, Sclerotium oryzae attacks the leaf-sheaths and stems, causing considerable damage during the ripening season. The sclerotia are spherical to elliptical and more irregular than in the preceding species ; the colors are similar. — Lime-Bordeaux mixture and kerosene were ineffective in checking any of these diseases. Lye from wood ashes checked the mycelial development of the first species only. Lime, unless used in large quantities and for long periods, was ineffec- tive. The destruction of the sclerotia by piling the diseased straw with barnyard manure to permit fermentation is recommended as a preventive measure in all cases. Where a tempera- ture of 40°C. is reached 4-7 days are necessary; at 50°C., 30-60 minutes are sufficient; at 60°C., 10 minutes suffice. In addition, application of wood ashes or of lime to fields containing dis- eased plants is desirable. — Masao Yoshikawa. 1298. Selby, A. D., AND R.C.Thomas. Impairment of clover seedings reported. Monthly Bull. Ohio Agric. Exp. Sta. 6: 90-92. 1921. — This article comprises a preliminary report of a root-rot disease of red clover in Ohio. Fusarium sp. has consistently been associated with the disease. — R. C. Thomas. 1299. Thurston, H. W., Jr., and C. R. Orton. A Phytophthora parasite on peony. Sci- ence 54: 170-171. 1921. — Blighted peonies from Pennsylvania proved to be infected with a Phytophthora which has not yet been determined. The disease manifests itself as a necrotic condition of buds, surrounding leaves, and stem; infected areas are dark brown or black. Cultural characteristics are given. Zoosporangia are abundant and measure 16.7-22.3 X 20.4 —29.7 m; oospores have not been observed. — C. J. Lyon. 1300. Wakefield, E. M. Diseases of the oil palm in West Africa. Agric. Bull. Federated Malay States 8: 244-246. 1920 [1921]. [Reprinted from Kew Bull. 1920: 306-308. 1920.] An account of the diseases of Elaeis guineensis. — /. H. Burkill. 1301. Weir, James R. Notes on Cenangium abietis (Pers.) Rehm on Pinus ponderosa Laws. Phytopathology 11: 166-170. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — Cenangium abietis has been found attacking young trees of Pinus ponderosa in the Bitterroot Valley, Montana. Apparently infection takes place in all cases through the terminal bud during late fall, and in most cases only the new growth is affected. The needles of infected twigs turn red during the winter, and drop during the following spring and summer, the twigs dying. In some cases where every terminal on a tree was thus killed the tree died before the end of summer. — Results from inoculations indicate that the fungus is parasitic, but is not very aggressive in spreading. — B. B. Higgins. 1302. Weir, James R. Pol3rporus schweinitzii Fr. on Thuja plicata. Phytopathology 11: 176. 1921. — A sporophore of Polyporus schweinitzii was found arisin-? from the decayed heart wood of a living root of Thuja plicata. The rot extended up into the base of the tree and was uniform throughout the affected area, which indicates that this fungus is not the cause of the brown pocket rot often attributed to it. — B. B. Higgins. ERADICATION AND CONTROL MEASURES 1303. BiSBT, G. R. The cooperative potato spraying projects : Progress report for 1918, 1919, and 1920. Phytopathology 11: 178-193. 1921.— Following the suggestion of the War Emer- gency Board in 1918, a cooperative potato spraying experiment was undertaken. The author gives the plan of the proposed experiments to be carried out at various experiment stations throughout the U. S. A. and Canada, and also a summary of the work already completed and reported in publications or to him personally. — B. B. Higgins. 1304. Blair, R. J. Decay in pulpwood-deterioration in pulp. Paper Indust. 2: 95-98. Fig. 1-2. 1920. — The causes of decay in pulpwood and in pulp are discussed, and a detailed outline of an investigation of these causes is given. — H. N . Lee. No. 3, January, 1922] PATHOLOGY 197 1305. Blair, R. J. Prevention of decay in the timber of pulp and paper mill roofs. Paper Indust. 1 : 837-841, 854. Fig. 1-6. 1920. — The author gives a description of the types of roofs commonly used and the defects therein; also the causes of, and methods of preventing, decay. — H. N. Lee. 1306. Cross, Wm. E. The Java-Argentina seedling sugar canes. Louisiana Planter 66: 184. 1921. — Some of the Java sugar cane seedlings have largely replaced other varieties in Argentina as they are superior in many ways, notably in their greater resistance to mosaic and root rot. — C. W. Edgerton. 1307. Detwiler, Samuel B. White pine blister rust control. Amer. Plant Pest Committee Bull. 6: 1-6. fl921?J. — This summarizes the relation of currants and gooseberries to the spread of the rust and the results obtained by eradicating these alternate hosts. — Methods of eradication are given and arguments advanced for the general use of these methods by all owners of white pine in the northeastern U. S. A. — Investigations underlj'ing these control recommendations were more fully treated in Bulletins 2 and 4 (see Bot. Absts. 3, Entries 393, 396, 416, 417; and 7, Entries 1140, 1203, 1224, 1246).— TF. H. Rankin. 1308. Edgerton, C. W., and G. L. Tiebout. The mosaic disease of the Irish potato and the use of certified potato seed. Louisiana Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 181. 15 p., fig. 1-3. 1921. — In Louisiana the mosaic disease of potatoes considerably reduces the yield of the Bliss Triumph variety, a 50 per cent loss being not uncommon. The mottled appearance of the leaves is com- mon early in the season, but with the approach of warm weather the leaves appear merely curly. The dwarf stage is very common. The Triumph is the only variety extensively grown in Louisiana which is seriously affected by the mosaic, which has occurred there since 1909. Fields from the ordinary commerical Triumph seed which is shipped into Louisiana from the northern U. S. A. generally show a percentage of mosaic plants as high as 50-95. — Certified seed has given variable results. The majority of the lots of certified seed tested have been superior to commercial seed, though some have been very poor, giving a very high percentage of mosaic. Growers, also, have had variable results with certified seed; in 1921 some growers did not recover their seed. It is recommended that growers pay more attention to t"he certificates of the seed producers, refusing to buy seed showing more than a minimum of mosaic. — C. W. Edgerton. 1309. Edwards, W. M. O. Giving medicine to trees. Florists' Exchange 50: 1078. 1920. — The writer, replj'ing to previous notes on this subject (Florists' Exchange 50: 327) in which is pointed out the futility of injecting chemicals into trees to control diseases, claims that strong perfumes such as musk and apple oil soon check and destroy any blight. A soluble substance introduced into the sap penetrates to every part of the tree, although with diminishing strength. This is made use of in treating trees, enabling them to repel certain diseases for some time. Treatment has been successful in many kinds of trees, including chestnut (for blight — Endothia parasitica) , apple, pear, peach, larch, hickory, and birch. At one time the writer had a number of young chestnut trees growing in tubs, all of which were more or less affected with blight, but when watered with various solutions (not named) 8 outgrew the disease. — L, A. Minns. 1310. Fisher, D. F. Controlling brown rot of stone fruits. Better Fruit 15: 3-4, 15. Fig. 1-2. 1921. — This disease, manifesting itself as twig and limb cankers and especially "blossom blight," which materially reduces the set of fruit, is a most serious menace to stone fruit crops in northwestern U. S. A. because of its attacks on ripening as well as immature fruits. The life history of the fungus is described, and preventive measures, such as destruction of mummies and open pruning, are suggested. Self-boiled lime-sulphur 8-8-50 is suggested as the safest and best fungicide for controlling this disease. — S. M. Zeller. 1311. GouAiDC, C. B., AND OTHERS. Report of committee on agricultural progress of the Louisiana Sugar Planters ' Association for the year 1920. Louisiana Planter and Sugar Manufac- turer 66:185-189. 1921. — This includes a discussion of the sugar cane mosaic, its spread in 198 PATHOLOGY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, Louisiana, and experimental tests of rogueing as a control measure. Also experiments ■vfith fertilizers and tests with various seedling canes are described. — C. W. Edgerton. 1312. GuBA, E. F. Effect of dormant lime sulfur upon the control of apple blotch. Science 53 : 484-485. 1921. — The writer questions the reported controlling of apple blotch {Phyllosticta solitaria) by 1 spraying before the buds swell and attributes its failure to the fact that only the spores and sporidial layer within the pseudo-pycnidia are killed, the new infectious area that advances from the initial canker in the spring being unharmed. — C. J. Lyon. 1313. HowiTT, J. E. Experiments with Haskell's method or the so-called dry formaldehyde treatment for the prevention of oat smut. [Abstract.] Phytopathology 11 : 203. 1921. — This method of treating oats has proved very satisfactory. Its chief points of advantage over the older methods are simplicity, and rapidity and ease of application. — B. B. Higgins. 1314. Kress, Otto, and C. J. Humphrey. Progress report on the study of wood and wood pulp infection and decay. Paper Indust. 2:691-694. 1920. — Specific directions are given for storing pulp wood and pulp so as to prevent decay. The results of paper-making tests on de- cayed pulps and of comparative pulping tests on infected and sound wood are included. — H. N. Lee. 1315. Kress, Otto, C. J. Humphrey, and C. Audrey Richards. Some observations on the deterioration of wood and wood pulp. Paper Indust. 1:526-531. 11 fig. 1919. — Physical, chemical, and paper-making characteristics of clean and of decayed pulps are described, causes of decay and remedial measures are discussed, and characters by which molds may be distin- guished from wood-destroying fungi are given. — H. N. Lee. 1316. Lochhead, W. A quarter century of lime-sulphur. Canadian Hort. 44: 1-24. 1921. 1317. Manuel, H. L. Black spot or anthracnose. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 581- 582. 1921. — The writer describes anthracnose disease (Gloeosporium ampelophagum) of the vine (Vitis spp.), which has been severe in certain areas, and discusses methods of control. He recommends swabbing the vines with the following preparation : 50 pounds sulphate of iron dissolved in | gallon sulphuric acid in 10 gallons of water. — L. R. Waldron. 1318. Nishikado, Y., and C. IMiyake. Momitane no sh6doku narabinilne Gomahagarebyd no Yoboho. [On seed treatment of rice against sesame-spot leaf blight.] I. Momidane no Onto Shinsekiho. [Hot-water treatment of seed rice.] Byochtl-gai Zasshi (Jour. Plant Pro- tection Japan) 5: 693-712 (1-20). 1918. — Helminthosporiurn oryzae, a serious disease oi rice seedlings, is spread largely by means of conidia carried on the seed grain. Experiments have shown that the conidia can be destroyed by treatment with hot water at 4S-50°C. for 10 minutes. A preliminary soaking in cold water reduces the resistance of the grain to heat, although long continued soaking in water at 15°C. followed by a 10 minute immersion in hot water at 50-52°C. did not result in lowered germination. To control the disease immersion of seed grain for 10 minutes in hot water at 52°C. or for 5 minutes at 54°C. after a preliminary soaking of 24 hours in cold water is recommended. — Masao Yoshikawa. 1319. Pennington, L. H., W. H. Snell, H. H. York, and Perley Spalding. Investiga- tions of Cronartium ribicola in 1920. Phytopathology 11: 170-172. 1921. — A summary and a brief discussion are given of the results obtained during the year by various investigators. The results show that large areas of Ribes are sometimes killed by the fimgus. Hence the absence of Ribes from an infected area may not mean that it has never been present. The writers confirm previous conclusions that aeciospores may be blown an indefinite number of miles and remain infectious. — B. B. Higgins. 1320. Pennington, S., and H. G. Robinson. Spraying of potatoes for "blight" or "potato disease" (Phytophtborainfestans). Bull. Univ. Coll. Pleading 30. 8p. 1921. — The experiments described by the authors represent a record of 9 years' systematic trial of ordinary field spray- No. 3, Janttaey, 1922] PATHOLOGY 199 ers under field conditions. Bordeaux mixture was used throughout the period, the proportions used being 14 pounds copper sulphate and 9^ pounds lime in 100 gallons of water. The field sprayed was divided into 4 plots, one of which was not sprayed, the second sprayed early, the third late, and the fourth both early and late. The early spraying was made about a fortnight after the potatoes were earthed up, usually about the end of June or beginning of July, and the second or late spraying was made 2-3 weeks later. The authors conclude that for the 9-year period spraying increased the total yield of all the plots; that one late spraying is better than one early spraying, but that double spraying is superior to either alone. — In every case spraying increased the percentage of sound saleable potatoes. The unsprayed plot yielded 4-2- tons saleable tubers, the once-sprayed plots over 5j tons, and the twice-sprayed plots 5^ tons. The percentage by weight of seed stock in the plots showed a small reduction in the case of sprayed plots, but as the total crop was greater in these, the total amount of seed was slightly greater in the sprayed plots. Spraying reduced the number of small potatoes, which in turn reduced the total yield. The authors claim that their results establish the economy of spray- ing. Diagram 1 represents the effect of spraying on crop yield, and diagram 2 compares the percentage of diseased tubers (average of 4 plots) and the rainfall. — W . Stuart. 1321. Sanders, George E. Dusting to date in Nova Scotia. Canadian Hort. 44: 1-24. 1921. 1322. Sevbrin, Henry H. P. Practical use of curly leaf symptoms. Facts about Sugar 12 : 170-173, 212-214. Fig. 1-25. 1921 .—All of the different symptoms of the curly leaf disease of sugar beets are described, and each symptom is illustrated. — C. W. Edgerton. 1323. Stevenson, John A. Control of sugar cane mottling disease. Sugar 23: 92-95. 1 fig. 1921. — Symptoms of the mosaic disease of sugar cane are described, and theories in regard to its cause discussed. The various organisms found on cane have no connection with the mosaic. The ultimate solution of the mosaic problem is stated to be the use of immune or resistant varieties. — C. W. Edgerton. MISCELLANEOUS (COGNATE RESEARCHES, TECHNIQUE, ETC.) 1324. Angelis d'Ossat, G. de. Calcare e viti americane. [Lime and American grapes.] Atti R. Accad. Lincei Roma Rend. (CI. Sci. Fis. Mat. e Nat.) 29=: 58-62. Ifig. 1920.— This includes a discussion and review of some previously reported work on the relation between the lime present in the soil and the chlorosis of the grape vine. [See Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 2120.] — F. M. Blodgett. 1325. Caesar, L. Practical hints for the young plant pathologist. [Abstract.] Phyto- pathology 11 : 203-204. 1921. 1326. Edgerton, C. W. Plant disease investigations at the Agricultural Experiment Station. Univ. Bull. Louisiana State Univ. 13^: 18 p., fig. 1-7. 1921.— Plant diseases and their importance in Louisiana are discussed, and an outline is given of the work that has been and is being done at the Louisiana Experiment Station. — C. W. Edgerton. 1327. Horn, David Wilbur. Fumigation with formaldehyde — a substitute for the perman- ganate-formalin method. Jour. Indust. and Engineering Chem. 11 : 120-129. 1919. — The use of bleaching powder and formalin in fumigating rooms is proposed, "using C20 g. bleaching powder and 800 cc. formalin for each 1000 cubic feet to be fumigated; as much formaldehyde gas will be thrown off into the room as by the use of 250 g. of permanganate and 500 cc. formalin, and at only ^ the cost." — G. H. Coons. 1328. Humbert, Ernst E. A chisel forceps. Phytopathology 11: 175. Fig. 1 1921.— It is claimed this instrument will be valuable in cutting and transferring to media bits of diseased wood. — B. B. Higgins. BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 3 200 PHYSIOLOGY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, PHARMACOGNOSY AND PHARMACEUTICAL BOTANY H. W. YouNGKBN, Editor E. N. Gathercoal, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 873, 895, 927, 929, 941, 1000, 1037, 1039, 1054, 1082, 1131, 1145, 1235, 1405) 1329. Anonymous. Comite interministeriel des plantes medicinales et a essences. Les plantes medicinales dans le department du Gard. llnterministerial committee of medicinal plants and substances. The medicinal plants in the department of Gard.] Nimes, 1920. 1330. Bevan, W. Sage. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16: 34-36. 1921.— The present article (continued from Cyprus Jour. 15 : 242. 1920) describes the method of cultivating sage applic- able to Cyprus. The Cyprus varieties used for medicinal or culinary purposes are Salvia offici- nalis, S. triloba, andS — ^A — >M — >B is considered as representing a series of reactions upon which life depends. The mathematical analysis of experimental curves leads to the conclusion that temporary injury is due to the loss of a substance, M. Permanent injury is due to the loss of a substance, O. Recovery may be complete or partial. Equations have been found that make it possible to predict true curves of injuries in both pure salt solutions and mixtures and recovery curves in sea water. Thus the theory is supported by quantitative proofs. — C. J . Lyon. 1365. ScHWEizER, Karl. L'action du cuivre sur la fermentation alcoolique. [The effect of copper upon alcoholic fermentation.] Bull. Assoc. Chimistes Sucrerie et Distillerie France et Colonies 37: 160-173. 3 fig. 1919. MISCELLANEOUS 1366. Jacobsen, J. P., et M. Knudsen. Manuel pratique de I'analyse de I'eau de mer. II. Dosage de I'oxygene dans I'eau de mer par la methode de Winkler. [Practical manual for the analysis of sea water. II. The amount of oxygen in sea water by the Winkler method.) Bull. Inst. Oceanograph. Monaco 390. 15 p. 1921. SOIL SCIENCE J. J. Skinner, Editor F. M. Schertz, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 898, 914, 916, 953, 963, 964, 1251, 1260, 1354) 1367. Bauer, F. C. The relation of organic matter and the feeding power of plants to the utilization of rock phosphate. Soil Sci. 12: 21-41. 1921. — Experiments with mixtures of rock phosphate and organic matter, with provision for removal of soluble phosphate as formed, failed to show a solvent effect of the decaying organic matter on rock phosphate. In some cases mixtures of rock phosphate and decaying organic matter applied to pot cultures in- creased the growth of corn more than either alone. The growth of 15 kinds of plants on rock phosphate in sand cultures showed a wide variation in dry matter produced. There was no definite relation between amount of plant growth and extent of root system, phosphorous content or acidity of the plant juices. Sweet clover possesses remarkable feeding power to- ward rock phosphate and feldspar and for this reason is well suited to rotation. — W. J. Robbins. 1368. BuRKiLL, I. H. Forests and their retention of rain water. Gardens' Bull. Straits Settlements 2: 419-421. 1921. — A forest soil is porous. \ Peat soils in the Malay Peninsula shrink; soils from hill-forests may be washed away on exposure. The greater part of the article is a r^sum^ of Arnold Engler's work on the subject in Switzerland (see Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 710). [See also Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 1232.]— 7. H. Burkill. 208 SOIL SCIENCE [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1369. Elveden. a contribution to the investigation into the results of partial sterilization of the soil by heat. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 197-210. 9 fig. 1921. — The effect of steaming soil at 100°C. for 1 hour was studied. Samples of soil in 2-inch layers down to 18 inches were used and crops grown over a period of 1-2 years, new series being set up every 3 weeks; data were obtained at all seasons of the year. The soils varied considerably, some being field soils which were much lower in organic material than others taken from gardens. Mustard was used in all the experiments; crops were grown in boxes. Curves and tables are given show- ing a considerable increase in yield for the steamed soils over those unsteamed, amounting in 1 series of garden soils to 603 per cent and in 1 of field soils to 403 per cent; the average increase for the 44 experiments was 235 per cent. Steaming proved more eflBcacious in the richer garden soils than in the poorer field soils. There was no indication that enemies of plants congregate at a certain depth according to the season of the year. Soils below the point previously disturbed by cultivation did not respond to the steaming. The benefit obtained from steaming extends over more than 1 cropping period. Various other methods of steriliz- ing soil — flaming and electrical heating — were not so efficient. To test out Russell's theory of the action of soil protozoa, unsteamed soils were mixed with steamed soils in varying pro- portions, the protozoan fauna being thereby supposedly quickly re-introduced. The results all point to some other effect since the amount of yield varied rather directly with the amount of treated soil present. The author concludes that the principal effect of steaming soils is a direct one bn the composition of the soils rather than the destruction of protozoa. — V. H. Young. 1370. Fisher, R. A. Studies in crop variation I. An examination of the yield of dressed grain from Broadbalk. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 107-135. 3 fig. 1921. — A survey is made of the results of a statistical examination of the yield of plots of the Broadbalk wheat field at the Rothamsted Station for a period of 67 years. The results are treated from a mathematical point of view and an analysis made of the factors causing various types of variation over long periods of time. The author finds that "average wheat yields, even over long periods from different fields or for different seasons cannot approach in accuracy the comparison of plots of the same field in the same seasons." — V. H. Young. 1371. Fred, E. B. The fixation of atmospheric nitrogen by inoculated soybeans. Soil Sci. 11: 469-477. PI. 1-3. 1921. — On Plainfield sand, inoculation increased the yield of Ito San soybeans more than 3 times and resulted in a net gain of 57 pounds of nitrogen per acre. Ap- proximately 87 per cent of the total increase of nitrogen was in the soybean tops. Although the latter were removed the favorable effect of inoculation was noted in the growth of rj'e the following year. — W. J. Bobbins. 1372. Fred, E. B., W. H. Wright, and W. C. Frazier. Field tests on the inoculation of canning peas. Soil Sci. 11: 479^91. PI. 1-3. 1921. — Inoculation increased the yield and per cent of nitrogen in canning peas on a rich, silt loam soil, unlimed and acid, and on a neutral soil which had been heavily manured for several years. It had no effect on a slightly acid, heavy, rich, clay loam soil. — W. J. Robbins. 1373. Leach, B. R. Experiments with hot water in the treatment of balled earth about the roots of plants for the control of Japanese beetle larvae. Soil Sci. 12:63-68. Ifig. 1921. — Hot water, because of its slowness and injury to the trees, cannot be used to control the grubs of the Japanese beetle. — W. J. Robbins. 1374. Leach, B. R., and J. W. Thomas. Experiments in the treatment of balled earth about the roots of coniferous plants for the control of Japanese beetle larvae. Soil Sci. 12: 43- 61. PI. 1-2. 1921. — The results of the toxicity of sodium sulphocarbonate, sodium ethyl xanthate, sodium cyanide, copper sulphate, potassium fluoride, camphor, carbon disulfide, thymol, mustard gas, and chloroform on naked Popillia grubs, on the grubs imbedded in soil, and on the roots of coniferous trees are reported. — W. J. Robbins. No. 3, January, 1922] SOIL SCIENCE 209 1375. LiPMAN, J. G., AND A. W. Blair. Nitrogen losses under intensive cropping. Soil Sci. 12: 1-19. PI. IS, 1 fig. 1921.— A study has been made of nitrogen losses from a loam soil and cylinders with natural drainage which for 20 years have been under a 5-year rotation of corn, oats (2 years), wheat, and timothy. Different forms of nitrogen were used alone and with farm manure. A complete record of the amount of nitrogen applied in the fertilizers and that removed by the crops has been kept. Also, nitrogen determinations were made on the original soil in 1907, 1912, and 1918. During the first 10 years the loss of nitrogen amounted to 103 pounds per acre annually; during the 3rd 5-year period it was the same; and during the 4th 5-year period there was a gain in some cylinders, due largely to the growth of legume crops. Carbon determinations made in 1918 show gains in carbon content for nearly all those cylinders that received both farm manure and commercial fertilizers. — W. J. Robbins. 1376. McTaggart, Alexander. Theinfiuenceof certain fertilizer salts on the growth and nitrogen-content of some legumes. Soil Sci. 11: 435-455. PI. 1. 1921.— Alfalfa, Canada field peas, or soybeans were grown in the greenhouse in wooden boxes holding 128 pounds of soil, mostly sand low in plant nutrients. Nitrogen as dried blood, sodium acid phosphate, potassium chloride, calcium sulphate, or mixtures of the above, both limed and unlimed, were applied to the soil. At the end of growth the plants were dried and the total nitrogen determined. The nitrate content of the soil was also determined 3 weeks after harvest. Phos- phorus, alone, increased the dry matter and total nitrogen decidedly and to a less extent the per cent of nitrogen. Nitrogen as a single element did not benefit the plants with respect to yield, nitrogen, or per cent of nitrogen. Combined nitrogen in the amount used did not hamper nitrogen assimilation. Potassium, used alone, increased the total nitrogen and dry matter of Canada field peas and alfalfa but not of soybeans; it increased the per cent of nitro- gen in all 3 crops. Sulphur, alone, increased the growth and nitrogen of alfalfa but had no effect on the peas or soybeans. Where phosphorus was applied the greatest nitrate accumula- tion resulted after all crops. Nitrogen, alone, increased the nitrate accumulation after all 3 crops but with other elements it had no effect; potassium slightly inhibited it. Sulphur increased nitrification in soil which had grown alfalfa; this was not true in the case of peas and soybeans. In general there appears to be a correlation between dry matter produced and soil nitrification; this probably is due to the greater root system, which subsequently decays. — TT^. /. Robbins. 1377. Miller, E. J., and C. S. Robinson. Studies on the acid amide fraction of the nitro- gen of peat. Soil Sci. 11 : 457-467. 1921 .^Attempts to separate glutaminic acid directly from the hydrolysate of peat failed. The application of Foreman's method (Biochem. Jour. 8: 463) resulted in the separation of both glutaminic and aspartic acids from this material and indicated the presence of pyrolidon carboxylic acid. — W. J. Robbins. 1378. Schmidt, E. W. Torf als Energiequelle fiir stickstoffassimilierende Bakterien. [Peat as a source of energy for nitrogen-assimilating bacteria.] Centralbl. Bakt. II Abt. 52: 281-289. 1920. — The author calls attention to the possibilities of utilizing peat deposits for increasing the nitrogen supply of soil. His investigations have shown that the cell-membrane substances of young sphagnum peat are attacked by cellulose bacteria and that the resulting cleavage products may serve as nutrients for azotobacters. It was also shown that these cell-membrane substances in their raw state are comparatively resistant to the attacks of the cellulose bacteria. This resistance may be largely overcome by grinding, steaming, or boiling. When hydrolyzed with dilute hydrochloric acid and subsequently neutralized, the resulting product forms a very desirable medium for the growth of azotobacters. To what extent peat can be used as a fertilizer, further experimentation must determine. — Anthony Berg. 1379. Sen-Gupta, Nagbndra Nath. Dephenolization in soil. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 136-158. 6 fig. 1921. — Previous workers have shown that organisms isolated from the soil are capable of decomposing phenol, p-cresol. and other aromatic compounds in vitro. The author has studied the disappearance of phenol and the 3 cresols, especially ??2-cresol, from 210 SOIL SCIENCE [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, several types of Rothamsted soils. He has elaborated colorimetric methods for the estimation of phenol and cresols which indicate an instantaneous loss of phenol followed by further loss, slower and different in character. Phenol and the 3 cresols disappear with more or less ease from all soils examined. The slow disappearance seems to be largely due to microorganisms though evidence is adduced to show that some non-biological factor is in part responsible. In soil autoclaved at 130°C. for 20 minutes no disappearance takes place, but the action pro- ceeds slowly in the presence of considerable amounts of toluene or mercuric chloride. Soils partially sterilized by toluene, which is removed by evaporation, are dephenolized more rapidh' than ordinary soils, but steaming does not result in such an increase in rate. De- phenolization takes place slowly in air-dried soils. It was found that successive doses of phenol or m-cresol disappeared at increasing rates — a result which is regarded as pointing to an action mainly biological in character. Two types of bacteria have been isolated from soil which are able to decompose phenol in culture solutions containing mineral salts and phenol, and a 3rd capable of decomposing m-cresol. Three types of dephenolization are recognized: A biological type, an instantaneous chemical or physical type, and a slower chemical or physi- cal type; the mechanism of the latter 2 types has not been elucidated. — V. H. Young. 1380. Smith, R. S. Some effects of potassium salts on soils. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 35. 567-605. 1920. — The work was designed to show the effect of common fertili- zer salts of potassium upon the growth of wheat plants and upon bacterial activities. Silt loam of the Hagerstown, DeKalb, and Volusia series were used; in some cases lime was applied. Data are presented on the grain and straw from crops grown upon the soil and from plants grown in water extracts of the soils. These indicate that potassium chloride became toxic at 1000 pounds per acre with Hagerstown soil and at 2000 pounds with DeKalb soil. Potas- sium sulphate increased growth in both of these soils and no toxicity was noted with an ap- plication of 3000 pounds per acre. — Under these treatments potassium chloride reduced the accumulation of nitrates, as determined by the phenol disulphonic method, while potassium sulphate exerted a stimulating eft'ect on nitrification; in DeKalb soil the greatest stimulation occurred with 1000 pounds per acre. A study of the interchange of bases showed that both potassium chloride and potassium sulphate replaced calcium markedly. JManganese was replaced in very appreciable amounts in Hagerstown and DeKalb soil. The soil highest in water-soluble manganese showed the least nitrifying efficiency, the smallest growth of wheat in pot cultures, and the poorest growth of wheat rootlets in extract cultures. No iron or aluminum was found in any of the water extracts. — /. K. Wilson. 1381. Thomas, M. D. Aqueous vapor pressure of soils. Soil Sci. 11:409^34. 5fig. 1921. — A dynamic method of measuring aqueous vapor-pressure lowerings of soil accurate to 0.01 mm. of mercury at 25°C. is described. The vapor-pressure-moisture curves are hyperbolae over a wide range of moisture contents. Correlations between the vapor pressure of the soil and the following properties are given: Hygroscopic coefficient, wilting coefficient, moisture equivalent, "solid water," capillary potential, surface tension, and curvature of the mois- ture surface. — 17. J. Robbins. 1382. TuRPiN, H. W. The carbon-dioxide of the soil air. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Sta. Mem. 32. 315-361. 1920.— The CO2 content of air in Dunkirk clay loam was studied by obtaining samples of the air by aspiration; after absorption of the CO2 in Ba (OH) 2 the excess hydroxide was titrated with standard oxalic acid (the equivalent of the latter in terms of CO2 having been determined by titrating with standard KMn04 solution). Two crops of oats and 1 of millet were grown in the soil, the latter contained in large cans; some cans were kept free from vegetation. The CO2 content of the air from the cropped soil increased as the crops approached their greatest growing period; fluctuations were noted which were thought to be due largely to temperature and pressure variations. High pressures were accompanied by low CO2 contents while high temperatures resulted in high CO2 production. Some posi- tive correlation seemed to exist between the amount of water percentage transpired and the per cent of CO2; this was noted at a period during which the plant growth was most vigorous. From this and other data presented it is concluded that the increase in CO2 in the cropped soil was due largely to the respiratory activities of the plant roots. — J. K. Wilson. No. 3, January, 1922] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 211 1383. Weis, Fr., oo K. A. Bondorfp. Undersogelse af Skovjord under overnaerede graner i Lyngby Skov. [Investigation of soil underlying over-nourished spruce in Lyngby Forest.] Forst. Forsogsv. Danmark 5: 343-352. PI. 1. 1920. — A chemical examination was made of the soil underlying (1) over-nourished spruce (Picea excelsa), and (2) spruce of normal development. The soil of the former showed in grams per cubic meter of soil: total N 7184, NaNOa 19.9, CaO 213(5, K2O 475, and P2O5 470. In the soil of the normally developed spruce the amounts were: total N 1206, NaNOa 1.3, CaO 1340, K2O 654, PjOe 218. The amount of nitrate in the soil of over-nourished spruce is much greater than in the other, and is 10 times as great as that ordinarily found in agricultural soil; it is considered the chief cause of the hypertrophy. This soil was further tested in the laboratory by adding (NHj)2 SO4 with and without CaCOs, (NH4)2C03, KNO2 with and without carbonate, peptone, and casein with and without carbonate. All tests except those with sterilized samples and those in which peptone alone was added showed increases in NaNOs. The bacteria responsible for the nitrification have not been found; all attempts at inoculation have failed. — J. A. Larsen. TAXONOMY OF VASCULAR PLANTS J. M. Grbenmax, Editor E. B. Payson, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 870, 1046) GENERAL 1384. AxDJiYMOus. Trees and shrubs of Mexico. [Rev. of: Standley, Paul C. Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Gleicheniaceae to Betulaceae. Contrib. U. S. Nation. Herb. 23: 1-169. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 744).] Nature 107: 603. 1921. 1385. Albertson, Alice O. Nantucket wild flowers. Small 8vo., xlv + 44^p.,illus. G. P. Putnam's Sons: New York and London, 1921. — The author has carefully selected 300 species to represent the typical wild flower flora of Nantucket. The plants are popularly but reliably described under their scientific and common names and many of them are attractively illus- trated, some being depicted in color. Interesting and valuable information, not hitherto of common knowledge, is recorded for a number of the species included in the work. — J. M. Greenman. 1386. Britton, C. E. Report of the distributor for 1917. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 205-262. 1917 [1918].— Specimens distributed 6222.— G. C. Druce. 1387. Cleghorn, H. General index of the plants described and figured in Dr. Wight's work entitled "icones Plantarum Indiae Orientalis." ^ to, 68 p. Bernard Quaritch, Ltd.: London, 1921. — This publication, as the title indicates, is an alphabetical index to the genera and species figured in Wight's illustrations of East Indian plants. It renders possible ready reference to 2101 illustrations published in that work. — /. M. Greenman. 1388. [Druce, G. Claridge.] [Rev. of: Willis, J. C. A dictionary of the flowering plants and ferns, ^th ed. vii + 701 p.; suppl. liv p. Cambridge Univ. Press: 1919.] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 617-618. 1919 [1920]. 1389. Gaume, J. [Rev. of: Kops, Jan, F. W. van Eeden, en L. Vuyck. Flora Batava. Afbeelding en Beschrijving der Nederlandische Gewassen. 402e-405e Aflevering, pi. 2001- 2016. Martinus Nijhoff :'s-Gravenhage, 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1541).] Rev. G€n. Bot. 33:397. 1921. 1390. Greyerz, Hans von. Die hohe Kibe von Chillon. [The tall yew of Chillon.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 146-147. 1 pi. 1921. — The yew is a memorable tree because, in former daj^s, it was planted upon the grave as a symbol of immortality. The specimen de- 212 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, scribed stands in the state forest of Chillon at an elevation of 700 m. with a circumference of 1.82 m. at breast height, and a height of 21.5 m. During the last 16 years its average growth per year has been 4.4 mm. in diameter and 6-7 cm. in height. Other yew trees of greater diameter are known but the tallest recorded, aside from the Chillon yew, is 19 m. — J . F. Hofmann. 1391. GuNDERSBN, Alpred. Plant families: a plea for an international sequence. New Phytol. 19: 264-271. 1920. — Several proposed classifications are quoted and the following summary is given: " 1. A periodic inventory of facts and opinions which appear to have a bearing on the sequence of families, especially of living vascular plants, is to be greatly de- sired. 2. Where facts are not conclusive the definite goal of a truly international sequence should be sought through agreement. 3. Standard numbers as part of symbols for plant families, revised at suitable intervals, would serve important practical purposes, especially in the co-ordination of information." — /. F. Lewis. 1392. Hay ATA, Btinzo. The natural classification of plants according to the dynamic sys- tem. Icones Plantarum Formosanarum 10: 97-234. 1921. — The author proposes an arrange- ment of the families of flowering plants that is subject to change according to the viewpoint of the systematizer. This is in direct opposition to the prevalent view that regards only one natural system of classification possible since only one phylogenetic tree is possible. Species, genera, and families have changeable positions according to the criteria of comparison and it is neither natural nor necessary that a species should in all cases be placed between the same limits. Rather it should be placed between certain limits according to one view and between other limits according to another view. The inter-relationships of plants are to be expressed rather by the complications of a net than by the serial order of the branches of a tree. The resemblance of individuals or species is not confined to cases of blood-relationship but is manifested by the constitutional relationship. All individuals possess innumerable genes or factors. The individuals assume various forms according to the particular genes that are potent or latent and according to the different relations or segregations of potent genes. The relation of one individual to the others in phenomenal appearance is the relation of the mutual participation or sharing of potent or latent genes in individuals. As genes change so change individuals. Actual or blood relationship is only one phase of the dynamic system. If organisms are very similar in their external forms they should be taken into the same group. The author contrasts in great detail his dynamic system with the static one of Engler. That author's sequence is used as a framework and grouped about the families are arranged the other families that, in one way or another, are related to them. Another order rather than Engler's could have been used as a framework with equal value. Engler's sequence is recapitulated and under each family is discussed its relationships with other families. — E. B. Payson. 1393. Hitchcock, A. S. Report of the Committee on Nomenclature of the Botanical Society of America. Science 53: 312-314. 1921. — The committee of 9 members presents a code of rules. It suggests that, because the code invites international support, the judicial body should be an international commission and that this code be recommendations to it. — C J. Lyon. 1394. R[oper], I, M. [Rev. of: Hayward, Ida, and G. Claridge Druce. The ad- ventive flora of Tweedside. xxxii + 296 p. T. Buncle & Co.: Arbroath, 1919.] Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 596-597. 1919 [1920]. SPERMATOPHYTES 1395. Bennett, Arthur. Atriplex calotheca: a correction. Jour. Botany 59: 77. 1921. — The plant so listed in Jour. Bot. 58: 295. 1920 is not that species and the record is with- drawn.— K. M. Wiegand. No. 3, January, 1922] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 213 1396. Benoist, Raymond. Contribution k I'etude de la flore de la Guyane frangaise. [Contribution to the study of the flora of French Guiana.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 351-357. 1920. — Miscellaneous notes are given concerning various species of the Samydaceae, Turneraceae, Passifloraceae, and Caricaceae of French Guiana. Exsiccatae are cited. Cas- earia Martini and C. umbellifera are described as new. — E. B. Payson. 1397. Benoist, Raymond. Descriptions d'especes nouvelles d'Hypoestes de Madagascar. [Descriptions of new species of Hypoestes from Madagascar.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 262-266. 1920. — The following species are described as new: Hypoestes Decaryana, H, cruenta, H . Vigiiieri, H. setigera, and //. longituha. — E. B. Payson. 139S. Benoist, Raymond. Plantes recoltees par M. Wachenheim en Guyane franfaise. [Plants collected by M. Wachenheim in French Guiana.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 555-5G0. 1920. — The author gives a list of 67 species collected in the region of Maroni, near the convict camp of Godebert. Duroia plicata and Maripa scandens Aubl. var. argentea are described as new to science. — E. B. Payson. 1399. Blake, S. F. Revisions of the genera Acanthospermum, Flourensia, Oyedaea, and Tithonia. Contrib. U. S. Nation. Herb. 20: 383-436. PL 23. 1921.— Under this title 4 papers are included, being revisions of the 4 genera of American Asteraceae named in the title. In the firsts species of Acanthospermicm are described and the fruit of each illustrated, as well as the floral details of the type species of the genus, A. australe. In the 2nd 23 species of Flouren- sia are described. The 3rd paper describes the 13 known species of Oyedaea, one of which is of doubtful status. The 4th describes the 10 known species of Tithonia. In each paper the history of the group is briefly considered, followed by a technical description of the genus, and keys to and descriptions of the species. The following new names occur : Acanthospermum section Lecocarpopsis, A. Donii, A. simile, A. consobrinum; Flourensia hirta, F. polyclada, F. Niederleinii, F. oolepis, F. leptopoda, F. angustifolia (DC.) Blake; Oyedaea scaberrima (Benth.) Blake, O. wedelioides (Klatt) Blake, 0. reticulata, O. Rusbyi, 0. lanceolata (Rusby) Blake, O. trachyphylla; Aspilia cupulata (Oyedaea angustifolia Gardn.), A. Bonplandiana (Gardn.) Blake; Tithonia calva lancifolia (Robins. & Greenm.) Blake, T. diversifolia gla- briuscula. — S. F. Blake. 1400. Brown, N. E. A new book on Cactaceae, [Rev. of: Britton, N. L., and J. N. Rose. The Cactaceae. Vol. 2. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 248. vii + 239 p., 40 pi. 1920 (see Bot. Absts. 7, Entry 2194).] Nature 107: 580-581. 1921.— The work is regarded as the first in English giving a complete account of the order and is much in advance of the Ger- man works on these plants. Failure to mention exceptions in the keys is pointed out as a fault. — 0. A. Stevens. 1401. Btjscalioni. Lttigi, e Giuseppe Muscatello. Studio monografico sulle specie americane del Gen. "Saurauia" Willd. [Monograph of American species of the genus Saurauia Willd. (Continued).] Malpighia 28: 473-488. 1920.— The species Saurauia pseudopedun- culata Busc. n. sp., S. barbigera Hook., and S. Waldheimia Busc. n. sp. are discussed in this number. — Edith K. Cash. 1402. Caille, 0., et H. Poisson. Note sur la culture en plein air de quelques Ehretia et sur I'histoire des especes horticoles de ce genre. [Note on the culture in the open air of some Ehretias and on the history of the horticultural species of this genus.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 578-581. 1920. 1403. Camus, Aimeb. Note sur la synonymie et la repartition geographique de quelques Themeda. [Note on the synonymy and geographical distribution of some Themedas.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26 : 423^28. 1920.— The present paper treats those species of Themeda not considered in a recent paper by the same author. Specimens are cited, synonyms are given, and the geographical distribution indicated for the various species. A dichotomous 214 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [Box. Absts., Vol. X, key is given for the subspecies and varieties of T. gigantea. The following new combinations, new varieties, and new subspecies are proposed: Themeda laxa (Anthistiria laxa Anderss.) T. strigosa {Anthistiria strigosa Ham.), T. ciliata Hack, subsp. genuina, T. ciliataHsick., subsp. chinensis, T. ciliata Hack, subsp. Helferi {T. Helferi Hack.), T. Thicaitesii (Anthis- tiria Thwaitesii Hook, f.), T. anathera Hack. var. genuina, T. anathera Hack. var. major, T. anathera Hack. var. glabra, T. Hookeri {Anthistiria Hookeri Griseb.), T. gigantea Hack, var. intermedia {T. gigantea Hack, subsp. intermedia var. intermedia Hack.), T. gigantea Hack. var. dubia {T. gigantea Hack, subsp. intermedia var. dubia Hack.). — E. B. Payson. 1404. Camus, Aim6e. Note sur le genre Themeda Forsk. (Graminees). [Note con- cerning the genus Themeda.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 266-273. 1920.— A dichotom- ous key is given to the 11 recognized species of Themeda. A similar key is also given to the 13 varieties of T. triandra. Synonyms are given for the varieties and specimens are cited. The following new varieties and varietal combinations are proposed: Themeda arguens Hack, var. genuina, T. triandra Forsk. var. vulgaris {T. Forskalii Hack. var. vulgaris Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. imberbis {T. Forskalii Hack. var. imberbis Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. mollissima (T. Forskalii Hack. var. mollissima Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. argentea (T. Forskalii Hack. var. argentea Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. Roylei, T. triandra Forsk. var. punctata {T. Forskalii Hack. var. punctata Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. glauca {T. Forskalii Hack. var. glauca Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. Burchellii {T. Forskalii Hack, var. Burchellii Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. syriaca {T. Forskalii Hack. var. syriaca Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. Var. brachyantha {T. Forskalii Hack. var. brachyantha Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. major (T. Forskalii Hack. Var. major Hack.), T. triandra Forsk. var. cerifera. — E. B. Payson. 1405. Camus, AiM^E. Notes sur quelques Cymbopogon odorants (Graminees). [Notes on some fragrant Cymbopogons (Gramineae).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 562-566. 1920. — Notes are given concerning species and varieties treated by Hackel under the name of Andropogon Schoenanthus L. The following new species and new combinations are proposed: Cymbopogon annamensis {C. Martini var. annamensis Cajnus) , C.mekongensis, C.bassacensis, C.nervatus {Andropogon nervatus Hochst.), C.densiflorus {Andropogon densiflorus Steudel). The variety traninhensis of C. confertiflorus Stapf is also described. All the plants considered in this paper are fragrant and contain an essential oil. — E. B. Payson. 1406. Camus, AiMEE. Un Andropogon nouveau de I'Asie orientale. [A new Andropogon from eastern Asia.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 561. 1920. — Andropogon Thorelii is described as new. — E. B. Payson. 1407. Camus, Aimee. Une espece nouvelle de bambon. [A new species of bamboo.) Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 567. 1920. — Gigantochloa cochinchinensis is described as new to science. — E. B. Payson. 1408. Cardot, J. Notes sur les especes asiatiques du genre Photinia, section Pourthiaea (Rosacees). [Notes on the Asiatic species of the genus Photinia, section Pourthiaea (Rosaceae).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26 : 568-571. 1920. — Extensive notes are given concerning several species of Photinia. The following new combinations are made: Photinia Calleryana {Pour^ thiaea CalleryanaT>cne.), P . cotoneaster {Pourthiaea cotoneaster Dene.), P .fokienensis F ranch. mss. (Photinia glabra var. fokienensis Franch.). — E. B. Payson. 1409. Choux, p. Une nouvelle Asclepiadacee aphylle du nord-ouest de Madagascar. [A new leafless Asclepiad from northwestern Madagascar.] Compt. Ptcnd. Acad. Sci. Paris 172:1308-1311. 1921. — An extended discription of this new plant is given. It is placed in the tribe Cynanchineae and named Nematostemma (n. gen.); one species is characterized, namely, A'. Perrieri. — C. H. Farr. No. 3, January, 1922] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 215 1410. Danguy, p. Contribution k I'etude de la flore forestiere de Madagascar. [Con- tribution to the study of the forest flora of Madagascar.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 253-253. 1920. — Tisonia Faucherei and Turraea Thouvenotii are described as new to science. — E. B. Payson. 1411. Danguy, Paul. Lauracees de la foret d'Analamazaotra (Madagascar). [Lauraceae from the forest of Analamazaotra (Madagascar).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 547-550. 1920.— Fifteen species of this family are known to occur in this forest. Of these, 6 are here described as new and 2 others redescribed in part. The following new names and new combina- tions occur: Ravensara ferruginea, R. crassifolia (CrypiocaryacrassifoliaBak.), R. latifolia. R. ovalifolia, R. cryptocaryoides, R. anisata, and R. Thouvenotii. — E. B. Payson. 1412. Evans, A. H. On Geranium purpureum Vill. and G. Robertianum L. Bot. Soc and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 724-720. 1919 [1920]. 1413. Gamble, J. S. Flora of the Presidency of Madras. Part IV. 679-768. Adlard and Son and West Newman: London, 1921. — This part includes the families Rubiaceae to Ebenaceae ending with a description of the genus Diospyros. The following new combina- tions are recorded: Oldenlandia nitida (Hedyotis nitida W. & A.), O. caerulea (Hedyotis caerulea W, & A.), O. articularis {Hedyotis articularis\ir.),0.sisaparensis {Hedyotis sisapar en- sis Gage), 0. alho-nervia {Hedyotis albo-nervia Bedd.), Randia Brandisii {R. tomentosa W. & A., not Bl.), Tricalysia sphaerocarpa {Diplospora sphaerocarpa Hook, f.), T. apiocarpa (Diplospora apiocarpa Hook, f.), Plectronia ficiformis {Canthium ficiforme Hook, i.), Pavetta zeylanica (P. hispidula var. zeylanica Hook, f.), Stylocoryne lucens {Webera lucens Hook, f.), S. canarica {Webera canarica Hook, f.), S. nilagirica {Webera nilagirica Hook, f.), Anaphalis subdecxirrens {Gnaphalium subdecurrens DC), A. Lawii {A. oblonga DC. var. Laivii Hook, f.). Campanula Wightii {C. ramulosa Wt., not Wall.), and Isonandra montana {I. Wightiana A. DC. var. montana Thw.). — J. M. Greenman. 1414. GuiLLAUMiN, A. Contribution a la flore de la Nouvelle-Caledonie. [Contribution to the flora of New Caledonia.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 254-261, 361-368, 434-435. 1920. — XXXI (254-261). Various species collected by M. Franc in New Caledonia are listed and the following new species are described: Uvaria Baillonii, Pittosporum hematomallurn, P. pronyense, P. sylvaticum, Sterculia Francii, Antholoma haplopoda, Sarcomelicope argyro- phylla. XXXII (361-368). Species collected by various collectors are listed. The species of Agation and Pittosporum are differentiated by means of dichotomous keys. XXXIII (434-435). The list of species collected by various authors is continued. — E. B. Payson. 1415. GuiLLAUMiN, A. Les especes cultivees du genre Listrostachys (Orchidacees- Sarcanthees). [The cultivated species of the genus Listrostachys (Orchidaceae-Sarcantheae).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 574-577. 1920. — Notes are given concerning the origin of 34 species of this genus that have been introduced into cultivation. — E. B. Payson. 1416. Haines, H. H. Notes on Bridelia. Jour. Botany 59: 188-193. 1921.— The con- clusion reached in the study of Indian species of Bridelia is that B. montana Hook. f. is not B. montana Willd. but a new species, B. vernmosa. B. montana Willd. is a widely distributed species including 3 Varieties, one of which is new, B. montana var. Stapfii. — S. H . Burnham. 1417. HoEHNE, F. C. Leguminosas forrageiras do Brasil, I. Meibomia Moehr. [Legumin- ous forage plants of Brazil, I. Meibomia Moehr.] Anex. Mem. Inst. Butantan 1': 5-54. PI. 1-21, S photo. 1921. — A brief resume is given of the nomenclatorial history of Meibomia. This name, which was proposed exactly 50 years before Desmodium DesV., is accepted as valid. A synoptical key contrasts briefly the characters of the 24 recognized Brasilian species. Each of these species is described in detail and information given as to its geographical distribution. The forage value is indicated for certain species. The following new combinations are made: Meibomia cajanifolia {Desmodium cajanifolium DC), M. cuneata {Desmodium cuneatum Hook. & Arn.), M. discolor {Desmodium discolor Vog.), M. leiocarpa {Hedysarum leiocarpum Spreng.), M. aspera {Hedysarum asperum DesV.), M. triflora {Hedysarum triflorum DC), 216 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, M. hracteata {Desmodiiim bracteatum Mich.), M. barbata {Nicolsonia barbata DC), M juruensis {Desmodium juruense Hoehne), M. axillaris {Hedysaruyn axillare Swartz), M. adscendens (Desmodium adscendens DC), M. uncinata (Desmodium uncinatum DC), M. lunata {Des- modium lunatum Huber), M. incana {Hedysarum incanum Swartz), M. albiflora (Desmodium albiflorum Salzm.), M. mollis {Hedysarum violle Vahl.), M. physocarpa (Desmodium physo- carpos Vog.), M. spiralis (Desmodium spirale DC), M. platycarpa (Desmodium platycarpum Benth.), M. pachyrhiza (Desmodium pachyrhizum Vog.), M. sclerophylla (Desmodium sclero- phyllum Benth.), M. subsecunda (Desmodium subsecundum Vog.), M. venosa (Desmodium venosum Vog.). — E. B. Payson. 1418. Holm, Theo. Studies in the Cyperaceae. XXIX. Carices Aerostachyae : Salinae Fries. Amer. Jour. Sci. 49: 429-442. 8 fig. 1920. — The author presents a detailed discussion of the species of Car ex which were referred to the groups Aerostacyae Drejer and Salinae Fries. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 1419. Holm, Theo. Studies in the Cyperaceae. XXX. Carices Aerostachyae: Crypto- carpae nob. Amer. Jour. Sci. 50: 159-168. 14 fig- 1920. — This article is concerned with a critical and detailed study of Carex cryptocarpa C A. Mey. and its' immediate allies. — T. J. Fitzpatrick. 1420. Jahandiez, E. Les Euphorbes cactoJdes du nord-ouest de I'Afrique. [The cactus- like Euphorbias of northwest Africa.] Rev. G(5n. Bot. 33: 177-182. PI. 39-41. 1921.— Eu- phorbia canariensis L., E. resinifera Berg. & Schmidt, E. Beaumierana Hook. f. & Coss., and E. Echinus Hook, f . & Coss. are redescribed and the first 3 figured. — /. C. Oilman. 1421. Lecomte, Henri. Eberhardtia, genre nouveau de la famille des Sapotacees. [Eber- hardtia, a new genus of the Sapotaceae.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 345-348. 1 fig. 1920. — The author describes Eberhardtia, a new genus, and refers to it 3 species from south- eastern Asia. The new species and new combinations are as follows: E. tonkinensis (generic type), E. Krempfii, and E. aurata (Planchonella aurata Pierre). The new genus is to be placed near Bumelia but closer to Monniera and Lecomtedoxa. — E. B. Payson. 1422. Lecomte, Henri. Faucherea: genre nouveau de la famille des Sapotacees. [Fau- cherea; a new genus of the Sapotaceae.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 245-251. Fig. 1-4. 1920. — A new genus of Madagascan trees is characterized and its 4 known species are de- scribed and illustrated. It differs from Labourdonnaisia by the isomery of the floral envelopes and by the presence of definite staminodia. The calyx resembles that of Palaquium but the staminodia serve to distinguish the new genus. Faucherea is without doubt closely related to the American genus Achras, from which it may be separated by the 6 (instead of 12) cells of the ovary. The absence of appendages to the corolla lobes does not permit of its confusion with Manilkara. The following new combinations and new species are proposed: Faucherea hexandra ( Labour donnaisia hexandra H. Lee), F. Thouvenotii, F. laciniata, and F. parvifolia. — E. B. Payson. 1423. Lecomte, Henri. Une Sapotacee nouvelle du Congo. [A new sapotaceous plant from the Congo.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 534-539. Fig. 1-2. 1920.— A new species of Mimusops, M. Le Testui, is described and illustrated, and a new section, Autranella, pro- posed to contain it. — E. B. Payson. 1424. Maiden, J. H. A critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus. Vol. V, pt. G. 161- 185, pi. 188-191. William Applegate GuUick: Sydney, May, 1921. — The present part contains descriptions, synonymy, notes, and illustrations of the following species : E. tetragona F. v. M., E. eudesmioides F. v. M., E. ebbanoensis Maiden sp. nov., E. Andrewsi Maiden, E. ango- phoroides Baker, E. kybeanensis Maiden & Cambage, E. eremophila Maiden, and E. decipiens Endl. — /. M. Greenman. No. 3, January, 1922) TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 217 1425. Pearsall, William Harrison. Hagstrom's critical researches on the Potamoge- tons. Bot. See. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 701-713. 1919 [1920]. 1426. Pellegrin, F. De quelques Macrolobium (Legumineuses-Cesalplniees) du Gabon- [Concerning some Macrolobiums (Legiiminosae-Caesalpineae)of Gabun.] BuU.Mus Hist. Nat- [Paris] 26: 551-554. 1920. — Three new species of Macrolobium are described, .1/. limosum, M. mayombense, and M. Klainei. — E. B. Payson. 1427. Pellegrin, F. Le bombi du Gabon, Parinarium Sargosii Pellegrin (Rosacees- Chr>'sobalanees). [The bombi of Gabun, Parinarium Sargosii Pellegrin (Rosaceae-Chryso- balaneae).] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 349-350. 1920. — Parinarium Sargosii is de- scribed as new to science. This is a valuable timber tree of western Africa, known locally as "bombi," of which a large amount is available to commerce. — E. B. Payson. 1428. PoissoN, H. Contribution k I'histoire des Nepenthes malgaches. [Contribution to the history of the Madagascan Nepenthes.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 43G-440. 1 pi. 1920. — Information is given concerning the introduction of Nepenthes madagascarensis Poir. and A'. Pervillei Blume into France. — E, B. Payson. 1429. Schlechter, R., e F. C. Hoehne. Contribuigoes ao conheclmento das Orquidaceas do Brasil I. [Contributions to the knowledge of the Orchidaceae of Brazil I.] Anex. Mem. Inst. Butantan V: 5-48. PL 1-11, 1 photo. 1921. — This paper is the first of a series on the orchid flora of Brazil that the authors propose to publish from time to time. The species con- sidered in more or less detail in the present paper were mostly collected in Sao Paulo and Minas Gerais. Synonyms and exsiccatae are cited. The authors desire communications concern- ing Brazilian orchids. A brief review is given of the present status of knowledge of the orchid flora of various parts of Brazil and South America. The following new species and new com- binations are made: Habenaria H oehnei Schl., H. Gehrtii, H. bntantanensis, H. melanopoda, H. pleiophylla, H. minarum, Sarcoglottis butantanensis (Spiranthes bntantanensis Hoehne), Lyroglossa Griesebachii Schl. {Spiranthes Griesebachii Cogn.), Stelis pauloensis, S. inaequi- sepala, Pleurothallis albipetala, Epidendrum minarum, Cyrtopodium falcilobuju, C. lissochi- loides, Maxillaria Hoehnei Schl. — E. B. Payson. 1430. Standley, Paul Carpenter. Rubiales. Rubiaceae (pars). North Amer. Flora 32: 87-158. 1921. — In continuation of his treatment of this family the author presents a re- vision of 40 genera with generic and specific descriptions, keys, and the citation of synonyms. The following new species are described and new combinations made: Pinarophyllon bullatum, Deppea Purpusii, D. excelsa (Psychotria excelsa HBK.), Bouvardia bouvardioides (Hedyotis bouvardioides Seem.), B. tenuifolia, B. subcordata, B. villosa, B. macrantha, B. heterophylla , B. quinquenervata, B. Rekoi, B. dictyoneura, B. Rosei, B. induta {B. longiflora var. induta Robinson), B. Langlassei, B. erecta {Catesbaea erecta DC), B. latifolia, Ravnia Pittieri, Hillia panamensis, Exostema crassifolium, E. Shaferi, E. velutinum, E. barbatum, E. indutum, Coutarea pterosperma (Portlandia pterosperma Wats.), Urceolaria involucrata (Ftichsia in- volucrata Sw.), Sommera subcordata, S. grandis {Petesia grandis Bartl.), Tontanea canescens (Coccocipsilum canescens Willd.), T. tenuis {Coccocipsilmn tenue Urban), T. herbacea {Cocco- cipsilum herbaceum Lam.), T. Itispidula, T. hirsuta (Coccocipsilum hirsutum Bartl.), T. pleuropoda {Geophila pleuropoda Donn. Smith). — E. B. Payson. 1431. WiLDEMAN, Em. de. Notes sur quelques especes congolaises du genre OchnaSchreb. [Notes on some species of the genus Ochna Schreb. from the Congo.] Rev. Zool. Africaine Suppl. Bot. 7 : B29-B40 1919. — These species are diflicult of determination because the flower and leaves often appear at different times. A complete revision of this genus is yet to be made. The author describes the new species and gives the habitat for all those that he reviews. The species treated are: Ochna arenaria De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. Bequaerti n. sp., 0. Buettneri, Engler & Gilg,0. congoensis Gilg, 0. congoensis var. microphylla Gilg, 0. Debeerstii De Wild., O. Gilgiana Engler, 0. Gilletiana Gilg, O. Hocki n. sp., 0. Hoffmanni, 0. Homblei n. sp., 0. 218 UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS [Box. Absts., Vol. X, ituriensis n. sp., 0. katangensis De Wild., 0. Laurentiana Engler ex De Wild. & Th. Durand, O. manikensis n. sp., 0. membranacea Oliv., 0. multiflora DC, 0. pulchra Hook., 0. quan- jensis Buettn., O. Sapini n. sp., 0. Schweinfurthiana Fr. Hoffm., 0. suberosa n. sp., and 0. Welwitschii Rolfe. — Henri Micheels. 1432. WiLDEMAN, Em, de. Notes sur quelques especes congolaises du genre Ouratea Aubl. [Notes on some species of the genus Ouratea Aubl. from the Congo.] Rev. Zool. Africaine Suppl. Bot. 7: B41-B71. 1920. — The following species are discussed as to synonymy and habitat and the new species characterized : Ouratea bracteata Gilg, O. brunneo-purprirea Gilg, O. bukobensis Gilg, O. Cabrae Gilg, 0. coriacea De Wild. & Th. Durand, O. reticulata var. Schweinfurthii Engler, O. densiflora De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. Deivevrei De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. Dupuisi (Van Tiegh.) Th. & Hel. Durand, 0. elongata (Oliv.) Engler, 0. engama n. sp., O. Flamignii n. sp., 0. floribunda n. sp., 0. gentili n. sp., 0. gymnoura Gilg & Mildbr., 0. intermedia De Wild., 0. laevis De Wild. & Th. Durand, O. ituriensis Gilg & Mildbr., O. latepaniculata n. sp., O. Laurenti n. sp., 0. laxiflora De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. Ledermanniana Engler, 0. likemiensis n. sp., 0. longipes (Van Tiegh.) Th. & Hel. Durand, 0. macrobotrys Gilg, O. Mildbraedii Gilg, 0. pellucida De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. Poggei (Engler) Gilg, 0. pseudospicata Gilg, O. Pynaerti n. sp., 0. reticulata (Pal. Beauv.) Engler, 0. affinis (Hook.) Engler, 0. Arnoldiana De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. bracteolata Gilg & Mildbr., O. calophylla Engler, 0. febrifuga Engler & Gilg, 0. nigrioneura Gilg, 0. refracta De Wild. & Th. Durand, 0. rigida n. sp., 0. subumbellata Gilg, O. Thonneri De Wild., and 0. Vanderysti n. sp. — Henri Micheels. 1433. WiLDEMAN, Em. de. Sur quelques especes congolaises de lafamilledesSapotacees. [Concerning some species of the family Sapotaceae from the Congo.] Rev. Zool. Africaine Suppl. Bot. 7: B1-B28. 1919. — The author is concerned principally with the genus Omphalo- carpum, an endemic genus of tropical Africa. An analytic kej'' is given that shows the relationship of the new species with those previously known. Descriptions of the following species are given: Omphalocarpum Bequaerti n. sp., 0. bohmanehense De Wild., 0. Brieyin. sp., O. injoloense n. sp., 0. Lescrauwaeti n. sp., O. Lujae n. sp., O. Mortehani n. sp., O. pedicel- latum n. sp., O. sankuruense De Wild., O. sphaerocarpum n. sp., Sersalisia Malchairi n. sp., Bakerisideroxylon Sapini n. sp., Chrysophyllum longifolium n. sp., C. Sapini n. sp., C. Brieyi n. sp., Bequaertiodendron n. gen., B.congolense n. sp., Tridesmostemon Claessensi n. sp., T. Mortehani n. sp., Mimusops Bequaerti n. sp., M. Boonei n. sp. The habitats are also indi- cated for Sideroxylon stipulaium (Radlkf .) Engler, Synsepalum dulcificum Daniell, S. longea- cuminatum De Wild., Pachystela cinerea var. cuneata (Radlkf.) Engler, Chrysophyllum afri- canum A. DC., C. Lacourtianum De Wild., C. Laurenti De Wild., and Mimusops angolensis Engler. — Herni Micheels. IMISCELLANEOUS, UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS B. E. Livingston, Editor S. F. Teblease, Assistant Editor 1434 Anonymous. Bureau Central de la Commission de la Mediterranee. [Central Bu- reau of the Commission of the Mediterranean.] Bull. Commission Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer M6diterran6e 6: 1-20. 1921. — Preliminary reports are presented of work done by various countries bordering on the Mediterranean. — T. C. Frye. 1435. Anonymous. Commission Internationale pour I'exploration scientifique de la Mer Mediterranee. [International Commission for the scientific exploration of the Mediterranean Sea.] Bull. Commission Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer Mediterranee 4: 1-7. 1920. — A report is made on what the Greek committee proposes to do. — T. C. Frye. No. 3, Januahy, 1922] UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS 219 1436. Anonymous. Proces-verbaux des Sous-Commissions. [Transactions of the Sub- Commissions.] Bull. Commission Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer Moditerranee 2: 1-23. 1020. — The organization of the Central Bureau is given, with a statement of what it proposes to do. The work proposed for Spain and France by^the committees from these countries is outlined. — r. C. Frye. 1437. Anonymous. The art of prolonging the life of plants. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 117* 1921. 1438. Artschwager, Ernst, and E. M. Smiley. Dictionary of botanical equivalents. 137 p. Williams & Wilkins Co.: Baltimore, 1921. — A glossary of botanical terms and plant names in 2 alphabets, French-English and German-English. The German list is much more complete than the French, which covers only 10 pages as compared with 121 pages of the Ger- man. The latter includes common names of plants, followed by both the English common name and the scientific name. The French list includes no plant names. — The preface states that the editors have not attempted a complete compilation of French and German terms, but have aimed to produce a practical handbook with blank pages interleaved for inserting additions. It should be of service to users of foreign botanical literature, as it contains defini- tions of terms not found in the usual French and German dictionaries. — E. R. Oherly. 1439. Babe, E. Coeficiente de digestibilidad del palmiche. [Coefficient of digestibility of the fruit of the royal palm.] Rev. Agric. Com. y Trab. [Cuba] 4: 474-477. 2 fig. 1921. 1440. Bevan, W. Winemaking. Cyprus Agric. Jour. 16:8. 1921.— The author comments on the reception and Value of a series of lectures on the art of wine making given by Assistant Inspector A. K. Klokaris to the vineyardists of the Island. — W. Stuart. 1441. Hansen, Albert A. Our disappearing v/ild plants. Science 53: 178-180. 1921 [Illustrated address delivered before the Botanical Society of Washington, D. C] — The author pleads for the perpetuation of the native flora by avoiding thoughtless destruction or commer- cial exploitation. He suggests that this be accomplished by enlisting the cooperation of the public through the agency of schools, churches, etc., rather than through legislation. Wild-life gardens and house gardens are also suggested. — C. J. Lyon. 1442. Le Plastrier, C. M. Nature and the Naturalist. Australian Nat. 4: 182-192. 1921. 1443. Lillie, R. S. The place of life in nature. How is it related to the cosmos, the greater part of which is non-living? Sci. Amer. Monthly 3 : 112-117. 1921 . [Paper read at a meeting of the Royce Club, Harvard University, April 11, 1920. Reprinted from Jour. Phil. Psychol, and Sci. Methods 17: No. 18, Aug. 23, 1920.] 1444. Magrini, G. Programme des recherches a executer par la Mission Italienne chargee de I'exploration scientifique des Detroits de Constantinople. [Program of research to be carried out by the Italian commission assigned the scientific exploration of the Dardanelles.] Bull. Commission Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer Mediterranee 5: 1-20. 1921. 1445. Monaco, [Prince] Albert de. Discours sur I'ocean. [Lecture on the ocean.] Bull. Inst. Oceanograph. Monaco 392. 16 p. 1921. [French translation of the author's English lecture before the National Academy of Sciences at Washington, D. C, April 25, 1921.] 1446. OxNER, i\I., ET M. Knudsen. Manuel pratique de I'analyse de I'eau de mer. I. Chloruration par la methode de Knudsen. [A practical manual for the analysis of sea water. I. Chlorine determination by Knudsen's method.] Bull. Commission Internat. Explor. Sci. Mer Mediterranee 3 : 1-3G. 1920. — Detailed instructions are given with calculations and examples. —T. C. Frye. INFORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS The purpose of Botanical Abstracts is to supply complete citations and analytical abstracts of all papers dealing with botanical subjects, wherever published, just as soon as possible after they appear. Every effort is made to present complete and correct citations with abstracts of original work, of all papers and reviews, appearing after January 1, 1919. As an adequate index of progress, Botanical Abstracts is of use to the intelligent grower, field agent and inspector, extension worker, teacher and investigator. The international scope of the work should appeal especially to those workers who have restricted library facili- ties. It is hoped that the classification by subjects will prove to be a great aid even to those having access to large libraries, while the topical index should serve a most useful purpose to every one interested in plants. The service of Botanical Abstracts is planned for botanists and all workers with plants, throughout the world. All botanical workers connected with Botanical Abstracts in any way receive as compensation for their services only the satisfaction that comes from par ticipation in a largo cooperative movement for the advancement of the science. Althouph the physical exigencies of the enterprise have made it practically necessary that the actual work of preparing the issues be largely done within a relatively short distance from the place of publication, this does not imply that the cooperation is not needed of residents of countries other than the United States and Canada; many collaborators and abstractors reside m r ther countries. It is physically necessary that the burden of the work and the finding of funds for clerical assistance, etc., should rest largely on North American workers, but the field covered is international and the results are available to all. The Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts, Incorporated, has charge of publication. The board is a democratic organization made up of members elected from many societies, as is shown on the first cover page. Each society elects, in its own way, two representa- tives, each for a period of four years. One new member is elected each bienniura (beginning January 1, 1921) to replace the representative who retires. In the list on the first cover page, the member first named in each group is to serve till January 1, 1925; the second member in each group is to serve till January 1, 1923. Members are not eligible for immediate reelection, The Executive Committee of the Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts consists of five members, elected annually by the Board. It has charge of ad interim affairs not involving matters of general policy. Its membership is shown by the asterisks in the list on the first cover page. The chairman of the Committee for 1921 is B. M. Duggar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. The Board of Editors of Botanical Abstracts consists of an Editor-in-Chief and Editors for Sections, as shown on the second cover page. The Editors are elected annually by the Board of Control. Assistant Editors may be appointed by the Editors. Editors for Sections, with the aid of Assistant Editors for Sections, are responsible for editing the material of their respective sections as this is supplied by the Bibliography Committee (from the Collaborators and other Abstractors), and also for citations and abstracts of non-periodical literature The Editor-in-Chief, with the approval of the Board of Editors, is responsible for the general make-up of the issues, for the final compilations of the author and subject indexes, and for such other details as are left to him by the Editors for Sections. The Bibliography Committee of Botanical Abstracts, the membership of which is shown on the second cover page, is appointed annually by the Executive Committee of the Board of Control. The Bibliography Committee is charged with the responsibility of arranging for th«- prompt citing and abstracting of serial botanical literature. In performing this fimction, the Committee assigns to individual Collaborators the complete responsibility for furnishing thp abstracts of all botanical papers in a specified serial publication, or in a limited number of serials. The Committee is further charged with the duty of maintaining an accurate record through a' system of reports furnished currently by the Collaborators, of the state of abstract ing in each serial publication. This record enables the Committee to detect and correct delinquencies in the work of abstracting and to keep the work up to date. The number of assigned serials will eventually exceed 2000, for each of \chich a record of the state of N FORMATION CONCERNING BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, Continued abp , cting will be maintained in the oflBce of the Bibliography Committee. Headers are eaiicEtly requested to aid the Bibliography Committee by bringing to its attention any serial publications that are not being properly represented in Botanical Abstracts. The chair- man of the Committee for 1921 is J. R. Schramm, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Collaborators of Botanical Abstracts. A large number of botanical workers in all parts of the world have volunteered to assume complete responsibility for securing citations and abstracts from one or more serial publications as assigned to them by the Bibliography Committee. This corps of voluntary workers (called Collaborators) really constitutes the basis of the service rendered by Botanical Abstracts. Through their work it is made certain that serial publications are promptly entered. A list of the names of Collaborators 18 published once a year in Botanical Abstracts. It is desirable that a considerable reserve list of collaborators be maintained, in order to allow for necessary changes, and additional collaborators are therefore earnestly solicited. Abstractors for Botanical Abstracts. Collaborators frequently prepare abstracts themselves, and are thus Abstractors, but they also arrange for others to prepare them. Every abstract is signed by the Abstractor who prepares it, but entries by citation alone are not signed. The Collaborators are responsible for these citations. There are many volun- tary contributors to the enterprise besides the Collaborators; The Printing and Circulation of Botanical Abstracts is in the hands of the Publisher?, according to the terms of a definite contract between them and the Board of Control. All other matters are directly in the hands of the Board of Control. Correspondence concerning subscriptions should be addressed to the Publishers or their agents; other matters should be referred to the Chairman of the Board of Control, to the Chairman of the Bibliography Com- mittee, or to the Editor-in-Chief. Readers of Botanical Abstracts are earnestly requested to make careful note of any errors that occur in the journal, with their corrections, and to send these notes to the Editor- in-Chief. If all will cooperate in this it will be possible to supply a page of corrigenda with each volume. Botanical Abstracts is published monthly. Each volume contains about 300 pages. xVo claims are allowed for copies lost in the mails unless such claims are received within 30 days (90 days for places outside of the United States and Canada) of the date of issue. Price per volume, net, postpaid: $3.00.. United States and dependencies; $3.12, Canada: 83,25, other countries. The current volumes are IX and X. Back volumes, Volumes III to VIII, inclusive, can be supplied. Volumes I and II are out of print. Subscriptions are received at the following addresses, for the respective countries: United States of North America and dependencies; Mexico; Cuba: Williams «&Wilkiii8 Company, Publishers of Scientific Journals and Books, Mount Royal and Guilford Avenues, Baltimore. Argentina and Uruguay: Beutelspacher y Cia., Sarmiento 815, Buenos Aires. Australia: Stirling & Co., 317 Collins St., Melbourne. Belgium: Henri Lamertin, 58 Rue Coudenberg, Bruxelles. The British Empire, except Australia and Canada: Order from any British bookeeller or order direct from the Publishers. Canada: Wm. Dawson & Sons, Ltd., 87 Queen Street, East Toronto. Denmark: H. Hagerup's Boghandel, Gothersgade 30, Kjobenhavn. France: Emile Bougault, 48 Rue des Ecoles, Paris. Germany: R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin N.W., 6. Holland: Scheltema & Holkema, Rokin 74-76, Amsterdam, Japan and Korea: Maruzen Company, Ltd. (Maruzen-Kabushiki-Kaisha), 11-16 Nihoo- baski Tori-Sanchome, Tokyo; Fukuoka, Osaka, Kyoto, and Sendai, Japan. Spain: Ruiz Hermanos, Plaza de Santa Ana 13, Madrid. Vol. X FEBRUARY, 1922 No. 4 ENTRIES 1447-2066 Botanical Abstracts A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense PUBLISHED MONTHLY UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. A democratically constituted organization, with members representing many societies interested in plants THE SOCIETIES NOW REPRESENTED AND THE MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF CONTROL (The Members of the Executive Committee for 1922 are indicated by asterisks) American Association for the Advancement of Science, Section G. R. A. Harper, Columbia University, New York City. B. E. Livingston, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, Baltimore, Maryland. Botanical Society of America, General Section. H. A. Gleason, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. *B. M. Davis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Botanical Society of America, Physiological Section. Otis F. Curtis (Secrelnry of the Board), Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. *B. M. DuGGAR, Missouri Botanical Gar- den, St. Louis, Missouri. Botanical Society of America, Systematic Section. Marshall A. Howe, New York Botani- cal Garden, New York City. J. H. Barnhart, New York Botanical Garden, New York City. Botanical Society of America, Mycological Section. C. H. Kaufpman, University of Michi- gan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Bruce Fink, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio. American Society of Naturalists. H. 11. Bartlett, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. *J. A. Harris, Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York. Ecological Society of America. H. L. Shantz, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C. *Forrest Shreve {Chairinan of the Board), Desert Laboratory, Carnegie Institu- tion, Tucson, Arizona. Paleontological Society cf America. Arthur Hollick, 61 Wall Street, New Brighton, New York. E. W. Berry, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Marvland. American Society cf Agronomy. C. B. Hutchison, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. C. A. MooERS, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee. Society for Horticultural Science. V. R. Gardner, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri. E. J. Kraus, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. American Phytopathological Society. L. R. Jones, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. Donald Reddick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Society of American Foresters. Raphael Zon, U. S. Forest Service, Wash- ington, D. C. J. S. Illick, Pennsylvania Department of Forestrj-, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. American Conference of Pharmaceutical Faculties. Heber W. Youngken, Philadelphia Col- lege of Pharmacy and Science, Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. HenryKraemer, Mt. Clemens, Michigan. Canadian Society of Technical Agricul- turists. W. P. Thompson, University of Sas- katchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. B. T. Dickson, Macdonald College, Macdonuld College, Quebec. Royal Society of Canada. F. E. Lloyd, McGill University, Mon- treal, Quebec. J. H. Faull, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario. At Large W. A. Orton, U. S. Bureau of Plant J. R. Schramm (ex officio), National Re- Industry, Washington, D. C. search Council, Washington, D. C. WILLIAMS & WILKINS COMPANY BALTIMORE, U. S. A. Entered as second-class matter, November 9, 1918, at the post oflBce at Baltimore, Maryland, under the Act of March 3, 1879 Copyright 1922, Williams & Wilkins Company CONTENTS Agronomy 1447-1526 Bibliography, Biography and History 1527-1591 Botanical Education 1592-1603 Cytology p. 242 Ecology and Plant Geography p. 242 Forest Botany and Forestry 1604^1670 Genetics 1671-1748 Horticulture 1749-1815 Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants 1816-1835 Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae p. 279 Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes 1836-1846 Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes p. 281 Paleobotany and Evolutionary History 1847-1851 Pathology 1852-1904 Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy 1905-1918 Physiology 1919-1977 Soil Science 1978-1998 Taxonomy of Vascular Plants 1999-2049 Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications 2050-2066 BOARD OF EDITORS FOR 1922 AND ASSISTANT EDITORS Editor-in-Chief, J. R. SCHRAMM National Research Council, Washington, D. C. EDITORS FOR SECTIONS Agronomy. C. V. Piper, U. S. Bureau of Plant Indus- try, Washington, D. C.— Assistant Editor, Mary R. Burr, U. S. Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D.C. Bibliography, Biography and Histoty. Carroll W. Dodge, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa- chusetts. Botanical Education. C. Stuart Gager, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. — Assistant Editor, Arthur H. Graves, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Cytology. Gilbert M. Smith, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. — Assistant Editor, Geo. S. Bryan, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin. Ecology and Plant Geography. H. C. Cowles, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. — Assistant Editor, Geo. D. Fuller, The University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois. Forest Botany and Forestry. Jos. S. Illick, Penn- sylvania Department of Forestry, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Genetics. Orland E. White, Brooklyn Botanic Garden, Brooklyn, New York. Horticulture. J. H. Gourley, Ohio Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Wooster, Ohio. — Assistant Editor, H. E. Knowlton, West Virginia University, Morgan- town, West Virginia. Miscellaneous, Unclassified Publications. Burton E. Livingston, The Johns Hopkins University, Balti- more, Maryland. — Assistant Editor, Sam F. Tre- LE.vsE, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Morphology, Anatomy and Histology of Vascular Plants. E. W. SiNNOTT, Connecticut {Agricultural College, Storrs, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Algae. E. N. Transeau, Ohio Stite University, Columbus, Ohio.— Assistant Editor, L. H. Tiffany, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio. Morphology and Taxonomy of Bryophytes. Alexander W.Evans, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut. Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi, Lichens, Bacteria and Myxomycetes. H. M. Fitzpatrick, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. Paleobotany and Evolutionary History. Edward W. Berry, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland. Pathology. Frederick V. Rand, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C— Assistant Editor, Lillian C. Cash, Bureau of Plant Industry, Wash- ington, D. C. Pharmaceutical Botany and Pharmacognosy. Heber W. YouNQKEN, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science,Philade]phia,Penn8ylvania. — Assistant Editor, E. N. Gathbrcoal, 701 South Wood St., Chicago, Illinois. Physiology. B. M. Dugqar, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, William J. RoBBiNS, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mis- souri. Soil Science. A. G. McCall, University of Mary- land, College Park, Maryland. Taxonomy of Vascular Plants. J. M. Greenman, Mis- souri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri. — Assistant Editor, E. B. Payson, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. BIBLIOGRAPHY COMMITTEE FOR 1922 J" R. Schramm, Chairman, National Research Council, Washington, D. C. H. O. Buckman R. Hosmer W. H. Chandler L. Knudson A. J. Eames D. Reddick R. A. Emerson L. W. Sharp H. M. Fitzpatrick K. M.Wieqand R. S. Harris, Secretary NOTICE 1. Annual Vohinies. — The former practice of issuing approx- imately 300-page volumes will be discontinued. Instead, begin- ning with Volume 1 1 , single annual volumes will be issued in monthly numbers, the December number being devoted to the annual authors' and subject indexes. In making the transition, Volume 11 will unavoidably have but ten numbers (March- December inclusive). 2. Subject Index for Volumes 1-10. — Various causes have pre- vented the publication of subject indexes in accordance with the schedules announced in earlier numbers. In view of the transition to the annual volume basis it seemed best to extend this delay slightly and issue a single subject index for Volumes 1-10 inclusive. This index is now practically complete in manu- script form, and will be ready to print in the near future. As soon as the approximate manufacturing cost of this index can be determined, subscribers will be informed and given an oppor- tunity to place orders for it. Board of Control of Botanical Abstracts BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS A monthly serial furnishing abstracts and citations of publications in the international field of botany in its broadest sense. UxNDF.R THE DIRECTION OF ^,_, ,^, .' THE BOARD OF CONTROL OF BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, INC. XWOA AV3\i J. R. Schramm, Editor-in-Chief AHV>T«»'l National Research Council, Washington, D. C. Vol. X FEBRUARY, 1922 No. 4 ENTRIES 1447-2066 AGRONOMY C. V. Piper, Editor Mary R. Burr, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1545, 1663, 1667, 1703, 1739, 1828, 1885, 1887, 1893, 1929, 1963, 1976, 1980, 1983, 1984, 1988, 1995) 1447, Anonymous. Agricultural research. Nature 107: 731-732. 1921. — This is an abstract of an address, by Sir Daniel Hall at the Royal Society of Arts, dealing with agri- cultural organization in Great Britain. — 0. A. Stevens. 144S. Anonymous. Berichte der hoheren staatlichen Gartnerlehranstalt zu Dahlem, der hoheren staatlichen Lehranstalt fiir Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau zu Geisenheim a. Rh. und der hoheren staatlichen Lehranstalt fiir Obst- und Gartenbau zu Proskau fiir die Rechnungs- jahre 1918 und 1919, [Reports of the higher government gardeners school at Dahlem; of the higher government school for vineyard, fruit, and garden culture at Geisenheim on the Rhine, and the higher government school for fruit and garden culture at Proskau for the fiscal years 1918 and 1919.] Landw. Jahrb. 56: Ergiinzungsband I. 337p. 1921. — There are separately paged reports from each of the above institutions, carrying respectively 76, 147, and 114 pages. In addition to financial and other administrative reports there are brief statements regarding practical and scientific investigations in vineyard, orchard, and garden culture, plant physi- ology and pathology, soil science, genetics, etc. — A. J. Pieters. 1449. Anonymous. Cultivation and fertilizing. Bundaberg Field Day. Australian Sugar Jour. 13: 215-216. 1921. — A report is given of the experiments in operation at Margam, the local experiment station at Bundaberg. These demonstrated that in that region cane planted close together in rows 5 feet apart gave the greatest tonnage in comparison with (the same variety being used and the same treatment given) cane planted 6 and 7 feet apart. In con- nection with fertilizing, as far as this district is concerned, liming of the red soils had not shown adequate results either in the growth or the value of the cane produced. One plot ^to which green manure and 1 ton of lime had been applied produced at the end of 24 months ^a crop of 16.77 tons of D. 1135 cane per acre containing 2.39 tons C. C. S. (cured centrifugal sugar). Another plot, to which lime but no green manure had been given, yielded 15.SS tons of cane per acre, equaling 2.09 tons C. C. S. A 3rd plot, receiving neither lime nor green manure, gave 19.42 tons of cane, equivalent in sugar yield to 2.08 tons C. C. S. — C. Rumbold. 221 BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 4 222 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1450. Anoxtmous. Falsificacion de la semilla de alfalfa. [Adulteration of alfalfa seed.] Bol. Agric. Provincia Buenos Aires 1^: 3-4. 1920. — Warning is given that alfalfa seed may be adulterated with seed of a weed, Medicago denticulata. — John A. Stevenson. 1451. Anonymous. El pochote y su cultivo. [Kapok cultivation.] Jalisco Rural 3: 441- 445. 1921. — The cultivation and harvesting of kapok {Ceiba sp.) are discussed. — John A. Stevenson, 1452. Anonymous. Grass and cotton. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 62. 1921. [Abstract of an article in Color Trade Journal, Aug., 1920.] — This article tells of a Japanese grass, Phijl- lospadix Scouleri, used for fiber, which, mixed wnth cotton, makes a very strong thread. — Chas. H. Otis. 1453. Anonymous. Notes on some South African raw materials. Products of farm and veld. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 359-371. 1921. — Excepting the baobab and possibly the wattle, South Africa has no trees suitable and in sufficient quantities for paper making, but a number of grasses have been found suitable. These are Cymbopogon hirtus, Themeda Jorskalii var. ynollissima Hack, Tambookie grass, Sorghum halepense, and Andropogon hirtiflorus. The chief fiber plants grown in the Union are Cannabis sativa, Hibiscus cannabinus, Fur- croya gigantea, Asclepias frulicosa, Sida rhombifolia, Sparmannia, and Sisal. Possible sources of oils, waxes, gums, vegetable dyes, drugs, industrial alcohol, and tanning materials are also mentioned. — E. M. Doidge. 1454. Anonymous. Trigos para simientes. [Seed wheat.] Rev. Soc. Rural Cordoba [Argentina] 20: 4979-4989. 1920. — This is a discussion of the varieties of wheat adapted to Argentina. — J . A. Stevenson. 1455. Arana, Marcblino db. Praderas artificiales en secano. [Artificial pastures for unirrigated lands.] Bol. Agric. Tec. y Econ. [Espana] 12: 362-366, 433-435. 1920.— Alfalfa and other legumes are recommended for planting on dry lands. — John A. Stevenson. 1456. Arnim, von. Vorrichtung zum Beizen des Saatgetreides. [Apparatus for treating seed grain.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 563-564. 1921. — The author calls attention to the fact that the various forms of apparatus for treating seed grain now on the market are expensive; he suggests a simpler form, which is described and illustrated. — A. J. Pieters. 1457. Baker, E. Hop growing experiments in South Africa. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3 : 27-43. PL 1-1 4- 1921. — Experiments in hop growing carried out at George during the past 3 years are described. It may now be definitely stated that hops can be grown satisfactorily in at least one part of South Africa and that hop growing may possibly develop into a staple industry. — E. M. Doidge. 1458. Balme, Juan. No es indiferente elegir cualquier variedad de trigo para semilla. [Use care in selecting a wheat variety for planting.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 6: 140-142. 4 fig- 1921. — The importance of selecting a variety of wheat adapted to the locality in which it is to be grown is emphasized. — John A. Stevenson. 1459. Bornemann, O. Lemmermann, Gerlach, und Friedr. Riedel. Zur Eohlenstoffer- nahrung der Kulturpflanzen. [Concerning carbon nutrition of cultivated plants.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36 : 481-485, 496-498. 1921 . — This is a presentation of the different views of the authors on this subject. All agree that an increase in the CO2 content of the atmos- phere results in increased plant growth. Bornemann, however, contends that stable and green manure turned under in spring rather than in fall results in larger yields because of the increased CO2 content. Lemmermann cites several experiments to show that the best time to turn under stable and green manure varies with the character of soil, spring plowing giving best yields on light soils, while on heavy soils greater yields may be expected from fall plowing. This he attributes in part to the more speedy nitrification on light soils and the No. 4, February, 1922] AGRONOMY 223 subsequent loss of the nitrates. Lemmermann also points out that where artificial fertilizers were used no additional effect was shown by the use of stable manure, as would be expected if CO2 influenced the yield. He insists that Bornemann's contention that stable and green manures increase the CO2 content and that this factor is to be credited with the increased yields has not been proved by any accurate experiments. Riedel, an engineer, describes the pronounced effect of CO2 fertilizing in greenhouses, and discusses the possibility of using waste gases as cheap sources of CO2. [See also Bot. Absts. 7, Entries 626, 1304; 8, Entries 12, 32; 9, Entry 540.]—^. J. Pieters. 14G0. BovBT, Pedro A. Apuntes sobre Phalaris bulbosa 0 mata de gramilla dulce. [Notes on Phalaris bulbosa.] Bol. Agric. Provincia Buenos Aires 1^: 3-14. 9 fig. 1920. — Experi- ments were conducted to test the availability of Phalaris bulbosa as a forage crop in the dry and unirrigated sections of the province of Buenos Aires, where the rainfall is less than 310 mm. per annum. Seedings failed to live through the dry period, but cuttings were more successful. — John A. Stevenson. 1461. BovET, Pedro A. Ensajo de cultivo de kafir, feterita y milo (1917-18). [Experi- ments in 1917-18 with kafir, feterita, and milo.] Bol. Agric. Provincia Buenos Aires P: 9-14. 2 fig. 1920. — Experiments have been conducted with kafir, feterita, and milo to test their adaptability to the dry conditions prevailing in the province of Buenos Aires. — John A. Stevenson. 1462. Bruxo, Albert. La toxicite du borax pour les vegetaux. Note critique. [The toxicity of borax for plants. Critical note.] Ann. Sci. Agron. FranQaise et Etrangere 37: 185- 190. 1920. — The author briefly reviews American literature bearing on the subject, calling attention especially to the work of Conner [see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1381], Schreiner and Skinner [see Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 1431], and their co-workers. He states that their results are contrary to those obtained in various researches in France as shown in the work of Ber- trand and Riviere and Bailhache. Admitting that the method of incorporation of the ferti- lizer in the soil is a factor affecting its toxicity, the author suggests that the Americans made an initial mistake in experimenting only with the Sear les Lake salts, which he thinks may contain some substance more toxic than borax. In conclusion these investigations with borax- containing fertilizers are cited as new proof of the great difficulties confronting investigators of plant physiological problems. — A. B. Beaumont. 1463. Calvino, Eva Mambli de. Estudios anatomicas y fisiologicos sobre la cafia de azucar en Cuba. [Anatomical and physiological studies of sugar cane in Cuba.] Estac. Exp. Agron. [Cuba] Bol. 46. 49 p., 21 fig. 1921. — The author gives briefly the history of the pro- duction of new varieties of sugar cane from true seed, including the work done to date by the experiment station. The methods originated in Java, India, and elsewhere for obtaining fertile seed are discussed. Varieties Uba, Cristalina, and C291 are described, and histological details by which the 3 may be distinguished are given. Humidity, soil moisture, and other factors which may influence the time of flowering are discussed. The presence of starch grains in the pollen indicates normal condition. Several crosses were made and seedlings grown from the resulting seed. — John A. Stevenson. 1464. Calvino, Mario. Informe de los aSos 1918-1919 y 1919-1920 de la estacion experi- mental agronomica. [Report of the agricultural experiment station for 1918-1919 and 1919- 1920.] Informe An. Estac. Exp. Agron. [Cuba] 1918-1920: 1-786. 329 fig. 1920.— The work reported includes varietal and cultural tests with the following plants: potatoes, maize (native and Mexican varieties), rice, wheat, buckwheat, milo, Eleusine coracana, many varieties of soy beans, Dolichos lahlab, Canavali spp., velvet beans, cow peas, pigeon peas. Pennisetum purpureuni, Meibomia leiocarpa, Tripsacutn latifolium, Paspalum dilatatum, Jxophorus uni- setus, Solanum verbascifolium, Peruvian alfalfa, cotton, tobacco, and sugar cane. Studies were made of the oil-producing capacities of peanut, castor bean, and Salvia hispanica, and the fiber-producing qualities of Meibomia leiocarpa, Spartium junceum, and Hibiscus sab- dariffa var. altissima. — John A. Stevenson. 224 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1465. CoRREA Mendes, F. C. Relatorio de alguns servifos mais importantes a cargo da Direcfao dos Servifos Agricolas, e Florestais, 1919-20. [Report of the Director of the agri- cultural and forestry service.] Bol. Agric. [Nova Goa] 2: 28-61. 1920. — The author outlines the activities of the agricultural and forestry service, the most important feature of which is an extensive plan for encouraging the cotton industry. — John A. Stevenson. 1466. Cross, W. E. Distancia a que debe plantarse la caSa de azucar. [Planting distance for sugar cane.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 87-100. 1919. — As a result of 3 and 4 year tests with a number of varieties of sugar cane the author concludes that to secure most economically the greatest quantity of sugar per hectare the distance between rows ought to be the minimum distance which permits of convenient cultivation with modern cultivation machines. This distance is 1.5-1.8 m. — John A. Stevenson. 1467. Cross, W, E. El deterioro de las canas cortadas. [Deterioration of cut cane.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 54-55. 1919. — The necessity of milling the Javan varieties of cane as soon as possible after cutting is emphasized. A delay of 3-5 daj's is permissible in cool weather, but the time should be shortened beginning with September. — John A. Stevenson, 1468. Cross, W. E. El problema de la cafia no molida. [The problem of uimiilled cane.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 42-45. 1919. — Wet weather and other conditions often make it impossible to mill all available cane in a given season. Experiments were conducted to ascertain the effect of leaving cane in the field for 2 seasons. During the seasons 1911-13 and 1916-18 the varieties Kavangire, POJ313, 234, 36, and 228 did not suffer any loss in sucrose or purity, and continued to grow during the 2nd season. The ratooning power of the stools was not injured. — John A. Stevenson. 1469. Cross, W. E. El tratamiento de la cafia danada por las heladas. [Treatment of cane injured by freezing.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 143-153. 1920. — Temperatures of —2 to — 26°C. in July, 1919, injured cane in Tucuman. Varieties Rose Bamboo and B208 showed practically no resistance, Java 228 and 108 were somewhat more resistant, and Java 36, 213, and 234 were very notably resistant. Decomposition of several types (Leuconostoc and other organisms) may follow freezing. Under Tucuman conditions it is best to leave frozen cane in the fields until cut, but cutting as soon as possible. In the mill great care must be exercised in handling the juice. Cleanliness is essential to prevent further fermentation. Cane too badly fermented for grinding can be used for alcohol or for fuel. — John A. Stevenson. 1470. Cross, W. E. Informe anual del ano 1918. [Report for 1918.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 1-30. 6 fig. 1919. — Various crops were tested as to availability for replacing cane, in which over production is threatened. Both native and Javan cane seedlings were studied. Other sugar cane work included irrigation experiments, fertilizer tests, plant- ing methods, distance of planting, and the effect of freezing. A number of cane varieties are described. Tests were made with spineless cactus, the Dahomey variety of sweet potato, and with cotton. Varietal tests with tomatoes and citrus were also carried out. — John A. Stevenson. 1471. Cross, W. E. Informe anual del afio 1919. [Annual report for 1919.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 11 : 1-24, 29-44. 19 fig. 1920. — The activities and projects of the Tucuman agricultural experiment station include experiments with sugar cane, sugar beets, cotton, and a wide range of forage crops. — John A. Stevenson. 1472. Cross, W. E. La necesidad de la rotacion de cultivos para la cafia de Java. [Neces- sity for crop rotations with the Javan cane varieties.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 115-124. 2 fig. 1920. — The replacing of native (criollo) varieties of sugar cane with Javan seedlings necessitates changes in field practice of which crop rotation is the most important. The rotation recommended for Tucuman is 4 years in cane and 1 year in cowpeas, either alone or interplanted with maize; the cowpeas are plowed under. The plan recommended reduces the acreage in cane but gives a higher total yield. — John A. Stevenson. No. 4, February, 1922] AGRONOMY 225 1473. Cross, W.E. Recientes resultados con algunos variedades de cafia. [Recent results with cane varieties.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tuciiman 10: 74-79. 1919. — A report of 4 years' tests of the varieties S.N. 179, S.N.211, L.CO, and Collyn's seedling is given. All gave low yields as compared with the Javan seedlings and are not frost resistant, consequently are considered unsatisfactory for Tucuman. After 5 years' tests Variety POJ105 is pronounced inferior to POJ36 and 213 in yield and frost and disease resistance. After 3 years' tests D1135 was found less frost resistant than the Javan varieties. Its contained sugar, however, does not invert so rapidly. — John A. Stevenson. 1474. DoBLAS, Jos6 Herrera. Estudio sobre el maiz. [Maize studies.] Bol. Asoc. Agric. Espafia 12: 94-98. 1920. — This preliminary study of varieties of corn (maize) lists varieties by size of stalk and height of plant. Certain common varieties are compared as to size of grain, weight of ear, and other characters. — John A. Stevenson. 1475. EspiNOSA, Luis. El mejoramiento de la cana de azucar en Rio Verde, San Luis Potosi. [Improving sugar cane.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: 810-816. 9 fig. 1921. — Brief descriptions and cultural directions are given of certain cane varieties, including Red Assam, Hambleden seedling, Hawaii 16 and 27, Lahaina, Morada, and Ribbon. — John A. Stevenson. 1476. Fawcett, G. L. La obtencion de canas de semilla producida en la Argentina. [Pro- duction of sugar cane seedlings from Argentina seed.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 31-41. 13 fig. 1919. — Until 1919 attempts by experiment station workers to obtain fertile seed for seedling production in Tucuman failed. This is thought to be due to weather con- ditions. The flowering panicles of the native cane variety (criolla), Kavangire, and certain of the Javan varieties are described. — John A. Stevenson. 1477. Fawcett, G. L. Notas adicionales sobre las cafias crioUas. [Further notes on native canes.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 169-175. 3 fig. 1920. — Notes on the origin and distinguishing characters of native cane varieties in Tucuman are given. Pubescence, particularly of the buds, is considered. The prevalence of mutations in the varieties Rayada (striped), Morada (dark red), and Blanca (white), in comparison with the same or similar varieties in Java and elsewhere, is discussed. The author holds that the dark red cane has given rise to the striped and the striped to the white, but that the reverse has not occurred. Dr. Jeswiet of Java disagrees in part with this conclusion. — John A. Stevenson. 1478. Ferreira, Emilio I. El algodonero. [The cotton plant.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Naci6n [Argentina] 25: 388—103. 1921. — This is a discussion of cotton culture and the varieties adapted to Argentina, seed selection, planting, cultivation, harvesting, and ginning. — John A. Stevenson. 1479. Gasser, G. W. Report of the work at Rampert station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1918: 33-54. PI. 3-4. 1920. — Among important facts recorded are: Medicago falcata is the only alfalfa perfectly hardy; Vicia cracca scored its first failure, after doing well in previous years; Trijolium lupinaster suffered winter injury for the first time since seeded in 1914; field peas were a failure on very dry ground, as only 1.6 inches of rain fell during IMay, June, and July, — lower-lying ground produced some peas; winter wheat and 1 variety of rj'e were failures, but 2 varieties of rye wintered almost perfectly. In the grain-breeding work all plats, except for a few increase plats of barlej^, oats, and wheat, were head to row, with 2 drill-row plats; earliest barley and oats ripened in 79 days from date of seeding, earliest wheat in 84 days. Hemp made a short spindling growth; flax ripened 10 per cent of seed when cut Sept. 7; some seed of Jersey Wakefield cabbage was produced, but carrot seed failed to ripen; potatoes grown in pens or cribs produced only I as much as in the garden, where 2-2.8 pounds per hill were produced; peas, celerj^ beans, cabbage, cauliflower, brussels sprouts, kohl-rabi, chard, beets, sugar beets, and carrots were grown successfully in the garden, while cucumbers, muskmelons, egg plant, and peppers were grown in hotbeds; tomatoes were grown in the greenhouse, and a few ripened outside; strawberries winter-killed to some extent; flowers and house plants were successfully grown. — /. P. Anderson. 226 AGEONOMY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1480. Gasser, G. W. Report of work at Rampert station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1919: 30-44. PI. 3-6. 1920. — The author reports on trials and breeding of wheat, barley, oats, and rye. Medicago falcata, Vicia cracca, field peas, and various garden vegetables and potatoes were also grown. Most greenhouse plants fail to survive the winter as the sun dis- appears entirely from late November to late January. — J. P. Anderson. 1481. GiROLA, Carlos D. El cultivo del ricino en Argentina. [Cultivation of the castor bean.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Naci6n [Argentina] 25: 469-498. 2 fig. 1920.— The culture of castor bean is well adapted to certain portions of Argentina lying between the 32nd and 40th parallels. The species or type known as Ricinus sanguineus is recommended for this region. Higher yields are obtained from annual plantings than where the plant is treated as a peren- nial. Cultural directions from planting to harvesting are given, and methods of oil extraction are considered. — John A. Stevenson. 1482. GiROLA, Carlos D. Planta invasora-perjudicial y toxica. [An injurious and poison- ous plant immigrant.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Naci6n [Argentina] 25: 1 colored pi. (facing p. 468). 1920.— This author describes Datura stramonium, the damage it causes, and methods of control. — John A. Stevenson. 1483. GiROLA, Carlos D. Planta invasora-perjudicial. [An injurious plant immigrant.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Nacion [Argentma] 25: I colored pi. {facing p. 380). 1921.— The author describes Cirsium lanceolatum, damage caused by it, and methods of control. — John A. Stevenson. 1484. GiROLA, Carlos D. Sobre una leguminosa forrajera indigena. [A native legumi- nous forage plant.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Nacion. [Argentina] 25: 37.5-387. 1 fig. 1920. — Meibomia leiocarpa, said to be indigenous in Argentina and Brazil, has proved satisfactory as a forage crop in tropical and subtropical Argentina. It is valuable as green feed and for silage. The plant is described and cultural directions are given. The feed value of the plant is shown by analyses made in Argentina, Brazil, and Cuba. — John A. Stevenson. 1485. Gir6n, Enrique Gim6nbz. Estudio sobre germinacion de semilla duras. [Germi- nation of hard seeds.] Bol. Agric. Tec. y Econ. [Espana] 13 : 596-608. 3 fig. 1921.— The author discusses mechanical and chemical means of increasing the germination percentage of hard-coated seeds. — John A. Stevenson. 1486. Granbl Joaquin. La avena. [Oats.] Bol. Soc. Rural Cordoba [Argentina] 20: 5271-5282. 1920. — This history of the cultivation of oats in Argentina includes cultural directions as to soils, fertilizers, seeding, varieties, rotations, and harvesting. — John A. Stevenson. 1487. Hall, Thos. D. Moisture in maize. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 80-81. 1921. — Maize harvested and stored in this climate is not ready to ship to the coast before the end of July or beginning of August. A table is given showing the percentage of moisture in stored maize at different dates. — E. M. Doidge. 1488. Hartwell, Burt L. Thirty-second annual report of the director of the Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station. Bull. Rhode Island State Coll. 15: 69-84. 1920.— The report gives brief statements of the results of the experiments of 1919, grouped in part under the following headings: Organic matter for the soil; efficiency of fertilizers and other manures; plant differences and needs; effect of crops on each other; changing sour soils; plant propagation; inheritance studies with poultry and rabbits; studies of immunity and infection. —B.L. Hart^vell. 1489. KuHNERT. Der Sonderausschuss fxir Flachsbau der D. L. G. und seine Tatigkeit. [The commission for flax culture of the Deutsche Landwirtschaftliche Gesellschaft and its work.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 417-420. 1921.— The author briefly reviews the No. 4, February, 1922] AGRONOMY 227 origin of the commission and reports on fertilizer tests. Stable manure was injurious, potash and phosphoric acid increased both quantity and quality of output, and nitrogenous fertilizers were helpful if used sparingly and with extreme care. Microscopical studies of the length, diameter, and tensile strength of fibers were also made. — A. J. Pieters. 1490. Melle, H. a. Spineless cactus as a fodder for stock. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 68-79. 5 fig. 1921. — Spineless cactus is easily and cheaply grown and is an excellent means of preventing soil erosion. It is a natural silage and may be harvested at any season of the year. Although not a balanced ration it can be fed in large quantities with other foods, especially during the winter months. — E. M. Doidge. 1491. Navarro, Bkrnab:6 G. La industria de los textiles vegetales en las territories nacionales del norte del pais. [The textile industry in the northern territories of Argentina.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Naci6n [Argentina] 25 : 499-522. 1921. — The author discusses the textile needs of the country and the prospects of obtaining home-grown supplies. Details of the long staple cotton growing industry in the U. S. A. and of the sisal industry of Yucatan are given, and certain indigenous fiber-yielding plants are described. — John A. Stevenson. 1493. Noll, C. F., and R. D. Lewis. Soy beans. Pennsylvania |Agric. Exp. Sta. Bull. 167. 20 p., 1 fig. 1921. — Soy bean varieties leading in yield of seed in these tests were Ebony, Elton, Manchuria, Merko, Mongol, and Ohio 10,015. Those leading in yield of hay are Ohio 7,490, Ohio 10,015, Elton, Ohio 9,035, Ohio 9,010, and Merko. In an 8-year comparison of soy beans and oats, each in a 4 year rotation, soy beans produced much more protein per acre. When cut for hay soy beans also produced slightly more net energy. Wheat gave somewhat lower yields after soy beans than after oats, because of late seeding after soy beans. Soy beans when grown with corn for silage failed to show an increase in total yield over corn grown alone. If soy beans comprise 10 per cent or more of the crop when grown with corn, an ap- preciable increase in per cent of protein is noted in the silage. — C. R. Orton. 1493. Parish, E. Chicory as a farm crop. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 12-130. 1921. — This is a general account of cultural methods for chicory and is supplemented by notes by K. Meldal Johnsen, on the cultivation of the crop in the Alexandria District of the Cape Province. — E. M. Doidge. 1494. Pratt, H. E. Report of work at the Kodiak live stock and breeding station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1918: 84-90. PI. 10. 1920. — Oats and field peas were grown for hay. Ten acres of Banner oats were grown; also 3 varieties of barley. Red clover and alfalfa were winter killed. A variety of vetch made poor growth compared with field peas. Attempts to introduce tussock-grass {Poa jlahellata) from the Falkland Islands were not successful. Twelve varieties of potatoes were tested. Silage is made chiefly from beach rye {EUjvnis mollis) and beach sedge {Carex cryptocarpa) . Sunflowers grown for silage were not profitable. Native bluetop {Calamagroslis langsdorfii) is the principal grass used for hay. — /. P. Anderson^ 1495. PuiG, Juan. El cultivo del Phalaris bulbosa en el Uruguay. [Cultivation of Phalaris bulbosa in Urugu.ay.] Inspecci6n Nacion. Ganaderia y Agric. [Uruguay] Bol. 40. S2 p., 6 fig. 1921. — Either seed or cuttings may be used to establish Phalaris bulbosa, which has proved an excellent forage crop. It is very resistant to cold, grows on practically all soils, and yields as a rule 4 cuttings each season. The author outlines cultural directions, and tabulates yields obtained in experimental work. — John A. Stevenson. 1496. PuiG, Juan. El sorgo azucarado. [Sweet sorghum.] Inspecci6n Nacion. Gana- deria y Agric. [Uruguay] Bol. 39. 42 p., 19 fig. 1920. — Sorghum has proved very satisfactory as a forage crop under the dry conditions prevailing in many parts of Uruguay. Cultural directions are given, including methods of harvesting, and preparation of silage. Variety tests were conducted with milo, amber sorghum, pink Kaffir, Sudan grass, and other sorghum ■varieties, the variety commonly grown being Early Minnesota; j'ields obtained are tabulated. A method of making chemical tests for presence of hydrocyanic acid in the forage from the 228 AGRONOMY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, varieties is described; a color chart illustrating these tests is included. The feeding value of the sorghums in relation to alfalfa and other forage crops is discussed, and the chemical analyses of the grain and hay obtained from the various varieties are given. — John A. Stevenson. 1497. QuiN, Herbert G. The peanut (Arachis hypogea). Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 160-164, 8 fig. 1921. — This is a general account of the peanut plant and methods to be used in its cultivation. — E. M. Doidge. 1498. Rader, F. E. Report of work at Matanuska station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1918: 71-84:. pi. 7-9. 1920. — The grains for seeding were grown at the Fairbanks station in 1917. Three varieties of wheat, 2 of oats, and 2 of barley were tried. Spelt grew v/ell but lodged badly and did not ripen; buckwheat was successful. Oats were grown for hay. Several varieties of winter rye made good growth. Canada field peas sown May 18 had ripened half the pods by Oct. 1. Corn was not a success. Sugar beets were small, containing 14.6- 16.9 per cent sugar. Mangel-wurzel, beets, and carrots grown for stock feed gave disap- pointing results; rutabagas and turnips, however, did well. Forty varieties of potatoes and 10 of the best early seedlings from the Sitka station were tried. Potatoes are the chief money crop of the region. Cauliflower does well. A nursery is being started. — /. P. Anderson. 1499. Renson, Carlos. El barajillo, leguminosa forrajera de America Central. [A leguminous forage plant for Central America.] Rev. Agric. Tropic. [Salvador] 1: 65-93. 8 pi. 1921. — Meibomia rensoni Paynter in ed. (locally known as barajillo), a native shrub of Salva- dor growing at altitudes 600-1200 m. above sea level, gives promise as a forage plant. DiflB- culties were experienced in obtaining a stand, because sections of the pods were used for planting rather than the cleaned seed. Directions for obtaining cleaned seed and for seeding are given. — John A. Stevenson. 1500. Renson, Carlos. El zacate jaraguS. [Jaragua grass.] Rev. Agric. Trop. [Salva- dor] 1: 2-9. 4 pl- 1921. — Cymbopogon rufus is a forage grass of Brazilian origin which has given excellent results. Directions for obtaining a stand by various methods of seeding are given. — John A. Stevenson. 1501. RiCHTHOFEN, VON. Rauhweizen (Rivett's sheriff bearded). [Bearded wheat (Rivett's sheriff bearded).] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 541. 1921. — Though bearded wheat is seldom grown at present, Rivett's Sheriff Bearded is distinctly advantageous for seeding after oats, as it produces better yields and matures 10 days later than other varieties. The author believes that seeding after clover is a mistake. — A. J. Pieters. 1502. RiNDL, M. Castor beans and castor oil. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 540-547. 1921. — Although climatic and other conditions in Natal and Portuguese East Africa are suited for growing the castor oil plant, the only prospect of commercial success lies in the possibility of the world's demand for lubricants exceeding the supply of mineral-oil lubricants. —E. M. Doidge. 1503. RiNDL, M. Some sources of semi-drying oils. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 479-485. 1921. — The possibilities of a number of plants as oil-producers, are considered. Corn oil and cotton seed oil as produced in South Africa are discussed. Manketti nuts (Rici- nodendron rautanenii Sching) yield a semi-drying oil insoluble in alcohol and readily soluble in light petroleum. But as long as other oil seeds are obtainable at reasonable rates, intrac- table nuts of this kind with low oil content are likely to remain unused; this is true also of Ingogo nuts. Seeds of Jatropha curcas, cultivated in the Portuguese colonies, are exported to Portugal in considerable quantities for making Curcas oil, a strong purgative. — E. M. Doidge. 1504. RoDRfGUEZ, Socrates. Nociones sobre ensilaje de plantas. La parva-silo. [Notes on silage making. The stack silo.] Inspecci6n Nacion. Ganaderia y Agric. [Uruguay] Bol. .35. 22 p., 10 fig. 1919. — Methods of making stack silos and the importance of silage in Argentina No. 4, February, 1922] AGRONOMY 229 and Uruguay are discussed. Directions are given for planting and harvesting, and making silage, of sorghum and corn. — John A. Stevenson. 1505. Ruby, I\I. J. Essais de sorgho et mais a sucre en vue de la production de I'alcool industriel. [Experiments with sorghum and sweet corn for production of industrial alcohol.] Ann. Sci. Agron. Fran^aise et Etrangere 37: 155-161. 1920. — Maize and sorghum were suc- cessfully grown for sugar in the fertile and irrigable lands of the plain of Roussillon (Eastern Pyrenees). On the basis of field experiments with 4 varieties of sorghum and 5 of maize, sorghum is considered preferable because it makes greater vegetative growth, is richer in sugar, and is not injured by the European corn borer (Pyrausia nubilalis), which consider- ably reduced the yield of maize. — .4. B. Beaumont. 1506. ScASSO, Jos:S M. Instrucciones practicas para preparar la par/a- silo o silo al aire libre y el silo comun en tierra. [Instructions for making pit and stack silos.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Nacion [Argentina] 26: 60-87. 19 fig. 1921. — The author gives directions for making various types of pit and stack silos adapted to conditions in Argentina. — John A. Stevenson. 1507. Schubert. Die Feststellung der Ertragssteigerung auf Dauerweiden. [Deter- mining increased yields on permanent pastures.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 338-339. 1921. — The author points out the difficulties in determining returns from treating pastures and proposes using 1 herd only, shifting it from one field to another. Two experiments on fertilizing pastures showed that applying nitrogen caused increased live weight and milk yields which far e.vceeded the cost of the fertilizer. — A. J. Pieters. 1508. ScHULTZ, E. F. El problema de los pastos en Tucuman. [The problem of forage crops for Tucuman.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 59-74. 9 fig. 1919. — The Tucuman experiment station has tested many plants to secure forage crops resistant to the adverse weather conditions, as scarcity of pasturage and forage during the dry seasons causes heavy losses to cattle raisers. Peruvian alfalfa is much superior to the native type, giving 5 cuttings as against about 3 for the latter. It is very resistant to cold, but is injured by excessive rain. Phalaris bulhosa resists cold but is difficult to establish by seeding. Increase by division of old plants has proved more satisfactory. Paspalu-m dilataium was abandoned because of the presence of a fungus (Claviceps) in the spikelets which is reported as killing the stock. Rhodes grass is considered the best of all forage crops that can be grown without irrigation. Sudan grass is very resistant to drouth, a rapid grower and high yielder. Natal grass was not satisfactory. Cow peas can be used in rotations with other crops and are well adapted to all parts of the country. Sweet sorghums, rape, timothy, Dactylis glomerata, Lolium spp., Festuca sp., and Poa pratensis are suited to certain parts of the province. — John A. Stevenson. 1509. ScHULTZ, E. F. La batata forrajera "Dahomey." [The Dahomey sweet potato as a forage crop.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 10: 100-108. 5 fig. 1919. — Until the variety Dahomey, secured from U. S. A. Department of Agriculture, was grown in Tucuman, sweet potatoes had been grown mainly for human food. The Dahomey is recommended for animal feeding because of its large yields, and is in addition superior to the native variety for human consumption. The presence of Rhizoctonia violacea constitutes a drawback to its culture. Cultural directions are given. — John A. Stevenson. 1510. ScHULTZ, E. F. Notas adicionales sobre la grama Rhodes. [Additional notes on Rhodes grass.] Rev. Indust. y Agric. Tucuman 11: 45-54. 7 fig. 1920. — Rhodes grass has survi-ved temperatures of from —7 to — 10°C. and is also very resistant to heat and drouth. The 1st cutting, obtained 49 daj's after seeding, averaged 25,000 kgr. of green feed per hectare, the 2nd 13,000. Stock pastured on the grass gained weight satisfactorily and without injuring the stand. The grass is easily eradicated. Seeding should be done preferably in October or November. — John A. Stevenson. 1511. ScHULZ, A. Getreidestudien I. Abstammung und Heimat des Roggens. [Place of origin and descent of cultivated rye.] Bar. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 37: 528-530. 1919.— The 230 AGRONOMY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, author concludes from his examination of the evidence that cultivated rye (Secale cereale L.) originated from Secale anatolicum Boissier and came into cultivation in Turkestan. — R. M, Holman. 1512. Semichon, L. Analyses des sorghos et mais sucres cultives a Palau-del-Vidre (Pyrenees-orientales). [Analyses of sorghums and sweet corns cultivated in Palau-del-Vidre (Eastern Pyrenees).] Ann. Sci. Agron. Frangaise et Etrangere 37: 173-184. 1920. — Analyses of the 5 varieties of sorghum and 4 varieties of maize grown experimentally [see Bot. Absts 10, Entry 1505] are reported. The sorghum yielded per hectare as much as 6200 kgr. sugar, corresponding to 3750 1. of alcohol, a good quality being obtained without rectification. The pressed pulp may be used as cattle food, and also has possibilities for paper mailing. Sweet corns are less promising than sorghums because of smaller yield, smaller sugar content, and more difficult preservation, both in the field and after harvest. — A. B. Beaumont. 1513. Sherwin, M. E. Effect of fertilizers on germination and seedling growth of corn and cotton. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 36: 16. 1920. — Heavy applications of soluble mineral fertilizers cause greater delay in germination. Organic fertilizers cause greater injury to the seedlings. Very small amounts of borax cause almost complete chlorosis of corn seedlings. — W. C. Coker. 1514. SiLVEiRA, RiCARDO Salgueiro. Plantas oleaglnosas. [Oil plants.] Inspecci6n Nacion. Ganaderia y Agric. [Uruguay] Bol. 37. 21 p. 1920. — The following oil producing plants can be successfully grown in Uruguay: peanut, sunflower, cotton, rape, soy bean, castor bean, and Sesamum orientate. Brief cultural directions are given for each, including recom- mended varieties, seeding, cultivation, and harvesting. — John A. Stevenson. 1515. Sxodgrass, M. D. Report of the work at Fairbanks station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1918: 54-71. PI. 5-6. 1920. — Rye winter killed badly. Spring grains were seeded May 26-30, the late spring following an unusually cold winter. Grain following grain matured earlier but produced less than grain following other cultivated crops; the yield was better following clover but endangered by lodging or early frosts. Comparisons of grain selections are given for breeding plats as well as for increase plats. Of new Varieties, 1 of barley and 4 of wheat were received from the U. S. A. and Canada, and 4 of barley from Rampert. Some work was done in alfalfa selection. Twenty-three varieties of potatoes were tested. Pota- toes on south slopes were better than those on north slopes; potatoes with the tops cut off when frosted August 26 yielded less than when the tops were left on until digging time. Tur- nips, carrots, and sugar beets comprised the root crops grown. Strawberries were a failure owing to winter injury. Red raspberries are being tried. — /. P. Anderson. 1516. Snodgrass, M. D. Report of work at Fairbanks Station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1919: 44r-55. PI. 7~13. 1920. — Yields of wheat and Canadian oats are reported and a table on variety tests of barley and oats is given. Potatoes, sugar beets, carrots, turnips field peas, sunflowers, and red clover were grown. Hansen's Semipalatinsk alfalfa has with- stood 4 winters, but other kinds have not proved so hardy. — /. P. Anderson. ' 1517. Stent, Sydney M., and H. A. Mblle. Fodder and pasture grasses of South Africa. II. Rhodes grass (Chloris gayana Kuth). Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 136-141. 2 fig. 1921. — Rhodes grass, a native of South Africa, was first brought into culti- vation by Cecil Rhodes. It is a perennial, mainly a summer grass, requiring a summer rain- fall, and will not withstand protracted drought or very severe cold. It is an excellent pasture and hay grass and palatable to all kinds of stock, thus comparing favorably with Teff and Kikuyu. — E. M. Doidge. 1518. Taylor, H. W. The culture of Virginian tobacco. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 650-662. PI. 1-5. 1921. — In Rhodesia the rainfall is ample for the cultivation of Virginia tobacco and this is generally true in the Magaliesberg, Kat River, and Oudtshoorn areas. Several types of soils are considered suitable; black turf gives good results but is inclined to No. 4, February, 1922] AGRONOMY 231 be alkaline; sandy loams may be used, if judiciously fertilized. The preparation of soil and methods of cultivation of Virginia tobacco are discussed in detail. — E. M. Doidge. 1519. Taylor, H. W. The tobacco industry. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 467-472, 563-574. PI. 1-3. 1921. — The total amount of commercial tobacco produced in Africa is probably not above 70,000,000 pounds, of which the Union of South Africa produced 14,931,000 in 1918. Tobacco is grown in the Transvaal chiefly in the Magaliesberg area, in the Piet Retief and Potchefstroom districts, and in the western part of the Cape Province. The qualities of the Various types, mainly Turkish, cigar, and Virginia, grown in different dis- tricts are discussed, and directions given for selection of seed and proper preparation of seed beds. — E. M. Doidge. 1520. TicE, C. The potato industry in British Columbia. Potato Mag. 4*: 8, 20-21 1 fig. 1921. — Favorable climate and soil and freedom from certain pests and diseases make potatoes yield well in British Columbia. Improvement is expected from seed certification, rules of which are given. — Donald Folsom. 1521. ToNNBLiER, A. C. Informe sobre diversos metodos del cultivo del maiz. [Methods of maize cultivation.] Bol. Ministerio Agric. Naci6n [Argentina] 25: 47-54. 1 fig. 1920. This reports experiments to ascertain the best methods of cultivating maize, carried out over a period of S years, 1909-1917. No difference in yields was noted between plots hilled and those not hilled. Opening ditches or furrows between rows and gradually filling them gave increased yields, while the system of ditches kept open between rows proved most satisfactory of all. — John A. Stevenson. 1522. Torres, L. G. Una leguminosa forrajera indigena. [An indigenous legtiminous forage plant.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 6: 84-86. 2 fig. 1921. — Meibomia leiocarpa, a native of Brazil and parts of Mexico, has given promise as a forage plant in Cuba and is recom- mended for trial in Mexico. Brief cultural directions are given. — John A. Stevenson. 1523. Vasquez, David. El trigo. [Wheat.] Rev. Soc. Rural Cordoba [Argentina] 20: 5090-5109. 1920. — Seed selection, hybridizing, and seed disinfection of wheat are discussed. — John A. Stevenson. 1524. Wagner, Paul. Die Diingung der Wiesen. [The fertilizing of meadows.] Arbeit. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 308. 141 P- 1921. — This report on 15 series of experiments in fertiUzing meadows, carried on for periods of from 4-14 years, gives tables showing percentages of phos- phoric acid, potash, and nitrogen in hay at 15 per cent moisture content, and total yield of hay. The fertilizers used were forms of potash, phosphoric acid, and nitrogen in varying combinations. Forty questions, covering all phases of the effects of various fertilizers, are asked, and answered by the results of 1 or more series of experiments. In general both phos- phoric acid and potash increase yields, but neither alone gives maximum results. The appli- cation of one on soil deficient in the other is ineffective. Composition of hay may be taken as an index to the fertilizer needs of the soil. Application of nitrates results in small and unprofitable increases, the total nitrate content of the hay being no more and sometimes less than that of hay produced on plots receiving potassium and phosphorus. This is explained by the fact that nitrates however used encourage the grasses but suppress the legumes. — A.J. Pieters. 1525. Weiss, H. B. Field crop yields in New Jersey from 1870-1919. Sci. Monthly 13: 342-349. 1921. — Curves from 10-year reports of the last 50 years show a gradual increase in the acreage of field crops in New Jersey. This is attributed to the intelligent use of fertilizers, general efficiency, improved methods of soil management, seed selection, and increased con- trol of insects and plant diseases. — L. Pace. 1526. White, W. T. Report of work at Kodiak station. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1919: 55-65. PI. 14. 1920. — At Kalsin Bay the application of 10 tons of stable manure per 232 BIBLIOGEAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, acre increased the yield of hay 11 per cent, and adding 125 pounds of sodium nitrate to the manure increased the yield 15 per cent. Test of sunflov/ers for silage was not promising. Alfalfa, spurry, Petrowski turnips, buckwheat, and vetch were also tested as forage crops. Potatoes and some vegetables were grown, and gooseberry and currant responded well to cultivation. — J. P. Anderson. BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY .\ND HISTORY Neil E. Stevens, Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1511, 1517, 1624, 1531, 1652, 1670, 1783, 1908, 1909, 1920, 2014) 1527. Anonymous. [Commemoration of the 250th anniversary of the birth of Herman Boerhaave (Dec. 31, 1668-Sept. 23, 1738).] Janus 23: 193-369. 9 pL, 19 fig. 1918.— The fol- lowing papers, chiefly in German and French, make up the memorial: Discourse on the life of Boerhaave, by E. C. van Leersum (p. 193-206); (2) Boerhaave as oculist, by W. P. C. Zeeman (p. 207-214); (3) his influence on the development of medicine in Austria, by Max Neuburger (p. 215-222); (4) his importance for the science of chemistry, by Ernst Cohen (p. 223-290) ; (5) Boerhaave as professor-promoter, by J. E. Kroon (p. 291-315) ; (6) his clinical teaching as shown in Gerard van Swieten's stenographic records, by E. C. van Leersum (p. 316-346 and 8 fac-simile plates) ; (7) Boerhaave as a naturalist, by F. W. T. Hunger (p. 347- 357); (8) engraved portraits of Boerhaave, by J. G. de Lint (p. 358-365); (9) his portrait by by Arent de Gelder, by W. Martin (p. 366-369). The last mentioned serves as frontispiece, while many of the portraits discussed by de Lint, together with those of contemporaries, and illustrations of places and objects of interest, are found in pages 223-290. The articles by Cohen, Hunger, and Neuburger are of special importance for the history of science, and many of the papers are richly documented. — M. F. Warner. 1528. Anonymous. David Ernest Hutchins. Kew Bull. 1921: 32-33. 1921.— Sir David Ernest Hutchins (1850-1921) was trained at the Ecole Nationale des Eaux et Forets, Nancy, and entered the forest service of Mysore, but in 1882 was transferred to Cape Colony, where he remained until 1905. He wrote several important reports on the forests of Mt. Kenia, Cyprus, Australia, and New Zealand. — M. F. Warner. 1529. Anonymous. Mulford biological exploration. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 93: 438-443. 1921. — A brief outline is presented of the plans of the Mulford biological exploration of the Amazon Basin under the direction of H. H. Rusby. [See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 2133.] — Anton Hogstad, Jr. 1530. Anonymous. Presentation of medal to F. B. Power. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 93: 435-438. PL 1-2. 1921. — An account is given of the presentation of a gold medal by Henry S. Wellcome to Dr. Frederick B. Power, in recognition of his services as Director of the Well- come Research Laboratories for a period of nearly 20 years prior to 1914. — Anton Hogstad, Jr. 1531. Anonymous. Suspension of "The Botanical Maga2ine." Card. Chron. 69: 133- 134. 1921. — Believing that a work so long identified with Kew Gardens ought to become an official publication, the publishers offered to the government the good will and copyright purchased from the Curtis family in 1844, but as the Ministry of Agriculture was unable to take advantage of this offer, the journal is discontinued from Dec. 1920. — M. F. Warner. 1532. Anonymous. The early records of sugar cane. Approximate geographical table. South African Sugar Jour. 5: 183. 1921. — "It seems definitely established that sugar cane was growing on the Ganges in 327 B. C. and in China in 250 B. C," but other early dates are vague. It is next positively mentioned in A. D. 627, when the Byzantine emperor Heraklius destroyed Dastagerd, in Persia. A chronological table is given showing the spread of sugar cane to different parts of the world from A. D. 680 to 1852. — M. F. Warner. No. 4, February, 1922] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 233 1533. Andrews, A. LeRoy. John Macoun. Bryologist 24: 39-41. 1921. — John Macoun (1830-1920), born near Belfast, Ireland, came to Ontario in 1850. He taught school, became professor at Albert College, Belleville, and in 1881 Botanist to the Dominion Government. The rest of his life was spent in government service, doing that pioneer work in the botanical exploration of Canada with which his name will always be associated. He was also much interested in zoology, especially ornithology. Macoun's hepatics and sphagna were deter- mined by competent European students; his mosses by IVIiiller and Kindberg, who "developed an irresponsibility as to species from which bryology still suffers." — E. B. Chamberloin. 1534. Arber, Agnes. The draughtsman of the 'Herbarum Vivae Eicones.' Jour. Botany 59: 131-132. 1921. — The author presents further evidence to prove that Hans Weiditz was the artist and engraver of the illustrations in the Herbarum Vivae Eicones of Otto Brunfels. — Adele Lexuis Grant. 1535. Arnbll, H. W. Necrologie. [Scandinavian bryologists that have died in recent years.] Rev. Br5^ologique 47: 74-75. 1920. — The author reports the deaths of the following Scandinavian botanists and lists their more important bryological publications: Nils Bryhn, who was a physician at Honefos, Norway, and died in December, 1916, at the age of 62; Inge- brigt Severin Hagen, a physician at Trondhjem, Norway, who died in June, 1917, at the age of 63; Sven Berggren, a professor at the University of Lund, Sweden, who died in June, 1917, at the age of 80; and Baard Kaalaas, a school inspector at Kristiania, Norway, who died in September, 1918, at the age of 67. — .4. IF. Evans. 1536. Blossfeld, Robert. Sander ist tot! [Death of Sander,] Gartenwelt 25: 80. Portrait. 1921. — An account is given of the life and work of Heinrich Friedrich Konrad (i.e., Frederick) Sander, born in Bremen in 1847, died in Bruges, Dec. 23, 1920. He founded the firm of Sander & Sons, of St. Albans, England, and Bruges, noted importers and growers of orchids. — M. F. Warner. 1537. Bonaparte, Roland. Usages et folk-lore des fougeres. [Customs and lore of ferns.] La Nature 47^: 401-403. Fig. 1-3. 1919. — Among ancient remedies was the "Scythian lamb" {Cihotium Barometz), found in India, Java, Cochinchina, and China, the silky down of which is reported by Pere Cadiere as still used in northern Annam for dressing cuts, a practice discussed by Loureiro in his Flora Cochinchinensis. The Annamites also use Adi- antum flabellatum for wounds made by sharp instruments. They eat the young shoots of Diplazium esculentum and the rhizomes of Polypodium coronans; Cleichenia linearis, which is very tough, furnishes rough partitions in stables, and the dry fronds of Acrostichum aureum are used to thatch their houses. Platycerium coronarium is regarded by the Annamites with awe or fear; they believe that it harbors a spirit and will not cut down trees on which it grows. — M. F. Warner. 1538. Britten, James. Alexander Irvine. Jour. Botany 59: 178-179. 1921. — An inter- leaved copy of Irvine's London Flora (1838), part of the additions to which were later utilized in his Illustrated Handbook of British Plants, furnishes the motive for several interesting items and references to biographical accounts of this botanist. Irvine was editor of The Phytologist in the 'oO's, and the Botanists' Chronicle (1863-65) .—il/. F. Warner. 1539. [Britten, James.] Clara Maria Pope. Jour. Botany 56: 126-127. 1918.— The 3rd wife of Alexander Pope was noted for her paintings of flowers, of which several groups, made about 1820-22, are mentioned. — Neil E. Stevens. 1540. Britten, James. Gentiana pneumonanthe. Garden 85: 19-20. 1921. — There are no problems of nomenclature connected with this plant, although it has had a long history in botanical literature. Its specific name was first used b}^ Cordus (1561), who called the plant Pneumonanthes. The English "Calathian Violet" used by Gerard, and first given by Lyte in his translation of Dodoens (1578), is merely the translation of Viola Calathiana of Pliny, who may not have meant this plant. Ruellius (1536) definitely applied to it the name 234 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, Calathiana. The earliest figure, as well as the first English description, is that of Lyte (1578), and Britten cites many other pre-Linnean illustrations and a number of early records of British localities. — M. F. Warner. 1541. Britten, James. "John Frederick Miller and his Icones." (Bibliographical notes, LXXVIII.) Jour. Botany 57: 353. 1919.— This refers to a note (LIII) published in 1913, describing a fascicle of 7 plates bound with the Icones Animalium et Plantarum of John Frederick Miller, but which are actually by his father, John Miller. — Neil E. Stevens. 1542. [Britten, James.] Robert Allen Rolfe. Jour. Botany 59: 182-183. 1921.— The botanical work of Rolfe, who died April 13, 1921, is summarized. He had been at Kew since 1879, devoting himself to the Orchidaceae, but "much good work in other orders stands to his credit." The name Rolfea was given by Zahlbriickner in his honor to a Guiana orchid which had been named by Rolfe Jenmania, in ignorance of the fact that this generic name was preempted. — M. F. Warner. 1543. Britten, James. The Compendium of Smith's 'English Flora.' (Bibliographical notes. LXXXIV.) Jour. Botany 59: 176-178. 1921. — Under this head Britten discusses the several editions of this book, and the crediting of the 1st (1829) to Aeneas Maclntyre, with mention of other work by him. — M. F. Warner. 1544. Britten, James. The true Shamrock and how to identify it. Garden 85: 139-140. 1921. — Facts and traditions are presented regarding the Shamrock, with quotations from early botanical writings showing that the name was originally applied to both purple and white clovers (Trifolium pratense and T. repens), and later generally restricted to the white. For a long time, however, it has been applied strictly to T. minus, the lesser yellow trefoil. — M. F. Warner. 1545. Brockmann-Jerosch, H. Surampfele und Surchrut. Ein Rest aus der Sammel stelle der Ureinwohner der Schweizeralpen. [Sorrels ; a survival of the food resources of the primitive inhabitants of the Swiss Alps.] Neujahrsbl. Naturf. Ges. Zurich 123: 1-28. 1921. — The knowledge of wild plants still used as food throws light on primitive foodstuffs, and an example is found in Swiss species of Rumex, which are indigenous in the Alps, are widely distributed, and in their popular names give evidence of wide and long-continued use. The tender sour forms of the section Acetosella are gathered and eaten by children and also sold in the markets. They are sometimes cultivated and crossed with the less acid, large-leaved species of the section Lapathum, producing a plant of more luxuriant growth, a process of improvement which has long been practised. Rumex alpinus, the "Blacken" or "Blackten," which grows everywhere in Switzerland, has popular names indicating a varied utilization. Its young leaves are eaten like spinach, while its fresh stalks are eaten raw as a tidbit by both children and adults. It is a substitute for the costly Asiatic rhubarb of the pharmacopoea, and its leaves are used externally as cooling applications. But its largest use at the present time is as fodder for pigs, the leaves being gathered in season and either dried or cooked and stored for winter consumption in the form known as "Mass." "Blackten" is rather exten- sively grown in gardens, often very crudely cultivated, but sometimes well manured and tended. Thus the use of Rumex alpinus in Switzerland today corresponds to all stages of human culture, exhibiting: (1) Plants growing wild, unused; (2) plants gathered for use; (3) wild plants tended with reference to competition and perpetuation; (4) actual cultivated plants. Researches in literature and tradition show, moreover, that "Blackten" was a primitive economic plant, and that "Mass" was originally a human food. — M. F. Warner. 1546. BuNYARD, E. A. Cherry culture in Kent. Garden 85: 256-257. 1921.— The article concerns the culture of cherries, which is said to have been "revived" bj' Richard Harris, gardener to Henry VIII. The story of Harris is given in The Husbandman's Fruitful Orchard (1609), and the passage quoted, showing that he brought "out of Fraunce great store of graftes, especially Pippins, before which time there were no Pippins in England," also cher- No. 4, February, 1922] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 235 ries and pears from the Low Countries, does not indicate that cherry culture had languished before that time. Numerous references are given to show that, on the contrary, cherries must have been largely grown in mediaeval times and ever since. — M. F. Warner 1547. C, J. The size of yew trees. Garden 85: 205-206. 1921.— Mention is made of an article in Glasgow Naturalist, Vol. V., No. 1, by John Renwick, entitled "Yew trees in the Cb'de area," which gives measurement of the yew at Loudoun Castle, Ayrshire, taken 1911. At 2 feet from the ground it measured 13 feet, 9^ inches and had a spread of 81 feet. Four centuries may be given as a very probable age for this yew, under whose branches it is said that the articles of union between Scotland and England were signed. Other measurements and statements from Renwick's article are quoted. — M. F. Warner. 1548. Durham, H. E. Some etymological notes. Jour. Pomol. 2: 115-129. 1921. — Numerous derivations have been suggested for the name Permain or Pearmain, but the use of the word in very old literature in connection with the Warden pear indicates that it was applied to a fruit of great keeping quality, hence it was probably from the old French permain- dre or parmaindre (Latin permanere). Of the names Reinette and Queening, the former was probably derived from Reginetta or Little Queen, the latter more likely from coin or quoin (angle), on account of the angular form of the fruit. So, too. Quince may have come from the same source, because of its ribbed fruit, rather than from the Cretan town of Cydon whence it was originally exported. The Calville or Calleville, as the apple itself is of Norman origin, is probably named from the commune of Calleville in the D^partement de I'Eure. Codling or Quodlin is not from "coddle," to parboil, but more likely from the rattling of its pips like pease in a cod. The old apple, Gennet Moyle, from Gennet a mule or hybrid, and Moyle a scion or graft, meaning therefore a hybrid produced by grafting. The Normans belong to the bitter-sweet group, and were probably named from Normandy, where that class of apples is highly esteemed today, and it was therefore unfortunate to attempt to sub- stitute the name Hereford for Norman. Under Peaches, Pavies, Nectarines, and Brugnons, Hogg's inaccurate use of these terms is noted. — M. F. Warner. 1549. Earle, F. S. S. M. Tracy as a botanist. Torreya 21: 64-65. 1921.— Tracy's main work was with forage-plants adapted to the southern states [U. S. A.], but as a botanist his interests were chiefly taxonomic. Most of his activity was in field-work and collecting. He specialized in the grasses and their parasitic fungi. Most of his botanical papers deal with the latter group. — J . C. Nelson. 1550. Fawcett, William. William Harris. Kew Bull. 1921: 31-32. 1921.— An appre- ciation by a colleague of Harris' work in connection with the government gardens in Jamaica and as collector and student of its flora. Harris died Oct. 11, 1920, in Kansas City, U. S. A. — M. F. Warner. 1551. Fink, Bruce. Lincoln Ware Riddle, lichenist. Bryologist 24: 33-36. Portrait. 1921. — Dr. Riddle (1880-1921) was born in Jamaica Plain, Massachusetts, graduated and received his doctorate from Harvard. His professional career was at Wellesley College, save for a j'ear of study in Europe and a slightly longer period as assistant professor at Har- vard. He had from youth been interested in botany, later specializing in lichens, in which group he was an authority. The bibliography includes 24 titles. — E. B. Chamberlain. 15.52. G[6rardin], E. Quelques considerations sur les camphres de Borneo et de N'gai. Le camphre, parfum precieux, cosmetique et antipestilentiel au Moyen kge. [Consideration of Borneo and Ngai camphor, and camphor as a perfume, cosmetic and antipestilential in the Mid- dle Ages.] Parfumerie Moderne 14: 118-119. 1921. — Botanical sources and properties are given of Borneo camphor (Dryohalanops aromatica) and Ngai (Blumea balsamtfera) . From Rhazes (923 A.D.) it is inferred that the drug known in remote times was probably from Dryohalanops rather than Laurus (Cinnamomum) Camphora. The author gives historical notes on camphor as a perfume and the special receptacles made to contain it. Its use in Persia is recorded in 636, and it was in high esteem among the Arabs, in Egypt, India, and 236 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, China. At one time it was considered such an invaluable remedy against the plague that a triumphal column was erected in its honor in Verona. — M. F. Warner. 1553. G^ROME, Joseph. Au sujet de la Courge de Siam; valeur economique, origine, nomenclature. [On the "Siamese gourd," its economic value, origin, and nomenclature.] Jour. Soc. Nation. Hort. France 22: 100-102. 1921.— The "Courge de Siam" was introduced to cultivation in 1824 under the name Cucurbita melanosperma, without any intimation of its place of origin. In 1854 it was found that it was extensively grown in China, where it was used as a fodder plant; this and certain other considerations led to the conclusion that it was a native of eastern Asia. In 1883, however, de Candolle threw doubt upon this theory, as all the wild species of Cucurbita known are from Mexico or California, and in 1899 J. N. Rose included this plant, under the name C. ficifolia, among the useful plants of Mexico, where it is known as "Chilacayote." In 1911 the Boletin de Fomento of Costa Rica noted the same plant as one known and used by the inhabitants of Mexico before the European discovery of America, and the name "Chilacayote" is given in the Diccionario de Atzequismos of Robelo, together with a description of the plant taken from Hernandez. The name is formed from two Nahuatl words: Ayotli or gourd, and Tzilac, smooth or polished; it has also been applied to the water melon, but improperly, as the characters of the latter do not correspond to those of the "Chilacayote." The horticultural names "Melon de Malabar" and "Courge de Siam" should be abandoned in favor of one suggesting the true native locality of this plant, while the Latin name Cucurbita melanosperma A. Braun, under which it was listed in 1824, without any description, by the Botanical Garden of Carlsruhe, should give place to C. fici- folia, under which it was first described in 1837 by P. C. Bouch6. — M. F. Warner. 1554. GuENTHER, Fritz. Friedrich Lucas. Gartenwelt 25: 180. 1921. — He was the son of Eduard Lucas, founder of the Pomologisches Institut in Reutlingen and was born Oct. 30, 1842. Following his education as a gardener, which included training in the Baltet nurseries in Troyes, France, he assisted his father in the Institut, succeeding him as its head in 1882, and continuing in active service there until his death, Apr. 21, 1921. He wrote a number of books on pomology, and a revision of the Christ-Lucas Gartenbuch. — M. F. Warner. 1555. Jackson, B. D., and Spencer Moore. JEneas Maclntyre. Jour. Botany 59: 204-205. 1921. — These notes refer to James Britten's bibliographical notes on the Compen- dium of Smith's 'English Flora.' — S. H. Burnham. 1556. Jacob, Joseph. Lambert, knight of the golden tulip. Gard. Chron. 69: 174-175. Fig. 75. 1921. — This presents evidence in support of the theory that John Lambert, one of Cromwell's generals, was the first person to flower the Guernsey lily in England. — P. L. Richer. 1557. Jacob, Joseph. William Turner, divine and herbalist. "It's an ill wind" — The father of British botany — His private gardens — His influence on horticulture. Garden 85: 12. Illus. 1921. — His Libellus de re Herbaria Novus (1538) is famous as the 1st English botanical work ever printed; his Herbal was issued in 1551, the 2nd part in 1562 and 3rd in 1568; while the most complete edition was brought out after his death, by his son, Peter Turner. — M. F. Warner. 1558. Keller, C. Gartenbaulehrer Dr. Alexander Bode. [Dr. Alexander Bode, instruc- tor in horticulture.] Mollers Deutsch. Gartner Zeitg. 35: 76. 1920.— Bode died Feb. 13, 1920, in his 60th year. He was at one time employed by Sander of St. Albans as an orchid-col- lector, was later at the head of a nursery, but since 1899 had been a teacher, and had been chief instructor in agriculture in the Stadtische Oberrealschule of Chemnitz since 1912. — M. F. Warner. 1559. Kern, F. D. The J. Roberts Lowrie herbarium. Torreya 21: 79-81. 1921.— The Lowrie herbarium was presented in August 1920 to the Pennsylvania State College. Mr. Lowrie took up his residence at Warriorsmark, Pennsylvania, in 1853, as legal adviser and No. 4, February, 1922] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 237 general manager of a large iron manufacturing concern. His leisure was largely devoted to the study of the local flora. Aster Lowrieanus Porter was named in his honor. He left an herbarium of 2750 specimens, representing 144 families and 707 genera. The grounds about his house were converted into an arboretum, which is still in a fair state of preservation. — J. C. Nelson. 1560. [KiRCHNER, OsKAR VON.] Die Biologische Reichsanstalt fiir Land- und Forstwlrt- schaft in Berlin-Dahlem. [The biological institute for agriculture and forestry at Berlin.] Zeitschr. Pflanzenkrankh. 31: 196-197. 1921. — The Institute has begun to publish monthly a Nachrichtenblatt fiir den Deutschen Pflanzenschutzdienst (Notes of the German plant protection service), of which the 1st issue appeared July 1, 1921, with an introduction on its aims and scope by Dr. O. Appel, the director. Dr. H. Morstatt, of the same Institute, has prepared a bibliography of plant protection literature for 1920, which is published by P. Parey, Berlin. It consists of titles arranged in 4 classes, with an author index. — H. T. Gussow. 1561. Knunker, A. Hans Freiherr von Tiirckheim. Gartenflora 70: 19-22. 1921. — Hans von Tiirckheim was born May 27, 1853, and died at Karlsruhe, February 7, 1920. He spent over 30 years as German consul in Guatemala, and made extended botanical explorations in that country. After returning to Germany in 190S, he made a botanical trip to the Santo Domingo mountains in 1909-10. His Guatemalan collections, comprising many new species described in Botanical Gazette by John Donnell Smith, are covered by the latter's Enume- ratio Plantarum Guatemalensium (1889-1907), and his Santo Domingo plants are treated in Urban's Flora Domingensis, Vol. VIII of Symbolae Antillanae. Tiirckheim was especially interested in orchids, sending to Dr. Hans Goldschmidt of Essen living specimens of many which had never before flowered in Europe, while his herbarium material in this family, with exception of that which remains inaccessible in the Reichenbach Herbarium in Vienna, is being handled by R. Schlechter and comprises many new species. — M. F. Warner. 1562. Kronpeld, E. M, Jacquin des Jiigeren botanische Studienreise 1788-1790. Aus den unveroflfentlichten Briefen herausgeben. [Botanical travels of Jacquin the younger. From unpublished letters.] Beih. Bot. Centralbl. II, 38: 132-176. Fig. 1. 1921.— The botanical notes found in the letters of the younger Jacquin (Joseph Franz Freiherr von Jacquin) are printed without comment. The journey was planned to take in all the botanical gardens, factories, and other places where botanists and chemists were to be found. The route was as follows: Prag, Karlsbad, Freiberg, Dresden, Leipzig, Halle, Berlin, Klanzthal, Gottingen, Aschaffenberg, Mainz, Bonn, Aachen, Maestricht, The Hague, Rotterdam, Leyden, Amster- dam, Utrecht, Brussels, London, Paris, Freiberg, Geneva, Basel, Zurich, Bern. The letters are to his father, mother, and brother. They tell especially of the new or interesting plants found in each place and the botanists met. — L. Pace. 1563. L[acaita], C. C. [Rev. of: Beguinot, Augusto. La Botanica. 116 p. Rome, 1920.] Jour. Botany 59: 147-148. 1921. 1564. Leclerc, Henri. Histoire de Fail. [History of garlic] Janus 23: 167-191. 1918. — A study of the properties of the plant rather than its history in cultivation is here presented. The earliest record of its use as food goes back to the period of Cheops, about 4500 B.C., as Herodotus related that there was engraved on the great pyramid of Ghizeh the cost of the horse-radish, onions, and garlic consumed by the builders, exceeding IGOO talents of silver. The use of garlic became known to the Hebrews during their sojourn in Egypt, and the Greeks used it largely; Theophrastus attaches much importance to its culture. The literary lore of garlic is represented by quotations from many sources, from Aristophanes down to Daudet, and its medicinal virtues are traced from Hippocrates, Dioscorides, Galen, and Pliny, and the Arab phj'-sicians, down to modern recognition of its stimulant and antiseptic properties, and in particular its value in the treatment of certain infectious diseases and tuberculosis. — M. F. Warner. 238 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1565. Leclerc, Henri. La medecine des signatures magiques. [The doctrine of signa- tures in medicine.] Janus 23: 5-2S. Fig. 1-7. 1918. — Theories which have been held down to comparatively modern times concerning the relation between the medicinal virtues of plants and their external aspects are discussed in 3 groups: (1) Signatures having the form of an organ, as the black seeds of Herb Paris, having the signature of the pupil, yielding an oil used in ophthalmia; (2) signatures suggesting the consistency or color of a secretion, haemorrhages being treated with plants having a ruddy color or juice; and (3) signatures reproducing the aspect of a disease or injury^ including plants the parts of which suggest teeth or fangs, which were used for bites of dogs or serpents. — M. F. Warner. 1566. Leclerc, Henri. Le cypres. [The cypress.] Janus 25: 87-100. 1921. — It is one of the trees oftenest mentioned in the Bible, and its longevity, fecundity, evergreen foliage, and other qualities are symbols which made it important in the religious cult of the Chaldeans. Greek mythology regards it as the emblem of death and has several tales to account for its origin; in Christian symbolism it signifies not only the death of the just, but also eternal life. It had various industrial and medicinal uses among the ancients; in the Middle Ages its medi- cal properties were eulogized by St. Hildegarde, whom the author quotes at some length, as also Crescenzi, and the unknown author of the Arbolayre. In modern medical usage, it is a powerful vaso-constrictor, with effects equal or superior to those of Hamamelis virginica. — M. F. Warner. 1567. [Lendner, Alfred.] M. Paul Chenevard. Bull. Soc. Bot. Geneve 12: 3. 1921.— This is a brief outline of the botanical activities of Chenevard, who died Dec. 30, 1919, in his 81st year. — M. F. Warner. 1568. LocY, W. A. The earliest printed illustrations of natural history. Sci. Monthly 13 : 238-258. Fig. 1-10. 1921.— In 1475 Conrad von Megenberg published his Puch der Natur, illustrated by woodcuts of plants and animals, which passed through 6 editions before 1500. There are 2 copies of the 1st edition in the J. Pierpont Morgan Library of New York from which the figures are reproduced. The Gart der Gesuntheit (Mainz, 1485) contained 386 figures of plants and animals, some of which show a high degree of excellence. — L. Pace. 1569. Martell. Deutsche Pflanzennamen. [German plant names.] Gartenwelt 24: 402-403. 1920. — For centuries there has been a rivalry between the Latin and vernacular names, but the Allgemeine Deutsche Sprachverein has thrown its influence in favor of the latter. This article gives origin and legends associated with many common German plants, and the derivation of some German names from those of other languages. — M. F. Warner. 1570. Martinet, Henri. A nos lecteurs. [To our readers.] Le Jardin 35: 57. 1921. — There is announced the consolidation of Le Jardin and Le Petit Jardin Illustr^ with Revue Horticole, under the latter name, and with Martinet, of Le Jardin, as one of its editors. — M. F. Warner. 1571. Martinet, Henri, et F^licien Lesourd. Avis & nos lecteurs. [Notice to our readers.] Rev. Hort. 93: .323. 1921. — Announcement is made of the absorption of Le Jardin, edited by Martinet, by the Revue Horticole, the 1st issue of the combined journal being that of July, 1921.— M. F. Warner. 1572. Mieli, Aldo. Gli scienziati italiani, dall* inizio del medio evo ai nostri giorni. Repertorio biobibliografico dei filosofi — matematici — astronomi — fisici — chimici — naturalisti — biologi — medici — geografi italiani. [Italian scientists from the Middle Ages to our own times; a biobibliographical dictionary of Italian philosophers, mathematicians, astronomers, physicists, chemists, naturalists, biologists, physicians, and geographers.] Vol. I, Part 1. viii + 236 -p., illus. A. Nardecchia: Rome, 1921. — This 1st part includes sketches of the following persons who have contributed in various ways to botanical science: Luca Ghini (about 1490-1556), Bartolomeo Maranta (about 1500-1571), Bonaventura Corti (1729-1813), Melchiorre Guilan- dino (about 1520-1589), Luigi Anguillara (about 1512-1570), Giovanni Battista Amici (1786- No. 4, February, 1922] BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY 239 1863), Antonio Piccone (1844-1901), Giovanni Zanardini (1804-1878), and Giovanni Passerini (1816-1893), byG. B. de Toni; Roberto de Visiani (1800-1878), Prospero Alpino (1553-1616), and Giulio Pontedera (1688-1737), by A. Beguinot; Antonio Figari (1804-1S74) and Giacinto Cestoni (1G37-171S), by G. Stefanini. Full bibliographies are given, and most of the sketches are accompanied by portraits, with occasional reproductions in fac-similc of manuscripts. — M. F. Warner. 1573. Mortimer, A. Wesley's "Primitive Physics" [sic]. Chemist and Druggist 94: 138-139. 1921.— The 1st edition of Primitive Physick is dated June 11, 1747, and the 32nd was published in 1828. This work, which was written during the busiest period of John Wesley's life, is devoted to remedies for common diseases and rules of health. The history of medicine is briefly outlined in its preface. The title-page of the 22nd edition (1788) is reproduced. — M. F. Warner. 1574. Oakley, R. A. Dr. Tracy's retirement. Amer. Flor. 56: S01-S02. Portrait. 1921. — William Warner Tracy was born in Hudson, Ohio, May 2, 1845. Graduating from Michigan Agricultural College in 18G7, he was for a short time professor of horticulture there, but soon went on a farm at Old Mission, Grand Traverse county, Michigan, and there began the growing of seed peas. His unusual knowledge of plants attracted the attention of D. M. Ferry & Co., and from 1879 to 1903 he was connected with that firm, organizing their field trials, compiling catalogues, and working on problems of plant selection. He became the foremost authority in the country on varieties of vegetables, and as such was called in 1903 to the U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture, where he has remained until the present, but is now retiring from active work. — M. F. Warner. 1575. Pammel, L. H. In memoriam. Dr. Byron D. Halsted. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 26: 31-33. 1919 [1920].— This is a brief sketch and appreciation of Dr. Halsted (1852-1918).— M. F. Warner. 1576. Pbachey, G. C. The two John Peacheys, seventeenth century physicians; their lives and times. Janus 23: 121-158. 1 fig. 1918. — Researches are reported into the history of 2 men who are often confounded: John Pechey (1654-1718), M.A.Oxon., licentiate of the College of Physicians, author of The Compleat Herbal (1G94) and A Plain Introduction to the Art of Physick (1697); and John Peachie (about 1632-1692), M.D.Caen, extra-urbem licentiate of the College of Physicians, who wrote a treatise on the virtues of "Cassunmuniar" in 1679. — M. F. Warner. 1577. Prain, David. James Ramsey Drummond (1851-1921). Jour. Botany 59: 174. 1921. — Drummond was an enthusiastic botanist, but published only a few papers, on Agave, Furcraea, Grewia, etc. Between 1874 and 1904 he served in the Punjab as Assistant Com- missioner, District Judge, and Commissioner, and during his last months in the Indian Civil Service officiated as curator of the herbarium at the Royal Botanic Garden, Calcutta. On his retirement in 1905 he settled at Kew in the expectation of preparing a flora of the Punjab, but was obliged to abandon the project on account of failing health. — M. F. Warner. 1578. P[rain], D. John Gilbert Baker 1834-1920. Proc. Roy. Soc. London B 92: xxiv- XXX. 1921. — Baker had a long and productive career as sj'stematic botanist, mainly at Kew. He "owed his eminence as a systematic botanist largely to the circumstance that his floristic and monographic studies alike are imbued with the spirit of the philosophical natural historian impelled by a sense of duty to attack taxonomic problems He had fully appre- hended the effects of environment before oecology became a special studJ^" A complete account of outstanding works and professional distinctions is given. — Paul B. Sears. 1579. Ritzema Bos, J. Mijn afscheid uit mijne ambtelijke betrekking. [My retirement from official relations.] Tijdschr. Plantenz. 26: 193-196. 1920. — In a brief introduction the author refers to the presentation of his portrait by his friends on Aug. 24. A list of the speak- ers on this occasion is given, followed by the speech of acceptance by the author. — H. H. Whetzel. 240 BIBLIOGRAPHY, BIOGRAPHY, HISTORY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1580. Roster, Giorgio. Odoardo Beccari. Bull. R. Soc. Toscana Ortic. 46: 33-36. Portrait. 1921. — A brief account is given of the explorations and collections of Beccari (died Oct. 26, 1920), with a list of his principal writings on the Phoenicaceae. Other works which were left in manuscript are to be published by the writer. — M. F. Warner. 1581. Russell, E. J. The first printed book on agriculture. Country Life [London] 43: 276-278. Illus. 1918. — Notes are given on the Opus Ruralium Commodorum of Petrus Crescentius, 1st edition, printed at Augsburg by Johannes Schiissler in 1471. — M. F. Warner. 1582. SiEBERT, August. Max Hesdorffer. Gartenwelt 24: 37-38. Portrait. 1920.— An obituary sketch is given of Hesdorffer (1863-1920), former editor of Gartenwelt, and author of a number of books on flower and ornamental gardening. — M. F. Warner. 1583. SoLis, OcTAVio. Importancia de los jardines botanicos y algunas especies vegetales exoticas. [Importance of botanical gardens and some exotic plants.] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 6: 78-84, 12 fig. 1921. — A brief history of botanical gardens is given with a discussion of the value of such institutions. Attempts to build up gardens at Oaxaca and elsewhere in Mexico are related. A few rare exotic plants are described. — John A. Stevenson. 1584. T., C. The origin of the name Clivia. Garden 85:219. 1921. — Olivia was so named after the Duchess of Northumberland, a member of the Clive family, according to Johnson's Gardener's Dictionary, which does not state which Duchess, though the ducal title was instituted in 1766.— ilf. F. Warner. 1585. W[atson], W[illiam]. Henry F. C. Sander. Kew Bull. 1921: 33. 1921 .—Sander, who died Dec. 23, 1920, in his 74th year, was head of the firm of Messrs. Sander and Sons of St. Albans and Bruges, the principal importers for many years of orchids and other tropical and subtropical plants. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1536.] — M F. Warner. 1586. Weatherby, C. A. Old-time Connecticut botanists and their herbaria — II. Rho- dora 23: 121-125, 171-177. 1921. — This gives a short biographical sketch of Joseph Barratt, born in Derbyshire, England, in 1796, died at Middletown, Connecticut, Jan. 25, 1881. He emigrated from England to New York, in 1819, where he practised as a physician. He spent most of his life in Connecticut as physician, teacher, botanist, and geologist. His herbarium, preserved at Wesleyan University, is probably his most substantial and valuable achieve- ment. His publications are here listed and the more important ones briefly discussed. — James P. Poole. 1587. Wense, H. von der. Forst- und Jagdgeschichtliches aus einer Liineburgischen Gutsforst. [History of forestry and game on a Liineburg estate.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51 : 210-215. 1919. — An interesting account is given of the first application of forest methods by Christian F. L. von der Wense on the family land during the 18th century, and subsequent forest history. Wense took especial interest in the reforestation of heath lands by plowing and planting. The first planting was done by sticking into the ground pine twigs to which the cones were still attached, but the result was a failure. — J. Roeser. 1588. WiNTON, A. L. Thomas Franz Hanausek. Amer. Jour. Pharm. 93: 222-227. Por- trait. 1921. These reminiscences present an insight into the keen scientific acumen and inspiring character of Thomas Franz Hanausek, who died at Vienna, on February 4, 1918, in his 66th year. The accompanying photograph bears Hanausek's signature and the motto to which he owed his success, "Das Beste im Leben ist die Arbeit." — Anton Hogstad, Jr. 1589. Zahn, E. Nachruf. Gartenwelt 24: 472. 1920.— This is an obituary of Han- Solereder (1860-1920), professor of botany and director of the Botanical institute and botani- cal garden of the University of Erlangen. — M. F. Warner. No. 4, February, 1922] BOTANICAL EDUCATION 241 1590. Zaunick, Rudolph. Johannes Kentmann, 2. April 1518 bis 14. (oder 15.) Juni 1574. Mitteil Gesch. Med. u. Naturwiss. 18: 177-183. 1919.— Kentmann, a physician of Meissen, in Saxony, published works on the fishes, birds, and fossils of that region. He contributed to botanical science through his correspondence with Conrad Gesner, and his manuscript "Kreutterbuch" with GOO beautifully painted plates, which was dedicated in 1563 to the Elector August of Saxony, is now preserved in the national library at Dresden. He was the father of Theophilus Kentmann (1552-1610).— M. F. Warner. 1591. Zbiningbr. Aus der Geschichte der Pfaueninsel. [History of the "Peacock Isle."] Gartenflora 69: 154-159. Fig. 19~2S. 1920.— Garden development of the banks of the Havel at Potsdam began under the Great Elector (1640-1688), with a vineyard and the setting of many trees, and on the ^'Peacock isle" with its beautiful oaks, he built a hunting lodge. It was for some time neglected, but under Friedrich Wilhelm II (1788-1797) considerable planting was done, and a gardener named Morsch was placed in charge of the island. Under Friedrich Wilhelm III (1797-1840) the planting was completed, Sans Souci and the "New Garden" con- tributing trees for the purpose. The succession of gardeners and erection of buildings are noted for this period of greatest development, after which the "Peacock Isle" has declined in magnificence, though always remaining a favorite resort. — M. F. Warner. BOTANICAL EDUCATION C. Stuart Gager, Editor Alfred Gundersbn, Assistant Editor 1592. Anonymous. Instrucciones para la formacion de huertas escolares. [Instructions for making school gardens.] Bol. Agric. Provincia Buenos Aires P: 2-5. 1920. 1593. Anonymous. The University of California wood exhibit. Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1: 28-29. 1 illus. 1921. 1594. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Cook, M. T. College botany: structure, physiology and economics of plants, x + 392 p. J. B. Lippincott Co.: Philadelphia and London, 1920.] Nature 107:807. 1921. 1595. Anonymous. [Rev. of: Small, J. A textbook of botany for medical and pharma- ceutical students, x + 681 p. J. and A. Churchill: London, 1921.] Nature 107: 777. 1921. 1596. Hanson, C. 0. Forestry for woodmen. 2nd ed., 228 p., 13 pi., 15 fig. Clarendon Press, Oxford. 1921. — The book is based on Schlich's Manual of Forestry and is written to supply an inexpensive book on scientific forestry for foresters and woodmen. It was first drawn up for use of the School of Forestry for Working Men in the Forest of Dean. The work consists of 18 chapters, 2 of which, "The forestry act and forestry commission," and "The afforestation of waste lands," are not in the first edition. — C. S. Gager. 1597. Hastings, G. T. The Boy Scouts and conservation of wild flowers. Torreya 21: 83-84. 1921. — A merit badge is now offered to Scouts for the collecting, mounting, and label- ing of 50 specimens of flowering plants. An essay of 200 words on the conserv'ation of wild flowers is also required. Scouts are trained to protect plants and cautioned not to gather rare flowers. — J. C. kelson. 1598. JoLY, J. The universities and research. Nature 107: 760-761. 1921, — (From a paper read before the Congress of the Universities of the Empire, at Oxford, on July 8.) "Perhaps the most striking feature of American universities, as viewed by a British visitor, is the prevalence of research and the lavish provisions made for its prosecution." Compul- sory study of dead languages is considered seriously injurious to research in physical and natural sciences in that it keeps many out of the universities and consumes time which were better spent in study of living languages. Even a little elementary research is of great value 242 ECOLOGY, PLANT GEOGRAPHY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, to the student. Lectures should be devoted to studies in research; these might be substi- tuted for part of the regular lectures. — 0. A. Stevens. 1599. MoLLER. Die Zukunft des hoheren forstlichen Unterrichts in Preussen. [The future of higher forest instruction in Prussia.] Zeitschr. Forst-u. Jagdw. 51 : 353-400. 1919. — This academic discussion of the future of forest instruction in Prussia consists of 3 parts: (1) The question of the future of forest instruction in Prussia remains unsolved, and although there exists a present period of inactivity, efforts will have to be exerted to change existing conditions. (2) Raising the standard of the forest academies and the possible transfer of forest instruction to a university. Under present conditions, 2 forest academies cannot exist in Prussia, and the only evident solution in the author's opinion is to concentrate all instruction at the Eberswald academy. (3) How the forest academy of Eberswald can be developed into a full-fledged high school of forest instruction. — J. Roeser. 1600. Nichols, George E. [Rev. of: Martin, J. N. Botany with agricultural appli- cations. xn+604 p. 490 fig. John Wiley & Sons: New York, 1920.] Torreya 21: 65-66. 1921. — This 2nd edition is designed as a text for agricultural students. Its aim is to teach the fundamental facts and principles of botany and relate these to problems of practical interest. [See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1821.] — J. C. Nelson. 1601. R., A. B. Four new text-books. [Rev. of: (1) Jones, W. Neilson, and M. C. Rayner. a text-book of plant biology, vni+262 p., 6 pi., 36 fig. Methuen: London, 1920. (2) Cook, Melville Thurston. College botany, structure, physiology and economics of plants, x+392 p. Lippincott: Philadelphia and London, 1921. (3) Ashton, Percival J. The Selborne botany for schools, vin+152 p. G. Gill: London, (no date). (4) Martin, John H. Botany with Agricultural applications. 2nd rev. ed., xu+604 p., 490 fig. Wiley: New York, 1920.] Jour. Botany 59: 114-116. 1921. [See also Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 1821.] 1602. R., A. B. Two text-books. [Rev. of: (1) Small, James. A text-book of botany for medical and pharmaceutical students. x-\-681 p., 1350 fig. Churchill: London, 1921. (2) Ballard, C. W. The elements of vegetable histology. xiv-\-246 p., 75 fig. Wiley: New York; Chapman and Hall: London, 1921.] Jour. Botany 59: 236-237. 1921. 1603. SosMAN, RoBT. B. The distribution of scientific information in the United States. Jour. Washington [D. C] Acad. Sci. 11: 69-99. 1921. CYTOLOGY Gilbert M. Smith, Editor Geo. S. Bryan, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 1677, 1685, 1716, 1717, 1720, 1871) ECOLOGY AND PLANT GEOGRAPHY H. C. CowLES, Editor Geo. D. Fuller, Assistant Editor (See in this issue Entries 1608, 1625, 1626, 1628, 1651, 1817, 1818, 1823, 1837, 1840, 1841, 1843 1844, 1846, 1940, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2015, 2029, 2047) No. 4, February, 1922] FORESTRY 243 FOREST BOTANY AND FORESTRY Raphael Zon, Editor J. V. HoFMANN, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1465, 1547, 1587, 1593, 1596, 1599, 1784, 1878, 1882, 2027, 2028) 1604. Anonymous. Das Ergebnis der Harzgewinnung in Preussen. [The yield from the resin industry in Prussia.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 415-416. 1919. — For the fiscal year 1918, 2,288,661 kgr. of pine resin were produced at a cost of 4,187,186 marks, and 63,416 kgr. of Norway spruce resin at a cost of 42,434 marks. The net profit from the former was 117.05 marks, from the latter 83.08, and from Norway spruce wild resin (Fichtenwildharz) 50.95 marks per 100 kgr. It is believed that these returns should induce private forest owners to devote their holdings to the production of resin. — J. Roeser. 1605. Anonymous. Forestry in the Union. The progress of state afforestation. Jour. Dept. Agric. Union of South Africa 3: 155-159. 1921. — The policy of the Forest Department is to protect and conserve the indigenous timber forests and to utilize their products in such a way as to increase future productivity. The supply of timber will gradually become ex- hausted from these forests, which reproduce comparatively slowly. The future of forestry in South Africa therefore lies in the plantations of exotic trees, which are gradually being extended. — E. M. Doidge. 1606. Anonymous. La madera de eucalipto. [Eucalyptus wood.] Informaci6n Agric. [Madrid] 11 : 243-244. 1921. — This is a discussion of the rate and manner of drying eucalyptus wood. — John A. Stevenson. 1607. Anonymous. Quebracho. Sci. Amer. Monthly 1 : 189. 1920. 1608. Anonymous. The Alexandria forests. South African Gard. 11: 217-219, 257-276. 1921. — The Alexandria forests crown the 1st terraces of the coastal zone for some 30 miles. An account is given of the vegetations of these forests under 3 headings, littoral forests, private forests, and government forests. — E. M. Doidge. 1609. Anonymous. The progress of British forestry. [Rev. of: First annual report of the forestry commission. H. M. Stationery Office: London, 1921.] Nature 107: 753-754. 1921. 1610. Anonymous. Utilidad de los arboles. [Use of trees.] Inspecci6n Nacion. Gana- deria y Agric. [Uruguay] Bol. 3 [2nd ed.]. 18 p. 1920.— This popular discussion of the uses of forest products (wood, fruit, etc.), and the benefits derived from forest plantings includes directions for the planting and care of tree plantations. — John A. Stevenson. 1611. Alviella, Felix Goblet, d'. La fiore forestiere dans la region des lacs italiens* [The forest flora in the region of the Italian lakes.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 573-589. Fig. 1-3. 1920. — The development of numerous introduced species is discussed, among others Pinus palustris, Sequoia gigantea, S. sempervirens, Picea pungens, and P. Engelmanni. Excellent development is reported for the species which were planted on the alluvial soils near the lake shores. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1612. Arnold, H. H. Aerial protection for our national forests. IntercoU. Forest. Club Ann. 1: 13-16. 1921. — This article outlines the results of the first 2 years' aerial patrol in California. — Woodbridge Metcalf. 1613. B. Les Douglas de Sibret. [The Douglas fir plantations of Sibret.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23 : 453^60. 1920. — The remarkable growth of a Douglas fir planta- tion established in 1872 and 1878 by Count Visart is described. Unfortunately this plantation was cut by the German army. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 244 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1614. Barrett, L, A. Municipal camps in the national forests. Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1:21-24. 1921. 1615. BoRNEMANN, Crist. Ernst. Ist cs wirklich paradox, daferner Eichen-und Biichen- holz anzuziehen, wo viele Jahrhundert grosse und geschlossene Eichen- und Biichenwaldungen gewesen, und streitet solches so sehr gegen Analogie, Erfahrung und Natur, als in 43ten und 44ten St. dieses Magazins angegeben worden? [Is it really a paradox to reproduce oak and beech in localities formerly occupied for centuries by large and dense stands of oak and beech, and does this argue so strongly against analogy, experience, and nature, as was indicated in the 43rd and 44th issue of this magazine?] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: lOG-109. 1919. — Forest soils contain, partly in themselves, partly as supplied by the existing stand, enough elementary ingredients to perpetuate and reproduce oak and beech stands. Otherwise such stands could not continue in the same locality for centuries, when the trees do not seed farther than the periphery of their crowns. The writer considers failures as due entirely to specific local conditions which hinder reproduction. — J . Roeser. 1616. Brown, N. C. Spain and her scanty forests. Amer. Forest. 27: 135-139. 11 fig. 1921. — Forestry in Spain dates from 1835. The practice is more along aesthetic lines than in any other country. The forests consist very largely of pine and oak, though Eucalyptus and California redwood are common. In reforestation the European poplar is used exten- sively in the lower valleys and maritime pine in the mountains. Of the scant 12,000,000 acres of forest, properly so called, practically | are privately owned. — Chas. H. Otis. 1617. Butler, O. INI. Research and boards. Need of establishing laboratories to study the problems of the lumber industry. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 59-G2. 6 fig. 1921. 1618. CooLiDGE, P. T. The situation in the pulp-wood region. Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1:17-18. 1921. 1619. Crahay, N. I. A propos dugrand incendie de 1911 au voisinage de la Baraque Michel. [Concerning the big forest fire of 1911 in the vicinity of Michel Barracks.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 343-356, 391-405. 1920. 1620. Crahat, N. I. La question forestiere, question mondiale. [The forestry question is world wide.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 259-263. 1920. — Inasmuch as the world supply of wood is being consumed at an alarming rate, the attention of the League of Nations should be directed to the necessity of conserving the forests and to the afforestation of unproductive lands. The treatment of the forests on watersheds of international rivers should be governed by treaties. Only 8 countries (Austria, Hungary, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Russia, U. S. A., and Canada) are exporters. The reserve is already threatened, and only 3 countries (Sweden, Finland, and Canada) have a future in exports. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1621. Drion, R. Impot forestier: Modifications. [Modifications in forest taxation.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 431-i53, 491-511, 553-573. 1920.— This report is divided into 2 parts, the 1st being devoted to an account of legislation since 1826, and the 2nd to a discussion of past legislation and the application from the forester's point of view of a recent taxation law. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1622. Drion, R. Impot forestie^ : Modifications. [Modifications of forest taxation.) Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 24: 11-19. 1921. — This is a supplementary discussion of the report of the Commission Special, Conseil Superieur des Forets [see preceding entry]. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1623. Eberts. Empfehlenswerte Holzfallungs-maschinen. [Recommended wood-felling machines.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 248-260. Fig. 1-9. 1919.— On the 14,000,000 hectares of forest land in Germany 24,000,000 cu.m. of sawtimber and 30,000,000 of fuel wood No. 4, February, 1922] FORESTRY 245 (value 220,000,000 marks) are produced annually. In removing fuel wood, the stumps also are taken in many localities, Buttner has constructed 3 machines, "Baumwinde," "Hebel- baumrode machine," and "Zahnleisten-Waldteufel." The 1st may be used to push or pull over trees, the 2nd is a pushing machine, and the 3rd a pulling machine. Where thinnings and partial fellings are made, the pushing machines, which can control the fall, are preferred. The pulling machines are primarily for final and clear cuttings. In 80-90-year old spruce, beech, and oak stands, the 3rd machine can pull down 20-25 trees at a time, and 200-250 trees in a day. — J . Roeser. 1624. EcKBO, Nils B. Industrial timber research abroad and in South Africa. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 534-539. G fig. 1921. — This, the 1st installment of a series of articles on the subject, gives an account of research institutions in the U. S. A., India, Canada, Aus- tralia, and England. The elimination of waste and improved utilization of forest products are essential in view of the world shortage of timber. — E. M. Doidge. 1625. Fankhauser. Zur Kenntnis der Larche. [The larch.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 2S9-297. Fig. 1-3. 1919.— The degree of thrift and range of the larch depends upon plentiful and permanent soil moisture, not upon depth of soil. Surface drj'ness is overcome by the deep-growing main root and subsidiary "Senkerwurzeln," which often attain a length of 9 m. The enormous water loss by transpiration (as compared with spruce, pine, beech, etc.) is believed to explain the fact that larch is the only native deciduous conifer. The shedding, according to the author, avoids a conflict between transpiration and reduced water absorption. In extraordinary drought, larch maintains itself by its capability of shedding its foliage. Larch in mixture with Norway spruce (Picea excelsa) fails, not because of greater intolerance, but because the crown cover of spruce prevents precipitation from reaching the soil, while the shallow wide-spreading network of roots gradually produces a condition of dryness unfavorable to larch. Larch thrives in mixture with pine and beech, as neither of these effectively intercepts precipitation or competes for moisture as does spruce. In beech stands the surface layer of leaves effectively prevents surface desiccation. — /. Roeser. 1626. Frombling, C. Achtet derniederen Pflanzenwelt ! [Consider the lower vegetable kingdom!] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 33-37. 1919.— According to the author the lower forms of plant life in the forest offers a reliable indicator in solving many otherwise diflBcult problems. He expects that little success in natural regeneration will be attained by anyone not familiar with these plants. In general, the more productive a soil, the more abundant its lower flora, and the less the likelihood that a single species will become dominant. Con- versely, the poorer a soil, the more meagre the plant covering, and the greater the chances of supremacy by a single species. — /. Roeser. 1627. GooR, E. En Perse. — Notes de voyage en octobre-novembre 1913. [In Persia: — notes of a journey from October to November 1913.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 24: 1-11. 1921. 1628. Guthrie, J. D. On the Murman coast. Amer. Forest. 27: 155-159. 10 fig. 1921.— The Murman coast is a part of Russian Lapland stretching from North Cape to the White Sea. This article touches here and there on the vegetation and forest growth of the region. — Chas. H. Otis. 1629. Hamjiatt, R. F. California's redwoods and her highways. Intercoll. Forest Club Ann. 1 : 19-20. 1921. 1630. Hemmann. Forstliche Organization. [Forest organization.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 401—406. 1919. — The profession of forestry in Germany has, up to the present time, failed to present a consolidated working unit. The forest superintendents (Ober- Forster) have organizations in practically all German states, and in several instances the lower classes of forest employees are united; but there is a more or less distinct line between these and the organizations of the separate states, which the author describes in detail. Bv 246 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, far the most efficient society is the recently organized Thiiringia society of forest adminis- trative officers, who are working toward scientific and politico-economic development of for- estry and forest management and toward the consolidation of all the German societies of forest administrative officers into a national society, A meeting was planned for June 14- 15, 1921.— J. Roeser. 1631. Henry, Augustine. The tallest yews in Europe. Country Life [London] 50: 9-10. 2 fig. 1921. — Professor Badoux has recently claimed that a yew 70| feet high, growing wild in the forest of Chillon, Switzerland, is the tallest in Europe; but the Close Walks, near Mid- hurst in England, contain 3 trees respectively 89, 90, and 92 feet high. These are probably about 260 years old. In China and Japan the yew grows only about 50 feet high, but in western North America occasionally reaches 80 feet. The tall specimens of Midhurst prob- ably are not surpassed in height, unless it be in the Himalayas. — M. F. Warner. 1632. Hertz. Staatsaufsicht fur den Privatwald, [State supervision of private forests.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 177-184. 1919. — The author is opposed to communism in the forest as advocated by Kordvahr and Merten. He claims that in many instances small private forests are the only means of holding farmers on the land, and that with the sale of these private holdings to the state, the farmers will join the urban population. Many small private forests are better managed than the average state forests and in a way which better suits the economic needs of the country and secures the best use of forest labor. The state should aid private forests primarily by a good forest law, which, for the large forest, should provide for both regular technical supervision and forest organization. The law might also cover the much discussed subject of "capital cuttings," and help forest owners by providing loans which approximate the interest on capital invested in growing stock. — /. Roeser, 1633. Holmes, J. S. Damage to forests by hail in North Carolina. Monthlj'- Weather Rev. 49: 333. 1921. — A hail storm on April 28, 1921, did much damage in North Carolina forests, killing much young growth, defoliating trees, and breaking branches, and so weaken- ing many of the pines that they will be easy victims of the pine beetle. — E. N. Munns. 1634. HoMANs, G. M. Eighth biennial report of the State Board of Forestry of the State of California, 1919-20. 54 ?>•, 5 illus. 1921. — This report quotes the act of 1919 creating a State Board of Forestry and outlines a state forestry policy for California under 4 important headings: (1) Control of forest fires; (2) disposal of slash; (3) acquirement of cut-over lands; (4) survey of watershed areas. Complete minutes are given of the meeting of the lumbermen of California with the State Board of Forestry on Nov. 5, 1920, which culminated in a roll call on the slash-disposal question. All present agreed to dispose of their slash. Since then 260 operators have agreed in writing to dispose of their annual slash in such a manner as to lesson fire hazard and save young growth. The new fire protective organizations of the state are described, and statistics on causes of fires, areas (by counties) burned over, etc., are given. Announcement is made of a state forest nursery on a 30-acre tract near Davis, where trees will be raised for forest and highway planting. A tfest of white fir {Abies concolor) and cotton- wood {Populus fremontii) as substitutes for Sitka spruce (Picea sitchensis) for butter boxes, carried on at the Davis farm, resulted in the decision that both species give entire satisfaction when the boxes are properly paraffined and lined with parchment paper. — Woodbridge Metcalf. 1635. Jameson, F. Walton. Notes on tree-planting in the Kimberley District. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 504-511. 1921. — The country about Kimberley is hot, drj^, and dusty, but at many of the railway stations trees have been established and are growing well. Most of the natural timber from Mafeking to many miles south of Kimberley has been felled and the veld, unprotected by trees, is subject to the full hot blast of the northwest winds. With due care certain hardy trees can be successfully grown, and for this purpose Eucalpytus rostrata, Cypressus arizonica, Pinus halepensis, and P. longifolia are recommended. Experi- mental plots have been planted in Kimberley. — E. M. Doidge. No. 4, February, 1922] FORESTRY 247 1636. KiENiTZ, M. Vorschlage fiir die Hartznutzung 1919 auf Grund der Beobachtungen und Versuche in Chorin. [Suggestions on the tapping for resin, based on observations and experiments in Chorin.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51 : G-32. 2 fig. 1919. — The author de- scribes in detail the results of experiments on tapping for resin, with especial reference to depth and width of wounding, location of wound, location and kind of receptacles, loss of resin by evaporation, kinds of cutting tools, etc. As a rule, each tree receives 2 blazes, on opposite sides, aggregating § of the circumference. Cutting is begun above and continued downward, and is done every 2 daj^s. A new tree is tapped as near the root swelling as pos- sible, and in all cases the vessels are attached low enough to permit a summer's cutting with- out moving the vessel. To prevent loss of turpentine oil by evaporation, the resin is removed promptly. — /. lioeser. 1637. KiENiTZ, M. Was ist denn jetzt Mode: Saat oder Pflanzung? [What is the present style: sowing or planting?] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 417-436. Fig. 1-9. 1919. — Present conditions in Germany, large areas of cut-over land lying bare and man-power scarce, have developed the practice of producing new stands of pine by plowing, sowing with drill machines, and replacing failures by planting. As post-war conditions disappear, it is believed planting will again come into use. Natural regeneration is secured only after heavy seed years, and then only on areas entirely open, or shaded only at the side. Artificial sowing is successful only when the seedlings have a continuous moisture supply, since ordinarily a superficial root system is developed under the influence of the surface humus layer, and the plants there- fore succumb easily during periods of drought. Planting is regarded as the only successful method, as a deep root-system is developed and the loosened soil in the planting holes brings about a better distribution of moisture. The author's experiments show that planting with a semi-conical spade produces better results and is cheaper than the other more elaborate planting methods, and that the cost of planting, calculated through the first 3 years, is actually less than the cost of sowing. — J. Roeser. 16.38. Knesebeck, von. Der Verkauf von Holz zur Selbstwerbung und Massnahmen zur Bekampfung der Brennholznot auf dem Lande. [The sale of wood for removal and measures to be taken in combating the fuel-wood shortage.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 83-97. 1919. — The author calls attention to the merits, in war and post-war times, of the new practice of letting the customer remove his own wood under the supervision of foresters, and outlines management plans for sales of sawtimber and removal of faggot wood under the system of 'self-felling." A set of rules for controlling the fuel-wood supply and demand in the country is also given. — J. Roeser. 1639. KoRDVAHR. Der Wert von Waldbestanden, [The value of forest stands.] Zeit- schr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 140-144. 1919. — Forest prices are not determined by the interest with which the yield is capitalized, but by conditions which are independent of the yield. The difficulty of evaluating forest lands is due to the fact that only part of the principle can be converted into capital at once (tangible value), the remainder attaining its full value only after a long time (intangible value). The profit is the siun of the excess in the value of the increment over the expenses; the siun of the yearly savings, with interest, is derived from the cultural expenses and is comparable to the final value of a rental which is paid at the close of each year and finally at the final cutting. The author regards it as noteworthy that the value of stands is greater when calculated by simple interest than by compound interest, even though a rate as low as 1 per cent is chosen for compound interest. The writer includes numerous equations for calculating values. — /. Roeser. 1640. KoRDVAHU. Gedanken iiber Zweck und Ziel der Forstwirtschaft. [The purpose and the goal of forest management.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 1-6. 1919. — The question to be considered is whether a stand is to be managed to produce a maximiun rate of interest or a product of greatest value. The author urges that the ethical and aesthetic values of the forest should be cultivated in preference to the material, and that the German forests should not be managed by those financially interested, but should be controlled by the state or community. — /. Roeser. 248 FORESTRY [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1641. KoHSTiAN, C. F. Grazing practice in the national forests and its effects on natural conditions. Sci. Monthly 13: 273-281. Fig. 1-7. 1921.— This is a brief statement of the problems and conditions affecting the question of when and how much grazing may be allowed, and of the advantages and disadvantages of forest grazing. — L. Pace. 1642. Krausse, Anton. Beobachtungen an Dasychira pudibunda L. gelegentlich des Eberswalder Frasses 1917. [Observations of Dasychira pudibunda in connection with the Eberswald attack of 1917.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 265-272. Fig. 1-9. 1919.— The species was observed in limited numbers in Eberswald during 1915 and 1916, and in the fall of 1917 appeared in enormous numbers, devastating the beech forests and attacking the horn- beam. Pine trees, too, were infested but no needles were consumed. No satisfactory expla- nation has been offered for this infestation, migration being out of the question. The color variation in the caterpillars was of interest, black ones being in the majority. All cater- pillars were diseased ("polyederkrank"). The hair of the caterpillar produced no disagree- able effects in contact with the skin, though it is generally considered extremely irritating. [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1644.]—/. Roeser. 1643. Krausse, Anton. Ennomos quercinaria Hfn. (Lep. Geom.) als Waldverderber. [Ennomos quercinaria Hfn. (Lep, Geom.) as a destroyer of forests.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 153-159. Fig. 1-6. 1919. — This insect, reported as a forest pest for the 1st time in 1917, appeared in the forest district of Saarbriicken. Suppressed beech were attacked first in May; dominant trees, 80-100 years old, later. The pupa is easily identified by 4 large hook-like appendages at the posterior end and 2 smaller appendages on each side nearby. The butter- fly's habits and life history are described. — J. Roeser. 1644. Krausse, Anton. tJber Dasychira pudibunda L. bei Eberswalde 1918. [Dasychira pudi bunda in the Ebers forest in 1918.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 445-447. 1 fig. 1919. — This is a brief account of further studies of Dasijchira pudibunda. All eggs, caterpillars, and butterflies examined were "polyeder" diseased, though many individuals are apparently immune. Although the disease caused terrific destruction during 1917, it did not prevent a light devastation by this insect in 1918. — [See also Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 1642.] — J. Roeser. 1645. LaVarre, W. Brazil's white gold. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 133-136. 5 fig. 1921. [Abstract from Bull. Pan American Union 50: 462-476. 1920. — This is an account of the primitive methods still used in collecting the milk of the rubber tree. — Chas. H. Otis. 1646. LiNDSAT, H. A. F., and C. M. Harlow. Report on lac and shellac. Indian Forest Rec. 8^: 1-162. 10 charts, 4 pl-, i map. 1921. — Despite its importance to India, lac is still collected in a crude and wasteful manner, mostly from wild forest trees by ignorant native villagers, and marketed without economic foresight. Scientific knowledge of the lac insect and its hosts, of the physiological processes involved in lac production, and of climatic and other influencing factors, is meagrte; and research has been unaccountably neglected. — The lac insect, Tachardia lacca, sucks the juices of the host plant and produces an unusually massive secretory or excretory incrustation. This is the amber-colored, resinous lac, from which shellac is manufactured. The female insect lives about 6 months, and produces 2 broods of minute larvae, which emerge in "swarms" during the time the lac harvests are made. Only the more obvious phases of the life history are known. In addition to the physi- ological processes involved in lac formation, some of the problems awaiting solution are: Effect (upon quality of lac) produced by the amount and quality of food obtained from the 6 or 7 major and 15 or more minor host plants; vitality and hardiness of the several strains of lac insects and their efficiencj' as lac producers; effect of weather and climatic conditions upon the efficiency of the insect; natural enemies of the insect and of the host plants. Con- siderable work has been done upon the last question in the way of identifying the more im- portant parasites of the lac insect; but little is known of their habits, life histories, and distri- bution, or of their relative destructiveness, and means of combating them. The best lac is the "kusmi," or winter crop, from the kusum tree (Schhichera trijuga) found in the sub- No. 4, February, 1922] FORESTRY 249 Himalaya area, Chota Nagpur, Orissa, and Burma. This tree occurs scattered in high dense forests, grows very slowly, and pollards less vigorously than most other lac host trees. Culti- vation by the natives is unintelligent, and, as high lac prices lead to excessive harvesting, the brood lac supply is depleted. Methods of controlling the infection of new host branches or trees by new broods are particularly haphazard and their study and improvement is urgently needed. Quality of lac varies with host and insect, season, and locality. Present practices are described in detail and suggestions for improved practice and needed investi- gation are given. — C. L. Hill. 1647. Mueller, M. L. Kiln drying more lumber on the Pacific Coast. Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1: 35-37. 1921. 1648. MtJLLER. Forstliche Mitteilungen aus dam preussischen Soiling. [Forest informa- tion from the Prussian Soiling.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 225-247. 1919. — The author describes the geology, climate, forest, hunting, and chief administrative features of the forest- inspection district of Hildesheim -Soiling and of the adjacent state forests of Northeim, Moringen, and Einback, which include approximately 36,035 hectares. The forest in this district is 60 per cent beech, 30 Norway spruce, and 10 oak. The principle aim is to perpetuate the beech, which is increasingly valuable. On the Bunter sandstone formation, which pre- dominates in the Soiling, good masts alone produce results, and these occur, on an average, every 8 years. The failure of reproduction on sandstone is due to destructive fungi, which thrive in insufficiently decomposed leaf humus. Failure to secure beech reproduction natu- rally has led to a system of seed fellings based on 4 preparation fellings extending over 20 years, a seed felling, and final cuttings. It is preferred that the soil litter decompose natu- rally, but advantage should be taken of good seed years, and the humus should be raked into piles often or the soil treated by harrowing, plowing, grazing swine, etc. In the preparation cuttings, protection of the stand against too great opening is more important than removal of forked and other undesirable trees. [See Bot. Absts. 9, Entry 187 and following entry.] — J. Roeser. 1649. MtJLLER. Forstliche Mitteilungen aus dem preussischen Soiling. [Forest informa- tion from the Prussian Soiling.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 301-307. 1919. — The present method of establishing oak in the beech forests of Prussian Soiling, selected after much experi- menting, is by dibbling under beech stands at the time of the regeneration cutting or during beech seed years. The previously used Martzfeld method proved too expensive. The oak is allowed to start up with the beech reproduction, which prevents its destruction by game (a serious menace to oak reproduction in this region), and advance beech saplings are cut down to avoid interference with the oak. Wherever dominant oaks are found in the Soiling in equal-aged mixture with beech, 2 facts are evident: The site is sunny and the species is Quercus sessiliflora. On cool, shaded sites the oak is always suppressed. Q. sessiliflora succeeds better than Q. pedunculata since it has a shallow root system, thrives in shallow soil, and mixes better with beech. Planting in rows or groups is preferable to single planting because (1) oak is for sentimental reasons favored in cutting, contrary' to the best economic interests, and (2) when the stand is opened the trees develop trunk sprouts and invariably become stag-headed. — J. Roeser. 1650. Nelson, J. C. Beam's trees of Indiana (revised edition). [Rev. of: Deam, Chas. C. The trees of Indiana. First revised edition. Dept. Conservation Indiana Publ. 13. S17 p., 134 pi. 1921.] Rhodora 23: 179. 1921.— This is a brief account of the most note- worthy changes which have been made in the revision. — James P. Poole. 1651. Oertzen, von. Erfahrungen aus dem Walde. [Experiences from the forest.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 39^1. 1919. — The author discusses the habits and value of blueberry (Vacciniujn myrtillus) and of heather, and the factors entering into hardpan for- mation.— /. Roeser. 250 FORESTRY [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1652. Oliver, G. D. History of Sierra Nevada lumbering industry. Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1: 30-34. 1921. 1653. Pearson, R. S. Note on the contraction of sal (Shorea robusta) timber while season- ing. Indian Forest. 47: 245-247. 1 chart. 1921. — A section of green sal plank 1 inch thick and 12 inches wide contracted 0.455 inches in width, the rate being fairly uniform and fol- lowing the moisture content of the wood. During times pf high humidity the plank, expanded slightly. — E. N. Munns. 1654. QuAiRifeRE, C. J. L'arboretum de Gedinne. [The arboretum of Gedinne, Belgium.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 24: 19-31. 1921. — The 2 genera Abies and Picea are classified by species according to their reaction to the locality at Gedinne. Of the exotics the species of Abies which made very good growth are A. grandis, A. balsamea, A. fraseri, A. concolor, A. Veitchi, A. pectinata; of Picea the species which made good growth are P. Sitchensis, P. omorika, P. bicolor. Other species of both genera fall into 2 lower classifi- cations. The account is to be continued. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1655. R., E. Faut-il exploiter les pineraies ravagees par la nonne et la noctuelle dupin? [Is it necessary to cut the pineries damaged by pine defoliators?] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23:405-408. 1920. 1656. Recknagel, A. B. Is forestry succeeding? Intercoll. Forest. Club Ann. 1: 11- 12. 1921. 1657. RiNDL, M. Some sources of non-drying oils. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 641- 649. 1921, — The Bulletin of the Imperial Institute has published investigations of the oil from Balanites Mangnamii, which abounds in Portuguese East Africa. The oil is said to equal in value refined cotton seed oil. — The seed of Calodendron capense yields a pale yellow oil, which would be suitable for soap making. — The seed of the baobab tree, Adamsonia digitata, yield too little oil to render them commercially valuable. The oil from the Marula nut, Sclerocarya caffra, would be suitable for soap manufacture and possibly for edible pur- poses, but the low percentage of kernel in the fruit and the difficulty of cracking the nuts and separating the kernels makes it unlikely that it will become commercially valuable. The Cashew tree, Anacardium occidentale, flourishes in Portuguese East Africa and should grow well in the more tropical districts of the Union. In view of its value as a substitute for al- monds the cultivation of the Cashew nut holds considerable prospect of success. Oils derived from Ximenia americana, X. caffra, and Telfairia pedata are also discussed. — E. M. Doidge. 1658. RoESSLER. Das rheinische Wirtschaftsbuch als Teil des Betriebswerkes und der Betriebskontrollen. [The Rhenish control book as a part of the management plan and the management control.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 436-438. 1919. — The usual valuation books, special cards, control books, etc., are not suited for use in the woods. The author presents the outline of a management book copied, with minor improvements, from that of the Rhenish communal forest administration, and recommends it to all forest managers — /. Roeser. 1659. ScHXAASE. Die formelle Behandlung der Betriebsregulierungen nach dem Kriege. [The formal treatment of forest working plans after the war.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 98-103. 1919. — It is conservatively estimated that \ of all Prussian forest districts are in need of new working plans, as post-war conditions make the preparation of plans under the old instructions impossible. Therefore, temporary plans should be prepared to insure a continued wood supply during the 1st period (approximately 20 years). Suggestions as to vf&ys, and means of formulating and carrying out this work are included. — /. Roeser. 1660. Schroder, H. Bodenriickgang unter Fichte. [Soil retrogression under Norway spruce.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 439-^44. 1919.— The author investigated 2 small areas planted to Norway spruce in 1840-1845 and since cleared. These were located on the No. 4, February, 1922] FORESTRY 251 east coast of north Sleswick in a broad-leaf forest composed chiefly of beech. The terrain was rolling and the soil a fresh, slightly sandy loam. In both areas the spruce has changed the soil, through the influence of a mossy covering, especially Polijirichum, into a decided hard pan in G5-70 years. This effect was most pronounced in the center of the spruce stand and disappeared under the surrounding beech. According to the author it is caused by the formation of raw humus under the heavy spruce cover and the leaching of the soil by humic acid. The present tendency to convert poorly reproducing beech stands into spruce should therefore be critically considered. — /. Roeser. 1661. Schubert, Jon. Ertrag eines Normalwaldes. [Yield of a normal forest.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 200-265. Fig. 1-2. 1919. — The author discusses forest, soil, and total net yields in normal stands of Norway spruce, on the basis of yield tables by Schwappach. Representing the net forest revenue (r) as a function of the rotation (u), and a slight increase in period of rotation as Am and the corresponding change of r as Ar, the net forest revenue At* reaches its highest value when — equals zero, which is with a rotation of 113 years. The author concludes that the rotation Uh yielding the greatest soil revenue is expressed by the formula = -^-—, where N represents the normal supply. At the following rates of interest, AiV 100 1, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, and 4.0 per cent, the rotation is respectively 92, 81, 74, 69, 65, 61, and 58 years. The total net revenue culminates in a higher rotation than the soil net revenue. — The average increase in lumber prices in the Prussian state forests during the period 1833- 1912 approached 1.5 per cent annually. — J. Roeser. 1662. Schwappach. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber dem Wachstumsgang der Schwar- zerlen-Bestande. [Investigations of growth rate of black alder [Alnus glutinosa Gaert.] stands.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 184-190. 1919. — A comparison of results of investigations in 1918 with results of a single observation in 1902 shows: (1) The total increment of black alder stands is only a little higher in 1918, and the difference occurs in the period following the 40th year; (2) 40-^5 per cent, instead of 30 per cent, of the total increment is removed in thinning; (3) the current annual increment and the average annual increment attain a maxi- mum in comparatively late years, the former at approximately 45, the latter at 70 years. In general, coppice can no longer be considered suited to black alder. A normal yield table for black alder is included. — /. Roeser. 1663. Seelen, von. Der Wald als Bruder des Feldes. [The forest as brother of the farm.] Zeitschr. Forst- u. Jagdw. 51: 308-315. 1919. — This article is a humorous rebuttal of forester Mertens' opinion that certain forest rights-of-users (Waldgrundgerechtigkeiten) should be discontinued. Mertens would place the collection of dry, fallen wood under a permit system, but Seelen argues that this would result in petty trespass. The former also favors the estab- lishment of permanent forest pastures in preference to the use of forests for grazing; but even if only \ of Germany's cattle were grazed in such pastures, approximately 2,000,000 hectares of the best forest soil would have to be set aside, which would be a great economic mistake. Although the results of rights of pannage (Mastnutzung) have not been successful, this practice should be given a thorough test. — /. Roeser. 16C4. Severin, G. Un insecte nuisible au chene. [An insect injurious to oak.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 270-279. Fig. 1-11. 1920.— A'en«es quercus (L.) CKLL or K. reniformis (Fourcr.) Sign, was found to be the insect causing damage to woods in the Meuse and Sambre valley. The life history of the insect is given. A bibliography is added. — W. C. Lowderviilk. 1665. Severin, G. Un insecte nuisible au chene. [An insect injurious to oak.] Bull. Soc. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 314-323. Fig. 12-21. 1920.— The life histories of Coc- cinidae are continued and an account of Lecanium and Kertnes quercus is included. — W. C. Lowderviilk. 252 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1666. Severin, G. Un insecte nuisible au chene. [An insect injurious to oak.] Bull. See. Centrale Forest. Belgique 23: 367-376, 408^15. Fig. 22-23. 1920.— The economic aspects of the damage done by Kermes quercus is discussed. Several methods of combating the insect are given, but none holds out much promise. The insect being little known, there is some confusion regarding classification. The author feels justified in retaining the name Kermes queixus. — W. C. Lowdermilk. 1667. SiECKE, E. 0., and L. Wyman. Tree planting by farmers for fuel, fence posts and shelter. Texas Agric. Exp. Sta. Forest. Bull. 13. 24- p., 10 fig. 1920. — The treeless area of the state is the Panhandle, west Texas, below the caprock, and the Trans-Pecos country. This was the cattle country but dry farming has replaced cattle raising. Protection from sand storms and drying winds may be partially secured by planting trees, about 6 rows making an effective windbreak. The scarcity of fuel and fence posts makes a grove of trees desirable on every farm in this area. The species suited to different localities, the question of seedlings and transplanted stocks, renewals of windbreaks and woodlots, spacing, cultivation, and cost are briefly discussed. — L. Pace. 1668. Sim, T. R. Tree planting for the farm II. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 472- 478. 1921. — In this installment directions are given for preparation of the land, raising of seed, planting out, and sowing in situ. — E. M. Doidge, 1669. Sim, T. R. Tree-planting for the farm III. South African Jour. Indust. 4: 554- 562, 666-672. 1921. — The financial aspect of tree-planting is considered, and directions given for cultivation and thinning. Trees suitable for planting in Various districts are listed, and the merits of various species for commercial planting are discussed. — E. M. Doidge. 1670. Warner, H. H. The size of yew trees. Garden 85: 156, 205. Illus. 1921.— This contains 2 notes on venerable trees and their dimensions, data for the 1st being taken largely from The Yew Trees of Great Britain and Ireland, by Dr. John Lowe, The 2nd gives some additions and corrections of measurements and an illustration of the yew by Iffley Church near Oxford. This, according to tradition, is as old as the church, which was built in 1175. — M. F. Warner. GENETICS George H. Shull, Editor J. P. Kelly, Assistant Editor (See also in this issue Entries 1448, 1463, 1477, 1478, 1479, 1480, 1488, 1515, 1523, 1545, 1642, 1753, 1757, 1762, 1776, 1787, 1789, 1790, 1822, 1839, 1918, 1963, 2047) 1671. Anonymous. Increasing yields by bud selection. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 698. 1921. — This consists essentially of quotations from an article by E. B. Babcock of California, warning against too much optimism in bud selection in deciduous fruits. — L. R. Waldron. 1672. Anonymous. Measuring intelligence. Jour. Heredity 11: 86-87. 1 fig. 1920. — This is a report of the findings of the Committee on Army Mental Tests of the American Psychological Association and National Research Council. Test ratings furnished a fairly reliable index to ability to learn, think quickly and accurately, analyze a situation, maintain a state of mental alertness, comprehend and follow instructions. Test score was little affected by schooling. There was no proof that men of equal mental rating were of equal military worth. Temperamental qualities could not be measured, yet a superior degree of loyalty, bravery, and leadership was more often correlated with superior intelligence than otherwise. Intelligence rating was found to be one of the most important aids in selecting men for spe- cialized tasks, and corresponded closely to pre-army occupational levels, i.e.: (1) Lowest No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 253 mental test ratings were made by unskilled and semi-skilled laborers capable of routine work as privates; (2) many skilled laborers and clerical workers showed capacity to serve as non- commissioned officers; (3) semi-professionals made up a large percentage of the commissioned officers; (4) professional men of highest intellectual type furnished the most superior officer material. — M. C. Gould. 1673. Anonymous. The heredity and environment of a great botanist. Jour. Heredity 11 : 6. 1920. — This article gives the writer's impressions on reading Leonard Huxley's Life and Letters, by Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker. — Merle C. Coulter. 1674. Anonymous. Variation in scarlet runner beans. Gard. Chron. 69: 176. 1921. — J. de Vilmorin displayed before the French National Horticultural Society a series of seed- color variations in beans from natural crosses between scarlet runner, Phaseolus multiflorus, and a black-seeded form of the same species. By the 2nd year 10 new colors had appeared. "INIost of the possible combinations between the colors, 'wine-color,' black, gray, and maroon, were displayed, in many different kinds of marbling, varying in intensity and extent." No attempt was made to analyze the phenomena from the Mendelian standpoint. Comparison is made of the anthocyanin content of these beans. — L. R. Waldron. 1675. Anonymous. Deficiency in intellect found to be correlated with deficiency in the number of brain cells. [Rev. of: Ellis, Robert S. A preliminary study of the Purkinje cells in normal, subnormal, and senescent human cerebella, with some notes on functional locali- zation. Jour. Comparative Neurol. 30: No. 2. Feb. 1919.] Jour. Heredity 10: 359. 1919.— Examination of a number of cerebella showed that the number of Purkinje cells varies under different conditions. In cases of paresis, extreme old age, and idiocy, the number of Purkinje cells is reduced by disintegration^ and there is deficiency in motor coordination. This raises the question as to the extent to which differences in percentage of cells may be the anatomical basis for mental defect. The author contends that all such cases are due to some form of antenatal degeneration. — M. C. Gould. 1676. Allen, W. J. Gravenstein grafts at Bathurst. Agric. Gaz. New South Wales 32: 511. 1921. — Evidence goes to show that the stock exerts an effect upon the scion, resulting in a "twisting" effect which is absent in the tree from which the scions were taken. — L. R. Waldron. 1677. Bataillon, Charles. Spermies couplees et heterochromosome dans la lignee typique d'une Turritelle. [Paired sperms and heterochromosome in the typical line of a Tur- ritella.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 84: 219-222. 1 fig. 1921.— Spermatozoa of Turrifella com- munis are found in pairs more or less closely united throughout their length. This rare phenomenon was observed in the Opossum by Selenka and in Dytiscidae by Ballowitz, but its origin was studied only superficially or not at all. In Turritella it has its origin in matu- ration. The 2nd maturation division results in 2 distinct cells, which later fuse into practi- cally a binucleate cell. Development of the pair has been traced through all stages to adult spermatozoa. Presumably they separate at or before fertilization, but this has not been proved. The 1st maturation division is unequal, 1 secondary spermatocyte receiving a larger chromosome than the other. From each secondary spermatocyte comes 1 pair of spermatozoa, hence these pairs are of 2 kinds. If heterochromosomes of the 1st division are X and Y, some pairs are male-producing, others female-producing. — A. Franklin Shull. 1678. Bateson, W. Root-cuttings and chimeras. II. Jour. Genetics 11: 91-97. PL 13- IJj.. 1921. — The author reports the occurrence of a red double-flowered Bouvardia from root cuttings of the double pinkish white Bridesmaid variety, also of a single-flowered form from root cuttings of the new double red variety, and lists 12 varieties whose progeny from root cuttings were exactly alike. Other anomalies in flower and foliage color arising from root cuttings are noted. — Three sports arising from root sprouts of cuttings of fancy named varie- ties of Pelargonium are described, and differences between "type" and "sport" foliage and BOTANICAL ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 4 254 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, flowers in the "Golden Flame" variety of P. zonale are treated in detail. The inclusion of cells belonging to one form within tissues of the other is especially noted. — A variegated form of Spirea Ulmaria devoid of functional germ cells resembles the totally sterile "Freak of Nature" zonal Pelargonium described earlier. This shows that, although varieties pro- ducing new forms from root cuttings may be regarded as periclinal chimeras, other possibilities must be remembered. Many herbaceous variegated plants arranged periclinally may give shoots composed entirely of either internal or external constituents. These are not always endogenous, but may be originated by a periclinal division in the cortical layers. Attempts to breed root cuttings with parent plants have been unsuccessful. — E. B. Babcock. 1679. Berry, Reginald Arthur, and Daniel Grant O'Brien. Errors in feeding experiments with cross-bred pigs. Jour. Agric. Sci. 11: 275-286. 2 fig. 1921. — In experi- ments in feeding two lots of pigs, one of 43, and another of 46, each for 16 weeks, conditions were so nearly comparable that combining results of the 2 trials was permissible for statistical purposes, as proved by mathematical test. The probable error in rate of gain for 1 pig, in terms of average daily gain, was 7 per cent; for pure-bred pigs of the same litter and of similar live weight, 3 per cent; and for cross-bred pigs of similar weight but of different parents, 4 per cent. The error, greatest for a short feeding period, decreases rapidly week by week up to 7 weeks, after which the rate of decrease is slow. The errors on IS separate pens of 4 pigs each varied from 2.3 to 12.0S per cent, averaging 6.21 per cent. An increased daily rate of gain decreases the probable error; the converse is also true. The rate of gain in female pigs was depressed slightly by a period of heat, but the difference between gilts and barrows was only 0.02 pounds. The stage of fattening did not affect the error, although well-fattened animals showed a greater range in rate of gain than those only partially fattened. — Edioard N . Wentworth. 1680. Blakeslee, Albert F. Mutations in mucors. Jour. Heredity 11: 278-284. S fig. 1920. — In the examination of about 38,000 progeny of single asexual spores from cultures of the hermaphrodite mould, Mucor- genevensis, many variant forms were seen. In the subse- quent asexual generations of most of these forms the normal strain appeared and gradually predominated to the exclusion of the variant. However, 2 of these mutants have been shown to be stable, at least for many generations. The "Dwarf" mutant lacks asexual spores and also zygospores, and has been grown unchanged for nearly 7 years. Mutant "A" lacks her- maphrodite zygospores, has a strong minus sexual reaction, and only a feeble plus one. This form has been grown for 16 generations and appears stable. Among the inconstant mutants, "X," a hermaphrodite with a plus tendency, had low white growth and large zygospores; in the course of years its cultures reverted to the normal type. Mutant "D," which had a yellowish dense growth and was almost without zygospores, had a minus tendency, and seems to have finally reverted. The "Yeast" mutant was composed of separate cells in its early stage of growth. In the course of time only normal forms were found among the progeny. — Johri Belling. 1681. Blaringhem, L. A propos de I'heredite des fascies de Capsella Viguieri. [Con- cerning the heredity of fasciations in Capsella Viguieri.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 169: 298-300. 1919. — This unique plant, named and described by the author in 1910, is claimed to be the best known example of the sudden birth of a new species. For 12 generations the tendency to produce fasciated stems has been maintained as a constant character. The only other true-breeding fasciated species known is cock's-comb, Celosia cristata L. In both species the fasciated character is amplified by cultural conditions favoring vegetative development, i.e., by transplanting to rich soil under glass. De Vries has pointed out an apparent relation between fasciation and tricotyledony in Amaranthus retroflexus, but in Capsella Viguieri the author observed but 4 tricotj'ls among 3000 seedlings examined. — Merle C. Coulter. 1682. Bliss, A. J. Unusual forms of Iris flowers. Gard. Chron. 70: 149. 1921.— Of abnormal flower forms the tetramerous occurs most frequently among the author's seedlings No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 255 and is coupled generally with vigor of growth, though many of the most vigorous seedlings have never produced abnormal flowers. It is suggested that these forms may partake of the nature of peloria and that the tendency to produce tetramerous flowers is heritable, despite the fact that such flowers may appear on one spike and not on adjacent ones, or during one season and not another, showing that something additional is necessary for their occurrence. — /. Marion Shull. 1683. BouLENGER, E. G. Experiments on colour-changes of the spotted salamander (Salamandra maculosa), conducted in the Society's gardens. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1921: 99-102. 2 pi., 1 fig. 1921. — In undertaking to repeat some of Kammerer's experiments on the action of changed environment on certain amphibians, the author separated 32 new-born young from a single Salamandra maculosa var. taeniata in 2 lots, one in an aquarium painted yellow on the bottom and sides, the other in a corresponding aquarium painted black. At transformation, Sacerov's results were confirmed, i.e., those reared on the yellow background were "yellower than the mother, and the spots larger and fused together," those on the black being "darker than the mother and the spots smaller and more numerous." The author, however, has no doubt that these 2 types will in time assume the same character. — A.M. Banta. 1684. Bowman, H. H. M. Deterioration in some horticultural varieties through deficient artificial selection. Jour. Heredity 11: 380-383. 1920. — In the spring of 1919 seeds w-ere purchased of named varieties of China aster, Callistephus chinensis, Zinnia elegans, African marigold (Tagetes erecta), Matthiola incana, and the corn-flower (Centaurea cyanus). These varieties (purchased from the same firm) had been grown in the 2 preceding years under similar conditions. In all cases notable variations were observed which in most cases are considered as deteriorations from the standard. The author believes that there has been much mixing with dominant inferior strains, which has naturally affected the germ plasm of the standard varieties, and that therefore these variations are due to genetic rather than environmental causes. — C. E. Myers. 1685. Bridges, Calvix B. Triploid intersexes in Drosophila melanogaster. Science 54: 252-254. 1921. — A culture of flies produced 96 females, 9 males, and about 80 individuals "intermediate between males and females." Distribution of the genetic characters brown, plexus, and speck, in this culture was so aberrant as to warrant the hypothesis that the chromo- somes involved might sometimes be present in a triploid instead of the usual diploid number. This was confirmed by cytological evidence. The intersexes, which were all sterile, each had 3 second chromosomes, 3 third chromosomes, 2 X-chromosomes, 2 or 3 fourth chromosomes, and either with or without a Y-chromosome. The author, describing the appearance and genetic behavior of various flies of this aberrant group, says: "A significant new conclusion proved by the intersexes is that sex in D. melanogaster is determined by a balance between the genes contained in the X-chromosome and those contained in the autosomes The ratio of 2X : 2 sets autosomes, or 3X : 3 sets autosomes (or IX : 1 set autosomes?) produces a female, while IX : 2 sets autosomes produces a male. An intermediate ratio, 2X : 3 sets autosomes, produces an intermediate condition, — the intersex." After discussing the possi- bilities already found, the author comments on the varying influence of autosomes, and speculates on the effect of additional chromosome ratios. — John S. Dexter. 1686. Broili, J. Der PoUenstab. [The pollen staff.] Deutsch. Landw. Presse 1920: 447—448. 1 fig. 1920. — The author describes a stick to be inserted into the ground to facilitate collection of pollen in vials. It is especially convenient in potato work. [From anonymous review in Zeitschr. Pflanzenzxicht. 8: 45-46. 1921.] — J. P. Kelly. 1687. Brooks, F. T. The inheritance of disease-resistance in plants. Trans. British Mycol. Soc. 7: 71-78. 1921. — The hitherto unpublished results of Armstrong's work with 3'ellow rust of wheat {Puccinia glumarum form, tritici), are outlined. All Fi plants of Wil- helmina X American Club were moderately rusted. The F2 generation, sown partly in autumn and partly in spring, contained 1560 plants, of which 381 were badly rusted, 832 moder- 256 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, ately so, and 347 were rust-free, — approximately a 1: 2:1 ratio. The genotypes of some of the F2' plants were tested by growing the F3 plants. Taking the whole F2 crop after adjust- ment with the F3 results, the following composition was indicated: 392 homozygous sus- ceptible, 797 heterozygous susceptible, and 371 homozygous immune. Different behavior in different years is attributed to the operation of environmental factors. — Armstrong's pre- liminary studies with wheat indicate that resistance to mildew (Erysiphe graminis) behaves as a Mendelian dominant. — A. N. Wilcox. 1688. Brumpt, E. Recherches sur le determinisme des sexes et de devolution des Anguil- lules parasites (Strongyloides). [Studies on the determinism of sex and the evolution of the parasitic Anguillula (Strongyloides).] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 85: 149-152. 1921. — Strongy- loides papillosus, parasitic in the small intestine of sheep, exists in a parthenogenetic parasitic generation and a free-living bisexual generation. Eggs laid by the parasitic form pass with the feces and produce rhabditic larvae, of which some develop directly into strongyloid larvae ready to infect a new host, some into males and females. The bisexual generation is mostly sterile because of rarity of males. Cultures usually contain 1 male to 1000-2000 females, rarely a much higher proportion. The proportion of directly developing strongyloid larvae and of adult males varies; in many cultures development is exclusively direct, most others show 95-98 per cent direct development, and a few show as high as 90 per cent indirect devel- opment (males or females). — From the feces of young infected rabbits there were recovered 237 males, 409 females, 1236 direct larvae, and later many larvae of indirect cycle coming from fertilized females. The higher proportion of indirect development and of males in rabbits than in sheep is attributed to the physico-chemical character of the intestinal mucus. A strongyloid infectious larva from a parthenogenetic parent will, if reared in a rabbit, yield a parthenogenetic animal whose eggs produce 1000-2000 times as many males as if the stron- gyloid larva had been reared in a sheep. — A. Franklin Skull. 1689. Castle, W. E. An improved method of estimating the number of genetic factors concerned in cases of blending inheritance. Science 54: 223. 1921. — A modified formula for estimating the number of genetic factors (n) concerned in cases of blending inheritance (see D2 . . . following entry) suggested by Wright is n = — ^ ^, in which D is the difference between the 80-2— <7- means of the parental races, o-i the standard deviation of the Fi, and a 2 the standard deviation of F2. — D. F. Jones. 1690. Castle, W. E. On a method of estimating the ntunber of genetic factors concerned in cases of blending inheritance. Science 54: 93-96. 1921. — The amount of variability of F2 over Fi, shown by the standard deviation, divided by the difference of the 2 parental means is taken as a comparative measure of the number of factor differences concerned in cases of blending inheritance. Applied to data for seed weight of maize, it gives from 11 to 19 as the number of genetic factors involved. In a cross of Polish X Himalayan rabbits 50 or more factors were calculated as governing body size. Serious limitations as to the applicability of this method are recognized, viz., it applies perfectly only to cases in which the parents are genetically pure, and does not allow for unequal effect of different factors. — D. F. Jones. 1691. Castle, W. E., and W. L. Wachter. Genetics of Hereford cattle. Jour. Heredity 12 : 37-39. Fig. 27-28. 1921 .—This is a criticism of a paper by Frances Pitt (see Bot. Absts. 5, Entry 1605), in which an attempt was made to account for variations in the coat pattern and intensity of color of Hereford cattle on the basis of 5 Mendelian factors. The present authors hold that the data are insufficient to demonstrate the unit nature of these factors. — Seivall Wright. 1692. Clausen, R. E., and T. H. Goodspebd. Inheritance in Nicotiana Tabacum. II. On the existence of genetically distinct red-flowering varieties. Amer. Nat. 55: 328-334. 1921. — In studies of inheritance in Nicotiana Tahacum the following formulae were suggested for 4 flower colors: WW RR PP, carmine; WW RR pp, light pink; WW rr pp, red; and ivw No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 257 RR pp, white. WW RR PP represents the basic type, carmine in color; w, the difference from it which gives white, irrespective of which members of the pair occupy the R or P loci; p, that which gives pink; and /•, that which changes pink to red. — In reciprocal crosses between Cuba (white) and viacrophylla (I'ed), 150 Fi plants were pink-flowered. The F2 plants gave totals of 113 pink, 44 red, and 42 white, the expected numbers, based on a 9: 3: 4 ratio, being 112: 37: 50. Another form, purpurea, exhibits a flower color somewhat darker and more intense than viacrophylla. In order to demonstrate the difference in behavior between these 2 reds, a number of parallel crosses were made between them and other Tabacum varieties. When macrophylla was crossed with angustifolia (light pink), with Cavala (pinkish), and with Cuba (white), all the Fi plants were pink-flowered. When purpurea was crossed with these 3 forms, the Fi plants were carmine-flowered. Further crosses of Cuba and purpurea gave Fo totals of 190 carmine, 48 pink, 107 white, further substantiating the difference between viacrophylla and purpurea. This also supports the belief that the dominant carmine de- scribed by Allard was genetically different from the recessive red previously described by the authors. — A. N. Wilcox. 1693. Collins, J. L. The new craft of making plants to order. Gard. Mag. 33: 372-374. 2 fig. 1921. — This is a rather non-technical review of the method of producing new plants by applying genetic principles. — H. E. Breivbaker. 1694. Collins, J. L. The new craft of making plants to order. II. Increased crop through hybrid seed. Gard. Mag. 34: 40-41. S fig. 1921. — Commercial possibilities are pointed out. — H. E. Brewbaker. 1695. CoviLLE, Frederick V. A new hybrid — the Katherine blueberry. Jour. Heredity 11: Frontispiece. 1920. — This is the best of 3,000 hybrids from crossing 2 selected strains of highbush blueberry. Over 97 per cent of the berries range between J and | inch in diam- eter; and they have a delicious flavor, firm texture, and small seeds. This variety will soon be on the market. — Merle C. Coulter. 1696. Daniel, Lucien. Recherches sur la greflfe des Solanum. [Studies on Solanum grafts.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 171: 1074-1076. 1920. — Potato grafts of the variety Fluke placed upon tomato and egg-plant produced aerial tubers. The aerial tubers from the potato-tomato graft produced plants which were all alike and resembled the variety Fluke. The aerial tubers from the potato-egg-plant graft produced plants which behaved as inter- mediates, and matured much later than the potato-tomato grafts. Three plants produced both aerial and subterranean tubers, as many of the latter being obtained as from normal plants. The plants producing both subterranean and aerial tubers were not attacked by Phytophtora infestans. Several grafts of egg-plant upon tomato produced fruits of tomato shape, but with the color of the egg-plant. Other grafts showed no change. — H. K. Hayes. 1697. Davis, H. P. Were the black-and-white Holsteins originally red-and white? Jour. Heredity 11: 155. 1920. — The author reports the occurrence of a Holstein calf with red-and- white markings, which leads him to believe that the ancestors of Holstein-Friesians were probably red-and-white. He desires information concerning this problem and contact with anyone having a red-and-white heifer. — E. Roberts. 1698. Detlefsen, J. A. A herd of albino cattle. Jour. Heredity U: 378-379. Fig. 26- 27. 1920. — The author describes a herd of pink-eyed white cattle at Mora, Minnesota. The owners' statements as to the mode of origin and later breeding do not harmonize well with any simple explanation of the mode of inheritance of albinism, and agree best with the hy- pothesis that it is recessive. The original albinos are said to have come from mating a Holstein bull to grade Holstein cows. — Sewall Wright. 1699. Dunn, L. C. Unit character variation in rodents. Jour. ]Mammalogy 2: 125- 140. 1921. — Comparison is made between color variations studied e.xperimentally in rodents 258 GENETICS [BoT. Abbts., Vol. X, and those reported as occurring in the wild, or represented by specimens in various museums. White spotting, albinism, yellow, black, and the pink-eyed colored variation are found to be rather widely distributed mutations from the agouti color, typical of wild rodents. Com- munity of genes, which seems probable in many cases, has been proved by similarity in linkage relations in the case of the pink-eyed colored variation and albinism in rats and mice. — Sewall Wright. 1700. Ettler, K. Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von Knollenfarbabanderung der Kartoflfel. [A remarkable case of change of color in potato tubers.] Deutsch. Landw. Presse 1919: 161- 162. 1919. — This is an account of a single plant (grown from a white tuber) which gave 10 red tubers and 1 tuber red at stem end and white at crown end. The tuber producing this plant was the only one from a plant whose aerial parts were killed by cold, and the variation is therefore supposed to have been induced by frost. [From anonymous review in Zeitschr. Pflanzenzucht. 7: 35. 1919.]— J. P. Kelly. 1701. Eyster, Lewis A. Heritable characters of maize. VII. Male sterile. Jour. Heredity 12: 13S-141. Fig. 21-23. 1921. — A description and a photograph of the male- sterile character in maize, together with some genetic data on its inheritance, are presented. Defective anthers in which no pollen is produced are borne on an otherwise normal plant. Data from 2 heterozygous, self-pollinated ears and 3 back-crosses show that male-sterile is inherited as a simple Mendelian recessive to the normal type of tassel. — E. W . Lindstrom. 1702. Eyster, William H. Heritable characters of maize. VT. Zigzag culms. Jour, Heredity 11: 349-357. Fig. 8-16. 1920. — The zigzag culm described was first noted by R. A. Emerson in F4 cultures of a cross between Tom Thumb and a Missouri dent corn. Emer- son found that plants selfed bred true for this character and, when crossed with normal plants, produced apparently normal Fi plants. The zigzag culm appears about the time of tassel emergence, the 1st indication being an apparent flattening and broadening of the culm in the ear-shoot region caused by the leaf sheaths pulling away from the culm. Extracted recessives from crosses vary considerably in the expression of this character. F2 progenies of outcrosses with normal plants in segregating deviate but slightly from the 15 : 1 ratio ex- pected when 2 duplicate factors are involved in the expression of a character. Results of back-crosses of Fi plants with the zigzag parental type indicate that zigzag culm is expressed only when at least 2 factors are recessive. — H. M. Steece. 1703. Freckmann, W. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Futterpflanzenzuchtung. [A contri- bution to the question of forage-plant breeding.] Mitteil. Deutsch. Landw. Ges. 36: 550-553. 4 fig. 1921. — A brief account is given of some work done at Moorland experiment station, Neuhammerstein, with Poa pratensis, timothy, and tall meadow oat grass. The author con- siders that of the 3 methods used at the station, namely, general improvement, group selection, and individual selection, group selection gives the most rapid results for practical work. Pasture and meadow forms of Poa pratensis have been isolated, and some variations in the structure of the panicle are described. A table of analyses is given to show that strains of timothy having higher protein content can be developed. A tall, sturdy, late-maturing oat- grass, obtained by selection, is illustrated. — A. J. Pieters. 1704. Gassner, G. Untersuchungen iiber die Sortenempfanglichkeit von Getreidepflanzen gegen Rostpilze. [Studies on the susceptibility of cereal varieties to rust.] Zentralbl. Bakt. II Abt. 49: 7-9, 185-243. 1919. — In studying the reaction of various cereals to Puccinia graminis, P. triticina, P. coronifera, and P. Maydis, 8 grades of rust attack were distinguished; stages of development of the hosts from young seedlings to mature plants were likewise recog- nized. Observations were made in Uruguay (1907-10) on pure lines of small grains obtained from Germany and in South America. In both barley and wheat the stage of development of the host is particularly important in its reaction to P. graminis. To P. graminis barley varieties showed no true resistance; a German variety of oats, Beseler II, was very resistant, while a Uruguay variety proved susceptible; other European oats, among them Svalof's No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 259 Ligowa and Gold Rain, proved highly resistant. Uruguay oat varieties were somewhat re- sistant to P. coronifera, European varieties being susceptible. At the same stage of devel- opment spring wheats proved more susceptible to P. triticina than winter wheats. At the same stage of development maize varieties difTered in susceptibility to P. Maydis, early- maturing varieties being more severely attacked than later maturing ones. The author reviews various theories regarding environmental and hereditary factors which cause differ- ences of reaction of varieties to parasitic fungi. — H. K. Hayes. 1705. [Gates, R. R.] [Rev. of: Sturtevant, A. H. The North American species of Drosophila. Carnegie Inst. Washington. Publ. 301. iv+150 p., 3 pi. 1921.] Nature 107: 743. 1921. 1706. GoLDSCHMiDT, RiCHARD. Erblichkeitsstudlen an Schmetterlingen. III. Der Me- lanismus der Nonne, Lymantria monacha L. [Genetical studies on butterflies. III. The melanism of the nun, Lymantria monacha L.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 25: 89-163. PI. 6-8, 2 fig. 1921. — -Melanism in the nun moth presents in each sex an unbroken series of variations from white to black, and depends upon the recombination of 3 pairs of factors, 1 se.x-linked. Males are darker than females. Polymeric and sex-linked factors cooperate, as in fertility in fowls (Pearl) and the silky fowl X brown leghorn (Bateson, Pun- nett). — All 3 factors are dominant: A, responsible for faint pigmentation in near-white individuals, but not yet fully analysed; B, spreading an increased pigmentation from the middle band of the wing; C, a sex-linked darkening factor for which the female is always heterozj^gous, much more intense in action than B, which it supplements. — Six forms of 9 and 9 of cf result from B and {CX), all visibly distinct except a few male combinations. Of the theoretical 54 cross-combinations, 2S were realized, in some cases by several matings. A detailed history of successive generations in 7 different stocks is given. — The unexpected appearance in 4 cultures of individuals carrying the sex-linked factor (CX), although belong- ing to strains free from it, is interpreted as mutation. Non-disjunction of X-chromosome in the homozygous male explains 3 anomalous families, e.g., a fully melanic female, BB (CX), X white cf , bb{cX) (cX), should give by "criss-cross" inheritance only white 9 9 and black cfcf , but 1 brood contained, besides 55 typical individuals, 1 dark 9 , [Bh (CX)], and 1 banded d', [Bb(cX) (cX)]. These 2 came from gametes b, and b(cX) (cX) of the father, meeting B (CX) of the mother. — Seller reports that 28 chromosomes, including 1 remarkably large, occur in both the 1st and 2nd spermatocytic mitoses. All sperms contain this number. In the metaphase of the 1st maturation spindle of the egg, however, 31 chromosomes occur, of which 4 fuse during the anaphase. Hence the equatorial plate of the 2nd maturation spindle has only 28. But an embryo shows 62, not 56. Peculiarities of sex-linked inheritance are expected from the occurrence of a compound sex chromosome. — Melanic individuals were rare from 1785 till about 50 years ago, but now have largely replaced the type, especiallj' near industrial centers. The theoretical statistical consequences of the appearance, within the original white population, of a certain proportion of mutants for one or both of the factors, followed by free intercrossing, are worked out, no selection value being attached to the melanic character. In general, after a single period of mutation, dark individuals tend to become more abundant than light except that, if the sex-linked (CX) is involved, the proportion remains constant in the female. Repeated mutations of 10 per cent annually would be neces- sary to insure supremacy of the dark form in 40 years. This percentage of mutation being improbable, selection-value is ascribed to the melanic form.— Numerous measurements show that dark individuals are not necessarily larger (and stronger) than the type, but artificial selection of dark individuals has resulted in a marked increase in size. Disturbed natural conditions around industrial districts may greatly increase a selection value elsewhere slight. Possibly larvae of the melanic form better withstand the ill effects of feeding upon leaves of trees covered with chemical deposits. That homozygous white males fall below expected numbers in the cidtures may indicate low viability. — Melanism in the adult has no effect upon the caterpillar. Melanism in the larva is due to another independent dominant factor. — John H. Gerould. 260 . GENETICS [Box. Absts., Vol. X, 1707. GoLDSCHMiDT, RiCHARD. Kleine Beobachtungen und Ideen zur Zellenlehre. II. Die Spermatogenese eines parthenogenetischen Frosches nebst Bemerkungen zur Frage welches Geschlecht bei den Amphibien das Heterozygotische ist. [Minor observations and ideas in cytology. II. The spermatogenesis of a parthenogenetic frog with comments on the question which is the heterozygous sex in amphibia.] Arch. Zellf. 15: 283-290. 1920. — The author reports the diploid number of 26 chromosomes in the testis of an adult frog which J. Loeb produced by artificial parthenogenesis. He discusses possible explanations of this occurrence and suggests that the female is heterozygous for a sex chromosome. — C L. Parmenter. 1708. GoLDscHMiDT, RiCHARD. Zur quantitativen Auffassung multipler Allelomorphe. [Quantitative conception of multiple allelomorphs.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 285-287. 1 fig. 1921. — MuUer has shown that the multiple allelomorphs for eye color in Drosophila can not be fitted to an ordinary probability curve, and contends that they are not quantitative variations of a single gene. The quantitative conception of multiple allelo- morphs demands not that they fit a single probability curve, but several such curves over- lapping each other. MuUer's 2nd argiunent, based on the theory that the factors located on the X-chromosome produce the same effect in both sexes, is also held invalid. The effect of any 1 factor is a result of dominance rather than of quantity. — P. C. Mangelsdorf. 1709. Goodrich, E. W. Some problems in evolution. Sci. Monthly 13: 316-321. 1921.— This address emphasizes the fundamental problem of how genetic factors of an organism originate and change. Guyer's anti-lens tests suggest that environmental influences give rise to heritable mutations. The share of mind in evolution is discussed, with the statement that mind and body evolved together. — L. Pace. 1710. GowEN, JohnW. Inheritance in crosses of dairy and beef breeds of cattle. II. On the transmission of milk yield to the first generation. Jour. Heredity 11 : 300-316. Fig. 5-15. 1920.— Results of crosses among x\berdeen Angus, Holstein-Friesian, Jersey, Guernsey, and Ayrshires in relation to milk yield are discussed. One cross-bred from a Holstein-Friesian cow and a Jersey bull resembled closely the expected potential milk production of the Jersey. This is probably due to segregation of factors for low milk production rather than dominance of low production. From the other cases it appears that high milk yield is partiall}' dominant to low milk yield, since cross-breds resemble high parents more closely in this respect than they do low parents. Other investigations on this subject are briefly reviewed. — E. Roberts. 1711. Habcker, V. Weitere phanogenetische Untersuchungen an Farbenrassen. [Fur- ther phenogenetical studies of color races.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 25: 177- 184. 1 pi. 1921. — The dark races of Axolotl studied by Haecker were heterozygous. The author suggests that the varying proportions of the 2 types of pigment cells are probably due to "demoralization" of the conditions of equilibrium between the corial and epidermal cells resulting from hybridization. Reviewing the work of F. Dyckerhoff, Standfuss, Zurich, and Huemer on melanism of butterflies, the author concludes that melanism is clearly hereditary and readily influenced. Citing the work of Ladebech, Gortner, Spottel, L. Jones, and K. Paul on melanism in fowls, he notes that the more highly bred fowls lack transitional types of pigment cells. Gortner's distinctions between dull yellow-black-brown melanism and bright yellow-red-brown melani-protein appear less simple than they at first seemed. Obser- vations on distribution of birds are given to show that climatic conditions determine the expression of coloration of different types. — M. Mann. 1712. Harms, W. Das Problem der Geschlechtsumstimmung und die sogenannte Ver- jiingung. [The problem of sex modification and so-called "rejuvenescence."] Naturwissen- schaften 11 : 184-189. 1921. — Experiments on the efi"ects of gonad transplanation, particularly those of Steinach, are not entirely corroborated by the author's researches on very young porpoises. The transplanting of ovaries into a very young male did not result in the devel- opment of the rudimentary uterus present at birth. The results were essentially those of No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 261 castration with the exception that the milk glands were abnormally developed for males. Similar experiments with the toad produced no positive results, yet some variation from nor- mal secondary characters and sexual instincts were noted. — Dogs were used to study the results of gonad transplantation on senility. In each case placing ovaries of young dogs in bodies of old dogs caused death, although the operation itself appeared successful. One showed fresh corpus lutea, another an embryo in the uterus. The testes of a young dog were transplanted into a 17-year-old dog showing all the characters of senility. After the operation the dog lost the senile appearance, taking on the typical characteristics of a young dog. A correlated influence of the hormones of the testes with those of other secretions resulting in rejuvenation is suggested. — J . L. Collins. 1713. Hauptmann, Alfred. Grundlagen, Stellung und Symptomatologie der "myotonen Dystrophie." [Basis, location, and symptomatology of myotonic dystrophy.] Deutsch. Zeitschr. Nervenheilk. 63: 206-249. 1919. — Myotonic dystrophy is certainly an hereditary disease. In the great majority of cases s^Tnptoms are found in the parents of the patient. Cataract is practically always present for generations before the myotonic dystrophy appears. Prob- ably the "Anlagen" of the other symptoms are also present, each inherited independently. Cataract is then dominant, the other sjonptoms recessive; sooner or later all of them appear. If, as sometimes happens, no symptoms are found in the parents, they may be considered latent. Very often brothers and sisters of one afflicted with myotonic dystrophy are weak- minded, and there are many signs of degeneration in the family history. — B. Whiteside. 1714. Hayes, Herbert Kendall, and Ralph John Garbeu. Breeding crop plants. 15.5 X 2S.5 cm., 328 p., 66 fig. McGraw-Hill Book Co.: New York, 1921.— This book presents the fundamental principles of crop breeding, summarizes the known facts regarding the in- heritance of many important characters of the commoner crop plants, and suggests methods of breeding for each of the more important field crops. The 1st 2 chapters review the work of the pioneer plant breeders and summarize the principles of plant genetics as a basis for crop improvement. The next 3 chapters deal with the mode of reproduction in various crop plants in relation to the technique employed in breeding them, emphasizing field-plot tech- nique and factors influencing the reliability of results of field-plot trials, and including the technique of controlled pollination in certain plants. The next 14 chapters are devoted to a consideration of classification, inheritance of various characters, methods of breeding, and results of selection and crossing of wheat, oats, rye, barley, buckwheat, rice, cowpeas, soy beans, velvet beans, flax, tobacco, cotton, sorghum, maize, several grasses, clovers, alfalfa, potatoes, and various fruits and vegetables. A glossary of plant breeding and genetic terms and a bibliography of the more important plant breeding and plant genetics contributions are appended. — C. B. Hutchison. 1715. Henry, J. K. Ribes divaricatimi X Ribes Lobbii. Canadian Field Nat. 33: 94. 1919. — George H. Knight, nurserjonan of British Columbia, found on Vancouver Island a peculiar gooseberry growing among wild plants of Rihes divaricatum Dougl. and R. Lobbii Gray. The new type resembles R. Lobbii in many respects, in others it is quite similar to R, divaricatum. Descriptions are given of each species and of the supposed hybrid. That this is a hybrid can not now be decided as it has not fruited. Ribes hybrids are not easily produced, and natural hybrids are unknown in North America. — A. C. Eraser. 1716. HochJ;, L^on, et Ren6 Morlot. Evolution parthenogenetique de I'ovule dans I'atrophie de foUicule a I'etat de maturite. [Parthenogenetic development of the egg in a case of atrophy of the follicle.] Compt. Rend. Soc. Biol. 83 : 1152-1154. 1920. — The authors observed in the ovary of a girl 12 years old an egg the periphery of which was divided into small cells, the remainder composed of transparent granular yolk. The latter contained numerous chro- matic elements in balls varying in volume and position. No evidence of a spindle was present. One of the small cells was seen in anaphase. Flemming, Henneguay, and others have reported similar cases in which segmentation of the egg seems to occur not by regular cell division but by gemmation. The authors interpret these cases as the beginnings of parthenogenetic development, but only as another phenomenon of degeneration. — C. L. Pannenter . 262 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 3717, HoxDA, H. Spermatogenesis of aphids; the fate of the smaller secondary sper- matocyte. Biol. Bull. 40: 349-368. 4 pl- 1921. — In Stomaphis yanois the diploid nxmiber of chromosomes is 10. The 1st spermatocyte division results in unequal cells. Eight chromo- somes divide and are distributed equally to secondary spermatocytes, while 2 lag and then go undivided to a larger cell. The larger cell divides equally and forms 2 functional sperma- tozoa. The smaller secondary spermatocyte divides equally, the 2 small cells elongate, become active, and move toward sustentacular cells, but do not become attached; unable to obtain nourishment, they degenerate, their length being reduced and the cytoplasm increasing around the nucleus. In Neothomasia populicola and Macrosiphum ambrosia the smaller secondary spermatocyte divides, but spermatids do not develop. — A. Franklin Shull. 1718. HovASSE, R, L'activation parthenogenetique des oeufs de grenouille rousse (Rana temporaria L.) dans les milieux hjrpotoniques et hypertoniques. [Parthenogenetic activation of the eggs of Rana temporaria L. in hypotonic and hypertonic solutions.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1137-1139. 1921. — The author placed unfertilized frog eggs, from the uterus, in water to allow the jelly to swell, then removed the jelly and returned the eggs to distilled or tap water (distilled water is much more effective than tap water). The eggs swell, shrink, and swell again until the 1st cleavage appears. In unfertilized eggs, from the uterus, placed in various solutions, — e.g., LiCl, NaCl, KCl, various sugars, urea, — and transferred after 2-3 hours to tap water, segmentation occurred in 6-7 hours. Removal of the jelly is favorable. Best results are secured with hypotonic salts, and with iso- or hypertonic non-electrolytes. Osmotic pressure does not offer a complete explanation, as imbibition by cell colloids is also involved. — C. L. Parmenter. 1719. Hutchison, C. B. Heritable characters of maize. VII. Shrunken endosperm. Jour. Heredity 12: 76-83. Fig. 20-24. 1921. — Plants from kernels with shrunken endosperm, occurring in maize from the Ponka Indians in Nebraska, bred true for this character, which was shown to be inherited as a simple recessive to the normal endosperm and is designated by the genetic symbol sh. F2 of crosses between normal and sh deviated but slightly from the 3:1 relation and in back-crosses but slightly from 1 : 1, indicating that shrunken endosperm is differentiated from the normal by the single factor pair Sh sh. Selling an Fj plant of the cross between a homozygous red-aleurone shrunken plant of the genetic constitution C C sh sh with a colorless-aleurone non-shrunken plant, cc Sh Sh, produced an ear with both shrunk- en and non-shrunken as well as colored and colorless kernels, but with all shrunken kernels colored. This indicated that the Sh sh and Cc factor pairs are linked. — Progenies from back- crosses between Fi plants and the double recessive suggest that the factor pair Sh sh belongs to the same linkage group as Cc and Wx ivx. Several Fi plants of the cross non-shrunken waxy {Sh Sh wx wx) X shrunken starchy {sh sh Wx V/x) back-crossed to double recessive shrunken waxy plants produced kernels as follows: Non-shrunken starchy 229, non-shrunken waxy 813, shrunken starchy 833, shrunken waxy 230. — The very close approximation of the Sh sh — Cc linkage relation by that of Sh sh — /{ suggests that Cc and It are very closely linked, or are on opposite sides of Sh sh and approximately equally distant, or are allelolorphic. H.M. Steece. 1720. Kanda, M. Field and laboratory studies of Verbena. Bot. Gaz. 69: 54-71. 4 pl; 26 fig. 1920. — Several intermediate types were found between the 3 established species, V. angustifolia, V. stricta, and V. hastata. Cytological studies on these 3 and on an inter- mediate between the last 2 showed 4 haploid chromosomes in V. angustifolia, 6 in the others. Some of the developmental characters of the intermediate types resemble V. stricta, some V. hastata, and some are intermediate. Chromosome behavior is normal and similar in all three. — Merle C. Coulter, 1721. Krieq, Hans. Uber die Bildung von Streifenzeichnungen bei Saugetieren. [On the formation of the striped coat pattern in mammals.] Anat. Anzeiger 54: 33-40. 6 fig. 1921. — Three types of striping of mammalian coat patterns are recognized: (1) Zebra-tiger-hyena pattern with vertical stripes over the body, circular stripes at the extremities, and stripes No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 263 forming a pointed arch in the regions where body and extremities meet; (2) longitudinal stripes presumably a primitive pattern, as found in young swine and tapirs; and (3) "streaming" type, found only in domestic animals (cattle and dogs principally), in which vertical striping extends over back and rump, and circular striping fails to develop on the extremities. Each of these types appears to be hereditary, although asymmetrical and fortuitous patterns may arise, due to developmental dynamics. The author's researches in perissodactyls and their hybrids lead him to believe that the striping pattern and its variations are correlated with accompanying or resultant phenomena of growth processes. He observed that the 1st type of striping is closely related to the folds in the skin of young mammals, especially of newly born rabbits. He believes this folding due to specific pulling and pressure relations on the skin. On the basis of data submitted by Schumacher on a foetal wild hare, the author estab- lishes a relation between the median stripe of the foetal hare and the 2nd type of striping as represented in the dorsal stripe of Equidae, and regards the flecking such as occurs in the civet cat and Viverridae in general as a transitional phase between the 2 types. Schultz's experimental induction of black melanin formation in albino rabbits by means of cold ap- plied to the high folds of the skin, is noted, but the author thinks that the stripes in cases he has studied follow the infolds of the skin. It is suggested that the patterns are due to "bi- ological interference" at a critical developmental stage, and are related to the arrangement of pigment-forming cells in rabbits of English pattern, whose spotting conforms in a broken way to type 1. — Edward N. Wentworth. 1722. KuiPER, K. Color inheritance in cattle. Jour. Heredity 12: 102-109. Fig. i~8. 1921. — The author reports a study of inheritance of color in Dutch Belted cattle. These cattle are usually black and belted, but self-black, self-red, and red belted are occasionally produced. Also, there are wide variations in the belting pattern. From matings of belted bulls and belted cows 50 calves were produced, 7 of which were self-colored (6 blacks, 1 red) and 43 belted. A belted bull was mated to more than 60 piebald heifers, 6 of them red and white, but most of them black and white. Of 55 calves produced, 27 were belted, 24 or 25 self- colored, and 3 or 4 pied. The self-colored were in general coal-black, but some showed a small white spot on belly, forehead, or tail-end. In only 1 case was it doubtful whether the animal was self-colored or pied. Crossing a piebald bull and belted cows gave IS belted, 2 self-colored, and 1 piebald. Differences between the 2 ratios can be explained on the basis of different genetic constitution of parents in the 2 crosses. Irregularity of color patterns in the cross-breds is discussed. Taking B = belt, b absence of belt; S = self-colored; and s = piebald pattern, the ratios obtained could be accounted for by a repulsion between B and S giving 1:7:7:1. If the belted bull were of the formula BbSs he would form gametes in the following proportion: 1 BS : 7 Bs : 7 bS : 1 bs. Mating such a bull to pied cows {bbss) the result would be 1 BbSs : 7 Bbss : 7 bbSs : 1 bbss, or 8 belted, 7 self-colored, and 1 pied, which agrees closely with observed results. Other types of mating are discussed in the light of this explanation. — E. Roberts. 1723. Lakon, Georg. Die Weissrandpanaschierung von Acer negundo L. [White- margin variegation of Acer negundo.] Zeitschr. Indukt. Abstamm.- u. Vererb. 26: 271-284. 14 fig. 1921. — The white-edged leaves of a tree of Acer negundo are shown to be due to a periclinal chimera constitution of the chlorophyll-containing cells, a phenomenon similar to that in Pelargonium. Some stems and branches show the variegation as sectorial chimeras. The whole plant is considered a "highly complicated, mixed chimera," both periclinal and sectorial in nature. Inheritance of this variegation is not given. — E. W. Lindstrom. 1724. Laughlin, Harry H. Dice-casting and pedigree selection. Experiments which picture mathematically close analogies between dice-casting and certain breeding phenomena. Genetics 6: 384—398. 3 fig. 1921. — By suitable casting of dice, it is possible to picture mathe- maticallj' various phenomena of inheritance, such as filial regression, the rating of pure lines, the effect of selection within pure lines, and the effect of selection based on the somatic char- acter. Six dice, lettered a to /, are used. The faces of die a are marked 1-6; of die b, 2-7; of die c, 3-8; and so on to die/, which is lettered 6-11. Each die represents a definite geno- 264 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, type, and each face a possible phenotype resulting therefrom. Die a may produce 5 pheno- types (2, 3, 4, 5 and 6) similar to certain phenotypes produced by die h, representative of a 2nd genotype. Die a may also produce 4 phenotypes (3, 4, 5 and 6) similar to certain pheno- types produced by die c; 3 similar to phenotypes produced by die d; 2 similar to phenotypes produced by die e; and 1 similar to a certain phenotype produced by die /. The records of actual castings so designed as to produce results comparable to filial regression, rating of pure lines, pure-line selection, and somatic selection are presented in 5 tables. — Edward N . Wentworth. 1725. La Vaulx, R. db. L'intersexualite chez un Crustace Cladocere: Daphne atkinsoni Baird. [Intersexuality in a cladoceran, Daphnia atkinsoni.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 169: 97-99. 1919. — The author thinks improper nutrition one of the causes of the appearance of intersexes, of which 135 were obtained. (In an earlier paper he attributed intersexes to unfavorable nutrition during a sexual cycle.) Intersexuality is inherited, but in most irregu- lar fashion. One side of an animal is frequently more modified than the other, but every part capable of sexual modification may be intermediate in its sexual character. Gonads are usually functional ovaries, but rarely may be part ovary and part testis and produce both eggs and sperm. The writer abandons the term gynandromorph formerly applied to his abnormally sexed Cladocera and uses the term intersex, although objecting to the reviewer's distinction between the terms gynandromorph and sex intergrade (or intersex). — A. M. Banta. 1726. Leitch, I. A study of the segregation of a quantitative character in a cross between a pure line of beans and a mutant from it. Jour. Genetics 11: 183-204. 4 fig- 1921. — The author, continuing Johannsen's work with brown Princess beans crossed with a long-seeded, evidently homozygous, mutant from the strain, secured F2 plants showing a transgressive distribution in 1 direction. Of these he planted 4 types, 1 representing each original parent, 1 intermediate, and 1 the limit of transgressive variation. The original mutant type, the M type, bred true, as did those of the intermediate and of the transgressive variation type, the A^ type. The original pure line type, the E type, showed segregation according to simple 3:1 ratio. The results, 38 of M type and 112 each of E and A' types, were in general con- firmed by further work. The simplest explanation is that a factor has been modified in the original pure line to give the mutation. The theory of loss of a factor or factors obviously can not be applied. — L. R. Waldron. 1727. Lenz, F. tJber geschlechtsgebundene Erbanlagen fiir Augenfarbe. [Sex-linked factors for eye color.] Arch. Rassen- u. Gesellschaftsbiol. 13: 298-300. 1921. — Lundborg has gathered statistics showing that in Sweden 5.2 ± 13 per cent males and 11.2 ± 1.9 per cent females have brown eyes, in Finland, 6.3 per cent males and 11.3 per cent females. The female rate being double the male rate indicates that the factor for brown eyes may lie in the sex chromosome, which is double in females and single in males, the egg having double the chance of getting the brown-bearing chromosome from the sperm. As the proportion of brown increases in the population the female percentage will not be double the male, because the chance that the brown-eyed female is duplex brown is increased and therefore the potency of certain of the brown-bearing sperm is masked by the brown chromosome already in the egg. — This law of sex-linking of brown eye color can not be generalized. It does not apply to data from middle Europe or America. Perhaps it is a property of the Mongoloid race. — C. B. Davenport. 1728. Levine, CO. The water buffalo — A tropical source of butter fat. Jour. Heredity 11: 51-64. 9 fig. 1920. — The author describes the water buffalo of China and presents data on its reproduction, diseases, and uses as a draft and dairy animal. Analyses of the milk showed an average of 12.5 per cent fat, 3 times that of dairy cows. The quantity of milk produced is less, but the amount of butter fat compares favorably with that produced by good cows. The author believes that rapid improvement can be made by selection, and that immunity to tick fever and tuberculosis in addition to its dairy qualities will make the buffalo the leading dairy animal of South China. He comments on its possible usefulness in the U. S. A..—Sewall Wright. No. 4, February, 1922] GENETICS 265 1729. LiPPiNCOTT, W. A. Further data on the inheritance of blue in poultry. Amer. Nat. 55: 289-327. 3 pi. 1921.— The author's summary is as follows: (1) It has been shown that the development of black pigment in the blue-splashed, blue and black races of the Anda- lusian and Orpington breeds, and of black Langshans, depends upon the action of a dominant hereditary factor P, for which they are normally homozygous. (2) The allelomorph of P is p. Individuals homozygous for p are white, as in white Wyandotte and white Plymouth Rock breeds. (3) The extension of black pigment to all feathers of the body, resulting, if no pattern factors are present, in self-colored individuals, depends upon a dominant factor E. This factor has been found in the Andalusian, Orpington, white Plymouth Rock, white Wyandotte and black Langshan breeds. Some evidence is presented which indicates its presence in white Leghorns. (4) The blue appearance of blue and blue-splashed Andalusians and Orpingtons is due to the arrangement and restriction of black pigment, the result of a dominant factor R. This factor has also been found in individuals of the white Wyandotte and white Leghorn breeds, though its presence is probably not usual in these breeds. (.5) No individuals of the Andalusian, Orpington, white Plymouth Rock, white Wyandotte, or black Langshan breeds have been found which did not carry R, E, or both. (6) The mutual rela- tions of R and E are such that they have never been found together in the same gamete. This indicates that they are allelomorphic, i.e., occupy identical loci on homologous chromo- somes, or, each is so closely linked to the recessive allelomorph of the other, {Re) and {rE), that crossing-over rarely, if ever, occurs. (7) No evidence of crossing-over between R and E has been found and the tentative conclusion must be in accord with that previously held, that R and E are allelomorphs. (8) Both R and E are independent of P in their hereditary behavior, though dependent upon its presence for their manifestation. (9) The cooperative influence of the ovary is necessary for a full expression of R in the regions of the neck, back, and saddle. (10) On the basis of the evidence presented in the body of this paper the genetic formulae of the breeds and varieties employed, with respect to the factors under observation, are usually as follows: Blue-splashed Andalusians and Orpingtons PP{Re) (Re); blue Anda- lusians and Orpingtons PP{Re) (rE"); black Andalusians, Orpingtons, and Langshans PP{rE) {rE); and white Phinouth Rocks and Wyandottes pp{rE) {rE). (11) The possibility of the occurrence of factors which duplicate the somatic effects of R and E is pointed out, and the relation of this possibility to the production of constant-breeding blues briefly discussed. — H. G. May. 1730. LoTSY, J. P. Grondbeginselen van oordeelkundig fokken en telen. [Principles of breeding.] Mededeel. Ver. Bevord. Wetenschapp. Teelt 13: 47 p. 1921.— This is a general treatise on breeding animals and plants. — /. C. Th. Uphof. 1731. Love, H. H., and W. T. Craig. Fertile wheat-rye hybrids. Jour. Heredity 10: 195-207. 11 fig. and frontispiece. 1919. — From a cross of Dawson Golden Chaff wheat {Triticum vulgarc) 9 and common rye (Sccale cereale) d^ 1 Fj plant was obtained, the hybrid nature of which was indicated by a few tip awns, brown glumes intermediate in size but keeled — more as in rye — and ciliate, and slightly pubescent peduncle. One seed was produced from which an Fo plant was grown. This generation showed in many ways its rye parentage, and again only 1 viable seed was produced. The F3 plant resulting was more like wheat than the earlier generations, showing hybrid characters to a limited extent, and produced many seed. The several F4 plants grown varied widely as to awns and color of chaff and kernel segregations being in a 3:1 ratio. The heads were wheat-like in appearance but in some respects showed their hybrid origin, as did also the plants. Some were fully fertile, others nearly sterile. Some F4 families have been carried further, being grown in the field to test their winter hardiness. — C. E. Leighty. 1732. Manson. Hereditary spastic paraplegia with ataxia and mental defect. British Med. Jour. 2: 477. 1920. — One brother and 3 sisters each develop rather complex, but al- most identical, syndromes of severe symptoms, beginning at about the 7th j'ear. Syphilis and alcoholism are excluded. Both parents are alive and well, but the paternal grand- father was an invalid concerning whom there is no further information. — C. II. Danfortk. 266 GENETICS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 1733. Morgan, T. H. The genetic and the operative evidence relating to secondary sexual characters. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 285. 108 p., 10 pi. (7 colored). 1919. — This is a detailed account of the author's experiments in castrating hen-feathered males, (with resul- tant assumption of cock feathering) and of crosses between hen-feathered and cock-feathered races. Hen-feathering is dominant and segregation occurs in F2, according to the di-hybrid scheme. A description of the complex colors of the various hybrid offspring is given. There is an extended review and discussion of the literature dealing with secondary sexual char- acters, especial attention being paid to endocrine cells, hermaphroditism in poultry, and theories, notably Darwin's, that attempt to account for secondary sexual characters. — H . D. Goodale. 1734. Payne, Fernandus, and Martha Denny. The heredity of orange eye color in Drosophila melanogaster. Amer. Nat. 55: 377-381. 1921. — The authors have worked out the genetics of the eye color of orange-ej^ed males, which have arisen in the stock called "re- duced." It occurs when 2 sex-linked genes, sahnon (later proved identical with garnet) and salmon-modifier, are present. These genes are not closely linked, but salmon-modifier is very close to reduced. Salmon-modifier has apparently become homozygous, though not visible, in reduced stock, and does not modify the normal red eye color except in the presence of salmon. — John S. Dexter. 1735. Pearl, Raymond. On a single numerical index of the age distribution of a popu- lation. Proc. Nation. Acad. Sci. [U. S. A.] 6: 427-431. 2 fig. 1920. — This paper presents a formula for an arbitrary index of the age distribution of a population for use in such problems as correlation, where only a single value can be used to represent the condition in each com- munity. The suggested index is obtained by comparing the percentage age distribution of the population of the community with the percentage age distribution of a standard popu- lation. The population given by the Lx line of Glover's United States Life Table for 1910 is the standard chosen. The formula is: M = Secies, tends to multiply described varieties. (A) Cuvier's definition: "A species is the collection of all individuals descended one from the other or from common parents, all of whom resemble them as they resemble each other," he would express as: "The assemblage of individuals which can reproduce from among themselves fertile descendants;" or "the assem- blage of individuals which are not so far differentiated as to cease to produce together similarly reproductive individuals." (B) He next proceeds to show the great variation produced by soils, physical and chemical influences; temperature, general and at special stages of develop- ment; and even organic infections. "It is therefore both proper and prudent to distrust every new species or variety described by a taxonomist who runs rapidly through a region new to him .... lists published at the end of vacation excursions, where the new species are figured by half dozens, if not by thousands like the hawthorns of 'Mont-Royal."' — A. H. MacKay. 2003. Gleason, H. A. [Rev. of: Deam, Chas. C. The trees of Indiana. Dept. Con- servation Indiana Publ. 13. 317 p., 137 pi. 1921.] Torreya 21: 66-68. 1921.— This 2nd edition, completely rewritten, recognizes 132 species and 20 varieties. Each species is illus- trated by a half-tone plate. The nomenclature is that of the International Code. Descrip- tions are based on Indiana material. Ranges within the State are discussed in detail, and general notes of a popular nature are added. The attitude toward new varieties and forma is conservative, and the treatment has been carried out with extreme care. — /. C. Nelson. 2004. Hayward, Ida M., and G. Claridge Druce. The adventitious flora of Tweedside. Large 8 vo., xxxii+296 p., 791 pi. Buncle & Co.. Arbroath, 1919. — The introduction states that the species enumerated were found by Miss I. M. Hayward, who also supplied the local notes respecting the time and place of occurrence, and the flowering period of the various species. Druce prepared the introduction, classified the plants, and wrote the botanical text and descriptions. The introduction gives the history of Galashiels, which is the chief seat of the tweed industry, an account of sheep and wool, of the methods of ridding wool from various fruits and seeds, and of the manner in which seeds get into streams and germinate on their banks. Three hundred and forty-eight species introduced in wool have been found. These, together with the families and genera to which they belong, are described; also their geographical origin is suggested. One hundred and thirteen species are presumably of Mediterranean origin, 48 eastern European and western Asiatic, 14 central Asiatic, 43 South African, 51 Australasian, 23 North American, 8 Tropical American, 43 South American, and 5 unknown. Of these the genus Lepidium afforded a new species each for South America, and Africa, and 2 for Australasia, the island continent also affording a new species of Millotia not yet found in its native home. A new hybrid, Chenopoduim Hayxcardiae Murr (C striatum X C. album), was another interesting discovery. A list of the other introduced species of Tweedside is also given as well as a comparison with the adventive plants enumerated in Thellung's Flore Adventice de Montpellier, 1912. — G. C. Druce. 2005. HoLMBERG, Otto R. Anteckningar till Nya Skandinaviska Floran. I. [Notes to the New Scandinavian Flora. I.] Bot. Notiser 1920: 161-166. 1920.— As 40 years have elapsed since the last complete edition of Hartman's Handbook, and 30 years since the first part of the 12th edition (all that was ever published), and many changes in nomenclature have been made and new knowledge added, the author thought it advisable to publish notes while the New Flora was going to the press. In this first paper he discusses the genus Equisetum, beginning with the names E. limosum L. and E. fluviatile L. He regards the latter as a variety of the former, and not, as many botanists have held, the same as E. 7naximumLani. (= E. Telmateia Ehrh.). He criticizes Hartman for regarding E. fluviatile the species and E. limosum the variety. The author further describes and discusses the following hybrids: 310 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS ;BoT. Absts., Vol. X, E. arvense X Thelmateja, E. arvense X pratense, E. hiemale X variegatum, and E. scirpoides X variegatum{'i) . — P, A. Rydberg. 2006. Pau, C. El herbario de Planellas. [Planellas' herbarium.] Brot^ria S^r. Bot. 19: 49-65. 1921. — Senor Pau has studied the herbarium of D. Jose Planellas y Girald preserved at the University of Barcelona. Ninety per cent of the specimens come from botanic gardens. Planellas's careful labelling rendering confusion impossible, but there is also material from Madrid, Saragossa, and Catalonia, as well as a small amount from botanists. The present article is concerned only with plants from the province of Galicia, Spain, following the Ensayo de la flora fanerogdmica gallega of Planellas. There are critical notes in most cases, refer- ences to the Ensaj^o, indication of those species of which Galician specimens are wanting in the herbariimi, and codification of the names with present day nomenclature, The present installment covers the families Ranunculaceae to Rutaceae [pars?] in the DeCandollean sequence, and is to be continued. — E. B. Chamberlain. 2007. White, Jas. W. Report of the Distributor for 1919. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Kept. 5 : 801-849. 1919 [1920]. Plants distributed number 7447.— G. C. Druce. 2008. Williams, F. N. Genders of generic names. Jour. Botany 59: 205. 1921. — Refers to Jour. Botany 59: 157, T. A. Sprague's article on "Plant Nomenclature: some Sug- gestions."— S. H. Burnham. PTERIDOPHYTES 2009. Martin, W. Pteridophytes of the Banks Peninsula (eastern portion). Trans, and Proc. New Zealand Inst. 52: 315-322. 1920. — This paper presents a list of 60 pteridophytes at present known to be growing on the Peninsula, with their localities and habitats. This adds to the known flora 8 species previously reported but which a recent writer (Laing) had considered lost to the region, namely: Alsophila Colensoi Hook, f., Hypolepis distans Hook, Pteris iremula R. Br., Blechnum vulcanicum Kuhn, Polystichum adiantiforme (Forst.) J. Sm., Dryopteris velutina O. Ktz., Lycopodhtm scariosum Forst., and L. Billardieri Spring (?). One new record for the area is presented, Azolla rubra R. Br. The disappearance of a con- siderable number of species is attributed to the removal of the forests and the feeding of cattle on the undergrowth in some of the areas that remain. — Wm. Randolph Taylor. 2010. Waterlot, et Decart. Pteridophytes de I'herbier du Museum recoltees k Mada- gascar. [Pteridophytes of the herbarium of the Museum collected in Madagascar.] Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris] 26: 540-546. 1920. — A list is given of the pteriodphytes from Mada- gascar in the herbarium of the Museum. The specimens are cited with complete data. The determinations were made by Prince Bonapart. — E. B. Payson. SPERMATOPHYTES 2011. Ashe, W. W. Notes on Rhododendron. Rhodora 23: 177-179. 1921.— A descrip- tion is given of R. carolinianum margaretiae n. var., a white-flowered variety which resembles the type in habit and is found in the same general region in North Carolina, only farther south and at lower altitudes. The author also reports new stations in North Carolina for R. atlan- ticum Rehd. (Azalea atlantica Ashe) and R. neglectum n. comb. {Azalea neglecta Ashe). — James P. Poole. 2012. Bennett, A. Sparganium angustifolium Michx. Jour. Botany 59: 235-236. 1921. — A full synonymy is given. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2013. Blake, S. F. The American species of Maximilianea (Cocblospermum). Jour. Washington [D. C] Acad. Sci. II: 125-132. Fig. 1-2. 1921.— The following species and varieties are described: Maximilianea codinae (Eichl.) Kuntze, M. regia Mart. & Schrank, M. regia glaherrima Chod. & HassL, M. regia mattogrossensis (Pilger) Blake, M. vitifolia No. 4, February, 1922] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 311 (Willd.) Krug & Urb., M. triphylla sp. nov., ^f . tetrapora (H. Hallier) Blake, M. orinocennis (HBK) Kuntze, M. Parkeri (Planch.) Kuntze, M. paviaefolia (Planch.) Kuntze. A key to the species is given. — Helen M . Giltcey. 2014. Britten-, James. James Yates's drawings of cycads. Jour. Botany 59: 221-224' 1921. — These drawings, given by Mrs. Yates to the Linnaean Society, are enumerated and described. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2015. Cedergrex, GosTA R. Anteckningar till Sverges adventivflora. I. Melilotus Hill. [Notes on the adventive flora of Sweden.] Bot. Notiser 1920: 135-143. 1920.— The author admits S species of Melilotus as having been found in Sweden: M. dentatus Pars., M. altissi- rrnis Thuill., .1/. albus Desr., M. wolgicus Poir., M. officinalis (L.) Desr., M. neapolitanus Ten. ,M.indic}is (L.) All., and A/. sulcatusDesL He also gives 2 keys, one, the more important one, for specimens in fruit, the other for specimens not in fruit. Notes on important char- acters and distribution are given under each species, and a special diagnosis is given of M. neapolitanus and M. sulcatus, the 2 rarest species. — P. A. Rydberg. 2016. Cutting, E. M. A new variety of Stachys sylvatica L. Jour. Botany 59: 110-111. 1921. — Stachys sylvatica var. immacutata, native in England, is described as new to science. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2017. Druce, G. Claridgb. Notes on the British orchids — chiefly the palmate section. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Kept. 5: 149-180. PI. 10-18. 1917 [1918]. 2018. Eames, Edward A. An unusual foim of Habenaria clavellata. Rhodora 23: 120 127. PL 131. 1921. — A description is given of an abnormal form of this species in which the ends of the spurs are divided into 2 distinct lobes. This form of corolla was typical of a considerable portion of the plants throughout a large area. Whether this represents a true variety or merely a transitory variation remains to be determined by future observation of this colony. — James P. Poole. 2019. Farwell, Oliver A. Corrections in nomenclature. Rhodora 23: 86-87. 1921. — Carex gigantea Rudge has been adopted by certain authors for the plant named by L. H. Bailey C. grandis, the C. gigantea of Dewey. The author shows by a comparison of the achenes that the 2 are distinct species and proposes that these, together with C. lupulina, are best considered as varying forms of 1 widely distributed polymorphous species, which, according to the International Rules, should be known as C. gigantea Rudge, with the fol- lowing variations: forma minor n. f.; var. lupulina (Muhl.) Farwell, iormixpedunculata (Dew.) n. f.; forma Bella-villa (Dew.) n. f.; var. grandis (Bailey) n. var. The synonymy is given for the forms listed. — James P. Poole. 2020. Fawcett, William, and A. B. Rendle. Notes on Jamaica plants. Jour. Botany 59 : 224-226. 1921 . — The synonymy is given and the reasons for retaining the name Triumfetta Bartramia L. for the plant first described by Linnaeus as Bariramia indica. Triumfetta Sloanei is described as new to science, and Corchorus acutangulus is reduced to synonymy under C. aestuans L. [See also Bot. Absts. 6, Entry 395; 10, Entry 346.]— AdeZe Lewis Grant. 2021. GiuNG, Nguyen Thanh. La determination botanique des haricots exotiques. [The botanical determination of exotic beans.] Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 172: 1436-1438. 1921.— The seed characters by which Phaseolus Mungo and P. aureus may be distinguished are given. — C. H. Farr. 2022. Godfery, M. J. A new European Epipactis. Jour. Botany 59: 101-106. 1921. — Epipactis Muelleri, hitherto confused with E. viridiflora Rchb., is described as a new species. — Adele Lewis Grant. 312 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, 2023. GoDFERT, M. J, Epipactis leptochila Godf. Jour. Botany 59: 146-147. 1921.— The author raises Epipactis viridiflora var. leptochila Godf. to the rank of a species, E. lepto- chila.— A dele Lewis Grant. 2024. GoossENS, M. Contributions a I'etude du palmier a huile au Congo Beige : 7. Notes sur TElaeis guineensis L. var. idolatrica Chev. [Contributions to the study of the oil palm in Belgian Congo: 7. Notes on Elaeis guineensis var. idolatrica.] Bull. Agric. Congo Beige 11: 54-58. Fig. 13-15. 1920.- — The variety known as idolatrica has been described by various writers, but the specimens figured and photographed were always of young or male plants. The writer describes the fruit of a single tree with tlie leaf characters of var. idolatrica. These leaf characters always occur on isolated trees and he considers that this is a form rather than a true variety. — E. M. Doidge. 2025. GusTAFSON, C. E. Rubus Wahlenbergii Arrh. var. vestervicensis. [Diagnosis in Latin; notes in German.] Bot. Notiser 1920: 211-212. 1920. — The variety is described as new to science. — P. A. Rydherg. 2026. HiERN, W. P. New Ebenaceae from Portuguese Congo. Jour. Botany 59: 128-129. 1921. — Three species are described as new to science: Maba nutans, Diospyros diopa, and D. viridicans. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2027. Knuchel, H. EinstolzerMehlbeerbaum. [A remarkable mountain ash.] Schweiz. Zeitschr. Forstw. 72: 20. 1 pi. 1921. — An unusual specimen of Sorbus was found in the dis- trict of Altholz, Griesbach, at an elevation of 635 m. It resembles Sorbus intermedia and may be a cross between 5. aria and S. torminalis. It has a diameter at breast height of 48-54 cm., clear length of 9 m., and a total height of 22 m. — J. V. Hofmann, 2028. Maiden, J. H. The forest flora of New South Wales. Vol. VII. Parte. P.239- S93, pi. U8~251, 9 photo, illus. William Applegate Gullick: Sydney, April, 1921.— Eight species are treated in the present part, namely, Eremocitrus glauca Swingle, Eucalyptus tessellaris F. v. M., Acacia cana Maiden, A. Loderi Maiden, Canthium oleifolium Hook., C. coprosmoides F, v. M., Eremophila maculata F. v. M., and E. longifolia F. v. M. Each species is accompanied by a detailed description, one or more illustrations, and pertinent notes. A 2nd part to the chapter on Insects and Timber Trees appears in this number. — Ibid. Part 7. P. 295-351, pi. 252-255, 6 photo, illus. August, 1921.— In this part the fol- lowing species are elaborated: Duboisia myoporoides R. Br., D. Hopwoodii F. v. M., Euca- lyptus globulus Labill., Acacia sentis F. v. M., A. Burrowi Maiden, and Tarrietia Argyro- dendron Benth. An appendix contains a chapter entitled A Tentative Bibliography of Eucalyptus Oil.— Ibid. Part 8. P. 353-395, pi. 256-259, 8 photo, illus. 1921.— This part treats the following species: Livistona australis i\Iart., Eucalyptus robusta Sm., Nothofagus Moorei (F. v. M.) Maiden, and Daphnandra micrantha Benth. A chapter is added in the appendix on The Cultivation of Eucalyptus in Countries Outside Australia. — /. M. Greenman. 2029. INIooRE, Spencer LeM. Alabastra diversa. Part XXXIV. (1) Plantae Rogersianae VI. Jour. Botany 59: 226-232. 1921. — This is a further installment regarding Archdeacon Roger's plants collected in Africa. The following species are described for the first time: Pelargonium Rogersii, Rhus tximulicola, Combretuyn griseiflorum, Dactylopctalum Rogersii, Oldenlandia Rogersii, Felica homochroma, Euryops neptunicus, Senecio Breyeri, S. water- bergensis, Schizoglossum Theileri, and Selago Steii:artii. A new genus, Tribulocarpus, is described, to which Tetragonia dimorphantha is transferred as the tjTie species. Helichrysum Swynnertonii S. Moore is reported for the 1st time from South Africa, and Dicoma Kirkii Harv. var. microcephalus is described as a new variety. A new Euphorbia is noted under the hitherto monotypic genus Paivaeusa, but, as only a fruiting specimen was seen, it was not described. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2030. Pennell, Francis W. "Veronica" in North and South America. Rhodora 23: 1-22. 1921. — The author revises the species of "Veronica" of both North and South America, No. 4, February, 1922] TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS 313 including the knoA\'n naturalized species, and attempts to group the species in an evolutionary sequence. After discussing the critical characters in each of the genera and subgenera, and the age and distribution of various species, he gives a key to the genera and subgenera. The bibliography, synonymy, distribution, and discription of each of the species follows the key. The article is to be continued, this installment covering the genus Veronicastrum and the subgenus Veronicclla of the genus Veronica. The species here treated are: Veronicastrum virginicum (L.) Farwell, Veronica maritima L., V. sjncata L., V. mexicana S. Wats., V. Copelandii Eastw., V. Citsickii A. Gray, V . frxiticans Jacq., V. alpina L., V. Stelleri Willd., 1'. Wormskjoldii Roem. & Schult., V. Wormskjoldii nutans (Bong.) Pennell comb, nov., V. serpyllifolia L., T'. serpyllifolia humifusa (Dickson) Vahl., V. peregrina L., V. peregrina xalapensis (HBK.) Pennell, V. arvensis L., V. agrestis L., V. polita Fries, V. persica Poir., V. biloba L., V. hederaefolia L. A key to the latter group is given. — James P. Poole. 2031. Pennell, Francis W, "Veronica" in North and South America, llhodora 23: 20-41. 1921. — This, the concluding portion of the revision of the species of "Veronica," covers the species of the subgenus Euveronica, as follows: V . latifolia L., V. Charnaedrys L., V. javanicaBluxne, V. gra7idiJlora J. Gaertn., V. officinalis h., V. Beccabungah., V.aineri- cana Schwein., V. Anagallis-aquatica L., V. Anagallis-aquatica Brittonii (Porter) Pennell comb, nov., V . glandifera Pennell, V. catenata Pennell sp. nov., V. catenata glandulosa (Far- well) Pennell comb, nov., V. undulata Wall., V. scutellata L, The article also covers the genus Hebe, with the following species: H. salicifolia (Forst.) Pennell comb, nov., H. blanda (Cheesm.) Pennell comb, nov., H. elliptica (Forst.) Pennell comb. nov. The article closes with a list of Nomina Excludenda. — James P. Poole. 2032. Petrie, D. Descriptions of new native flowering-plants. Trans, and Proc. New Zealand Inst. 52: 17-19. 1920. — The following new species, varieties, and combinations are made: Pittosporum Matthewsii, Uncinia longifructus (Kiik.), Uncinia caespitosa Col. var. collina, Carex secta Boott var. tenuiculmis, Poa novae-zelandiae Hackel var. Wallii. — Wm. Randolph Taylor. 2033. Pfeiffer, Hans. Uber die Stellung der Gattung Caustis R. Br. im natiirlichen System. II. [On the position of the genus Caustis in the natural system.] Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 38: 207-216. Fig. 1. 1920. — Having, in an earlier paper, given the grounds for including the genus Caustis in the Cyperaceae, the author in this paper deals with the position of the genus in the family. He concerns himself with 3 questions: Does Caustis belong to the tribe Gahnieae? Is this tribe to be retained unchanged or is it to be extended to include several other genera of the Rhynchosporeae? If the latter is the case, to what grouping of genera would its extended position most nearly correspond? Each of these questions is discussed at length. A very complete key to the genera is given, based mainly on the bristles of the spikelet and the fruit. The subfamily includes the tribes Schoeneae, Rhynchosporeae, and Cladieae; the genus Caustis is placed in the last mentioned tribe. — P. B. Kennedy. 2034. Pittier, Henry. Notes on the genus Swartzia in Panama and Guatemala. Jour. Washington [D. C.] Acad. Sci. 11: 155-160. 1921. — The genus is revised and the following species are described; Swartzia panamensis Benth., S. simplex Spreng., S. arborescens (Aubl.) Pittier, S. trifolia sp. nov., S. myrtifolia J. E. Sm., S. darienensis sp. nov., S. guatemalensis (Donn. Sm.) Pittier. — Helen M. Gilkey. 2035. Pittier, Henry. Two new species of Bursera. Jour. Washington [D, C.] Acad. Sci. 11: 229-230. 1921. — Both species, Bursera panamensis and B. verapacencis, are from Central America. — Helen M. Gilkey. 2036. Pole Evans, I. B. The Flowering Plants of South Africa. 1: PI. 21-40. 1921.— The number contains colored plates of Pachypodium succulentum, Protea abyssinica, Bolus- anthus speciosus, Acokanthera spectabilis, Cyrtanthus sanguineus, C. McKenii, C. obliquus, C. rotundifolius sp. nov., Stapelia Gettleffii, Streptocarpus Dumii, Senecio stapeliaeformis sp. nov., Nymphaea stellata, Ceropegia Meyeri, C. Rendallii, Moraea iridioides, Haemanthvs 314 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, natalensis, Witsenia maura, Mimetes palustris, Orothamnus Zeyheri, and Sarcocaulon rigidum. —E. P. Phillips. 2037. PuGSLEY, H. W. A mountain form of Carex pulicaris. Jour. Botany 59: 106-109 1921. — An unusual sedge growing on mountain cliffs in Great Britain is described as Carex pulicaris forma montana. — A dele Lewis Grant. 203S. PuGSLEY, H. W. Spergularia marginata var. glandulosa Druce. Jour. Botany 59: 130-131. 1921.-r-The author gives his reasons for maintaining that this is a good variety, and proposes S. marginata var. glandulosa forma glabrescens as a new form. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2039. PuGSLEY, H. W. British forms of Jasione montana L. Jour. Botany 59: 209-216- 1921. — Descriptions of the forms and varieties of Jasione montana L. are given, and .7. mon- tana forma laevis and J. montana var. latifolia are described as new. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2040. Safford, William E. Synopsis of the genus Datura. Jour. Washington [D. C] Acad, Sci. 11: 173-189. Fig. 1-3. 1921. — The author describes the following species: Datura Stramonium L., D.ferox L., D. quercifolia HBK., D. villosa Fernald, D. Metel L., D. innoxia Mill., D. meteloides Dunal, D. discolor Bernh., D. pruinosa Greenm., D. ceratocaula Ort., D. Candida (Pers.) Safford, D. cornigera Hook., D. arborea L., D. versicolor (Lagerh.) Safford, D. mollis sp. nov., D. rubella sp. nov., D. suaveolens Humb. & Bonpl., D. affinis sp. nov., D. dolichocarpa (Lagerh.) Safford, D. longifolia (Lagerh.) Safford, D. aurea (Lagerh.) Safford, D. Pittieri sp. nov., D. sanguinea Ruiz & Pavon, D. Rosei sp. nov. A key to the species of the sections Stramonium, Dutra, Ceratocaulis, and Brugmansia is given. — Helen M. Gilketj. 2041. Salmon, C. E. Epipactis viridiflora Reichb, Jour. Botany 59: 20-21. 1921.— This is an account of certain peculiar plants of Epipactis found in the counties of East and West Gloucester, and Monmouth, England, in 1920. They probably represent the typical E. viridiflora, and not forma dunensis or forma vectensis. Possibly they are var. leptochila of Godfery. The British forms of Epipactis may be arranged as follows: E. viridiflora Reichb. forma vectensis T. & T. A. Stephenson; var. dunensis (T. & T. A. Stephenson) n. comb.; and var. leptochila Godfery. — K. M. Wiegand. 2042. Stephenson, T., and T. A. Stephenson. Epipactis latifolia in Britain. Jour. Botany 59: 33-39. 1 fig. 1921. — This is a continuation of the discussion by the present and other authors of the status of forms related to E. latifolia All. The occurrence of E. latifolia in a locality where E. viridiflora did not occur showed that forms classed as E. media Fries are simply variations of E. latifolia and should be considered as such, not as hybrids. These plants were very variable and the different forms are discussed. Variation in flower color is not due to shade. It is shown that the name E. media Fries or Babbington is untenable. — K. M. Wiegand. 2043. Stephenson, T., and T. A. Stephenson. The forms of Orchis maculata. Jour. Botany 59: 121-128. 1 pi., fig. 1-25, 2 text fig. 1921. — The authors give a detailed discussion of the several forms of 0. maculata L. occurring in Great Britain. — Adele Lewis Grant. 2044. Stephenson, T., and T. A. Stephenson. Epipactis viridiflora. Jour. Botany 59: 205. 1921.— The note refers to Godfery (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 2023), transferring to E. leptochila Godfery the /. vectensis and /. dunensis as varieties of that species. — S. H . Burnham. 2045. Thompson, H. Stuart. Carex pulicaris forma montana. Jour. Botany 59: 146. 1921. — The author adds further notes to H. W. Pugslej^'s description (see Bot. Absts. 10, Entry 2038) of this form. — Adele Leivis Grant, 2046. TtJRRiLL, W. B. Glechoma hederacea L. and its subdivisions. Bot. Soc. and Exchange Club British Isles Rept. 5: 694-701. 1919 [1920]. — A new form, parvifolia, from Berkshire, England, is included. — G. C. Druce. No. 4, February, 1922] UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS 315 2047. Wall, A. Helichrysum dimorphum Cockayne — a hybrid? Trans, and Proc, New Zealand Inst. 52: 106-107. 1920. — The writer visited the original localities from which this plant was obtained by Cockayne, and found it associated with Helichrysiwi fdicaule and H. depressum. On the basis of morphological resemblances to the associated species, he would consider it a hybrid between them. In habit, //. dimorphum most resembles H. fdicaule in infloresence, H. depressxim. Extensions of range of the form are given. — Wm. Randolph Taylor. 2048. WiEGAND, K. M. The genus Echinochloa in North America. Rhodora 23: 49-65. 1921. — As the result of an extended investigation, the author publishes a treatment of this genus, for the region north of Panama, differing widely from the recent revision of the genus by Hitchcock (see Bot. Absts. 8, Entry 724). The characters used to define the groups are: Size and form of spikclets, size and nature of spinules, and length of anther. In the latter character, the results of several hundred measurements show a remarkable constancj" of size for each species and variety. A key is given for the following species, varieties, and forms: E. colonum (L.) Link, E. colonum forma zonalis (Guss.) comb, nov., E. zelayensis (HBK.) Schult., E. zelayensis var. macera var. nov., E. zelayensis var. suharistata var. nov., E. frvmentacea (Roxb.) Link, E. crusgalli (L.) Beauv., E. crusgalli forma longiseta (Trin.) Far- well, E.muricata (Michx.) Fernald, E. muricata var. ludoviciana var. nov., E. muricata var., occidentalis var. nov., E. muricata var. microstachya var. nov., E. muricata var. multiflora var. nov., E. echinata (Willd.) Beauv., E. echinata\a,r.decipiensva.r. nov., E. Walteri (Pursh) Nash, E. Walteri forma laevigata forma nov., E. oplismenoides (Fourn.) Hitchcock, E. Holci- formis (HBK.) Chase, E. polystachya (HBK.) Hitchcock, E. guadeloupensis (Hackel) comb, nov., E. paludigena sp. nov., E. paludigena var, soluta var. nov. The description, distri- bution, synonymy, and bibliography of each form is given, as well as many short discussions concerning relationships. — James P. Poole. 2049. WiLMOTT, A, J. Geranium purpureum T. F. Forster. Jour, Botany 59: 93-101. 1921. — This is a discussion of the varieties of Geranium purpureum and G. Rohertianum oc- curring in England. The G. purpureum of Forster is considered to be a variety and is named G. purpureum var. Forsteri. G. Rohertianum var. intermedium is described as new. — Adele Lewis Grant. MISCELLANEOUS, UNCLASSIFIED PUBLICATIONS Burton E. Livingston, Editor Sam F. Trelease, Assistant Editor 2050. Anonymous. A new Natal sugar cane cutter. South African Sugar Jour. 5: 713- 715. 1 fig. 1921. — An illustrated description and explanation is given of a sugar-cane cutting machine invented by Percy Woodland. — C. Rumbold. 2051. Anonymous. Endowment of scientific research in the United States. [Rev. of: Anonymous. Funds available in 1920 in the United States of America for the encouragement of scientific research. Nation. Res. Council [U. S. A.] Bull. 9. 1921.] Nature 107: 719-720. 1921. — Amount and distribution of funds, with some comment on similar work in Europe, are discussed. — 0. A. Stevens. 2052. Anonymous. The alternation of generations. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 405-408. 1921. 2053. BaJJo, Jos6 de. Ultimos ensayos en la extraccion de la cera de candelilla. [Experi- ments in the extraction of wax from "candelilla."] Rev. Agric. [Mexico] 5: S22-S24. 2 fig. 1921. — A method of obtaining a wax of high grade, free of all impurities, is described. The plant used is Pedilanthus pavonius. — John A. Stevenson. 316 TAXONOMY, VASC. PLANTS [BoT. Absts., Vol. X, No. 4, February, 1922] 2054. CoTTRELii, K. W. Production of peat in 1920. Jour. Amer. Peat See. 14^: 4-7. 1921. — The value in dollars of peat and peat moss used in the manufacture of peat products in the U. S. A. in 1920 was: Fertilizer and fertilizer ingredient, 773, 635; stock food, 143,047; fuel, 5,050; moss (largely for packing), 36,201. — G. B. Rigg. 2055. Georgeson, C. C. Summary of the work at the stations. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1918: 7-21. PI. 1-2. 1920. — This report gives a brief review of the work done at the Rampert, Fairbanks, Matanuska, and Kodiak stations, and a brief summary of home- steads in Alaska. — J . P. Anderson. 2056. Georgeson, C. C. Summary of work at the stations. Rept. Alaska Agric. Exp. Sta. 1919: 7-19. PI. 1-2. 1920. — This report gives a general survey and a review of the work done at the 5 experiment stations in Alaska. The reports, in the same volume, of the station superintendents describe the work in greater detail [see abstracts under Agronomy and Horticulture]. — J . P. Anderson. 2057. Hill, C. L. Combating marine borers in San Francisco Bay. IntercoU. Forest, Club Ann. 1 : 38-42. Fig. 2. 1921. 2058. Kaiser, George B. Little journeys into mossland. IV. — The luminous moss. Bryologist 24: 41—43. 1921. — This is a popular account of a search for the luminous moss {Schistostega osmundacea) in Vermont and New Hampshire. — E. B. Chamberlain. 2059. Marchmay, T. A. What is manna? Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 414. 1921.— A com- parison is given of the different kinds of modern manna with the biblical food. — Chas. H. Otis. 2060. Martin, Edwd. A. The generation of heathfires. Nature 107: 811. 1921.— The author reports an area of peaty soil smoking from natural heat of the sun. — 0. A. Stevens. 2061. Pearse, a. S. Distribution and food of the fishes of Green Lake, Wis., in summer. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 37: 253-272. 1921. — Only a very small percentage of the direct food is composed of algae and other plants. — T. C. Frye. 2062. Platt, E. E. List of food plants of some South African lepidopterous larvae. South African Jour. Nat. Hist. 3: 65-138. 1921. — Two lists have been compiled, the 1st an alpha- betical list of food plants, the 2nd a systemised list of the butterflies and moths, with the names of the food plants on which the corresponding larvae have been observed to feed. — E. M. Doidge. 2063. Ryan, Hugh. The exploitation of Irish peat. Nature 107: 728-730. 1 fig. 1921.— Machinery for cutting and handling peat, illustrated by the Baumann automatic peat machine, is referred to. — 0. A. Stevens. 2064. Schipper, W. \V. Het hard koken van erwten. [Hard boiling of peas.] Cultura 33:205-267. 1921. 2065. Williams, S. G. Manufacture of rope and twine. Sci. Amer. Monthly 3: 349-352. 9 fig. 1921. — Treatment of Manila hemp, sisal, and jute in a modern rope factory is described. — Chas. H. Otis. 2066. Yuncker, T. G. A handy method for the mounting of mosses. Bryologist 24: 43-44. 3 fig. 1921. — "The method consists of folding pieces of paper into the form of en- velopes so that when mounted the specimen is held securely, is visible, and at the same time can be easily removed for further study,"— £^. B. Chamberlain. INDEX TO AUTHORS' NAMES IN VOLUME X {References arc to entry numbers; an asterisk before a number signifies thai the entry referred to is by citation only) Acree, S. F. (Mellon R. R., Acree, P. M. Avery, and E. A. Slagle). 262. Acree, S. F., R. R. Mellon, P. M. Avery, and E. A. Slagle. 311. Adams, C. C. (Moore, B., Adams, T. L. Hankinson, G. P. Burns, and N. Taylor). *985. Addis, J. M. 1099, 1183. Adolpb, E. F., and R. M. Ferry. 1957. Agar, M. (Stout, M., and Agar). 164. Agelasto, A. M. 386. Agharkar, S. 462. Agrelius, F. U. G. 418, 577. Ahlefeldt-Laurvig, C. W. (Gotsche, O., F. Kiorbie, C. Bistrup, and Ahle- feldt-Laurvig). 51. Albertoni, I., and G. Bosin- elli. 1929. Albertson, A. O. 1385. Alexander, J. 1919. Allen, E. J. 592. Allen, R. F. 1285. Allen, R. H. 150. Allen, W. E. 948. Allen, W. J. *151, 1676. Allen, W. J., and R. G. Bart- lett. *1100. AUorge, A. P. 601. Alps, H. F., and O. H. Ham- monds. *949. Altenburg, E. (Muller, H. J., and Altenburg). *1043. Alverdes, F. *511, *512, *513, *514. Alviella. F. G. d'. 1611. Alway, F. J., P. R. McMil- len. and C. O. Rost. 1978. Ames, O. 816. Anastasia, G. E. 72. Anderson, R. J. 1930. Andre, H. 767. Andrews, A. LeR. 1533. Andrews, E.F. 463. Angelis d'Ossat, G. de. 1324, 1979. Anthony, S. (Harlan, H. v., and Anthony). 93. Aoi, K. 1875. Appleman, C. O., and S. V. Eaton. 303. Arana, M. de 1455. Arber, A. *331, *646, 1534, 1816. Archer, E. 44, *45. Armin, von. 1456. Army, A. C. 1140. Arnell, H. W. 1535. Arnold, H. H. 1612. Arnold, R. (Bridel, M., and Arnold). 1932. Arthur, J. C. 25, 1273. Artschwager, E., and E. M. Smiley. 1438. Ashe, W. W. 2011. Ashton, P. J. *1601. Ashworth, J. H. *S49. Aston, B. C. 864. Astre, G. *950. Atkins, W. R. G. 553. Aumiot, J. 1034. Avery, P. M. (Acree, S. F., R. R. Mellon, Avery, and E. A. Slagle). 311." Avery, P. M. (Mellon, R. R., S. F. Acree, Avery, and E. A. Slagle). 262. Ayers, S. PI., P. Rupp, and C. S. Mudge. 1250. Ayyangar, M. O. P. 583. B. *734, *780, 1613. Babcock, E. B. 73, 923. Babe, E. *1439. Bailey, C. H. 286. Bailey, D. L. (Eraser, ^Y. P., and Bailey.) 1282. Bailey, J. W. 477. 317 Bailey, L. H. 336. Bailhache, G. (Rivifire, G., and Bailhache). *1112. Bailly, P. (Sartory, A., and Bailly). 307. Baines, E. A. *1976. Baker, E. 1457. Bakke, A. L., W. A. Rad- spinner, and T. J. Maney. 152. Ballard, C.W. *1602. Bally, W. 1035. Balme, J. 1458. 1751. Bancroft, W. D. 312, 380, *735, *757, *850. Bandi, W. (Volkart, A., A. Grisch, and Bandi). 917. Bano, J. de. 1794, 1806, 2053. Barnhart, J. H. 811. Barnhart, P. D. 1141. Barnola, J. M. de. 478. Barrett, L. A. *1614. Barthe, A. E. 207. Bartlett, H. H. (Sando, C. E., and Bartlett). 1942. Bartlett, R. G. (Allen, W. J., and Bartlett). *1100. Bartos, W. 515. Bataille, F. 1204. Bataillon, C. 1677. Bateson, W. 177, 516, 1678. Bather, F. A. 415. BaudyS, E. 722. Bauer, F. C. 1367. Baur, E. *1043. Baxter, S. N. 1142, 1143. Beach, F. H. 702. Beach, W. S. *208, 1S76. Bean, W. J. 479. Beath, O. A. 1905, 1906, 1907. Beauvard, G. *822. Beauverie, J. 444, 1871. Beauvisage, M. *841. BOTANICAIi ABSTRACTS, VOL. X, NO. 4 318 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Bechhold, H. *734. Beckley, V. A. *1983. Beguinot, A. *1563. Behrens. *1036. Behrens, J. 616. Bell, W. H. 1931. Belling, J. (Blakeslee, A. F., Belling, and M. E. Farnham). *1043. Benaiges de Arls, C. 1752. Bennet, I. D. *1144. Bennett, A. 1395, 2012. Bennett, C. W. (Young, H. C, and Bennett). *672. Benoist, R. 801, 1396, 1397 1398. Benson, C.H. 1753. Benson, C. H. (Georgeson, C. C, and Benson). 1762. Bentley, J., Jr. (Recknagel, A. B., and Bentley). 43. Bernatsky, J. 703. Berry, E.W. 634,635,1263. Berry, R. A., and D. G. O'Brien. 1679. Bertolo, P. *1339, 1340. Bertrand, G., and P. Thomas. 255. Bethel, E. *184. Bethel, E., and G. B. Posey. *673. Betscher, C. 1178. Bettinger, and Delaval. *1359. Betts, M. W. 1817, 1818. Bevan, W. 865, 866, 867, 868, 1010, 1101, 1102, 1145, 1179, 1330, 1440. Bewley, W. F., and H. B. Hutchinson. 1251. Bews, J. W. 467, 802, 979. Bezssonoff, N. (Truffaut, G., andBezssonoff). 320. Bhatnagar, S. S. 790. Bianchi, A. T. 1894. Bibb, L. B. 297. Bijl, P. A. van der. 1853. Bioletti, F. T. 1103. Bioret, G. *626. Bippart, E. 387. Birmingham, L. E. 554. Birmingham, W. A. 209. Bisby, G. R. *210, *228, 1303. Bishop, E. (Burton, E. F., and Bishop). 736. Bishop, O. F., J. Grantham, and M. J. Knapp. *1037. Bistrup, C. (Gotsche, O., F. Kiorbie, Bistrup, and C. W. Ahlefeldt-Laur- vig). 51. Blackman, F. F. 267. Blackman, V. H. *252. Blair, A. W. 1992. Blair, A. W. (Lipman, J. G., and Blair). 1375. Blair, E. C. (Williams, C. B., W. F. Pate, Blair, and R.W.Collett). 410. Blair, B.J. 1304,1305. Blake, S. F. 337, 817, 818, 1399, 2013. Blakeslee, A. F. 74, 517, *522, *523, 1038, 1041, *1043, 1680. Blakeslee, A. F. (Harris, J. A., W. F. Kirkpatrick, Blakeslee, D. E. Warner, and L. E. Card). 1056. Blakeslee, A. F., J. Belling, and M. E. Farnham *1043. Blanc, J. (Dernby, K. G., and Blanc). 1962. Blanck, E., and F. Preiss, 1980. Blandenier, A. E. 518. Blaringhem, L. 75, *432, 519, 520, 1039, 1040, 1092, 1681. Blatter, E. and F. Hallberg. 338. Blatter, E., F. Hallberg, and C. McCann. 819. Bliss, A. J. 1682. Block, A. 2. Block, E. 1819. Blodgett, F. M., and K. Fernow. *704. Blossfeld, R. 1536. Boas, S. 1947. Bolton, E. 970. Bonaparte, R. 1537. Bonazzi, A. 1961. Bondorff, K. A. (Weis, F. andBondorff). 665,1383. Bonnier, G. 339, 464. Bonvallet, E. 165. Boos, G. 1820. Bornemann, O. Lemmer- mann, Gerlach, and F. Riedel. 1459. Bornemann, C. E. 1615. Bosinelli, G. (Albertoni, I., and Bosinelli). 1929. Botjes, J. O. (Quanjer, H. M., and Botjes). 1885. Bottazzi, F. *851. Boulenger, E. G. 1683. Bourdot, H. 1205. Bourdot, H., and A. Galzin. 1206. Bourdot, H., and L. Maire. *1207. Bourquelot, E., and Bridel. 278. Boutwell, P. W. (Steenbock, H., M. T. Sell, and Bout- well). 1943. Bovet, P. A. 1460, 1461, 1754. Bowman, H. H. M. *941, 1684. Breakwell, E. 869, 870, 871. Breckenridge, J. E. 791. Brewster, A. A. *465. Bridel. (Bourquelot, E., and Bridel). 278. Bridel, M., and R. Arnold. 1932. Bridges, C. B. 76, 77, *1043, 1685. Bridges, C. B. (Morgan, T. H., A. H. Sturtevant, and Bridges). 108. Briggs, F. N. (Mackie, W. W., and Briggs). *237. Briggs, G. E. (West, C., Briggs, and F. Kidd). 296. Briggs, H. H. 78, 79. Briquet, J. 178, 179. Britten, J. 1538, 1539, 1540, 1541, 1542, 1543, 1544, 2014. Britton, C. E. 1386. Britton, E. G. 602. Britton, N. L. 480. Britton, N. L., and C. F, Millspaugh. *332, *1999. Britton, N. L., and J. N. Rose. 340, 1400. Broadbent, W. H. 674. Brock, J. A. 1290. INDEX TO AUTHORS N.AMES 319 Brock, W. S. 229. Brockmann-Jerosch, H. 1545. Broili, J. 16S6. Brooks, C. 555. Brooks, F. T. 1687. Brooks, M. M. 2S7, 288. Brown, H. D. 572. Brown, J. H. 1333. Brown, N. C. 43, 1616. Brown, N. E. 1400. Brown, P. E. 872. Browne, I. M. P. 1821. Bruce, D. *46, 1011. Brumpt, E. 1688. Bruner, S. C. 1854, 1855. 1856. Bruner, S. C. (Fortiin, G. M., and Bruner). 1286. Bruno, A. 1462. Brunswick, H. 752. Buchet, S., H. Chermezon, and F. Evrard. 1261. Buckmaster, G. A. 1958. Bucura, C. *536. Buell, M. (Steenbock, H., M. T. Sell, and Buell). 1944. Bugnon, P. 1281. Buhler, A. 1012. Buller, A. H. R. 1355. Bunyard, E. A. 1546, 1755. Burgess, K. E. 781. Burkholder, C. L. *1146. Burkill, I. H. 873, 1147, 1368. Burns, G. P. *243. Burns, G. P. (Moore, B., C. C. Adams, T. L. Hankinson, Bums, and N. Taylor). *985. Burns, W., and P. G. Joshi. 1S07. Burns, W., and L. B. Kul- karni. 556. Burton, E. F., and E. Bishop. 736. Buscalioni, L., and G. Muscatello. 1401. Busch, W. 1197. Btisgen, M. 1868. Butler, O. M. *1617. C.,G.H. *521. C., J. 1547. Caesar, L. ♦1325. Caille, O., and H. Poisson. *1402. Calvino, E. M. de. 1463. Calvino, M. 3, 874, *875, *876, 877, 878, 879, 880, *1104, 1464, 1756. Camp, W. B. 388. Campbell, D. H. 180, 924. Camus, A. 1403, 1404, 1405, 1406, 1407. Canals, E. 1925. Canfield, F. D., and A. G. Rios. 881. Cannon, W. A. *951. Card, L. E. (Harris, J. A., W. F. Kirkpatrick, A. F. Blakeslee, D. E. Warner, and Card). 1056. Cardinell, H. A. 557. Cardot, J. 1408. Caron, von. 80. Carothers, E. E. 81. Carpentier, A. *636, 1847. Carrero, J. O. (Gils, P. L., and Carrero). 1336. Caruntu, D. 419. Casale, L. 737, 738, 739. Casares-Gil, A. 606. Cash, L. C. (Rand, F. V., and Cash). 203. Caspers, A. C. 1908. Castle, W. E. *521, 1689, 1690, 1691. Castle, W. E., and W. L. Wachter. 1691. Cathcart, P. H., (Esty, J. R., and Cathcart). 304. Cauda, A., and C. Mensio. 740. Cedergren, G. R. 2015. Chamberlain, C. J. *83. Chamberlain, E. B. 1836. Chambers, H. (Parker, W. H., and Chambers) *400. Chambers, W. H. 1360. Chance, H. C. (Elliott, J. S. B., and Chance). 1210. Chandler, M. E. J. 1848. Chaney, R. W. 1264. Chase, A. 341. Chasset, L. 153, 154, 1757. Chauveaud, G. 578. Chauvin, E. 942. Cheel, E. 342. Cheeseman, T. F. 2000. Chenantais, J. E. 1208. Chermezon, II. (Buchet, S., Chermezon, and F. Evrard). 1261. Chibnall, A. C, and S. B. Schryver. 1948. Chifflot, J. 658. Child, CM. 302. Chipp, T. F. 1274. Choux, P. 1409. Christian, H. B. *1981. Christie, A. W. (Cruess, W. v., and Christie). 1180. Church, A. H. 1849. Ciamician, G., and C. Ravenna. 1341, 1342, 1361. Clark, J. 47. Clark, W. M. *735. Clark, W.M. (Zoller, H. F., and Clark). 275. Clarke, S. R. 1148. Clausen, R. E. (Setchell, W. A., T. H. Goodspeed, and Clausen). 1085. Clausen, R. E., and T. H. Goodspeed. 1692. Claussen, P. *522, *523, *1041. Clayton, W. *850. Cleghom, H. 1387. Coburn, L. H. 481. Cockayne, A, H. 1275. Cockayne, L. 882, 883. Colani, M. 637, 638, 639, 640. Colin, M. H. 1356. Colizza, C. 675. Collett, R. W. (Williams, C. B., W. F. Pate, E. C. Blair, and Collett). 410. Collins, J. L. 1042, 1693, 1694. Conceigao, J. 420. Conrad, W. 584. Cook, I. W., H. Schmitz, and L. A. Grant. 507. Cook, M. (Kendall, A. I., Cook, and M. Ryan). 1257. Cook, M. T. *676, *1291, *1594, *1601. 320 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Cook, O. F. 524, 525. Cook, R. C. (Cook, O. F., and Cook). 525. Coolidge, P. T. *1618. Coons, G. H., and R. Nelson. *211. Cooper, J. R. 155. Copeland, E. B. *149, *551. Coppa, A. 1982. Corbould, M. K. 884. Correia Mendes, F. C. 1465. Correns, C. 82, *111. Costantin, J. 1188. Costerus, J. C. 1189. Cottrell, K. W. 2054. Coulter, M. C. *526, *1043. Coupin, H. 585, 586, 587, 588, 589, 590. Couturier, H. (Lumiere, A., and Couturier). 310. Coville, F. V. *777, 1695. Cowles, H. C. 971. Cowperwaite, W. T. *1149. Crahay, N. I. *1619, 1620. Craig, W. T. (Love, H. H., and Craig). 1731. Cratty, E. I. 980. Crawford, R. F. *190. Crespo, XJ. 1758. Crooks, J. T. J. 885. Cross, W. E. 1306, 1466, 1467, 1468, 1469, 1470, 1471, 1472, 1473. Crouzel, E. 314. Crow, J. W. 433. Crowell, S. W. 1150. Cruess,W. V. 558. Cruess, W. V., and A. W. Christie. 1180. Cryer, J. *803. Cumming, M. 26. Cunningham, C. C. 1044. Cunningham, J. C. 852. Cunningham, M. P. *1151. Cutler, D.W. 792. Cutler, G. H. 4. Cutting, E. M. 1822,2016. Czaja, A. T. *83, *1045. Czapek, F. 1933. D., C. 253, *741, *742. D.,H. D. 1152. Dacy, G. H. 1972. Damon, S. C. 389. Damon, S. C. (Hartwell, B. L., and Damon). 394, 573. Dana, B. F. 1877. Dangeard, P. 445. Danguy, P. 1410, 1411. Daniel, L. 1696. Daniels, A. S. (Schmitz, H., and Daniels). 509. Danser, B. H. 820. Darlington, H. T. 482. Darrow, G. M. 1046. Davidson, J. D. 508. Davies, D. 641. Davies, E. C. 723. Davis, D. J. 268. Davis, H. P. 1697. Davis, K. B. (Fernald, M. R., M. H. S. Hayes, and A. Dawley). 1049. Davis, W. A. 315. Davis, W. H. 1878. Davy de Virville, A. 981. Davy de Virville, A., and R. Douin. 603. Dawkins, C. G. E. 48. Dawley, A. (Fernald, M. R., M. H. S. Hayes, and Dawley). 1049. Deam, C. C. 1650, 2003. Deane, W. 'Knowlton, C. H., and Deane). 327. Dearing, C. 527. Decary. 2010. Delaval. (Bettinger, and Delaval). *1359. Denham, H. J. 181. Denis, M. 579. Denny, M. (Pajoie, F., and Denny). 1734. Dental, J. B. 1776. Dernby, K. G., and J. Blanc. 1962. Deshmukh, G. B. 1184. Detlefsen, J. A. 1698. Detwiler, S. B. 1307. Dezani, S. 758. Dickson, B. T. 1292. Dickson, J. G. *191. Dickson, J. G., H. Johann, and G. Wineland. *677. Dixon, H. N. 1837. Doblas, J. H. 1474. ♦Dodge, C. W. (Duggar, B. M., and Dodge). *1946. Doidge, E. M. 1857. Domingo, M.G. 1795. Donk, P. J. 1252. Doolittle, S. P. *192, *193. Dorsey, M. J. 84, *1759. Douglass, A. E. 952. Douin, C. 1838. Douin, R. 604. Douin, E. (Davy de Vir- ville, A., and Douin). 603. Dowling, J. J. 768. Downing, A. J. 1777. Draghetti, A. 1963. Dragoiu, J. (Vies, F., and Dragoiu). 458. Dragoiu, J., and F. Vies. 446. Drechsler, C. *185. Drion, E. 1621, 1622. Druce, G. C. *390, *559, *642, *804, *805, *806, *821, *822, *823, *824 *1388, *2001, *2017. Druce, G. C. (Hayward, I. M., and Druce). *1394, 2004. Ducomet, V. 659, 886. Duddleston, B. H., and G. N. Hoffer. *230. Dudgeon, W. *447, 468. DuFour, L. 421. Duggar, B. M. 1335, 1343. Duggar, B. M., and C. W. Dodge. *1946. Duley, F. L., and M. F. Miller. 316. Dunbar, J. 1153. Dunn, J.. C. 1699. Dupont, G. 269. Durham, H. E. 1548. Durst, C. E. *560. Dus4n, P., and F. W. Neger. 1823. Dutcher, R. A., H. M. Harshaw, and J. S. Hall. 1934. Duthie, J. F. *343. Duvernoy, A., and E. Maire. 1209. Dykes, W.R. 85. 1047. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 321 Eames E. A. 2018. Earle, F. S. 1549. East, E. M., and D. F. Jones. 1048. Eaton, S. V. *1759, *1921. Eaten, S. V. (Appleman, C. O., and Eaton). 303. Eberts. 1623. Eckbo, N. B. 1624. Eddy, W. H. 1920. Eddy, W. H., H. R. Heft, H. C. Stevenson, and R. Johnson. 1935. Edgerton, C. W. 1326. Edgerton, C. W., and C. C. Moreland. 1293. Edgerton, C. W., and G. L. Tiebout. 1308. Edwardes, V. P. (Kress, O., S. D. Wells, and Edwardes). 1017. Edwards, W. M. O. 1309. Edwards, W. N. 643, 644, *645. Eeden, F. W. van. (Kops, J., van Eeden, and L. Vuyck). *1389. Egan, W. C. 1154. Eggerth, A. H. 1922. Eichwald, E., and A. Fodor. 253. Eide, O. K. (Thjotta, T., and Eide). 1091. Elderton, E. M. 1049. Elderton, E. M. (Rowan, W., E. Wolff, P. L. Sal- man, K". Pearson, E. Isaacs, Elderton, and M. Tildesley). 121. Eldredge, A. G. 1155. Ellenwood, C. W. 1105. Elliott, J. A. *212. Elliott, J. S. B., and H. C. Chance. 1210. Elliott, W. T. 631. Ellison, F. O'B. (Waller, A. D., Mrs. A. D. Waller, Ellison, and T. B. Far- mer). 750. Elveden. 1369. Emerson. R. A. 528. Endres, M. 1013. Enfer, V. 156. Ereky, K. 769. Erwin, A. T. 705. Er^vin, A. T. (Gilman, J. C., and Erwin). *231. Espinosa, L. 1475. Esty, J. R. 1253. Esty, J. R., and P. H. Cath- cart. 304. Euler, H., and P. Lindner. *759. Euler, K. 1700. Evans, A. H. *1412. Evans, J. A. 561. Everest, A. E., and A. J. Hall. 1936. Evrard, F. (Buchet, S., H. Chermezon, and Evrard), 1261. Eyster, L. A. 1701. Eyster, W. H. 86, 1702. Fagan, F. N. 562. Fairchild, D. 529. Fankhauser. 1625. Fantini, N. *1760. Farmer, T. B. (Waller, A. D., Mrs. A. D. Waller, F. O'B. Ellison, and Far- mer). 750. Farnham, M. E. (Blakeslee, A. F., J. Belling, and Farnham). *1043. Famsworth, W. W. 563. Farrer, R. *559. Farrington, E. I. *1156, *1157, *1158. Farwell, O. A. 2019. Fassett, N. C. 344, 345. Fawcett, G. L. 1476, 1477, 1858, 1859, 1879. Fawcett., H. S. 199, 305. Fawcett, W. 1550. Fawcett, W., and A. B. Rendle. 346, 2020. Feldman, W. M. *542. Ferdinandsen, C. 953, 954. Ferdinandsen, C, and 0. Winge. 1211. Fernald, M. L. 347, 348, 1050. Fernald, M. L. (Osterhout, W. J. V.,R. Thaxter, and Fernald). 934. Fernald, M. L., and H. St. John. 349. Fernald, M. L., and C. A. Weatherby. 350. Fernald, M. R., M. H. S. Hayes, and A. Dawley. 1049. Fernow, K. (Blodgett, F. M., and Fernow). *704. Ferreira, E. I. 1478. Ferry, R. M. (Adolph, E. F., and Ferry). 1957. Feustel, H. 1824. Fick, I. A. R. 249. Finckh, H. E. 483. Fink, B. 1551. Fisher, D. F. 1310. Fisher, R. A. 1370. Fitch, C. L. 580. Fitting, H. 770. Fitz, L. A. 5. Fitzpatrick, T. J. 484. Fleischmann, R. 1051. Flippance, F. 1106. Fodor, A. (Eichwald, E., and Fodor). 253. Foex, E. 660. Folkstad, C. W. (Newcomb, E. L., C. H. Rogers, and Folkstad). 1915. Fontanel, P. 2002. Forbes, A. W. 1052. Fortiin, G. M. 925. Fortun, G. M., and S. C. Bruner. 1286. Fowler, R. A. 49. Franck, ^Y. J. 6. Eraser, W. P., and D. L. Bailey. 1282. Frateur, J. L. 87. Frazer, C. G. 743, 782. Frazier, W. C. (Fred, E. B., W. H. Wright, and Fra- zier). 1372. Frear, W. 1993. Freckmann, W. 1703. Fred, E. B. 1371. Fred, E. B., W. H. Wright, and W. C. Frazier. 1372. Freundlich, H. 254, 744. Friederichs, K. *1904. Frierson, L. S. 887. Fritch, F. E., and E. J. Salisbury. 32. Frombling, C. 1626. Fromme, F. D. 1860. 322 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Fromme, F. D., and S. A. Wingard. 194, *706. Fron, and Lasnier. 1212. Frost, J. F., and G. N. Hoffer. *195. Fruwirth, C. 88. Frye, T. C. 972. Fuller, G. D. 973. Fulmer, E. I. 783 Funkquist, H. 89. Fyson, P. F. *617, *646, *1983, *1984. G., R.R. *244. Gadeceau, E. *1778. Gager, C. S. 1077, 1964. Gagnepain, F. 581. Gaj6n, C. 1761, 1779. Galzin, A. (Bourdot, H., and Galzin). 1206. Gamble, J. S. 1413. Garber, R. J. (Hayes, H. K., and Garber). 944, 1714. Card, M. 678. Gardner, F. D. 1994. Gardner, H. A. 1357. Gardner, M. W., and J. B. Kendrick. *679, 1880, 1881. Gardner, V. R. 564. Gasser, G. W. 1479, 1480. Gassner, G. 1704. Gates, R. R. *447, *1705. Gaum6, J. *1389. Gay, J. 825. Gayer, K. 1014. Gaylord, F. C. 888. Geilmann, W. (Seelhorst, C. von, Geilmann, and H. Hubenthal). 1987. Geilmann, W., and A. van Hauten. 1985. Gennys, R. H. 889. Georgeson, C. C. 2055, 2056. Georgeson, C. C, and C. H. Benson. 1762. Gerardin, E. 1552. Gerlach. 7. Gerlach. (Bornemann, O. Lemmermann, Gerlach, and F. Riedel). 1459. Gdrome, J. 1553. Gerretsen, F. C. 680, 1344. Geschwind. 1015. Gibbons, M. (Little, C. C, and Gibbons). 104. Gibson, H. *1159, 1185. Giddings, N. J. 1895. Gile, P. L., and J. O. Car- rero. 1336. Gill, W. 50. Gillett, K. 1160. Gilman, J. C. *213. Gilman, J. C. (Melhus, L. E., Gilman, and J. B. Kendrick). 712. Gilman, J. C., and A. T. Erwin. *231. Gilmore, J. C. (Johnson, T., and Gilmore). 1267, 1268. Ginzberger, A. 485. Girola, C. D. *890, 1481, 1482, 1483, 1484, 1763, 1909. Gir6n, E. G, 1485. Giung, N. T. 2021. Gleason, H. A. *943, 2003. Gleisburg, W. 1198. Gloyer, W. O. 214. Goddard, H. H. 1078. Godfery, M. J. 351, 2022, 2023. Godfrey, G. H. (Smith, E. F., and Godfrey). 224. Goetz, E. 1053. Goldschmidt, R. *537, 1706. 1707, 1708. Gonzdles Fragosa, R. 1213. Good, E. S., L. J. Hor- lacher, and J. C. Grimes. 891. Goodrich, E. W. 1709. Goodspeed, T. H. (Clausen, R. E., and Goodspeed). 1692. Goodspeed, T. H. (Setchell, W. A., Goodspeed, and R. E. Clausen). 1085. Goor, E. 1627. Goossens, M. 2024. Goris, A., and Vischniac. 250. Gorman, M. W. 982. Gortner, R. A. (Harris, J. A., Gortner, and J. V. Lawrence). 256, 745. Gothan, W. 926. Gothan, W., and K. Nagel. 1265. Gotsche, O., F. Kiorbie, C. Bistrup, and C. W. Ahle- feldt-Laurvig. 51. Gouaux, C. B. 892, 1311. Goulding, E. *390. Gourley, J. H., and G. T. Nightingale. 1107. Gowen, J. W. 90, 1710. Gowen, J. W. (Pearl, R., Gowen, and J. R. Miner). 113. Granel, J. 1486. Grant, L. A. (Cook, I. W., H. Schmitz, and Grant). 507. Grantham, J. (Bishop, O. F., Grantham, and M. D. Knapp). *1037. Grantham, J., and M. D. Knapp. *1037, 1054. Graves, E. W. 486. Greeley, W. B. *506, 1016. Green, A. W. 893. Gregory, E. S. 826. Grey, E. C, and E. G. Young. 1952. Greyerz. H. von. 1390. Grierson, R. *807. Grieve, J. W. A. 52. Griffith, J. W. 793. Griffiths, D. 1161, 1162, *1163. Griggs, R. F. 955. Grimes, J. C. (Good, E. S., L. J. Horlacher, and Grimes). 891. Grisch, A. (Volkart, A., Grisch, and W. Bandi). 917. Cuba, E. F. 1312. Guenther, F. 1554. Guillaiunin, A. 1414, 1415. Guilliermond, A. 448, 947, 1214. Guilliermond, A., and Peju. 1215. Guinier, P. 91. Gundersen, A. 1391. Gupta, S.N. 927. Gussow, H. T. 681. Gustafson, C. F. 2025. Gustafson, F. G. 289. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 323 Gutherz, S. von. 530. Guthrie, J. D. 1628. H., T. A. *157. Haas, P. 724. Haberlandt, G. *1190. Hadden, N. G. 1262. Haecker, V. 92, *512, 1711. Hagedoorn, A. C. (Hage- doorn, A. L., and Hage- doorn). n089. Hagedoorn, A. L., and A. C. Hagedoorn. *10S9. Hagenburger, C. 1164. Haggard, H. W., and Y. Henderson. 1959. Haines, H. H. 352, 808, 1416. Halban. 308. Hall, A. J. (Everest, A. E., and Hall). 1936. Hall, I. C. 1254, 1255, 1953, 1954. Hall, I. C. (Randall, S. B., and Hall). 1956. Hall, J. S. (Dutcher,R.A., H. M. Harshaw, and Hall). 1934. Hall, T. D. 1487. Hallberg, F. (Blatter, E., and Hallberg). 338. Hallberg, F. (Blatter, E., Hallberg, and C. Mc- Cann). 819. Halle, T. G. 647. Hamblin, C. O. *232. Hamilton, A. A. 353, *466. Hammarsten, H. *279. Hammatt, R. F. *1629. Hammonds, O. H. (Alps, H. F., and Hammonds). *949. Hankinson, T. L. (Moore, B., C. C Adams, Hankin- son, G. P. Burns, and N. Taylor). *985. Hansen. 8. Hansen, A. A. 391, 1441. Hansen, D. 392. Hansen, R. 9. Hanson, C. 1596. Harden, A. 255, *759. Harlan, H. V., and S. Anthony. 93. Harlin, r' G. 1055. Harlow, C. M. (Lindsay, H. A. F., and Harlow). 1646. Harms, W. 1712. Harper, R. M. 487. Harris, J. A., and E. W, Sinnott. 182. Harris, J. A., R. A. Gortner, and J. V. Lawrence. 256, 745. Harris, J. A., W. F. Kirk- patrick, A. F. Blakes- lee, D. E. Warner, and L. E. Card. 1056. Harrison, J. W. H. 94, *521. Harrison, W. H. *1984. Harshaw, H. M. (Dutcher, R. A., Harshaw, and J. S. Hall). 1934. Harshberger, J. W. 928. Hart, E. B., H. Steenbock, and C. A. Hoppert. 1926. Harter, L. L. (Weimer, J. L., and Harter). 764, 1873, 1874. Harter, L. L., and J. L. Weimer. 766, 1869. Harth, E. 1796. Hartwell, B. L. 393, 1488. Hartwell, B. L., and S. C. Damon. 394, 573. Harvey, E. N. *757. Harvey, L. H. 469. Harvey, R. B. (Weiss, F., and Harvey). 666. Hastings, G. T. 470, 1597. Hatfield, T. D. *1165. Haunalter, E. 395. Hauptmann, A. 1713. Hauten, A. van. (Geilman, W., and van Hauten). 1985. Haviland, M. D. 95. Hayata, B. 1392. Hayes, H. K., and R. J. Garber. 944, 1714. Hayes, M. H. S. (Fernald, M. R., Hayes, and A. Dawley). 1019. Ha>'^\ard, I. M., and G. C. Druce. *1394, 2004. Headlee, T. J. 1896. Headley, F. B. (Scofield, C.S.,andHeadley). 798. Heede, A. van den. 166. Heft, H. R. (Eddy, W. II., Heft, H. C. Stevenson, and R. Johnson). 1935. Hein, S. A. A. 96. Helm, C. A. 894. Hemmann. 1630. Henderson, Y. (Haggard, H. W., and Henderson). 1959. Hendrickson, A. H. 1057. Henrard, J. T. 827. Henrici, M. *756. Henriot, P. 354. Henry, A. 1631. Henry, J. K. 1715. Heriot, T. H. P. 895. Hertel, H. 896. Hertwig P. *134. Hertz. 1632. Hiern, W. P. 2026. Hieronymus, G. 812. Hiley, W. E. 53, 215. Hill, A. V. 747. Hill, C. L. *2057. Hill, H. A. 434. Hilson, G. R 531. Himmelbaur, W. 682, Hindle, E. *521. Hitchcock, A. S. 325. 488, 1393. Hitchens, A. P. 1965. Hoag, J. R. (McCall, A. G., and Hoag). 1362. Hoch6, L., and R. Morlot. 1716. Hodgetts, W. J. 591. Hoehne, F. C. 1417. Hoehne, F. C. (Schlechter, R., and Hoehne). 1429. Hoffer, G. N. (Duddleston, B. H., andHoffer). *230. Hoffer, G. N. (Frost, J. F., and Hoffer). *195. Hoffer, G. N. (Smith. G. M., and Hoffer). *716. Hofmann, J. V. 974. Hofmeyr, J. 1825. Hohnei, F. 618, 619, 620. Holben, F. J. (White, J. W., and Holben). 1988. Holloway, J. E. 1826. Holm, T. 828, 829, 830, 831, 1418, 1419. 324 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Holmberg, O. R. 2005. Holmes, E. M. 725, 726, 727. Holmes, J. S. 1633. Homans, G. M. 1634. Honda, H. 1717. Hood, G. W. *1108. Hooker, H. D. 776. Hooper, C. H. *565. Hoppert, C. A. (Hart, E. B., H. Steenbock, and Hop- pert). 1926. Hopping, A. *35. Horlacher, L. J. (Good, E. S., Horlacher, and J. C. Grimes). 891. Horn, D. W. 1327. Horwood, A. R. *33, *323. Houseman, P. A. 1910. 1911. Hovasse, R. 1718. Howard, G. E. 1937. Howard, M. S. 54. Howard, S. H. (Smythies, E. A., and Howard). 65. Howard, W. L. 435. Howitt, J. E. 1313. Hubenthal, H. (Seelhorst, C. von., W. Geilmann, and Hubenthal). 1987. Hubert, E. E. 1882. Hudelson, R. R. (Miller, M. F., and Hudelson). 14. Hudig, J. 317. Hudson, L. *1166. Huebner, J. *853. Huelsen, W. A. 574. Humbert, E. E. 1328. Humphrey, C. J. (Kress, O., and Humphrey). 1314. Humphrey, C. J. (Kress, O., Humphrej^ and C. A. Richards). 1315. Hunt, T. F. 216. Hutchinson, H. B. (Bewley, W. F., and Hutchinson). 1251. Hutchinson, J. (Phillips, E. P., and Hutchinson). 365. Hutchison, C. B. 1719. Huxley, J. S. 532. Iglesias, R. M. 1764. Iniguez, I. F. 1765. Inman, O. L. 290. Ireland, i^. *1096. Irwin, M. *291, Isaacs, E. (Rowan, W., E. Wolff, P. L. Sulman, K. Pearson, Isaacs, E. M. Elderton, and M. Til- desley). 121. Ise, J. 43. Itano, A., and J. Neill. 292. J., J. 592. Jackson, B. D., and S. Moore. 1555. Jackson, H. H. T. 97. Jackson, H. S. (Mains, E. B., and Jackson). *667. Jackson, H. S., and E. B. Mains. *200. Jacob, J. 1058, 1556, 1557. Jacobsen, J. P., and M. Knudsen. *1366. .Tahandiez, E. 158, 1420. Jameson, F. W. 1635. Janchen, E. 683, 684. Janet, C. 593. Jansen, P. 605. Jansen, P., and W. H. Wacbter. 832, 833. Jassoy, A. 975. Jeffrey, E. C. 98. Jenkins, J. M., (Tisdale, W. H., and Jenkins). *698. Jenks, A. R. *566. Jennings, H. S. 533. Jennings, O. E. 606. Jepson, W. L. *834. Jessen, K. 1266. Jimenez, F. W. 1766. Johann, H. (Dickson, J. G., Johann, and G. Wine- land). *677. Johnson, A. G., and R. W. Luekel. *685. Johnson. A. M. *36. Johnson, E. 998. Johnson, J. *245. Johnson, R. (Eddy, W. H., H.B. Heft, H.C.Steven- son, and Johnson). 1935. Johnson, T., and J. G. Gilmore. 1267, 1268. Johnston, R. B. 1167. Johnstone, R. B. 1216, Joly, J. 1598. Jones, D. F. (East, E. M., and Jones.) 1048. Jones, D. H. 1256. Jones, H. A. 773. Jones, L. R. (Walker, J. C., and Jones). *205. Jones, L. R., and M. M. Williamson. *217. Jones, L. R., J. C. Walker, and W. B. Tisdale. 99. Jones, O. 55. Jones, S. V. H. 1059. Jones, W. N., and M. C. Rayner. *1601. Jonesco, S. 270. Jordan, D. S. 100. J0rstad, I. 1199. Joshi, P. G. (Burns, W., and Joshi). 1807, Juritz, C. F. 794. Just, G. *513. Kaiser G. B. 854, 983, 2058. Kanda, M. 1720. Kappert, H. 534, Karrer, J. L., and R. W. Webb. 1334. Kashyap, S R. 582. Kay, J. 56. Kayser, E. 276, 277, 779, 1949. Keeble, F. 567. Keen, B. A. 795, 796. Keitt, G. W. *707. Keller, C. 1558. Keller, R. 308. Kellerman, K. F. 956. Kellogg, R. S. 57. Kelsey, H. P. 1109. Kempton, J. 1060. Kendall, A. I., M. Cook, and M. Ryan. 1257. Kendrick, J. B. (Gardner, M. W., and Kendrick). *679, 1880, 1881. Kendrick, J. B. (Melhus, L. E., J. C. Gilman, and Kendrick). 712. Kenoyer, L. A. 355, *777, 945. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 325 Kephart, L. W. (Pieters, A. J., andlvephart). 401. Kern, F. D. 1559. Key, W. *550. Khadilker, T. R. *356. Kidd, F. (West, C, G. E. Brlggs, and Kidd). 296. Kidd, W. *546. Kidston, R., and W. H. Lang. *636, *64S. Kienitz, M. 1636, 1637. Kilker, C. H. (McCord. C. P., Kilker, and D. K. Minster). 728. King.L. Y. (Mrs. F. King). *116S, *17S0. Kinman, C. F. 1797. Kinney, E. J., and G. Roberts. 897. Kiorbie, F. (Gotsche, O., Kiorbie, C. Bistrup, and C.W. Ahlefeldt-Laurvig). 51. Kirby, R. S. (Stakman, E. C, Kirby, and A. F. Thiel). *188. Kirchner, O. von. 1560. Kirkpatrick, W. F. (Harris, J. A., Kirkpatrick, A. F. Blakeslee, D. E. Warner, and L. E. Card). 1056. Klason, P. 760, 761. Klatt, B. 101. Klebahn, H. 621. Kloos, A. W., Jr. 835. Knapp, A. W. *157. Knapp, M. D. (Grantham, J., and Knapp). *1037, 1054. Knapp, M. D. (Bishop, O. F., J. Grantham, and Knapp). *1037. Knesebeck, von. 1638. Knight, H. H. 1245. Knowlton, C. H. 326. Ivnowlton, C. H., and W. Deane. 327. Knowlton, F. H. *1269, 1270. Knowlton, F. H. (Lee, W, T., and Knowlton). 654. Knuchel, H. 2027. Knudsen, M. (Jacobsen, .J. P.,andKnudsen). *1366. Knudsen, M. (Oxner, M., and Knudsen). 1446. Knunker, A. 1561. Knuth, R. 1912, 1913. Kobel, F. 1217. Kock, G. 708. Kohler. D. *753, 762. Kohn-Abrest, fi. 1938. Kopelofif, N., and S. Morse. 1347. Kops, J., F. W. van Eeden, and L. Vuyck. *1389. Kordvahr. 1639, 1640. Korstian, C. F. 1641. Koser, S. A. 280. Kottur, G. L. 535. Kraemer, H. 1939, 1940. Krausse, A. 1642, 1643, 1644. Kraybill, H. R. (Rose, D. H., Kraybill, and R. C. Rose). 1975. Kress, O., and C. J. Hum- phrey. 1314. Kress, O., C. J. Himiphrey, and C. A. Richards. 1315. Kress, O., S. D. Wells, and V. P. Edwardes. 1017. Krieg, H. 1721. Krogness, C. 58. Kronfeld, E. M. 1562. Krout, W. S. 709. Kriiger, P. 102. Kruhm, A. 1186. Kubelka, A. 1018. Kudo, Y. (Miyabe, K., and Kudo). 329. Kufferath, H. 1348. Kuhnert. 1489. Kuiper, K. 1722. Kulkarni, L. B. (Burns, W., and Kulkarni). 556. Lacaita C. C. *1563. Laibach, F. 622. Laird, J. S. 784, 785. Lakon, G. 1723. Lamon, H. M. 1061. Lance, R. 233, 234. Lang, W. A, (Kidston, R., and Lang). *636, *648. Langdon, LaD. M. *1827. Langer, H. 1967. Lansdell, K. A. 1828. Laplace, F. *1781. Larsen, T., and C. Mariboe. 422. LaRue, CD. *246. Lasnier. (Fron, and Las- nier). 1212. Latham, R. O. 271. Laubert, R. 1218. Laufer, B. *417. Laughlin,H.H. 1062,1724. Laumonnier-Ferard, E. 1782. LaVarre, W. 1645. La Vaulx, R. de. [See Vaulx, R. de.] Lawrence, J. V. (Harris, J. A., R. A. Gortner, and Lawrence). 256, 745. Leach, B. R. 1373. Leach, B. R., and J. W. Thomas. 1374. Leclerc, H. 1564, 1565, 1566. Lecomte, H. 1421, 1422, 1423. Lee, H. A. 1287. Lee, H. A., and M. G. Medalla. 1276. Lee, W. T., and F. H. Knowlton. 654. Leendertz, C. J. 1883. Lehmann, E. 10, 1745. Leitch, I. 1726. Lemmermann, O. (Bome- mann, Lemmermann, Gerlach, and F. Riedel). 1459. Lemon, J. S. 786. Lendner, A. 1567. Lenz. *536, *537, *538, *539. Lenz, F. 103. 1727. Le Plastrier, C. 1\L *1442. Lerena, C. A. 1914. Lesage, P. 957, 1839. Lesourd, F. *568, *1783. Lesourd, F. (Martinet, H., and Lesourd). 1571. Lester-Garland, L. V. 836. Letacq, A. 1784. Leukel, R. W. (Johnson, A.G.,andLeuken. *685. Levene, P. A. *1950. Levine, C. O. 1728. Levy, F. *449, 771. 326 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Lewis, E. D. (Noll, C. F., and Lewis). 1492. Licent, E. 450. Liechti, P., and E. Ritter. 898. Liese, J. 1968. Lilienfeld, F. 1063. Lillie, R. S. *309, 1443. Lindet, M. L. *1349. Lindman, C. A. M. *823. Lindner, P. (Euler, H., and Lindner). *759. Lindsay, H. A. F., and C. M. Harlov/. 1646. Lindstrom, E. W. *526, 1064. Linton, A. W. 929. Lipman, J. G. 1995. Lipman, J. G., and A. W. Blair. 1375. Lippincott, W. A. 1065, 1729. Litardiere, R. de. 451. Little, C. C. 540. Little, C. C, and M. Gib- bons. 104. Little, L. G. 11. Llewelyn, W. C. 59. Lloyd, C. G. 1219, 1220, 1221, 1222. Lobo, B. 423. Lochhead, W. 235, *1316. Locy, W. A. 1568. Loeb, J. 257, 258, 259, 260, 261. Lomen, G. J. 1066. Long, B. 984. Longo, B. 1191. Lonnberg, E. 105. Lop6z, C. 1767. Lopriore, G. 774. Lotsy, J. P. 1730. Love, H. H., and W. T. Craig. 1731. Luisier, A. 1840. Lumiere, A., and H. Cou- turier. 310. Lundborg, H. *538. Lush, J. L. 1067. Lutman, B. F. *1921. Luyten, I. 294. Lyman, G. R. 930. Lynn, M. J. (Small, J., and Lynn). 301. Maas, J. G. J. A. *1037, 1068. McAtee, W. L. 357. MacBride, E. W. 541, *649. McCall, A. G., and J. R. Hoag. 1362. McCallum, A. W. 27. McCann, C. (Blatter, E., F. Hallberg, and Mc- Cann). 819. McClintock, J. A. *196, *236. McCord, C. P., C. H. Kil- ker, and D. K. Minster. 728. McCubbin, W. A. *1S6. McCullock, L. 1294. McDonald, A. H. E. 899. MacDougal, D. T. 264, 747, 772, 1351. MacDougal, D. T., and E. B. Working. 1352. McFarland, F. T. *201. McFarland, F. T. (Seymour, E. K., and McFarland). *187. McGill, J. 900, Maclntire, W. H. 1996. Maclntire, W. H. (Mooers, C. A., and Maclntire). 1997. McKechnie, H. *837, *838. Mackie, W. W., and F. N. Briggs. *237. McKinney, H. H. *686. McMillen, P. R. (Alway, F. J., McMillen, and C. O. Rost). 1978. McMiller, P. R. 396. McNaught, J. B. 594. McRostie, G. P. 106. McTaggart, A. 1376. Magalhaes, B. de. 424. Magafia, J. B. 1808. Magrini, G. *1444. Maiden, J. H. 12, 358, 901, 1424, 2028. Mains, E. B. (Jackson, H. S., and Mains). *200. Mains, E. B., and II. S. Jackson. *667. Maire, L. (Bourdot, H., and Maire). *1207. Maire, R. (Duvernoy, A., and Maire). 1209. Malone, J. Y. 107. Maney, T. J. (Bakke, A. L., W. A. Radspinner, and Maney). 152. Mangenot, G. 595, 596. Mangin, L. 931. Mangin, L., and F. Vincens. 1223. Manson. 1732. Manuel, H. L. *159, 1317. March, L. 1069. Marchand, B. de C. 318. Marchmay, T. A. 2059. Mariboe, C. (Larsen, T., and Mariboe). 422. Marsden-Jones, E. *809. Marshall, R. E. *1070. Martell. 1569. Martin, E. A. 2060. Martin, J. N. *34, *431, 1600, *1601. Martin, W. 2009. Martin, W. H. *710. Martinet, H. 1570. Martinet, H., and F. Le- sourd. 1571. Marty, P. (Vaulx, R. de la, and Marty). 656. Mathews, J. M. *853. Mathews, J. W. 1785. Mathieu, E. H. 902, 903. Matsumura, J. 328. Mattirolo, O. 932. Maublanc, M. 1224. MauriziQ, A. 382. Maxon, W. R. 813, 814, 815. Mayer, A. (Samec, and Mayer). 274. Mayor, E. 1225. Mazarijn. 1768. Medalla, M. G. (Lee, H. A., and Medalla). 1276. Melchers, L. E. *218, *668. Melhus, I. E. *687, *711. Melhus, L. E., J. C. Gilman, and J. B. Kendrick. 712. Melle, H. A. 1490. Mellon, R.R. 1071. Mellon, R. R. (Acree, S. F., Mellon, P. M. Avery, and E. A. Slagle). 311. Mellon, R. R., S. F. Acree, P. M. Avery, and E. A. Slagle. 262. Mendiola, N. B. 650. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 327 Mensio, C. (Caudo, A., and Mensio). 740. Menzel, P. 1850. Mereschkovsky, C. 1246. Merkel. 13. Merrill, E. D. 359, 360. Merrill, F. A. ♦436, *437, *438. Metz, C. W. *110. Meunissier, A. (Vilmorin, J. de., and Meunissier). 1187. Meunissier, E. *176. Meylan, C. 1841, 1842. Mezger, C. 1986. Micheels, H. 754. Michel-Durand, E. *797. Miege, E. *68a. Mieli, A. 1572. Millard, W. A. 397, 689. Miller, E.G. 751. Miller, E. J., and C. S. Robinson. 1377. Miller, M.F. (Duley, F. L., and Miller). 316. Miller, M. F., and R. R. Hudelson. 14. Miller, W. L. 787. Millet, L. 167. Millspaugh, C. F. (Britten, N. L., and Millspaugh). *322, *1999. Millton, E. B. 904. Milsum, J. N. 1181. Miner, J. R. (Pearl, R., J. W. Gowen, and Miner). 113. Minor, J. E. 763. Minster, D. K. (McCord, C. P., C. H. kilker, and Minster). 728. Mirande, M. 251, 281. Mirande, R. 1226. Mitchell, S. B. *1169. Miuri, M. 1861. Miyabe, K., and Y. Kudo. 329. Miyake, C. (Nishikado, Y., and Miyake). 1318. Mizusawa, I. 1884. Mogensen, A. (Weaver, J. E., and Mogensen). 963. Mohr, O. L. *124. Mohr, O. L., and C. Wriedt. ♦539. Moir, W. S. 1277. Mol, W. E. de. 1072. Moll, F. 788. . Moller. 1599. Molliard, M. 306, 690. Monaco, A. de. 1445. Monckton, H. W. *489. Monteith, J. Jr., *202. Montemartini, L. 1295. Moodie, R. L. 1271. Mooers, C. A., and W, H. Maclntire. 1997. Moonaw, S. B. and C. B. Sherman. *569. Moore, Blarrington]. 958. Moore, Blenjamin]. 755. Moore, B., C. C. Adams, T. L. Hankinson, G. P. Burns, and N. Taylor. *9S5. Moore, C. R. 1073. Moore, S. (Jackson, B. D., and Moore). 1555. Moore, S. LeM. 2029. Moral, A. 425. Moreau, F. 1227. Moreau, F., and Mme. Moreau. 627. Moreau, Mme. (Moreau, F., and Mme. Moreau). *627. Morel, F. 168. Moreland, C. C. (Edgarton, C. W., and Moreland). 1293. Morellet, J. (Morellet, L., and Morellet). 651. Morellet, L., and J. Morellet. 651. Morettini, A. 661. Morgan, T. H. 1733. Morgan, T. H., A. H. Stur- tevant, and C. B. Bridges. 108. Morgulis, S. 1955. Morlot, R. (Hoche, L., and Morlot). 1716. Morris, H. E., and D. B. Swingle. *219. Morris, R. T. *1110. Morrow, C. A. *1332. Morse, S. (Kopeloff, N., and Morse). 1347. Morse, S. F. 905. Morse, W. J. 906, 933. Morstatt, H. 439. Mortimer, A. 1573. Moss, C. E. *335. Mottet, S. 169, 170, 1786, 1787. Moxley, G. L. 628. Mudge, C. S.'(Ayers, S. H., P. Rupp, and Mudge). 1250. Mueller, M. L. *1647. Muller. 1648, 1649. Muller, H. J. 109, *1043. Muller, H. J., and E. Alten- burg. *1043. Munerati, O. 1353. Munns, E. N. 60. Murrill, W. A. *986. Muscatello, G. (Buscalioni, L., and Muscatello). 1401. Muszynski, J. 729. Muttkowski, R. A. 1363. Nachtsheim. *110. Naganaski, H. (Saito, K., and Naganaski). *1744. Nagel, K. (Gothan, W., and Nagel). 1265. Navarro, B. G. 1491. Naveau, R. 607. Nechleba, A. 1019, 1020. Neger, F. W. (Dusen, P., and Neger). 1823. Neill, J. (Itano, A., and Neill). 292. Nelson, J. C. 987, 988, 989, 1650. Nelson, R. *197, Nelson, R. (Coons, G. H., and Nelson). 211. Newcomb, E. L., C. H. Rogers, and C. W. Folk- stad. 1915. Newton, M. 1283. Neyraut, E. J. 361. Nicholls, W. D., and F. \\. Peck. 398. Nichols, G. E. 976, 1600. Nichols, H. J. 293. Nicholson, W. E. 60S, 990. Nightingale, G. T. (Gour- ley, J. H., and Nightin- gale). 1107. Nishikado, Y., and C. Miyake. 1318. 328 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Ni3woiiger,,H. R. 570. Noack, K. L. *111. Noll, C. F., and R. D. Lewis. 1492. Northrop, J. H. 282, 1346. Oakley, R. A. 1574. Oakley, R. A., and H. L. Westover. 399. O'Brien, D. G. (Berry, R. A., and O'Brien). 1679. Oertzen, von. 1651. Offner, J. 991. Ohshima, H. 112. O'Kane, W. C. 1111. Okkelberg, P. 1074. Oliver, G. D. *1652. Olmsted, F. E. 61. Onslow, H. *521. Onslow, M. W. *252, *1332. Opazo, A. 1788. Orton, C. R. (Thurston, H. W., Jr., and Orton). 1299. Orton, C. R. (Weiss, F., and Orton). *198. Osterhout, W. J. V. 1364. Osterhout, W. J. V., R. Thaxter, and M. L. Fer- nald. 934. Ostwald, W. 254, *741. Ostwald, W., and P. Wol- ski. *742. Oxner, M., and M. Kjiudsen. 1446. Palma, S. di. 855. Pammel, L. H. 1575. Pantanelli, E. 713,856,999, 1288, 1903. Parde, M. 662. Parish, E. 1493. Parish, S. B. 992. Parisi, R. 1228. Parker, W. H., and H. Chambers. *400. Parkin, J. 775. Parrott, P. J. 1897. Pate, W. F. (WilUams, C. B., Pate, E. C. Blair, and R. W. Collett). 410. Patouillard, N. 1229, 1230. Patty, F. A. 272. Pau, C. 2006. Paulson, R. 1247, 1248. Pavillard, J. 597, 598. Pajme, F., and M. Denny. 1734. Peachey, G. C. 1576. Peacock, B. L. DeG. (Pea- cock J. C., and Peacock). 1916. Peacock, J. C, and B. L. DeG. Peacock. 1916. Pearl, R. 114, 115, 1735. Pearl, R., J. W. Gowen, and J. R. Miner. 113. Pearsall, W. H. *1425. Pearse, A. S. 2061. Pearson, A. A. 1231. Pearson, C. E. 116. Pearson, K. (Rowan, W., E. Wolff, P. L. Sulman, Pearson, E. Isaacs, E^. M. Elderton, and M. Tildes- ley). 121. Pearson, R. S. 1653. Pearson, W. H. 609. Pease, R. N., and H. S. Taylor. 283. Peck, F. W. (Nicholls, W. D., and Peck). 398. Peju. (Guilliermond, A., and Peju). 1215. Pellegrin, F. 1426, 1427. Pelseneer, P. *142. Pennell, F. W. 362, 839, 2030, 2031. Pennington, L. H., W. H. Snell, H. H. York, and P. Spalding. 1319. Pennington, S., and H. G. Robinson. 1320. Percival, J. *440. Fetch, C.E. 238. Fetch, T. 330, 1232, 1233. Peters, R. A. 1927, 1928, 1941, 1974. Petri, L. 1192. Petrie, D. 2032. Petrie, W. M. F. 415. Petronievics, B. *652. Petry, E. J. (Scott, W. R. M,, and Petry). 503. Peyronel, B. 623, 1234. Pezard, A,. 1736, 1737. Pfeiffer, H. 363, 2033. Phillips, E. P. 364, 471. Phillips, E. P., and J. Hutchinson. 365. Phillips, J. C. 1738. Pieters, A. J., and L. W. Kephart. 401. Pimental, A. 1809. Pinelle, J. 171, 1289. Finn, A. J. 1739. Pinoy, P. E. 1075. Piper, C. V. 366, 907. Pirotta, R. *935, 1258. Pitt, F. 1740. Pittier, H. 2034, 2035. Plahn, A. 1076. Piatt, E. E. 2062. Plumb, C. S. 117. Plummer, J. K. 1998. Poisson, H. 1428. Poisson, H. (Caille, O., and Poisson). *1402. Pole Evans, I. B. *334, 367, 2036. Politis, J. 452, 453. Poll, H,. *514. Pomeroy, C. S. 1741. Pomona. 118. Poole, R. F. *691. Popenoe, P. *542, *1077, *1078, *1079. Popenoe, W. 1080, 1769. Popp, M. 15. Porte, W. S. (Pritchard, F. J., and Porte). 663. Porter, E. E. (Weiser, H. B., and Porter). 265. Porter, R. H. *239. Poschl, V. 744. Posey, G. B. (Bethel, E., and Posey). *673. Potier de la Varde, R. 1843, 1844, 1845. Potonig, R. *1851. Potter, G. F. 575. Potter, M. C. 284, 381. Pottier, J. 610. Potts, F. A. *454. Poupion, J. 172, 173. Povah, A. H. W. *220, 1296. Powers, E. B. 959. Prain, D. 1577, 1578. Pratt, H. E. 1494. Preiss, F. (Blanck, E., and Preiss), 1980. Prell, H. 1742. Presti, N. 1810. Price, W. A. 714. INDEX TO authors' NAMES 329 Priestley, J. H. 263, 273. Pringsheim, E. G. 1977. Pritchard, F. J., and W. S. Porte. 663. Proschowsky, A. K. 1789. Prouty, W. F. 1193. Provasi, T. 1194. Pryer, R. W. (Walker, W. F., and Pryer). 1973. Pugsley, H. W. 368, *840, 2037, 203S, 2039. Puig, J. 1495, 1496, 1811, 1898. Pujiula, J. 1829. Putterill, V. A. 1862. Puvilland, J. *174. Puxeddu, E., and F. Vodret. 1331. Quaintance, A. L. 1899. Quairi^re, C. J. 1654. Quanjer, H. M., and J. O. Botjes. 1885. Quevado, J. M. 1917. Quin, H. G. 1497. R., A. B. *1601, *1602. R., E. *1655. Rader, F. E. 1498. Radspinner, W. A. (Bakke, A. L., Radspinner, and T. J. Maney). 152. Ragionieri, A. 1790. Rahman, A. 908. Ramaley, F. 472, 473. Ramir6z, R. 1863, 1864, 1886. Ramsbottom, J. 1235, 1236, *1259. Rand, F. V., and L. C. Cash. 203. Randall, S. B., and I. C. Hall. 1956. Rao, P. S. J. 1872. Rap, C. W. 221. Ratzer, W. von. 402. Ravenna, C. (Ciamician, G., and Ravenna). 1341, 1342, 1361. Rawes, R. N. *510, 1743. Rawitscher. *1744. Rayner, M. C. (Jones, W. N., and Rayner). *1601. Rea, C. 1237. Rea, M. W. (Small, J., and Rea). 300. Read, J. W. (Sure, B., and Read). 1951. Recknagel, A. B. *1656. Recknagel, A. B., and J. Bentley, Jr. 43. Reddy, C. H. *669. Regnier, M. *756. Rehder, A. 369, 370, 371. Reid, G. A. 119. Reinheimer, H. *122, 1964, 1966. Reinking, O. A. 1278. Rendle, A. B. (Fawcett, W., and Rendle). 346, 2020. Renner, O. *1745. Renson, C. 1499, 1500. Richards, B. L. *204, *692. Richards, C. A. (Kress, O., C. J. Humphrey, and Richards). 1315. Richthofen, von. 1501, 1502. Ricome. *841. Riddelsdell, H. J. 842. Riddle, O. 120. Riedel, F. (Bornemann, O. Lemmermann, Gerlach, and Riedel). 1459. Rignano, E. *857. Riker, A. J. 455. Rindl, M. 1502, 1503, 1657. Rios, A. G. (Canfield, F. D., and Rios). 881. Ritter, E. (Liechti, P., and Ritter). 898. Ritzema Bos, J. 1579, 1865, 1900. Rivera, V. 693. Riveros, E. 1770. Rivett, M. F. *456. Rividre, G., and G. Bail- hache. *1H2. Rivoire, A, 1791. Robbins, W. W. *222. Roberts, E. 1081. Roberts, G. (Kinney, E. J., and Roberts). 897, Roberts, H. F. 403. Roberts, J. W. 426, 1284. Robinson, C. S. (Miller, E. J., and Robinson). 1377. Robinson, II. G. (Penning- ton, S., and Robinson). 1320. Robison, W. L. 909. Rodriguez, S. 1504. Roemer, T. 910, *911. Roessler. 1658. Rogers, C. H. (Xewcomb, E. L., Rogers, and C. W. Folkstad). 1915. Roig, J. T. *62. Rolet, A. 175. Rolfe, R. A. *824. Rolfs, F. M. 160. Root, A. I. 16, 17. Roper, I. M. *1394. Rosa, J. T., Jr. 778. Rose, D. H., H. R. Kray- bill, and R. C. Rose. 1975. Rose, J, N. (Britton, N. L., and Rose). 340, 1400. Rose, M. 1200. Rose, R. C. (Rose, D. H., H. R. Kraybill, and Rose). 1975. Rosen, H. R. *694. Rossi, G. de. 624. Rost, C. O. (Alway, F. J., P. R. McMillen, and Rost). 1978. Roster, G. 1580. Roth, E. 382. Rowan, W., E. Wolff, P. L. Sulman, K. Pearson, E. Isaacs, E. M. Elderton, and M. Tildesley. 121. Ruby, M. J. 1505. Rudkin, S. 18. Riimker. 404. Ruml, B. (See Fernald, M. R., M. H. S. Haj-es, and A. Dawley). 1049. Rupp, P. (Ayers, S. H., Rupp, and C. S. Mudge). 1250. Russell, E. J. 1581. Russell, W. 474. Ryan, H. 2063. Ryan, M. (Kendall, A. I., M. Cook, and Rj'an). 1257. S., J. *1976. Saccardo, P. A. *1238, 1239. 330 INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES Saez, D. 1771. Safford, W. E. 543, 1082, 2040. St. John, H. (Fernald, M. L., and St. John). 349. Saito, K., and H. Nagan- aski. *1744. Sakurai, M. 1297. Salaman, R. N. *405. Salisbury, E. J. *122, *331. Salisbury, E. J. (Fritch, F. E., and Salisbury). 32, Salmon, C. E. 2041. Salmon, E. S. 695. Salt, H. 63, 64. Samaan, K. 730. Samec, and A. Mayer. 274. Sampaio, A. J. de. 427. Samuelsson, G. 993. Sanchez, N. 1798. Sanders, G. E. *1321. Sando, C. E., and H. H. Bartlett. 1942. Sandwith, N. Y. 332. Sarabia, G. 1772, 1773. Sargent, C. S. 372. Sargent, O. H. 843. Sartory, A., and P. Bailly. 307. Saunders, C. E. 19. Saunders, E. E. 1746. Sauvageau, C. 1000, 1201. Savelli, R. 1083, 1747. Sayre, L. E. 406. Scasso, J. M. 1506. Schade, H. *748. Schaeffer, A. A. *733. Schaffnit, E. 715. Schipper, W. W. *2064. Schlechter, R. 490. Schlechter, R., and F. C. Hoehne. 1429. Schmidt, E. W. 1378. Schmidt, J. 1748. Schmitt, C. *441, *442. Schmitz, H. (Cook, I. W., Schmitz, and L. A. Grant). 507. Schmitz, H., and A. S. Daniels. 509. Schnaase. 1659. Schoevers, T. A. C. 1866. Schopmeyer, C. H. *443. Schrader, F. 123. Schroder, B. 1202. Schroder, H. 1660. Schroeder. 544. Schryver, S. B. (Chibnall, A. C, and Schryver). 1948. Schubert. 1507. Schubert, J. 1661. Schuchert, C. 653. Schultz, E. F. 1508, 1509, 1510, 1887. Schultz, E. S. 1888. Schulz, A. 1511. Schurhoff, P. N. 1084. Schwappach. 1662. Schwappach, A. 946. Schweizer, K. *1350, *1365. Scofield, C. S., and F. B. Headley. 798. Scott, D. H. *633, *655. Scott, L. B. 1113. Scott, W. R. M., and E. J. Retry. 503. Scully, R. W. *806. Sears, P. B. 1195. Secrest, E. 1021. Sedgwick, L. J. 844. Seelen, von. 1663. Seelhorst, C. von., W. Geil- mann, and H. Hubenthal. 1987. Seidell, A. 312. Seiler, J. *124, 544. Selby, A. D., and R. C. Thomas. 1298. Sell, M. T. (Steenbock, H., Sell, andP. W. Boutwell). 1943. Sell, M. T. (Steenbock, H., Sell, and M. Buell). 1944. Semichon, L. 1512. Sen-Gupta, N. N. 1379. Setchell, W. A. 977, 994. Setchell, W. A., T. H. Goodspeed, and R. E. Clausen. 1085. Severin, G. 1664, 1665, 1666. Severin, H. H. P. 1322. Seward, A. C. *645, 654, *655. Seymour, E. K., and F. T. McFarland. *187. Shamel, A. D. 125, 126, 127, 1086. Sharp, L. T. (Waynick, D. D., and Sharp). *797. Sharp, L. W. *457. Shaw, W. R. 599. Shepherd, A. N. 20. Shepherd, J. F. *1022. Sherman, C. B. (Moomaw, S. B., and Sherman). *569. Sherwin, M. E. 1513. Shoolbred, W. A. *324. Showalter, A. M. 1830. Shreve, E. B. *960. Shreve, F. 475. ShuU, C. A. 978. Siebert, A. 1582. Siecke, E. O., and L. Wyman. 1667. Siegmimd, G. 407. Silveira, R. S. 1514. Sim, T. R. 1668, 1669. Simmonds, J. H. 1023. Simonds, O. G. 1792. Sinnott, E. W. (Harris, J. A., and Sinnott). 182. Skinner, J. J. 319. Slagg, C. M. *223. Slagle, E. A. (Acree, S. F., R. R. Mellon, P. M. Avery, and Slagle). 311. Slagle, E. A. (Mellon, R.R., S. F. Acree, P. M. Avery, and Slagle). 262. Slogteren, E. van. 1901. Slosson, E. E. 380. Small, J. 298, 299, *642, *1595, *1602. Small, J., and M. J. Lynn. 301. Small, J., and M. W. Rea. 300. Small, J. K. 491, 492. Smiley, E. M. (Artsch- wager, E., and Smiley). 1438. Smith, A. L. *629. Smith, E. F. *244, 664. Smith, E. F., and G. H. Godfrey. 224. Smith, G. M., and G. N, Hoffer. *716. Smith, R. S. 1380. INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES 331 Smythies, E. A., and S. H. Howard. 65. Snell, W. H. 66, 1240. Snell, W. II. (Pennington, L. H., Snell, H. H. York, and P. Spalding). 1319. Snodgrass, M. D. 1515, 1516. Soest, J. L. 845. Sohngen, N. L. (Verkade, P. E. and Sohngen). 1945. Solis, O. 1583. Sosman, R. B. *1603. Soueges, R. 183. South, F. W. 1279, 1867. Spalding, P. (Pennington, L. H., W. H. Snell, H. H. York, and Spalding). 1319. Spierenburg, D. 696. Sprague, T. A. *810. Sprecher, A. 749. Staf, H. 67, *68. Stakman, E. C, R. S. Kirby, and A. F. Thiel. *188. Standley, P. C. 1087, 1430. Stark, L. C. 1114. Stark, P. 1969. Steele, A. 1170. Steele, F. *1171. Steenbock, H. (Hart, E. B., Steenbock, and C. A. Hoppert). 1926. Steenbock, H., M. T. Sell, and P. W. Boutwell. 1943. Steenbock, H., M. T. Sell, and M. Buell. 1944. Steil, W. N. *1045. Steinmann, G. 1272. Stent, S. M., and H. A. Melle. 1517. Stephenson, T., and T. A. Stephenson. 373, 2042, 2043, 2044. Stephenson, T. A. (Stephen- son, T., and Stephenson). 373, 2042, 2043, 2044. Stevens, F. L. 247, *697, *1291. Stevenson, H. C. (Eddy, W. H., H. R. Heft, Stev- enson, and R. Johnson). 1935. Stevenson, J. A. 1323. Stiles, E. C. 1172. Stoa, T. E. 912. Stoate, T. N. 69. Stoddard, L. 1079. Stone, R. E. 1280. Stout, A. B. 128, 129. Stout, M., and M. Agar. 164. Strand, E. *1904. Sturtevant, A. H. 130, 131, 132, *1705. Sturtevant, A. H. (Morgan, T. H., Sturtevant, and C. B. Bridges). 108. Sturtevant, G. 1088. Suessenguth, K. 1831. Sulman, P. L. (Rowan, W., E. Wolff, Sulman, K. Pearson, E. Isaacs, E. M. Elderton, and M. Tildesley). 121. Sundaraman, S. *617. Sure, B., and J. W. Read. 1951. Swain, E. H. E. 70. Swartwout, H. G. 161. Swingle, D. B. (Morris, H. E., and Swingle). *219. T., C. 1584. T., E. N. 460. T., W. B. *493. Tackholm, G. *135. Takimoto, K. 1889. Tansley, A. G. *1089. Tate, G. 731. Taylor, H. S. (Pease, R. N., and Taylor). 283. Taylor, H- W. 1518, 1519. Taylor, M. A. 374. Taylor, N. 494. Taylor, N. (Moore, B., C. C. Adams, T. L. Han- kinson, G. P. Burns, and Taylor). *985. Teichmann. 1024. Terby, J. 545. Teschauer, C. 428. Tevis, M. 1812. Thadani, K. I. 133, 1090. Thatcher, L. E. 913. Thaxter, R. (Osterhout, W. J. v., Thaxter, and M. L. Fernald). 934. Theiss, L. E. 1173. Th6riot, I. 611, 612, 1846. Thiel, A. F. (Stakman, E, C, R. S. Kirby, and Thiell). nSS. Thiessen, A. H. 461. Thjotta, T., and O. K. Eide. 1091. Thoday, M. G. 1832. Thomas, H. H. *495. Thomas, J. W. (Leach, B. R., and Thomas). 1374. Thomas, M. D. 1381. Thomas, P. (Bertrand, G., and Thomas). 255. Thomas, P. H. 1115, *1116, 1117, *1118, 1119. Thomas, R. C. (Selby, A. D., and Thomas). 1298. Thompson, H. C. 576. Thompson, H. S. 2045. Thompson, N. F. *670. Thomson, J. A. *546, *1092. Thorne, C. E. 914, 915, 916. Thurston, H. W., Jr., and C. R. Orton. 1299. ■ Tice, C. 1520. Tiebout, G. L. (Edgerton, C. W., and Tiebout). 1308. Tiflfany, L. H. 600. Tildesley, M. (Rowan, W., E. Wolff, P. L. Sulman, K. Pearson, E. Isaacs, E. M. Elderton, and Til- desley). 121. Tischler, G. *134, *135. Tisdale, W. B. *226. Tisdale, W. B. (Jones, L. R., J. C. Walker, and Tisdale). 99. Tisdale, W. B., and M. M. Williamson. *225. Tisdale, W. H. 1890. Tisdale, W. H., and J. M. Jenkins. *698. Tjebbes, K., and J. C. Th. Uphof. 1358. Tolaas, A. G. 717. Tonnelier, A. C. 1521. Torres, A. ♦1813, 1814. Torres, L. G. 1522. Trachtenberg, H. L. 1093. Traverso, G. B. 936. 332 INDEX TO authors' NAMES Trelease, S. F. 1337. Trelease, W. 375, 846. Truffaut, G., and N. Bezs- sonoff. 320. Tschermak. 1025. Tureson, G. 1870. Turney, A. G. 28. Turpin, H. W. 1382, Turrill, W. B. *496, *497, 2046. Uphof, J. C. T. 136, 699, *1120, 1121, *1122, 1123, 1174. Uphof, J. C. T. (Tjebbes, K., and Uphof). 1358. Valencia, F. V. 1026. Valleau, W. D. *240, 700, *718. Vallejo, C. 1774. Varela, E. 1799. Vargas, L. M. 1800, 1801. Varney, B. M. 961, *962. Vasquez, D. 1523. Vass, A. F. 1354. Vaughan, R. E. *241. Vaulx, R. de la. 1725. Vaulx, R. de la, and P. Marty. 656. Vayssiere, M. P. 248. Verhoeven, W. B. L. 1902. Verkade, P. E. 1345. Verkade, P. E., and N. L. Sohngen. 1945. Versluys, M. C. 295. Vierling, K. 1260. Vilmorin, J. de. 137. Vilmorin, J. de., and A. Meunissier. 1187. Vincens, F. (Mangin, L., and Vincens). 1223. Vischniac, C. (Goris, A., and Vischniac). 250. Vies, F. (Dragoiu, J., and Vies). 440. Vies, F., and J. Dragoiu. 458. Vodret, F. (Puxeddu, E., and Vodret). 1331. Voelcker, J. A. 799, 800. Volkart, A., A. Gtisch, and W. Bandi. 917. Vries, H. de. 547, 548, *1043. Vuillemin, P. 1241. Vuyck, L. (Kops, J., F. W. van Eeden, and Vuyck). *1389. Wachter, W. H. (Jansen, P., and Wachter). 832, 833. Wachter, Vv^. L. (Castle, W. E., and Wachter). 1691. Wacker. 21. Wacker, J. 408. Wager, H. A. 1833. Wagner, P. 1524. Wahl, von. 1891. Wainio, E. A. 1242, 1249. Wakefield, E. M. 1300. Waldron, L. R. 918. Walker, J. C. *227, *701. Walker, J. C. (Jones, L. R., Walker, and W. B. Tisdale). 99. Walker, J. C., and L. R. Jones. *205. Walker, W. F., and R. W. Pryer. 1973. Wall, A. 2047. Waller, A. D. 1923. Waller, A. D., and Mrs. A. D. Waller, F. O'B. Elli- son, and T. B. Farmer. 750. Waller, Mrs. A. D. (Waller, A. D., Waller, F. O'B. Ellison, and T. B. Far- mer). 750. Waller, A. E. 1001. Wallis, T. E 732. Ward, C. D. *459. Ward, E. N. 1124. Ward, H. A. 995. Warner, D. E. (Harris, J. A., W. F. Kirkpatrick, A. F. Blakeslee, Warner, and L. E. Card). 1056. Warner, H. H. 1670. Warnstorf, C. 613. Waterlot, and Decary. 2010. Watson, J. A. S. 138. Watson, W. *629, 1585. Waugh, F. A. 1777. Waynick, D. D., and L. T. Sharp. *797. Weatherby, C. A. 376, 498, 1586. Weatherby, C. A. (Fernald, C. L., and Weatherby). 350. Weathers, J. 1094. Weaver, J. E. *1002. Weaver, J. E., and A. Mogensen. 963. Weaver, R. B. 71. Webb, R. W. (Karrer, J. L., and Webb). 1334. Webber, H. J. 139. Weber, G. F. *671. Weimer, J. L. 719. Weimer, J. L. (Harter, L. L., and Weimer). 766, 1869. Weimer, J. L., and L. L. Harter. 764, 1873, 1874. Weir, J. R. 1301, 1302. Weis, F. *753. Weis, F., and K. A. Bon- dorff. 665, 13S3. Weiser, H. B., and E. E. Porter. 265. Weiss, F., and R. B. Harvey. 666. Weiss, F., and C. R. Orton. *198. Weiss, H. 1970. Weiss, H. B. 625, 964, 965, 1525. Wellington, R. 140, 1125. Wells, B. W. 1196, 1834. Wells, S. D. (Kress, O., Wells, and V. P. Edwardes). 1017. Wenholz, H. 919. Wense, H. von der. 1587. Werner, H. O. 409. Werth, E. 657. West, C, G. E. Briggs, and F. Kidd. 290. Weston, W. H. *206. Westover, H. L. (Oakley, R. A., and Westover). 399. Wheldon, J. A. 614. Wherry, E. T. 966, 967, 968. White, C. T. 377. White, J. W. 2007. White, J. W., and F. J. Holben. 1988. INDEX TO AUTHORS NAMES 333 White, O. E. 141. White, W. T. 1526. Whitehead, T. 1243. Whitney, M. 1989. Whittet, J. N. 22. Whymper, R. *552, *1805. Wiegand, K. M. 378, 2048. Wiegner, G. 1990. Wild, H. *1175, *1176. Wildeman, E. de. 1431, 1432, 1433. Wilder, L. B. *1177. Wilding, E. H. 162. Willard, J. T. 858. Wille, J. 789. Williams, C. B., W. F. Pate, E. C. Blair, and R. W. Collett. 411. Williams, C. O. 321. Williams, F. N. 2008. Williams, R. S. 615. Williams, S. G. 2065. \\'illiamson, M. M. (Jones, L. R., and Williamson). *217. Williamson, M. M. (Tisdale, W. B., and Williamson). *225. Willis, J. C. 499, *500, *13S8. Willstatter, R. 285. Wilmore, W. W. 1182. Wilmott, A. J. 2049. Wilson, B. D. 1991. V/ilson, E. H. 501. Wilson, M. 1244. Wineland, G. (Dickson, J. G., H. Johann, and Wine- land). *677. Wingard, S. A. (Fromme, F. D., and Wingard). 194, ♦706. Winge, 0. *526. Winge, 0. (Fcrdinandsen, C., and Winge). 1211. Winters, S. R. 969. Winterstein, H. *710. Winton, A. L. 1588. Wister, J. C. 937. Wittmack, L. 411. Witzemann, E. J. 765. Wolff, E. (Rowan, W., Wolff, P. L. Sulman, K. Pearson, E. Isaacs, E. M. Elderton, and M. Tildes- ley). 121. Wolk, B. C. van der. 1815, 1960. Wollenweber, H. W. 189. Wolley-Dod, A. H. *847. Wolski, P. (Ostwald, W., and Wolski). *742. Woodard, J. *1946. Woodruff, L. L. 1095. Woods, F. A. 549, *1096. Woodward, B. B. *142. Woodward, R. W. 996. Woolsey, T. S., Jr. *506. Wooster, L. C. 429. Working, E. B. (Mac- Dougal, D. T., and Working). 1352. Worliczek, C. 1027. Wriedt, C. (Mohr, O. L., and Wriedt). '539. Wright, A. E. 1924. Wright, G. 1835. Wright, R. C. 1971. Wright, S. 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, *550. Wright, W.H. (Fred, E. B., Wright, and W. C. Fra- zier). 1372. Wyman, L. (Siecke, E. O., and Wyman). 1667. Yamaguchi, Y. *1036. York, H. H. (Pennington, L. H., W. H. Snell, York, and P. Spalding). 1319. Young, E. G. (Grey, E. C., and Young). 1952. Young, H. C., and C. W. Bennett. *672. Youngken, H. W. *941, 1918. Yuncker, T. G. 848, 997, 2066. Zahn, E. 1589. Zaunick, R. 1590. Zavitz, C. A. *29. Zeininger. 1.591. Zeleny, C. *1043. Zenari, S. 502. Ziegler, A. 148. Zoller, H. F., and W. M. Clark. 275. Zschake, H. 630. /